^ii^i'^vvi^-''*'*"';^"'-. 
 
 -OF- 
 
CORNELL 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 MUSIC 
 
Cornell University Library 
 ML 109.L94 
 
 3 1924 022 261 147 
 
The original of this book is in 
 the Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924022261147 
 
PRONOUNCINa 
 
 MUSICAL DICTIONARY 
 
 ov 
 
 TECHNICAL WOEDS, PHEASES AND ABBEEVIATIONS: 
 
 INCLTIDINe 
 
 DEFINITIONS OP MITBIOAL TEBMS USED BY THE ANCIENT HEBREWS, TOGETHflB 
 WITH THOSE FOUND ESI GEEEK AND ROMAN LITEEATUEE; A DESCRIP- 
 TION OF THE VARIOUS KINDS OF INSTBUMENTS, BOTH ANCIENT 
 AND modern; ALSO, AN EXPLANATION OF SUCH TECH- 
 NICAL TERMS AS ARE EMPLOYED BY THE MOST 
 EMINENT COMPOSERS AND THEOEETIOAL 
 WEITEES OF ITALY, GERMANY, 
 FEANCE AND AMEBIOA. 
 
 BY W^. LUDDBlSr. 
 
 PUBUSHBD BT 
 
 DITSON & CO., 
 
 goeton, Ne-sv Yprk, and Philadelphia^. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The method adopted in this work is to give to each word, or musical term, the pro- 
 nunciation peculiar to the language to which it belongs. It is admitted that it is not 
 unfrequently impossible to express with precision the native pronunciation of foreign 
 languages with English letters, but even in such cases much will be gained by an 
 approximation to the true sound. For the sake of brevity the English terms are, for 
 the most part, only defined, without adding the pronunciation. 
 
 One of the most difficult as well as important of the points to be made is that of 
 placing the accent upon the proper syllable. But it is to be borne in mind that in 
 most of the European languages the stress of voice is not thrown so exclusively upon 
 a single syllable as it is in English ; and, as a natural consequence, the unaccented 
 syllables are almost invariably pronounced more distinctly than by us. This is spec- 
 ially true in the Italian; French and Spanish languages. In important cases accent is 
 indicated in the word, as pronounced, by placing the accented syllable in Italics. 
 
 In the Latin and Greek languages it has been deemed advisable to follow what is 
 known as the Continental pronunciation, in preference to the English pronunciation 
 which is adopted in some of our principal Colleges ; since it is only by this means 
 that we can conform at all to the usual pronunciation of the same terms by the prin- 
 cipal European nations. In this connection it is proper to add, that the Latin words 
 employed in the Catholic church service, as in the Mass, etc., are frequently made to 
 conform to the Italian mode of pronunciation. Thus : Dominus, Dom-e-noos ; pacem, 
 pd-tslHm; etc. ; but as this system has not been universally adopted by the church 
 choirs of this country, it has seemed best to preserve a uniformity in the pronunciation 
 of all Latin or Greek words, and accordingly no such distinction has been made. 
 
 In the preparation of this work, the aim has been rather to practical utility than to 
 great fullness and extent, and no hesitation was felt in discarding over two thousand 
 (so called) musical terms which have appeared in recent publications, as being both 
 useless and illegitimate. 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1875, 
 
 By J. L. PETEES, 
 
 In the OflBce of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C. 
 
 ELEOTEOTYPED by f>. W. GsBEN, Printer, 
 
 MABDEB, LuSB & Co., Nsm-york, 
 
 CHICAGO. 
 
RULES 
 
 FOR THE 
 
 PEONUNCIATION OF THE PRINCIPAL MODERN LANGUAGES. 
 
 G^ERMAN. 
 
 VOWELS. 
 A has the sound of a as in far. 
 An is like ou in houie. 
 Ai occurs bat rarely, and has the sound of I as in 
 
 Ae or £l when tong is lil^e S in mate,' when short it 
 
 is like e in met, 
 Aeu or ail is like oy in boy. 
 K has (1) the sound of S as in help, and (Z) the 
 
 i^imud of a in hate. 
 Ki lia^'Silways the sound of I in pine. 
 Eu ib like oi in loite7\ 
 1 has the sound of i as iu pin, 
 le takes the sound of B as in tree. 
 O has (1) a long sound as in tone, an4 (2) a short 
 
 sound as in loss, 
 Oc or Ji has the sound of 6 as in dove, 
 U has the sound of oo as in pioon, 
 Ue ur ii has the sound of the French li. 
 Y is used only in foreign words, where it does not 
 
 differ from i. 
 
 CONSONANTS. 
 
 B and d arc pronounced as in Bnglish. 
 
 C is only used iu foreign words. Before e, i and 
 y it is pronounced like ts; before other vowels 
 and consonants it is like k. 
 
 Ch has nothing corresponding to it in English. It 
 has two sounds ; when following a, o, u or an It is 
 a guttoral and similar to the Scotch word Loch; 
 but when it occurs after e. ei, i, a, o, an, eu or ii it 
 has a soft palatal aspirate wliich may be repre- 
 sented by the coinbinations kh. At the begin- 
 ning of words ch is like k. 
 
 Chs is pronounced like ks or x. 
 
 F, 1. m, p, t andix are the same as in English. 
 
 Gt has,the hard sound as in got. In some parts of 
 Germany the unaccented, nnal ig is softened into 
 something like ikh, 
 
 H at the beginning of words is aspirated; between 
 two vowels the aspiration is very weak, and be- 
 fore a consonant or at the end of words it is mute : 
 but in this case it makes the preceding vowel 
 long. 
 
 J is equivalent to the English y in yet, and is al- 
 ways followed by a vowel. 
 
 H. is like the English k, but is never mute before n. 
 
 BTg sounds like ng in length; but in compound 
 words where th» first ends in n and the last be- 
 gins with g, they are separated. 
 
 ^ is always joined vrith u, and together they are 
 pronounced like lew, 
 
 Ph has the sound of f, 
 
 Pf unites the two letters in one sound uttered with 
 compressed lips. 
 
 B has a stronger sound than in English, and is the 
 same at the beginning, middle or end of a word, 
 
 S Is like the English s. It is sounded at the end 
 of words, and between two vowels it frequently 
 takes the sound of z. 
 
 Sch is like the English sh in ship, 
 
 Th takes always the sound of t: h being silent. It 
 has never the sound of th in thee, 
 
 T2 intensifies the sound ofz. 
 
 V is pronounced like f. 
 
 W answers to the English v. 
 
 Z is pronounced like ts in nets. 
 In the German words defined and pronounced In 
 
 this work, the accented syllable, in words of two or 
 
 morp, will be in Italics. 
 
 JV. B, For the sake of greater uniformity, most of the German substantives, in the words to ba ieflne^ 
 in the follotifing pages, are rnade to confqrm tq English usage by not capitalizing the initial letter, 
 
EITLES FOE PEONUNCIATIOIT. 
 
 ITALIAN. 
 
 VOWELS. 
 
 A is always like & in father. 
 
 E has (1) the sound of & in pen^ and (%) the sound 
 of a in fate. 
 
 I is pronounced like 5 In me. 
 
 J is always a vowel and at the beginning of a syl- 
 lable is like y in you. At the end of a word it is 
 like S in be. 
 
 O has the sonnd (1) of in tone; and (2) that of 5 
 in not. 
 
 VT has always the sonnd of oo In cooi. 
 
 CONSONANTS. 
 
 B, fl, f, 1, n, p, q, V, are the same as in English. 
 
 Cj before a, o and u, has the sound of k; before e, 
 1, aud y it has the sound of tsh, or that of ch in 
 the word cheek. When doubled (cc) and followed 
 by e, i, or y, the first is pronounced like t and the 
 second takes its usual sound. 
 
 Clt, before e or i, has the sound of k. 
 
 Cr, before a, o, or u, is hard as in go ; before e, or i, 
 it has the sound of j or soft g as in gem. when 
 doubled and followed by e, or i, it has the sound 
 of dj ; or like dg in lodge. 
 
 Crh, followed by e, or i, is pronounced like g in go. 
 
 Gl, followed by i preceding another vowel, is pro- 
 nounced like 11 in million. 
 
 Gn, followed by a, e, I, o, or u, is like nl in the 
 
 English word minion. 
 Crua, gue, Ecnl, are pronounced gwi, gwS, gwS. 
 Ctia, gio, siu, are pronounced 4jia, djio, djioo, in 
 
 oae syllable, giving the i a very faint sound. 
 S has d) the hard sound as in sis, and (S) the soft 
 sonnd as in ease ; usually the latter when occur- 
 ring between two vowels. 
 Sc, before e, or i, is like sh in shall; before a, u, or 
 
 u, it has the sound of sk. 
 Sch is always like sk, or sch in school. 
 Scia, scio, sciu, are pronounced shS, sho, shoo. 
 K, at the beginning of words, is like the English ; 
 but at the end of words or syllables, or when com- 
 bined with another consonant, it should have a 
 rolling sound. 
 IV and X are not found in Italian, except in foreign 
 
 words. 
 X has usually the sound of ts ; it is sometimes pro- 
 nounced like dz. 
 
 Italian words are pronounced exactly as written, 
 there being- no silent letter except h. The vowels 
 always preserve their proper sounds, forming no 
 dipthongs and being uninhuenced by the conso- 
 nants with which they may be combined. 
 
 In words of two or more syllables there is usually 
 a slight emphasis placed on the penult or ante-pe- 
 nult, but rarely on the last syllable. 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 VOWELS. 
 
 A has two sounds ; a as in mass and S as in bar. 
 
 Ai is like a in fate. 
 
 An is similar to o in English. 
 
 E is (1) like E in met; (2) like a in fate; (3) similar 
 to a in bud. It is frequently silent at the end of 
 words. 
 
 Ei is nearly like a in fate. 
 
 En resembles il in tub. 
 
 I has the sound (1) of i in pin, (2) of S in me. 
 
 la has nearly the sound of ia in medial. 
 
 le is like ee in bee. 
 
 O Is pronounced like 6 in rob ; and like in rope. 
 
 U has no equivalent in English, but resembles the 
 sound of e in dew. By prolonging the sound of e, 
 taking care not to introduce the sound of w, we 
 get an approximate sound of the French u, or ii 
 aj9 it will be marked in this work. 
 
 Y, when Initial, or coming between two conso- 
 nants, or standing as a syllable by itself, is the 
 same as the French i; but between two vowels it 
 is equivalent to double i, (ii) the first forming a 
 dlptnong with the preceding one and the second 
 with the one following. 
 
 CONSONANTS. 
 Final consonants are frequently silent. 
 
 B, at the beginning and in the middle of words, is 
 the same as in English. 
 
 C has (1) the sound of k before a, o, or u; (2) when 
 written with the cedilla, or before e, or i, it has 
 the sound of s. C final is sounded unless pre- 
 ceded by n. 
 
 Ch is pronounced like sh in she. In words derived 
 from the Greek ch is pronounced like k. 
 
 I> is the same as in English. It is often silent at 
 the end of words. 
 
 F is like the English; when final it is usually 
 sounded. 
 
 Cr, before a, o, or u, is hard, as in go; but before e, 
 1, or y, it has the sound of z in the English word 
 azure. In the combination gne, or gui, the u is 
 silent, but the g takes its hard sound. 
 
 Crn is pronounced like ni in union. 
 
 H is mute or slightly aspirated. 
 
 J is pronounced like z in azure. 
 
 K has the same sound as in English. 
 
 Ii has (1) the same sound as in English, aud (2) the 
 liquid sonnd as in million. 
 
RULES FOE PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 Bf and n, when not nasal, have the same sound as 
 in English; if preceded by a vowel In the same 
 syllable, they are always nasal unless Immediately 
 followed by a vowel in the next syllable. 
 
 Am, an, em, en, are pronounced somewhat like 
 (ink. 
 
 Im, in, aim, ain, eim, ein, are pronounced like 
 dnii. 
 
 Om and on, are like 9nh. 
 
 Um and an are pronounced like Unit. 
 
 P is generally the same as in English. It is some- 
 times silent; and always when at the end of a 
 word. 
 
 Q is usually followed by u, in which case they are 
 together sounded like the letter k. 
 
 R is given more roughly than in English. It is of- 
 ten silent when preceded by- the vowel e. 
 
 S has generally the same sound as in English ; be- 
 tween two vowels it has generally the same sound 
 as in the Bnglish word rose. 
 
 Sc is the same as in English. S final is generally 
 
 silent. 
 
 T has its hard English sound, but in tial, tiel, and 
 tion, it has the sound of s. 
 
 Til is always the same as t alone. T final is usually 
 silent. 
 
 V is like the English, only a little softer. 
 W is found only in foreign words, and is pro- 
 nounced like V. 
 
 X, initial, is pronounced like gz ; it occurs but in 
 
 few words. 
 Ex, at the beginning of words, is sounded like 
 
 egz. In other places and between two vowels it 
 
 is pronounced like ks. 
 Z is like z in zone. 
 
 Final consonants, which would otherwise be si- 
 lent, are frequently sounded by carrying them over 
 to the next word when commencing wita a vowel. 
 
 SPANISH. 
 
 VOWELS. 
 
 A. is pronounced as & in ah. 
 
 E is generally pronounced like a in mate; but, 
 when followed by n, r, s, or z, it takes the short 
 sound of S as in met. 
 
 1 is pronounced like S as in me., and sometimes like 
 i as in pin. 
 
 O takes the same form of pronunciation as in Eng- 
 lish. It is long as in nS, short as in Tiit, or close 
 as in glSve. 
 
 V is pronounced like oo; the only exception to 
 this role being in syllables, gne, gui, que, qui, 
 when the u becomes silent unless written with 
 two dots over it; thus, u. 
 
 "If is sometimes a vowel and sometimes a conso- 
 nant. When followed by another vowel it usually 
 unites and forms a dipthong; in most other cases 
 it is a consonant, similar to j in English. 
 
 Ay is like the Spanish i. 
 
 Ei is the same as i. 
 
 Oy and ny are pronounced as oi. 
 
 CONSONANTS. 
 
 B, at the beginning of a word is like the English; 
 but when occurring between two vowels it is 
 sometimes softened to v. (This is done by Mex- 
 icans, however, and is not regarded as pure Cas- 
 tilian.) 
 
 C, before e or i, has the sound of th In thin; but 
 followed by a, o, or u, it has the sound of k. 
 When doubled and followed by e, or i, the first is 
 hard and the second soft. 
 
 D, at the beginningof aword is the same as in Eng- 
 lish; but between two vowels it has a peculiar 
 sound not perfectly represented by English char- 
 
 acters, but similar to th in t/iee. At the end of a 
 word it has a lisping sound. 
 
 F is pronounced as in English. 
 
 ft, before a, o, u, 1, or r, is pronounced as in Eng- 
 lish ; before e, or i, it is an aspirate, as Ae, hi. 
 
 H is usually a mute, but is slightly aspirated be- 
 
 , fore tie. > 
 
 Ch is pronounced as in the English word cheek. 
 
 JT is a strong aspirate and is equivalent to the Span- 
 ish g before e, or i. 
 
 Ii is pronounced as In English. When double (11) 
 the last takes the sound of y as in million. 
 
 91 is the same as the English. 
 
 ST is like the English, but when it is written il, it 
 is pronounced as in the English word minion. 
 
 P and q are pronounced as in English; qu has 
 sometimes the sound of k, the u being mute. 
 
 B, at the beginning of words or syllables should be 
 
 Srononnced more roughly than in English ; when 
 oubled it is given very harshly. 
 S has always the hissing sound. 
 T is pronounced as in tart, tin. 
 V is the same as in English. 
 X. is siihilar to Ics in English. 
 Z is only used before a, o, or u, and is always pro- 
 nounced with the lisping sound of tli ; it is the 
 same after a vowel. 
 
 In Spanish particular care should be taken to 
 pronounce theletters c, d, r, s, at the end of words. 
 
 The accent usually falls on the final syllable when 
 the word ends with a consonant. Substantives, end- 
 ing with a vowel, have usually the accent upon the 
 penultimate or last syllable but one. As exceptions 
 to these rules it may be said that the plurals of 
 nouns and adjectives, though they take on the e, 
 still retain the same accent as in the singular. 
 
6 
 
 BULES tOE PEONtTNOIATlON. 
 
 SAVEDISH, 
 
 VOWELS. 
 
 A is like the German. 
 
 E has the sound of long a at the beginning of 
 words, when making a eyllAhle by itself, and at 
 the end of words. It has the sonnd of short 5, as 
 in met, when followed by f, 1, m, n, r, or s. 
 
 X is like the German. 
 
 O is like oo at the beginning of a word, in a sylla- 
 ble by itself, and at the end of a word or syllable. 
 It has the sound of long when followed by f, 1, 
 m, n, r, s, or t. 
 
 XJ is similar to the long n in English. 
 Y is like the French fl. 
 
 CONSONANTS. 
 
 Gc, before a, o, or u, is hard as in go. When fal- 
 lowed by 1, or y; It Is like the English y. 
 
 CIJo and gju are pronounced like yo and yoo. 
 
 H is aspirated except before v and j, when it be- 
 comes silent. 
 
 I is like the English y. 
 
 K is hard before a, o, and ti; bilt before i and y it 
 
 has the sound of ch. 
 HJ is like the English ch. 
 Ti has usually the same sound of c/i only softer. 
 
 The remaining consonants are similar to English. 
 
 POLISH. 
 
 VOWELS. 
 A, e and i correspond to the German. 
 O, when accented, is like oo in English. 
 U is like the German. 
 IT is like short I in pin. 
 
 CONSONANTS. 
 
 B, k, I, m, n, p and v, are like English. 
 
 C, ch and \r, are like the German. 
 Cz is like ch in English. 
 
 Sc resembles sts. Sz is like the English sb. 
 
 DUTCH. 
 
 VOWELS. 
 A, e, i and o have the same sounds as in Ger- 
 man. 
 IT has the sound of the French fl. 
 IT or Iz is equivalent to 1 in mincl. 
 Ui resembles oy in boy. 
 
 CONSONANTS. 
 
 Consonants are similar to the German, with the 
 following exceptions; 
 €r is always strongly gutteral when combined with 
 
 h. 
 Sch is not pronounced like sh, but like ek. 
 Crh has the hard sound of g as in go. 
 
 DANISH. 
 
 VOWELS. 
 A has two sounds, as in ah. and mdn. 
 £ has three sounds as in the German. 
 I, o and n are also like the German. 
 If is like the French ti. 
 
 CONSONANTS. 
 
 D is not sounded after a vowel. 
 
 B and 'W are like the German. 
 
 J is like the English y ; and the remaining conso- 
 nants like the same in English. 
 The Norwegian is similar to Danish, except that 
 
 d is like the English, and o like the Polish. 
 
 HUNGAHIAN. 
 
 VOWELS. 
 
 A, when accented! has the Italian i; but unaccent- 
 ed has the short sound of 0. 
 
 E has two sounds as in Italian. 
 
 I has the two German sounds. 
 
 O is similar to English. 
 
 U, accented, has the long sonnd of G ; unaccented, 
 it is like oo. 
 
 CONSONANTS. 
 C is always joined to some other consonant; cs i« 
 
 like ch, cz is like ts. 
 Cr is always hard as in go. 
 H is always aspirate. 
 S is like shf' ez is like 88. 
 T and th are always hard. 
 Zs is like the French j. 
 
PRONotJN^ciisro 
 MUSICAL DICTIONAEt. 
 
 a ale. & adds ^ ar;n, G 6V€, S ent^, I ic^, i i^2, o^(2, oddy <2ov^, oo moon^ H /u^e, ti &u^ 11 French sound. 
 
 A. 1. Tho alphabetical name given, in the United' 
 States and England, to the eixth tone of the di- 
 diatonic major scale of C; in France and Italy 
 called La. 
 
 2. Upon string instruments, the name of the 
 string which, with Ihe open tone, gives the sixth 
 of the natural scale. In tuning, this string is 
 usually iirst brought to the requisite pitch and 
 from it the others are then regulated; it is the 
 first (smallest) string of the violoncello, the sec- 
 ond of the violin, etc. 
 
 A, //• (ah.) By, for, to, at, in, etc. 
 
 Aanes, Or. (a-nSz.) A term applied by modern 
 Greeks to modes and tones. (Not in general use.) 
 
 Abacas, Zat. (a-fta-kils.) An ancient instrument 
 for dividing the intervals of the octave. 
 
 A baliata, 7t. (a bal-ia-ta.) In the style of a 
 dance : see Ballata. 
 
 Abandon, i^r. (a-hanh-dSnh.) Without restraint; 
 with seli'-abandon ; with ease. 
 
 A battdta, It. (a bat-<oo-ta.) As beaten ; strict- 
 ly in time. 
 
 Aliat-voix, Fr. (a-bS-vwa.) A voice reflector. 
 
 AbbaccMato, /*. (ab-bat-kS-a-tq.) With a de- 
 jected, melancholy expression. 
 
 Abbadare, It. (abba-da-rS.) Take care; pay 
 attention. . 
 
 Abbandon&si, It. (ab-ban-dO-nn-zS.) Without 
 restraint; with passionate expression. 
 
 Abbandonatani^nte, It. (ab-ban-do-na-ta- 
 mdn-ti.) Vehemently, violently. 
 
 Abbandtfne, It. (ab-ban-ci3-n6.) Making the 
 time subservient to the expression; despond- 
 in gly; with self-abandonment. 
 
 Abbandonevolm^nte, It. (ab-ban-dO-nS-vOl- 
 man-tS.) Violently, vehemently; without re- 
 straint as to time. _ 
 
 Abbanddno, It. (ab-ban-dS-nO.) With passion- 
 ate expression ; making the time subservient. 
 
 Abbassam^nto di mano, It. (ab-bas-sa-nian- 
 to dS ma-nO.) The down-beat, or descent of the 
 hand, in beating time. ,.„,., . - 
 
 Abbassam^nto di vdce. It. (ab-bas-sa-ma)).- 
 tO dS vO-tsh5.) Dimimshiug or lowering of the 
 voice. 
 
 Abbell&re, It. (ab-bSl-ia-rS.) To embellish with 
 ornaments. , , .;, „ 
 
 Abbellim^nti, It. (ab-bSl-le-mSn-tS.) Orna- 
 iiicuts introduced to embellish a plain melody. 
 
 Abbellim^nto, It. (ab-bSl-lS-mSH-tD.) A grace 
 note, ox ornament. 
 
 ABBR 
 
 AbbeUire, It. (ab-bSl-lS-i-8.) To embellish with 
 ornaments. 
 
 Abbellitdra, It. (ab-bSl-lS-too-ra.) An orna- 
 ment, •embellishment. 
 
 Abbellitiire, It. (ab-bel-lS-<oo-i-6.) Ornaments, 
 embellishments. 
 
 Abblasen, Ger. (afi-blS-K'n.) To sound or <lour. 
 isli the trumpet; to sound the retreat. 
 
 Abbreviam^nti, It. (ab-brS-vS-a-man-tS.) Air 
 brcviations in musical notation. 
 
 Abbrevi&re, It. (ab-bra-ve-o-rS.) To abbreviato 
 or shorten the labor of notation. 
 
 Abbreviation marlts. 1. Oblique strokes 
 which distinguish the eighth, sixteenth or thir- 
 ty-tecond notes, when applied to the stem of the 
 quarter or half-iwte, signiiy as many repetitions 
 of tho shorter note thus indicated as are equal to 
 the longer note represented. Thus (^ la equiva- 
 
 lenttoprri* rrrr ^ 
 
 8. A diagonal stroke with a dot each side sigul- 
 flea a repetition of a group of notes, or sometimes 
 of a complete measure. V~T^ 
 
 3. When the long notes are omitted, the oblique 
 strokes, distinguishing eighth, sixteenth, etc. 
 notes, are sometimes employed to denote a rep- 
 etition of such short notes : Thus, ^ ^ 
 indicate a repetition of eighths, six- ^ ^ ^ 
 teenths, thirty-seconds, respectively. 
 
 4. A short horizontal line, a row of dots, or a 
 waving line is used to express the repetition, or 
 a continuation of the influence, of t he pr ec eding 
 character. Thus, 
 
 5. A combination of rests so wriUen as to de- 
 note a long period of sileilce. 
 These rests mdibate a period 
 of eleven measures silence. 
 
 6. Figures, when placed upon the~6tai 
 a nu^asure in which rests are writ- 
 ten, serve to indicate the number 
 of wliolo ri'sts or ineaBures of si- 
 lence, 
 
 l^rgj 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICiSTDIOTIONART. 
 
 a ale, & add, & arm, e eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, dove, oo moon, H kite, t but, u French sound. 
 
 ABBR 
 
 Abbrcviatiir, Ger. (Sl)-br5-vi-a-<oo)%) Abbre- 
 viation, 
 . Altbre-vlatifre, It. (ftb-bra-vS-a-ioo-rg.) 
 
 Abbrei^iatureii, Oer. (Sb-brS-vS-il-ioo-r'n.) 
 ' AbbrevlazKJni, It. (ab-brS-vfi-a-tse-a-ng.) 
 Abbreviations, in mneical notation. 
 
 Abendglocke, Ger. (a-bgnd-^ZM-g.) Evening 
 bell; curfew.' 
 
 Abendlled, Ger. (a-bgnd-lgd.) Evening song, 
 or hymn. 
 
 Abendmusik, Oer. (a-bgnd-moo-zik.) Evening 
 or night music ; serenade. 
 
 Abenastandchen, Ger. (a-bgnd-s^arati-khgn.) 
 A serenade. 
 
 A b€ne pl&cito, It. (a 6a-n6 cM-tshe-tO.) At 
 pleasure. The time may be retarded or ornaments 
 introduced. 
 
 Abennals, Oer. (a-bgr-mals.) Once more. 
 
 Abcrtnra, Span. (a-bgr-«oo-ra.) Overture. 
 
 Abflassen, Oer. ^aftrfas s'n.) To compose. 
 
 Abtiasser, Oer. Xab-Bs-a\.') A composer. 
 
 AbnedelB, ©«?•. (aft'fg-d'ln.) To fiddle. ■ 
 
 Abfingern, ffer. (ofi-fing-gm.) To finger. 
 
 Ab^Kiten, Ger. (a6-fl6-t'n.) To play the flute. 
 
 Absehen, Oer. (oJ-g5-gn.) To go off, to make 
 an exit, to retire. 
 
 Abgeigen, ffer. (a6-ghl-g'n.) To playthe fiddle. 
 
 Abgescossen, Oer. (oft-ghg-stos-s'n.) Detached, 
 struck off, staccato. 
 
 Abgesetzt, Oer. (d5-ghg-sgtst.) Staccato. 
 
 Absurgeln, Ger. (afi-goor-g'ln.) To carol. 
 
 AbKancben, Oer. (ffi6-how-kn'n.; To utter softly. 
 
 Abilita, It. fa-be-lg-ta.) Ability. 
 
 Ab initio, Lat. (ab in-S-shi-O.) An obsolete 
 term, of the same signification as Da Capo. 
 
 Abkiirzen, Oer. (a6-kiirt-s'n.) To abridge, to 
 abbreviate. 
 
 Abkjlrznng, Ger. (aJ-kilrt-soong.) Abridg- 
 ment, abbreviation, 
 
 Abklirzongen, Oer. (aft-kflrt-soong-gn.) Ab- 
 
 • breviations. 
 
 Abludo, Lat. (ab-lfl-do.) To differ, to play out 
 of tune. (Not used.) 
 
 Abnehmend, Oer. (a6-n5-mend.) Diminishing. 
 
 Abrfe^, 2'>. (a-bra-zba.) Abridgment; also, the 
 couples in an organ. 
 
 Abr^eer, Fr. (a-bra-zha.) To curtail, to abridge. 
 
 Abreissung, Ger. (a6-rt-soong.) A sudden 
 stop, or pause. 
 
 Abrupt Cadence. See Interrupted Caaence. 
 
 Abrapt modulation. A sudden modulation 
 into keys not closely related to the original key. 
 
 Abmptio, Lat. (Sh-rup-shl-C.) Breaking off; a 
 sudden pause. 
 
 Absatz, Ger. (a6-satz.) A section or passage ot 
 music, usually consisting of four measures ; also, 
 a pause or stop. 
 
 Abse.tzen, ff«r. (a6-sgt-s'n.) A style of perform- 
 ance similar to staccato. 
 
 Absingen, ff«r. (o6-sing-gn.) To sing, to carol; 
 to fatigue one's self bj singing. 
 
 Absingnng, Ger. (d&-Bing-oong.) Singing, car- 
 oling. 
 
 Absonns, Xa2. (Sb-sS-nus.) tTnmusical; incap- 
 able of being tuned. 
 
 Absplelen, Ger. (d6-spe-rn.) To perform on an 
 instrument; to play a tune; to finish playing. 
 
 ACCE 
 
 Abstand der TSne, Ger. (dft-stand dgr t3-ng.) 
 Distance of tones. 
 
 Absteigende Tonarten, Ger. (dft-stl-ggn-dg 
 i5-nar-Fn.) Descending scales or keys. 
 
 Abstimmen, Oer. (do-st!m-mgn.) To tune prop- 
 erly; to lower, or tune down. 
 
 Abstimmnng, Oer. (d&-stlm-moong.) Discord- 
 ance; dissonance. 
 
 Abstossen, Oer. (d2>-stos-B'n.) Similar in man- 
 ner of performance to staccato. 
 
 AbtSnen, Ger. (d6-t6-ngn.) To deviate from the 
 right tone. 
 
 > Abtronuneln, Ger. (oS-trOm-mgln.) To beat 
 on the drum ; to publish by drumming. 
 
 Abtrompeten, Ger. (d6-tr0m-p8-t'n.) To per- 
 form on the trumpet; to finish trumpeting. 
 
 Abub, Heb. (a-bub.) A flute, or hautboy. 
 
 Ab-wechselnd, Ger. (dft-vak-s'lnd.) Alternat- 
 ing, changing. In organ playing, alternately; in 
 choir singing, antipnonally; in dance music, 
 change of movements. 
 
 Abyssinian Flnte. An instrument resembling 
 the German flute, but with mouth-piece like the 
 clarinet, and played upon lengthwise. 
 
 Acad^mle de Knsiqne, Fr. (ak-ad-a-me.) 
 An academy of music, consisting of professors 
 and scholars; a society for promoting musical 
 culture. 
 
 Acad^mie Royale de Unsique, Fr. The 
 name given to the opera-house in Paris.- 
 
 Acad^mie epiritnelle, Fr. (ak-a-darmg spl- 
 rS-too-al.) A performance or concert of sacred 
 music. 
 
 A capp^lla, It. (a kap-pd2-ia.) In the church 
 or chapel style. 
 
 A capprfcclo, It. (_a kap-pj-Si-shS-o.) In a ca- 
 pricious style ; according to the taste of the per- 
 former. 
 
 Acatalectlc, &?'. (a-kat-S-Z^i-tik.) A verse hav- 
 ing the complete number of syllables without 
 superfluity or deficiency. 
 
 Acatblstns, Gr. (ak-a-^A^-tiis.)' A hymn of 
 praise sung m the ancient Greek church in honor 
 of the Virgin. 
 
 Accad^nua, It. (ak-ka-dd-mg-a.) An academy ; 
 the word also means a concert. 
 
 Accarezz^TOle, It. (ak-ka-rgt-s5-v0-lg.) Bland- 
 ishing; in a persuasive and caressing manner. 
 
 AccarezzeTOlm^nte, It. (ak-ka-rgt-zS-vOl- 
 mdra-tgO Caressingly; coaxingly. 
 
 Accel, It. (fit-tshgl.) An abbreviation of accel- 
 erando. ..^ 
 
 Acceldo. An abbreviation of Accelerando. 
 
 Accelei-dndo, It. (at-tshgl-a-ran-do.) Acceler- 
 ating the time ; gradually increasing the velocity 
 of the movement. ■ 
 
 Acceleratamente, It. (at-tshgl-arra-ta-ma«-tg.) 
 Speedily. 
 
 Acceler&to, 7<. (at-tshgl-a-ra-to.) Accelerated; 
 increasing in rapidity. 
 
 Accent. A stress or emphasis upon a certain 
 note or passage to mark its position in the bar, 
 or its relative importance in regard to the compo- 
 sition. 
 
 Accent,, dead. An expression of tone resnlting 
 from boldly attacking a violin, pressing the^ow 
 with heavy dead weight upon the strings. 
 
PEONOUNClNa MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 I ale, S add, ft arm, 5 eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, oW, odd, dow, oo moon, fl ZuZe, tl 6m<, 11 French sound. 
 
 ACCE 
 
 Accent, descriptive. An accent wMcIi fally 
 illnstrates the various expressione or sentiments 
 of a piece in the most minute points. 
 
 Accented. Uttered with accent ; those notes or 
 parts of a bar on which the emphasis naturally 
 falls. 
 
 Accented notes. In common time, the first 
 and third parts, and in triple time the first note, 
 in a measure; notes upon which emphasis is 
 placed. 
 
 Accent, fialse. An accent removed from the 
 first note of the measure to the second or fourth. 
 
 Accent, srammatical. The sti-ess laid on the 
 accented part of the measure. 
 
 Accent, nieasnred. A regular alternation of 
 strong and weak parts in a measure. 
 
 Acc^nto, Jt. (cit-tslian-to.) Accent or emphasis 
 laid upon certain notes. 
 
 Accentor, It. (St-is/jan-tOr.) An old term, signi- 
 fying the performer who took the principal part 
 in a duet, trio, etc. 
 
 Accent, oi'atorical. The emphasis dictated 
 by feeling, giving the music its varying expres- 
 sion. 
 
 Accent, rhytlimical. A uniform succession 
 of small or large groups of figures or notes sym- 
 metrical in their relation to each other. 
 
 Accent, .Fr. (Sk-sSnh.) f Accents. 
 
 Accentu&re, It. (St-tshSn-too-a-rS.) To accen- 
 tuate, to mark with an accent. 
 
 Accentuation. The act of accenting; the giv- 
 ing to the several notes of a piece their proper 
 emphasis or expression; the art of placing 
 accents. 
 
 Accentuato, It. (iit-tshEn-too-(i'-to.) Dlstl«ctly 
 and strongly accented. 
 
 Accentniren, Cfer. (iik-tsSn-too-S-r'n.) To ac- 
 cent. 
 
 Accentns, Zat. (&ic-sln-txis.) Accent. 
 
 Accentus Ecclesiastici, Lat. The precent- 
 or's chant, almost entirely upon one tone. These 
 chants were formerly of seven kinds, viz. : the 
 imrantabilis, mcdius, _gravis, acutus, moderatus, 
 interrogatus and finalis. 
 
 Accessory notes. Those notes situated one 
 degree above and one degree below the principal 
 note of a turn. 
 
 Accessory parts. Accompaniments. 
 
 Accessory tones. Harmonics. Tones faintly 
 heard when the principal tone dies away. 
 
 Accessory voices. Accompanying voices. 
 
 Acciaccare, It. (ilt-tshg-ak-ia-re.) A broken 
 and unexpected way of striking a chord. 
 
 Acciacc&to, It. (at-tshe-ak-to-to.) Violently. . 
 
 Acciaccatiira, It. (at-tshe-&k-ka-ioo-ra.) A 
 species of arpeggio; an accessory note placed 
 before the principal note, the accent being on the 
 principal note. 
 
 Accidentals. Occasional sharps, flats, or natu- 
 rals placed before notes in the course of apiece. 
 
 Accid^ntl, It. (at-tshS-dare-tS.) I Acriflpntals 
 
 Accidents-J?-?-. (ak-sl-danh.) ^Accidentals. 
 
 Accidental chords. Chords containing one 
 or more notes foreign to its proper harmony. 
 
 Accidental chromatics. Chromatics Inci- 
 dentally employed. 
 
 ACCO 
 
 Accidental harmonies. The relatives of the 
 key. 
 
 Accidental notes. Kotes which do not belong 
 to the key. 
 
 Accigliam^nto, It. (ai-tshSl-yS-a-mm-tO.) Sad- 
 ness, melancholy. 
 
 Acclamation. A form of words uttered with 
 vehemence, performed in the latter ages of Borne 
 by a choir of singers instructed for the purpose. 
 
 Acclamazidne, It. (ak-kia-ma-tse-<!-ng.) Ac- 
 clamation. 
 
 Accodato, It. (ak-ko-(2a-tO.) Accompanied. 
 
 Accolade, Fr. (Sk-TiD-lad.) The brace which 
 connects two, three or more staves together. 
 
 Accom. An abbreviation of accompaniment. 
 
 Accom. ad Kiih. An abbreviation of Accompa- 
 niment ad Libitum. 
 
 Accommod&re, It. (ak-kOm-mO-tfa-rg.) To tune 
 an instrument. 
 
 Accomp. An abbreviation of Accompaniment. 
 
 Accompagnam^nto, It. (ak-kOm-pan-ya-m^n- 
 to.) Accompaniment; the figured bass or har- 
 mony. 
 
 Accompa^am^nttf ad liihitnm. It, An 
 accompaniment that may be either played or dis- 
 pensed with. 
 
 Accompagnam^nto oblig&to. It. An ac- 
 companiment that must be played, being indis- 
 pensable to the proper effect. 
 
 Accompa^nando, It. (ak-kom-pan-j/an-do.) 
 Accompaniment. 
 
 Accompag^n&re, It. (ak-kCm-pan-s's-rS.) To 
 accompany; to play from the figured bass. 
 
 Accompag^atenr, Fr. (Sk-kSuh-panh-ya-tiir.) 
 An accompanist. 
 
 Accompasnatdre, It. (ak-kOm-pan-ya-<5-rS.) 
 One who accompanies. 
 
 Accompagnato, It. (ak-kom-pftn-ya-to.) Ac- 
 companied. 
 
 Accompasnatrice, It. (ak-kOm-pftn-ya-ir'S- 
 tshe.) A female accompanist. 
 
 Acctfmpagn^, Fr. (ak-kOnh-panh-ya.) Accom- 
 panied. 
 
 Accompagnement, Fr. (ak-k8nh-panh-yii- 
 manh.) An acCbmpanlment. 
 
 Accompagner, Fr. (Sk-kSmh-panh-ya.) To ac- 
 company. 
 
 Accompagrnist, Ger. (ak-k8m-2)a»g'-nlst.) An 
 accompanist. 
 
 Accompanied Madrigals. Those madrigals 
 in which the voices are sustained by piano oi 
 organ. 
 
 Accompanied Becitative. A Recitative bay. 
 ing parts arranged for several instruments. 
 
 Accompaniment. A part added to a solo or 
 other principal [part, to enhance and enrich its 
 effect. 
 
 Accompaniments. Vocal or instrumental parts 
 in a composition which do not include the prin- 
 cipal melody but fill up the harmony, sustain the 
 rythm, and, by embellishments, heighten the gen- 
 eral effect. 
 
 Accompaniment, ad Ifbitnm. Use the ac- 
 companiment or not at pleasure. 
 
 Accompaniment, arpeggio. An accompa- 
 niment which consists of the notes of the several 
 chords taken in Buccession. 
 
10 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 it o/e, & add, it arm, S eve, fi end, I ice, 1 ill, old, odd, dove, oo moon, d lute, 11 6«i, 11 French sound. 
 
 ACCO 
 
 Accompantment, obllgato. The accompa- 
 niment must be used. 
 
 Aroompaniment of the scale. The harmony 
 assigned to the series of notes forming the dia- 
 tonic scale, ascending and descending. 
 
 Accompaniment, imlsatlle. An accompa- 
 niment consisting of regular and monotonous 
 repetitions of the chords. 
 
 Accompanist. The person playing the accom- 
 paniment. 
 
 Accompany. The act of perfonning the accom- 
 panying part. ' 
 
 Accomp. Oblto. An ahbrevlatioii of accompa- 
 niment obligate. 
 
 Accopiftto, It. (ak-ko-pE-a-to.) Bound, tied; 
 joined together. 
 
 Accorciare, /£. (itk-kOr-tshSa-rg.) To contract, 
 to abridge. 
 
 Accorclatura,/^. (ak-kSr-tshS-a-^oo-rS.) Abridg- 
 ment. 
 
 Accord, J?'?*, (ak-kfir.) A chord; a concord; con- 
 sonance. 
 
 Accordamento, It. (ak-kOr-da-mam-tO.) Conso- 
 nance, unison, harmony of parts. 
 
 Accord^ndo,/^. (ak-kBr-c^an-do.) Tuning. 
 
 Accordant, Ft: (ak-kOr-danh.) In concord, in 
 ' unison. 
 
 Accord&re, 7<. (ak-kBr-dJa-rS.) To tune, to agree 
 ill sound; 
 
 Accord&t.o, It. (ak-kQr-(Za-tO.) In harmony, in 
 tune. 
 
 Accordat«$re, It. (ak-kBr-da-<5-re.) One who 
 ' tunes instruments. 
 
 Accordatrice, It. (ak-kBr-da-^cS-tshS.) A wo- 
 man who tunes. 
 
 Acrordatiira, It. (ak-k8r-da-<oo-ra.) Concord, 
 hannonj;. Also, the scale of notes to which the 
 open strings of an instrument are tuned. 
 
 Accordeon. An Instrument held in the Jiands 
 the tones of which are produced by a current of 
 air from a bellows acting on metallic reeds. 
 
 Accorder, Fr. (Sk-kBr-dfl.) To tune an instru- 
 ment; to sing or play in tune. 
 
 Accordeur, Fr. (5k-kBr-c(«Sr.> One who tunes 
 an instrument. 
 
 Accordl, It. (Sk-kBr-dS.) Play again as before. 
 
 According. An harmonious blending of differ- 
 ent parts. 
 
 Accordion, Fr. (Sk-kSr-dl-Bnh.) An accordeon. 
 
 Accordiren, Ger. (ak-kOr-£?g-r'n.) To accord. 
 
 Accdrdo, It. (ak-A3r-dO.) A chord, a concord, a 
 consonance. 
 
 Accdrdo consono, It. (&k-kSr-d(i Jon-sO-nO.) 
 A concord. 
 
 Accdrdo dlssono, It. (ak-*Br-dO dSs-so-nO.) A 
 discord. 
 
 Accordoir, Fr. (Sk-'kSr-dwS.) A tuning key, 
 tuning hammer. 
 
 Accresc^ndo, It. (ak-krg-sASn-dO.) Increasing, 
 augmenting in tone and power. 
 
 Accrescere, It. (ak-krS-sAa-rg.) To increase, to 
 augment. 
 
 Accresclnj^nto, It. (ak-krB-sh5-ma;i-tO.) In- 
 crease, augmentation of sound.. 
 
 Accrescinto," It. (ak-kra-sh5-bo-to.) Increased, 
 superfluous, augmented in respect to Intervals. 
 
 ACUT 
 
 Acceleratamente, It. (at-8hgl-a-ra-tfl-m5n-t8.) 
 Speedily, swiftly. , 
 
 A Cemb. An abbreviation of A Cembalo. 
 
 A Cembalo, It. (a tshSm-bft-lO.) For the harp- 
 sichord. 
 
 Acento, Spa. (&-than-tO.) Accent, a modula- 
 tion of the voice. 
 
 Acetabulum, Lat. (a-sS-iaS-ll-lfim.) An ancient 
 instrument of music. 
 
 Achromatic music. Simple music in which 
 modulations seldom occur and few accidentft- 
 flats and sharps are used. 
 
 Acht, Ger. (akht.) Bight. 
 
 Achtel, Ger. (aftA-t'l.) Eighth, quaver or eighth 
 note. . 
 
 Achtelnote, Ger. {ahk-Vl-nSt-&.) ■ A quaver, s 
 eighth note, 
 
 Achtelpause, Ger. {akh-Vl-poit-eS.) A quavat 
 rest.. 
 
 Achtstlmmig, Ger. iakht-stlm-mig.) For eight 
 voices. 
 
 A chula. It. (a *oo-ia.) A Portuguese dance 
 similar to the fandango. 
 
 A cinque. It. (S, tshgn-qug.) For five voices or 
 instruments. 
 
 Acolytes. Persons employed in the musical ser 
 vices of the Komish church. 
 
 Acolythi, Or. (fik-O-ZS-thS.) Acolytes. 
 
 Acolythia, Gr. (ak-0-Z?-thi-ii.) The order of ser- 
 vice obsei-ved in the Greek churchl 
 
 Acompanamlento, Spa. (fi-kOm-pft-na-mS-a/i- 
 to.) Accompaniment. 
 
 Acompanar, Spa. (a-kOm-pan-j^ar.) To sing or 
 play in concert with others. 
 
 A Compas, Spa. (a kom-pos.) In true musical 
 time. 
 
 Acordar, Spa. (S-kBr-tZar.) To tune musical in- 
 struments. 
 
 Acorde, Spa. {&-kSr-d&.) Harmony of sounds. 
 
 Acostlca, Spa. (S-iSs-ti-ka.) Acoustics. 
 
 Aconsmate, Fr. (S-koos-mat.) The sound of 
 instruments or voices heard in the air. 
 
 Acoustics. .The science of sound, by a knowl- 
 edge of which we are enabled to determine the 
 relations of tones and the ratios of intervals pro- 
 duced by vibrations. 
 
 Aconstlque, Fr. (S-koos-tSk.) Acoustics. 
 
 Aete, Fr. (Skt.) An a«t; apart of an opera. 
 
 Acte de cadence, Fr. (Sift dUh ka-danhs.) A 
 cadence, a flnal part. 
 
 Acteur, Fr. (S.'k-tiir.) An actor, an operatic per- 
 former. 
 
 Actor. A theatrical or operatic performer. 
 
 Actress. A female actor. 
 
 Actrlce, Fr. (Sk-OTss.) An actress. 
 
 Acts. Parts of an opera or theatrical entertain- 
 ment. 
 
 Act-tnnes. The pieces formerly played between 
 the acts of a drama. 
 
 Aculte, Fr. (Sk-weet.) Acuteness. 
 
 Acdstica, It. (a-kooz-te-ka.) Acoustics, the doc- 
 trine of sounds. 
 
 Acnstlk, Ger. (a-*oo«-tik.) Acoustics. 
 
 Acnstisch, Ger. (S-ioos-tlsh.) Acoustic. 
 
 Acuta, It. (a-Aoo-ta.) Acute, shrill ; also, a shrill- 
 toned organ stop. 
 
 Acute. High, shrill, sharp as to pitch. 
 
PRONOUNCIlirG MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 11 
 
 tt ale^ S. add, & arm, 5 6ve, 6 end^ I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 (iow, oo moon, tl /wie, fl 6w^, U French sound . 
 
 ACUT 
 
 Acateness. Elevation or sharpness of sound. 
 Ad, Lat. At, to, for, by. 
 Adag. An abbreviation of Adagio. 
 Adagi^tto, It. (a-da-j5-o(-to.) A short adagio 
 
 movement. 
 Ad&gio, It. (a-(fa-jS-0.) A very slow degree of 
 
 movement, although not the slowest; requiring 
 
 much taste and expression. 
 Ad&sio ass&i. It. (a-dajS-O as-sa-E.) Very slow 
 
 and with much expression. 
 Ad&srio cant&bile e sosteniSto, It. (a-da-jS- 
 
 kan-ta-b6-ia S sOs-ta-noo-tO.) Slow, in a singing 
 
 style and sustained. 
 Ad&gio con sraTrita, It. (a-da-jg-o kBn gra-\e- 
 
 ta.) Slow, with gravity and majesty. 
 Adfi^o mdlto. It. (a-da-jS-O mSl-tO.) Very slow 
 
 and expressive. 
 Ad&gio non trdppo. It. (a-da-js-c nfin trSp- 
 
 po.) Not too slow. 
 Ad&sio pat^tico. It. (arda-je-O pa-<«-t5-ko.) 
 
 Slowly and jiathetically. 
 Ad&glo pes&nte. It. (a-da-jS-O pS-san-tg.) Slow- 
 ly and heavily. 
 Ad&gio poi allegro. It. (a-da-je-O pO-B al-ls- 
 
 fo.) Slow, then quick. 
 &gio quasi nna Fantasia, It. (a-da-js-o 
 
 qua-sB 6o-na fan-ia-zS-a.) An adagio similar to a 
 
 fantasia. 
 Ad&gio reIigi4Sso, It. (a-da-jg-o ra-lg-jg-a-zo.) 
 
 Slowly, and in a devotional manner. 
 Adagissimo, It. (a-da-,;§s-8g-mo.) Extremely 
 
 slow. 
 Adaptation. A union of sentiment between the 
 
 words and the music. 
 Adasio, It. (Srdd-zS-0.) Adagio. 
 Adattare, It. (a-da-?a-rS.) Adapted; 
 Adattazione, It. (a-dat-ta-tsg-5-nS.) Adaptation. 
 Ad captandum, l-at. In a light and brilliant 
 
 Added Iiines. Short lines, either above or ■ be- 
 low the staff; ledger lines. 
 
 Added Kotes. Notes written on or between the 
 added lines. 
 
 Added Sixth. A sixth added to a fundamental 
 chord. 
 
 Addit&to, It. (ad-dg-<d-tO.) Fingered. 
 
 Additional Keys. Those keys of a pianoforte 
 which extend above F in Alt. 
 
 Addolorato, It. (ad-do-lo-ra-to.) With sad and 
 melancholy expression. 
 
 Addottrinante, It. (aa-dOt-trg-«an-tg.) Teacher, 
 professor, 
 
 A demi-jeu, Fr. (a dg-mg-zhfl.) I 
 " " '" " a.) f 
 
 With half 
 
 A demi-voix, ifn (adS-mg-vwa., 
 the voice or tone. §ee Mezza Voce. 
 
 Adept. A thorough composer, performer or singer. 
 
 A deux, Fr. (a d1ih.) For two voices or instru- 
 ments. 
 
 A deux Temps, Fr. (a dtth tanh.) In two 
 time; two equal notes in a measure. 
 
 Adiaponon, Gr. (a-d!-ai)-0-ni3n.) A species of 
 pianoforte with six octaves ; invented in 1820 by 
 Lahuster, a watchmaker of Vienna. 
 
 Adiratam^nte,/;. (a-dS-ra-tS-mSw-tS.) I Angrily, 
 
 Adir&to. It. (Sd-g-ra-tO.) f sternly. 
 
 A Dirittiira, It. (a dg-rg-<oora.) Directly, 
 straight. 
 
 ^OLO 
 
 Adjunct notes. Unaccented auxiliary notes. 
 
 Adjutant's call. A drum beat directing the 
 band and field music to take the right of the line 
 
 Adjuvant, Oer. (od-yoo-vant.) The deputy-mas 
 ter of the choristers ; assistant to an organist. 
 
 Ad lib. An abbreviation of Ad libitum. 
 
 Ad libitum, Lat. {M HJ-l-tiim.) At will, at 
 pleasure ; changing the time of a paKicular pas 
 sage at the discretion of the performer. 
 
 Adornam€nte, It. (a-d8r-na-ma/i-te.) Gail>, 
 neatly, elegantly. 
 
 Adomam^nto, It. (a-dBr-na-m^n-to.) An or. 
 nament, an embellishment. 
 
 Adornam^nti, It. (a-dSr-nS-man-tg.) Embel- 
 lishments. 
 
 A dde, or, A fS,It. (a(?oo-8.) For two voices or 
 instruments ; a duet. 
 
 A dile clarinl. It. (& doo-6 kia-T'J-ng.) For 
 two trumpets. 
 
 A dile corde. It. (a doo-S kir-dS:) Upon two 
 strings. 
 
 A dde e6ri, it. (Sdoo-5kO-rg.) For two choirs, 
 
 A dde Soprani, It. (a doo-S sO-pm-ng.) For 
 two trebles. 
 
 A dife strom^nti. It. (& doo-S eM-mSn-tn ) 
 For two instruments. 
 
 A dde vtfce. It. (a doo-S D«-tahS.) ■ For two 
 voices. 
 
 Adonia, Or. (a-do-ng-a.) A solemn feast of the 
 ancients at which hymns and odes were sung 
 
 Adonico, Spa. (a-dO-nS-ko.) ^ A Latin verse con- 
 sisting of a dactyl and spondee. 
 
 Adonic verse. A verse consisting of one long, 
 two' short, and two long syllables. 
 
 Adomameuto, It. (a-dor-na-mdn-to.) An orna- 
 ment. 
 
 Adoncir, Fr. (S-doo-sgr.) To soften, to flatten, 
 
 Adnfilzo, 5^a. (a-doo/o-thO.) To strike a timbrel. 
 
 Adufe, Spa. (a-doo-fao. Timbrel, tamborine. 
 
 Adufero, Spa. (a-doo:^rO.) A tamborine player. 
 
 Adulatoriamente, It. (a-doo-ia-tBr-S-a-man-tC'.) 
 In a caressing, flattering manner. 
 
 JBdophone. A musical instrument invented in 
 the eighteenth century. 
 
 A dur, Ger. (& door.) The key of A major. 
 
 iH^nator, Lat. (3-na-tOr.) A name given by the 
 ancients to one who blows a brazen horn ; a trum- 
 peter. 
 
 .JSolian. One of the ancient Greek modes ; refer- 
 
 . ring to the' winds; played upon by the wind. 
 
 .ifGolian Harp. An instrument invented by Kir- 
 cher about the middle of the seventeenth century. 
 The tones are produced by the strings being so 
 arranged that the air causes vibration among them 
 when It passes through. 
 
 .ilSolian livre. The .iBolian Harp. 
 
 .(Vlolian llute. A combination of the .<So]ian 
 pitch-pipe and the njpte for the violin. 
 
 .iKolian PianofoMe. A pianoforte with an 
 .^olian or reed instrument attached in euch a 
 way that one set of keys serves for both, or for 
 either singly as the performer desires. 
 
 .iKolodlcon, Gr. (B-0-Z3-ai-ki5n.) A keyed instru- 
 ment, the tone of which resembles that of the 
 organ, and is produced by steel springs, which 
 are put in vibration by means of bellows. 
 
 .^olodion, Gr. (S-0-i!S-dI-Sh.) An ^olodicon. 
 
12 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 a n/c, S add, it n/'m, S e«e, 6 ««d, I ec«, I iK, oM, 8 odd, dow^ oo moon, Zm««, il 6b<, 11 French sound. 
 
 ^OLO 
 
 ^olopantalon. An instrument combining the 
 
 pianoforte and jEolodicon. 
 ^olsliarfe, Oer. (o-ols-Aar-f g.) An ^olian Harp. 
 ifilolus' Harp. An instrument resembling the 
 
 iEolian Harp, made of strings stretched between 
 
 pieces of wood. 
 .9!:olns modus. The ^olian or fifth. Authentic 
 
 mode of the GreelvS, nearly allied to the Phrygian 
 
 mode. The scale is the same as the old scale of 
 
 A minor without any accidentals. See Greek 
 
 modes. 
 .S^otana, Gr. (5-0-^a-na.) A very small musical 
 
 instrument made of several short metallic reeds 
 
 fastened in a frame and played upon by the 
 
 breath of the performer. 
 ..S^anlsonans, Lat. (e-quI-so-nSns.) A unison; 
 
 of the same or like sound. 
 .^qtnisonant, A term given to unisons, and also 
 
 frequently to octaves, as they seem one and the 
 
 same sound. 
 .^^iiisonus. Sounding in unison ; concordant. 
 ^qao animo, Lat. (?-qno ajfei-mO.) Quietly, 
 
 with serenity. 
 ^re recurvo, Zat. (S-rg rS-citr-vO.) A military 
 
 wind instrument resembling a trumpet; thebil- 
 
 cgna. 
 .^jroplione. (S-rO-fOn.) A French reed instru- 
 ment of the melodeon class. 
 JElsthetics, Qr. (ie-thlt-lks.) The rules of good 
 
 taste, the laws of the beautiful. In musical art 
 
 that which relates to sentiment, expression and 
 
 the power of muelc over the soul. 
 .iKusserste Stimuieii, Oer. pi. (ois-sSrs-tS 
 
 «^*m-mSn.) The extreme parts. - 
 
 JEvltL, It. (8-vS-a.) An abbreviation of the word 
 
 Alleluia. 
 Affectacion, Spa. (a-f?k-ta-thS-o«..) Affectation. 
 AffillbUe, It. (af/a-be-lS.) In a courteous and 
 ' pleasing manner. 
 
 Affabima. r/ (af-rd-6MS-ta.) I With 
 
 Affabllm^nte, (af-fa-bgl-man-tg.) ( ease and 
 
 elegance; with freedom; in a pleasing and agree- 
 able manner. 
 AiTann&to, It. (af-fa-na-tO.) Sad, mournful, 
 
 distressed. 
 AfTanndso, It. (fif-fa-no-zO.) With mournful 
 
 expression. 
 Affectatio, Lat. (Sf-fgk-M-shi-O.) Affectation. 
 Affectation. An attempt to assume or exhibit 
 
 what is not natural or real. 
 Affecttrt, Oer. (M-tS^-tirt.) With affectation. 
 Affectoenx, Fr. (af-fgk-tii-ah.) Affectionate. 
 Affet. An abbreviation of Affetuoso. 
 Affettatamente, It. (af-iat-ta-tS-mara-tS.) Very 
 
 affectedly. 
 Affettazione, It. (af-fgt-ta-tsg-5-ng.) An arti- 
 ficial style. 
 Affettivo. It. (af-fgt-tg-vO.\ Affecting; pathetic; 
 Aff<£tto, It. (af/SMO.) Feeling, tenderness, 
 
 pathos. 
 Affettnosam^nte, It. (af-fgt-too-o-za-mare-tg.) 
 
 With tenderness and feeling. 
 Affettnosissimo, It. (af-fSt-too-O-sBs-sg-mO.) 
 
 With pathos ; with tender expression. • 
 Affettadso, /;. (af-fSt-too-a-zO.) With mournful 
 
 expression. 
 
 (af-iSt-too-2-zO de 
 (Sf-f Ish dtth k8-ma- 
 
 jwith mournfni 
 
 ando. 
 
 Hurrying, 
 quickening. 
 
 Quick, acceler- 
 
 AGNU 
 
 Affettudso di molto, It. 
 
 ma^tO.) With much feeling. 
 Ailictae de com^die, Fr. 
 
 dg.) A play-bill. 
 
 AHtnity. A quality possessed by those chords 
 that admit of an easy and natural progression 
 from one to the other. 
 
 AJHocamento, It. (af-fg-0-ka-man-tO.) Hoarse- 
 ness. 
 
 Afiiocato, It. (af-fg-0-*a-tO.) Hoarse. 
 
 Afllitto, „ (M-JlU-to.) I Sorrowfully, 
 
 Afflialdne, ^- (af-flg-tss-es-ng.) " 
 
 expression. 
 
 Affreto. An abbreviation of Afii'ettando. 
 
 AflTettiindQ,„ (af-frgt-<an-do.) I Hurrying, 
 
 Alfrettfite, -'^- (af-frgt-ila-tg.) f --■ - ■ 
 accelerating the time. 
 
 Affretttfso, It. (af-ii:6t-«-zO. 
 ated, huiTied. 
 
 Aficionado, Spa. (a-ig-thI-0-na-dO.) An ama- 
 teur. 
 
 Aflnacion, Spa. (a-fg-na-thi-5«.) Tuning of in- 
 struments. 
 
 Aflnador, Spa. (a-fS-na-dSr.) A key with which 
 stringed instruments are tuned. 
 
 Aflnar, Spa. (a-f i-«aV.)' To tune musical instru- 
 ments. 
 
 A FotA, For. (a fC-fa.) A Portugese dance re- 
 sembling the Fandango. 
 
 After note. A small note occurring on an unac- 
 cented part of the measure, Y""",' """^^ 
 and taking its time trom the I If J ] ^m J 
 note preceding it. l- *;f-<'-l-*'^^-«'- 
 
 After notes, doable. vmm. p,>f.>n.od. 
 
 Two after notes, taking 
 
 their time from the pre- 
 ceding note. 
 Ag^^TOle, jf (&-jd-va-lS.) 
 
 Agevolm^nte, (a-ja-yol-more-tg. 
 
 with agility. 
 AgCTol^zza, It. (a-ja-vO-ia-tsa.) Lightness, ease, 
 
 agility. 
 Ag^instam^nte, It. (ad-jg-oos-ta-man-te.) In 
 
 strict time. 
 Agginstare, n (ad-jl-oos-io-rg.) i Adjusted, 
 Ageinstato, (ad-jl-oos-^o-to.) | arranged, 
 
 adapted. 
 Agilita, It. (Br-jllS-tS..) Lightness, agility. 
 Agilita, con.. It. With agility, with lightness, 
 
 with rapidity. 
 Agllm^nte, /^ (a-jEl-mare-tg.) Lively, gay. 
 AggraTer la fugue, Fr. (Sg-gra-vS la fttg.) 
 
 To augment the sny ect of a fugue. 
 Agiren, Oer. (a-ff Al-r'n.) To act, to mimic. 
 Agitamento, It. (a-jg-ta^man-to.) Agitation, 
 
 restlessness, motion. 
 Agit&to, It. (aj-g-<a-tO.) Agitated, hurried, rest- 
 less. 
 Agitato allegro. It. (Sj-e-tS-K ai-la-grO.) A 
 
 nervous, agitated and rapid movement. 
 Agit&to con passldne. It. (Sj-B-td-ta kSn pSs- 
 
 sg-a-ng.) Passionately agitated. 
 Agite, J"?-. (S-zhgt.) Agitated. 
 Agli, /«.»?. (ai-yg.) See Alia. 
 Agnus Dei, Lat. (ogr-niis da-e.) Lamb of God; 
 
 one of the principal movemeuta in a mass. 
 
 1 Lightly, 
 ) ) easily, 
 
TRONOTJNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 13 
 
 ■ alt, S add, S arm, e eve, 6 end, I ice, ! ill, o2<i, 9 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, fi ftu^ Q French sound. 
 
 AGOG 
 
 Axose, &r. (!i-(7^g]i6.) Used by the ancient 
 Greeks. A species of melody in wnicli the notes 
 
 Sroceeded by contiguons degrees ascending and 
 escendins the scale. 
 
 Asoge rhythmlca, Gr. (S-gia-ghS rlth-mS-kS.) 
 Time, rhythmical division. 
 
 A Crrand Chieiir, Fr. (kiir.) For the entire 
 choras. i 
 
 A C}rand Orchestre, Fr. (Br-k§str.) For the 
 fall or complete orchestra. 
 
 Agrem^nts, Fr. pi. (S-gra^manh.) Embellish- 
 ments, ornaments. 
 
 Al, It. m-S.) To the ; in the style of. 
 
 Aigre, Fr. (5gr.) Harsh, sharp. 
 
 Algrement, Fr. (5gr-mSnh.) Sharply, harshly. 
 
 Aisa. Fr. S-gfl.) Acute, high, sharp, shrill. 
 
 A m alt. The A placed upon the first upper ad- 
 ded line. 
 
 A in altissimo. An octave above A In Alt. 
 
 Air. A short song, melody or tune, with or with- 
 out words. A series of tones bearing a certain 
 relation to each other by their symmetry and reg- 
 ularity, producing a unity of effect, which is called 
 
 Air a Itolre, Fr. (ar ft bwir.) A drinking song. 
 Air a reprises, Fr. (.ar fi rSh-prSz.) A catch. 
 Air chantant, Fr. (ar shanh-tanb.) An air in 
 
 graceful, melodious style. 
 Air d€tach£, Fr. (ar dJttS-shS.) A single air or 
 
 melody extracted from an opera or larger worli. 
 Air Clcossais, Fr. (ar 5-oOs-sS.) A Scotch air. 
 Air Irlandais, Fr. (ar er-ianh-da.) Irish air 
 
 __ dg 
 
 bS-tSl-er v6-n5-sl-anh.) Melodies sung by the Ve- 
 netian gondoliers or boatmen. 
 
 Airs Fran^als, Fr. (ar franh-sS.) French 
 lurs. 
 
 Airs Kusses, Fr. (5r rus ) Kussian airs. 
 
 Airs tendres, (ar tSnh-dr.) Amatory airs, love 
 songs. 
 
 Air vari6, Fr. (ar vS-ri-a.) Air with variations ; 
 an air embellished and ornamented. 
 
 Ais, Ger. (ois.) The note A sharp. 
 
 Ais-dur, Ger. (ois-door.) The key of AS major. 
 This key is not in use, being represented by B|j 
 major. 
 
 Ais-moll, Ger. (ois-moll.) The key of A| mi- 
 nor. Not in use, being represented by B^ minor. 
 
 AiB€, Fr. (a-z8.) Glad, joyful ; also, easy, facile, 
 convenient. 
 
 Ais^ment, Fr. (a-zS-mauh.) Easily, freely. 
 
 Alyar, Ara. (a-yar.) Air. 
 
 AJakll-Keman, Tur: (a^ySk-la ka-mftn.) A 
 T'nrkish Instrument resembling the violin. 
 
 Akkord, Ger. (ak-Mrd.) See Accord. 
 
 Abromat, Ger. (ftk-rO-»io<.) A musician, a 
 singer. 
 
 Akromatlseh, Ger. (ak-ro-ma-tlsh.) Sco Ach- 
 romatic. 
 
 Aknstik, Ger. (a-Joos-tlk.) See Acoustics. 
 
 Al. It. (ai.) To the, in the style of. 
 
 Alabado, Bpa. (a-ia-»a-dO.) Hymns sung in 
 praise of the sacrament. 
 
 A rabandon, Fr. (a Ift-banh-dOnh.) Without 
 reetrslnt; with passionate expression. 
 
 ALLA 
 
 A la o.hasse, Fr. (a la sbass.) In hunting style. 
 
 A la Franf alse, Fr. (a la vc&ah-sa.) In the 
 French style. 
 
 A la Grecque, Fr. (a la grSk.) Choruses intro- 
 duced by the French- at the end of each act of a 
 drama in imitation of the old Greek tragedies. 
 
 A la mesure, Fr. (a la ma-zUr ) In time ; syn- 
 onymous with A Tempo. 
 
 A la milltaire, Fr. (a 1ft mXl-l-tar.) In military 
 or march style. 
 
 A. I'antlque. Fr. (ft iftnh-tgk.) Antique, In the 
 style of the ancients. 
 
 A la Polacca, It. (ft la pO-;«*-kft.) In the style 
 of the Poiacca. 
 
 Alarum trumpet. The trumpet that sounds 
 the alarm or onset in the military service. 
 
 A la Savoyarde, Fr. (ft la sft-vwa-yftrd.) In the 
 style of the airs or Savoy. 
 
 Albada. Spa. (ai-&<^da.) A morning serenade. 
 
 Albertl Bass. A species of bassi the chords of 
 which are taken in arpeggios of a particular kind; 
 etc. It was so called be- 
 cause first used by Bomen- 
 ico Albertl. 
 
 A.lbogne, Sim. (SX-'bH-gwa.') An instrument be- 
 longing to the fiute species. 
 
 Alboguero, Spa. (ai-b0-<?ui5-r0.) One who plays 
 on the Albogue. 
 
 Alborada, Spa. (ai-bo-ra-clil.) The music of a 
 morning serenade. 
 
 Alcaics. Several kinds of verse, so called from 
 Alcacus, a lyric poet and their inventor. 
 
 Alemanlan. Pertaining to Aleman, a lyric poet. 
 
 Alemanian verse. A verse consisting of six 
 anapests or their equivalents, with the exception 
 of the last two syllables, which are omitted. 
 
 Alelnya, Spa. (8-la-ioo-ja.) Hallelujah. 
 
 Alemana, Spa. (S-la^wa-na.) An old Spanish 
 dance. 
 
 Alexandrian verse. A verse consisting of 
 twelve syllables, or twelve and thirteen alter- 
 nately. 
 
 Al «ne, It. (al re-ng.) To the end. 
 
 Al fine, e pdi la cdda, (ai f5-ng a pO-5 1ft kd- 
 da.) After playing to where the Fine is marked, 
 
 ?o on to the coda. 
 iquot tones. Accessory or secondary sounds ; 
 tones indistinctly heard, which are always pro- 
 duced with the principal tone, at harmonic inter- 
 vals above it. 
 
 A ritali^nne, Fr. (a ll-tai-g-ftiih.) In the Ital- 
 ian-style. 
 
 A livre onvert, Fr. (a Igvr oo-var.) At the 
 opening of the book. To play a piece at first 
 sight. 
 
 A\,It. (ai.) 
 
 All', It. (ai.) 
 
 Alia, It. (al-la.) 
 
 Alle, It. (ai-lg.) . 
 
 Aeli, It. (ai-yg.) 
 
 Alio, It. (ai-10.) 
 
 Alia Br€ve, It. (ai-ia bra-yg.) A quick species of 
 common time, formerly used in church music. It 
 is marked gaud sometimes^. Each bar con- 
 tains the value of a br^ve — equal to two sem- 
 
 To the ; in the style or man- 
 ner of. 
 
14 
 
 PEONOTJNOIM'G MIJSIOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, S add, & arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, i ill, old, 8 odd, 6 (io»e, oo moon, 11 toie, fi 6«i, 4 French tound. 
 
 ALLA 
 
 ibreves, or four minims. Modem composers 
 often subdivide these bars Into two parts, eacli 
 containing two minims, and tliis Is called Alia 
 Capilla time to distinguish it from the Alia Br£ve, 
 from which it is derived. 
 
 Alia c&ccia. It. (dl-U kat-tshe-'i.) In the style 
 of hunting music. 
 
 Alia cfimera. It. (alAS. M-mS-rit.) In the style 
 of chamber music. * 
 
 Alia Capp^lla, It. (dl-\S,Tiav-pal-\&.) In the 
 church or sacred style ; derived IVom Alia Breve 
 style, the bar being sub-divided. See Alia Brfive. 
 
 Alia diritta. It. {dl-l& de-cS-ta.) In direct as- 
 cending or descending style. With the right hand. 
 
 Alia Franchise, It. Tdl-ls. frSn-tsbarze.) I In the 
 
 Alia Franzdse, It. (dl-l& frjin-tsa-zS.) j French 
 style. 
 
 Alia Handcca, It. {dl-l& ha-nai-M.) A kind 
 of dance resembling the Polonaise. 
 
 Alia n&dre. It. &l-m ma-drg.) To the Virgin 
 Mary. Songs and hymns addressed to the Virgin 
 Mary. 
 
 Alia maniera Xnrka, It. (aMii mil-ne-^ra 
 toor-kS,.) In the Turkish style. 
 
 Alia mfircia, It. (a7-la mar-tshs-il.) In the style 
 of a march. 
 
 Alia militfire. It. (fil-lSi mS-le-ta-rS.) In the 
 military style. 
 
 Alia mod^rna, It. (al-l& mO-ddr-nH.) In the 
 modern style. 
 
 Alia Hlor^sco, It. (oMS mO-rSs-kS.) In the 
 Moorish style. 
 
 Alia PalefStriua, It. (aZ-ia Pa-lSs-M-nS.) In 
 the style of Palestrina; in the ecclesiastical style. 
 
 Alia PoKicca, It. (dl-\& po-?aA-ka.) In the time 
 and style of a Polonaise or Polish dance. 
 
 Alia nversa, It. (dV-ia iB-vdr-B&.) In an oppo- 
 site direction. 
 
 Alia roverscio, It. (dl-lS, vO-vdr-BM-o.) In a 
 reverse or contrary movement. 
 
 Alia Rnsse, It. (dl-XR toob-bS.) In Bussian 
 style. . 
 
 Alia ScozzCse, 7i. (aUa skO-Jso-zg.) In Scotch 
 style. 
 
 Alia SiciliAna, It. (Sl-lS. sl-tshgl-I-o-nS.) In 
 the style of the Sicilian shepherd's dance. 
 
 Alia str^tta. It. (dl-\& strdt-VL.) Increasing 
 the time j accelerating the movement. lu close, 
 compressed style. 
 
 Alia Ted^sca, It. {dl-\& tg-daa-ka.) In the Ger- 
 man style. 
 
 Alia Trirka. It. (oWa <oor-ka.) In the Turk- 
 ish or Oriental-style. 
 
 Alia nnissono, It. (oi-la oo-nS-sO-nO.) See 
 Air Unisons. 
 
 Alia Venezitina, It. (aWa vg-nS-tsB-o-na.) In 
 the Venetian style. 
 
 Alia Ztn^ara. It. (af-lS tsin-%^iA.) In the 
 style of gipsy songs. 
 
 Alia zdppa. It. {fU-lS. tsBp-pS..) In a constrained 
 and limping style. 
 
 All' antica, /<.- (ai-liin-iS-kit.) In the ancient 
 style. 
 
 All' £spasniiola. It. (ai-lgss-pan-yoo-S-Iii.) In 
 the Spanish style.' 
 
 Air Inglese, It. (ai-lBn-glS-isS.) In the English 
 
 , all the 
 
 ALLE 
 
 All' Itallana, It. (al-ls-tarle-o-na.) In the Ital- 
 ian bMo. 
 
 Alia 3 za, It. A sign, which, when placed above 
 the staff, indicates that with each note played, a 
 note a third higher must be played, and when 
 placed below the staff, a note a third lower. 
 
 Alia 6 ta. A sign, which when placed above the 
 staff indicates that with each note played, a note 
 a sixth higher must be played, and when placed 
 below the staff, a note a sixth lower. 
 
 Alle, It. (ai-lg.) To the; in the style of. 
 
 Allc, Ger (ffl-lg.) AH: alle Instrumente, i 
 instruments ; the whole orchestra. 
 
 Alleg^am^nte. It. (al-lg-gr'a-moB-tg.) 1 Gaily, 
 
 All^srement, .Fr. (al-la-grg-manh.) | joyfully, 
 
 3uicKly. 
 legrrante, It. (Sl-lg-g'mn-tg.) Joyous, mirth- 
 ful. 
 
 Allesrativo, It. (ai-lg-gra-(2-vO.) Gladdening, 
 cheering, blithe. 
 
 Allegrettino, It. (ai-lg-grgt-i2-nO.) A dimin- 
 utive of AUegrStto and rather slower. 
 
 Allegretto, It. (Sl-K-grdt-tO.) Bather light and 
 cheerful but not as quick as Allegro. 
 
 Allegretto Scherz&ndo, It. (ai-lg-grSt-tO 
 skgr-tean-do.) Moderately playful and lively. 
 
 Allegrezza, It. (Sl-li-grdt-z'&.) I Joy, gladness, 
 
 Allegrfa, It. (aUS-grl-S..) j cheerfulness, 
 
 faiety. 
 lesTr^zza, con. It. With cheerfulness, joy, 
 animation. 
 
 Allesrri di bravura. It. (ttl-la-grg ds brS-voo- 
 ra.) Compositions written in a brilliant and ef- 
 fective style. 
 
 Allegrissimainente, It. (ai-lg-gre-sS-mii-m^n- 
 tg.) Very joyfully, with great animation. 
 
 Allegrissimo, It. (ai-la-grSs-sS-mO.) Extreme- 
 ly quick and lively; the superlative of Allggro. 
 
 Allegro, Fr. and It. (ai-/a-grO.) Quick, lively; 
 a rapid, vivacious movement, tlie opposite to the 
 pathetic, but it is frequently modified by the addi- 
 tion of other words that change its expression ; 
 
 88, 
 
 Allegro agitato. It. (al-ld-gtO aj-E-<a-tB.) Quick, 
 
 with anxiety and agitation. 
 Allegro appassionato, II. (aWa-grC ap-pas- 
 
 sg-n-nd'-tO.) Passionately joyful. 
 Allegro ass&i. It. (al-ld-gtH as-sd-B.) Very 
 
 quick. 
 Allegro brillante. It. (&\-la-gvO brBl-?d«-tg.) 
 
 Requiring a brilliant style of execution. 
 Allegro cdinodo, It. (al-Zo-grO Aa-mO-dO.) With 
 
 a convenient degree of quickness. 
 Allegro con orto. It. (aWa-grO k8n bri-0.) 
 
 Quick, with brilliancy. 
 Allegro con liridso. It. (al-Zd-grO kBn brS-a- 
 
 zO.) Joyful and bold. 
 Allegro con fu<5co. It. (U-ld-grO k6n foo-3- 
 
 kO.) Quick, with flre and animation. 
 Allegro con fndcoso. It. (ai-id-grO kBn foo-0- 
 
 kS-zO.) With a great deal of fire and animation. 
 Allegro con moltissimo moto, It. {B-ld- 
 
 gro kOn mol-<8s-sE-mO mo-tO.) A very quick allfi 
 
 fro. 
 legro con moto. It. Quick, with more than 
 the usual degree of movement. 
 
PRONOtrifCINa MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 IP 
 
 i alt, S add, & arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, i. but, tl French sound. 
 
 ALLE 
 
 Allegro con spfrito. It. (&\-l3-gca kSn ipi-i6- 
 
 to.) Quick, wita much spirit. 
 Alleg^ro dl braviira. It. W-lS-stO ds hrSrVoo- 
 
 iS,.) Qaick, with brilliant and spirited execution. 
 Allegro di molto. It. (61-10-^ d6 7ndt-tO.) Ex- 
 ceedingly quick and animated. 
 AU^sro Turloso, It. (Sl-l3-gcli foo-rS-^zO.) 
 
 QuicK, with fury and impetuosity. 
 All^Kro gaio. It. (Sl-la-giO g^-S-O.) In a gay 
 
 and spirited style. 
 Allegro giiisto, /*. (ftUS-grO joos-to.) Quick, 
 
 Willi exactness ; in steady and precise time. 
 All^sro ma srazioso. It. (Sl-^d-gro mS griU 
 
 tse-S-zO.) Quick, but gracefully. 
 Allegro ma non presto. It. {Sl-lS-erO mS, 
 
 nOn prda-to.) Quick, but not so fast as Presto. 
 Allegro ma non t&uto. It. (Sl-la-gtO ma nOn 
 
 tin-to.) 
 Allegro ma non trdppo. It. (Sl-ld-zcO mS 
 
 nBn irop-po.) Quick and lively, but not too fast. 
 AU^SFO moder&to. It. (iU-2a-grO vaSiS-rd-tO.) 
 
 Moderately quick. 
 All^sro m<ilto. It. (S.U3-grO mSUa.) Very 
 
 3uick and animated. 
 l^gro non molto. It. (Sl-la-grO n9n-m^^tO.) 
 
 Not very fast. 
 Allegro non tAnto, It. (Sl-la-gtO nSn tdn-to.) 
 Allegro non trdppo. It. (Sl-la-grO nOn trSp-pO.) 
 
 Not too fast. 
 Allegro risoldto, It. (Sl-ta-gtO rS-zO-^ao-tO.) 
 
 Quick, with' vigor and decision. 
 Allegro veKSce, It. (aUS-grO vS-lS-tshS.) Quick, 
 
 with extreme velocity. 
 Allegro vivfice, /*. Sl-la-grO vE-!;o-tsh5.) With 
 
 vivacity, very rapidly. 
 Allegro ■vivo. It. (SX-lS-gcO «?-vO.) With great 
 
 life and rapidity. 
 Allegrnsio, It. (ai-lS-groo-zB-o.) Good humored. 
 
 Allein, Gfer. (aX-lin.) Alone, single. 
 
 Alletnsang, Ger. (Sl-Hn-Hang.) A solo. 
 
 Alleinsiinger, Cfer. (ai-^n-sSng-gr.) A solo 
 singer. 
 
 Alleinspi£ler , Oer. (al-Bra-spB-lSr.) One who 
 plays a solo. 
 
 Alleluia, Fr. (Sl-lS-loo-yS.) Praise the Lord; 
 Hallelujah. 
 
 AUelqjah, ffeb. (Sl-lS-loo-yS.) An ascription of 
 praise; Hallelujah, 
 
 Allemande, Fr. (ail-mSnhd.) A German air: 
 also, a slow dance or melody of four crotchets in 
 each measure, peculiarto Germany and Switzer- 
 land. 
 
 AUentam^nto, It. (ai-lgn-ta-m3>i-tO.) I Eelaxa- 
 
 AUentfito, It. (ai-lgn-*a-tO.) ( tion, giv- 
 
 ing way, slackening of the time. 
 
 AUentando, It. (al-lSn-2a»-dO.) Decreasing the 
 time until the close. 
 
 AUeram^nto, It. (ai-lSr-a-mon-tO.) A breath- 
 ing time ; a respite. 
 
 All' Espagnnola. /*. (ai-lgs-pan-yoo-5-ia.) In 
 the Spanish style. 
 
 Allied tones. Accessory tones. 
 
 With- 
 
 ont previous study; eKtemporaneously 
 
 ALSE 
 
 Air Ingl^se, It. (.Sl-V-Su-gia-xS.) In the English 
 
 Air Itali&na, It. (ai-l'-S-tS-lS-o-na.) In the Ital- 
 ian style. 
 
 AllmiiHch, Ger. (a^mS-lIkh.) Little by little. 
 
 Al' Idco, It. (al lo-ko.) To the previous place ; a 
 term of reference. 
 
 All' Ongar^se, It. (B.I On-gSrrd-zS.) In the Hun- 
 garian style. 
 
 Allonger, Fr. (81-lOnh-zha.) To lengthen, pro- 
 long, delay. 
 
 Allonger I'archet, Fr. (Sl-18nh-zhSl' ar-sha.) 
 To lengthen or prolong the stroke of the bow in 
 violin music. 
 
 All' ott&va. It. (SI 8t-^-va.) In the octave ; 
 meaning that one part must play an octave above 
 or below another. It is frequently met with in 
 scores and orchestra parts. 
 
 All' ottfiTa alta. It. (al Ot-ta-va ai-ta.) In the 
 octave above. 
 
 All' ottdva bassa, It. (SI ct>ta-va bas-sa.) In 
 the octave below. 
 
 Alia roversfco. It. (Sl-ia rO-v8r-sS-kO.) By a 
 contrary movement. 
 
 All' nnlsono. It. (£1 oo-ne-so-nO.) In unison ; a 
 succession of unisons or'octaves. 
 
 All' Sva. An abbreviation of Air ott4va. 
 
 Alma, Ara. (Sl-m&.) The name given in the East 
 to Biuglng and dancing girls, who are hired to fur- 
 nish amusement at public entertainments, and to 
 sing dirges at tUnerals, etc. 
 
 ■aiSoJ?** I The name of an old slow dance of 
 Alml^d. (-a dlgnitled character. 
 Almanes, v2. See Alman. 
 
 Alma Bedemptoris, Lat. (ai-ma rS-dSm-to-rfs.) 
 
 A hymn to the V irgin. 
 Almees, Ara. (al-mas.) Arabian dancing girlB. 
 Almelis, 7'ur. (ai-mas.) Tm-kieh singing and 
 
 dancing girls. 
 Alpenhom, Ger. (S-p'n-hOm. The Alpine, or 
 
 cowhorn. 
 Al piac^re. It. (al TfS^&-ts!id-iS.) At pleasure. 
 
 See A piacgre. 
 Al pill. It, (ai p5-oo.) The most. 
 Alphabet. The seven letters nsed in music. A, 
 
 B, C, D, B, F, G. When more are required, either 
 
 ascending or descending, the letters are repeated 
 
 in the same order. 
 Alpine Horn. An instrument made of the bark 
 
 of a tree, and used by the Alpine shepherds for 
 
 conveying sounds a long distance. 
 Al rlgdre di tempo. It. (ai le-gS-rS dS tini- 
 
 p8.) In very rigorous and strict time. 
 Al rigWre del tempo, /*. (ai iS-gS-ti dSl tlm- 
 
 pO.) In very rigorous and strict time. 
 Al riv^rso. It. (ai iS-vSr-aO.) Reverse, back- 
 ward motion. 
 A la Bnsse, Fr. (a la rllss.) In the Russian 
 
 style. 
 Al Seg. An abbreviation of Al Segno. 
 AI Segno, It. (al san-yO.) To the sign ; meaning 
 
 that the performer must return to tne sign :Sp in 
 
 a previous part of the piece and play from thas 
 
 place to the word Fine, or the mai'k /7\ over -^ 
 
 doable bar, 
 
16 
 
 PKONOrNCIWG MUSICAL DIOTIOlirAKT. 
 
 e ale, 3 add, a arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, o2(2, 5 oc2i2, 8 c2ove, oo moon, fl 2ufe, fi iu2, 11 French sound. 
 
 ALT 
 
 Alt, It. (alt.) High. This term is applied to the 
 notes which lie hetween F on the fifth line of 
 treble staff and G on the fourth added line below. 
 
 Alta,It. (aMS.) High, or higher; Ott&vafilta, an 
 octave higher. 
 
 Alta, Spa. (al-t&.) A dance formerly used in 
 Spam. 
 
 Alta-Vlola, It. (ai-ta vE-O-ia.) A counter tenor 
 viol. 
 
 Alt Clarinet, Ger. (flit kl&r-iu-^t.) A large clar- 
 inet, a fifth deeper than the ordinary clarinet. 
 
 Al Ted^sco, It. (ill tS-d3s-kO.) In the German 
 style. 
 
 Altera prima donna, It. (al-tS-ra prS-mS, 
 ddn-nS..) One of two principal female singers. 
 
 Alteratlo, Lat. (Sl-tS-ra-shl-o.) ) Changed, ang- 
 
 AlteT&to, It. (al-tS-ro-tO.) >- mented. In 
 
 Alt^r^, Fr. Sl-tg-?'5.) ) composition it 
 
 means doubling the value of a note. 
 
 Alterati snonL It. (al-tS-ro-tS swB-nS.) Sounds 
 raised or lowered by sharps and flats. 
 
 Altered notes. Notes changed by accidentals. 
 
 Altered triads. The diatonic dissonant triad, 
 with its third sometimes sharped and sometimes 
 flatted. 
 
 Altemam^nte, It. (Sl-tSr-na^mS?i-tS.) Alter- 
 nating, by turns. 
 
 Altem&ndo, It. (Sl-tgr-naji-dO.) See Alterna- 
 m^nte. 
 
 Alternations. Melodies composed for bells. 
 
 Altemativo, It. (ffl-tSr-na-tS-vO.) Alternating 
 one movement with another. 
 
 Altseige, Ger. (ffli-ghl-ghS.) The viola, or tenor 
 violin. 
 
 Alti, 7«. (al-tS.) High; the plural of Alto. 
 
 AltieramCnte, It. (Sl-tB-Sr-S-mara-tg.) With 
 
 frandeur, haughtily. 
 tisonante, It. (Sl-tS-zO-nare-tS.) Loud sound- 
 ing. 
 
 Altfsono, It. (al-K-sO-nO.) Sonorous. 
 
 Altisonous. High sounding. A term former- 
 ly used to denote the highest part Intended for the 
 natural adult male voice. 
 
 Altiso, /*. (al-i?-zO.) An abbreviation of Altis- 
 simo. 
 
 Altissimo, It. (Sl-tis-aS-mO.) The highest; ex- 
 tremely high as to pitch. It is applied to all the 
 high treble notes which are more than an octave 
 above F, on the fifth line of the treble staff. 
 
 Altist. An alto singer. 
 
 Altista, It. (al-^gs-ta.) ) One who has an alto 
 
 Altiste, Fr. (Sl-tSstJ j voice. 
 
 Altltonans, Lat. (Sl-ti-W-n^ns.) The alto, or 
 highest part under the treble; used in ch^al mu- 
 sic in the sixteenth century. 
 
 Alto, It. {al-to. (High. In vocal music the high- 
 est male voice, sometimes called the counter 
 tenor. In mixed chorus it is the part next below 
 the soprano sung by low female voices. 
 
 Alto Basso, It. (al-to 6as-sO.) A Venetian 
 stringed instmniBpt, not in use at the present 
 
 ^*y- n— n 
 
 Alto clef. The C clef on the third line of Hgi 
 the staff. Its 
 
 Alto concertina. A concertina having the 
 compass of a viola, 
 
 AMAT 
 
 Alto Flanto, It. (ai-tofla-oo-to.) An alto flute; 
 used in bands. 
 
 Alt' ott&Ta, It. (ai-f Ot-ta-va.) The same notes 
 an octave higher. 
 
 Alto priiuo. It. (ai-tO pri-ma.) The highest 
 alto. 
 
 Alto secondo. It. (ai-ts sg-2:3n-dO.) The lowest 
 alto. 
 
 Alto tenore, It. (al-tO tgn-5-rS.) The highest 
 tenor. 
 
 Alto Trombone. A trombone with the nota- 
 tion on the alto clef. Its compass is from the 
 small c, or e, to the one lined a or two lined o. 
 
 Alto "Vidla, It. (al-to vg-o-ia.) The viola, or 
 tenor violin. 
 
 Alto Violino, It. (Sl-tO vS-o-lS-nO.) Small tenor 
 violin on which the alto may be played. 
 
 Altri, It. (oY-tr5.) Others. 
 
 Altro modo, It. (ai-trO mcS-dO.) Another mode 
 or manner. 
 
 AIts3.nger, Ger. (aM-sBng-Sr.) Alto singer, 
 counter tenor singer. 
 
 Altschliissel, Ger. (aM-shllis-s'l.) The alto 
 clef; the clef on the third line. 
 
 Altus, Lat. (fflHSs.) The alto or counter tenor. 
 
 Altfiole, Ger. (aH-fi-S-18.) The viola, or tenor 
 violin. 
 
 Altzeichen, Ger. (oW-tsi-k'n.') See Altschliissel. 
 
 Alzam^nto, It. ' (al-tsa-msTi-tO.) An elevating 
 of the voice; lifting up. 
 
 Alzam^nto di mdno, It. (ai-tsa-man-to is 
 ma-nO.) To elevate the hand in beating time. 
 
 Alzamento dl "voce. It. (ai-tsa-man-to ds vo- 
 tshg.) Elevation of the voice. 
 
 Alzdndo, It. (ai-<8aa-d0.) Raising, lifting up. 
 
 Al. Zop. An abbreviation of Alia Zoppa. 
 
 AmAbile, It. (a-»ia-be-lS.) Amiable, gentle, 
 graceful. 
 
 Amabilitfi, It. (a-ma-bs-ls-ta.) Tenderness, 
 amiability. 
 
 Amabillt&, con. With ainiabillty. 
 
 Amabilm^nte, It. (a-marbel-mare-tS.) Amia- 
 bly, gently. 
 
 A major. That key in modern music in which 
 the fundamental tone is the sixth diatonic tone 
 in the scale of C major. 
 
 Amar^vole, It. (a-ma-ra-vO-15.) Amiably, af- 
 fectionately. 
 
 Amar^zza, It. (SrmSrrdt-zS,.) Bitterness, sad- 
 ness. 
 
 Amar^zza, con. It. With bitterness; with 
 sorrow. 
 
 Amarissimam^nte,/*. (a-ma-rgs-8e-ma-man.-tg.) 
 
 Amarissimo, It. (a-ma-rgs-ss-mo.) 
 Very bitterly, m a very mournful, sad and afflicted 
 manner. 
 
 Am&ro, It. (a-mo-rO.) Grief, bitterness, affliction. 
 
 Amateur, Fr. (Sxa-Srtur.) One who has taste 
 and proficiency in music, but does not practice it 
 as a profession. 
 
 Amati. A name applied to violins made by the 
 brothers Amati, in Italy, in the middle of the 
 seventeenth century. They are smaller than the 
 ordinary violin, and distinguis^le3 for their pecn^ 
 li^r sweetness of tone, 
 
PKONOTJNCING- MUSICAL DICTI0NART. 
 
 17 
 
 B ate, a add, & arm, S ei>e, g end, I ice, J ill, old, 8 odd, dove, oo moon, fl lute, t. but, fl French sound. 
 
 AMAN 
 
 Amantea. Fersous who composed the songs and 
 plays nsed by the old Incas of Peru. 
 
 Amttitus, Lat. (<zm-bI-tQs.) Compass or range 
 of soands ; also, the distance between the highest 
 and lowest sounds. 
 
 Ainbo, Lat. (arn-bO.) The desk at which the 
 canons were sung in the middle ages. 
 
 Amlion, Fr. (auh-bBnh.) The Ambo. 
 
 Ambrosian Chant. A series of sacred melo- 
 dies or chants collected and introduced into the 
 church by St. Ambrose, Bishop of Milan, in the 
 fourth century, and supposed to have been bor- 
 rowed from the ancient Greek music. 
 
 Amlirosianns Cantns, Lat. (Sm-brO-sI-o-niis 
 fid '-tiie.) Ambrosian chant. 
 
 Anibnbaje, Gr. (Sm-b1l-6a-jS.) The name of a 
 society of strolling flute players among the an- 
 cient Greeks. 
 
 Amlralant, Fr. (anh-bti-Unh.) Wandering; an 
 itinerant musician. 
 
 Ame, Fr. (am.) The sound-post of ~ violin, 
 viola, etc. 
 
 Amen, Jffeb. (o-mSn.) So be it. A word used as 
 a termination to psalms, hymns, and other sacred 
 music. 
 
 Amen Choms. A chorus in which the word 
 amen forms the principal language. 
 
 Ameno, It. (S-mS-nO.) Charming, pleasing, 
 sweet. 
 
 Amcnochord. An instrument resembling a 
 pianoforte. 
 
 American flngerins- That style of fingering 
 in which the sign x is used to indicate the thumb 
 in piano playing, in distinction from the German 
 or foreign fingering, in which the thumb is called 
 the first finger. 
 
 American organ. A variety of the harmonium 
 which diflfers from the Europeou harmonium in 
 in the arrangement of the bellows, and for pro- 
 ducing varieties of expression. 
 
 A m€iEza aria. It. (a mo^-sa o-rS-a.) An air 
 partly in the style of a recitative ; between speak- 
 ing and singing. 
 
 A m6xxa v<Sce, It. (a mSt-s'& v5-tsh&.) I In a 
 
 A m^zza di vdce. It. (a mdt-eS, ds sS-tshS.) ) soft 
 subdued tone ; vrith half the power of the voice. 
 The term is also applied to instrumental music. 
 
 A m;Szza manico. It. (S, mat-eii, mft-ng-ko.) In 
 violin playing, the placing the hand near the mid- 
 dle of the neck. 
 
 Ammaestratore, It. (am-mS-gs-trilr^^-rg.) An 
 instructor. 
 
 Ammaestratrice, It. (am-ma-Ss-tra-^rS-tshS.) 
 An instructress. 
 
 Ammodiilato, It. (am-mO-doo-/«-tO.) Tuned. 
 
 A moll, Ger. (S, moll.) The key of A minor. 
 
 A molto cori. It. (a mdl-to kB-iS.) Full cho- 
 ruses ; a collection of choruses. 
 
 A monocorde, Fr. (a mOnh-O-kOrd.) On one 
 string only. 
 
 Amdre, It. (3-ma-rS.) Tenderness, affection, 
 love. 
 
 Amdre, con. It. With tenderness and affection. 
 
 Amor^vole, It. (a-mO-ro-vO-lB.) Tenderly, gen- 
 tly, lovindy. 
 
 Amm^^mtBuSnte, It. (a-mO-rS-vBl-man-tS.) With 
 eztreme tenderness. 
 2 
 
 ANCH 
 
 A mor^sco, It. (a mO-r^s-kO.) In the Moorish 
 style; in the style of a morgsco or Moorish dance. 
 
 Amorosam^nte, /2. (a-mo-ro-za-man-tg.) In a 
 tender and affectionate style. 
 
 Amordso, It. (a-mO-rd-zO.) See Amarosamgnte. 
 
 Amonsikos, Gr. (a-moo-sl-kos.) Unmusical; a 
 term used by the ancient Greeks implying a defi- 
 ciency in the organs of sound or want of cultiva- 
 tion. 
 
 Amphibrach, Ger. , (oTO-fl-brak.) A musical 
 foot, comprising one snort, one long and one short 
 note or syllable, accented and marked thus,^— ^ 
 
 Amphlmacer, Gr. (am-fi-ma-sEr.) A musical 
 foot, comprising one long, one short and one long 
 note, or syllable, accented and marked thus, — ^— 
 
 Amphlon, Or. (am-fl-On.) The most ancient 
 Greek musician. He played upon the lyre. 
 
 Ampollosam^nte, It. (am-pBl-lO-zS-man-tg.) 1 
 
 Ampolldso, It. (am-p8W5-zO.) ( 
 
 In a bombastic and pompous manner. 
 
 Amponl^, Fr. (anh-poo-lS.) High flown, bom- 
 bastic. 
 
 Amnsement, Fr. (a-miiz-manh.) A light and 
 pleasing composition frequently employed as an 
 exercise in a course of piano studies. 
 
 Anabasis, Gr. (arn%ba-sls.) A succession of 
 ascending tones. 
 
 Anacamptlc (S.n-Srkamp-tVi.) The name given 
 by the ancient Greeks to sounds produced by re- 
 liection, as echoes. 
 
 Anacamptos, Gr. (S,n-Srkdmp-t>Ss.) A coarse 
 of retrograde or reflected notes ; notes proceeding 
 downwards or from acute to grave. 
 
 Anaclastic glass. A thin glas% vial of the form 
 of a tunnel which when blown" upon by the per- 
 formers is capable of producing a very loud noise. 
 
 Anacreontic, Gr. (Sn-Sk-rg-iira-tik.) In the Bac- 
 chanalian or drinking style. 
 
 Anafll, Spa. {SrnSrfm.) A musical pipe used by 
 the Moors. 
 
 Anafllero, Spa. (a-na/Mg-rO.) A player on the 
 anafll. 
 
 Anagaza, Spa. (a-na-^a-tha.) A bird call. 
 
 Anakara, It. (an-a/Jo-ra.) The kettle drum. 
 
 Anakarista, It. (Sn-a-ka-rSs-ta.) A tympanist, 
 or kettle-drum player. 
 
 Anakmsis. Qln-arkroo-sls.) The up stroke in 
 conducting, or Deating time. 
 
 Anfilisi, it. (arrea-le-zS.) I «„ .nalvnia 
 
 Analyse, Fr. (an-a-lSz.U •^" analysis. 
 
 Analyzatlon. The resolution of a musical com- 
 position into the elements which compose it for 
 the s^e of ascertaining its construction. 
 
 Ananes, Gr. (fi-na-nesT) The modes or tones of 
 the ancient Greek church. 
 
 Anapest, Gr. (an-a-pgst.) A musical foot, con- 
 taining two short notes, or syllables and a long 
 one, accented and marked thus, — "— ■ — . 
 
 Anapesto, Spa. {S,n-Srp4s-W.) An anapest. 
 
 Anaphona, Gr. (_&n~&J7i-n&.) An old term im- 
 plying the immediate repetition of a passage that 
 has just been played. 
 
 Anarmoniik Dissonance, false harmony. 
 
 Anehe, Fr. (anhsh.) The reed, or mouth-piece 
 of th6 oTloe, bassoon, clarloneft, etc. ; also the ysr 
 ri<Ai« reed tfdps in an o'r^ti. 
 
18 
 
 PKONOUNOIBTG MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 a ale, S add, a arm, 8 eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, oM, 8 odd, iio««, oo moon, fl Zuic, 4 6m<, 11 French sound. 
 
 ANCK 
 
 Anche d'orgue, Fr, (anhsh d'Org.) A reed 
 Btop of an organ. 
 
 Ancner, Fr. (ftlin-eM.) To pnt a reed to a musi- 
 cal inexrument. 
 
 Ancia, It. (Sn-teliB-a.) See Anche. 
 
 Ancient flute. An Instrument composed of 
 two tubes witli a mouth-piece attached. 
 
 Ancient modes. The modes or scales of the 
 ancient Greeks and Uomans. 
 
 Ancient signatures. Old signatures in which 
 the last sharp or flat was suppressed and used as 
 an accidental note when required. 
 
 Ancilla, Gr. (Sn-sSWii.) Shields, by the heating 
 of which, the ancient Greeks marked the measure 
 of their music on festive occasions. 
 
 Ancdra, It. (an-^o-rii.) Once more, repeat again ; 
 also, yet, still, etc. 
 
 Ancora da capo. It. (an-kS-iS, da ka-^0.) From 
 the commencement again. 
 
 Ancdr pin mdsso. It. (S,n-kSr pS-oo m^s-sO.) 
 Still more motion, quicker. 
 
 Andacht, Ger. (an-dakht.) Devotion. 
 
 AndSchtig, Ger. (ffl?i-dskh-tig.) Devotional. 
 
 Andam^nto, It. (to-da-more-to.) A rather slow 
 movement; also, an accessory idea or episode in- 
 troduced into a fugue to produce variety. 
 
 Andante, It. (an-tiare-tS.) A movement in mod- 
 erate time but flowing steadily, easily, gracefully. 
 This term is often modified both as to time and 
 style by the addition of other words ; as, 
 
 And&nte affettntfso. It. (an-dan-tH af-f gt-too- 
 6-zO.) Moderately, ^and with much pathos. 
 
 Anddnte amabile. It. (an-dan-tS Srma-pS-K.) 
 An andante expressive of affection. 
 
 And&nte cant&ltile. It. {im-ddnr-ti c&a-td-^yS- 
 18.) Slowly, and in a singing and melodious style. 
 
 And&nte con mtfto. It. X&n-dan-tS kfin md-to.) 
 Moving easily, with motion or agitation ; rather 
 lively. 
 
 Andante grazidso. It. (S,n-ddn-i6 gra-tsS-S-zO.) 
 Moderately slow in time ana in graceful easy style. 
 
 And&nte largo. It. (an-oJan-tS Idr-gO.) Slow, 
 distinct and exact. 
 
 AndAnte ntaestiSso, It. (a,n-dan-tS raa-Ss-tS-zO.) 
 Moving rather slowly and in majestic style. 
 
 And&nte ma non troppo, e con trist^z- 
 za. It. (an-dara-tS ma non trop-vO, S, kSn trSs- 
 tat-sa.) Not too slow, and with pathos. 
 
 And&nte non troppo. Moving slowly but 
 not too much so. 
 
 Andftnte pastorale. It. (an-ddrir-tS pas-to-ra- 
 IS.) Moderately slow and in simple pastoral style. 
 
 Ajid&nte piu tosto allegretto. It. (,S,n-ddn- 
 tS p5-oo t5s-t0 ai-lg-g^m^tO.) Andante, or rather 
 allegretto. 
 
 AndAnte quasi allegretto. It. An andante 
 nearly as rapid as allegretto. 
 
 Andantem^nte, It. (an-dan-t6-m5n-tS.) See 
 Andante. 
 
 Andantino, It, (an-dan-<3-nO.) A little slower 
 than andante. 
 
 Andantlno sostendto e simplicem^nte, 
 il c^nto e pocd pid forte. Xan-dan-«-no 
 sBs-tS-noo-to S sSm-plS-tshS-mffln-to, SI kan-to a po- 
 ko p8-oo 18r-tB.) In a sustained and simple man- 
 ner, vrith the melody a little louder than the other 
 noteB. 
 
 AKHA 
 
 Andno. An abbreviation of Andantino. 
 
 AndAr diritto, -It. (S,n-ddr AS-rlt-tO.) To go 
 straight on. 
 
 Andiire a tempo. It. (an-<ia-rS a <em-pO.) To 
 play or sing in time. 
 
 Androldes. A musical automaton figure which 
 by means of certain springs can play on some 
 instruments. 
 
 Andte. An abbreviation of andante. 
 
 Aneanes, Gr. (an-g-a-nSs.) The modes and tones 
 of the ancient Greeks. 
 
 Anelantem^nte, /£. (an-a-ian-tS-maa-tg.) Anx- 
 iously, ardently. 
 
 AuelS.nza, It. (an-S-2^n-tsa.) ) Shortness of 
 
 An^lito, It. (an-iii-18-tO.) J breath. 
 
 Anemochord. A species of Bolian Harp. 
 
 Anemometer. A wind guage, or machine for 
 weighing the wind in an organ. 
 
 Anflang, Ger. (ara-fang.) Beginning, commence- 
 ment. 
 
 Anf anger, Ger. (d'n-fang-er.) A beginner. 
 
 Anfiingsgrlinde, Ger. (an-magB-griin-dS.) Ru- 
 diments, elements, principles. 
 
 Anflangsritornell, Ger. ((jTC-fangs-rS-tOr-reR) 
 Introductory symphony to an air. 
 
 Anilbraco, Spa. (an-fg-fi-m-ko.) See Amphbrach. 
 
 Anlltedtro, It. (an-fg-tg-a-trO.) See Amphi- 
 theatre. 
 
 Anfuhrer, Ger. (Sre-fu-rgr.) A conductor, di- 
 rector, leader. 
 
 Angeben, Ger. ■ (a«-ga-b'n.) To give a sound; 
 to utter a tonejden Ton angeben, to give out the 
 tune. 
 
 Angelica, Ger. (an-.;'ffl-li-ka.) i An organ stop : 
 
 Ang^liqne, ii"?*. (anh-zhSrlek.) (alsoauAngelot. 
 
 Angelot. An old musical instrument somewhat 
 similar to the lute. 
 
 Ang^Ius, Fr. (anh-zha-111.) Ave Maria; prayer 
 time. 
 
 Angemessen, Ger. (ara-ghg-m^«-s'n.) Conform- 
 able, suitable, fit. 
 
 Angenehm, Ger. (dn-gbSn-dm.) Agreeable, 
 pleasing, sweet. 
 
 Angkloung, Jav. (ank-loong.) A rude instru- 
 ment of the Javanese, made of difierent lengths 
 of bamboo fastened to a strip of wood. 
 
 Anglaise, Fr. (anh-glaz.) I In the English 
 
 Anglico, It. (gn-gl8-k0.) j style ; a tune 
 adapted for an English air or country dance. 
 
 Angdre, It. (&n-gS-rS.) Distress, anguish, pas- 
 sion, grief. 
 
 Angosc^TOle, /(. (an-gOs-feAa--vO-lg.) Sad, sor- 
 rowful. 
 
 Angdscia, It. (an-fcSs-tshS-a.) • | 
 
 Angosciam^nte, It. (an-g0s-t8h8-a-m5«-tg.) f 
 Anxiety, anguish, grief. 
 
 Angosciosam^nte, It. (an-gBs-tshg-o-za-mon- 
 tgO Apprehensively, anxiously, sorrowfully, 
 
 Angoscidso, It. (an-gOs-tshS-a-zO.) Afflicted, 
 
 ..distressed. 
 
 Angstlicb, Ger. (dngst-Ukti.) Uneasy, timid, 
 anxious. 
 
 Anbaltend, Ger. (an-hai-tgnd.) Continuous, 
 constant, holding out. 
 
 Anbaltende Cadenz, Ger. (aVhiU-ten-dS ka. 
 dints .) A pedal note or organ point ; a protrafctftfl 
 cEidbnce. 
 
PRONOTTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 19 
 
 & ale, & add, & arm, e tve, £ end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, 1i but, H French sound. 
 
 AN HA 
 
 Anhang, Ger. (an-hSng.) A postscript, an ap- 
 pendix, a coda. 
 
 Anhiinglichi Ger. (anrhSjiB-'nkh.) Attached. 
 
 Anima, /t. (an-e-mii.) Soul, feeling; animated, 
 lively. 
 
 Anima, con.. It. With life and animation. 
 
 Animas, Spa. (an-S-mos.) The ringing of a hell 
 in the Koman Catholic church for prayers for souls 
 in purgatory. 
 
 Animfito, /<. (fin-s-mtj-to.) Animated; with life 
 and spirit. 
 
 AnimazKSne, It. (an-e-mS-tsS-^-nS.) Animation. 
 
 Anim£, Fr. (anh-e-ma.) I Animated, lively, 
 
 Animo, It. (ii-ne-mO.) j spirited. 
 
 Animo, con.. It. With boldness. 
 
 Animo corde, Lat. (an-d-mo kOr-dg.) An in- 
 strument invented in 1789, by Jacob Schnell, of 
 Paris.. The tone is produced by wind passing over 
 the strings. 
 
 Animosam^nte, It. (S,n-S-mO-zSrm(ln-tS.) Bold- 
 ly, resolutely. 
 
 Animosissimam^nte, It. (^u-g-mO-zSs-se-m^ 
 man-ie.) Exceedingly bold and resolute. 
 
 Animosissimo, It. (an-S-mO-sin-se-raO.) Ex- 
 ceedingly bold and resolute. 
 
 Animoso, It. (an-S-md-zO.) In an animated 
 manner; lively, energetic. 
 
 AnlTersario, Spa. (an-S-v6r-eo-il-0.) A mass 
 celebrated on the anniversary of a person^s death. 
 
 Aniclang, Ger. (an-'klS.ng.) Accord, harmony, 
 sympathy. 
 
 Ankltngein, Ger. (are-kllng-81n.) To ring a 
 bell. 
 
 Anklingen, Ger. (av^-kling-Sn.) To accord in 
 sound. 
 
 Aniage, Ger. (an-lS-ghS.) The plan or outline 
 of a composition. 
 
 Anlanfen, Ger. (anr-lou-rn.) To increase in 
 sound, to swell. 
 
 Anleitnng, Ger. (a»-lI-toong.) An introduction, 
 a preface. 
 
 Anmntlij Ger. (an-moot.) Sweetness, grace. 
 
 Anmntliig, Ger. (aji-moo-tlg.) Agreeable, sweet, 
 pleasant. 
 
 Ajionialies. False scales or intervals which are 
 found in keyed instruments ; they are so called 
 because incapable of being perfectly tempered. 
 
 Anomalous cliord. A chord whose intervals 
 are sometimes greater and sometimes less. 
 
 Anomaloas triads. See Altered Triads. 
 
 Anonner, Fr. (Sn-nSnh-na.) To hesitate, blun- 
 der or stammer. 
 
 Anpfelfen, ffer. (ara-pfl-rn.) To whistle at ; to 
 hiss at. 
 
 Ansatz, Ger. (are-sSts.) The embouchure of a 
 wind instrument. 
 
 Anschlag, Ger. (aji-shlag.) A stroke, the per- 
 cussion of a cord; the striking of a chord or key; 
 the touch in piano playing. 
 
 AnslngSn, Ger. (ffl'ra-sIng-Sn.) To welcome with 
 a song. 
 
 Anspielen, Ger. (a«-spS-rn.) To play first. 
 
 Ansprache, Ger. (dn-sprarkhg.) Intonation. 
 
 Ansprecben, Ger. (sTt-sprS-kh'n.) To sound, 
 to emit or give forth a sound. 
 
 Anstimmen, Ger. (an-8tlm>mSn.) To strike up, 
 to begin to sing, to tone. 
 
 ANTI 
 
 (oft-stim-moong.) Intonar 
 The subject of a 
 
 Anstinunnng, Ger. 
 tion, tuning. 
 
 Antecedent. (Sn-iS-si-iSnt.) 
 fhgne or of a point of imitation. 
 
 Ante-chapel. That portion of the chapel lead- 
 ing to the choir. 
 
 Antanzen, Ger. (an-tan-ts'n.) To begin to dance. 
 
 Anth. An abbreviation of anthem. 
 
 Anthem. A vocal composition, the words of 
 which are usually selected from the Bible. Used 
 in church and generally accompanied on the or- 
 gan. 
 
 Anthema. An ancient Greek dance. 
 
 Anthem, choral. An anthem in a slow meas- 
 ured style, after the manner of a choral. 
 
 Anthem, tall. An anthem consisting wholly 
 of chorus. 
 
 Anthem, solo. An anthem consisting of solos 
 and choruses. 
 
 AntholOjgue, Gr. (a;i-th0-18g.) A collection of 
 choice pieces. 
 
 Anthologinm, Gr. (dn-thO-lSg-i-iim.) See An- 
 tiphonarium. 
 
 Anthropoglossa, Gr. ({(n-thrO-pfl-g^ds-sa.) The 
 vox hnmana, an organ stop somewhat resembling 
 the human voice. 
 
 Antihacchins. (dnrti-bdk-M-iB.) A musical foot 
 of three syllables, the first two long or accented 
 and the last short or unaccented, thus, ^. 
 
 Antica, It. (an-(S-ka.) Ancient. 
 
 Anticipam€nto, /^. (an-te-tshS-pS-mSn-tS.) An- 
 ticipation. 
 
 Anticipation. The taking of a note or chord 
 before its natural and expected place. 
 
 Anticipazione, It. (an-te-tshe-parze-^nS.) See 
 Anticipation. 
 
 Antf CO, It. (Sn-<S-kO.) Ancient. 
 
 Antico, all'. It. (an-23-kO, sUr.) In the ancient 
 style. 
 
 Antienne, Fr. (£nh-ten.) An anthem. 
 
 Antiftona, It. (an-tS-fO-nS.) I .„ „nthP7t. 
 
 Antiftona, Spa. (an-tS-fiJ-na.;) \^^ anthem. 
 
 Antifonal, Spa. (S.n-xB-fO-nal.) j. A book of 
 
 Antiftonario, It. (an-tS-fO-»a-rE-0.) | anthems ; 
 an anthem singer. 
 
 Antifonero, Spa. (an-tS-fB-n^rO.) A precentor. 
 
 Antifbni snoni. It. (an-te-f&-ne «wd-ne.) Notes, 
 which although one or more octaves apart are yet 
 concords among themselves. 
 
 Antipasto, Spa. (au-te^os-to.) A foot consist- 
 ing of four syllables the first and last of which 
 are short and the second and third long. 
 
 Antiphon. The chant or alternate singing in 
 churches and cathedrals. 
 
 Antiphona, Gr. (&n-tS-SS-n&.) An anthem. 
 
 Antiphonaire, Fr. (anh-tg-fB-nar.) A book of 
 anthems, responses, etc. 
 
 Antiphonarinm, Gr. (dn-U-fO-na-ri-tm.) The 
 collection of Antiphons used in the Catholic 
 ehurch; they are sung responsively by the priest 
 and congregation. 
 
 Antipbonaoi^. Book of anthems, responses, etc. 
 in the Catholic church. 
 
 Antiphone, Gr. (dnAS-fO-ne.) The response 
 made by one part of the choir to another, or by 
 the congregation to the priest in the Boman 
 Catholic service; also, alternate singing. 
 
20 
 
 PKONOTTNCING MUSICAL DICTIOIirAET. 
 
 a alt, S, add, & arm, B eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, ii but, 11 French tound. 
 
 ANTI 
 
 Antiphonie, Gr. (Sn-fi/-8-]ig,) Name applied 
 to music sung responsively. See Antiphone. 
 
 Antiplionies, Fr. (finh-tl-io-ni.) A book of 
 anthems. 
 
 Antiphonizing. Singing in octaves in the an- 
 cient Greek church ; singing responsively. 
 
 Antiplionon, Gr. {Hn-iiJ-O-vSiL.) In ancient 
 Greek music, accompaniment in the octave. 
 
 Antiphon. Alternate singing or chanting In 
 choirs. See Antiphone. 
 
 Antlphony. The response of one choir to an- 
 other when an anthem or psalm is sung by two 
 choirs ; alternate singing or chanting. 
 
 AntistrofiL, Spa. (Sn-tSs-OT-fa.) An ancient 
 Spanish dance. 
 
 Antlstrophe. I The second couplet of each pe- 
 
 Autistrophy. fried in the ancient Greek odes 
 sung in parts ; that part of a song or dance which 
 was performed by turning fromleft to right, in 
 opposition to the strophe which turns ftom right 
 to left. 
 
 Antithesis. In fugues, this term is applied to 
 the answer; it generally signifies contrast. 
 
 AntSnen, Ger. (am-tfl-nSn!) To begin to sound. 
 
 Antrommeln, uer. (a?i-trOm-m61n.) To begin 
 to drum. 
 
 Antrompeten, Ger. (a«-tr0m-^5-t'n.) To pub- 
 lish by sound of trumpet. 
 
 Ann'achseiiil, Ger. (an-vSkh-sgnd.) Swelling, 
 increasing. [voices. 
 
 A otto voci. It. (a it-Vi «a-tshs.) For eight 
 
 Apasadox*, Spa. (a-pa-ga-dar.) A piece of cloth 
 used to deaden the echo bf the tones of the harp- 
 sichord. 
 
 Apagar la -vox. Spa. (a-pS-gar la votb.) To 
 put a mute on a stringed instrument. 
 
 A parte, It. (a par-te.) On the side of. 
 
 A parte e<inale. It. (a par-tS S-gMo-lS.) A term 
 applied to a musical performance where the voices 
 or instruments sustain an equally prominent part; 
 where two or more performers sustain parts of 
 equal difficulty. 
 
 A passo a passo, It. (a pas-sO a pas-sO.) Step 
 by step, regularly. 
 
 Apelde, Spa. (a-paZ-dfi.) The morning bell in 
 Franciscan convent. 
 
 Ap^rto, /*. (a-mr-tO.) Open ; in- pianoforte mu- 
 sic it signifies that the damper or open pedal is to 
 be pressed down. 
 
 Apertus, Lat. (a-p^r-tfis.) Open ; as, open dia- 
 pason, open canon, etc. 
 
 Apfielregal, Ger. (op-fSl-rS-ydY.) Apple-regis- 
 ter, a reed stop in old organs no longer in use. 
 
 Aphonle, Fr. (S-fC-nS.) Aphony, want of voice. 
 
 Aphonous. Being destitute of voice. 
 
 Aphony. (5n-ff/-0-ny.) Dumbness, loss of voice. 
 
 A piavere^ It. (a p6-a-i«M-rS.) At pleasure. 
 
 A piacimento. It. (pS-a-tshe-ma78-to.) At the 
 pleasure or taste of the performer. 
 
 Apieni, It. (a-pS-a-ng.) Sounds which are one or 
 more octaves apart, but not discordant. 
 
 A piena Orchestra, It. (a p8-a-na 5r-/fcas-tra.) 
 Bor full orchestra. 
 
 A pino. Spa. (a pB-nO.) Upright; a term applied 
 tjFbella when exactly reversedin ringing. 
 
 Alnloinb, Fr. (a, plSnh.) Firm, In exact time, 
 fnxb prbclelciii. 
 
 APPO 
 
 Apnflea, Gr. (Sp-nS-S.) I Want of breath, weak- 
 Apn^a, It. (ap-reS-a.) f ness of lungs. 
 A pdco. It. (a pa-ko.) By degrees, gradnally. 
 A p<Sco a pdco. It. (SpS-kO lipB-kO.) By little 
 
 and little. 
 A pdco pin l^nto. It. (a pS-'kO pE-oo lan-W.) 
 A little slower. 
 
 A pdco pin mdsso, It. (ap^kO pS-oo mOs-sO ) 
 A little quicker. 
 
 Apollino, Gr. (Sp-81-Z2-nO.) An harmonic in- 
 vention or contrivance combining the different 
 qualities and powers of several kinds of instru- 
 ments, and capable of playing them separately or 
 all together. 
 
 Apollo. In ancient mythology, the god of music 
 and said to be the inventor of the lyre. 
 
 Apollo Iiyra. An instrument shaped like a lyre 
 with a brass mouth-piece like a horn ; now obso- 
 lete. 
 
 ApoUonicon. A large organ, invented in the 
 present century, with immense self-acting ma- 
 chinery which brings the whole power of the in- 
 strument into operation at once, producing the 
 effect of a full orchestra. It has six keyboards 
 and can be played upon by six performers at the 
 same time. 
 
 Apopemptic. A song or hymn among the an- 
 cients sung or addressed to a stranger. 
 
 Apotome, Gr. (dp-0-tOme.) That portion of a 
 major tone that remains after deducting from it 
 an interval less by a comma, than a major semi- 
 tone. 
 
 Apotome major, Gr. An enharmonic Interval. 
 
 Apotome minor, Gr. An interval smaller than 
 the Apotome Major. 
 
 Apotomy. See Apotome. 
 
 Apotropoea, Gr. (ffP-O-lW-pi-S,.') Hymns written 
 by the ancients for the purpose of appeasing the 
 wrath of incensed divinities. • 
 
 Appassionatam^nte, It. (ap-pas-sS-o-na-ta- 
 mSTi-tS.^ 
 
 Appassionatam^nto, It. (ap-pSs-sS-O-na-ta- 
 man-tO-l 
 
 Appassion&to, It. (ap-pas-sS-o-Mc-tO/) 
 Passionately, with intense emotion and feeling. 
 
 Appean. (Sp-po.) Tones which resemble the 
 singing of birds. 
 
 Appel, Fr. (Sp-pal,) Call of the drum. 
 
 Appen&to, It. (ap-pg-rea-to.) Grieved, distressed ; 
 an expression of suffering and melancholy. 
 
 Applaudissement, Fr. (Sp-plo-dSss-mOnh.) I 
 
 Applaiiso, It. (ap-pia-oo-zO.) ( 
 
 Applause. 
 
 Applicatnr, Ger. (ap-pll-karioo?-.) The art df 
 fingering. 
 
 AppoggifindO, It. (ap-pOd-jB-»»-do.) I Leaning 
 
 AppoggiAto, /«. (ap-pod-js-o-to.) ) upon, 
 
 dwelt upon, drawn out. 
 
 Appogglatnra, It. (ap-pBd-jS-a-<oo-rS.) Lean- 
 ing note, grace note, note of embellishment. 
 
 Appogglatnra, componnd. An appoggiaturs 
 consisting of two or more grace notes or notes of 
 embellishment. 
 
 Appoglatnra, inferior. An appogiatura sit- 
 uated one degree below its principal note., 
 
 ApnoBSiataFa, superior. An appoggiatnra 
 Bitnatea one dej^ee above its principal note. 
 
^EONOtJNOiNG litrSlOAt DIOTIONAET. 
 
 21 
 
 S ale, i add, & arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, tl lute, U but, ft French sound. 
 
 APPO 
 
 AppoeElatnre, It- (ilp-p5d-JB-S-too-iS.) See 
 Appoggiatora. 
 
 Apprestfire, It. (fip-prSs-<3-r8.) To prepare, or 
 put In a condition to be played. 
 
 A premiere vne, Fr. (tt prSm-I-ar vti.) I At 
 
 A prima Tlsta, It. (£ pri-m& vie-t&.) ) first 
 sight. 
 
 Apre, Fr. (Spr.) Barsh. 
 
 Aprement, Fr. (apr-mOnh.) Harehly. 
 
 Apret£, Fr. (4p-re-ta.) HarsIiuesB. 
 
 Apuntacion, Spa. (il-poon-t£-tlie-Sn.) Ttie act 
 of marliing musical notes. 
 
 A pdnta d'arco, /(. (i poon-t^ d'£r-kO.) With 
 the point ot the bow. 
 
 Apuntador, Spa. (£-poon-t&-(2dr.) A prompter. 
 
 A pdnto. It. (& poon-ta.) Punctually, exactly, 
 correctly. 
 
 Apycnos, 6r. (S-pi£-nOe.) A term applied to 
 the diatonic genus, in distinction l^om the chro- 
 matic and ennarmonic. 
 
 A qnatre mains, Fr. (3 kStr mSnh.) I For 
 
 A qLnfittTO mfini. It. (& qudt-trO ma-uS.) j four 
 hands. For two performers on one pianoforte. 
 
 A qudittro, or a 4, It. For four voices or in- 
 struments ; a quartette. 
 
 A qnfittro parti. It. (S. gudt-trO pSr-tS.) In 
 four parts. 
 
 A qnatre -voix, Fr. j(& kStr rwS.) I For 
 
 A qufittro vlSci, It. (& quat-ttO vS-tahB.) )four 
 
 V01C6S 
 
 A qnattre 8euls,^r. (S k£tr siil.) {.For four 
 A qufittro sdll. It. (S qtidt-tia sd-lS.) ( solo 
 
 voices or instruments. 
 A anfittro tempi staccati e -vtvaeti. It. (S 
 
 guat-tiO t6m-pB stjik-£a-te S vS-uo-tshS.) The 
 measure in four time to be taken with spirit and 
 animation. 
 
 Ar, For. (S,v.) Air. 
 
 Arbltrii, Lat. (ia-65i-il-s.) Certain points or em- 
 bellishments which a singer introduces or impro- 
 vises at pleasure while singing an aria or tune. 
 
 ArMtrio, It. (ar-6?-tr«-0.) At the will or pleas- 
 ure of the performer. 
 
 Arc, /<. (ark.) The bow; an abbreviation of Arco. 
 
 Areata, It. {Sx-kS-t&.) Manner of bowing. 
 
 Are&to, It. (Stt-ka-tO.) Bowed, played with the 
 bow. 
 
 Arch. A curve formerly placed over a bass note 
 to show that it was accompanied by the imperfect 
 fifth. 
 
 Arch-clianter. The leader of the chants, the 
 chief chanter. 
 
 Arehe, Oer. (5r-khB.) The sounding board of an 
 .ortjan. 
 
 Archeggiam^nto, It. (3r-kad-jS-^man-to.) The 
 management of the bow in playing the violin, etc. 
 
 Areheggiare, It. (ar-kad-js-a-r?.) To use the 
 bow, to fiddle. - 
 
 Archet, Fr. (Sr-shs.) I . . „ , 
 
 Arehettino, It. (Sr-WiS-nO.) f ^ ^'°''° ^'''^■ 
 
 Areh^tto. It. (&c-kat-to.) 1 . ,,.„,. ^„„ 
 
 Arehic«Uo, It. (ar-kB-CsAaWO.) \^ ''"'« ^°'^- 
 
 Archiluth, .??■. (Sr-shE-111t.) iseeArchlntp 
 
 Areilidto, «. (ar-tshBl-yoo-to.) f ^^^ Archlnte. 
 
 Arctiiloehian line. The third line of an alcais 
 stanza. 
 
 Archlnte. A theorbo or lute with two nuts and 
 
 ARIE 
 
 Bets of strings, one for the bass. The strings of 
 the theorbo were single, but in the bass, strings 
 were doubled with an octave and the small strings 
 with an unison. 
 
 Arco, It. (ar-ko.) The bow. 
 Arddnte, /t. '" '" "" " 
 
 hement. 
 
 (ar-<ian-tS.) With fire, glowing, vo- 
 
 Ardeutem^nte, It. (ar-dSn-tB-ma»-tB.) Ardent- 
 ly, vehemently. 
 
 Ardent! ssimo, It. (ar-dBn-^Ss-sB-mO.) Very ar- 
 dently. * 
 
 Ardltam^nte, It. (ar-dE-ta-mSn-tS.) Boldly, 
 with ardor. 
 
 Arditezza, It. (S,T-iB-tSt-B&.) Boldness. 
 
 Ardfto, It. (S,r-dl-t(S^ Bold, with energy. 
 
 Ardfto di molto, /i!. (ar-dS-tO dB msPtO.) Pas- 
 sionately with much force. 
 
 Aretinlan syllables. The syllables nt, re, me, 
 fa, sol, la, introduced by Guido d'Arezzo for his 
 system of hezachords or six notes. 
 
 Argentin, Fr. (Sr-zhan-tSnh.) Silver toned. 
 
 Arghool, Tur. (ar-gool.) A musical instrument 
 of the Turks, of the flute species. 
 
 Argiires. Ancient people of Argos, celebrated 
 for their love of music. 
 
 Argnte. Acuteness of sound, sharp, shrill. (Lit- 
 tle used.) 
 
 Aria, It. (a-rE-a.) An air, a song, a tune; sung 
 by a single voice either with or without an accom- 
 paniment. 
 
 Aria bdlTa, It. (o-rS-a boof-f&.) A comic or hu- 
 morous air. 
 
 Aria cant&bile. It. (o-rB-a kan-^iJ-bS-lB.) An 
 air in a graceful and melodious style. 
 
 Aria concert&ta. It. (ci-rS-& kfin-tshBr-^A-ta.) 
 An air with orchestral accompaniments in a Con- 
 certante style ; a concerted air. 
 
 Aria d'abUitfi, It. (o-rB-a d'a-bEl-lB-«a.) A dif- 
 ficult air requiring great skill and musical ability 
 in the singer. 
 
 Aria di bravdra. It. (a-rB-a dB bra-i;oo-ra.) A 
 florid air in bold, marked style and permitting 
 great freedom of execution. 
 
 Aria di cant&bile. It, See Aria Cant&bile. 
 
 Aria fugdta. It. (a-rS-a too-gart&.) An air ac- 
 companied in the fugue style. 
 
 Aria d'ostinazione. It. (o-re-S d'Os-tB-na-tsB- 
 (!-nS.) Obligato air. 
 
 Aria parl&nte. It. (a-rE-a par-ia»-t8.) An air 
 in the declamatory style; a recitative a tempo. 
 
 Aria ted^^sca. It. (a-rB-a tS-iJas-ka.) An air in 
 the German style. 
 
 Ariadne dance. A Grecian dance. 
 
 Aria nnd chor, 6er. (d-ri-a oond kor.) Air and 
 chorus. 
 
 iK*i^':pf1lrUn.)|A--"-g- 
 
 Arie aggidnte. It. (arrB-8 ad-jB-oore-tB.) Airn 
 added to or introduced into an opera, or other 
 large work. 
 
 Arietta, 
 
 Ariette, 
 
 Arietta _ . 
 
 vBn-artsB-B-na.) A short air in the style of the 
 Venetian Barcarolles. 
 
 Ariettina, It. (a-rB-Bt-«-na.) A short air or mel- 
 ody. 
 
 vorK. 
 
 a.. It. (a-rE-a<-ta.) I . -i,n-f „;r n, mplnflv 
 
 e, Fr. («-rB-Bt.) f ^ ^'^°" ""^ "' meioaj . 
 a, alia Venezlfina, It. (a-rE-^^ta dt-td 
 
^2 
 
 peonottnciNg mttsical dictionary. 
 
 S ale, S add, & arm, S eve, E end, I ice, 1 ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 iwie, u 6m^ ti French sound. 
 
 ARTG 
 
 A rlsore del tempo. It. (& rE-g^rg dEl <^m- 
 pO.) In strict time. 
 
 Arigot, Fr. (ii-rS-eO.) A fife. 
 
 Axlon. An ancient narp player and poet of Greece 
 who lived 618 B. C. 
 
 Ariosa, It. (a-r5-5-za.) In the movement of an 
 aria or tane. 
 
 Aridse cant&te, It. pi. (SlrrS-S-zg kan-<a-tS.) 
 Airs in a style between a song and recitative, 
 introducing freqnent changes in time and man- 
 ner. 
 
 Ariliso, It. (a-rS-3-zO.) Melodious, graceful; a 
 short piece in the style of an aria, but less. sym- 
 metrical in construction. 
 
 Arm. A small piece of iron at the end of the roller 
 of an organ. 
 
 Amiayon, Spa. (ar-marj/on.) A bell frame. 
 
 Armer la clef, Fr. (ar-ma la kia.) The signa- 
 ture ; or, the flats and sharps placed immedi^ely 
 after the clef. 
 
 Armonegsi&re, It. (ar-mO-nSd-jS-a-rS.) To 
 sound in harmony. 
 
 Armonfa, It. (ar-mO-n2-a.) Harmony, concord. 
 
 Armoni&co, It. (ar-mO-ne-o-kO.) Harmonized. 
 
 Armonidle, It. (ar-mO-nS-^lS.) Harmonious, 
 concordant. 
 
 Armonidto, It. (ar-mO-nB-o-to.) See Armoniaco. 
 
 Armtfnica, It. (ar-ma-ne-ka.) The earliest form 
 of the accordion ; a collection of musical glasses 
 so arranged as to produce exquisite effects. 
 
 Armonica, groida, II. (ar-ma-ne-kS gwg-da.) A 
 guide to harmony. 
 
 Ajrmonici, It. (ar-mO-nS-tshS.) Harmonic. 
 
 ArnKSnico, It. (ar-mo-ne-ko.) Harmonious. 
 
 Armoniosam^nte, It. (ar-m5-ng-o-za-mora-tg.) 
 Harmoniously. 
 
 ArmonldBO, It. (ar-mo-ng-a-zo.) Concordant, 
 harmonious. 
 
 Armonista^ It. (ar-mO-w2s-ta.) One who is ac- 
 quainted with the principles of harmony. 
 
 Aimonizzamento, It. (ar-mS-ngt-za-msn-tO.) 
 Agreement, concord. 
 
 Armonizzante, It. (ar-mO-net-<sa»-tg.) That 
 is harmonious, musical. 
 
 Annonlzz&re, It. (ar-mO-ngt-<s^rg.) To har- 
 monize, to make harmony. 
 
 Arm Tiol. The viola, called by the Italians, 
 Viola di Braccio, because it rested on the arm. 
 
 A rovescio, It. (a ro-iio-shg-O.) Reversed, in an 
 opposite direction. 
 
 Arpa, It. (dr-pSi.) ) 
 
 Arpe, It. (ar-pS.) ; 
 
 Arpa d' Eolo, It. (ar-pH d' a-S-lo.) An Eolian 
 harp. 
 
 Arpa dtSppia, It. (a>-pa d5p-TpE-&.) The double 
 action harp ; it meant formerly a harp with two 
 (strings to each note, 
 
 Arpado^ Spa. (ar-pa-dSr.) A harp player. 
 
 Arpa eolica. It. (ar-pa a-o-lg-ka.) Eolian harp 
 or lyre. 
 
 Arpan^tta, It. (ar-pa-na<-ta.) I .V small harp or 
 
 Arpin^lla, It. (&r--pe-nal-li.) ) lute. 
 
 Arpeg. An abbreviation of Arpeggio. 
 
 Arjiesement, Fr. (fir-pazh-manh.) An arpeg- 
 gio. 
 
 ARTI 
 
 Arpeger, Fr. (Br-pS-zha.) To play arpeggios. 
 
 Arpeggi, It. (&T-pid-iB.) Arpeggios. 
 
 Arpeggiam^nto, It. (ar-pad-je-a-mSn-tO.) In 
 the style of the harp ; arpeggio. 
 
 Arpeggitindo, It. (ar-pad-jg-an-do.) ) Music 
 
 Arpeggl&to, It. (ar-pad-jg-o-to.) f i>layed ar- 
 peggio, in imitation of the harp; harping, harp 
 music. 
 
 Arpeggi&re, It. (ar-pad-jE-o-rS.) To play upon 
 the harp. 
 
 Arpeggiatdra, It. (ar-pad-jE-S-ioo-ra.) Playing 
 arpeggio, or in the style of the harp. 
 
 Arpeggio, It. (ar-pad-jE-o.> Playing the notes 
 of a chord quickly """"' ■''■'"* 
 
 one after another in ■ g n — ~p^~ j^ 
 
 the harp style, thus, I ^ -H- _ P f I ■ 
 
 Arpeggio accompaniment^ An accompani- 
 ment which consists chiefly of chords played in 
 arpeggio style. 
 
 Arpicordo, It. (ar-pB-M>'-dO.) A Harpsichord. 
 
 Arpista, jSpo. (ar-p5s-ta.) A harper, a minstrel. 
 
 Arp'o. An abbreviation of Arpeggio and Arpeg- 
 giato. 
 
 Arqueada, Spa. (ar-ka-a-da.) The stroke of a 
 violin bow. 
 
 Arrans f •*^l'l"'^^*Wo"8 of arrangement. 
 
 Arrangement. The selection and adaptation 
 of a composition or parts of a composition to in- 
 struments for which it was not originally design- 
 ed, or for some other use for which it was not at 
 first written. 
 
 Arranger, Fr. (ar-rSnh-zha.) I To ar- 
 
 Arrangiren, Oer. (ar-ranh-2/i2-r'n.) f range mu- 
 sic forparticularvoices or instruments ; to arrange 
 orchestral music for the pianoforte. 
 
 Arrendajo, Spa. (&r-iin-dd-ho.) A buffoon. 
 
 Arrnllo, Spa. (S.T-rool-yO.) A lullaby. . 
 
 Ars canendi, Lat. (ars ka-nln-dg.) The art 
 of singing with taste and expression. 
 
 Ars componentis, Lat. (ars kSm-po-nin-tls.) 
 The art of composing. 
 
 Arsis, Gr. (or-sls.) The upstroke of the hand in 
 beating time. 
 
 Ars musica, Lai. (ars mfl-sl-ka.) The art of 
 music. 
 
 Art, ff«r. (art.) Species, kind ; quality. 
 
 Art de I'archet, Fr. (art diih I'ar-sha.) The 
 art of bowing. 
 
 Articolfire, It. (ar-tg-ko-ia-rS.) I To pronounce 
 
 Artlcnler, J"?-, (ar-tg-kii-ia.) (the words dis- 
 tinctly; to articulate each note. 
 
 Artlcnlate. To utter distinct separate tones ; to 
 sing with a distinct and clear enunciation. 
 
 Articulation. A distinct and clear utterance; 
 a clear and exact rendering of every syllable and 
 tone. 
 
 Axticoliito, It. (ar-tg-ko-io-to.) Articulated, 
 distinctly enunciated. 
 
 Articolazione, It. (Sr-tg-kO-W-tsg-a-ng.) Exact 
 and distinct pronunciation. 
 
 Artificial. Not natural; a term applied to notes 
 or chords when chromatics are introduced. 
 
 Artificial scale. A scale in which there are 
 chromatic tones. In contradistinction to the 
 natural scale which has neither flats nor sharps. 
 
f EOitotJNClifft MUSICAL DIC^MOKART. 
 
 2S 
 
 S ale, S add, & arm, 6 eve, 3 end, I ice, I ill, o2c2, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, fi Aut, ii French sound. 
 
 ARTI 
 
 Artlkallreii, &er. (Sr-Hk-oo-M-r'n.) To artlo- 
 nlate. 
 
 Artfsta,/^. (Sr-iSs-tS.) j. An artist; one who 
 
 Artiste, Fr. (Si-tist.) ( ezcele in the composi- 
 tion or performance of music. 
 
 Arzlllo, It. (ar-te8Mo.) Lively, sprightly. 
 
 As, Ger. (Ss.) The note Aflat. 
 
 Assamblea, Spa. (ii-sam-bl3-a.) A dram beat 
 to call soldiers together. 
 
 Asclepiad, Gr. X^s-A:2^-I-Sd.) In ancient po- 
 etry a verse of four feet. 
 
 Asclepiadeo, Spa. (Ss-klS-pS-o-dS-O.) An ascle- 
 piad. 
 
 A^coltatore, /^. (£s-k&l-ts-ts-rg.) An auditor, 
 a hearer. 
 
 Asculse, Gr. (Ss-Jcoo-ie.) A name given by the 
 ancients to performers on the organ. 
 
 As dnr, Ger. (as door.) The key of Afe major. 
 
 Asbeor, Heb. o-shS-Or.) A ten stringed instru- 
 ment of the Hebrews. 
 
 As moll, Ger. (Ss moll.) Thekey of Afe minor. 
 
 Asperges me, Lat. {Ss-plr-^Se ma.) The open- 
 ing of the Mass in the Catholic service. 
 
 Asplracion, Spa. (as-pe-rSTthe-Sn.) Aspiration; 
 breathing; a short pause in singing. 
 
 Aspir&re, 7<. (Se-pe-ra-rg.) To breathe loudly; 
 to use too much breath in singing. 
 
 Aspr^zza, It. (&B-prmi-B&.) Roughness, dryness, 
 harshness. 
 
 Ass&l, /*. (Ss-so-S.) Very, extremely, in a high 
 degree, as Allggro Ass&i, very quick. 
 
 Ass&l piii. It. (gssd-B pS-oo.) Much more. 
 
 Assemblage, Fr. (Ss-sanh-bliizh.) Double- 
 tongueing'on the flute; executing rapid passages 
 on wind instruments. 
 
 Assez, Fr. (Ss-sa.) Enough, sufficiently. 
 
 Assez lent, Fr. (Ss-bS, laiih.) Bather Slowly. 
 
 Assollito, It. (fia-ao-loo-to.) Absolute, free; 
 alone, one voice. ' 
 
 Assonant. Having a resemblance of sounds. 
 
 Assonfinte, It. (as-sO-nan-tg.) Harmonious, 
 consonant. 
 
 Assonanz, Ger. (Ss-sO-nffin-ts.) I Similarity, or 
 
 Asson&nza, It. (Ss.^i-ndn-tsi.) f consonance 
 of tone., 
 
 Assono, Lat. (Ss-sS-nO.) To sound like a bell. 
 
 Assonrdtr, Fr. (&B-Booi-dir.) To muffle, to 
 deafen, to stun. 
 
 Assourdissant, F'r. (Ss-soor-dSs-silnh.) Deaf- 
 ening, stunning. 
 
 A sdo arbltrio. It. (a ewO ar-M-tre-o.) 
 
 A sif o b£ne plftcito. It. (a swO ba-ng pla- 
 tshS-tO.) 
 
 A sdo cdmodo. It. (a swO M-mO-do.) 
 At pleasure, at will, at the inclination or discre- 
 tion of the performer; synonymous with ad 
 libitum. 
 
 A sdo b£ne plactmento. It. (a swO ba-ng 
 plOrtabS^man-tB^ An old term signifying at the 
 will or pleasure of the performer. 
 
 Asynartete verse. A verse consisting of two 
 members having different rhythms. 
 
 A siio Intfgo, It. (fi SWO loo-ff-gO.) Synonym- 
 ous with Loco. _ 
 
 Asymphonie, Ger. (arsIm-fS-nS.) Dissonance. 
 
 Atabal, 5pa. (S-ta-JS.) A kettle drum; a spe- 
 cies of tabor used by the Jews. 
 
 ATTA 
 
 Atabalear. Spa. (at-a-&a2-g-ar.) To imitate the 
 noise of kettle drams. 
 
 Atabalejo, Spa. (at-a-6o-lg-hO.) j. A small 
 
 Atabalillo, Spa. (at-a-ba-Z5i-yO.) (kettle drum. 
 
 Atabalero, Spa. (at-S-ba-ia-rO.) A kettle drum 
 player. 
 
 A table sec, Fr. (a tabl eSk.) 1 The prac- 
 
 A table s^clie, J^r. (a tabl sash.)) tice of vo- 
 cal exercises unaccompanied by an instrument. 
 
 Atellanus, Lat. (a-tgl-2a-nfis.) A style of 
 ancient comedy, consisting mostly of low songs. 
 
 A temp"'^/*. I-Abbreviaticjnsof ATempo. 
 
 A t^mpo. It. (S tgm-pO.) In time ; a term used 
 
 to denote that after some deviation or relaxation 
 
 of the time, the performers must return to the 
 
 original movement. 
 A t€mpo dell' allegro, It. (a tgm-pO dall' 
 
 ai-la-gro.) In allegro time. 
 A tempo cdmodo. It. (a tgm-po ftff-mb-do.) 
 
 In convenient time ; an easy moderate time. 
 A tempo di saTdtta, It. (a tgm-po de ga- 
 
 vSi-tA.) In the time of a gavotj moderately quick. 
 A tempo gf dsto. It. {& tem-po joos-to.) In 
 
 just, strict, exact time. 
 A tempo ordiniirio, It. (& tgm-pO Br-dS-na- 
 
 rS-O.) In ordinary, moderate time. 
 A tempo rubfito, It. (a t5m-pO ioo-b&-ta.) Ir- 
 regular time ; deviation in time so as to give more 
 
 expression, but so that the time of each bar is 
 
 not altered on the whole. 
 Athem, Ger. (a-tgm.) Breath, breathing, res- 
 piration. 
 Athemholen, Ger. (a-tgrn-AWn.) To breathe, 
 
 to respire.^ 
 Athmen, Ger. (dt-min.) To blow softly. 
 Athemzng, Ger. (d-tgm-tsoog.) Act of respir- 
 ation, breathing. 
 Atabal. A kind of tabour used by the Moors. 
 Atiplar, Spa. (SrtS-plar.) To render a sound 
 
 more acute ; to sharpen a tone very much. 
 A ton basse, Fr. (a tBnh bSss.) In a low tone 
 
 of voice. 
 A tre, or a 3, It: (S tra.) For three voices or 
 
 instruments ; a Trio or Terzgtto. 
 A tre ctfrde. /*. (8 tra ASrdg.) For three 
 
 strings ; with three strings. 
 A tre mfini. It. (a tra md-nS.) For three hands. 
 A tre p&rti. It. (& tra pdr-ts.) In three parts. 
 A tre soli. It. (a tra s5-15.) For three solo 
 
 voices. 
 A tre soprani. It. (a trS sO-^fo-nS.) For three 
 
 soprano voices. 
 A tre voci, /*. (a tra r3-tshS.) For three voices. 
 Atril, Spa. &-tril.) A missal stand. 
 A trois, or a 3, Fr.. (a trwa.) For three voices 
 
 or instruments. 
 A trois mains, Fr. (a trwa manh.) For three 
 
 hands. 
 A trois parties, Fr. (a trwa par-tB.) In three 
 
 parts. 
 A trois volx. Fr. (a trwa vwa.) For three 
 
 voices • 
 A trompa tanlda. Spa. (a trSm-p& ta-?iS-da.) 
 
 At the sound of the trumpet. 
 Attable, Fr. (iUdbl.) A kind of Moorish drum. 
 
24 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, & add, S, arm, S eve, S end, I to, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, i but, 11 French sound. 
 
 ATTA 
 
 Att&cca,, It. (U-tdk-M.) I At- 
 
 Att&cca siilbito. It. (aWaA-kft soo-bB-tO.) (tack 
 or commence the next movement immediately. 
 
 Attacca 1' allesro, It. (at-ioA-kS 1' aWS-grO.) 
 Commence the allegro immediately. 
 
 Attaccfire. It. (St-tak-iarS.) I To attack or com- 
 
 Attaqner, Fr. (at-tSk-a.) ) mence the per- 
 formance. 
 
 Attastiire, It. (at-tiis-ta-rS.) To touch, to strike. 
 
 Attempered system. A system of tempera- 
 ment founded on the diminution of some inter- 
 vals, and the augmentation of others. 
 
 Attendant keys. Those scales having moat 
 sounds in common with the scale of any given 
 key; the relative keys- In C major the attendant 
 keys are, its relative minor A, the dominant G, 
 and its relative minor E, the sub-dominant P and 
 its relative minor D. 
 
 Attibbel. (at-iSS-bSl.) A drum. 
 
 Attillatamente, It. (at-tsl-ia-ta-mSa-tS.) With 
 affectation. 
 
 Atto, It. (at-tO.) An act of an opera or play. 
 
 Atto di cadenza. It. (St-to ds ka-dan-tsa.) 
 The point in a piece where a cadence may be in- 
 troduced. 
 
 Atto primo, It. (at-to prl-mO.') The first act. 
 
 Attdre, It. (at-W-rS.) An actor or singer in an 
 opera or play. 
 
 Atttfri, It. (fit-tS-iS.) The principal actors or 
 singers in an opera. 
 
 Atto sectfndo. It. (dt-to sS-J5n-dO.) The sec- 
 ond act. 
 
 Atto terzo. It. (at-tO tSr-tsB.) The third act. 
 
 Attrf ce. It. (at-irS-tshB.) An actress or singer. 
 
 Aubade, Fr. (fi-bdd.) Morning music; a mor- 
 ning concert in the open air. 
 
 An commencement, Fr. (O cBm-manhs- 
 mfinh.) At the beginning. 
 
 And&ce, It. (a-oo-i2a-tshe.) Bold, spirited, au- 
 dacious. 
 
 Anf, Ger. (put.) On, upon, in, at, etc. 
 
 Anf-blasen, Ger. (puf-'blSrZ'n.) To sound a 
 wind instrument. 
 
 A.nt dcm clavlere splelen, Oer. (onf dSm 
 kiaf-gT* sp^Vn.) To play on the piano. 
 
 Anf dem klaviei* trommeln. Oer. (onf 
 dSm kiaf-Sr trdm-m&]Ti.) To drum on the piano. 
 
 Auf dem obernrerk, Ger. (ouf dSm 3-b6r- 
 vark.) Upon the upper-work or highest row of 
 keys in organ playing. 
 
 Anf der trommel \rtrbeln, Ger. (ouf dSr 
 trdm-m'l vir-Vln.) To beat on the drum. 
 
 Anf der trompete blasen, Ger. (ouf dSr 
 trOm-pat-^ bld-z^u.) To play on the trumpet. 
 
 Anf einer trommel, Ger. (ouf J-nSr ^ram-m'l.) 
 To beat on the drum. 
 
 Anflljiten, Ger. (puf-Bib-Vn.) To play on a flute. 
 
 Anfseiaen, Ger. (ojrf'-ghl-gh'n.) To play on a 
 fiddle. 
 
 Anfgeweekt, Ger. (ouf-ghS-vSkt.) Lively, 
 sprightly, cheerful. 
 
 Anfgeweektiieit, Ger. (puf-gh6.vl!ct-Tilt.) Live- 
 liness, cheerfulness. 
 
 Anf halten, Ger. {ouf-Mi-Vu.) To stop, to re- 
 tard, to keep back. 
 
 Anf haltnng, Ger. (ot(/'-hai-toong.) Keeping 
 back; a suspension. 
 
 AUME 
 
 (pitf-m-eh&.) Edition. 
 AuflSsuhg:^ Ger. ^o^f-l6-^oolig.) The resolution 
 
 (0«/-i5r-g'ln.) To play for one 
 
 (,o^f-vti-t'll.) To play on a 
 
 Auflage, Ger. 
 '.uflSsunK, r 
 
 of a discord. 
 
 AnfbrKeln, Ger. 
 on the organ. 
 
 Anf pfelren, Ger. 
 pipe, fife or flute. 
 
 AnfS. Ger. (ovfs.) To the, on the. 
 
 Anfsclilas, Oer. {puf-tAiVkg.) Up beat; the un- 
 accented part of a bar. [loudly. 
 
 Anf^challeiL, Ger. (o«/-shai-l'nJ To sound 
 
 Anf^ineen, Oer. (ott/-sing-Sn.) To sing to, to 
 awaken by singing. 
 
 Anflspielen, Oer. (oa/-spS-rn.) To play upon, 
 to play for the dance. 
 
 Anf^teisende, tonairten, Ger. pi. (oi^-stl- 
 gh8n-dS ign-ar-t'n.) Ascending scales or keys. 
 
 Anf^trich, Ger. (oti/'-stilkh.) An up-bow. 
 
 Auftakt, Oer^ (puf-t&t.) See Anfschlag. 
 
 Auftrompeten, Ger. (o?«^-trOm-pS-t'n.) To play 
 on a trumpet. 
 
 Angmentatio, Lat. (aug-mSn-<a-shi-0.) Aug- 
 mentation. 
 
 Augmentation. In counterpoint this signifies 
 that the notes of the subject are repeated or im- 
 itated with notes of double their original value. 
 
 Angment^, Fr. (Og-manh-<a.) Augmented. 
 
 Angmentazione, /i!. (oug-men-ta-tsS-d-nS.) In- 
 crease. 
 
 Augmented. An epithet applied to such inter- 
 vals as are more than a major or perfect. 
 
 Augmented llfth. An interval containing four 
 whole tones or steps. 
 
 Augmented fourth. An interval containing 
 three whole tones or steps. 
 
 Augmented interTals. Those which include 
 a semitone more than major Ap.rf«rtflfih Augmsniwi anh 
 or perfect intervals; as. 
 
 P# 
 
 Augmented octave. An interval containing 
 
 five whole tones or steps, and two semitones or 
 
 half steps. 
 Augmented second. An interval containing 
 
 one whole and one semitone equal to three half 
 
 steps. 
 Augmented sixth. An interval containing 
 
 four whole tones or steps and one semitone or 
 
 half step. 
 Augmented unison. A semitone, or half step. 
 Augm^nto, J^ (oug-mSn-to.) Augmentation. 
 Auletes, Gr. (ou-ZS-tSs.) A flute player, a piper. 
 Auletic. Pertaining to a pipe ; (little used.) 
 An lever du rldeau, F9. (O 16-va dii rS-do.) 
 
 At the rising of the curtain. 
 Aullar, Spa. (oui-ldr.) To howl, to utter a cry 
 
 of distress. 
 AuUido, 8pa. (oul-ffi-do,) I Howl ; the cry of a 
 
 Anllo, Spa. (otiHO.) 
 
 terror. 
 Aulo, It. (on-lo.) 
 Aulos, Gr. (OM-lOs.) 
 Aulodia. It. (ou-lO-i 
 
 by the flute. 
 AumentazUSne, It. 
 
 mentation. 
 
 (wolf or dog; a cry of 
 
 A species of ancient flute, 
 -a.) Singing accompanied 
 
 (ou-mSn-tatsS-S-nS.) Aug- 
 
PRONOTINOING MtJSiOAl, DICTIONAET. 
 
 25 
 
 fi ale, S add, & arm, S eve, S end, T ice, I ill, old, & odd, dove, oo moon, n lute, i but, U French, sound. 
 
 AUNA 
 
 A iSna cdrda, II. (S oo-iiS kBr-i&.) On one 
 string. 
 
 Ans, Oer. (ous.) From, out of. 
 
 Ansarbeltung, Ger. (o«s-fir-M-toong.) The last 
 finish or elaboration of a composition. 
 
 AnsMKnken, Ger. (ows-hlan-k'n.) To play the 
 closing chords of a piece on a wind instrument. 
 
 Ansblasen, Ger. (oi/s-tia-z'n.) Tohlowout;to 
 publish by sound of trumpet. 
 
 Ansdehnnns, Ger. (ous-dS-noong.) Expansion, 
 extension, development. 
 
 Ansdruch, Ger. (o«8-drook.) Expression. 
 
 Aasdrucksvoll, Ger. (ous-drooks-fDU.) Ex- 
 pressive. 
 
 Aasfllhmns, Oer. (ous-fD-roong.) Perform- 
 ance. 
 
 Ansfttllnng, Ger. (o«s-fiil-loong.) The filling 
 up, the middle parts. 
 
 Ansgabe, Ger. (ous-gSA>S.) Edition. 
 
 Ansgau^, Ger. {ous-gSng.) Going out, exit, 
 conclusion. 
 
 Ansgelialten, Ger. (OMS-ghg-hSl-t'n.) Sostenuto. 
 
 Ansaeigen, Ger. (o«s-gHl-g'u.) To play to the 
 enoT 
 
 AufSgelassen, Ger. (oue-ghS-lae-B'n.) Wild, un- 
 governable. 
 
 Ausgelasseuheit, Ger. (ous-ghS-las-a'n-Mt.) 
 Extravagance, wantonness. 
 
 Auslialfen, Ger. (o«s-hai-t'ri.) To hold on, to 
 sustain a note. 
 
 Anshaltnng, Ger.>, (OMS-hal-toong.) The sus- 
 taining of a note. 
 
 Anshaltnngszeiclien, Ger. (ows-hSl-toongs- 
 (•sl-kh'n.) A pause, (/r<) 
 
 AuMlanten, Ger. (ows-loii-t'n.) To emit a sound. 
 
 Ansklingeln, Oer. ;ow8-kling-81n.) To publish 
 by ringing a bell. 
 
 Ausklingen, Oer. (ous-kllng-Sn.) To cease 
 sounding. 
 
 Ausposaunen, Oer. (pus-pO-soti-nin.) To trum- 
 pet forth ; to proclaim. 
 
 Anssingen, Oer. (pus-alng 6n.) To sing out, to 
 sing to the end. 
 
 Ansstimmen, Oer. (o«M-Btim-men.) To tune 
 thoroughly. 
 
 Anstrommeln, Oer. (ous-trom-mgln.) To drum 
 out, to publish by the drum. 
 
 Anstroinpeten,ffe»". (pue-tTOm-pa-Vn.) To trum- 
 pet, to publish by sound of the trumpet. 
 
 Aus\reiclieii, Ger. (0M«-vI-kh'n.) To make a 
 transition from one key to another. 
 
 Ansvreichang, Oer. (OM«-vI-khoong.) A tran- 
 sient modulation or change of key. 
 
 Ant^ntico, It. (on-tan-tS-^O.) Authentic. 
 
 Anteur, Fr. (0-tur.) An author, a composer. 
 
 Aatenr d' hymnes, Fr. (i3-t6r d'Smn.) A 
 hymnologist, one who writes hymns. 
 
 Aathentic. A name given to those church modes 
 whose melody was confined within the limits of 
 the tonic, or final, and its octaVe. 
 
 Aathentic cadence. The old name for a per- 
 fect cadence ; the harmony of the dominant fol- 
 lowed by that of the tonic, or the progression of 
 the dominant to the tonic. 
 
 Aathentic Iceys. Among the ancient Greeks, 
 those keys whose tones extended from the tonic 
 to the fifth and octave above. 
 
 AZIO 
 
 Aathentic melodies. Those melodies whose 
 notes are chiefly confined within the limits of the 
 tonic and its octave. 
 
 Anthentiqae, Fr. (O-tSn-tSk.) Authentic. 
 
 Aatos sacramentales. Spa. (ou tfis sitk-r9- 
 m6n-^-lEs.) Dramatic representations formerly 
 used by the Spaniards at religious festivals. 
 
 Auxiliary notes. Notes standing on the next 
 degree above or below an essential note ; the har- 
 mony remaining stationary and not moving from 
 one essential note to another. 
 
 Aoxillary scales. This name Is sometimes 
 given to the relative or attendant keys. 
 
 Avant- dernier. Fr. (S-vSnh d6r-nS-a.) The 
 penultimate; the last but one. 
 
 Avant-scene, Fr. (a-vSnh san.) 3efore the 
 opening of the opera or scene. 
 
 Ave, Lat. (S-vS.) Hail. 
 
 Avec, Fr. (a-v8k.) With. 
 
 Avec allemresse, Fr. (8-v8k Sl-lS-grSs.) Live- 
 ly, sprightly. 
 
 Avec ante, on goat, Fr. (S-v6k Sm, oo goot.) 
 With feeling or grace. 
 
 Avee doolenr, Fr. (S-vSk doo-lir.) With 
 grief, with sadness. 
 
 Avec fen, Fr. (a-vSk ftt.) With spirit. 
 
 Avec force, Fr. (a-v8k forss.) With power. 
 
 Avec gout, Fr. (arv8k goo.) With taste. 
 
 Avec grande egression, Fr. (a-v8k granh 
 dex-pra-sl-8nh.) With great expression. 
 
 Avec lentenr, Fr. (a-v8k ISnh-tllr.) With slow- 
 ness, lingering. 
 
 Avec les pieds. Fr. (a-vSk 18 p5-a.) With the 
 feet, in organ playing, 
 
 Avec liaison, Fr. (a-v8k ll-a-s8nh.) With 
 smoothness. 
 
 Avec mouvement, Fr. (a-v8k moov-mOnh.) 
 With movement. 
 
 Ave Utaria, Lat. (a-v8 mS-fS-a.) Hail Maria! 
 A hymn or prayer to the Virgin Mary. 
 
 Avemmaria. It. (arvSm-nia-rS-a.) A short 
 prayer or hymn to the Virgin Mary; also, the toll- 
 ing of a bell, in Boman Catholic countries, morn- 
 ing, noon, and at dusk, as a call to prayer. 
 
 Avena. It. (a-»a-na.) A reed, a pipe. 
 
 A vic£nda, It. (a yB-tshSm-&&.) Alternately, by 
 turns. 
 
 A vide, Fr. (& vsd.) Open. 
 
 A vf sta, It. (S vl8-t&.) At sight. 
 
 Avivadamente, Spa. (a-ve-va-da-ma»i-t8.) In 
 a lively manner, briskly. 
 
 A vdce s<Sla, It. (a vS-tshi s5-ia.) For one voice 
 alone. 
 
 Avoir da retentissement, Fr. (a-vwSr dii 
 ra-tSnh-tBss-mSnh.) To bo repeated. 
 
 A- voir le vols haut, Fr. (8 vwdr 18h vwa 
 so.) To have a loud voice. 
 
 A volx forte, Fr. (a vwa fOrt.) With a loud 
 voice. 
 
 A volont€, Fr. (a vO-lOnh-ta.) At will, at 
 pleasure. 
 
 A vue, Fr. (a vfl.) At sight. 
 
 Ayrc, Spa. (8-r6.) Air. 
 
 AMdne sacra. It. (a-tsS-S-nS <a-kra.) An Or- 
 atorio ; a sacred musical drama. 
 
26 
 
 i*MON'OtfN'CIlfG Mtfl^ICAl blOflONARf . 
 
 S ate, S add, & arm, e eve, S end, I ice, I JW, oW, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, U but, 11 French, sound, 
 
 B 
 
 B. The seventh note of the modem scale of C. It 
 is called in France and Italy Si, and by the Ger- 
 mans II. The Germans use the letter £ to indi- 
 cate BJtai. 
 
 Baazas, Fr. (h'i-zS,.) A species of guitar. 
 Babara, Spa. (b&c-bd-iS,.) A Spanish country 
 dance. , 
 
 Babel. A conftased mixture of sounds. 
 
 Bacas, Spa. (bS-ftas.) A quick tune on the guitar. 
 
 Baccliia. A Kamschatka dance in Z-4 time. 
 
 Bacchanalian songs. Drinking songs ; songs 
 pertaining to drunkenness and revelry. 
 
 Bacchlus, Or. {bdk-lil-iiB.) A musical foot, con- 
 sisting of one short, unaccented, and two long, 
 accented notes or syllables marked *-> . 
 
 Bacchnslied, Oer. (6ffl*A-oos-lSd.) A Bacchan- 
 alian song. 
 
 Baccio'colo, It. (bat-tshB-0-io-lO.) A musical 
 instrument common in some parts of Tuscany. 
 
 Bachelor of music. The first musical degree 
 taken at the universities. 
 
 Batlajada, Spa. (ba-d&-Aa-dii.) The stroke of a 
 bell. 
 
 Badajo, Spa. (bS-da-hO.) The tongue of a bell. 
 
 Bailinage, Fr. (bft-dl-n&A.) PlayiGlness, sport- 
 ivuness. 
 
 Bagatelle, Fr. (Mg-SL-tH.) A trifle, a toy, a 
 short, easy piece of music. 
 
 Baspipes. A favorite Scotch instrument, one of 
 whose pipes is a drone, producing always the 
 same sound, which serves as a perpetual bass for 
 every tune. It is a very ancient instrument, and 
 in one form or another has been in general use 
 not only in England and Scotland, iDUt many 
 European countries. 
 
 Baeaette, Fr. Q}'i-gMt.) A drumstick. 
 
 Baguettes de tambour, Fr. (ba-ghst diih 
 tam-boor.) Drumsticks. 
 
 Balle, Spa. (ba-2-16.) The national dances of 
 Spain. 
 
 Balssef, Fr. (bas-sS.) To lower or flatten the 
 pitch or tone. 
 
 Baisser le rideau, Fr. (bas-s5 luh rS-dO.) 
 To drop the curtain. 
 
 Bajon, Spa. {h'irhdn.) The bassoon. 
 
 Balada, Spa (bSi-ld-aS..) A ballad. 
 
 Balalaika, Sus. (b&-'\&-lS-k&.) A rude instru- 
 ment of the Russians, with three strings. 
 
 Biilgetreter, Oer. (6a/-ghS-trgt-Sr!) Organ 
 blower or bellows treader in old German organs. 
 
 Balszug, Oei: ^balg-tsoog.) In an organ, the 
 bellows stop. 
 
 Balans€, Fr. (bS-lSnh-sg.) A step or figure in 
 dancing. 
 
 Balancement, Fr. (bSl-anAs-mSnh.) Quiver- 
 ing motion; a tremolo. 
 
 Balcken, Oer. (ftaV-k'n.) The bass bar placed 
 under the fourth string in a violin. 
 
 Baldam^nte, It. (b&l-ASymdn-tS.) Boldly. 
 
 Bald&nza, It. (fiSi-ddn-teS,.) I Audacity, bold- 
 
 Bald^zza, It. (fiU-dat sa. ) ness. 
 
 Balken, Oer. (bai-k'n.) See Balcken. 
 
 BalKibile, It. (bSl-io-bS-lS.) In the style of a 
 dance. 
 
 Ballad. A short simple song of natural construc- 
 tion, usually in the narrative or descriptive form. 
 It formerly had a wider signification and was ap- 
 
 BALLO 
 
 plied to music set to romance or historical poem, 
 and also to a light kind of music used both in 
 singing and dancing. The word Ballad means, 
 now, any unvaried simple song, each verse being 
 sung to the same melody. 
 Ballade, Oer. (baUa-dS. I A dance, dancing 
 
 also, a Ballad. 
 (bai-iad'ji-dSkh-tgr.) A 
 
 (bal-/oii!'n-s5ng-Sr.) A 
 
 Ball&ta, It. (bai-ia-ta.) 
 Balladendichter, Oer, 
 
 ballad writer. 
 Balladensilnser, Oer. 
 
 ballad singer. 
 Balladenverkilnfer, Oer. {h'Al-ldd^n-t&r kol- 
 
 fr.) A ballad vender. 
 Balladist. A writer of ballads. 
 Ballad of Ballads. The designation given in 
 
 an old version of the Bible to Solomon's Song. 
 Ballad opera. Light opera; an opera in wnich 
 
 ballads and dances predominate. 
 Balladry. The subject or style of ballads. 
 Ballad singer. One whose employment is to 
 
 sing ballads. 
 Ballad style. In the manner or style of a ballad. 
 BaU&re, It. (bSl-lS^rS.) To dance. 
 BallateUa, It. (bai-la-<aMa.} j. . ^ ,. -o.^Af. 
 Ballat^tta, It. (bai-la-^^i-ta.) f -*■ ^'"'" Baliata. 
 Ballattfre, It. (b&l-l&-to-Ti.) A dancer, a male 
 
 dancer. 
 Ballatrice, It. (bai-ia-<r?-tshS.) A female 
 
 Ballan', Wei. (bSl-lan.) A bell. 
 
 Ballematia, It. (bai-le-??M-tg-a.) I Songs or mel- 
 
 BalUstia, It. (baw?«-ts-a.) ( odies in the 
 dance style. 
 
 Ballerina, It, (bai-16-r2-na.) A dancing mis- 
 tress, a female dancer. 
 
 Ballerino, //. (bai-16-rS-nO.) A dancing master, 
 
 Balleronzolo. It. (bai-lS-rOn-tsO-lO.) A little 
 dance. 
 
 Ballet, Fr. (bai-15.) I A theatrical represen- 
 
 Ball^tto, It. (\)S,l-tSt-tO.) f tation of some story 
 or fable, by means of dances or metrical action, 
 accompanied with music. In England the second 
 or concluding piece of the evening's entertain- 
 ment is generally a ballet. In the sixteenth cen- 
 tury the term ballet, ballad, or ballette was applied 
 to a light kind of music which was both sung and 
 danced. 
 
 Ballet Master. The person who superintends 
 the rehearsals of the ballet, and who frequently 
 Invents the fable and its details. 
 
 Ballette. A ballet. 
 
 Balletti, It. (baWSMB.) Dance airs. 
 
 B&Ill, It. pi. (&<z7-lS.) Dances. 
 
 B&Ui della Stirla, It. pi. (fiat-lS dgl-la stg-re- 
 a.) Styrian dances resembling waltzes. 
 
 B&Ui Ingl^si, It. pi. (bdl-\S gn-gla-zS.) English 
 country dances. 
 
 Bfilli tlngar^si. It. pi. (6d7-lg oon-ga-r5-zg.) 
 Hungarian dance in 3-4 time, generally synco- 
 pated, or accented on the weak part of the bar. 
 
 B&Uo, It. (6aM0.) A dance or dance tune. 
 
 BalldncUo, It. (baUSn-kg-0.) An Italian coun- 
 try dance. 
 
 Ballonz&re, It. (bal-lOu-tsa-rg.) To dance ar- 
 tistically. 
 
PBONOTJKCING MUSICAL CICTIOKARY. 
 
 2? 
 
 S ale, S. add, & arm, e eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, fi odd, 6 dove, oo moon, n Me, & &«^, {1 French sound. 
 
 BAMB 
 
 Bamballna, Spa. (bSim-'bSrli-n&,) The pros- 
 ceBium of an opera house. 
 
 Band. A numfier of instrumental performers as- 
 sociated tofifyther for* tlie purpose of playing in 
 concert on iheir respective instruments^ 
 
 B&nda, It. (ftan-iia.) A band. 
 
 Band, brass. Abandwliere only brass instru- 
 ments are played. 
 
 Band, chamber. A band whose performances 
 
 _ consist only of chamber music. 
 
 Band, choral. Orchestral performers. 
 
 Band, fall. Where all the instruments proper to 
 M band are employed. 
 
 Band, marine. A band located in a garrison or 
 employed on ships of war. 
 
 Band inaster. The leader or conductor of a 
 band. 
 
 Bandola, Spa. Q>S,n-dS\&.) An instrument re- 
 sembling a lute. 
 
 Bandtfra, It. (ban-dS-rS.) I An ancient stringed 
 
 Banddre, It. (hS.n-dS-rS.) j instrument of the 
 lute or cither species. 
 
 Band, reed. A band with only reed instruments. 
 
 Band, regimental. - A band belonging to a reg- 
 iment; a military btod. 
 
 Band, string;, A band with only stringed instru- 
 ments. 
 
 Bandurrla, Spa. (bSm-door-re-S,.) A species of 
 Spanishmitar; a Banddra. 
 
 Banjo. A species of guitar and tambourine 
 united, used by the negroes. 
 
 Bilnkelsiinser, Ger. (b5n-k'l-s5ng-6r.) A ial- 
 lad singer. 
 
 Ba<incta. Spa. (bgrkS-<a.) | 
 
 Baquetas del tambor, Spa. (b3-ke-& del y 
 tiim-dor.) Drumsticks. ) 
 
 Baquico, Spa. (b^-ki-TiO.) Bacchanalian. 
 
 Bar. Lines drawn perpendicularly across the staff 
 to divide it into small and equal portions; the 
 term is also applied to each of these small and 
 equal portions by European usage. 
 
 Barbarism. In music It relates to false harmony 
 or false modulation. 
 
 Barblton, Gr. (bar-'bl-Vin.) A name formerly 
 applied to the viol and violin. 
 
 Barbitos, Lat. (fidrM-tSe.) An ancient instru- 
 ment of the lyre species. 
 
 Barcar<$la, It. (bar-ka-r5-ia.) ) A song or air 
 
 Barcarolle, Jfr. (bar-ka-r5i.) f sung by the Ve- 
 netian gonaoliirs, or boatmen, while following 
 .their avocations. 
 
 Barcaruola, It. (6ar'-ka-roo-Wa.) The song of 
 the gondolier. 
 
 Bard. A poet and singer among the ancient Celts. 
 The bard was a person of great importance and 
 receivedgreat attention from high and low. 
 
 Bardd, Wei. (bSrd.) A bard, a poet and musi- 
 cian. 
 
 Bardd alan, Wei. (bard a-lSn.) A professor of 
 music. 
 
 Bardgan, Wei. (bard-gan.) A song. 
 
 Bardo, It. {iar-AS.) A bard among the ancient 
 Celts. 
 
 Bflrdahl. (bar-(?a-hi5.) The Hindoo name for a 
 bard. 
 
 Bardtine, It. (bSr-iiS-ng.) See Bourdon. 
 
 Bar, dotted double. A double bar with dots 
 
 BARR 
 
 preceding it, shows that the muoic before It is to 
 be repeated ; the dots after the double bar show 
 that the following music is to be repeated. Dots 
 each side of the double bar show that both the 
 preceding and following music are to be repeated 
 
 Bar, double. Heavy lines drawn across the 
 staff to divide off different parts of the move- 
 ment or show the end of the piece. 
 ■ Bardus, Gel. (Mr-dfis.) A singer. 
 
 Barem. A stopped register, ot soft S or 16 feet 
 tone, in German organs. 
 
 Bari. An abbreviation of Baritone. 
 
 Bari-basso. A deep baritone voice. 
 
 Bariolage, Fr. (bSr-l-O-lSzh.) A passage for the 
 violin, etc., in which the open strings are more 
 especially used. 
 
 Barlpicni, Gr. (barrI-p?*-nS.) A term applied 
 by the ancient Greeks to low tones in general. 
 
 Barlpicni suoni, It. (ba-re-^e^-nS swo-nS.) Fix- 
 ed sounds. 
 
 Bari- tenor. The deeper sort of tenor voice. 
 
 Bariton-elef. The F clef, placed upon the third 
 line : now obsolete. 
 
 Bariton, Fr. (ba-rR(SnA.) 1 A male voice in- 
 
 Baritono. It. (bar-rs-W-nO.) vtevmediate in re- 
 Baritone. I spect to pitch be- 
 tween the bass and tenor, the compass usually 
 extending from B ilat to F. 
 
 Baritone, It. (ba-rS-M-nO.) Baritone. 
 
 Bar<Scco, /*. (barrSi-kO.) I A term applied to 
 
 Baroque, Fr. (bSr/'^A.) f music in which the 
 harmonj; is conmsed and abounding in unnatural 
 modulations. 
 
 B&rpftetfe, Ger. (6ar pf I-f5.) Bear pipe ; an ob- 
 solete reed stop of soft Intonation. 
 
 Barouarde, Fr. QoM-kdrd.) An obsolete term 
 for barcarolle. 
 
 Barrage, Fr. (bSr-r&ft.) See Barri, 
 
 Barre, ify. (bar.) A bar, in music. 
 
 Barr€, Fr. (bSr-ca ) In guitar playing, a tempo- 
 rary nut formed by placing the forefinger of thu 
 left hand across some of the strings. 
 
 Barred C. C with a bar across it; one of the 
 marks of common time, thus, ^ 
 
 Barre de Inth, Fr. (bSr diih loot.) The bridgt 
 of the lute. 
 
 Barre de mesure, Fr. (bar diih mg-zilr.) A 
 bar-line. 
 
 Barre de r€p6tltion, Fr. (bSr diih ra-p5-ts- 
 sl-Onh.) A dotted double bar; also, a thick lint 
 used as an abbreviation to mark the repetition of 
 a group of notes. 
 
 Barred semicircle. See Barred C ; a charac 
 ter that denotes a quicker movement than tht 
 sign without a bar, and called alia breve, because 
 it was formerly written with one breve in a meas- 
 ure. 
 
 Barrel. The body of a hell. 
 
 Barrel cliime. The cylindrical portion of the 
 mechanism sometimes used for the purpose of 
 ringing a chime pf bells. 
 
 Barrel organ. An organ, the tones of which 
 are produced by the revolution of a cylinder. 
 The tunes are produced by an arrangement of 
 pins and staples with which the cylinder h 
 studded. 
 
28 
 
 PROKOUNCING MtTSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, .1 add, S, arm, S eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, do»«, oo moon, H lute, ft 6m«, tt ^French eound. 
 
 BARR 
 
 Barrer. The act of employing the forefinger of 
 
 the left hand as a nut in guitar playing. 
 Barrer, great. The act of pressing all the 
 strings of the guitar at the same time, with the 
 forefinger of the left hand. 
 Barrer, small. The act of pressing two or 
 three strings of a guitar with the forefinger of 
 the left hand. 
 Barrure, Fr. (b&r-riir.) The bar of a lute, etc. 
 Baryphonus. (bS-rz^-O-nfts.) A man with a very 
 
 deep or very coarse voice. ^ 
 Uarypicni, 6r. (ba-ri-^tA-nS.-) A name given 
 by the ancients to five of the tones of their sys- 
 tem. 
 Baryton. Fr. (ba-ri-WnA.) A kind of baas viol, 
 
 now obsolete. A brass instrument. 
 Barytone. See Baritone. 
 Uarz, Wei. (barz^ A poet musician, a bard. 
 Ba,s,Fr. (bah.) Low. 
 
 Bas (leasus, Fr. (bah das-su.) A mezzo so- 
 prano, or second treble voice. 
 Base. I The lowest or deepest male voice; the 
 Bass. Howest part in a musical composition. 
 Basilica, 2«. (bS-zSi-S-ka.) A cathedral. 
 Bassa, It. (6as-sa.) Low, deep ; 8va bassa, play 
 
 the notes an octavo lower. 
 BaHS alberti. A bass formed by taking the 
 
 notes of chords in arpeggios. 
 Bassanello, It. (bSs-sa-noWo.) An obsolete 
 
 musical instrument. 
 B&ssa ott&va, It. (bas-sS, Ot-ia-va.) Play the 
 
 passage an octave lower than written. 
 Bass oeam. The small beam inside the viol, 
 
 nearly under the bass string. 
 BassblHser, Ger. (Mi.s-bl3rz'r.) A bassoonist. 
 Bass bridge. The bass beam. 
 Bass chantante, Fr. (has shOnh-tfinht.) The 
 
 vocal bass. 
 Bass clef. The bass or F clef,placed upon the 
 
 fourth line. 
 Bass concertina. A concertina having the 
 
 compass of a violincello. 
 Bass, continued. Bass continued through the 
 
 whole piece; the figured bass. 
 Bass, contra. It. (bass kOn-tra.) The lower bass. 
 Bass cornet. An ancient instrument consisting 
 
 of a tube four or five feet long and increasing in 
 
 size from the mouth to the end. 
 Bass, counter. The under bass ; part performed 
 
 by the double basses. 
 Bass, double. The double, bass viol ; the lowest 
 
 toned instrument of the viol kind. 
 Bass drone. The monotonous bass produced by 
 
 the large tube of the bagpipe. 
 Basse, Fr. (bass.) The bass part. 
 Basse chantante, .fr. (bass shanh-tanht.) Vo- 
 cal bass : see Bass Chantante. 
 Bass clitffree, Fr. (bass shBf-frS.) A figured 
 
 bass. 
 Bass continue, Fr. (bass k8nh-tsn-n.) ) Thor- 
 ough bass. 
 Bass contrainte, Fr. (bass k»nh-tranht.) The 
 
 constrained or ground bass. 
 Bass contre, Fr. (bass kOntr.) Bass counter, 
 
 double bass ; also, the deep bass voice called by 
 
 the Italians bdeao pro/dnao. 
 
 BASS 
 
 Bass flgnree, Fr. (bSss fS-gU-ra.) The figured 
 bass. 
 
 Bass fondamentale, Fr. (bass f Onh-da-manh- 
 tai.) The fundamental bass. 
 
 Bass taille, Fr. (bass ta-yfth.) Baritone voice ; 
 low tenor voice. 
 
 Basset horn. An instrument resembling a clar- 
 inet; the scale is extensive and intermediate 
 between those of the clarinet and bassoon. 
 
 Bassett. A little bass, generally somewhat higher 
 than the nsual bass. 
 
 Bass^tto, 72. {b&e-sdt-to.) The little bass; also, 
 ail obsolete instrument with four strings; also, a 
 4 feet reed organ stop of bright tone. 
 
 Bassetto horn. A species of clarinet a fifth 
 lower than the C clarinet, 
 
 Bass, flj>;nred. A bass figured, or accompanied 
 by numerals, denoting the harmony to be played 
 by the other parts of the composition. 
 
 Bass, flrst. High bass. 
 
 Bass-fljite, Ger. (bass fld-tS.) I An old instru- 
 
 Bass-flute. I ment of the bas- 
 
 soon species ; also, the name of an organ stop on 
 the pedal of 8 feet tone. 
 
 Bass, fondamental. The bass which contains 
 the roots of the chords .only. This bass is not 
 intended to be played, but serves as a test of the 
 correctness of the harmony. 
 
 Bass-seige, Ger. (6as«-ghl-gh6.) Bass-viol ; the 
 contra-basso. 
 
 Bass, slTen. A bass to which harmony is to be 
 placed. 
 
 Bass, grace. A small note like a short appog- 
 giatura struck at the same time with the, princi- 
 pal chord but immediately left. It is frequently - 
 used in organ playing to strengthen the parts and 
 supply the want of pedals. 
 
 Bass, ground. A bass consisting of a few notes 
 or bars containing a subject of Its own, repeated 
 throughout the movement and each time accom- 
 panied by a new or varied melody. 
 
 Bass, high. A baritone, a voice midway between 
 bass aniftenor. 
 
 Bass horn. An instrument resembling the oph- 
 icleide, formerly much used in bands. 
 
 Bassi, It. (6a«-sS.) A term implying the entrace 
 of the brass instruments. 
 
 Bassist, Ger. (b^s-sht.) I . ^_^ „i^„„. 
 
 Bassista, /*. (bas-«5e-ta.) f ^ "^^^ singer. 
 
 Bass, low. Second bass. 
 
 B&sso, It. {bds-BO.) The bass part. 
 
 B&sso, biilTo, It. (fias-BO boof-to.) The princi- 
 pal bass singer in the comic opera. 
 Bdsso cant&nte. It. (bds-aO kan-ia«-tS.) The 
 vocal bass part ; also, the principal bass singer in 
 an opera. 
 B&sso comico, It. (Jos-sO ko-mg-ko.) A comic 
 
 bass singer in an opera. 
 B&sso concertfinte. It. (Bos-sO kOn-tshSr-ioK- 
 tS.) The principal bass ; also, the lighter and 
 more delicate parts performed by the violincello 
 
 or bassoon. 
 Bfisso constmtto. It. (bas-ao Win-stroot-ta.) 
 
 Ground bass, constrained bass. 
 B&sso continno. It. (pSa-sO k&n-tS-noo-O.) The 
 
 continued bass ; a bass that is figured to indicate 
 
 the harmony. 
 
PEOKOTIN"OING JTOSIOAIj DIOTIOITAET. 
 
 29 
 
 S alt, 3 add, S arm, 6 tve, 6 end, I ice, I <M, o2fi, 5 oiJd, 6 dow, oo moon, fl 2u2e, Q iut, U French sound. 
 
 BASS 
 
 Biisso contra. It. (&a«-sO iSn-trS.) ) A donUe 
 
 Blisso contro. It. (bds-BO kdrirtio.) f bass viol ; 
 the lowest or gravest part of a mnsical composi- 
 tion. 
 
 Bfisso d'accomnagnamento. It. (bds-ao d' 
 Sk-kOm-pSn-yft-;nam-tO.) An accompanying bass. 
 
 Bfisso fisiirato. It. (bas-ea fe-goo-ra-K.) The 
 fignred bass. 
 
 Bfisso ftondamentfile. It. (idi-sO fSn-dS-mSn- 
 <a-l§.) The fundamental bass. 
 
 Bdsso niunerfito. It. (tds-ed noo-mg-ra-to.) 
 Figared bass. 
 
 B&sso ostinfito. It. (bas-BO Os-tS-na-tC.) A 
 gi'onnd bass. 
 
 Bfisso primo. It. {bds-eO prl-mo.) The first 
 bass. 
 
 Bfisso redtante. It. (fids-BO rS-tshS-^an-tS.) 
 Bass of the small chorus. 
 
 B&sso ripi^no. It. (bds-sO re-pS-^nO.) A bass 
 part only intended to be played in the ftaJl or tuttl 
 passages. 
 
 Bfisso riTolt&to, It. (fids-aO rg-vol-^ts.) An 
 Inverted bass. 
 
 BdiBSo se«ondo, It. ibds-ao aS-kSn-io.) The 
 second bass. 
 
 Bfisso tennto. It. (bde-BO iS-noo-tO.) Contin- 
 ued bass. 
 
 Bfisso Tiollno, It. (bds-BO ve-0-2S-nO.) A small 
 bass viol. 
 
 Bass Oder F Schlnssel, ffer. (bSss a-dSr F 
 ehloos-B'l.) The bass, or F clef. • 
 
 Basson, Fr. Cb&B-s&nh.) Bassoon. 
 
 Bassoon. A wind Instrument of wood, consist- 
 ing of a perforated tube and a reed tlirough which 
 it IS blown. It is not very agreeable as a solo in- 
 strament, but indispensable in fall orchestra. 
 The lower tones are strong and rough, bat the 
 middle rich and pleasing. Its compass extends 
 from double B flat to B flat in alt. 
 
 Bassoonist. A performer on the bassoon. 
 
 Basson q[nlnte, Fr. (Aos-sfinh Mnht.) A small 
 bassoon of the same compass as the ordinary bas- 
 soon, but the tones are a lifth higber. 
 
 Bassoon qnart, (bas-sQuh kar.)) An instrument 
 whose tones are a fourth lower than the ordinary 
 bassoon. 
 
 Bassoon stop. A reed stop in the organ which 
 imitates the tones of the bassoon. 
 
 Bass-pfeife, Ger. (base pfl-fS.) Bass-pipe, 
 bassoon. 
 
 Bass posanne, Gfer. (bSss pB-zou-nS.) Bass 
 trombone, eackbut. 
 
 Bass, radical. The fundamental bass. 
 
 Bass-saite, Ger. (bass soJrtS.) Bass string. 
 
 Bass-schltlssel, Ger. (bSss shliis-s'l.) The 
 bass clef. 
 
 Bass staff. The staff marked with the bass clef. 
 
 Bass-stimme, Ger. (bass stlm-mS.) B iss voice, 
 bass part. 
 
 Bass string. The string of any instrument upon 
 which the lowest note Is sounded. 
 
 Bass, snb. The lowest notes of an organ ; the 
 ground bass. 
 
 Biass, thorough. The art of vrriting out har- 
 mony for different parts or voices through the bass 
 alone, it being the only part given ; . the funda- 
 mental mles or musical ecmipoKitioii. 
 
 BATL 
 
 Bass trombone. A trombone having a compass 
 
 from the great C to the one lined e, and noted In 
 
 the F clef 
 Bass tnha, Lat. (biss tH-bS.) See Tuba. 
 Bass Tiol. An old name for the viol da g&mba, 
 
 now often given to the violincello. 
 Bass 'vioI, double. A stringed instrument, the 
 
 largest and deepest toned of its class. 
 Bass voice. The lowest or deepest of male 
 
 voices. 
 Bass-zeichen, Ger. (bass tsl-k'n.) The bass 
 
 clef. 
 Bdsta, It. (bds-t&.) I Enough, sufficient, 
 
 Bast&nte, It. (b£s-fa»-tS.) j proceed np further 
 
 unless directed by the conductor. 
 Bastardiila, Spa. (bSs-iSx-dU-j&.) A species 
 
 of flute. 
 Batillus, Lat. (bit-^MCs.) An instrument used 
 
 by the Armenians in their church service. 
 BatdcChiO, /If. (baWSA-kS-O.) 1 rphp tnno-rip nf 
 Batt&glio, 7^ (bat-«-y8-0.) )■ ■'."Ln^ 
 Battant, Fr. (bSWa»A.) | * ''®"- 
 
 Battement, Fr. Cb&t-mSnh.) I An old name 
 Battim^nto, It. (bat-tS-mdn-tOO ) for that kind 
 
 of short-shake called a beat. ™"'"- "■'"■'■ 
 
 Bfittere, It. (bSt-^rS.) The down stroke in 
 beating time. 
 
 Bdttere a ricolta, It. (biUd-iS S. le-kol-ts..) 
 To beat a retreat. 
 
 Batterie, Fr. (baWre.) The roll of the dram; 
 also, a particular way of playing the guitar by 
 strikin^the strings Instead of pulling them. 
 
 Baton, >r. (bSrtSnh.) I 
 
 Baton de mesnre, Fr. (birtSnk dilh mg-sar.) f 
 The stick used by the conductor in beating time. 
 
 Batoon. A term denoting a rest of four semi- 
 breves. 
 
 Battitdra, It. (bat-tS-^oo-ra.) The act of beating 
 time. 
 
 Battle hymn. A war song composed to be sung 
 before or during a battle. 
 
 Battre, i?'?'. (blttr.) To beat. 
 
 Battre la caisse, Fr. (bStr la kass.) . ! 
 
 Battre le tamboni-, Fr. (bStr Itih tSmboor.) f 
 To beat the drums. 
 
 Battre la mesore, Fr. (batr la ma-sttr.) To 
 beat time; to mark the time by beating with the 
 hand or with a stick. 
 
 Battista, 7£. (bat-tes-ta.) Time or measure; the 
 accented part of a bar. 
 
 Ban, Ger. (bou.) The stracture, the fabric, the 
 construction of mnsical instruments. 
 
 BSuerisch, Ger. (6oy-6r-ish.) Eustic, coarse. 
 
 BauemflSte, Ger. (Jot«-grn-fl6t-S.) Eustic flute ; 
 a stopped register in an organ. 
 
 Bauernliei^ Ger. (6ou-Srn-15d.) A rustic ballad. 
 
 KaT^o, Spa. (bdk-aO.) Bass; a player on the bass- 
 viol or bassoon. 
 
 Itaiton, Spa. (Bai-sBn.) A bassoon. SeeBajon. 
 
 Baxonsillo, Spa. (bak-sOn-«3i-yO.) A little bus- 
 soon ; also, an organ stop equivalent to the open 
 diapason. 
 
 BayiaderOiiS^a. (be-ia-dj-ro.) Suited to daniilng. 
 
30 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 ft aZe, S add, & arm, B eve, 6 end, I ice, i JZZ, oZt/, 5 orf(?, 6 rfoue, oo moon, U luie, U &?i^, ii French sound. 
 
 BAYL 
 
 Bayle, Spa. (JMg.) An interlude between tlie 
 
 second and third act; a dance. 
 Baylecito. Spa. (bS-I6-/AS-tO.) A little dance. 
 B, cancellatimi, Lat. (B kSn-sgWa-t&m.) The 
 
 old name for a efiarp, (|). 
 B, double. The B below gamut; the twelfth 
 
 be^ow the bass clef note. 
 B dur, Oer. (Ba door.) The liey of B flat major. 
 B durum, Lai. (B cZ^-rQm.) B hard or B major. 
 Bearbeltet, Ger. (b6-a>-bl-t8t.) Arranged, 
 
 adapted. 
 Bearlieitung, Ger. (bg-d)--bl-toong.) Adapta- 
 tion. 
 Bearing notes. In tuning instruments those 
 erroneous or falsely tempered fifths on which 
 *' the wolf" is said to be thrown. 
 Bearpipe. See Biirpfeife. 
 
 Beat. The rise or fall of the hand or bdton. in 
 marking the divisions of time in music ; an im- 
 portant musical embellishment, consisting of the 
 principal note and the note below it, resembling 
 a short trill. 
 Beat, down. The falling of the hand in beating 
 
 time. 
 Beatings. Regular pulsations produced in an 
 organ by pipes of the same key when they are 
 not exactly in unison. 
 Beating time. Marking the divisions of the 
 
 bar by means of the hand, foot or b^ton. 
 Beat, left. The movement of the hand toward 
 
 the left in beating time. 
 Beat, right. A motion to the right in beating 
 
 time. 
 Beat, up. The elevation of the hand in beating 
 
 time. 
 Beben, Ger. (fto-b'n.) To tremble, to -shake, to 
 
 vibrate. 
 Bebende stimme, Ger. (&a-bgn-dS s^m-mg.) 
 
 A trembling voice. 
 Bebnng, Ger. (6a-boong.) A shaking, a vibra- 
 tion ; also, a German organ stop. 
 Bee, Fr. (b6k.) The mouthpiece of a clarinet. 
 B^carre, Fr. (ba-kSr.) The mark called a nat- 
 ural, (JD. 
 B€ceo, It. (b5k-ko.) The mouthpiece of a clar- 
 inet, flageolet, etc. 
 Beeco polacco. It. (bak-ko po-iak-ko.) A large 
 
 species of bagpipe used in some parts of Italy. 
 Becken, Ger. (bSk'n.) A cymbal. 
 Beckensclil3.ger, Ger. (SeS're-shlag-5r.) A cym- 
 bal player. 
 Bedon, Fr. (b&-donh.) An old name for a tabret, 
 
 or drum. 
 Be, e«»-. (ba.) Flat, b flat 
 Been^ (bSn.) A stringed instrument of the guitar 
 
 species, used in India. 
 BeCabemi. Spa. (bet-'MS-raS.) A musical sign. 
 BelTroi, Fr. (bit-frwa.) The frame that supports 
 
 the bell in a belfry ; a belfry. 
 Begeisterung, Ger. (bS-firAJs-tS-roong.) Inspi- 
 ration, animation, enthusiasm. 
 Begl. An abbreviation of begleitung. 
 Begleiten, Ger. (bS-(/^^t'n.) To accompany. 
 Begleitende stimmen. Ger. pi. (bS-^&tSn- 
 
 dg eCim^menj) The accompanying parts. 
 Begleltsr, Ger. {bH^O-tSt.) An abciDrnpamlst. | 
 
 BELL 
 
 Begleitung, Ger. (bg-ff^-toong.) An accompa- 
 niment. 
 
 Beharrlich, Ger. (bg-Aa>-likh.) Perseveringly. 
 
 Beherzt, Ger. (hS-hdrtst.) Courageous. 
 
 Beifallklatsehen, Oer. (bl-tSl-Kldt-eVn.) Ap- 
 plauding; applause. 
 
 Beinaiie, Ger. (bl-raa-g.) Almost. 
 
 Beisp. An abbreviation of beispiel. 
 
 Beispiel, Oer. (ftS-spel.) Example. 
 
 Beit, Per. (bit.) A distich. 
 
 BeitSne, Ger. (ftj-t6-ng,) Accessory tones. 
 
 Beizeicnen, Ger. (M-tsI-kh'n.) An accidental. 
 
 Belfry. A tower in which a bell or bells are hung. 
 
 Belleben, Ger. (bg-Z?-b'n.) Pleasure; at pleasure. 
 
 Beliebig, (?«?*. ,(bi-li-'bSg.) To one's liking, or 
 pleasure. 
 
 B^liere, Fr. (ba-lI-S?-.) The tongue of a bell. 
 
 Bell. A vessel or hollow body of cast metal, used 
 for making sounds. It consists of a barrel or 
 hollow body enlarged or expanded at one end, an 
 ear or cannon by which it is hung to a beam, and 
 a clapper inside. 2. A hollow boay of metal per- 
 forated, and containing a solid ball to give sounds 
 when shaken. 3. The wide circular opening at 
 the end of a trumpet, horn, and similar instru- 
 ments. 
 
 Bella, Sax. (bgl-\AJ A bell. 
 
 Bell chamber. That portion of the tower or 
 steeple in which the bell nangs, the belfry. 
 
 Bellezza, It. {h&\-ldt-s&.) Beauty of tone and 
 expression. 
 
 'Bellezza della vtfce. It. 0>S'l-l3t-B& dSl-ia v3- 
 tshg.) Beauty or sweetness of voice. 
 
 Bell gamba. A gamba stop in an organ, the top 
 of each pipe spreading out like a bell. 
 
 Bell harp. An old instrument, probably the lyra 
 or cithera of the ancients. 2. A stringed instru- 
 ment, so named from its being swung like a bell 
 when played. 
 
 Bellicosami^nte, It. (bgl-lg-kO-za-mo»-tg.) I In 
 
 Bellicdso, It. (bel-le-W-zO.) ) a 
 
 martial and wai-like style. 
 
 Bellicum, Lat. (6^Mi-kum.) The sound of a 
 trumpet calling to battle. 
 
 Bell, mass. A small bell used in the Boman 
 Catholic service to call attention to the more sol- 
 emn parts of the mass. 
 
 Bell metronome. A metronome with a small 
 bell that strikes at the beginning of each bar. 
 
 Belloivs. A pneumatic appen(fige for supplying 
 organ pipes with air. 
 
 BeUo'trs, exhaust. A kind of bellows used on 
 organs and other reed instruments ; the air, when 
 when the chamber is exhausted, being drawn in 
 through the reeds. 
 
 Bellows, panting. A style of bellows designed 
 to prevent all jerkings and to produce a regular 
 flow of wind in the pipes of an organ. 
 
 Bell-ringers. Performers who, with bells of 
 diflferent sizes, ranging from smallest to largest, 
 are able to produce very pleasing and effective 
 music. 
 
 Bell, sacring. A small bell used in the Boman 
 Catholic church. See Bell, mass. 
 
 Bell scale. A diapason with which bell founders 
 measure the siz^, thickness, weight and tone uf 
 their bells. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 31 
 
 S ale, S add, S. arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, tl lute, S 2>ui, 11 French, sound. 
 
 BELL 
 
 BelL vesper. The sonnOing of a 1)ell about half 
 an honr after sanset, in Roman Catholic coun- 
 tries, calling the people to vespers. 
 
 Belly. The soand-board of an instrnment, that 
 part over which the strings are distended. 
 
 Bel metfillo di vdce, It. (bSl mH-tdl-lo AS vS- 
 tshS.) A clear and brilliant voice. 
 
 Bemerkbar, Ger. (bS-m^rA-biir.) Observable, 
 marked; to be played in a prominent manner. 
 
 B6inol. J'r. (bg-mOl.) f The mark called a 
 
 Bemdlle, It. (bS-maHg.) [Jlat, (M. 
 
 Bemolado, Spa. (ba-mO-2a-do.) Uaving B flat, 
 
 Bemol, doable. B double flat. 
 
 BemoUse, Fr. (ba-mO-16z.) Marked with a flat. 
 
 Bemolls^e, Fr. (bg-mO-H-s5.) A note preceded 
 by a flat. 
 
 Bemoliser, Fr. CbS-mO-lI-isS.) I To flat- 
 
 Bemollizz&re, It. (ba-mSMSt-sa-rS.) { ten notes ; 
 to lower the pitch by putting a flat before them. 
 
 BemoUe, It. (bS-mS2.) Flat. 
 
 B«n, It. (ban.) I vr, ,, ^ 
 
 B£ne, It. m n6.) f *^®"' S°°a. 
 
 Benedlcite, Lat. (b5n-S-d«-8l-tg.) A canticle 
 used at morning prayer, in the church, after the 
 first lesson. 
 
 Benedictns, Lat. (bSnS-cdk-t'is.) One of the 
 principal movements in a mass. 
 
 B^ne plficito, It. (io-nS p/a-tsbe-tB.) At will, 
 at pleasure, at liberty to retard the time and orna- 
 ment the passage. 
 
 Ben marc&to. It. (ban mar-io-tO.) I Well 
 
 B€ne marc&to. It. (ba-nS mSi-kd-VB.) | mark- 
 ed, in a distinct and strongly accented manner. 
 
 Ben marcAto il c&nto. It. (ban mar-j^to SI 
 kdn-to.) Mark well the melody. 
 
 Ben moderdto. It. (ban m6d-6-ra-t0.) Very 
 moderate time. 
 
 Ben pronnnclato. It. (ban prO-noon-tBhS-o-tO. I 
 
 Ben pronnnziato. It. (ban prO-noon-tsS-a-tO.) f 
 Pronounced clearly and distinctly. 
 
 Ben tennto. It. (ban t6-noo-tO.) Held on ; fiilly 
 sustained. 
 
 Be qnfidro. It. (ba gud-irO.) I The mark called 
 
 ~ " ' ~r. (br ■ •■ - • 
 
 B6 q.narr€, Fr. (ba kar-rS.) 
 ~ (b" " ■ 
 
 a natural, (tj). 
 
 Beqnem, Ger. (bS-ouem.) Convenient. 
 
 Ber^amasca, It. (bSr-ga-mas-ka.) A kind of 
 rustic dance. 
 
 Bergeret, Cb&i-jS-rU.) An old term signifying a 
 song. 
 
 Bergomask. A rustic dance. See BergamSsca. 
 
 Bergreigen. Ger. (ilrg-a-gbSn.) Alpine melody. 
 
 BerUngozza, It. (Mi-lSn-gSt-Bii.) A country 
 dance. 
 
 Berloqae, Fr. (hSr-ldk.) In military sei-vice the 
 drum calling to meals. 
 
 Bes, Ger. (bgs.) The note B double flat, BM;. 
 
 Besaiten, Ger. (b&«o?-t'n.) To string an instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Beschleonigend, Ger. (bg-sAIoi-ne-gSnd.) Has- 
 tening. 
 
 Beschrelbnng, Ger. (bS-sAr^boong.) A des- 
 cription. 
 
 Befledem, Ger. (b&fl-dSm.) To quill a harpsi- 
 chord. 
 
 Besingen, Ger. Oii^iingSji.) To sing, to cele> 
 brate in sonJK. 
 
 Vetttimmt, Ger. (bis-iimi.) Distinct. 
 
 BISC 
 
 Bestimmtheit, Ger. (bSs-^m^hlt.) Precision, 
 certainty. 
 
 Betglocke, Ger. (6S<-gl8k-g.) Prayer bell. 
 
 Betdnend, Ger. (bg-M-ngnd.) Lxcre-ntpfl 
 
 Betont, &«?•. QaS-hnt.) ^ Accented. 
 
 Betdnnn^, Ger. (bg-W-noong.) Accentuation. 
 
 Betrttbniss, Ger. (bg-^rti'A-mss.) Grief, sadness. 
 
 Betrttbt, Ger. {hi-trSbt.) Afflicted, grieved. 
 
 Bewegung, Ger. (bg-ca-goong.) Motion, move- 
 ment. 
 
 Be'weglich, Ger. (bS-Do-gllkh.) Movable. 
 
 Bew^egt, Ger. (bS-vSgt.) Moved, rather fast. 
 
 Beyspiel, Ger. (6^spSl.) An example. 
 
 Bezeichnnng. Ger. (i>S-ts%kh-noong.) Mark, 
 accentuation. 
 
 Bezifferte bass, Ger. (bgr-te^/'-fSr-tg bass.) The 
 figured bass. 
 
 B flat. The flat seventh of the key of C. 
 
 Bhdt. (bitt.) The Hindoo name for a bard. 
 
 Bi. (bB.) A syllable applied by the Spaniards to the 
 letter B of the scale, called by other nations si. 
 
 Bianca, It. (be-an-ka.) A minim or half 
 note. 
 
 ?=: 
 
 Bichord, Lat. (68-kBrd.) A term applied to in- 
 struments that have two strings to each note. 
 
 Bichordon, Lat. (bl-Mr-d&n. An instrument 
 with only two strings. See Colachon. 
 
 Bisinium Lat. (bT-«iin-I-lim.) A composition in 
 two parts ; a duet, or two part song. 
 
 Bien attaquer une note, J^r. (bl-anh at-tSk- 
 a iin not.) To strike a note firmly. 
 
 Biftura, Lat. (bi/o-ra.) An organ stop, each pipe 
 having two months, causing gentle waves or un- 
 dulations. 
 
 Binimdlle, It. (bSm-mffMg.) The mark called a 
 flat, (b). 
 
 B in alt, It. (be In alt.) The third in alt; the 
 tenth above the treble clef note. 
 
 B in altisstmo. It. (be in al-^Ss-sg-mO.) The 
 third note in altissimo ; the octave above Bin alt. 
 
 Binary measure. Common time of two in a 
 bar. 
 
 Bind. A tie uniting two notes on the same 
 degree of the staflT. 
 
 Binde, Ger. (iSn-dg.) A tie or bind. 
 
 Binding notes. I^otes held together by the tie 
 or bind. 
 
 Bindnng, Ger. (A%n-doohg.) Connection. 
 
 Bindungszeichen, Ger. (&%»-doongs-ts!-kh'n.) 
 A tie or Bind. 
 
 Biniou. (bin-ySu.) Bagpipes. 
 
 Binotonns, Lat. (bi-nO-^-niis.) Consisting of 
 two notes. 
 
 Biol,7W. (W-5?.) A viol. 
 
 Biqnadro, It. (be-g«ffl-drO.) A natural, (fl). 
 
 Bird organ. A small organ used In teaching 
 birds to sing. 
 
 Birn, ^r. (bim.) That part of the clarinet, bas- 
 set horn, etc., into which the mouthpiece is in- 
 
 Bis, Lat. (bis.) Twice ; indicating that the pas- 
 sage marked is to be repeated. . 
 Bl8cant&re./<. (bes-bSn-^o-rS.) , 1 
 
 rascantei'euace. It. (bes-kan-ta-rSUD^rS.) f 
 To Bine <<ft^ni to Mngtand Bing agUnt 
 
32 
 
 PKONOTTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 Rale, & add, a arm, 6 eve, B end, I ice, i ill, o W, B odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U iuie, il but, U French sound. 
 
 BISCA 
 
 BiscdntO, It. (bSs-Aan-tO.) A kind of dnet, where 
 two are singing. 
 
 Biscliero, It. (6?«-l£5-ro.) A peg of a violin, 
 viollncello or similar instrument; tne pin of any 
 instrument. 
 
 Biscrtfma, It. (bSs-irS-mii.) I 
 
 Biscrome, Fr. (\As-1crSm.) | A semi- 
 quaver, or sixteenth note, 
 
 Bi8-diapason, Lat. (bis ^-ft-pa-s5n.) A double 
 octave, or fifteenth; a compass of two octaves. 
 
 Blseau, Fr. (bS-25.) The stopper of an organ 
 pipe to make the tone sharper or flatter. 
 
 Blsinia, Lat. Qsi-slnA-%.) A term applied to a 
 pianoforte passage where the notes played by one 
 hand are regularly repeated by the other. 
 
 Bia nnca, Lat. (bis itn-M.) An old name for a 
 semiquaver. 
 
 Bissex, Lat. (bis-8&.) A species of guitar with 
 twelve strings. 
 
 Bitterkeit, Ger. (6?fr-t8r-klt.) Bitterness. 
 
 Bizzarram^nte, It. (b5t-sar-ra-m«n-t5.) Odd- 
 ly, in a whimsical style. 
 
 Bizzarria, It. (bet-sar-rS-a.) Written in a capri- 
 cious, fantastic style ; sudden, unexpected mod- 
 ulations. 
 
 Bizz&rro, It. (bet-sar-ro.) Whimsical, odd, fan- 
 tastical. 
 
 Blanche, Fr. (biansh.) A minim or half note. 
 
 Blanche pomt^e, Fr. (blansh pwanh-iS. 
 
 ^ 
 
 (6/a-z§-h0m.) Bugle horn. 
 
 A dotted minim, 
 
 Bl&sebalg, Ger. (Si^a-zS-baig.) The bellows of 
 
 an organ. 
 Bla8egerS.th, Ger^ (SZa-zS-ghS-rai.) A wind in- 
 strument. 
 Blasehorn, Ger. 
 
 hunter's horn. 
 Blase-instrument, Ger. (blS-zS In-stroo-mSnt.) 
 
 A wind instrument. 
 Blase-mnsik, Ger. (bld-zS moo-zik.) Music 
 
 for wind instniments. 
 Blasen, Ger. (6te'-z'n.) To blow, to sound. 
 BlH,ser, (?«?•. {bla-z'r.) A blower; an instrument 
 
 for blowing. 
 Blast. The sudden blowing of a trumpet or other 
 
 instrument-of a similar character. 
 Blatant. Bleating, bellowing. 
 Blech-lnstrumente, Ger. (blSkh-in-stroo-m^»- 
 
 t6.) The brass instruments, as trumpets, trom- 
 bones, etc. 
 Blochlliite, Oer. (blS!c-A6-tS.) An organ stop, 
 
 composed of large scale-pipes, the tone of which 
 
 is full and broad. 
 BlOTver, clarlno. One who plays the first 
 
 trumpet part. 
 Blower, organ. One who works the bellows 
 
 of an organ. 
 Bluette. A short brilliant piece. 
 B-mol, Fr. (ba-mol.) The character called a 
 
 flat, (b). See B§ mol. 
 B moll, Ger. (bB mOl.) The key of B fiat minor. 
 B molle, Lat. (bS fnSl-Vi.) B soft or Minor. 
 Boblbation, (bO-bx-6S-shiln.) I Solfeggi 
 
 Bocedisatlon. (B0-s6 dl-so-shfin.) ) adapted to 
 
 the syllables of the Flemish or Belgian language. 
 Boans, Lat. (bS-Ana.) Echoing, resounding. 
 BoWd, Onxer. The ki^y-boara of a plantflb'rte, 
 
 BOMB 
 
 organ or similar instrument. 2. That part of a 
 stringed instrument which the fingers press in 
 playing. 
 Board, fret. That part of a guitar or similar in- 
 strument on which the frets are placed, 
 
 Board, key. The rows of keys of a pianoforte, 
 organ, or similar instrument. See Finger board. 
 
 Board, sound. In the organ a broad shallow 
 box, extending almost the whole width of the in- 
 strument and divided into as many grooves as 
 there are keys, and upon which are placed the 
 rows of pipes forming ihe stops. 2. A thin board 
 designed to contribute to the vibration of tone in 
 musical instruments. 
 
 Board, sounding. See Sound board. 
 
 Boat songs. Gondolier songs. 
 
 Bobo, Spa. (Sa-bO.) A buffoon. 
 
 Bocal, Fr. (bO-kSl.) 1 The mouth-piece of a 
 
 Bdcc&, It. (o5*-ka.) ( horn, trumpet, trombone 
 and similar instruments. 
 
 Bdcca ridente, /*. (SS*-ka rS-«ife-t5.) Smil- 
 ing mouth. A term in singing,"applied to a pe- 
 culiar opening of the mouth approaching to a 
 smile, believed to be conducive to the producing 
 of a pure tone. 
 
 Bocchlno. It. (bOk-*3-no.) Mouth-piece of a 
 horn. 
 
 Bociaccia, It. (bot-tshs-at-tshs-a.) A loud, 
 strong voice. 
 
 Bocciuola, It. (bOt-tshS-oo-5-ia.) A small mouth- 
 piece. 
 
 Boclna, S2>a. (bO-<A8-na.) A species of large 
 trumpet, a bugle horn. 
 
 Bocina de cazador. Spa. (bO-t^S-na dB ka- 
 thsi-dGr.) A huntsman's horn. 
 
 Bocinar, Spa. (bO-ths-waV.) To sound the trum- 
 pet or horn. 
 
 Bocinero, Spa. (b0-thi-re5-r0.) A trumpeter. 
 
 Bocinilla. A small speaking trumpet. 
 
 Bockpfeife, Ger. (bSk-vlI-iS.) A bagpipe. 
 
 Bockstriller, Ger. (SMs-tril-lSr.) A bad shake, 
 with false intonation. 
 
 Boden, Ger. (65-d'n.) The back of a violin, 
 viola, etc. 
 
 Boelim Flute. (bShm.) An instrument with the 
 holes arranged in their natural order, and with 
 keys, by means of which the fingers are enabled to 
 act with greater facility. Invented by Boehin. 
 
 Bogen, Ger. (S5-g'n.) The bow of a violin, etc. 
 
 Bogenfliigel, Ger. (bd-g'n-fiu-g'L) An instru- 
 ment resembling a piano lorte. , 
 
 Bogenfiihrung, Ger. (M-g'n-fii-roong.) The 
 management of the bow ; the act of bowing. 
 
 Bogen- Insti-nment, Ger. (ftS-g'n in-stroo- 
 ment.). A bow instrument; an instrument played 
 with a bow. 
 
 Bogenstrich, Ger. (6S-g'n-strikh.) A stroke of 
 the bow. 
 
 Bogiganga, Spa. (bo-hS-g'an-ga.) A company of 
 strolling singers. 
 
 Bolero, Spo. (bO-?a-ro.) A lively Spanish dance, 
 in 34 time, with castanets. 
 
 Bomb. A stroke upon a bell ; to sound. 
 
 Bombarde, Fr. (Mnh-.bard.) } A powerful reed 
 
 Bombtirdo, It. (bOm-ftar-dO.) f stop in an organ 
 of 16 feet scale ; also a old wind instrtiment of the 
 J hautboy species. 
 
PEONOUNCIN-G MTTSICAL DIOTIOJiTAET. 
 
 33 
 
 S ale, S, add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, fl 6m<, tl French sound. 
 
 BOMB 
 
 Bombardon, Ger. (iom-bilr-don.) A large bass 
 wind instrument of braes, with valves some- 
 thing lilte the opMclelde. 
 
 Bomnilation, Sound, report, noise (little used). 
 
 Bombilatus, Lat. (bOm-bl-/a-tiis.) To make a 
 humming noise. 
 
 Itombix, Gr. (pSmAAx.) An ancient Greek in- 
 strument, formed of a long reed or tube. 
 
 Bombo, Spa. (6om-b0.) A large drum. 
 
 Bombus, Lat. b6m-'h'&8.) A species of applause 
 used by the ancients— humming, buzzing, clap- 
 ping. 
 
 Bomme, Dut. (ftdm-mS.) A di'um. 
 
 Bomnien, Sut. (6^m-men.) To drum. 
 
 Bonaiig, Jav. (bH-nang.) A Javeneee instru- 
 ment, consisting of a series of gongs placed in 
 two lines on a frame. 
 
 Bones. A name sometimes given to castanets; 
 castanets made of bone. 
 
 Bons Temps de la mesnre, Fr. (bSnh tSnh 
 duh Ifi mS-sur.) The accented parts of a measure. 
 
 Book, cborai. A collection of choral melodies. 
 
 Book, mass. The Missal, the Roman Catholic 
 service book. 
 
 Boom. To roll" and roar as the waves of the sea. 
 
 BoquUIa, Spa: (bo-kel-yS..) Mouth-piece of a 
 wind instrument. : 
 
 Bora, Tur. (65-ra.) A tin trumpet used by the 
 Turkish military. 
 
 Border tunes. Melodies sung on tho English 
 border. 
 
 Borddne, It. (bOr-dO-ng.) | An organ stop, the 
 
 Bourdon, Fr. (boor-dOnh.) (pipes of which are 
 stopped or covered, and produce the IG feet, and 
 sometimes the .S3 feet tone ; also a drone bass. 
 
 Bordun. See Bourdon. 
 
 Bordone, false. It. (b8r-dO-n6 fai-zO.) A term 
 formerly used for harmony having a drone bass, 
 or one of the other parts continuing in tho same 
 pitch. 
 
 Bordun fflSte, Ger. (ftor-doon fl6-t&.) An organ 
 stop ; see Bordone. 
 
 Bourdon de comemuse, Fr. (boor-dOnh 
 dilh kBru-miiz.) The drone of a bagpipe. 
 
 Bourdon de musette, Fr. (boor-dSnh diih 
 mu-zet.) The drone of a bagpipe. 
 
 Boree, Fr. (bo-ra.) A dance introduced IVom 
 Biscay. 
 
 BorrOTFed harmony. Chords of the added 
 ninth derived from the dominant seventh, by 
 substituting the ninth in the place of the eighth. 
 
 Botasela, Spa. Cba-t&sa-lS,.) A trumpet signal 
 for cavalry to saddle. 
 
 Botto, It. (bot-to.) The tolling of a bell. 
 
 Boudoir piano, (boo-dw^r.) An upright piano. 
 
 Bouffe,J'r. (boof.) A buffoon. 
 
 Bourdon de I'orsne, Fr. (boor-donh duh 
 rorg.) The drone of an prgan. 
 
 Bonrdonnement, J*?-. (bbor-dOnh-mOnh.) Hum- 
 ming, singing. 
 
 Bonrree, J^r. (.hooi-rS.) A step in dancing; see 
 Boree. 
 
 Boutade, Fr. (boo-tad.) An improptu ballet in 
 a fanciful, capricious style. 
 
 Bovr. The instrument used- to play upon the\ 
 violin, violincello and other similar iujtrnmonts 
 3 
 
 BRAT 
 
 Its present length is from 27 to 30 inches, but 
 formerly it was shorter. 
 
 Bowf, contrary. A reversed stroke of the bow. 
 
 Bow hair. Hair used in making the bows of 
 violins, violineellos, etc. ; it is usually horse hair. 
 
 Bo'w hand. The right hand; the hand which 
 holds the bow. 
 
 Bow liarpsichord. An instrument invented 
 at Konigsburg by Garbrecht. 
 
 Bowing. The art of using the bow, playing with 
 the bow. 
 
 Bow instruments. All instruments whose 
 tones are produced by the bow. 
 
 Box, music. A small box producing tunes by 
 the revolution of a cylinder moved by a spring 
 in which steel pins are fixed that touch steel 
 points at such intervals as to produce the varia- 
 tions of a tune. ' 
 
 Bosraudier, Fr. (bO-yO-di-a.) A maker of violin 
 strings. 
 
 Boy-choiir. A choir of boys, from eight to four- 
 teen years of age. Such organizations are con- 
 fined mostly to Episcopal and Catholic churches, 
 
 B quadratnm, Lat. (b QuSd-riiJ-tfim.) I An old 
 
 B auadrnm, Lat. (b quad-Am.') J name 
 
 for the natural, fl; formerly, this was applied to 
 the note B. 
 
 B^quarre, Fr. (bS-kSr.) See Bgquarre. 
 
 Brace. A character curved or straight used to 
 connect together the different staves. 
 
 Brachyca&lectlc, Gr. (brdk-t-'k&t-Srl^k-tlk.) In 
 Greek and Latin poetry a verse wanting two syl- 
 lables and its termination. 
 
 Brachygraphy, musical. The art of writing 
 music in short hand, by means of signs, charac- 
 ters, etc. 
 
 Bracio, It. (6ra-tshg-0.) A term applied to the 
 violin and other instruments of a similar charac- 
 ter that are held up to the neck with the left 
 hand, and played with a bow. 
 
 Bramadera, Spa. {hvSrmSrda-iSi.) A rattle, a 
 shepherd's horn. 
 
 Branches. Those parts of a trumpet that con- 
 duct the wind. 
 
 Bran de Inglaterra, Spa. (bran dg Sn-glarter- 
 rS.) An old Spanish dance. 
 
 Brando, Spa. (brdririo.) A tune adapted to a 
 dance. 
 
 Branle, Fr. (branhl.) A lively old dance per- 
 formed in a circle. 
 
 Bransle, Fr. (brSnhsl.) An old dance, slow and 
 resembling the Alman. 
 
 Bransle de poictou, Fr. (branhsl dilh pwilk- 
 too.) A dance in quicker time than the Bransle. 
 
 Bransle double, (branhsl doo-bl.) A dance in 
 a quicker time than the Bransle. 
 
 Bransle simple, Fr. See Bransle. 
 
 Brass band. A number of performers whose 
 instruments are exclusively brass. 
 
 Brass instrument. Wind instruments made 
 of brass and used chiefly for field service. 
 
 Bratsche, Ger. (6ra-tsh8.) The viola or tenor 
 violin. 
 
 Bratscheu, Ger. (bra-tshSn.) Violas. 
 
 Bratschenspieler, Ger. (bra-tchin-sp^ASv.) 
 Violist, one who plays on tlia viola. 
 
34 
 
 PEONOUBTCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 5 ale, S, add, a arm, S eve, 8 end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 5 do««, oo moon, H fo<e, ii fiwi, 11 French Bound. 
 
 BRAT 
 
 Bratgcliensttinine, Oer. (Ar^-tchgn-stim-mS.) 
 The viol part of any composition. 
 
 Braul. See Brawl. 
 
 Brant-lied, Cfer. (6TOM*-led.) A bridal hymn, a 
 wedding song. 
 
 Braut-messe, Ger. (&cOM<-mSs-85.) Music he- 
 fore the wedding ceremony ; the ceremony^ itself. 
 
 Br&va, It. fern. (brd-y&.) ) An exclamation of 
 
 Ttr&vl, It. pi. (Sra-vS.) V approval often used 
 
 Bravo, It. mas. (Sra-vo.) ) ia theatres ; excellent, 
 very good, etc. 
 
 Bravlssima, It. fern. (hra-«28-eS-mil.) ) Bxceed- 
 
 Bravf ssimx, /<. pi. (bril-ses-sS-mS.) y ingly 
 
 Bravissimo, It. mas. (hrS-DSs-sS-mO.) ) good, 
 exceedingly well done. 
 
 Bi*avoiir-arle, Ger. (bra-Door-a-r5-§.) An aria 
 di brav&ra. 
 
 Bravdra, It. (hra-«oo-ra.) Spirit, skill, requir- 
 ing great dexterity and skill in execntion. 
 
 Bravdra, con.,/J. (bra-BOO-rii k5n.) With spirit 
 and boldness of^ execution. 
 
 Bravifra mezza. It. (bra-woo-rS mSt-sa.) A 
 song requiring a moderate degree of skill. 
 
 Brawl, i A shaking, or swinging motion. 3. 
 
 Brawlc. (An old round dance in which the per- 
 formers joined hands in a circle; the balls were 
 usually opened with it. 
 
 Bray. The harsh sound of a trumpet or similar 
 instrument. 
 
 Brazen tnstrnments. Brass instruments. 
 
 Brazzo, It. (brat-so.) Instruments played with 
 a bow. 
 
 Brett, Ger. (brlt.) Broad. 
 
 Brcloqne, Irr. (oTi-lok.) In military service the 
 call of a drum for breakfast or dinner. 
 
 Bretador, Spa. (brgrti-dSr.) A bird call. 
 
 Brett- geige, ©«»•. (brSt-ghl-ghg.) A small pocket 
 liddle. 
 
 Br^ve, It. (ftra-vS.) Short; formerly the Breve 
 was the shortest note. The notes then used were 
 the Large, the Long and the Breve. The Breve is 
 now the longest note; it is equal to two semi- 
 breves or whole notes. 2. A Double note. 
 
 Br^ve alia. It. (bra-v6 ai-la.) A term to indi- 
 cate a quick species of common time; formerly 
 employed in church music. 
 
 Breve rest. A rest equal in duration to a BrSve 
 or Double note. 
 
 Breviario, It. (brev-B-a-rS-o.) A breviary. 
 
 Breviary, A book containing the matins, lauds, 
 and vespers of the Catholic church. 
 
 Brevis, Lat. (Sro-vls.) A breve. 
 
 Bridge. That part of a stringed Instrument that 
 supports the strings. 
 
 Bridge, bass. The bass beam ; the small beam 
 inside a viol nearly under the bass. 
 
 Brief. An upright piece of wood over which the 
 strings of a bass viol are drawn. 
 
 Brill. An abbreviation of Brillante. 
 
 Brillador, Spa. (Jaiel-ySrddr.) Brilliant, spark- 
 ling. 
 
 BriU&nte, It. (brel-^am-tS.) I Bright, sparkling, 
 
 Brillante. Fr. (bre-yanAi.)) brilliant. 
 
 Brilldre, It. (brSl-Zo-rS.) To play or sing in a 
 brilliant style. 
 
 Brlmlialer, Fr. CbrS.nh-'bSrla.) To ring. 
 
 JBrio, It, (&rS-0.) vigor, animation, spirit. 
 
 BUFF 
 
 Brio ed animato, con. It. (brS-a M Su-e-mo- 
 
 tO.) With animation and brilliancy. 
 Bridso, It. fbrS-S-zO.) Lively, vigorously, with 
 
 spirit. 
 Bris£, Fr- (br5-«a.) Split; broken into an ar- 
 
 Broach. An old musical instrument, played by 
 turning a handle. 
 
 Broderles, Fr. (br0-dg-r8.) Ornaments, em- 
 bellishments. 
 
 Broken cadence. See Interrupted cadence 
 
 BroJken cliords. Chords whose notes are not 
 taken simultaneously, hut in a broken and inter- 
 rupted manner. 
 
 Brokking. An Old term, signifying quavering. 
 
 Bronce, Spa. (ftrtn-thS.) A trumpet made of 
 
 Bronco, Spa. (6r5n-kO.) Harsh, unpleasant to 
 the ear. 
 
 Bronquedad, Spa. QirOn-'k&-ddd.) Harshness, 
 roughness of sound. 
 
 B rotnndnni, Lat. (b rO-«M«-diim.) The charac- 
 ter called a flat, |j; formerly this was applied only 
 to the- note B. 
 
 Bruit, Fr. (bril-?.) Noise, rattle, clatter. 
 
 Briinunen, Gr. (6?'oom-m8n.) To hum, to drum. 
 
 Briimmton, Ger. (ftroom-ton.) A humming 
 sound. 
 
 Brunette, Fr. (br(i-n5t.) A love song. 
 
 Bruscam^nte, It. (broos-ka-man-tSO Abrupt- 
 ly, coarsely. 
 
 Brusqnement, Fr. (briisk-mOnh.) Brusque, 
 rough, rude; 
 
 B sharp. The sharp seventh of the diatonic 
 sale of O ; in keyed instruments the same as C 
 natural. 
 
 Bnal-gom, Wei. (6oo-SI-g8rn.) A hunting or 
 military horn. 
 
 Bdcclna, It. (ftooi-tshe-nS.) An ancient wind 
 instrument of the trumpet species. 
 
 Bncclnal, Lat. (bule-el-nSl.) Sounding like a 
 horn or trumpet. 
 
 BuccinateuT, Fr. (bilk-sl-na-^ii?'.) A trum- 
 peter. 
 
 Bnccino, Lat. (6Mi-sI-u6.) To sound a trumpet. 
 
 Bnccinnm, Lat. (6Mft-si-nfim.) A trumpet. 
 
 Bucinador, iS^a. (^hoo-thB-Ti&-dbr.) A trumpeter. 
 
 Buccdlica, It. (book-*g-lS-ka.) 1 p„„tnp„] „„_„„ 
 
 Bucolic, Lat. (b11-*«Mk.) L^ verses 
 
 Bucolique, Fr. (bli-kBl-SA.) ) ""^ verses. 
 
 Bncolical, Lat. (bll-*W-i-kai.) In the pastoral 
 style. 
 
 Bncolico, Spa. (boo-W-I-kO.) Relating to pas- 
 toral songs. 
 
 Biiffa, It. (boof-tS,.) I Comic, humerous, in the 
 
 Bdffo, It. (boo/-fO.) ( comic style ; also a singer 
 who takes comic parts in the opera. 
 
 Biiffa caric&ta. It. (boof-ta kar-5-*»-ta.) I » 
 
 Biiffo caric&to. It. <fioof-iO kar-E-Ao-tO.) | 
 comic character in Italian opera. 
 
 Buffet d' orgue, Fr. (boof-fS d' Org.) An or- 
 gan case. 
 
 Buffet organ. A very small organ. 
 
 Biiffo hunlesco. It. (6oo/-fo boor-ies-kB.) A 
 bufib singer and caricaturist. 
 
 BnffiSne, It. (boof:/?-n8.) Comic singer in an 
 opera. 
 
PRONOTJNCING MtTSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 35 
 
 a ale, & add, S arm, B eve, & end, I ice, I ill, O old, odd, C dove, oo moon, H lute, Q 5u<, U French sounds 
 
 BUFF' 
 
 Bnffonescam^nte, 72. (boof-fS-n^s-kfi-mcn-tS.) 
 In a burlesque and comical manner. 
 
 Buffo, opera. It. (fioof-to S-pS-t&.) A comic opera, 
 a burietta. 
 
 Bnfo, Spa. (boo-fo.) Comic opera. 
 
 BnfSonazO, Spa. (boo-to-na-tho.) A great buffoon. 
 
 Bugle. A hunting horn. 2. An instrument of 
 copper or brass, similar to the French horn, but 
 higher and more piercing. There are different 
 kinds; one furnished with keys, and another kind 
 with pistons or cylinders. 
 
 Bng;le bom. A hunting horn. 
 
 Bdioso, It. Qioo-B-d-zO.) In a gloomy and ob- 
 scure manner. 
 
 Biinge, Ger. (jboon-ghS.) A drum ; a kettle drum. 
 
 Biingeu, Ger. {boon-gh&n.) To drum. 
 
 Buon, It. (bwOnO Good. 
 
 Buonaccdrdo, It. (bwOn-nSk-J:^-dO.) An in- 
 strument resembling a pianoforte, but smaller, to 
 accommodate children. 
 
 Bn6na nota, It. (bwO-na nO-ta.) Accented note. 
 
 Bn6n cant&nte. It. (bwOu M,n-tdn-ti.) An ac- 
 complished singer. 
 
 Budn gusto. It. (bwOn goos-to.) Good taste, 
 refinement of style. 
 
 Butfna mfino. It. (Aw^-na mo-nO.) A good 
 hand, a brilliant performer. 
 
 Bnonocardo, It. (bv/O-nO-kdr-AO.) An instru- 
 ment like the spinet. 
 
 Burden. A regular return of the theme in a song 
 at the close of each verse; the chorus. 
 
 J 
 
 BYMI 
 
 Burla, It. (boor-m.) 
 Burl&ndo, It. (boor-Mn-dO.) 
 Bnrl^scd, It. (boor-Zffl«-kO.) 
 Burlescam^nte, It. (boor-lgs-kfi-man-tg.) . 
 
 Facetious, droll, comical; in a playful manner. 
 Burlesque music. A musical composition or 
 
 performance, in which light and trifling matters 
 
 are treated with great gravity and solemnity, and 
 
 serious matters turned into ridicule. 
 Burietta, 7<. (boor-^o<-ta.) Acomic operetta; a 
 
 light musical and dramatic piece, somewhatin the 
 
 nature of the English farce. 
 Burasca, It. (boor-ro«-ka.) A composition de- 
 scriptive of a tempest. 
 Burrc, Fr. (biir.) A dance melody. 
 Burthen. See Burden. 
 Busaun, Ger. (boo-soun.) A sackbut; a reed 
 
 stop in an organ. 
 Bnsna, It. (boos-na.) A species of trumpet. 
 Busstine, It. (boos-s3'nE.) A bassoon, a wind 
 
 instrument, (obsolete.) 
 Buxum, Lat. (&iix-iim.) A pipe. 
 Buxus, Lat. (Aux-Hs.) A pipe with two rows of 
 
 holes. 
 Buzz. A low humming noise. 
 Buzain, Ger, (boo-tsln.) See Busaun. 
 Byma, Sax. (Ai-mU.) A trumpet. 
 Bymian, Sax. (]tnm-l-&a.) To blow, or to sound 
 
 a trumpet. 
 
36 
 
 PEOlirOTINCIN© MtrSIOAL DIOTIOITAET. 
 
 a ale, a add, b, arm, S eve, B end, lice, I ill, old, 8 odd, dove, oo moon, 11 lute, ii 6«<, 11 French sound. 
 
 c 
 
 C. The first note of the modern scale, called by 
 the French ut, and hy the Italians Do. The major 
 scale of C is called the natural scale, because it 
 has no flats or sharps. 
 
 C C [JmY. 1 The lowest note on the manuals 
 
 ^ of an organ, and is called an 8 feet 
 
 ^ ' note ; that being the length of the 
 ■^ open pipe required to produce it. 
 
 C C C. This note is an octave below C C, and 
 requires a 16 feet pipe. 
 
 C C C C A note an octave below C C C ; it re- 
 quires a 33 feet pipe. 
 
 C with one stroke; the German method of indi- 
 dicating middle C. The six notes above it are 
 marked in the same manner. 
 
 C with two strokes; an octave above C with one 
 stroke. 
 
 C with three strokes ; an octave above with two 
 strokes. 
 
 C with four strokes ; an octave above C with three 
 strokes. 
 
 g Indicates common time of four crotchets or 
 quarter notes in a bar. 
 
 ^ This character indicates alia breve, or &lla cap- 
 
 ^ pella time. 
 
 C. A. The initials of Col Arco ; sometimes used 
 in abbreviation. 
 
 Cabftl^tta, It. (ka-ba-?a<-ta.) A simple melody 
 of a pleasing and attractive character; an ope- 
 ratic air like the rondo in form : a cavaletta. 
 
 Cabinet d'orgne, Fr. (kSb-I-na d'Org.) The 
 case or cabinet in. which the keys of an organ ,are 
 sometimes placed. 
 
 Cabinet pianoforte. An upright pianoforte. 
 
 Cablseola. The ancient name of the leader of 
 the choristers in a church. 
 
 C&ccia, It. (iai-tshs-a.) See Alia Cficoia. 
 
 CAo.cla, alia, It. (Aai-tshS-a dl-\a..) In the hunt- 
 ing style. 
 
 Cacniictaa, Spa. (ka-icAoo-tchS.) A popular 
 Spanish danc"> in triple time. 
 
 Cacofonla, /'. (ka-kO-fO-n?-a.) ) Want of har- 
 
 Cacoi)lionle, Fr. (kSk-o-fO-nS.) j mony, caco- 
 phony. 
 
 Caeofdnico, It. (ka-kO;/3-nS-kO.) Cacopho- 
 nous, discordant. 
 
 Cacophony. (M-J§/'-5-ny.) A combination of 
 discordant sounds, false intonation, bad tones. 
 
 Cad. An abbreviation of Cadenza. 
 
 Cadence, .F'?'. (kS-danhs.) A shake or trill; also 
 a close in harmony. 
 
 Cadence. A close in melody or harmony, divid- 
 ing it into numbers or periods, or bringing it to a 
 final termination. 3. An ornamental passage. 
 
 Cadence, authentic. A perfect or final ca- 
 dence; the harmony of the dominant followed 
 by that of the tonic or the progression of the 
 dominant to the tonic. 
 
 Cadence, church. The plagal cadence. 
 
 Cadence, complete. A full cadence ; when the 
 final sound of a verse in a chant is on the key- 
 note. 
 
 Cadence, deceptlTe. When the dominant 
 chord resolves into another harmony instead 
 of the tonic. 
 
 Cadence, demi. A half cadence. 
 
 CAIS 
 
 Cadence, false. An imperfect or interrupted 
 cadence. 
 
 Cadence, Crreek. Plagal cadence. 
 
 Cadence, half. A cadence that is imperfect; a 
 close on the dominant. 
 
 Cadence, tmperf aite, Fr. (Snh-p8r-fS.) An 
 imperfect cadence. 
 
 Cadence, imperfect. When the dominant 
 harmony is preceded by the common chord of 
 the tonic. 
 
 Cadence, Interrompne, Fr. (auh-tBr-rSnh- 
 pil.) An interrupted cadence. 
 
 Cadence, interrupted. Similar to the perfect 
 cadence, except that in place of the final tonic 
 harmony some other chord is Introduced. 
 
 Cadence, irregular. See Imperfect cadence. 
 
 Cadence marfes. Short lines placed perpen- 
 dicularly to indicate the cadence notes in chant- 
 ing. ' 
 
 Cadence, parf aite, Fr. (pSr-iat.) A perfect 
 cadence. 
 
 Cadence, perfect. Where the dominant passes 
 into the harmony of the tonic. 
 
 Cadence perlee, .Fn (per-la.) A brilliant ca- 
 dence. 
 
 Cadence, plagal. When tonic harmony is pre- 
 ceded by subdominant. 
 
 Cadence, radical. The cadence resulting when 
 the basses of both chords are the roots of their 
 respective triads. 
 
 Cadence, rompue. Fr. (rSnh-pil.) A broken 
 or interrupted cadence. 
 
 Cadence, suspended. Where the cadence 
 passes through several modulations from the 
 dominant to the tonic chord. 
 
 Cadencla, Spa. (ka-(2#ra-ths-a.) in^A^^r.a 
 
 C&Acns, Lat. (fta-dgns.J j- cadence. 
 
 Cadenz, Oer. (ka-dSnts.^ I A cadence; an or- 
 
 Cad^nza, It. (ka-eZan-tsa.) \ namental passage in- 
 troduced near the close of a song or solo either 
 by the composer or extemporaneously by the per- 
 former. 
 
 Cadenza d'ing^nno. It. (ka,-dan-\,B& dsn-gan- 
 no.) An interrupted or deceptive cadence. 
 
 Cadenza florlta. It. (ka-t?S»-tsa ffi-O-rS-ta.) An 
 ornate, fiorid cadence with graces and embellish- 
 m'ents. 
 
 Cadenza sfiiggita, It. (kSrdara-tsa sfoog-ghe- 
 taO An avoided or broken cadence. 
 
 Cadenza sosp^sa, It. (ka-c2£»-tsa s6s-pd-z&.) A 
 suspended cadence. 
 
 Cftsvaec:, Fr. (sS-sflr.) 1 1. A pause in verse, 
 
 Cesura, It. (tshS-soo-ra.) ^so introduced as to 
 
 Cesnra, Lat. (sB-sfl-ra.) ) aid the recital and 
 make the versification more melodious. 3. A 
 break or section in rhythm. 3. The rhythmic 
 termination of any passage consisting of more 
 than one musical foot. 4. The last accented note 
 of a phrase, section or period. 
 
 Csesnral, Lat. (sS-sfl-ral.) Kelating to the cesura 
 or to the pause in the voice. 
 
 Cahier de chant, Fr. (ka-I-5 diih shSnh.) A 
 singing-hook. 
 
 Cahier de musiqne, Fr. (ka-l-a diih mii-zSk.) 
 A music book. 
 
 Caisse, Fr, (kSss.) A drum. 
 
l>E0N0TTSr01]S-G MtrSIOAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 37 
 
 B ale, & add, a, arm, S eve, S end, I ice, 1 ill, old, S odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, xL but, tt French sound. 
 
 CMS 
 
 Caisse ronlante, Fr. (ksss roo-Unht.) The 
 
 ~~ Bide drum, the body being of wood and rather 
 long. 
 
 Caisses clatres, Fr. (ksss klSi'.) The drums. 
 
 Cal. An abbreviation of Calando. 
 
 Calamist. (ia^it-mist.) A piper; one who plays 
 on a pipe or a fife. 
 
 Calamo, Spa. (k!i-2a-mO.) A kind of flute. 
 
 Calamus pastoralis, Lat. (kS-^a-miis pSs-tO- 
 j'a-lis.) A reed or pipe used by shepherds. 
 
 Caland, /*. QsS.-lartd.) I Gradually diminish- 
 
 Cal&ndo, It. (ka-Jan-dO.) j ing the tone and re- 
 tarding the time ; becoming softer and slower by 
 degrees. 
 
 Calfindo nella forza. Qs&-lan-6.a nfil-IS fiSr- 
 tsa.) A decrease In the power or strength of a 
 tone. 
 
 Cal&ndo nel tempo e nella forza, (kfi- 
 Idn-AO nH tSm-pO a nal-ia fOr-tsa.) Diminishing 
 both the strength and time of a movement. 
 
 Calascione, It. (Idl-la-she-i^-nS.) A species of 
 guitar. 
 
 Calathnmpian mnsic. A discordant combi- 
 nation of sounds. A low and grotesque perform- 
 ance upon instruments unmusical and out of 
 tune. 
 
 Cal&ta, It. (kSr/o-ta.) An Italian dance In %-i 
 time. 
 
 Calc&ndo, It. (kal-£an-dO.) Pressing forward 
 and hurrying the time. 
 
 Calcant, Oer. (kai-kant.) The bellows treader, 
 in old German organs. 
 
 Call. The beat of a drum. 
 
 Call, adjutant's. A dmm beat directing the 
 band and fleld music to take the right of the line. 
 
 Calliope, (kSl-^S-O-pS.) In pagan mythology the 
 muse that presided over eloquence and heroic 
 poetry. 2. An instmment formed of metal pipes, 
 with keys like an organ ; they are placed on steam 
 engines sometimes, and the tones arc produced by 
 currents of steam Instead of air. 
 
 C&lma, It. (£a2-ma.) 
 
 Calmfite, ' 
 
 Calm&to, ... ^ , 
 
 Calo. An abbreviation Of Calando. 
 
 CaKSre, It. (ka-2o-rg.) Warmth, animation. 
 
 Calordso, It. (kai-o-r5-zo.) Very much anima- 
 tion and warmth. 
 
 Calumean, (*ai-&-mO.) A reed or pipe. 
 
 Cambaleo, Spa. (kam-Ja-16-o.) A company of 
 comedians among the ancients, consisting of five 
 men and five women. 
 
 Cambi&re, It. (kSm-bS-o-rS.) To change, to 
 
 Camena, Lat. (ka-mS-na.) 1 m^ 
 
 Camoena,Xa^ (kS-mo-nS.) f J-lemuse. 
 
 C&mera, It. (ka-mfi-rS,.) Chamber; a term ap- 
 plied to music composed for private performance 
 or small concerts. 
 
 C&mera mnsica. It. (ka-mg-ra moo-zS-ka.) 
 Chamber music. 
 
 Camtnfindo, /<.. (ka-mS-rean-dO.) Plowing, with 
 easy and gentle progression. 
 
 Camp&na, It. (kam^o-na.) A bell. 
 
 Campanada, Spa. (kSm-pa-no-da.) Sound of a 
 bell. 
 
 B, It. (kal-mffi-tO.)J ^^l repose. 
 
 A little bell. 
 
 CANC 
 
 Campana de rebato. Spa. (k&ia-pd-'a& dS rS- 
 
 bSrta.) An alarm bell. 
 Campana fnnebrio, Lat. (k£m-7?a-na ftl-na- 
 
 bri-0.) A funeral bell. 
 Campan<iJo, It. (kam-pa-nayO.) AbelLringer; 
 
 a bell founder; a performer upon the eampanltta. 
 Campanario, Spa. (Icam-pa-no-ri-O.) A belfry; 
 
 a place where bells are rung. 
 Campanamm, Lat. (klm-pa-n£-r&m.) Clock 
 
 chimes. 
 Campanamm concentus, Lat. (kam-pa-na- 
 
 riim kOn-««n-t1is.) 
 Campanamm modnlatlo, Lat. (kilm-pa-na- 
 
 rilm raOd-fl-W-shI-8.) Einging of bells or chimes ; 
 
 chiming of bells. 
 Campanamm pulsator, Lat. (kam-pa-na- 
 
 riim pfil-sa-tOr.) 
 
 A ringer of bells. 
 Campan^lla, It. (kam-pa-na^-ia.) 
 Campan^llo, It. (kam-pa-na2-10.) 
 CampanelUno, It. (kam-pa-n£l-2s-nO.) A very 
 
 little bell. 
 Campaneo, Spa. (kam-j^a-ng-s.) Chiming, bell 
 
 ringing. 
 Campanero, Spa. (kam-pa-nS-rO.) A bell 
 
 ringer. 
 Campaneta, Spa. (kam-pa-n^ta.) A small hell. 
 Campan^tta, It. (kSm-pa-noi-ta.) A set of bells 
 
 tuned diatonically, and played with keys like a 
 
 pianoforte. 
 Campanile, It. (kam-pS^nS-lg.) A bellVy. 
 Campanula, Spa. (kam-pa-nS^yS.) A small 
 
 bell. 
 Campanillazo, Spa. (kam-pa-nel-ya-tho). A 
 
 violent ringing of bells. 
 Campan^sta, It. (kam-pa-»&-ta.) A player 
 
 upon the campanetta. 
 Cdmpanolosist. (k£m-pa-nj/-0-jIst.) A bell 
 
 ringer. 
 Campanology. (k2m-pa-ni!i-0-gy.) The art of 
 
 ringing bells. 
 Campandne, It. (kam-pa-nd-nS.) A great bell. 
 Campanula sacra, Lat. (kam-pa-?ifl-ia sa-kra.) 
 
 A saint^s bell. 
 Can, Wei. (kan.) A song. 
 Cana, Arm. (ka-na.) To sing. 
 Canarder, Fr. (ka-nar-c?5.) To imitate the 
 
 tones of a duck. 
 Canarie, Fr. (kS-na-rZ.) ) An old dance, in 
 Canaries. Eng. QiSrnarTSB.) J-lively 3-8 or 6-8, 
 Canftrio, It. (ka-TCO-re-O.) (and sometimes 
 
 12-^ time of two strains. It derives its name 
 
 from the Canary Islands, fl'om whence it is sup- 
 posed to have come. 
 Cancelling sign. A natural, (U) employed to 
 
 remove the efifecFof a previous flat or sharp. 
 Cancion, 5i?a. (kan-the-d».) A song; words set 
 
 to music. 
 CancioncUla, Spa. (kan-th5-0n-^A^^yS.) A 
 
 canzont; a little song. 
 Cancion^ro, Spa. (kan-thS-O-no-rO.) A book of 
 
 songs. 
 Cancionista, Spa. (kSn-thS-O-nSe-ta.) A singer 
 
 of songs ; a song writer. 
 Cancrlzans, If. (kan-^rS-tsans.) ) Betrograde 
 Cancrizante, It. (kan-krS-teon-te.) ) movement; 
 
 going backward. 
 
38 
 
 PEOHOTTNOING MtTSIOAL DIOTIOKAEY. 
 
 i ale, a add, S, arm, S eve, 8 end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 lute, tt but, 1i Prench sound. 
 
 CAND 
 
 Candamo, Spa. (kan-dij-mo.) Aa ancient rtldtic 
 dance. 
 
 Canere, Lat. (fe?n-S-r6.) To sing ; to play upon 
 an instrument. 
 
 Canere ad. tlblam, Lat. (^an-g-rg £d 2«M-Sm.) 
 To sing to the pipe. 
 
 Canere receptul, Lat. (*ara-5-rS i-S-sep-tfl-g.) To 
 sound a retreat. 
 
 Canere tibi&, Lat. (Ha-8-rS ii6-i-a.) To play 
 upon pipes. 
 
 Canevas, Fr. (Mn-g-t'a.) Unconnected words 
 set to music, i. The rough sketch or draft of a 
 song, Indicating the measure ot the verses re- 
 quired. 
 
 Can-can. (kSn-tSn.) A vulgar kind of dance. 
 
 Candora. A species oi Spanish guitar. 
 
 Cangi&re, /2. (kan-je-a-rg.) To change, to alter. 
 
 C&itna. It. (*an-na.) A reed or pipe. 
 
 Cdiina d' (Srg&no, It. ikan-n& d'Sr-^^-nO.) The 
 pipe of an organ. 
 
 Cannien, Arm. (kan-nSn.) To chant. 
 
 Cannon. The portion of a bell by which it is 
 puspended. 
 
 Cmnon drum. The tom-tom used by the na- 
 tives of the East Indies. 
 
 Cano, Lat. (ia-no.) To produce melodious artis- 
 tic sounds; to sing, to play. 
 
 Canon. (Mn-On ) In ancient music, a rule or 
 method for determining the intervals of notes. 
 2. In modern music, a kind of perpetual fugue, in 
 which the diflferent parts, beginning one after an- 
 other, repeat incessantly the same air. 
 
 Cdnone, It. (*a-nO-ng.) I . .._„_ 
 
 Candnlco, It. (ka-nfe-5-kO.) f .-*• <=a°<"i- 
 
 C&none al sosptro. It. (fta-nO-ng ai s5s-pS-rO.) 
 A canon vphose different parts commence at the 
 distance of a crochet rest from each other. 
 
 C&none ap^rto. It. (M.nO-iig a^pdr-to.) An open 
 canon ; a canon of which the solution or develop- 
 ment is given. 
 
 Cdnone chiilso. It. (ia-nO-ng kg-oo-zO.) A close 
 or hidden canon, the solution or development of 
 which must be discovered; also an enigmatical 
 canon. 
 
 C&none in corpo, It. (Aa-no-ng gn-Wr-pO.) A 
 l)ertetual fugue. 
 
 C&none partito, Lat. (*a-nO-ng par-tl-to.) A 
 perpetual fugue, in which all the parts are writ- 
 ten in partitions or different lines, or in separate 
 parts, with the proper pauses which each is to ob- 
 serve. 
 
 Canoneria, Spa. (kan-o-raS-rl-a.) All the pipes 
 in an organ. 
 
 Cdnone scidlto. It. (M-nO-ng shE-aZ-tO.) A 
 free canon , not m the strict style. 
 
 Canon, free. A canon not in strict conformity 
 to the rules , the melody of the first part not being 
 followed throughout. 
 
 Ciinon, Jiarmonical. The monochord. 
 
 Canon, hidden. A close canon. See Canone 
 Chiuco. 
 
 Canonical mass. A mass in which the differ- 
 ent parts of the musical service are in strict can- 
 onical order. 
 
 Canon, Inlinite. A canon, the end of which 
 leads to the beginning; a perpetual fugue. 
 
 CANT 
 
 Canon perpetans, Lat. (SSn-iSn pgr-pgt-il-us.) 
 See canon, infinite. 
 
 Canon, mixed. A canon of several voices, be- 
 ginning at different intervals. 
 
 Canon, strict. A canon in which the rules of 
 this form of composition are strictly followed. 
 
 SSSSI^S' »'■■ ^a ;f rA\ I Musical, tuneful, 
 
 CanOro, It. (ka-reo-rO.) rhnrmnnions 
 
 Canorus, Lat. (kfirTCa-rils.) j harmomous. 
 
 Canos o canones del organo. Spa. (Jcd- 
 nSs kS-rao-ngs dgl Or-yo-nO.) Tubes or pipes ol 
 an organ. 
 
 Cant. An abbreviation of canto and cantate. 
 
 Cantab. An abbreviation of cantabile. 
 
 Cant&blle, It. (kan-<a-bg-18.) That can be sung ; 
 in a melodious, singing and graceful style, full of 
 expression. 
 
 Cantdbile ad libitum. It. (kan-^a-bg-lg ad Ig- 
 bg-tiim.) In singing style, at pleasure. 
 
 Cant&bile con molto portamento. It. 
 ^kan-<ffl-bg-lg IcOn mSl-tO pOr-ta-man-tO.) In sing- 
 ing style, with a great deal ot portamento ; in a 
 melomons style, with embellishments at pleasure, 
 but few and well chosen. 
 
 Cantable, Spa. (kan-iffl-blg.) Tunable, harmoni- 
 ous, musical. 
 
 Cantacchi&re, It. (kan-tak-kg-o-rg.) To sing 
 often and badly ; to hum. 
 
 Cantada, Spa. (kan-fo-da.) A cantata. 
 
 Cantadonr, Fr. (kanh-ta-tfoor'.) A singer oi 
 songs and ballads in the tenth and following cen- 
 
 Cantafigra, It. (kan-ta-/a-rS.) The air, the 
 melody. See Cantilena. 
 
 Cantajudlo, It. (kan-ta-yoo-a-10.) - 1 A streei 
 
 Cantamb&nca, It. (kan-tam-Aan-ka.) j singer ; 
 an itinerant musician ; a contemptuous name for 
 a singer. 
 
 Cantam€nto, It. (kan-ta-man-to.) Tune, air. 
 
 Cant&ndo, It. (kan-^an-do.) In a melodious, 
 singing style. 
 
 Cantans, Lat. (k^n-tans.) Singing. 
 
 Cantdnte, It. (kan-^an-tg.) A singer; also a 
 part intended for the voice. 
 
 Cantfinte ariose. It. <kan-2an-tg a-rg-d-zg.) A 
 species of melody which, by its frequent changes 
 of measure and conversational style, first served 
 to mark the distinction between air and recita- 
 tive. 
 
 Cantar, Spa. (kan-(a>.) To sing, or to chant. 
 
 Cantar a la almohadilla. Spa. (k&n-tdr & \& 
 d7-mO-a-(ig^ya.) To sing alone, andwithout being 
 accompanied by instruments. 
 
 Cantarclco, Spa. (kan-tar-<AS-ko.) I A little 
 
 Cantarelllo, Spa. (kan-tar-<A?Z-yO.) f song. 
 
 Cantfire, It. (kan <a-rg.) To sing, to celebrate, 
 to praise. 
 
 Cant&re a drla. It. (kan-<o-rg a a^fS-a.) To 
 sing without confining one's self strictly to the 
 music as written. 
 
 Cant&re a llbro, It. (kan-tSrrg a IS-brO.) To 
 sing from notes. 
 
 Cantfire a or^ccMo, It. (kan-ta-rg a O^at-TsS- 
 o.) To sing by ear, without a knowledge of mu- 
 sical notation ; singing by rote. 
 
 Cantfire di manlera. It. (kan-ta-rS de marue- 
 
PEOKOUNCING MrSICAL DICTIOKAET. 
 
 39 
 
 S ale, S, add, S, arm, B ei>e, B end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, (io«e, oo moon, a fate, 1i 6«i, 11 French sound. 
 
 CANT 
 
 3-r5.) To sing In a correct style, with gi'ace and 
 expresBion. 
 
 Cantfire manier^ta. It. (kS,n-tSrr& mil-nS-S- 
 ra-ta.) To eing with too many embellishments, 
 without taste oi ladgment. 
 
 Gantarin, Spa. (kan-tS-rSn.) One who is con- 
 stantly singing. 
 
 Cantaiina, Spa. (kan-ta-rS-na.) A woman who 
 sings in pablic. 
 
 Cantfita, IC (kan-ia-ta.) 1 A poem set to mu- 
 
 Cantate, i'V. (kanh-<a^) Vsic; avocalcomposi- 
 Cantate, Ger. (kSn-^tg.) } tion of several move- 
 
 inents, comprising airs and recitatSves ; a short ora- 
 torio or operetta without action. 
 
 Cant&ta amorose, It. (kan-^o-tS a-mO-7'^-zg.) 
 A cantata having love for its subject. 
 
 Cantdita morali o spiritnali. It. (kan-to-ta 
 mo-m-ls 8p6-re-too-a-le.) A cantata designed 
 for the church. 
 
 Cantatf Ua, It. (kan-ta-tSMa.) 1 A short canta^ 
 
 Cantatille, F'r. (k&nh-tSrtU.) > ta; an air pre- 
 
 Cantatfna, It. (kan-ta-2g-na.) ) ceded by a reci- 
 tative. 
 
 Cantator, Lat. (kSn-<a-tOr.) A singer, a chanter. 
 
 Cantatdre, It. (kSn-ta-io-rS.) A male singer. 
 
 Cantatoriuin, Lat. (kan-ta-W-ri-um.) The book 
 from which th ' priests in the Boman Catholic 
 service chant or recite the responses. 
 
 Cantatrfce, It. (kan-ta-<?'S-tshg.) A female 
 singer. 
 
 Cantratlce bnffa, It. (kan-ta-irS-tshS 6oo/-fa.) 
 
 CantatTtx, Zat. (kan-^a-trlz.) A female singer; 
 a woman who sings in comic opera. 
 
 Cantazzare, It. (kan-tat-zS-rg.) To sing badly. 
 
 Cantellerdndo, It. (kan-tai-I£-ran-dO.) Sing- 
 ing with a subdued voice ; murmuring, trilling. 
 
 Canterelldre, It. (kan-ta-rSl-ia-rg.) To chant 
 or sing. 
 
 Cantenno, It. (kan-tg-rS-nO.) A singer; a 
 chanter. 
 
 C&ntica, It. (kan-tS-ka.) 
 
 Canticse, Lat. (kdn-tl-BB.) 
 
 Cfintici, It, pi. (kan-tg-tshS.) 
 
 Cantico, Spa. (kan-^S-kO.) 
 Catholic church. 
 
 C&nti cafnasclal^selii. It. 
 tshe-a-ias-kg.) 
 
 Cdnti cliamev&Il, It. (harirte kar-nS-«a-lS.) 
 Songs of the carnival week. 
 
 Canticclil&re, It. (kan-tS-kS-a-rS.) To sing; 
 to hum. 
 
 Canticio, Sp. (kan-t?-thI-o.) Constant or fre- 
 quent singing. 
 
 Canticle. A sacred hymn or song. 3. A canto, 
 a division of a song. 
 
 Cantico, It. (fcan-ts-ko.) I . . „_».„,„ 
 
 Canticum, Lat. (ioVfrkfim.) \ ^ canticle. 
 
 Cantisa, Spa. (kan-<5-ga.) To chant, to sing. 
 
 Cantillate. (ton-tll-late.) To chant, to recite 
 with musical tones. 
 
 CantlUatlon. A chanting, a recitation with mu- 
 sical modulations. 
 
 Cantillatlo, Lat. (kan-tn-?o-shl-o.) A singing 
 style of declamation. 
 
 Cantilena, It. (kan-ti-?S-na.) The melody, air 
 or principal part In any composition; generally 
 the highest vocal part. 
 
 Canticles; the 
 ancient 2(2 u fie, 
 or sacred songs 
 of the Boman 
 
 (kan-tS car-nSs- 
 
 CANT 
 
 Cantilenaccia, It. (kan-te-lg-ria^tshe-a.) A bad 
 
 song. 
 Cannlenfire, It. (kSn-ts-lS-ria-rg.) To sing 
 
 little songs ; a term of contempt. 
 Cantilena scdtica. It. (k&a-ti-la-nH skS-tS-TiS..) 
 
 A Scotch air or tune. 
 Cantllene, It. (kan-te-ZS-ng.) A cantilena. 
 Cantlna, Spa. (kan-<?-na.) A vulgar song. 
 Cantinela, Spa. (kan-te-no-ia ) A ballad. 
 Cantfnu, It. (kan-23-nO.) The smallest string of 
 
 the violin, guitar, etc. 
 Cantio, Lat. (ian-tI-0.) A song. 
 Cantlon. A song or number of verses. 
 Cantiones sacrse, Lat. (kan-shi-^-ngs so-kra.) 
 
 Sacred songs. 
 Cantlqne, Fr. (kanh-M.) A canticle or hymn 
 
 of praise. 
 Cantique des Cantiqnes. Fr. (kMnh-iSk dg 
 
 kanh-?gA:.) Solomon^s Song. 
 Cantlimcnla, Lai. (kSn-ti-un-ku-ia.) A ballad, 
 
 a catch. 
 C&nto, It. (kdn-ta.) Song, air, melody, the 
 
 highest vocal part in choral music. 2. A part or 
 
 division of a poem. 
 C&nto armonico, It. (kdn-tn ar-ma-ng-ko.) A 
 
 part-song for two, three or more voices. 
 C&nto clef. The C clef when placed on the 
 
 first line. 
 Cfinto concertante, It. (kdn^to kBn-tshar-iara- 
 
 tg.) The treble of the principal concerting parts. 
 C&nto cromfitlco. It. {kdn-to krO-ma-tg-kO.) 
 
 Singing in semitones. 
 Cfinto f^mio, /(. (kdn-Ui j^r-mO.) A chant 
 
 or melody. 2. Choral stnging in unison on a plain 
 
 melody. 3. Any subject consisting of a few long 
 
 plain notes, given as a theme for counterpoint. 
 Cfinto fl^orfito. It. {kan-to fe-gdo-ra-to.) A 
 
 figured melody. 
 Cfinto floritto. It. (kdn-to IS-O-rlt-a.) A 
 
 song in which many ornaments are introduced. 
 Cfinto fnm£bre, It. (JednrtO foo-ma-brE.) A 
 
 funeral song. 
 Cfinto Crejgorifino./^. (.kdn-tO grg-go-rg-o-no.) 
 
 The Gregorian chant. 
 Cfinto iffino. Spa. (kdn-to lya-nO.) ) The plain 
 Cfinto plfino, It. {kdrir-W pia-no.) f chant or 
 
 song. 
 Cfintc necessfirlo, It. (kan-to na-tshgs-sa-rg-o.) 
 
 A term indicating those parts that are to sing 
 
 through the whole piece. ' 
 
 Cfinto prfmo. It. (ian.-tO prg-mo.) The first 
 
 treble or soprano. 
 Cantdr, It. (kan-^dr.) A singer, a chanter. 
 Cantor, Lat. (ian-tOr.) I 
 
 Cantor choTalls, Lat. (kdn-tUt ko-j-a-lis..) ( 
 
 A precentor; a leader of the choir. 
 Cantorate, It. (kan-to-ra-tg.) A leading singer 
 
 of a choir. 
 Cantorcillo, Spa. (kan-tOr-tt?Z-yO.) A poor, 
 
 worthless singer. 
 CantlSre, It. (kan-tO-rg.) A singer, a chanter, 
 
 a poet. 
 Cfinto recltatfvo. It. (kan-to ra-tshg-ta-iJ-vO.) 
 
 Eecitative, declamatory singing. 
 Cantoria, It. (kSn-W-rg-a.) I A singing galla 
 Cantorla, Spa. {k&a-tS-iS-&,) ) ly, a muslcalcan 
 
 to, singing. 
 
40 
 
 PRONOtTNCING MUSICAL DIOTIONAEY. 
 
 5 ale, & add, S arm, B eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, dove, oo moon, 11 lute, li 6m<, 1i French sound. 
 
 CANT 
 
 Cantorei, Ger, (kSn-tO-?^.) The dwelling-liouBe 
 of thtj cantor. 2, A class of tlie clioristerB in the 
 public school. 
 
 Caiitoren, Qer. (Mn-iS-r'n.) Chanters, a choir 
 of yin^ore. 
 
 Cantor fl^uralis, Lat. {kdn-V&t fig-u-ra-lis.) 
 Oratorio singer, conductor of the choir. 
 
 Cantor iu clioro, Lat. {kan-\lC>r in ^o-rS.) A 
 chorister. 
 
 Canto ripieno, /*. (iare-to re-pS-o-nO.) The 
 treble of tne grand chorus; the part that sings or 
 plays only in the grand chorus. 
 
 Cantoris, Lat. ^fin-^5-ris.) A term used in ca- 
 thedral music to indicate the passages intended 
 to be sung by those singers who are placed on 
 that side of the choir where the cantor or precen- 
 tor sits. This is usually on the left hand side on 
 entering the choir from the nave. 
 
 C&nto rivoltato, It. (Am-tO rS-vOWa-tO.) The 
 treble changed. 
 
 Cfinto secondo, It. (Jare-tO 68-*a»-dO.) The 
 second treble. 
 
 Cd.)ito simplice, It. (iare-to sSm-^^S-tshS.) A 
 plain song. 
 . Cantrice, It. (kau-irS-tshS.) I A female singer, 
 
 Cantrix, Lat. (k&n-trtx..) ) a songstress. 
 
 Canturia, Spa. (kan-ioo-ri-a.) Musical compo- 
 sition, method of performing music, vocal music. 
 
 CantUB, Zaj. {JednAtiB.) Asong, a melody; also, 
 the treble or soprano part. 
 
 Cantus ambrosianns, Lat. (han-tua Sm-brO- 
 si-o-niis.) The four chants or melodies, intro- 
 duced into the church by St. Ambrose, Bishop of 
 Milan, in the fourth centurj^, and which are sup- 
 posed to be derived from ancient Greek melodies. 
 
 Cantus dnrns, Lat. (^n-tiis dH-raa.) A song 
 written in a major key. 
 
 Cantus ecclesiasticus, Xaj. (Hn-tiis £k-klS- 
 si-as-ti-kfls.) Sacred song; ecclesiastical or 
 church music. 
 
 Cantus figuratns, Lat. (kan-tXiB f Ig-tl-ro-tiis.) 
 Embellished or figurative chants or melodies. 
 
 Cantus flrmns, Lat. (ian-tfls fir-mis.) The 
 plain song or chant. Bq^ canto fermo. 
 
 Cantus Gregorianus, Lat. (kdn^tXia GrS-gO- 
 ri-a-nus.) Those four chants or melodies intro- 
 duced into the church by St. Gregory and which 
 with the Ambrosian chants, formed a series of 
 eight modes or tones as they were called. 
 
 Cantus mensurabilis, Lat. Ucdn^iXm mgn- 
 siSr-a-bi-lis.) A regular or measured melody. 
 
 Cantus mollis, Lat. (kan-XAa-mlil-'Sa.) Asong 
 written in the minor key. 
 
 Canu, Wei. (ka-noo.) To sing. 
 
 Canum, Tur. (ka-num.) A Turkish musical in- 
 strument on which the ladies play. 
 
 Canzdna, It. (kan-teg-nfi.) I Song, ballad, can- 
 
 Canzdne, It. (kan-i«o-ng.) j zonet. 2. A graceful 
 and somewhat elaborate air iu two or three strains 
 or divisions. 3. An air in two or three parts with 
 passages of fugue and imitation, somewhat sim- 
 ilar to the madrigal. 
 
 Canzon&ccea, It. (k£n-tsO-na£-tshS-a.) A low, 
 trivial song, a poor canzone. 
 
 Canzoncfna, li. 'k£n-tsSn-fsA2-na.) Ashortcan- 
 sine or song. 
 
 CAPR 
 
 Canzdne s&cra. It. (kan-isS-nS so-krS.) A 
 
 sacred song. 
 Canzonet, A short sohg iu one, two or three 
 
 parts. 
 Canzonn^tta, It. (kSn-isiS-noi-ta.) A short can- 
 zone. 
 Canzoni, It. (kan-<s5-nB.) A sonata ; in connec- 
 tion with a passage of music it has the same 
 meaning as allegro. 
 Canzoni^re, It. (kSn-tsO-nS-a-rS.) A song book. 
 Canzonlna, It. (kan-tsO-m8-na.) i A can^ 
 
 Canzonuccla, It. (kan-tsO-jiooi-tshS-a.) ( zonet ; 
 
 a little song. 
 Caoinan, Iri. An ancient Irish requiem. 
 Capelle, Ger. (ka-p^WS.) A chapel, a musical 
 
 band. 
 Capell-meister, Ger. (Jo-pSl-mls-tSr.)- The di- 
 rector, composer ormaster of the music in a choir. 
 Capilla, Spa. (ka-^5i-ya.) A band of chapel mu- 
 sicians. 
 Capiscol, Spa. (ka-pEs-ftSZ.) I The chanter 
 Capiscolus, Lat. (ka-pis-A5-liis.) f or precentor 
 
 of a choir. 
 Capistrnm, Ger. (ka-pls-iroom.) An implement 
 used by the ancient trumpeters, to relieve the 
 strain on their cheeks. It was almost universally 
 ■ used. 
 
 Capitular, Spa. (ka-pSt-oo-Zdr.) To sing pray- 
 ers at service. 
 Capitnlario, Spa. (ka-p6t-oo-Za-rI-o.) A book 
 
 or prayers. 
 Capo, It. (*a-pO.) The head or beginning ; the 
 
 top. 
 Capodastro, It. (ka-pO-dos-trO.) See Capotfisto. 
 C&po d' tnestrnmenti, It. (kd-po d' Sn-Ss- 
 stroo-mffl?i-tS.) The leader or director of the instru- 
 mental performers. 
 C&po d' opera, It. (ha-vO d' o-pS-ra.) The 
 
 masterpiece of a composer. 
 Cfipo d" orchestra. It. (io-pO d' Br-Ms-tra.) 
 
 The leader of the orchestra. 
 Capona, Spa. (ka-;»d-na.) A Spanish dance. 
 Capotdsto, It. (ka-p8-«B«-tO.) The nut or upper 
 part of the flngerboard of a violin, violincello, etc. 
 8. A small instrument used by guitar players to 
 form a temporary nut upon the finger board, to 
 produce certain effects. 
 Capo viollno. It. (ka-pO vg-O-iS-nO.) The first 
 violin. 
 
 ana, It. (kap^SMa.) a chapel or church, 
 band of musicians that sing or play in a 
 church. 
 Capp^lla alia. It. (k&p-pdl-lS, al-ia.) In the 
 
 the church style. 
 Capp^Ua mnislca. It. (kap-^aWa moo-zS-ka.) 
 
 Chapel or church music. 
 Capricci^tto, It. (ka-pret-shs-d<-tn.) A short 
 
 capriccio. 
 Caprfccio, It. {k&-prSt-Bhs-D.) A fanciful and 
 irregular species of composition; a species of 
 fantasia ; in a capricious and free style. 
 Capricciosam^nte, It. (ka-pret-shg-o-za-ma7>- 
 
 te!) Capriciously. 
 CapriccKSso, It. (ka-prSt-shS-o-zO. In a fanci- 
 ful and capricious style. 
 Capricci, It. (kS-p?'Z<-shS.) 1 A caprice. See Ca- 
 Cagwice, ffr, Q^-prls.) fpriccio. 
 
PROKOUNCIITG MUSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 41 
 
 i ale, & add, & arm, S eiie, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H 2u^e, ti Aii^ u French sound. 
 
 CAPR 
 
 Caprice. A whimsical, fanciful style of compo- 
 sition. See Capriccio. 
 
 Capricho, Spa. (kfi-ijrS-kO.) A caprice. 
 
 Capriciensemeut, Fr. (k&-pi'e-8t2«-m&nh.) Ca- 
 priciously. 
 
 Capricieux, Fr. (kS-prS-sii.) In a fanciful and 
 capricious style. 
 
 Car. It. (kSr.) An abbreviation of Carta. 
 
 Caracteres de musiqae, Fr. Qs&T-Bc-tar 
 diih mU-zek.) A term applied to musical signs ; 
 all the marks or symbols belonging to musical 
 notation. 
 
 Caramillar, Spa. (kar-a-mel-yar.) To play on 
 a flageolet. 
 
 CaramiUo, Spa. (kar-a-»iS2-yO.) A flageolet, a 
 small flute. 
 
 Car&ttere, It. (ka-rS-ta-rE.) Character, quality, 
 degree. 
 
 Car&ttere, mezzo. It. (karra<-t5-rg mSt-sO.) A 
 term applied to music of moderate difficulty. 
 
 Caressant, Fr. (ka-r6s-sareA.) Caressing, ten- 
 derly. 
 
 Carezzdndo, It. (ka-rEt-i«an-dO. 1 In acares- 
 
 Carezov(Sle, It. (kiUrat-sB-tJS-lS.) (sing and 
 tender manner. 
 
 Caricfito, It. (ka-re-*a-tO.) JBzaggerated, cari- 
 cature. 
 
 Caricatnra, It. (k&-re-'kSrtoo-t&.) A caricature, 
 an exaggerated representation. 
 
 Carillon, Fr. (ka-rS-yOnh.) Chime. See Caril- 
 lons. 
 
 Carillon a clavier, Fr. (k£-re-ySnh S, kliv-I-S.) 
 A set of keys and pedals acting upon the bells. 
 
 Carillonement, Fr, (kS-re-yonh-manh.) Chim- 
 ing. 
 
 Canllonner, Fr. (kS-rE-yO-««.) To chime or 
 ring bells. 
 
 Canllonneur, Fr. (kS-rS-yo-nii?'.) A player or 
 ringer of bells or carillons. 
 
 Carillons, Fr.pl. (kS-rg-yfeft.) Chimes; a peal 
 or set of bells, upon which tunes are played by 
 the machinery of a clock, or by means of keys, 
 like those of a pianoforte. 2. Short simple airs 
 adapted to such bells. 3. A mixture stop in an 
 organ, to imitate a peal of bells. 
 
 Cantsi, /*• (kS-j-J-tfi.) Tenderness, feeling. 
 
 Carita, con. It. (ka-r?-ta kBn.) With tenderness. 
 
 Carmen, Ger. (mr-mSn.) I A tune, a song, a 
 
 Carmen, Lot. (*ar-m6n.) ( poem. 
 
 Carmen natalitinm, Lat. (^r-mgn na-ta-2S- 
 shi-ttm.) A carol. 
 
 Carol. A song. 2. A song of joy and exultation, 
 a song of devotion. 3. Old ballads sung at Christ- 
 mas and Easter. 
 
 Cardla,' It. (k&-rSAS,.) A ballad, a dance with 
 singing. 
 
 Carolare, It. (karrO-to-r6.) To smg in a warb- 
 ling manner, to carol. 
 
 Carol^tta, It (ka-rO-/ffi<-ta.) A little dance. 
 
 Caroli, Wei. (ka-rO-lS.) To carol. 
 
 Carolle, Fr. (ka-rdl.) A carol. 
 
 Carracca, Spa. (kSr-rfflS-ka.) A rattle. 
 
 Carracon, Spa. (kar-ra-Mra.) A large rattle. 
 
 Carrore des phrases, Fr. (kar-riir dS b&z.) 
 The quadrature or balancing of the phrases. 
 
 Cart. It. An abbreviation of Carta. 
 
 Carta, It. (kar-ta.) A page, a folio. 
 
 Snappers ; 
 
 castanets, 
 
 used in 
 
 dancing. 
 
 CAVA 
 
 Cartel, Fr. (kar-tSl^ The first sketch of a 
 composition, or of a full score. (Obsolete.) 
 
 CartelltSne, It. (kar-tei-2S-ne.) A large play 
 bill ; the printed catalogue of operas to be per- 
 formed during the season. 
 
 Carrol, Wei. A carol, a ballad. 
 
 Cascaltel-ada, Spa. (kas-kii-bS-^a-da.) A jing- 
 ling of small bells. 
 
 Case, .organ. The frame or outside of an organ. 
 
 C&ssa, It. (Ms-sa.) Chest or box. 
 
 C&ssa srande. It. (Ms-sa grdn-ii.) 1 The 
 
 C&ssa militare. It. (kds-sS, mS-le-ja-rg.) j gi'eat 
 drum in military music. 
 
 Castagnet, Castanet. 
 
 Castagn^tta, It. (kas-tan-ySt-t£.) 
 
 Castagnettes, Fr. (k&s-t&uh-ylt.) 
 
 Castagnole, Spa. (kas-tan-^$-ie.) 
 
 Castan^tas, Spa. (kas-tan-ya-^'8.) 
 See Castanets. 
 
 Castanets. Snappers used to accompany danc- 
 ing; an instrument of music formed of small con- 
 cave shells of ivory, or hard wood, shaped like 
 spoons. Castanets are used by dancers in Spain 
 and other southern countries to mark the rhythm 
 of the bolero, cschuchc, etc. 
 
 Castanheta, For. (kas-tan-5-ta.) I Casta- 
 
 Castann£las,5pa. (kas-tan-yoo-g-ias.) fnets. 
 
 Castorion, Or. (kSs-^S-ri-On.) A martial melody 
 used by the Greeks just before battle. 
 
 Castr&to, It. (kas-ira-to.) A male singer with 
 a soprano voice, formerly very frequent, but now 
 seldom to be met with. 
 
 Cataconstics. (k&t-Srkoos-Wsa.) ) That part of 
 
 Cataplionics. (kat-S/i$n-Iks.) laccoustics that 
 treats of reflected sounds. 
 
 Catalectic. Pertaining to metrical composition 
 or to measure. 
 
 Catalectic Terses. Verses that want either 
 feet or syllables. 
 
 Catch. A humorous composition for three or four 
 voices, supposed to be of English invention and 
 dating back to the Tudors. The parts are so con- 
 trived, that the singers catch up each other's 
 words, thus giving them a different sense from 
 that of the original reading. 
 
 Catena dl triui. It. (kSrta-nS, de trU-lS.) A 
 chain, or succession of snakes. ' 
 
 Catgat. A small string for violins and other in- 
 struments of a similar kind, made of the intes- 
 tines of sheep and lambs, and sometimes cats. 
 
 Cath^drale. Fr. M^^ral.) K cathedral. 
 
 Cattedrdle, It. (kat-te-ara-le.) ) 
 
 Catling. A lute string. 
 
 Cattivo,7«. (kat-«-vO.) Bad, unfit. 
 
 Catti-po tempo^ It. (kat-H-vO tlm-po.) A part 
 of a measure where It is not proper to .end a ca- 
 dence, place a long syllable, etc. 
 
 Caada, Lat. (kau-da.) Coda. 
 
 Cavalletta, It. fka-vai-««-ta.^ I ^ cabalStta. 
 
 Cavalletto, It. (ka-val-«<-tO.U 
 
 Cavalauet, Fr. (kav-Sl-M.) Trumpet signal for 
 the cavalry. ' . . 
 
 Cavata, It. (kar«a-ta.) A small song, sometimes 
 preceded by a recitative ; a cavatina. 
 
 Cavatfna, It. (ka-va-ffi-na.) I An air of one 
 
 Cavatlne, J^r. (kSv-fi-Mn.) I strain only, of dra- 
 matic style sometimes preceded by a recitative. 
 
42 
 
 PEONOTTNOING MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 a ale, S add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, oW, 8 odd, 6 dow, oo moon, 11 i«<e, fl >m<, tt French sound. 
 
 CAXA 
 
 Caxa, S'jiffi. (%a»:-£.) A drum; the wooden case 
 of an organ. 
 
 Caxon, Spa. (kax-5)t.) A mould for casting or- 
 gan pipes. 
 
 C. B. Tlie initials of col iasso and contra basso. 
 
 used 
 
 Celerldad. i 
 Celerit«i,/i!. 
 C^16rit6, Fr. 
 Celeste, Fr. 
 
 V baSedf ''■ ^'"'"*"'' \ '^^ character 
 to indicate alia breve or aWct cappella time. 
 
 t! clef. The <eftO?' clef. It is called the C clef, 
 because, on whatever line it is placed, it gives to 
 the notes of that line the name and pitch of mid- 
 dle C. Is used also for Sop. and Alt. 
 
 C dnr, Ger. (tea door.) The key of C major. 
 
 Cebeli. The name of an old air in common time, 
 characterized by a quick and sudden alternation 
 of high and low notes. 
 
 Ccja, Spa. (t!a-h&.) Bridge of a violin or similar 
 instrument. 
 
 Celebrer, Fr. (sSl-lS-JfS.) To celebrate, to extol, 
 to praise. 
 
 Ceierc, It. (teAo-lS-rg.) Quick, rapid, with ve- 
 locity. 
 - ' - - - ~p2 (tb&iH-iS-ddd.) i Celerity, ve- 
 (tha-ia-rS-ta.) J-locity, rapid- 
 
 (sa-ia-rs-ta.) j ity. 
 
 (BSrlSst.) Celestial, heavenly; in 
 
 some passages it indicates the employment of 
 
 the pedal which acts on the eelestina or soft stop. 
 Ctelestial music. Among the ancients, the 
 
 harmony of sounds supposed to result fl-om the 
 
 movements of the heavenly bodies. 
 Cclestfna, It. (tsha-lgs-<§-na.) An organ stop 
 
 of small 4 feet scale, producing a very delicate 
 
 and subdued tone. 
 'C6111, It. (tshal-ie.) An abbreviation of violin- 
 
 celli. 
 'CeiUst, It. {tshcU-\ist.) An abbreviation of vi- 
 
 olincelhst. 
 'Cfillo, It. {ts/ial-lo.) An abbreviation of violin- 
 
 cSllo. 
 Cemb. An abbreviation of Cembalo. 
 Cembalista, It. (tsh8m-ba-2S2-ta.) A player on 
 
 the harpsichord; also, a player on the cymbals. 
 Cembalo, It. (teAam-bi-lO.) I A harpsichord 
 C^mbolo, /f. (teAam-bO-lO.) j ' " 
 
 a cymbal. 
 Cemban^Ua, It. (tshSm-b9rnS<-ia.) 
 Cemman^Ua. It. (tshSm— " -="^ 
 Cemban^Io, It. (tsh6m-l 
 Cennamella, It. (tshSn-na- 
 
 flageolet. 
 
 Cemmam^lla, It. (tshSm-mii-maMS,.) A cym- 
 bal. 
 Cenccrrear. Spa. (th6n-tha-rg-ar.) To play on 
 
 an untuned guitar, 
 Cencerro, Spa. (tbSn-thar-rO.) An ill tuned 
 
 guitar. 
 Cenobites. Monks of a religious order who live 
 
 in a convent and perform the services of the 
 
 choir. 
 Cento, Lat, (sSn-tO.) The title of a poem made 
 
 up of various verses of another poem ; a cento. 
 Cento. A composition formed by verses and pas- 
 sages from other authors and disposed in a new 
 
 order. 
 Centone, Lat. (sgn-W-ng.) A cento, or medley 
 
 of different tunes or melodies. 
 
 I also the name for 
 
 n-barnSWa.) ) 
 
 im-ma-w«Wd.) ( 
 
 a-ha-ndl-lO.) t 
 
 nS-miK-ia.) ; 
 
 A bag- 
 pipe, a 
 pipe, a 
 nute, a 
 
 CHAM 
 
 Cercfir d€Ua ndta. It. (tehir-kdr dat-\& nS-U.) 
 To seek or feel for the note ; a gliding from one 
 note to another, in singing, by anticipating the 
 proper time of the second note. 
 
 Cerdana, Spa. (thar-rfo-nfi.) A dance in Cata- 
 lonia. 
 
 Cerdear, Spa. (thar-dg-iir'.) To emit harsh and 
 discordant sounds. 
 
 Cervalet. An ancient wind Instrument resem- 
 bling in tone the bassoon. 
 
 Ces, Ger. (tsSs.) The note C.flat. 
 
 Ces dor, (tsgs door.) The key of G flat major. 
 
 C. Espr. An abbreviation of Con Espressione. 
 
 Cesnra. I A pause in verse introduced to aid the 
 
 Cesnre. f recital and render the versification more 
 melodious. See Caesura. 
 
 Cetera, It. (tsha-tS-A) A cittern, a guitar. 
 
 Cet£r<inte, It. (t8h5-tg-m»-tg.) A player upon 
 the cittern or guitar. 
 
 Cetertoe, It. (tsha-tg-ro-rg.) To play upon the 
 cittern or guitar. 
 
 Ceteratojo, It. (tsha-tg-rSrW-yO.) A song accom- 
 panied upon the cittern. 
 
 Ceteratdre, It. (tsha-tg-rS-iS-rg.) I A player 
 
 Ceterista, It. (tsha-tg-rSs-ta.) ) upon the cit- 
 tern or guitar. 
 
 Ceterizzare, It. (tsh5-tg-rEt-«a-rg.) To sing with 
 or play upon the cittern. 
 
 Cetra, It. (dsfta-tra.) A small harp. 
 
 Cetrarcidro, It. (tshgt-rSr-tshS-o-rO.) A harp 
 with the bow and lyre. 
 
 Cetrfire, It. (tshgt-ra-rg.) See CeterSre. 
 
 Ch. An abbreviation of choir and chorus. 
 
 Clia Chi. (ka, kg.) A Chinese instrument sim- 
 ilar to the kin, but having the chromatic scale. 
 
 Cliabatis. (ka-fto-Ha.) The name of the favorite 
 melodies snug by the Arabian singing girls. 
 
 Cbacdna, Spa. (tsha-^S-nS.) I A chac'one, a 
 
 Chaconne, i^r. (sha^kSuh.) ( graceful, alow 
 Spanish movement in S-i time, and composed 
 npon a ground bass. It is always in the major 
 key and the first and third beats of each bar are 
 strongly accented. 
 
 Cliacoon. Adancellke acaraband. See Chacma. 
 
 Cliair organ. Found In old organ music. See 
 choir organ. 
 
 Chal. An abbreviation of Chalumeau. 
 
 Chalil, Heb. (ka-2S2.) An old Hebrew instru- 
 ment similar to a pipe or flute. 
 
 Chalmey. See Chalumeau. 
 
 Chalotte. A tube of brass made to receive the 
 reed of an organ pipe. 
 
 Chalmean, Ft. (ah&l-na.) l An ancient rus- 
 
 Chalmmean, Fr. (sha-lii-m5.) f tic flute resem- 
 bling the hautboy, and blown through a calamus, 
 or reed. The term is also applied to some of the 
 low notes of the clarinet. 
 
 Chamade, Fr. (Bh&-mdd.) Beat of drum declar- 
 ing a surrender or parley. 
 
 Chamber band. A company of musicians whose 
 performances are confined to chamber music. 
 
 Chamber mnsic. Music composed for privati 
 performance or for small concerts; such as instru- 
 mental duets, trios, quartets, etc. 
 
 Chamberga, Spa. (teAam-bgr-ga.) A Spanish 
 dance accompanied by a song. 
 
PROlTOTJlirCINd^ MUSICAL DIOTIOITAEY. 
 
 43 
 
 S ale, S, add, Sk arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, oW, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl faie, u 6u<, fl French, sound. 
 
 CHAM 
 
 Chamber voice. A voice especially suited to 
 the execution of parlor music. 
 
 Changeable. A term applied to chants which 
 ma; be sung either in the major or minor mode 
 of the key or tonic in which they are written. 
 
 Change, enharmonic. A passage where the 
 notation is changed, but the same keys of the in- 
 strument are employed. 
 
 Changer de Jen, -Fr, (shSnh-zh3 diih zhii.) To 
 change the stops or registers in an organ. 
 
 Changes. The variolis alternations and different 
 passages produced by a peal of bells. 
 
 Changing notes. A term applied by some the- 
 orists to passing notes or discords, which occur on 
 the accented parts of a bar. 
 
 Chans. An abbreviation of Chanson. 
 
 Chanson, Fr. (shanb-sBnh.) A song. 
 
 Chason nachi<iue, Fr. (shanh-sonh \)Sk-ik.) 
 A drinking song. 
 
 Chanson des mes, Fr. (shanh-sSnh dS ra.) 
 A street song; a vaudeville. 
 
 Chansonner, Fr. (shah-sOnh-TiS.) To make 
 songs. 
 
 Chansonnette, Fr. (shSnh-sBnh-reei.) A little 
 or short song, or canzonet. 
 
 Chansonnler, Fr. (shSnh-siSnh-ni-a.) A maker 
 of songs or ballads. 
 
 Chansonniere, Fr. (shanh-sBnh-nl-ar.) A fe- 
 male song writer. 
 
 Chansons de geste, Fr. (shSnh-sBnh diih 
 zhSst.) The romances formerly sung by the 
 wandering minstrels of the middle ages. 
 
 Chant. A simple melody, generally harmonized 
 in four parts, to which lyrical portions of the 
 Scriptures are set, part of the words being recited 
 ad libitum, and part sung in strict time. 2. To 
 recite musically, to sing. 
 
 Chant, Fr. (shSnh.) The voice part ; a song or 
 melody, singing. 
 
 Chant, Ambrosian. The chant introduced by 
 St. Ambrose into the chnrch at Milan, in the 
 fourth century. 
 
 Chant amoorenx, Fr. (shanh S, moo-rilh.) A 
 love song, an amorous ditty. 
 
 Chantant, Fr. (shanh-tSnh. Adapted to sing- 
 ing; in a melodious and singing style. 
 
 Chantante, Fr. (shanh-tanht.) Singing. 
 
 Chantante, bass, Fr. (shanh-tanht bass.) 
 
 Chant d' allegresse, Fr. (shanh d' Sl-lS-grSs.) 
 
 A song of joy. 
 Chant d' egUse, Fr. shanh d' g-gl5z.) Church 
 
 singing. 
 Chant de noel. Fr. (shanh diih nO-al. A 
 
 Christmas carol. 
 Chant des olseaux, Fr. (shanh dS swa-zO.) 
 
 Singing of the birds. 
 Chant de triomphe, Fr. (shanh diih trs- 
 
 Bnhf.) A triumphalsong, a song of victory. 
 Chant dorian, Fr. (shanh (Za-rl-anh.) A grave 
 
 chant, with which the harp was sometimes asso- 
 
 Chant^ doable. A chant extending through 
 two verses of a psalm. 
 
 Chant dn soir, Fr. (shanh dfl swar.) Even- 
 ing chant. 
 
 Chant^e, Fr. (shan-ts.) Sung. 
 
 CHAN 
 
 Chanter. One who (^ants. 2. The pipe that 
 sounds the treble or tenor in a bagpipe. 
 
 Chanter, Fr. (shSnh-io.) To sing, to celebrate, 
 to praise. 
 
 Chanter a livre onvert, Fr. (shanh-Ca a 
 levr oo-var.) To sing at sight. 
 
 Chanter a j>leine voix, Fr. (shanh-<a ft 
 plan vwa.) To be in full voice. 
 
 Chanter, arch. The chief chanter, the leader 
 of the chants. 
 
 Chanterelle, Fr. (shanh-tS-r51.) Treble string ; 
 
 ■ the smallest string of the violin. 
 
 Chanter en choeur, Fr. (shanh-ta anh kiiv.) 
 To sing in chorus. 
 
 Chanter fiaiix, Fr. (shanh-ta fo.) To sing out 
 oi tune. 
 
 Chanterie, Fr. (shanh-tS-rS.) The chanter's 
 place. 
 
 Chanter Juste, Fr. (shanh-ta zhiist.) To sin;; 
 with correct intonation. 
 
 Chanter la note, Fr. (shanh-ta la not.) Tu 
 sing the notes, bnt without expression. 
 
 Chanterres, Fr. (shanh-t6-?'o.) The singers of 
 songs and ballads in the tenth and following ecu- 
 turies. 
 
 Chanter tonjonrs la meme antienne, Fr. 
 (shftnh-ta too-zhoor la mam anh-si-anh.) To sing 
 the same song over and over again. 
 
 Chanteur, Fr. (shanh-tflr.) A singer. 
 
 Chanteur des rues, Fr. (shanh-tur dS rU.) 
 A street singer. 
 
 Chanterie, Fr. (shanh-trE.) 1 Institutions es- 
 
 Chantry. j tablished and en- 
 
 dowed for the purpose of singing the souls of the 
 founders out of purgatory. A church or chapel 
 endowed with revenue for the purpose of saying 
 mass daily for the souls of the donors. 
 
 Chantry priests. Priests selected to sing in 
 the chantry. , 
 
 Chauteuse, i^r. (shanh-^tts.) A female vocalist. 
 
 Chant funebre, Fr. (shSnh f^-nabr.) Dirge, 
 a funeral song. 
 
 Chant, Oregorian. See Cantus Gregorianus. 
 
 Chant sux- le llvre, Fr. (shanh siir luh levr.) 
 A barbarous kind of counterpoint or descant, as 
 it was termed, performed by several voices, each 
 singing ex tempore. 
 
 Chant, lugnbre, Fr. (shanh m-giibr.) A dis- 
 mal, doleful song. 
 
 Chant, JLydlan. A melody in a sad style, sung 
 in a languid *nd melancholy manner. 
 
 Chant, monotone. A monotonous song. 
 
 Chant, Phrygian. A chant intended to excite 
 the hearers to fury and rage. 
 
 Chant, plain. A single chant, seldom extending 
 beyond the limits of an octave, or through more 
 than one verse. 
 
 Chant, Koman. The Gregorian chant. 
 
 Chant, sacre, Fr. (shanh sakr.) Sacred music. 
 
 Chant, single. A simple harmonized melody, 
 extending only through one verse of a psalm. 
 
 Chant sub Phrygian. A chant employed to 
 appease the fury excited by the Phrygian chant. 
 
 Chantonner, Fr. (shanh-t8nh-no.) To hum a 
 tune. 
 
 Chantonnerie, Fr. (shanh-tSnh-nS-rS.) Hum- 
 ming. 
 
44 
 
 PEONOtTNClNa MtTSIOAL DIOTIOlirAEY, 
 
 a ale, & add, & arm, 5 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, B odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, t but, ft French s ound. 
 
 CHAN 
 
 Chantor. A singer in a cathedral choir. 
 Chantre, -Fr. (shSntr.) 'A chorister, a chanter, 
 
 a singing boy. 
 Chanzoneta, Spa. (tshan-thO-»a-ta.) A ballad, 
 
 a little song. 
 Cbapeau chlnois, Fr. (b1i&-pS shs-nwa.) A 
 
 crescent or set of small bells used in military 
 
 music. 
 Chapel, ante. That portion of the chapel lead- 
 ing to the choir. 
 Chapelle, Fr. (eh&p-^l.) A chapel. See Cap- 
 
 paia 
 Chapter, ^r. (sha-pM. A cope bearer; a singer 
 
 in his cope. 
 Characteristic chord. The leading or princi- 
 
 £al chord. 
 aracterlstlc note. A leading note. 
 
 Characters. A general name for musical signs. 
 
 Charfreitag, Ger. (kSr/r»-tag.) Good Friday. 
 
 Chariot air. A musical air of the ancient 
 Greeks. 
 
 Charivari, Fr. (shiirri-va-rS.) Noisy music 
 made with tin dishes, horns, bells, etc. ; clatter ; 
 a mock serenade. 
 
 Charlatan, Fr. (shSr-lS-tanh.) A quack, an im- 
 postor; a superficial artist who makes great pre- 
 tensions, which are not iustifled in performance. 
 
 Chasse, Fr. (shSss.) Hunting; in the hunting 
 
 Chatsoteroth, Heb. (kat-s3-tS-r5th.) I The sil- 
 
 Catzozerath, .H'e&. (kSt-zO-uS-rath.) jver trum- 
 pet of the ancient Hebrews. 
 
 Channt. See Chant. 
 
 Channtor. A person who sings in a choir ; a chan- 
 tor. 
 
 Che, It. (ka.) Than, that, which. 
 
 Che Chi. (ka k5.) One of the eight species into 
 which the Chinese divide their mnsical sounds. 
 
 Chef; Fr. (sha.) Leader, chief. 
 
 Chef-d'attaane, Fr. (sha d'at-tak.) The leader, 
 or principal first violin performer ; also, the leader 
 of the chorus. 
 
 Chef-d'cen-vre, Fr. (sha d'oovr.) A master 
 piece, a capital performance; the principal or 
 most important composition of an author. 
 
 Chef-d'orchestre, Fr. (sha d'Br-kastr.) The 
 leader of an orchestra. 
 
 Chelponr, Per. A Persian trumpet used in mili- 
 tary service. 
 
 Chelys, Gr. (ka-lls.) A species of lute or viol. 
 
 Chens Chi. (kSng ks.) Oneof the eight species 
 Into which the Chinese divide their musical 
 sounds. 
 
 Chemhical hymn. A hymn of great impor- 
 tance in the early Christian church; the Trisar- 
 eium. 
 
 Chest of viols. An old expression applied to 
 a set of viols, two of which ' were basses, two 
 tenors and two trebles, each with six strings. 
 These Instruments were particularly adapted to 
 those compositions callea fantasias. 
 
 Chest ^ce! [ "^^ ''"'^^' register of the voice. 
 
 Chest, Trind. A reservoir in an organ for hold- 
 ing the air, which is conveyed ftom thence into 
 the pipes by means of the bellows. 
 
 CHIR 
 
 Chevalet, J"?-. (shSv-a-iS.) The bridge of a violin, 
 viola, etc. 
 
 Chevllle, Fr. (ah&-vU.) The peg of a violin, 
 viola, etc. 
 
 Chevrotement, Fr. (shS-vrOt-mBnh.) A tremor 
 or shake in singing. 
 
 Chevroter, Fr. (shS-vrO-<S.) To sing with a 
 trembling voice ; to make a bad or false shake. 
 
 Chlamare, It. (kg-a-ma-rS.) To chime., 
 
 Cluamere, a racolta, It. (kS-a-mo-rS a rak, 
 kol-tS,.) To beat a drum. 
 
 Chiamata, It. (kS-a-ma-ta.) To beat a parley. 
 
 Chifira, It. (kS-o-ra.) I Clear, brilliant, pure as 
 
 Chi&ro, It., (ks-a-ro.) (to tone. 
 
 Chiaram^nte, It. (kS-a-ra^mon-tS.) Clearly, 
 brightly, purely. 
 
 Chiarentana, It. (kS-a-rSn-£a-na.) An Italian 
 country dance. 
 
 Chiarezza, It. (kS-a-rSi-sa.) Clearness, neat- 
 ness, purity. 
 
 Chiar£na, It. (kS-a-rS-na.) A clarion. 
 
 Cliiarosenro, It. (kB-a-riis-koo-rO.) Light and 
 shade ; the modifications of piano and forte. 
 
 Chifive, It. (ks-a-v60 A clef, or key. 
 
 Chl&ve maestro, It. (ks-a-v6 ma-os-tro.) The 
 fundamental key or note. 
 
 Chickera, Sin. (AS-kS-ra.) An instrument used 
 in India having four or five strings and played 
 with a bow. 
 
 Chi^sa, It. (ke-d-za.) A church. 
 
 Chiifres, Fr. (shsfr.) Figures used in Harmony 
 and Thorough Bass. 
 
 Chifla, Spa. (<«M-fl8.) I a wbistlp 
 
 Chifladera, Spa. (tshMo-dS-ra.) ( "*■ whistle. 
 
 Chtiladnra, Spa. (shS-fla-doo-ra.) Whistling. 
 
 Chlflar. Spa. (tebS-Mr.) To whistle. 
 
 Chifle, Spa. (fsM-flg.) A bird call. 
 
 Chlllldo, Spa. (tshgl-y?-do.) A shrill sound. 
 
 Chimbe. An old word signifying chime. 
 
 Chime. A set of bells tuned to a musical scale ; 
 the sound of bells in harmony; a correspondence 
 of sound. 
 
 Chime barrel. The cylindrical portion of the 
 mechanism sometimes used for ringing a chime 
 of bells. 
 
 Chimney. In an organ, a small tube passing 
 through the cap of a stopped pipe. 
 
 Chindara, Per. (tshln-da^ra.) A fabulous foun- 
 tain of the Persians at which it was said the 
 sounds of instruments are constantly heard. 
 
 Chinese flute. An instrument used by the Chi- 
 nese made of bamboo. 
 
 Chinese musical scale. A scale consisting 
 of five notes without semitones, the music being 
 written on five lines in perpendicular columns, 
 and the elevation and depression of tones indi- 
 cated by distinctive names. 
 
 Chlnnor, Heb. (kSn-nOr.) I An instrument of 
 
 Chlnor, Beb. (ks-nor.) (the harp or psaltery 
 species, supposed to have been used by the 
 ancient Hebrews. 
 
 Chirie, It. (kS-rS-g.) Lord. See Kyrie. 
 
 Chirm. To sing as a bird. 
 
 Chlrlmia, Sp (tshs-rg-ml-a.) The hautboy. 
 
 Chirogymnast, Gr. (M-rO-srAlm-nast.) I A 
 
 Chirosymnaste, It. lJcl-iO-glm-nae-t&.) l square 
 board on which are placed Various mechanical 
 
PRONOtTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 45 
 
 a ale, S add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 9 odd, <fove, oo moon, U lute, t but, Q French sound. 
 
 CHIR 
 
 contrivancee for exercising the fingers of a pian- 
 ist. 
 
 Chlroplast, Or. (iS-rO-plSet.) A small machine 
 invented by Logier, to keep the hands and fingers 
 of young pianoforte players in the right position. 
 
 Cliirriar, Spa. (tshS-rl-ar.) To sing out of time 
 or tune. 
 
 Chisporroteo, Spa. (tsh5B.-p8r-r5-tS-0.) Sibilla- 
 tion, hissing. 
 
 Cliitarone, It. (kS-ta-ro-nS.) A large or double 
 guitar. 
 
 CEdt&rra, It. (ke-M>-rS.) A guitar, a cithara. 
 
 Chitt&rra coll'arco,/^ (ks-<«r-ra k6ir ar-kO.) 
 A species of guitar played with a bow like a 
 violin. 
 
 Chltarrislia, It. (kS-tar-rS^ya.) A small guitar. 
 
 Chittarrtna, It. (ket-tar-rg-na.) I The small Ne- 
 
 Chittarrfno, It. (ket-tar-rS-nO.) | apolitan guitar. 
 
 Chitarrista, It. (ket-ar-?'?s-ta.) One who plays 
 on the guitar. 
 
 Chiaccninrl^ja, It. (kS-oot-kS-oor-^o-ya.) A 
 buzzing or humming sound. 
 
 Chiadendo, It. (ke-oo-Eian-d!!.) Closing, ending 
 with. 
 
 Chind^ndo col aria. It. (kS-oo-(2an-dO kOl &■ 
 rS-a.) Ending with the air. 
 
 Chind^ndo col motlvo. It. (ke-oo-i7an-dO k91 
 m04S-vO.) Concluding with the subject. 
 
 Chind^ndo col ritomello. It. (ke-oo-(!Sn-dO 
 kBl rg-tOr-naZ-10.) Ending with the symphony 
 
 Chinldre, It. (kS-oo-Zo-rS.) The singing of a 
 cuckoo. 
 
 Clio. Abbreviation of chorus. 
 
 ChoeiU', Fr. (kur.) The choir or chorus. 
 
 Cbolce notes. Notes placed on different de- 
 grees in same measure either or all of which may 
 be sung. 
 
 Chotr. That part of a cathedral or church set 
 apart for the singers. 2. The singers themselves 
 taken collectively. 
 
 Choir, boy. A choir formed of boys from eight 
 to fourteen years of age. These choirs are con- 
 fined mostly to the Episcopal church. 
 
 Cboir. grand* In organ playing, the union of 
 all the reed steps. 
 
 Choir organ. In a large organ, the lowest row 
 of keys is called the choir organ, which contains 
 some of the softer and more delicate stops and is 
 used for accompanying solos, duets, etc. 
 
 Choir, trombone. Among the Moravians, a 
 number of musicians whose duty it is to an- 
 nounce from the steeple of the church the death 
 of one of the members, and assist at the fhneral 
 solemnities. 
 
 Choliambie, A verse in poetry having an iam- 
 bic foot in the fifth place, and a spondee in the 
 sixth or last. 
 
 Choor, Dan. (koor.) I Choir, chorus ; choir of a 
 
 Chor, Ger. (kXir.) J church. 
 
 Choragas, Lat. (ko-T'o-giis.) The leader of the 
 ancient dramatic chorus. 
 
 Choral. Belonging to the choir ; fiiU, or for many 
 voicss • 
 
 Choral, ffer. (kO-j-aZ.") Psalm or hymn tune; 
 choral song or tune. 
 
 Choral anthem. An anthem in- a simple, meas- 
 ared style in the manner of a choral. 
 
 CHOR 
 
 Choral book. A collection of choral melodies 
 either with or without a prescribed harmonic ac- 
 companiment. 
 
 Choral-Buch, Ger. (k0-m7-bookh.) Choral 
 book; a book of hymn tunes. 
 
 Choriile, Ger. pi. (k0-r5-18.) Hymn tunes. 
 
 Choraleon, Pol. (kO-ra-lS-Bn.) An instrument 
 invented at Warsaw, of similar construction to 
 an organ. 
 
 Choral hymn. A hymn to he sung by a chorus. 
 
 Choralist. Chorister, choir singer. 
 
 Cboraliter, Ger. (kO-roV-i-tSr.) I In the 
 
 Choralmiissig, Ger. (kO-rdl-mSs-sig.) ( style or 
 measure of a psalm tune or choral. 
 
 Choral service. A form of religious service in 
 which the priest sings in response to the choir. 
 
 Chor-alter, Ger. (A-^r-Sl-tSr.) The high or great 
 alter. 
 
 Chor-anit, Ger. (!cdr-&mt.) Cathedral service, 
 choral service. 
 
 Chorania, Gr. (kS-raw-VA.) The flute player 
 who accompanied the Greek chorus. 
 
 Choranles, Lat. nm-raw-lBe.) Flute players. 
 
 Chorantus, lat. (ko-raui-tfis.) The name given 
 by the ancient Romans to the bagpipe. 
 
 Chord. The union of two or more sounds heard 
 at the same time. 
 
 Chorda, Lat. {kSr-dS,.) A string of a musical 
 instrument. 
 
 Chord, accidental. A chord produced either 
 by anticipation or suspension. 
 
 Chordse vocales, Lat. {kdr-ie vO-ka-lSB.) Vo- 
 cal chords- 
 Chord, anomalous. A chord in which one or 
 more of the intervals are greater or less than of 
 those of the fundamental chord. 
 
 Chord a vido. It. (k8rd a vS-dO.) A name for- 
 merly given to a sound drawn from the open 
 string of a violin, violincello, or similar instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Chorda characteristica, Lat. (idr-da kar. 
 ak-t5r-5s-tl-ka.) The leading, or characteristic 
 note or tone. 
 
 Chord, characteristic. The principal chord; 
 the leading chord. 
 
 Chord, chromatic. A chord that contains one 
 or more chromatic signs. 
 
 Chord, common. A chord consisting of a fun- 
 damental note together with its third aild fifth. 
 
 Chord, dominant. A chord that is found on 
 the dominant of the key in which the music ia 
 written. 2. The leading or characteristic chord. 
 
 Chorda, dominant septima. The dominant 
 chord of the seventh. 
 
 Chord, eq.iiiTOcal. A name sometimes given 
 to the diminished seventh. 
 
 Chordse essentiales, Lat. (kSr:AS &e-sin-aM- 
 d-lSB.) These are the tonic, third and fifth of eacU 
 diatonic mode or scale. 
 
 Chordanlodian. I The name given to a mu- 
 
 ChordomelodiOn. ) sical instrument resembling 
 a large barrel organ, self-acting. It was invented 
 by Kaufmann of Dresden. 
 
 Chor-dlenst, Ger. (Mr-dinst.) Choir or choral 
 service. 
 
 Chordometer. An instrument for measuring 
 strings. 
 
46 
 
 PEONOTJU"CING MUSICAL DICTIOWAKT. 
 
 S fflJ«, i add, & arm, S eve, 8 end, 1 ice, i ill, old, 8 odd, 6 (?o»«, oo moon, H lute, li 6mJ, ii French sound. 
 
 CHOK 
 
 Chord, fundamental. A chord consisting of 
 tlie fandamental tone with its third and fifth and 
 Its inversions. 
 
 Chordienst, Ger. (IsOr-dlnst.) Choir service. 
 
 Chord, Imperfect, common. A chord found- 
 ed on the leading tone. It has a minor third and 
 diminished fifths. 
 
 Chord, inverted. A chord whose lowest tone 
 is not the fundamental hut the third, Hfth, or 
 seventh from the lowest or bass note. 
 
 Chord, leading. The dominant chord. 
 
 Chord nona. Chord of the Ninth. 
 
 Chord of the eleventh. A chord founded on 
 the chord of the ninth by adding the interval of 
 the eleventh. 
 
 Chord of the ftfth and sixth. (§) The 
 first inversion of the chord of the seventh, formed 
 hy taking the third of the original chord for the 
 bass, and consisting of that together with its 
 third, fifth and sixth. 
 
 Chord of the fourth and fifth. (J) Chord 
 of the eleventh, with the seventh and ninth omit- 
 ted. 
 
 Chord of the fourth and sixth. (J) The sec- 
 ond inversion of the common chord. 
 
 Chord of the ninth. (9) A chord consisting of 
 a third, fifth, seventh and ninth with its root. 
 
 Chord of the second and fourth. (|) The 
 third inversion of the seventh. 
 
 Chord of the seventh. (7) . A chord consist- 
 ing of the root together with the third, fifth and 
 seventh. 
 
 Chord of the sixth. (6) The first inversion of 
 the common chord. 
 
 Chord of the third, foui-th and sixth. /|\ 
 The second inversion of the chord of thev/ 
 seventh. 
 
 Chord of the thirteenth. Founded on the 
 chord of the ninth by adding the eleventh and the 
 thirteenth. 
 
 Chord of the tritone. Third inversion of the 
 dominant seventh containing a superfluous fourth. 
 
 Chords, derivative. Chords derived from the 
 fundamental chords. 
 
 Chords, diminished. Chords with less than 
 peTfect intervals. 
 
 Chords, sensible. The dominant chord. 
 
 Chords, Imperfect. Those which do not con- 
 tain all the intervals belonging to them. 
 
 Chords, small threefold. A common chord 
 with a minor third. 
 
 Chords, relative. Chords which by reason of 
 afiinity admit of an easy and natural transition 
 from one to the other. 
 
 Chord, threefold. The common chord. 
 
 Chord, transient. A chord in which, in order 
 to smooth the transition fi-om one chord to an- 
 other, notes are introduced which do not form 
 any component part of the fundamental harmony. 
 
 ChSre, Ger. pi. ( kS-rk.) Choirs, choruses. 
 
 Chorea, Lat. (A:5-r6-a.) A dance In a ring; a 
 dance. 
 
 Choree,©?'. (M-ra.) In ancient poetry afoot of 
 two syllables, the first long, the second short: the 
 
 Chorens, iai. (M-rE-tls.) The choree or trochee, : 
 
 CHRO 
 
 Choriambns. A musical foot, accented thus: 
 
 Chorion, Gr. (*o-ri-Bn.) A hymn In praise of 
 
 Cybele. 
 Chorl, Praefectns, Zai. (kd-iB prS/tt-tiis.) A 
 
 chanter. 
 Chorist, Oer. (ko-rist.) I A chorister, a choral 
 Choriste, Fr. (kO-r-Ssi.) ) singer. 
 Chorister. A leader of a choir; a singer. 
 Chorknabe, Ger. (*5r-kna-b§.) Singing boy. 
 Chorocitharistse, Lat. (M-rO-sith-a-ri«-i!S.j A 
 
 concert of instruments and voices; those who 
 
 Slay to dancing. 
 .0 ' ' ' 
 
 lOr-regent, Ger. {kdr-i^-ghent.) Leader or 
 director of the choristers. 
 
 Chor-sknger, Oer. (AoJ'-sang-Sr.) 1 A choris. 
 
 Chor-schiller, Ger. (kOr-shu-lHi.) jter, a choral 
 singer; a member of the choir. 
 
 Chor-ton, Ger. (kor-ton.) Ohoral-tone; the 
 usual pitch or intonation of the organ, and there- 
 fore of the choir. A choral tune. 
 
 Chorus. A company of singers; a composition 
 intended to be sung by a number of voices. 2. 
 Among the ancient Greeks the chorus was a band 
 of singers and dancers who assisted at the per- 
 formance of their dramas. , 
 
 Chorus, cyclic, (sg-klik.) The chorus among 
 the ancient Athenians which performed at some 
 of their dramatic representations, dancing in a 
 circle around the altar of Bacchus. 
 
 Choruses, martial. Choruses in commemorar 
 tion of warlike deeds. 
 
 Chorns singer. One who sings in a chorus. 
 
 Chorus-tone. See Chor-ton. 
 
 Christe eleison, Gr. (krls-tS a-JI-sBn.) O 
 Christ, have mercy; a part of the kyrie or first 
 movement in a mass. 
 
 Christmas carols. Light songs, or ballads, 
 commemorating the birth of Christ, sung during 
 the Christmas holidays. 
 
 Christmesse. Ger. (iAi-mgs-sS.) I Christmas 
 
 Christmette. Ger. (Wg^-mSt-tS.) {matins. 
 
 Chroma, Gr. {krd-JRst,.) The chromatic signs ; a 
 sharp Jt, OTjtat J. 
 
 Chroma diesis, Gr. (krS-mS, dl-S-sIs.) A semi- 
 tone, or half tone. 
 
 Chroma duplex. The double-sharp, markedby 
 the sign x , or (#. 
 
 Chromameter. (krO-mSrmS-ter.) A tuning fork. 
 
 Chromatic. Proceeding by semitones. 
 
 Chromatic depression. The lowering a note 
 by a semitone. 
 
 Chromatic elevation. The elevation of a note 
 by a semitone. 
 
 Chromatic horn. The French horn. 
 
 Chromatic instruments. All instruments 
 upon which chromatic tones and melodies can be 
 produced. 
 
 Chromatic keyboard. An attachment applied 
 to the ordinary keys of a piano, for the purpose 6t 
 enabling players of moderate skill to execute with 
 greater racllity the simple chromatic scale, chro- 
 matic runs, cadenzas, etc. 
 
 Chromatic keys. The black keys of a piano- 
 forte. 3. Every key in the scale of which one or 
 more chromatic tones occur, 
 
PEONOUNCING MUSICAL DIOTIONAEY. 
 
 47 
 
 S ale, S add, & arm, B eve, S end, I ice, I ill, O old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, a. lute, u Au<, ii French sound. 
 
 CHRO 
 
 Chromatic melody. A melody the tones of 
 wUcli moTe by chromatic intervals. 
 
 Chromatic scale. A scale which divides every 
 whole tone of the diatone scale, and consists of 
 twelve semitones or half-steps in an octave. 
 
 Chromatic signature. The flats or sharps 
 placed after the clef at the beginning of the staff. 
 
 Chromatic signs. Accidentals; sharps, flats,~ 
 and natnrals. 
 
 Chromatic tuning fork. A tnning fork 
 sonnding all the tones and semitones of the oc- 
 tave. 
 
 Chromatid snoni. It. (kiO-md-tS-tehB ewSuS.) 
 Sounds raised above their natural pitch a semi- 
 tone. 
 
 Chromatics, accidental. Chromatics em- 
 ployed in preparing the leading note of the 
 minor scale; chromatics incidentally employed. 
 
 Chromatiqne, ^r. (krO-mSt-jft.) I Chromatic, 
 
 Chromatisch, ffer. (krO-maHsh.) ) moving by 
 semitones. 
 
 Chromatianement, I'r. (krO-m3t-g£-m0nh.) 
 Chromatically. 
 
 Chromatisehes klansgeschlecht, Ger. 
 (krO-mfflM-sh6s klSng-gh8-s«?AA<.) The chro- 
 matic genus or mode. 
 
 Chromatische tonleiter, Ger. (krO-mo^-I-shS 
 Wn-lI-tSr.) The chromatic scale. 
 
 Chronometer, Gr. (krO-!i.?m-8-tSr.) The name 
 given to any machine for measuring time. 
 
 Chronometer. AVeber. An invention of God- 
 frey Weber, similar to a metronome, but simpler 
 in construction, consisting of a chord marked 
 with fifty five inch spaces, and having a weight 
 attached to its lower end. The degree of motion 
 is varied by the length of the cord. 
 
 Chrotta, It. {krSt-tsi.) The primitive fiddle, dif- 
 fering from the modern in the absence of a neck; 
 the c/rowle. 
 
 Chnrch cadence. Another name for the PZaya? 
 Cadence. 
 
 Chnrch modes. See Gregorian modes. 
 
 Chnrumhela, Spa. (tBhoo-riim-&^l£.) A wind 
 instniment resembling the hautboy. 
 
 Ciaccdna, It. (tshS-at-iS-nS.) I A slow Span- 
 
 Claccdnne, /t> (tshg-at-Mre-ng.) f ish dance gen- 
 erally constructed on a ground bass. See Cha- 
 conne. 
 
 Ciaram^lla, It. (tshS-Sr-a-m{J2-l£.) A bagpipe. 
 
 Cicuta, Lat. (sS-A^-tS.) A pipe or flute made 
 from the hollow stalks of the hemlock; a shep- 
 herd's pipe. 
 
 Cicntrenna, It. (tshS-koo-<r5»-na.) A musical 
 pipe. 
 
 Cignena, Spa. (thS-o«i3-nS.) The crank of a bell. 
 
 Cimbale. See Cimbel. 
 
 Cf mhali. It. pi. (tshSm-J(J-lE.) 1 Cymbals ; mili- 
 
 Clmballes, Vt. pi. (sim-bal.) ( tary instruments 
 used to mark the time. 
 
 Cimbalello, Spa. (thEm-ba-ZS-yO.) A small bell. 
 
 Cimbalo, Spa. (thSm-Ja-lO.) A cymbal. 
 
 CimbcL, Ger. (tejm-b61.) A mixture stop of acute 
 tone. 
 
 Cimhal-stem, Ger. (fe5m-bgl stSrn.) Cymbal 
 ^tar. An organ stop consisting of five bells, and 
 pompgee4 pf circnl^r pieces pf pietal cut in the 
 
 CITH 
 
 form of a star, and placed at the top of the instru- 
 ment in iVont. 
 
 C in alt. The eleventh above the G, or treble 
 clef note ; the fourth note in alt. 
 
 C in altissimo. The octave above C in alt; the 
 fourth note in altissimo. 
 
 Cinelle, Tur. I A cymbal ; a Turkish musical 
 
 Clnellen, Tur. f instrument more noisy than mu- 
 sical. 
 
 Cinnara, It. (JsASn-nS-ra.) The harp of the Bo- 
 mans. 
 
 Cink, Ger. (tsink.) A small reed stop in an or- 
 gan ; see Kinkhorn. 
 
 Cinq, J^r. (sfinhk.) 1 Five; the fifth voice 
 
 Clnqne, It. (teASn-quS.) i or part in a quintet. 
 
 Cinyra. (sJn-S-rS.) An old name for tne harp. 
 
 Ciphering. (85-f6r-Ing,) The sounding of the 
 pipes of the organ when the keys are not touched. 
 
 Circular canon. A canon which goes through 
 the twelve major keys. 
 
 Circle, half. A melodic figure consisting of four 
 tones, the second and fourth of which are the 
 same. 
 
 Circle of fifths. A method of modulation 
 which conveys us round through all the scales 
 back to the point ftom which we started. 
 
 Circular scale. The row of tuning pins and 
 
 ' the wrest-plank of a piano made in a carved form. 
 
 CiS, Ger. (tsts.) The note C|. 
 
 Cis-cis, Ger. (tsis-tsis.) The note C double sharp, 
 est, Cx. 
 
 CisAar.Ger. (tsIs-doorO The key of Cj major. 
 
 Cis moU, Ger. (tsis moll.) The key of C| minor. 
 
 Cisne, Spa. (^ASs-nE.) A good musician. 
 
 Cistella, Lat. (sls-^t-la.) A small chest or box, 
 triangular in shape and strung with wires which 
 are struck with little rods. See Dulcimer. 
 
 Cistre, Fr. (ssstr.) A cithern, a small harp. 
 
 Cistrnm. See Cittern. 
 
 Cftara, /*. (<eA5-ta-ra.) A cittern, a guitar. 
 
 Citaredo, It. (tshB-tarrS-dOO I A minstrel, a 
 
 Citarista, /£. (tshS-ta-rSs-ta.)) player upon the 
 harp or cittern. 
 
 Citarizar, Spa. fthSt-a-rS-iAffi?-.) \ To play 
 
 CitdrLEzJlre, It. (tshE-ta-rE-isS-rS.) ) upon the cit- 
 tern. 
 
 Cithar, Van. (tsU/i-Si.) A cittern. 
 
 Cithara, lat. (sji!A-a-ra.) I The lute, an old in- 
 
 Cithara, Spa. (t/idt-SriS,.) f strnment of the guitar 
 kind. 
 
 Cithara bjjnga, Lat. (sUh-SrrS, hi-jU-gS,.) A 
 cithara, so called from its having two necks which 
 determine the length of the strings. 
 
 Cithdra hispfinica, Sp. (thlt-S.-iS, blB-pdn-l-ka.) 
 The Spanish guitar. 
 
 Cithara, keyed. The clavicitherium. 
 
 Citharista, Lat. (sUh-Srr'k-tS,.) A player upon 
 the harp. 
 
 Citharizo, Lat. (sith-S^ri-zO.) To play or strike 
 upon the cithara. 
 
 Citharodia, Gr. (sith-S-rg-di-a.) The art of sing- 
 ing to the lyre. 
 
 Cltharoedus, Lat. (sith-S-rS-dfis.) He who plays 
 upon a harp or cithara. 
 
 Cithar oeda, Lat. (sith-S-j-S-da.) A female einger 
 and player upon the cithara. 
 
48 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 & ale, S, add, a arm, 5 eve, 5 end, I ice, i ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H toie, & 6»i, 11 JFrench sound. 
 
 CITH 
 
 Cither. 
 Clthera. 
 Cithern. 
 Cittern. 
 Cythorn. , 
 popular in 
 
 An old instrument of the lute or 
 guitar species; the oldest on record 
 Sad three strings, which were after- 
 ward increased to eight, nine, and up 
 to twenty-four. The cither was very 
 the sixteenth century. The cittern 
 and guitar seem to be derived from the same Greek 
 word. 
 Citole, Lat. (sIt-o-lS.) An old instrument of the 
 dulcimer species, and probably synonymous with 
 it. 
 Cittam. The ancient English name of the guitar. 
 Civetteria, It. (tshg-vSt-^^-re-a.) Coquetry; in 
 
 a coquettish manner. 
 Clair, Fr. (klar.) Clear, shrill, loud. 
 Claircyliudre. (klSr-si-ianhdr.) An instru- 
 ment invented by Chladni, in 1787, for the purpose 
 of experimenting in accoustics. 
 Clairon, Fr. (kla-rSnh.) Trumpet; also, the 
 
 name of a reed stop in the organ. 
 Clam. In bell ringing, to unite sounds on the 
 
 peal. 
 Clamor. In bell ringing, a rapid multiplication 
 of strokes. - 
 
 campanas. Spa. Mii-mSr d&h 
 A solemn peal upon the bells. 
 Spa. (klS-mO-r§-ar.) To toll the 
 
 Spa. (kia-mo-rg-zo.) Plaintive 
 
 Clamor de 
 
 kam-pa-nffs.) 
 Clantorear, 
 
 passing bell. 
 Clamoroso, 
 
 sounds. 
 Clamosus, Lat. (kIS-»»a-sas.) Pull of clamor or 
 
 noise. 
 Clang. A sharp, shrill noise. 
 Clango, Zat. (kldn^gO.) To clang, to sonnd. 
 Clangor, Lat. (Jcldn^s^T.) A sound, noise; the 
 
 clang of the trumpet when blown powerfully. 
 Clangor tnbarmn, Lat. (kldn-g6r tfl-fto-rum.) 
 
 A military trumpet used by the ancient Komans, 
 
 consisting of a large tube of bronze surrounded by 
 
 seven smaller tubes, all terminating in one point, 
 
 or a single mouth piece. 
 Clan marches. These are composed for the 
 
 Scotch bagpipe, with a strong accent and marked 
 
 rhythm. 
 Clapper. The tongue of a bell. 
 Claanebois, Fr, (klSk-bwa.) A three stringed 
 
 Mol. 
 Clar. An abbreivation of Clarinet. 
 Clara voce, Lat. (Wd'-rS vO-sS.) A clear, loud 
 
 voice. 
 Clarabella, Lat. (kld-rS^bel-la.)- An organ stop 
 
 of eight feet scale, with a powernil, fluty tone ; the 
 
 pipes are of wood and not stopped. 
 Clarihella. The name of an organ stop tuned in 
 
 unison with the diapasons. 
 Claribel-flute. An organ stop of the flute 
 
 species. 
 Clarlchord. See Clavichord. 
 Clarichorde. Fr. (klar-i-Aord.) The clarichord 
 
 or clavichord. 
 Clarim, For. (kljirrSm.) I . „,„,:„„ 
 Claria, Spa. (fela-rs™.) \ ^ '^'»"™- 
 Clarin, Ger. (klfirr3re.) A clarion; also the name 
 
 of a four feet reed stop in German organs, 
 Clarinhlasen, Ger. (klar-Sre-bla-zSn.) Soft notes 
 
 or tones upon the trumpet. 
 Clarlnero, Spa. (kia-rg-no-rO,) A trumpeter. 
 
 CLAU 
 
 Clarinet. A rich and full toned wind instrument 
 
 of wood, with a reed mouth piece. 
 Clarinet, alto. A large clarinet, curved near the 
 
 mouth piece, and a flfth deeper than the ordinary 
 
 clarinet. 
 Clarinet, bass. A clarinet whose tones are au 
 
 octave deeper than those of the Cor B flat clarinet. 
 Clarinette, Fr (klar-i-nat.) The clarinet; also 
 
 the name of an organ stop. 
 
 Clarinettista, Jt. (kla-rS-nSt-<5s-ta.) ) A per- 
 Clarinettiste, Fr. (klSr-I-nSt-iSsi.) (former 
 upon the clarinet. 
 
 Clarin^tto, It. (kla-rS-nli-tO.) A clarinet. 
 Clarin6tto d'amore. It. (klarrg-ne<-tO i'S^^zO- 
 
 rS.) A species of clarinet a fifth lower than the 
 
 clarinet. 
 Clarin^tto dolce. It. (kla-r5-n^*-tO dol-tBhS.) 
 
 A species of clarinet a fifth lower than the clari. 
 
 net. 
 Clarin^tto'secondo, It. (kla-r5-7»«M0 s&-kSn- 
 
 do.) The second clarinet. 
 Clarino, It. (kla-?'3-n6.) I A small; or octave 
 Cldrion. (^trumpet; also the 
 
 name of a 4 feet organ reed stop, tuned an octave 
 
 above the trumpet stop. The term is also used to 
 
 indicate the trumpet parts in a full score. 
 Clarion harmoniane, Fr. (kla-ri-Onh hSr- 
 
 mSnh-nS*.) An organ reed stop ; see Harmonique. 
 Clai'ionet. A wind instrument of thfe single reed 
 
 species, of a full, rich tone ; also an organ reed 
 
 stop of 8 feet scale and soft quality of tone ; see 
 
 Clarinet. 
 Clarionet-flute. An organ stop of a similar 
 
 kind to the stopped diapason. 
 Clarone, It. (kla-ro-ne.) A clarinet. 
 Clarns, Lat. (Kiz-rus.) Loud, clear, bright. 
 Claris de voix, Fr. (kiar-ta dilh vwS.) Clear- 
 ness of voice. 
 Classical music. Standard music; music of 
 
 first rank, written by composers of the highest 
 
 order. 
 Classicum, £a^ (£2a8-sl-ktim.) A field or battle 
 
 signal .given with the trumpet. 
 Classicnm eaaere, Lat. (iios-sl-kfim ia«-S-rg.) 
 
 To sound an alarm. 
 Clause. A phrase. 
 
 Clausel, Ger. (klou-z''!.} 1 A close, a ca- 
 Clansula, Lai. (Atott-sa-la.) j dence, a conclud- 
 ing musical phrase. 
 Clausula affinalis,Xat. (klau-aiLAS, £f-fI-n(^llS.) 
 
 A cadence in a key nearly related to the original 
 
 key of the piece. 
 Clausula dissecta. Lat. (klaii-st-lS. dis-s^J- 
 
 ta.) A half cadence. 
 Clausula dominans, Lat. (klau-eMa, diim-i- 
 
 n^ns.) A cadence on the dominant. 
 Clausula falsa, Lat. (klau-eu-la, fdl-Ba.) A 
 
 false or deceptive cadence. 
 Clausula flnalis, Lat. (klau-sn-Vsi fl-«ffl-lis.)' 
 Clausula primaria, Lat. (klau-su-lS, pri-ma- 
 
 ri-a.) 
 Clausula principalis, Lat. klau-8i.-l& prln- 
 
 si-^ffl-lis.) 
 
 A final cadence or close in the original key. 
 Clausula peregrina, Lat. (*to»-s1i-ia pgr-5- 
 
 g'rg-na.) A cadence in a key whose fundamental 
 
 tone is not in the scale of the principal key. 
 
PRONOUNCING MTTSIOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 49 
 
 S ale, & add, S, arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 2u<e, il ftut, il French sound. 
 
 CLAU 
 
 Clansnla propria, Xat. {J2a«-sfi-lS jjra-pri-a.) 1 
 Clausula pura, Lat. (klau-BH-lSt pS-iS,.) J 
 
 A proper or natural close. 
 Clausula impropria, Lat. (klau-a'&-l& Im-prd- 
 
 Jri-ii.) An uncommou, or deviating cadence. 
 ausula secundaria, Lat. (klau-si-U Bg-kQn- 
 
 da-n-&.) A cadence on the dominant. 
 Clansns, Lat. (klaw-avLB.) A eloee canon. 
 Clav. An abbreviation of Clavecembalo, Clav- 
 
 Icord, and Clavecin. 
 Clave, iai. (iZa-vS.) A key; a clef. 
 Clavecin, Fr. (kiav-S-sSnh.) The harpsichord. 
 Clavecin aconstique, Fr. (kl£v-g-8iinh £~kooz- 
 
 tlk.) An instrument of the harpsichord or piano- 
 forte class. 
 Clavecin a pean de bullle, Fr. (kiav-g-sinh £ 
 
 pO duh bttf-fi.) An Instmment of the harpsichord 
 
 or pianoforte class. 
 Clavecin d'amour, Fr. (klav-g-sinh d'Srmoor.) 
 
 An instrnment of the harpsichord or pianoforte 
 
 class. 
 Clavecin harmoniena:, Fr. (klSv-g-sSnh hSr- 
 
 mO-nl-ilh.) An instrument of the harpsichord or 
 
 {lianoforte class. 
 avecin organise, Fr. (kiav-S-sanh Or-gan- 
 ez.) An instrument of the harpsichord or piano- 
 forte class. 
 
 Clavlcymbalnm, Lat. (kiav-i-ss/m-ba-lUm.) The 
 harpsichord; spinet. 
 
 Clavicymbel, Ger. (kiaf-i-faym-b'l.) A clav- 
 ichord. 
 
 Claveciniste, Fr. (kia-vi-sanh-Ssi.) A harpsi- 
 
 ' chord player, or maker. 
 
 Claveoline, Fr. {kldv-l-O-Kn.) An instrument 
 of the harpsichord or pianoforte class. 
 
 Claves, Lat. (Ate'-vSs.) A vford formerly used for 
 clefs. 
 
 Claves intellectse, Lat. (Ha-vSs Bn-tSl-llk-ts.) 
 A term applied to those notes whose pitch could 
 be known without being marked. 
 
 Claves non signatse, Lat. (kld-vSe nSn slg- 
 mo-ts.) Notes without signature. 
 
 Claves sisna,teB,Lat. A term applied by Guido 
 to colored Tines used before the invention of clefs, 
 to mark the situation of the notes. 
 
 Clavessin, Fr. kiav-6s-saraA.) The harpsichord. 
 
 iSee Clavecin.) 
 aviary. An index of keys or a scale of lines 
 and spaces. 
 
 Claviatus. An harmonica furnished with a set 
 of keys. 
 
 Claviatnr, Cfer. (kia-vS-a-^oor.) The keys of a 
 harpsichord, piano, etc. 
 
 Clavicembalo, It. (klSrvS-faAam-ba-lO.) I 
 
 Clavlcembalnm, Lat. (*^a-vi-sgm-6a-111m.) ( 
 The harpsichord. 
 
 Clavichord. A small, keyed instrnment, like the 
 spinet, and the forerunner of the pianoforte. The 
 tone of the clavichord was agreeable and impres- 
 sive but not strong. 
 
 Clavlchordium, Lat. (kiav-S-iiSr-dl-fim.) See 
 
 Clavicytherium, Lat. (Wa!)-i-sg-<A8-ri-6m.) A 
 species of upright harpsichord, said to have been 
 originally in the form of a harp or lyre. It was 
 invented in the thirteenth century and was the 
 earliest approach to the modern pianofort*. 
 4 
 
 CLEF 
 
 Clavlcordlo, Bpa. (kiav-S-£?r-dI-0.) A harpsi- 
 chord. 
 
 Clavicyllnder. An instrument exhibited in 
 Paris in 1806. It was supposed to consist of a 
 series of cylindei:s which were operated upon by 
 bows set in motion by a crank and brought in con- 
 tact with the cylinders by means of the keys of 
 a finger-board. 
 
 Clavier, Fr. (kiav-5r.) I The keys or key-board 
 
 Clavier, Oer. {kia-/8r.) f of a pianoforte, organ, 
 etc. Also, an old name for the davichord: 
 
 Clavier-anszns, Ger. (kia/Sr otis-tsoog.) An 
 arrangement of a full score lor the use of piano 
 
 (kia-/2r drat.) Wire for 
 (klS:^r 15-rgr.) A piano- 
 
 S layers. 
 avier-drath, Ger. 
 the pianoforte, etc. 
 
 Clavier-lehrer, Ger. 
 forte teacher. 
 
 Clavieren, Ger. pi. (kiaf-2-rgn.) The keys: see 
 clavier. 
 
 Clavierschnle, Ger. (Waf-Sr-eAoo-lg.) A piano- 
 forte instruction book. 
 
 Clavlerspieler, Ger. (kiaf-3c-«j)5-lgr.) A piano- 
 forte player. 
 
 Clavlerstlmmer, Ger. (kiaf-?r-s<5m-mgr.) A 
 
 fianoforte tuner. 
 avierttbung, Ger. (kiaf-Jr-w-boong.) Exer- 
 cises for the clavichord. 
 Clavierunterricht, Ger. (kiaf-?r-oo«-t6r-rikht.) 
 
 Lessons or instruetion on the pianoforte. 
 Clavigero. Spa. (kia-vS-ftS-rO.) Bridge of a harp- 
 sichord. 
 ClavUa, Spa. (kiav-«-ha.) Peg of a stringed in- 
 strument. 
 Clavioreano, Spa. (kiav-S-Or-gia-nO.) A harpsi- 
 chord having strings and pipes. 
 Clavis, Lat. {kldMa.) I . , , , 
 
 Clavis, ffer. (Wa-f is.) f ^ '^^^ • » ""• . 
 Clear-ilnte. An organ stop of 4 feet scale, the 
 
 tone of which is very clear and full. 
 01.6, Fr. (kla.) 1 A key; a character used to de- 
 Clef, Fr. (kla.) Jtermine the name and pitch of 
 
 the notes on the staff to which it is prefixed. 
 Clef, alto. The C clef on the third line of cez: 
 the staff. pHt: 
 
 Clef, baritone. 
 
 on the third line. 
 
 The F clef when placed i 
 
 Clet bass. The character at the beginning of the 
 staff, where the lower or bass notes are writ- 1 ^ . 
 ten, and serving to indicate the pitch andpssz 
 name of those notes. The P clef. 
 
 Clef, C So called because it gives its name to 
 the notes placed on the same line with itself. 
 
 Clef, counter tenor. T^ie clef when placed 
 on the third line in order to accommodate the 
 counter tenor voice. 
 
 Clef d'accordeur, Fr. (kla d'ak-kbr-dfir.) A 
 tuniiig hammer. 
 
 Clef de thy, Fr. (kla dfih fa.) The F, or base 
 clef. 
 
 Clef descant. The treble or soprano clef. 
 
 Clef <Vvtt,Fr. (Ma d'oot.) The C clef. 
 
 Clef, F. The base clef. 
 
 Clef, French treble. The G clef on the bot- 
 tom line of the staff; formerly much used in 
 French music for the violin, Ante, etc. 
 
50 
 
 PEONOTINCING MTTSIOAL DICTIONAKT. 
 
 a ale, S add, S, arm, B eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, dove, oo moon, U lute, a but, il French sound. 
 
 CLEF 
 
 Clef; eerman soprano. The C clef 
 
 placed on the first line of the staff for so- " []i| ~ 
 
 Clef, mean. Tlie tenor clef pf);?^ or 
 
 Clet; mezzo soprano. The C clef when placed 
 
 on the second line of the staff. 
 Clef note. The note indicated by the clef. 
 Clef note, bass. The note which is on the 
 
 same line with the hass clef. 
 clef note, treble. The note which is on the 
 
 same line with the treble clef. 
 Clef sol, Fr,- (kl5 sol.) The G, or treble 
 
 clef. 
 
 Clef, soprano. The C clef placed on the Urst 
 line. 
 
 Clef, tenor. See Mean clef. The C clef when 
 on the fourth line of the staff. 
 
 Clef, treble. The G clef; soprano clef. 
 
 Cerlzon, Spa. {thgr-8-thOn.) A chorister, a sing- 
 ing boy in a cathedral. 
 
 Cllnis, Gr, (A/e-nis.) A name given by the Greelc 
 musicians of the middle ages to ouo of their notes. 
 
 Cloche, Fr. (Idosh.) Aliel!. . 
 
 Cloche de I'elevation, Fr. (klosh diih TSI-e- 
 «)a-si-5nh,) Saint's bell, rung at elevation in mass. 
 
 Cloche funebre, Fr. (klOsh fil-nflbr.) Death 
 bell. 
 
 Cloche mortuaire, Fr. (klOsh mOr-til-o?'.) 
 The passing, funeral bell. 
 
 Clocher, Fr. (klo-sha.) A belfry. 
 
 Cloche sourde, Fr. (klosh soord.) A muffled 
 bell. 
 
 Clocheton, Fr. (klOsh-tOnh.) A bell turret. 
 
 Clochette, Fr. (km-s/iel.) A little bell, a hand 
 bell. 
 
 Clocks, musical. Clocks containing an ar- 
 rangement similar to a barrel organ, moved by 
 weights and springs and producing various tunes. 
 
 CSlorone. A species of clarinet which is a fifth 
 lower than the clarinet. 
 
 Close. A cadense ; the end of a piece or passage. 
 
 Close harmony. Harmony in which the notes 
 or parts are kept as close together as possible. 
 
 C major. %The diatonic scale or key of C without 
 flats or sharps. 
 
 C minor. The diatonic scale or key of C with the 
 third and sixth ilatted. 
 
 C moll, Ge?: (tsa moll.) The key of C minor. 
 
 C natural. C without flat or sharp. 
 
 C. O. An abbreviation of dioir organ. 
 
 Co, It. (ko.) 1 
 
 Col, It. (ko-e.) J. With, with the. 
 
 Col, II. (kOl.) ) 
 
 Coalottino, It. (ko-ii-lbt-ffl-no.) See Concertino. 
 
 Cocchiata, It. (kot-ke-a-tii.) A serenade in a 
 coach. 
 
 Cocchina, It. (kOt-*3-na.) An Italian country 
 dance. 
 
 Cdda, It. (kd-da.) The end; a few bars added to 
 the end of a piece of music to make a more effect- 
 ive termination. 
 
 Cdda brillante. It. r^kd-iS, brel-M;i-t5.) A bril- 
 liant termination. 
 
 COLL 
 
 Codetta, 7i!. (ko-dat-ts..) A short coda or passage 
 added to a piece, or serving to connect one move- 
 ment with another. 
 
 Codon. A bell. 
 
 Coffre, i^?'. (kofr.) The frame ofa lute, guitar, etc. 
 
 Cogli, It. (,m-yS.) With the. 
 
 Cogll stromenti. It. pi. (/cflZ-yS strO-man-t5.) 
 Witli the instruments. ' 
 
 Cognoscente, It. (kOn-yO-sASn-tS.) One well 
 versed in music; a connoisseur. 
 
 Coi bassi. It. (kO-S bSs-sS.) With the basses. 
 
 Coi fagotti, It. (kO-B fa-got-te.) With the bas- 
 soons. 
 
 Cor violini. It. (kdr vS-O-K-nB.) With the vio-' 
 lins. 
 
 Cola, Spa. Oc5-l&.) Coda. 
 
 Colachon', Fr. (ko-la-shOnh.) An Italian instru- 
 ment, much like a lute, but with a longer neck. 
 
 Col firco. It. (kOl-fflr-ko.) With, the bow; see 
 Coll 'drco. 
 
 Colascidne, It. (kO-las-she-O-nS.) An instru 
 raent like the guitar, with two strings only. 
 
 Col basso. It. (kOl biis-sO.) With the bass. 
 
 Col C- An abbreviation of Col Canto. 
 
 Col C&nto, It. fkOl kan-to.) With the melody 
 or voice ; see Colla V6ce. 
 
 Colisco, Spa. (kO-ISs-kO.) An opera house, a 
 stage upon which operas or dramatic performances 
 are given. 
 
 Coll, It. (kOl.) 
 
 Colla, It. (kOI-Ul.) !- With the. 
 
 ;01.) 
 
 ;kOI-Ul.) [ 
 kOl-150 
 
 (kBl-lil das-ti-a.) With the 
 
 Collo, It. (kOl-loj ) 
 Colla d^stra, It. 
 
 ri»ht hand. • 
 Colla niassima discrezione, It. (k01-lil~ 
 
 mas-SB-mil dez-kra-tse-0-nS.) With the greatest 
 
 discretion. 
 Colla pdrte, 72. (kSl-la piir-tS.) With the part; 
 
 indicating that the time is to be accommodated to 
 
 the solo singer or player. 
 Colla pin gran fdrza e prest^zza, It. (kOl- 
 
 la pS-oo gran for-za a prSs-tat-za.) As loud and 
 
 as qnickly as possible. 
 Colla ndnta d'arco. It. (k81-ia poon-ta d'ar- 
 
 ko.) With the point or tip of the bow. 
 Colla sinistra. It. (k81-la sB-nSs-tra.) With 
 
 the left hand. 
 Colla vdce, /<. (kBl-ia vo-tshg.) With the voice; 
 
 implying that the accompanist must accommodate 
 
 and take the time from the singer. 
 Coll' drco. It. (kOl-r ar-ko.) With the bow; 
 
 the notes are to be played with the bow, and not 
 
 pizzicato. 
 College songs. Songs for the use, and sung by, 
 
 college students, usually of a convivial and 
 
 spirited character. 
 College youths. A name given to a society of 
 
 London bell-ringers, formerly of high repute. 
 CoUeglfita, It. (kOl-la-jB-a-ta.) a collegiate 
 
 church. 
 Collegiat-kirche, Ger. (kgl-Za-ghS-St-Hr-shS.) 
 
 A collegiate church. 
 Col legno. It. (kCl ISn-jH.) With the bow stick.. 
 Col l^gno dell' arco. It. (kBI lan-yO dSl-l'ar- 
 
 ko.) With the bow stick; strike the strings with 
 
 the wooden side of the bow. 
 
PRONOUNCIlirG MTJSI.OAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 51 
 
 S ate, & add, S arm, e eve, g end, I ice, I ill, oM, Q 0(2(2, (2ai;e, oo moon, U 2u<«, ii duf, ii French sound. 
 
 COLL 
 
 kBl-lg trom-hS.) With the 
 
 With the 
 
 ) Orna- 
 y mental 
 \ p a s - 
 
 Colle parti, It. (kOl-lS pdr-ts.) With the prin- 
 cipal parts. 
 
 Colle trombe. It. 
 trumpets. 
 
 Colliiiet. Flageolet. 
 
 Coll' otta-va, It. (kOl-r OMa-vS.) 
 octave. 
 
 ColofiMie, Fr. {kBl-»-fane.) 
 
 Colof<>nia, It. (kBl-0./S-nS-a.) 
 
 Colophane, Fr. (kOl-o-fane.) 
 
 Colophon, Fr. (kBl-0-R5nh.) 
 
 Coloplioninm, Ger. (kBl-o/a-nl-oom.) 
 
 Colophony, Fng. 
 Resin; used for the hair in the how of a violin, 
 etc., -to enable the performer to get a better hold 
 upon the strings. 
 
 Coloratiira, It. (kO-IO-rS-ioo-ra.) 
 
 Colorature, It. (kO-10-riWoo-rS.) 
 
 Coloratnren, Ger. (ko-lO-ra^ioo-rEn.) 
 sages, roulades, embellishments, etc., in vucal 
 music. 
 
 t oma, 5/»)(. (M-ma.) A comma. 
 
 Combination pedals. See Composition iiedals. 
 
 Come, It. {k5-ra&.) As, like, the same as. 
 
 Com^ilie, Fr. (kom-a-ds.) Comedy, play. 
 
 Com^di^n, Fr. (k8m-s.di-(J«A.) I A com- 
 
 Comediante, Spa. (kO-ma-de-an-tS.) ( edian, an 
 
 Comedienne, Fr. (k8m-a-dI-(jnA.) An actress. 
 
 Comedy, lyric- A comedy specially adapted lor 
 singing. 
 
 C<Sme U primo t^mpo. It. (kO-mS SI prs-mo 
 t6m-po.) In the same time as the first. 
 
 Cdme prima, II. (kO-mS pre-ma.) As before, 
 as at first. 
 
 Comes, Lat. (45-m8s.) A companion: this terra 
 was used by old theorists to indicate the answer, 
 in a fugue. 
 
 C<>ine stfpra. It. (kO-mS so-pra.) As above; as 
 before; indicating the repetition of a previous or 
 similar passage. 
 
 C<Sme sta. It. (kO-mS stK.) As it stands; per- 
 form exactly as written. 
 
 Cdide t<Smpo del t^ma. It. (kO-mS tem-'pa 
 dSl td-mh.) In the same time as the theme. 
 
 Cdmlco, 72. (io-mS-kO.) I Comic; also, a comic 
 
 ComiqLue, Fr. (kBm-SA.) j actor, and a writer of 
 comedies. 
 
 Comic opera. Burlesque opera ; an opera inter- 
 spersed with light songs, dances and jests. 
 
 Comic song. A song set to comical, humorous 
 words. 
 
 Comtqnement, Fr. (kBm-?A-manh.) Comi- 
 cally, jocosely. 
 
 Cominci&nte, It. (ko-men-tshB-an-t6.) A begin- 
 ner in music," etc. 
 
 Cominci&re, It. (k0-m5n-tshe-(ii-rg.) To begin. 
 
 Cominciftta, It. (kO-mEn-tshB-a-ta.) The begin- 
 ning, the commencement. 
 
 Cdnuna, It. (kdm-ma,.) The smallest of all the 
 sensible intervals of tone, and used in treating or 
 analyzing musical sounds. As an illustration, 
 the difference between DJ and Ejj as played upon 
 the violin by the best performers. A tone is di- 
 vided into nine almost Imperceptible intervals, 
 called commas, five of which constitute the major 
 semitone, and four the minor eemitona 
 
 COMP 
 
 Conun^dia, Ii. (kBm-mS-dS-a.) A play, a com- 
 edy; also, a theatre. 
 
 Commedi&nte, It. (kBm-m^dS-an-tE.) A come- 
 dian. 
 
 Comme il-faut, Fr. (kOm gl io.) As it should 
 be. 
 
 Commenfant. Fr. (kSm-manh-sanh.) A begin- 
 ner in music, etc. 
 
 Commencer, Fr. (kOm-manh-sa.) To begin, to 
 commence. 
 
 Coinmodamente, It. (kOm-mO-da-man-tE ) With 
 ease and quietude. 
 
 Commodo, It. (kOm-mO-dO.) Quietly, compos- 
 edly. 
 
 Common chord, A chord consisting of a bass 
 note with its third and fifth, to which Its octave 
 Is usually added. 
 
 Common chord, imperfect. A chord con- 
 sisting of a bass, accompanied by its minor third 
 and imperfect iifth. 
 
 Common hallelnjah metre. A stanza of six 
 lines of iambic measure, the syllables of each 
 being in number and order as follows: 8, 6, 8, 6, 
 8,8. 
 
 Common measure. That measure which has 
 an even number of parts in a bar. 
 
 Common metre. A verse or stanza of four lines 
 in iambic measure, the syllables of each being in 
 nuniher and order, thus, 8, 6, 8, 6. 
 
 Common particular measnre. A stanza of 
 six lines in iambic measure, the number and or- 
 der of syllables as follows: 8, 8, 6, 8, 8, 6. 
 
 Common time. That time which has an even 
 number of parts in a bar ; common measure. 
 
 Common time, compound. Sextuple time. 
 
 Common time. halt*. A measure containing 
 only two crotchets or their equivalents. 
 
 Common time, simple. There are two species, 
 the first containing one seraibreve in each bar, 
 and the second a minim. 
 
 Common turn, A turn consisting of the prin- 
 cipal note, the note above it and the note below it. 
 
 Commune, lat. (kBm-mS-nE.) One of the modes 
 of the ancients. 
 
 Comodam^nte, It. (kB-mO-da-man-tg.) ) Con- 
 
 CfimodO, 72. (*S-mO-dO.) jvenlent. 
 
 ly, easily, quietly, with composure. > 
 
 Compania, Spa. (kOm i>a-m-'A.) A company of 
 players. 
 
 Comparses, Fr. (kBnh-par-s5.) Supernumera. 
 ries; persons who appear upon the stage to swell 
 the numbers without taking active part. 
 
 Compas, Spa. (kom-pds.) Capability of voice, 
 time. 
 
 CompasUlo, Spa. (kBm-pa-sS?-yO.) Quick time, 
 in music. 
 
 Compass. The range of notes or sounds of which 
 any voice or instrument is capable. 
 
 Compasso, For. (cOm-pas-aO.) A beating of 
 time. 
 
 Compensating piano. An English piano with 
 heavy strings by means of whiph full power is ob- 
 tained from a small or cottage piano. 
 
 Compensation mixture. An organ mixture 
 stop, in the pedals, and intended to assist the 
 intonation of the pedal pipes. 
 
52 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, a add, S, arm, B eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, S dom, oo moon, a lute, a i«i, fl French lound. 
 
 COMP 
 
 Compiac^vole, It. (kOm-pS-WsAS-vO-lS.) I 
 
 Compiacimento, /<. (kOm-pg-a-tshS-msn-tO. j 
 Agreeable, pleasing, attractive. 
 
 Compiacevolmente, It. (k0m-pS-a-tBli5-vOl- 
 ?ndn-t&.) In a pleasant and agi'eeable style. 
 
 Completa, It. (kOm-pS-o-ta.) Complin ; evening 
 prayers. 
 
 Complaiute, Fr. (^kSm-pldnhi.) A religioua bal- 
 lad. 
 
 Complement. That quantity which is vfanting 
 to any interval to fill up an octave. 
 
 Complementarjr part. That part which is 
 added to the subject and counter-subject of a 
 fugue. 
 
 Compl^sso, It. (kSm-plas-sa.) A term applied 
 to a chord which is complete. 
 
 Complete cadence. A full cadence. 
 
 Complin, Lat. (M»J-plIn.) Evening service dur- 
 ing Lent in the Catholic church. 
 
 Componaster, Ger. (k8m-po-«a«-t8r.) A bad 
 composer. 
 
 Compdnere, 7i. (k0m-»3-na-r8.) 1 To com- 
 
 Componiren, Ger. (kom-pO-nS-r'n.) V pose mn- 
 
 Comptfrre, It. (k8m-»ar-re.) ) sic. 
 
 Componedor, Spa. (kOm-pO-na-dl5?'.) ) A com- 
 
 Componitdre, /<. (k0m-po-nS-M-r6.) J-poser, an 
 
 Componlsta, It. (kom-pO-nSs-ta.) ) author. 
 
 Componitrice, It. (k8m-pO-n5-«rS-t9hS.) A fe- 
 male composer. 
 
 Comparre per I'orsano, It. (kOm-^ar-rS pgr 
 rOr-ya-nO.) To set to the organ. 
 
 Composer, Fr. (k8nh-p0-z5.) To compose music. 
 
 Composer. One who composes, one who writes 
 an original work. 
 
 Composicion, Spa. (k8m-pO-sB-th5-5re.) Mu- 
 sical composition. 
 
 Composite inteirvals. Those intervals which 
 consist of two or more semitones. 
 
 Compositenr, Wr. fk8m-pBs-i-<dr.) 1 A oom- 
 
 Compositdre, It. (kom-pSs-e-W-rg.) V poser of 
 
 Componist, Ger. (k8m-pO-?i»s<.) ) .music. 
 
 iCompositeur de ftigaes, Fr. (kom-p8s-Wa?' 
 duh filg.'} A composer of fugues. 
 
 Composition. Any musical production ; the art 
 of inventing or composing music, according to 
 the rules or harmony. 
 
 Composition, ft-ee. That which deviates some- 
 what ttom the rules of composition. 
 
 Composition, erotic. That which has love for 
 its subject. 
 
 Composition, strict. A composition that ad- 
 heres rigidly to the rules of art. 
 
 Composiiion pedals. Pedals connected with 
 a system of mechanism for arranging the stops 
 of an organ. Invented by J. C. Bishop. 
 
 Compositor, music. A person whp- sets music 
 type. 
 
 Compositdra, It. {kBm-pBs-8-ioo-ra.) 1 Acom- 
 
 Composizidne, It. (k8m-pBs-B-tsB-S-nS.) ( posi- 
 tion, or musical work. 
 
 Composizidne di tavoUno, It. (k8m-p6s-B- 
 ts5-5-nB dS tav-0-iS-nO.) Table music, music sung 
 at table, as glees, catches, rounds. 
 Composso, It. CkSm-pos-BO.) { Composed, set 
 Compdsto, 7f. (k8m-pS«-to.) j to music. 
 Compostnra, Spa. (k8m-p0s-<oo-ra.) Musical 
 composition. | 
 
 CONG 
 
 Compound appoggiatnra. An appoggiatura 
 consisting of two or more small notes. 
 
 Compound harmony. Simple harmony with 
 an octave added. 
 
 Compound harpsichord. An instrument in- 
 vented in 1774, having hammers like a pianoforte. 
 
 Compound intervals. Those which exceed 
 the extent of an octave ; as a ninth, tenth, etc. 
 
 -Compound stops. Where three or more organ 
 stops are arranged so that by pressing down one 
 key, they all sound at once. 
 
 Compound times. Those which include, or 
 exceed six parts in a measure, and contain 
 two, or more, principal accents, as, 6-1, 6^, 9-4, 
 9-8, 12-8, etc. 
 
 Compressed harmony. See Close Harmony. 
 
 Compntatrlces, Lat. (k8m-pa-<a-trl-s5s.) Wo- 
 men whom the ancients employed to sing and 
 weep over the dead at funerals. 
 
 Con, It. (k8n.) With. 
 
 Con abbandono. It. (kBn 3.-Mn-dS-nO.) Willi 
 passion, with ardent feeling. 
 
 Con abbanddno ed espressidne, It. (kBu 
 a-ban-(i5-nO Sd 6s-pras-sS-3-nS.) With passionate 
 feeling and self abandon. 
 
 Con affdtto. It. (kBn &f-fdt-ta.) 1 In an 
 
 Con afTezidne, It. (kBn af-fS-tsS-S-nS.) f affect- 
 ing manner, with warmth. 
 
 Con afflizidne, II. (kBn af-flS-tsg-«-nS.) With 
 affliction, mournfully. 
 
 Con agilitft, It. (kBn a-jSl-S-ta.) With agility, 
 neatly. 
 
 Con a^tazidne, It. (kBn aj-g-ta-tsS-S-nS.) With 
 agitation, hurriedly. 
 
 Con alciina licdnza. It. (k8n ai-A:oo-na IS- 
 tshdnr-teS..) With a certain degree of license as 
 regards time and egression. 
 
 Con all^grezza. It. (kBn &[-l&-grat-6S..) With 
 lightness, cheerfully. 
 
 Con alterdzza. It. (kBn al-tB-rS^-sa.) With an 
 elevated and sublime expression. 
 
 Con amabilit&, It. (kBn a-ma-bSl-S-ta.) With 
 gentleness and grace. 
 
 Con amardzza, It. (kBn a-ma-?-ai.sa.) With 
 affliction, with a sense of grief. 
 
 Con amdre. It. (kBn a-md-rg.) With tenderness 
 and affection. 
 
 Con anima. It. (kBn dn-e-mSi.) 1 With anima- 
 
 Con animo, /<■ (kBn an-g-mB.) Ition and bold- 
 ness. 
 
 Con animazidne, It. (kBn an-g-ma-tsS-^-nS.) 
 With animation, decision, boldness. 
 
 Con and&ce. It. (kBn ou-tfa-tshS.) With bold- 
 ness, audacity. 
 
 Con bell^zza, /£. (kBn bgl-lat-za.) With beauty 
 of tone and expression. 
 
 Con bizarria. It. (kBn ToS-tsdr-rS-S,.) Capri- 
 ciously, at the fancy of the player or composer. 
 
 Con bravura. It. (kBn braruoo-ra,) Withbrav. 
 ery, with boldness. 
 
 Con brio, /*. (kBn brd-a.) With life, spirit, 
 brilliancy. 
 
 Con brio ed animfito. It. (kBn brg-O ad an- 
 g-ma-to.) With brilliancy and animation. 
 
 Con c&Ima, It. (kBn kdl-m&.) With calmness 
 and tranquility. 
 
PiBONOUNOIirG MITSIOAL tHOTIONAET. 
 
 53 
 
 I ale, S add, S arm, 6 eve, S end, I toe, I ill, <t oM, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, Vl lute, Q &ut, Q French sound. 
 
 ,CONC 
 
 Con caldre, J<. (kOn k£-;^rg. With warmth, 
 with fire. 
 
 Con carita. It. (kQu ka-?'2-tS.) With tender- 
 Con celerita, /(. (kOn tshS-lSr-e-<(Z.) With 
 celerity, with rapidity. 
 
 Concafenazltfne armtfnica, It. (k8n-k£tg- 
 na-tse-a-nS- Sr-mS-nS-ka.) Harmony in which 
 Bome ol the parts are changed or moving, while 
 others are held on or sustained. 
 
 Concent. Concord of sounds, harmony. 
 
 Concentlo, Zat. (kBn-sM-shi-o.) I Concord, 
 
 Conc^nto, /^ (kUn-tshan-to.) j agreement, 
 harmony of voices and instruments. 
 
 Concentrfire, It. (kOn-tshSn-<ra-rS.) To con- 
 centrate the sounds. It also means to veil the 
 sounds in mystery. 
 
 Concentnal. Harmonious. 
 
 ('oncentns, Lat. (kfin-s^n-tSs.) Harmonious 
 hiending of Eonnds ; concord. 
 
 Concert. A performance in public of practical 
 musicians, either vocal or instrumental, or hoth. 
 2. Harmony, unison. 
 
 Conceirt, amateur. A concert of non-profes- 
 sional musicians. 
 
 Concertando, It. (kOn-tshSr-ia»i-dO.) Aconcer- 
 tante. 
 
 Concertant, Fr. ^k8nh-sgr-ianA.) Performer 
 in a concert, a musician. 
 
 Concertfinte, It. (kOn-tshEr-ian-tS.) A piece in 
 which each part is alternately principal and sub- 
 ordinate, as in a dHo concertdnte. 2. A concerto 
 for two or more instruments, with accompani- 
 ments for a full band. 3. A female concert singer. 
 
 ConcertAto, It. (kBn-tshSr-<a-tO.) In an irregu- 
 lar and extemporaneous manner; see also Con- 
 certante. 
 
 Concertata, messa, It. (kfin-tshgr-ta-tS mJie- 
 sii.) A concerted mass. 
 
 Concerfate, madrigali. It. (kSn-tshgr-to-tS 
 mild-rS-g'tt-15.) Accompanied madrigals. 
 
 Concerted music. Music in which several 
 voices or instruments are heard at the same time ; 
 in opposition to solo music. 
 
 Concerter, i^r. (kOn-sSr-ta.). To give a concert, 
 to practice for a concert. 
 
 Concert-geber, Qer. (kOn-teert-g'ffl-bSr.) One 
 who gives a concert. 
 
 Concert-grand pianoforte. The largest 
 grand pianoforte. 
 
 Concertina, It. (kOn-tshSr-K-na.) A small in- 
 strument, hexagonal in shape, held in the hands. 
 The sounds are produced by pressing the fingers 
 upon the keys, which are placed upon each side 
 of the instrument, and working the bellows at the 
 same time, to produce the requisite supply of 
 wind. 
 
 Concertina, alto. A concertina having the 
 compass of the viola. 
 
 Concertina, bass. A concertina having the 
 compass of the violincello. 
 
 Concertina, soprano. A concertina having 
 the compass of the violin. 
 
 Concertino, It. (kOn-tsh6r-<S-nO. A short con- 
 certo. 3. A principal part in a concerto, or other 
 foil orchestral piece. 8. The principal instru- 
 ment In a concert. 
 
 CONC 
 
 Concertiren, Ger. (kOn-ts8r-«-r'n.) To accord, 
 to agree in sound; also, a soli movement where 
 each instrument or voice has in its turn the prin- 
 cipal part. 
 
 Concertixing. Giving concerts. 
 
 Concert - melster, Qer. (kOn-<slr< mJs-tSr.) 
 Master or conductor of a concert. 
 
 Concerto, It. (k6n-<sAfr-tO.) A composition for 
 a solo instrument with orchestral accompani- 
 ments. 2. A concert; harmony. 
 
 Concerto a solo. A concerto written for the 
 purpose of displaying the powers of a particular 
 instrument, without accompaniment. 
 
 Concerto di chiesa. It. (kOn-teA^r-tO d6 ke- 
 5-za.) A concert oT church music. 
 
 Concerto doppio. It. (k8n-<«A^?'-tO dBp-pS-O.) 
 A concerto for two or more instruments. 
 
 Concerto grande, Fr. (kfln-<«/i^r-tO grSnd.) I 
 
 Concerto grdsso. It. (^Xm-tsKirAXi gros-so.) | 
 A grand orchestral composition for many instru- 
 ments; a grand concert. 
 
 Concerto splritnfile, It. (kZn-tshlr-ta spE-rS- 
 too-Wg.) A miscellaneous concert consisting 
 chiefly of sacred or classical music. 
 
 Concertone, It. (kOn-tshSr-to-nS.) A cancer 
 
 Concert, operatic. A performance of music 
 selected from operas. 
 
 Concert - saal, Ger. (k8n-i8^rt sffl.) Concert 
 hall. 
 
 Concert -spieler, Ger. (^^n-tsM spl-Ki.) A 
 solo player, concerto player. 
 
 Concert spiritnel, Fr. ^ (k8n-te^rt spS-rS-too- 
 Si.) See Conclrto Spiritudle. 
 
 Concert-stttck, Ger. {kan-tsM sttik.) A con- 
 cert-piece ; a concerto. 
 
 Concert pitch. The pitch adopted by general 
 consent for some one given note, and by which 
 every other note is governed. 
 
 Concha, Lat. (k6n-kfi.) The Triton's trumpet. 
 
 Conches. A species of trumpet used among the 
 Himalayan mountains. 
 
 Conocinidad, Spa. (k8n-0-th5-nS-(?ad!.) Har- 
 mony, just proportion of sound. 
 
 Concinnity. Fitness, suitableness, neatness: 
 (little used.) 
 
 Concinnus, Lat. (kSn-s^n-nUs.) Harmonizing, 
 coinciding in effect. 
 
 Concino, Lat. (kBn-83-nO.) To sing or play har- 
 moniously. 
 
 Concit&to, It. (kBu-tshS-<a-tO.) Agitated, per- 
 turbed. 
 
 Concomitant sounds. Accessory sounds. 
 
 Con civetteria. It. (;k8n tshg-v6t>ta-rg-a.) With 
 coquetry, in a coquettish manner. 
 
 Conclnsione, It. (kOn-kloo-zg-S-ng.) The con- 
 clusion, or winding up. 
 
 Con cdmodo. It. (k8n M-mO-dO.) With ease, 
 in convenient time. 
 
 Concord. A harmonious combination of sounds ; 
 the opposite to a discord. 
 
 Concordabilis, Lat. (kBn-kOr-da-bg-lis.) Easily 
 according, harmonizing. 
 
 Concordancia, 5pa.. (kBn-kSr-iiara-thg-a.) Con- 
 cord, harmony. 
 
 Concordant. Agreeing, correspondent, uarmo- 
 nious. 
 
54 
 
 PEONOTJIirciNG MUSICAL DIOTIOWAET. 
 
 S ale, S, add, a arm, S eve, g end, I ice, 1 ill, old, odd, 6 do»e, oo moon, U lute, u but, 11 French sound. 
 
 CONC 
 
 Concordante, It. (kSn-kOr-tfan-tS.) Concordant. 
 
 Concordamten, Gc/'. (kOn-kOr-dara-t'n.) Those 
 Bounds which, in combination, produce a concord. 
 
 Concordfinza, It. (kiin-kOr-(iffira-tsa.) ) p„_„„,.,i 
 
 Concorde, if-)-. (kOn-kOrd.) ka?monv 
 
 Coav.6rata, It. (ken-Mr-dS-5.) (harmony. 
 
 Concord, consonant. The perfect concord and 
 its derivatives. 
 
 Concord, imperfect. A term sometimes ap- 
 plied to the third and eighth concords. 
 
 Concords, dissonant. An inconsistent expres- 
 sion at times applied to discordant combinations. 
 
 Concord, simple. That in which only two notes 
 in consonance are heard. 
 
 Concords, perfect. The perfect fourth, fifth, 
 and eighth. 
 
 Con dellcat^zza, 7i!. (kOn dgl-e-kS-tat-sa.) With 
 delicacy and sweetness. 
 
 Con desid^rio. It. (kOn C^z.S-da-vS-0.) With 
 desire and ardent longing. 
 
 Con devozitfne. It. (kon da-vO-tsS-S-nS.) With 
 devotion, devoutly. 
 
 Con diligenza. It. (kOn de-ls-j'e»-tsa.) With 
 care and diligence. 
 
 Con dlscrezidne. It. (kOn des-krS-tsS-S-nS.) 
 With discretion; at the discretion of the per- 
 former. 
 
 Con disperazitSne, It. (kSn dSs-pg-rS-tsS-o- 
 nS.) With despaii', violence of expression. 
 
 Con divozidne. It. (kOn dS-vo-tsS-o-nS.) With 
 religions feeling; in a devotional manner. 
 
 Con dtflce mani^ra. It. (k5n dSl-tshS mil- 1 
 n6-a-rii.) " I 
 
 Con dolc£zza. It. (kOn dUl-tsaht-aa.) ) 
 
 In a simple, delicate manner; with softness, 
 sweetness, delicacy. 
 
 Con doldre, II. (k0n-dO-i5-r5.) Mournfully, with 
 grief arid pathos. 
 
 Condueidor, Spa. (kOn-doo-ths-dJSr.) A con- 
 ductor. 
 
 Condiicim^nto, It. (kBn-doo-tshS-mSn-tO.) A 
 melody consisting of a regular succession of con- 
 joined-degrees. 
 
 Conducim^nto circoncorrente,72. (k5n-doo- 
 tah5-mdn-W tshSr-kOn-kOr-rfl/i-tS.) A species of 
 modulation of the ancient Greeks, in which the 
 sounds rise by sharps and fall by flats. 
 
 Condncim^nto recto. It. (k8n-doo-tshS-mara- 
 to 7'^k-i6.) Another species of modulation where 
 the gounds move from grave to ftciite. 
 
 Condncim^nto ritornante. It. (kBn-doo-tshS- 
 mffirt-to rB-tOr-niire-tS.) Still another species of 
 modulation where the sounds move from acute to 
 grave. 
 
 Conductor. The master oi* chief of an orchestra, 
 who directs the time and performance of every 
 piece with his baton. 
 
 Conductns, Lat. (kSn-diii-tQs.) A very olcl 
 species of descant which, instead of being found- 
 ed upon some popular melody, was entirely ori- 
 ginal, both descant and harmony, and entirely 
 independent of everything but the imagination 
 of the composer. 
 
 Con dudlo. It. (kHn doo-5-Io.1 Mournfully, with 
 grief. 
 
 Couduttdre, It. (kOn-doot-M-rO.) A conductor. 
 
 CONG 
 
 Con eles&nza. It. 
 
 elegance. 
 
 (kBn SAS-gdn-taSi.) ^With 
 
 Con elevatezza. It. (kfin S-lg-va-tat-s3.) I 
 Con elevazidne. It. (kOn S-lB-vartsg-o-nS.) j 
 
 With elevation of style ; with dignity. 
 Con energia. It. (kOn a-n§r-Jg-a.) I With en- 
 Con energico, /i. (kOu a-ngr-je-kO.) j ergy and 
 
 emphasis. 
 Con eutusifismo, It. (kBn gn-too-zg-os-nio.) 
 
 With enthusiasm. 
 Con eq.nalianza. It. (kSn S-qna-lg-a7i-tsa.) With 
 
 smoothness and equality. 
 Con e senza stromenti. It. (kBn a sgn-tsa 
 
 stro-mfe-ts.) With and without instruments. 
 Con e senza violini. It. (kOn a sgn-tsa ve-0- 
 
 Id-nB.) With and without violins. 
 Con esp. I An abbreviation of Con JSspres- 
 Con espres. f sione. 
 Con espressidne, It. (kOn as-prSs-sg-o-ng.) 
 
 With expression. 
 Con facilita. It. (kBn ia-tshg-lg-<a.) With facility 
 
 and ease. 
 Con espressidne dolordsa, It. (kBn as-prgs- 
 
 sS-o-nS dO-10-rO-za.) With a sad expression. 
 Con dstro podtico, It. (kBn ds-trO pO-a-tg-kO.) 
 
 With poetic fervor. 
 Con fermdzza, It. (kBn ISr-mat-sa.) With firm- 
 ness. 
 Con festivltd, It. (kBn f gs-tg-vg-ta.) With fes- 
 tive gaiety. 
 Con ndiicia. It. (kBn f g-doo-tshg-a.) With hope, 
 
 with confidence. 
 Con flerdzza, It. (kBn f5-g-m(-sa.) With fire, 
 
 fiercely. 
 Con fiochdzza. It. (kBn te-O-kat-sSi.) With 
 
 hoarseness, hoarsely, as occasionally m ti^^o 
 
 parts. 
 Conflation. The act of blowing two or more in- 
 struments together. 
 Con flessibilitfi, It. (kBn flgs-sS-bS-lS-ici.) With 
 
 freedom, flexible. 
 Confogotto obligato. It. (kBn fo-gBt-tO Bb-lg- ■ 
 
 gd-tO.y Must be played with a bassoon. 
 Con forza. It. (kOn for-tsa.) With force; with 
 
 vehemence. 
 Con freddezza. It. |(kBn trM-dat-tsi.) With 
 
 coldness and apathy. - 
 Confrdrie de St. Jnlien, Fr. (kon-/m-rg 
 
 diih sBnh jll-lg-anA.) An ancient French asso- 
 ciation or club of ballad singers and itinerant 
 
 fiddlers. 
 Con ftrdtta, It. (kBn frat-t&.) Hurriedly, with 
 
 an increase of time. 
 Con fadco. It. (kBn foo-5-kO.) \'rith fire and 
 
 passion. 
 Con fdria, 7^ (kBn/oo-rg-a.) I With fury, r.ige, 
 Ct^n ffardre. It. (kBn foo-r5-rg.) i vehemence. 
 Con g&rbo. It. (kBn g'd>-bO.) With simplicity 
 
 and elegance. 
 Con gentUdzza, It. (kBn jCn-tg-lat-tsa.) With 
 
 grace and elegance. 
 Con giustezza. It. (kBn djoos-tat-tsa.) With 
 
 justness and precision. 
 Con ginstdzza dell' intonazidne. It. (kBn 
 
 djoos-tad-tsa dSir en-to-na-tsg-o-ng.) With just 
 
 and correct intonation. 
 Con gli. It. pi. (kBn gIS.) \/ith the. 
 
PEONOTTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 55 
 
 a ale, & add, & arm, B eve, S end, I ice, 1 ill, old, S odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, ii but, tt French sound. 
 
 CONG 
 
 Con gll stTomentI, It. (kOn gie strO-man-tg.) 
 
 With the instruments. 
 Con gradazione. It. (k&n gr^dS-tsS-^-ng.) With 
 
 gradual increase and decrease. 
 Con srdnde esnressitfne. It. (kSu grran-dS 
 
 6B-pre8-se-5-n6.) With much expresBion. 
 Con grand^zza. It. (kSn griin-dat^tsa.) With 
 
 dignity and grandenr. 
 Con gravita, /<. fkOn gr8-vS-fa.) With gravity. 
 Con gr&zia, i<. (kou grd-tsB-S,.) With grace and 
 
 elegance. 
 Con siSsto, It. (kSn goos-to.) With taste. 
 Con impeto. It. (kOn ?m-p3-to.) I 
 
 Con impetuosita. It. (kSn em-pg-too-0-BE-6z.) ) 
 
 With impetuosity and vehemence. 
 Con fuipeto dolordso. It. (k8n ?m-p5-to do- 
 
 10-rg-zO^ With pathetic force and energy. 
 Con indiffer^nza. It. (ktin en-dSf-ffrran-tsS.) 
 
 In an easy and iudiirerent manner. 
 Con innoc^nza. It. (kBn en-nO-tshan-tsS,.) In 
 
 a simple, artless style. 
 Con intimissimo sentim^nto. It. (kSn Sn- 
 
 te-mjs-se-mo sSn-ts-man-to.) With very mnch 
 
 feeling; with great expression. 
 Con intrepldezza. It. (kfin Sn-trS-pS-da^tsa.) 
 
 With intrepidity, holdly. 
 Con Ira, It. (kOn 8-ra.) With anger. 
 Con isdegno. It. (kOn Ee-dSn-yO.) With anger, 
 
 angrily. 
 Con fsmania. It. (kSn gs-ma-ng-a.) In a fren- 
 zied style. 
 Con istrepito, It. (kOn Es-tra-pe-tO.) With 
 
 noise and bluster. 
 Conjoint degi'ees. Two notes which imme- 
 diately follow each other in the order of the scale. 
 Coi^ofnt tetrar.liords. Two tetrachords or 
 
 fourths of which the highest note of one is the 
 
 lowest of the other. 
 Conjunct, Lat. CsSn-junkt.) A term applied by 
 
 the ancient Greeks to tetrachords, or fourths, 
 
 when the highest note of the lower tetrachord 
 • was also the lowest note of the tetrachord next 
 
 above it. 
 Conjunct degree. A degree in which two notes 
 
 form the interval of a second. 
 Conjunct snccession. Where a succession of 
 
 tones proceed regularly upward or downward 
 
 through several degrees. 
 Con justo. It. (kOn joos-to.) With exactness. 
 Con iegger^zza. It. (kOn led-jS-rSttsa.) I With 
 Con leggierczza,/<.(kOn ISd-jS-E-rSi-tsa.) J light- 
 ness and delicacy. 
 Con len^zza. It. (kOn le-na<-tsa.) With mild- 
 ness, sweetness. 
 Con lent^zza. It. (kOn Jgn-Mc2-tsa.) With 
 
 slowness, lingering. 
 Con maesta. It. (kSn mS^B-td.) With majesty 
 
 and grandenr. 
 Con malanconua. It. (kKn raSASa-Ao-nS-S,.) 
 Con nialencon)La,72. (kfin ma-lSn-Ag-nS- ' " 
 Con malinconia, It. (kOn mSASn-7cd-nS- . 
 
 With an expression of melancholy and sadness. 
 Con m&no d^stra. It. (kfin mo-no das-trS..) I 
 Con m&no drf tta. It, (kOn mfirUO drSt-tSi.) ) 
 
 With the right hand. 
 Con mdno sinistra. It, (kSn tnd-nO sS-nU- 
 
 tra.) With the left hand. 
 
 B-a.) 1 
 
 5-a,j [ 
 
 COKS 
 
 Con mist^rlo^ It. (kOn mgz-<a-rS-0.) With mys- 
 tery, with an air of mystery. 
 
 Con moderazi<$ne. It. (k&n mSd-S-ra-tsS-c!-ne.) 
 With a moderate degree of quickness. 
 
 Con mOlto espressidne, It. ([kfin mol-to £s- 
 pr6s-se-5-nS.) With much expression. 
 
 Con nuSlto oar&tt£re. It. (kfin mBl-tO kar-aV- 
 t6-r6.) With much character and emphasis. 
 
 Con mtflto passidne. It. (kfin mSl-tO pas-s'e- 
 S-nS.) With much passion and feeling. 
 
 Con mdlto sentim^nto. It. (kfin mdl-ta sSn- 
 te-m«ra-tO.) With much reeling or sentiment. 
 
 Con morbidSzza. It. (kfin m8r-bB-dat-tsa.) 
 With excess of feeling or delicacy. 
 
 Con mlSto, It. (kfin mS-tO.) With motion; not 
 dragging. 
 
 Connecting note. A note held in common by 
 two successive chords. 
 
 Con neglig^nza. It. (kfin n5l-yB-j5n-tsa.) In a 
 negligent manner, without restraint. 
 
 Con nobilita. It. (kfin nO-bB-lE-ta.) With no- 
 bility. 
 
 Connaissenr, Fr. (kfin-na-siir.) I One skilled 
 
 Connoisseur, Fr. Qdin-v/a-sur.) J in music ; a 
 good judge and critic of musical composition 
 and performance. 
 
 Conocedor, Sp. (kOn-O-thB-dor ( A connoisseur. 
 
 Con osserv&nza. It. (kfin fis-ser-van-ztt.) With 
 great care arid exactness in regard to time and 
 expression. 
 
 Con ott&va, It, (kfin 6t-ia-va.) I With the oc- 
 
 Con S-va. ) tave; to be 
 
 played in octaves. 
 
 Con passidne. It. (kfin pas-sE-o-nB.) In an im- 
 passioned manner, with great emotion. 
 
 Con T)iacevol6zza, It. (Icfin pe-a-t6hgv-o-/S<- 
 tsa.) " With pleasing and graceful expression. 
 
 Con pin moto. It. (kfin pE-oo mO-to.) With 
 increased motion. 
 
 Con preclpitazidne, It. (kfin prg-tshE-pe-ta- 
 tsB-o-nS.) With precipitation; in a hurried man- 
 ner. 
 
 Con precisidne. It. (kfin prS-tshe-zS-a-nS.) With 
 exactness and precision. 
 
 Con prest^zza. It. (kfin prSa-tdd-tBS,.) With 
 precision and exactness. 
 
 Con r&bbia. It. (kfin rafi-bE-a.) With rage, with 
 fury. , 
 
 Con rapidltdi, It. (kon rS-pE-dS-ia.) With rapid- 
 ity. 
 
 Con replica, It. (kfin r5-plE-ka.) With repeti- 
 tion. 
 
 Con risolnzldne, It. (kfin rg-zO-loo-tsS-5-ng.) 
 With firmness and resolution. 
 
 Con scioltezza. It. (kfin shE-Ol-tad-tsS.) Free- 
 ly, disconnectedly. 
 
 Con sd^gno. It. (kfin sddn-yO.) With wrath; 
 in an angry and scornful manner. 
 
 Consecutive. A term applied to two or more 
 similar intervals or chords, immediately follow- 
 ing one another. 
 
 Consecutive fifths. Two or more perfect fifths, 
 immediately following one another in similar 
 motion. Consecutive fifths are disagreeable to 
 the ear and forbidden by the laws of harmony. 
 
 Consecutive intervals. Where two parallel 
 
56 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, & add, a, arm, B eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, do«e, oo moon, toJe, S- 6«<, il French sound. 
 
 IT.) 
 
 8-a.) 
 B-0.) 
 >-rI-um.) 
 
 CONS 
 
 parts or voices of a score proceed in succession 
 by similar motion. 
 
 Consecutive octaves. Two parts moving in 
 niiieon or octaves witli eacii otlier. 
 
 Consecutives covered. Passages in wliich 
 consecutive iiftlis may be imagined, tliough tliey 
 do not really exist ; as, where a tliird or a sixth 
 moves to a*fifth. 
 
 Consecutives hidden. Such as occur in pass- 
 ing, by, similar motion, from an imperfect to a 
 perfect concord, or from one perfect concord to 
 another of a different kind. 
 
 Con semplicitfi, lU (k5n sSm-ple-tBhS-£a.) 
 With simplicity. 
 
 Con sensibility, It. (k5n ££n-sg-b&-lS-2a.) With 
 sensibility and feeling. 
 
 Con sentim^nto. It. (kSn sSn-tS-m^n-tO.) 
 With feeling and sentiment. 
 
 Consequent, Lat. (kOn-sS-quSntO j. An old 
 
 Conseq.uente, It. (kOn-s6-^wa7t-te.) ) terra, mean- 
 ing the answer in a fugue, or of a point of imita- 
 tion. 
 
 Conservatoire, Fr. (kBn-sEr-v5-<Md>.) 
 
 ConservatfSria, It. (k0n-sSr-va-i5-rS-a." 
 
 Conservatdrio. It. (kOn-Bgr-va-«g-r& 
 
 Conservatorium, Ger. kOn-sgr-fS-io- 
 
 Conservatory. 
 A school or academy of music, in which every 
 branch of musical art is taught. 
 
 Con severita. It. (kOu sSr^r-S-tS.) With strict 
 and severe style. 
 
 Consolftnte, It. (kOn-sO-Ia^-tg.) In a cheering 
 and consoling manner. 
 
 Consolatam^nte, It. (kOn-sO-l^tS-man-tS.) 
 Quietly, cheerfully. 
 
 Con splenuita, It. (kSn sO-lSn-ng-<a.) With 
 solemnity. 
 
 Con sdmma espressione. It. (kSn sim-mS. 
 gs-prgs-sg-5-n5.) With very great expression. 
 
 Consonance. An accord of sounds agreeable, 
 and satisfactory to the ear; the opposite to a dis- 
 cord or dissonance. 
 
 Consonance, pei^ect, A consonance in which 
 the interval is invariable ; octaves and lifths, are 
 called perfect consonances. 
 
 Consonances, ilmperfect. The major and 
 minor thirds and sixes. 
 
 Consonant. Accordant, harmonious. 
 
 Consonaneia, Spa. (k8n-s0.na«-thB-a.) Conso- 
 nance. 
 
 Consonant concord. The perfect concord and 
 its derivitaves. 
 
 Consonante, It. (k5n-sO-nan-tg.) Harmonious, 
 consonant. 
 
 Consonantam^nte, It. (k6n-sO-nan-ta-man-tS.) 
 Accordantly. 
 
 Consonantia, Lat. (kSn-eO-n4n-shI-S.) Accord, 
 agreement of voices. 
 
 Consonant sixths. The major and minor 
 sixths. 
 
 Consonant thirds. The major and minor thirds. 
 
 Consonanz, Ger. (kBn-s0.nante.). I A ' conso- 
 
 Consonfinza, It. (k5n-sO-»an-tsa.) j n a n c e, a 
 concord. . 
 
 Consonar, Spa. (kSn-BO-nar.) To sing or play 
 in concord or unison. 
 
 CONT 
 
 Consonftre, It. (kOn-sO-na-rg.) To tune in uni- 
 son with another. 
 
 Consoues, Spa. (kOn-sO-mSs.) Concordant 
 sounds. 
 
 Consoni snoni. It. (k8n-s5-nS suio-nS.) Con- 
 cords. 
 
 Consono, Spa. (k8n-eg-nO.) Harmonious; conso- 
 nant. 
 
 Consoniren, Ger. (kBn-sO-nS-r'n.) To harmonize ; 
 to agree in sound. 
 
 Con sonority. It. (kOn sO-nO-rS-<a.) With a 
 sonorous, vibrating kind of tone. 
 
 Con sordini. It. pi. (kBn sOr-£?5-ng,) Willi 
 
 . mutes, in violin playing; in ■ pianoforte music, 
 with dampers, indicating that the dampers are 
 not to be raised by the pedal. 
 
 Con sordino. It. (kBn sBr-tfS-jio.) With the 
 mute; meaning that a mute or damper is to be 
 affixed to the bridge of the violin, viola, etc. 
 
 Con spirlto. It. (kBn s^e-rB-to.) With spirit, 
 life, energy. 
 
 Con str^pito. It. (^kBn s<ra-pg-tO.) In a bois- 
 terous manner, with impetuosity. 
 
 Con strom^nti. It. pi. (kBn BtrO-mifn-tS.) I 
 
 Con strnm^nti. It. pi. (kBn sfroo-man-te.) ( 
 With the instruments : meaning that the orchestra 
 and voices are together. 
 
 Con suav^zza, /<. (kBn swa-wMsa.) 1 With 
 
 Con snavitfi, /^ (kBn swa-vS-ia.) (sweet- 
 ness and delicacy. 
 
 Consneta, Spa. (kBn-soo-a-ia.) A prompter. 
 
 Cont. An abbreviation of Contano. 
 
 Contadina, It. (k8n-ta-Sc-na.) A country 
 dance. 
 
 Contadin£sco, It. (kBn-ta-dS-reas-kO.) Rustic, 
 in a rural style. 
 
 Contano, It. (kSn-ia-nO.) To count or rest; a 
 term applied to certain parts not played for the 
 time being, while the other parts move on. 
 
 Con tener^zza, It. (kBn tg-ng-rat-tsa.) With 
 tenderness. 
 
 Con tepidity, It. (kBn tg-p5-de-(ii.) With cold-- 
 ness and indifference. 
 
 Contera, Spa. (kBn-ta-m.) Prelude. 
 
 Con timed£zza. It. (kBn tS-mg-daMsa.) With 
 timidity. 
 
 Con tinto, It. (kBn i5re-tO.) With various shades 
 of expression. 
 
 Continu&to, It. (kBn-tS-noo-a-tO.) Continued, 
 held on, sustained. 
 
 Continued bass. See Basso Continuo. 
 
 Continued harmony. A harmony that does 
 not change, though the bass varies. 
 
 Continued rest. A rest continuing through 
 
 several sue- W"*!^"- piaTed._ 
 
 ce s s 1 V e 
 
 measures, 
 
 the number 
 
 of measures being indicated by a figure over a 
 
 whole rest. 
 
 Continuo, It. (kBn-<5-noo-D.) Without cessation. 
 
 Continuous horizontal line. A line indi- 
 cating that the passages are to be played as uni- 
 sons. ' 
 
 (Ddntra, 7«. (J&i-tra.) Low, under, 
 
 Contrah&BSist. A double bass player. 
 
 5 
 
 12 3 
 
 2 2 3 
 
 3 2 3 
 
 42 3 
 
 523 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRONOTJ]srCIN"G MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 57 
 
 & ale, S, add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, a 2u2e, & iuf , u French sound. 
 
 CONT 
 
 Ctfntra-bass. Jit. (£ji»-trit-ba8.) ^ The 
 
 C<Sntra-bas80, /t. (Wn-tra-b8s-B0.) ( double 
 
 Contra-bass viol. f bass, the 
 
 Contrabaxo, Spa. {kdn-tii-bak-sO.) ] deepest- 
 toned stringed Instrument of the bow species. 
 
 Contraction. When two parts in a fugue com- 
 press the subject, counter-subject, or an inter- 
 vening subject. 
 
 ContraddAnza, It. (kfin-trad-diin-tsii.) A coun- 
 try dance. 
 
 C<Sntra f^gtftto. It. (kon-tvarr^gdt-ta.) The 
 double bassoon ; also, the name of an organ stop 
 of 16 or 32 feet scale. 
 
 Cdntra tusa^ It. (JcSn-tr'A /oo-gS.) Counter 
 fogne. 
 
 Contr' aiti, (k8n-to'd7-te.) The liigher male 
 voices, usually called counter tones. 
 
 Contrdlto, It. (k5n-£m/-t0.) The deepest species 
 of female voice. 
 
 Con tranqiiill^zza. It. (kOn trilu-qugl-lst-tsa.) I 
 
 Con tranqnillita, It. (kSn tr£ln-quel-le-£a.) f 
 With tranquillity ; with calmness. 
 
 Contrapas, 5pa. (kOn-tra-;;as.) A Spanish dance. 
 
 Contra-posanne, Ger. (^on-trS-po-sou-nS.) 
 Double trombone; a 16 or .S2 reed stop in an 
 organ. 
 
 Contrappnntfsta, It. (kOn-trSp-poon-tl2-ta.) 
 One skilled in counter point. 
 
 Contrappdnto, It. (kOn-trflp-poon-tO.) Coun- 
 terpoint. 
 
 Contrappdnto alia declma. It. (kfiu-trilp- 
 poon-ta flMS da-tshs-ma.) A species of double 
 counterpoint, where the principal counterpoint 
 may rise a tenth above, or fall as much below, the 
 subject. 
 
 Contrappdnto alia mente. It. (kfin-trap- 
 poon-ta al-lS, mdn-ti.) See Chant sur le Livre. 
 
 Contrappdnto ddppio. It. (kOn-trap-^oon-tO 
 
 > d()i>p8-0.) Double counterpoint. 
 
 Contrappdnto ddppio alia dnod^eima. 
 It. (kOn-trap-jjoo7i-to d6p-pB-0 dl-l& doo-o-da-tshe- 
 mS.) Double counterpoint in the twelfth. 
 
 Contrappdnto sciolto. It. (kGn-ti&p-poon-ia 
 shg-o^tO.) A free counterpoint. 
 
 Contrappdnto sdpra il sosg^tto. It. (kfin- 
 tT&p-poonr-to s5-pra 61 sod-jst-to.) Counterpoint 
 above the subject. 
 
 Contrappdnto sotto il sogs^tto. It. (kOn- 
 trap-^oon-to sdt-to el Bod-Jdi-lO^ Counterpoint 
 below the subject. 
 
 Contrappdnto syncopate. It. (kUn-trSip-poon- 
 tO Ben-kO-pd-tO.) The syncopation of one part for 
 the purpose of producing discord. 
 
 Contrapnnkt, Ger. (ien-tra-poonkt.) Counter- 
 point. 
 
 Contrapanctnm floridnm, Lai. (kSn-tra- 
 p&nk-tam Jld-ii-inm.^ Ornamental counterpoint. 
 
 Contrapnnctnm in decima gravi, Lat. 
 (k6n-tra-^»A-tnm in dla-l-m& gra-yS.) A term 
 given to double counterpoint when the parts 
 move in tenths or thirds below the subject. 
 
 Contrapuntal. Relating to counterpoint. 
 
 Contrapuntist. I 
 
 Contrapuntista, It. (kOn-trS-poon-^gs-ta.) f 
 One skilled in counterpoint. 
 
 Gontrapnntus simplex, Lat. (kSn-tra-pQn- 
 tQs slm-plSs.) Simple counterpoint. 
 
 CONV 
 
 Contr' tirco, It. (k5n-tr' Sr-kB.) Bowing an in- 
 strument in a manner contrary to rule. 
 
 Contrdrio, It. (kOn-ira-rS-o.) Contrary. 
 
 Contrary bow. A reversed stroke of the bow. 
 
 Contrary motion. Motion in an opposite direc- 
 tion to some other part; one rising as the other 
 falls. 
 
 Contras, Spa. (TsJin-tras.) The bass pipes in an 
 organ. 
 
 Contrasso^getto, It. (k8n-tras-sOd-.;^(-t(5.) The 
 counter subject of a fugue. 
 
 Con trasporto. It. (kOn trSs-pBr-tO.) With an- 
 ger, excitement, passion. 
 
 Contra t^mpo. It. (k6n-tTS, i^m-pO.) Against 
 the tim^; syncopation, one part moving in a 
 slower progression than the other parts. 
 
 Contra-tenor. See Counter tenor. 
 
 Contra tSne, Ger. (kUn-trS, tC-nS.) A term ap- 
 plied to the deeper tones of the bass voice. 
 
 Cdntra violdne. It. (kOn-tra v5-0-W-nS.) ) rpj,. 
 
 Contre-basse, Fr. (kbntr-bass.) ( ^^^ 
 
 double bass. 
 
 Contredance, Fr. (kOntr-dSnhB.) A country 
 dance, a dance in which the parties engaged 
 stand in two opposite ranks. 
 
 Contre partie, Fr. (kOntr pSr-te.) The second 
 part. 
 
 Contrepolnt, Fr, (kOntr-pwanh.) Counterpoint. 
 
 Contre-sujet, Fr. (kBntr-su-zhS.) The counter- 
 subject, or second subject in a fugue. 
 
 Contre- temps, i^'r. (kBntr-tanh.) Syncopation, 
 driving notes, notes tied and accented co;itr'ary 
 to the natural rhythmic flow of the measure. 
 
 Contretems, Fr. (kOntr-tSnh.) Counter time, 
 against the time, a deviation from strict time. 
 
 Contretenour,. Fr. (kOntr-tS-noor.) Counter 
 tenor. 
 
 Con trist^zza, It. (kSn trSz-taMsa.) With sad. 
 ness, with heaviness. 
 
 Contro, It. (kOn-trO.) Counter, low. 
 
 Contro basso, /*. (kSn-trO bas-aO.) Properly 
 written, contra basso. A double bass viol, the 
 lowest part of a musical composition. 
 
 Contro fagotto. See Contra fagotto. 
 
 Contro fugue. Counter fugue. 
 
 Controviolone. See Oontraviolone. 
 
 Con tdtta fdrza. It. (kOn toot-ta./t!r-tsS.) I 
 
 Con tdtta la fdrza,/i!. (kfin toot-ta la/^r-tsS.) ) 
 With all possible force, with the whole power, as 
 loud as possible. 
 
 Con un dfto, It. (kfin oon di-Vi.) With one 
 finger. 
 
 Con variazione. It. (kfin va-rS-a-ts5-a nS.) 
 With variations. 
 
 Con veem£nza. It, (kfin vS-majj-tsa.) With 
 vehemence, force. 
 
 Con velocita, /*. (kfin vg-lo-tshg-M.) With 
 velocity. 
 
 Conversio, Lat. (kOn-sfrsI-O.) Inversion In 
 counterpoint. 
 
 Con vigdre. It. (kfin ve-jra-rS.) With vigor, 
 sprightliness, strength. 
 
 Con vlol^nza. It. (kfin vS-O-lan-tsa.) With 
 violence. 
 
 Con vivacitfi. It. (kfin vS-va-tshg-<a,) I With 
 
 Con vivfeza, /<• (kfin vg-vat-tsa.) jHTel'' 
 ness, vivacity, animation. 
 
58 
 
 PRONOtlBTOING MTJSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, S eve, 6 end, I ice, i ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, fl 6m<, ii French sound. 
 
 A mUBic copyist. 
 
 CONV 
 
 Con vdce rfiaca. It. (kBn uo-tshS y'a-ooka.) 
 With a hoarse or rough voice. 
 
 Con volubilitii, /*. (kOn vO-loo-be-lB-io.) With 
 volubility, with fluency and freedom of perform- 
 ance. 
 
 Con z61o. It. (k8n (sa-lo.) With zeal. 
 
 Con 8va. An abbreviation of Con Ottava. 
 
 Con 8va ad libitum. With octaves at pleasure. 
 
 Cop^rto, It. (kO-par-tO.) Covered, muffled. 
 
 Copist, It. (Oi-pUt.) 
 
 Copiste, Fr. (kS-7)?s«.) 
 
 Coplero, Spa. (kO-pla-r».) A ballad seller. 
 
 Copliea, Spa. (kO-plS-4a.) A little ballad. 
 
 Coppel-flBte, Ger. (A37)-p'l .Ao-tS.) Coupling 
 fliite; an organ stop of the clarabella, or stopped 
 diapason species, intended to be used in combin- 
 ation with some other stop. 
 
 C6pnla, II. (*S-poo-ia.) I A coupler. An ar- 
 
 Copule, Fr. (^kH-piil.) ( rangement by which 
 two rows of keys can be connected together, or 
 the keys connected with the pedals. 
 
 CopyriffSit, The exclusive right of an author or 
 his representative to print, publish, or sell his 
 work during a specified term of years. 
 
 Cor. An abbreviation of cornet. 
 
 Cor, Fr. (kOr.) A horn, commonly called the 
 French horn. 
 
 Cor, Wei. (kSr. A choir. 
 
 Cora, Iri. (ko-ra.) A chorus. 
 
 CorAle, It. (kO-?'a 16.) Choral ; the plain chant. 
 
 Coranasli, Gae. A funeral song or dirge. 
 
 Cor Anglaise, Fr. (kBr anh-glSs.) English 
 horn; the tenor hautboy, also a reed stop in an 
 organ. 
 
 Cor&nte, It. (kO-raTi-tS.) I A slow dance in 3-2 
 
 Cor&nto, It. (ko-ran-to.) ) or 3-4 time. 
 
 Corchea, Spa. IJcor-'k&-&.') A crotchet. ~ 
 
 C4irda, It. (Mr-dS.) A string; ima ciraa, one 
 
 string. 
 Cordatiira, It. (kiSr-da-ioo-ra.) The scale or 
 
 series of notes by which the strings of any instru- 
 ment are tuned. 
 Corderi'''"- (kOrd.) A string. 
 Corde a boy an, Fr. (kOrd fi bwa-yO) Catgut; 
 
 strings for the violin, harp, etc. 
 Corde a jonr. Fr. (kOrd a zhoor.) I An open 
 Corde a vide, Fr. (kOrd a v8d.) ) string o n 
 
 the violin, vio^a, etc. 
 Cor de chasse, Fr. (kBr diih shass.) The 
 
 hunting horn; the French horn. 
 Corde ae Inth, Fr. (kBrd diih loot.) A lute 
 
 string. 
 Corde fausse, Fr. (kBrd foss.) A false or dis- 
 sonant string. 
 Cor de postilion, Fr. (kBr diih pOs-te-yBnh.) 
 
 Postillion's horn. 
 Cordes de Naples, Fr. (kBrd diih Na-pl.) The 
 
 strings imported from Naples, for, the violin, 
 
 harp, etc. 
 Cor de sig^nal, J?'r. (kBr duh sen-ySI.) A bugle. 
 Cor de vaches, Fr. (kBr dtth va-sh5.) The 
 
 cowboy's horn. 
 Corde vuide, Fr. (kBrd vwsd.) An open string 
 
 on the violin, viola, etc. 
 
 CORN 
 
 Cordifira, It. (kBr-dS-(?-ra.) The tail piece of a 
 
 violin, viola, etc. 
 Cordon de sonnette, -?"?•. (kBr-dSnA diih sBn- 
 
 n^t.) A bell rope. 
 Corea, Spa. (M-rS-a.) Dance accompanied by a 
 
 chorus. 
 Corear, Spa. (ko-ra-ar.) To sing or play in a 
 
 chorus. 
 Coregfraffa, It. (ko-rS-j/ro-fe-a.) The method 
 
 of describing the figures of a dance. 
 Coreo, Spa. (AS-ra:0.) A foot in Latin verse. 
 Coriambus, Or. (kO-re-om-btis.) In ancient 
 
 poetry, a foot consisting of four syllables, the lu-st 
 
 and last long and the others short. 
 
 Choral. 
 
 Ctfrica, It. (Ao-rS-ka.) I 
 CfSrico, It. (M-rS-kO.) f 
 Corli'^o, /*. (kO-rg-ia-0.) The leader of the 
 
 dances in a ballet. 
 CorilldJ, Spa. . (kO-rSZ-yO.) A small choir. 
 Corima^stro, It. (ko-rSm-a-:;5s-trO.) The leader 
 
 of a choir. 
 Corinhseas, Gr. (ko-n/'-e-fls.) A leader, chief.' 
 
 head; see Corifeo. 
 Corista, It. (kB-?'2s-ta.) A chorister. 
 Cormorne. A soft-toned horn ; also a reed stop 
 
 in English organs. See Oremina. 
 Corn, Wei. (korn.) A horn. 
 Cornanidsa, It. (kBr-na-moo-za.) A species of 
 
 bagpipe. 
 Cornamnsilre, It. (kBr-na-moo-sa-r5.) To play 
 
 on the bagpipe. 
 Cornamute. A wind instrument, a species of 
 
 bagpipe. 
 Corn&re, It. (kBr-«a-re.) To sound a horn or 
 
 cornet. 
 Cornat4Sre, It. . (kBr-na-io-rB.) One who sounds, 
 
 or plays on a horn. 
 Come, Fr. (kBrn.) A horn. 
 Corne, de chasse, Fr. (kBrn diih shass.) Sea 
 
 Cor de Chasse. 
 Corneons instruments, Instruments belong- 
 ing to the horn species. 
 Cornemuse, l^r. (kBrn-uh-miiz.) See Car- 
 
 namHsa. 
 Comer, Fr. (kBr-nS.) To sound a horn, or cornet. 
 Cornet. The name of an organ stop consisting of 
 
 several ranks of pipes. .Also, a small horn, of the 
 
 nature of a trumpet used in brass bands. 
 Corneta, Spa. (kBr-na-<a.) Cornet, a' French 
 
 horn. 
 Corneta. ( A name sometimes applied to a 
 Cometto. freed stop in an organ of 16 feet scale. 
 Comet a bouqnln, Fr. (kBr-nSt a hoo-kanh.) 
 
 Cornet; bugle horn. 
 Comet a pistons, Fr. (kBr-nSt a p5s-tBnh.) 
 
 A species of trumpet, but shorter and softer, with 
 
 valves or pistons to produce the semitones. 
 Cornet di-eifach, Ger. (klS\--nU drl-l ftkh.) Cor- 
 net with tliree ranks in German organs. 
 Cornete, Spa. (kBr-«a-tg.) 1 
 Cornett, Ger. (kBr-n^i.) f-A cornet. 
 Corn^tta, It. (k8r-«.aMa.) ) 
 Cornetiea, Spa. (kBr-?ia-tS-ka.) i A small cor- 
 Comettino, /t. (kBr-nat-<?-nO.) fnet. 
 Corn^tto. It. (kBr-««<-tO.) A cornet. 
 Cornet stop. An organ stop, consisting of fire 
 
 pipes to each note. 
 
PEosrouNciiTa musical dictionary. 
 
 59 
 
 S ale, S, add, ft ar?n, S eve, 8 etid, I ice, J ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, a lute, fi but, 11 French sound. 
 
 CORN 
 
 Comet, tenor. An old style of cornet coneist- 
 ing or a cnrved tube, and increasing in diameter 
 from The month-piece to the end. 
 
 CcrECt, treble. See Comet tenor-. 
 
 C'oriiecs, Fr. (kOr-nHs.) A post-boy, a horn 
 
 blOWLT. 
 
 t'onieziielo. Spa. (k8r-nS-thoo-S-10.) A bugle. 
 f 'oriti. It. pi. (k8r-ne.) The horns. 
 t'oriiicello, It. (kOr-nE-isAai-lO.) A small horn 
 or cornet. 
 
 Corae^er. \^ performer on the cornet or horn, 
 t'oi-niste, J'r. (kOr-nSsi.) A player upon the horn. 
 Coriiinnse. A Cornish pipe, similar to a bagpipe. 
 C<$ruo. It. (Jcdr-nd.) A horn. 
 CiSriio alto, It. {kHr-ua ffl-to.) A horn of a high 
 
 pitch. 
 C6rao b&sso. It. (ior-no Jas-so.) A bass horn, 
 
 a burn of a low pitch. 
 C!Srn<, erom&tico. It. (Jcdr-na krO-m»-tB-kO.) 
 
 The chromatic horn. 
 Ctimo di bass£tto. It. (ftor-nO ds bits-saMO.) 
 
 The basset horn. A species of clarinet a flfth 
 
 lower than the C clarinet. 2. A delicate toned 
 
 rt'cd or^an stop of 8 feet scale. 
 Cdriso al ciiccia. It. (*i>r-nO de Aa^tshs-ft.) 
 
 The hunting or French horn. 
 C«Sriio dtflce. It. (JcSr-nO (iii^tsbg.) Soft-horn: 
 
 an organ stop, occurring both in the manuals ana 
 
 pedals. 
 Crfrno Ante. An organ stop of 8 feet scale of 
 
 soft, agreeable tDne. 
 Cdrno in B bdfSSO, It. A low B horn. 
 Ctirno Ingl^se, /<. (Mr-nO Sn-gia-z6.) TheJfing- 
 
 lish horn. 
 4*ornopean. An organ reed btop of 8 feet scale; 
 
 also, a wind instrument of the trumpet species. 
 Cdriio primo, It. (kir-aa pri-ma.) The first 
 
 horn. 
 ('^iiio quarto. It. {kor-nO quSr-ta.) The fourth 
 
 horn. 
 C!<5rJio quinto. It. (kor-nH qvSn-tO.) The flfth 
 
 horn. 
 C(iriio secdndo. It. (kdr-nO eS-kdn-GS.) TUe 
 
 second horn. 
 C'<irno sordo, /<. (kor-no sor-iO.) A horn with 
 
 dampers. 
 <'«rno ventfle. It. (kOr-nO vSn-ig-lu.) I 
 
 f'or omnltonique, Fr. (kBr Bnh-nit-0-neA.) j 
 
 Chromatic horn with valves or keys for producing 
 the semitones. 
 C<Sro, It. (M-rO.) I A choir, a chorus, a piece 
 Coi'O. Spa. (kB-rO.) \ for many voices. 
 Coi'obasnas, Iri. An ancient brass instrument 
 
 used for marking time. 
 Coromeion, Gr. (ko-ro-mS-Bn.) A brazen bell 
 
 much used by the ancients. 
 Cordna, It. (kO-7-5-na.) I . j^ ,^ 
 
 Coronata, It. (ko-rO-«a-tS.) f ^ P"°^^ "^ '*°"'' '^• 
 Coronach, It. (kO-rO-nSk.) Funeral hymn. . 
 Coro primo. It. (kO-rO prl-rao.) The first chorus. 
 Coro epezzato. It. (kC-'ro spe^sa-tO.) A com- 
 position for two or more choruses. 
 Corps, Fr. (kor.) The body of a musical instru- 
 ment. 2. A band of musicians. 
 Corps de baliet, Fr. (kOr d1ih b£l-la.) A 
 
 general name for the performers in a ballet. 
 
 COUN 
 
 Corps de voix, Fr. (kOr diih vwft.) Body or 
 fullness of tone. 
 
 Corr^nte. It. (kOr-ran-t6.) An old dance tune 
 in slow triple time; see Cordnio. 
 
 Corr^pdtiteur, Fr. (kBr-rS-p5-tI-Mr.) i A mu- 
 
 Corripetitore, It. (kbr-rS-pa-tS-«o-re.) ( s i c i a n 
 who instructs the chorus singers of the opera. 
 
 Corrido, Spa. (kBr-rg-dO.) A lively song accom- 
 panied by the guitar. 
 
 Corybant, Gr. (Ao-ri-bSnt.) A priest of Cybele. 
 whose rites were celebrated with dances to the 
 sound of tlie drum and cvmbal. 
 
 Coryphsens, Gr. (kO-r5/-e-fis.) The conductor 
 of the chorus; see OorifSo. 
 
 Coryphee, Fr. (kO-ri-fS.) The leader or chief 
 of the group of dancers in a ballet. 
 
 Cosaque, Fr. (kO-sSk.) The Cossask dance. - 
 
 Cote de Inth, J?"?-, (kot duh Ifit.) A part of the 
 lute. 
 
 Cotil. An abbreviation of cotillon. 
 
 Cotillon, Fr. (kO-tS-yOnh.) A lively, old dance 
 in 6-8 time. 
 
 Couac, Fr. (quSk.) The quacking sound pro- 
 duced by bad playing of hautbois or clarinet. 
 
 Couched harp. The original name of the spinet. 
 
 Could, Fr. (koo-la.) A group of two notes, con- 
 nected by a slur. 
 
 Couler. Fr. (koo-Zo.) To slide, to slur. 
 
 Counter. A name given to an under part, as. 
 counter tenor. 
 
 Counter bass, A second bass. 
 
 Counter dance. See Contredame. 
 
 Counter fague. A fugue in which the subjects 
 move in contrary directions. 
 
 Counterpart, The part to be applied to another, 
 as the bass is the counterpart of the treble. 
 
 (Counterpoint, Point against point.. The art 
 of adding one or more parts to a given theme or 
 subject. Belore the invention of notes, the vari- 
 ous sounds were expressed by points. 
 
 Counterpoint, double. A counterpart that 
 admits ot au inversion of the parts. 
 
 Counterpoint, equal. Where the notes are of 
 equal duration. 
 
 Counterpoint, fanned. Counterpoint consisN 
 iug of four, five, six, or seven parts: the only 
 counterpoint in use before the eighteenth century. 
 
 Counterpoint, inverted. Where the parts are 
 not only reversed toward each Other, but move iu 
 a contrary direction. 
 
 Counterpoint, quadruple. Counterpoint iu 
 four parts. 
 
 Counterpoint, single. Where only two parts 
 are inverted. 
 
 Counterpoint, triple. A counterpoint in three 
 parts, all of which are inverted. 
 
 Counter subject. The second subject in a fu- 
 gue composedon two subjects. 
 
 (Counter tenor. High tenor; the highest male 
 voice. It is generally a falsetto. 
 
 Counter tenor clef. The Cclef, when placed 
 on the third line. 
 
 (Counter theme. See Counter Subject. 
 
 Country-dance. An old English dance, dating 
 from about the fifteenth century. See Centre- 
 dance. 
 
60 
 
 PEONOTJNGINa MUSICAL DICtlONAEY. 
 
 S ale, a ada, & arm, 6 eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 cfow, oo moon, iM««, tl 6«<, ft French sound. 
 
 COUP 
 
 Coup de bas^aette, J"?-, (too dilli bS-gwSt.) 
 
 Beat of the drum. 
 Coup tie cloche, Fr. (koo diili klosli.) Stroke 
 
 of the clock. 
 Couper le snjet, Fr. (koo-pS lUh soo-ja.) To 
 
 curtail or contract the suDject or theme. 
 Coupler. See Copula. 
 
 Couplet, Fr. (koo-pla.) j. A stanza, or verse ; 
 Couplet. (two verses or lines of 
 
 poetry forming complete sense. 
 Coupleter, Fr. (koo-plS-ta.) To lampoon, to 
 
 satirize. 
 Coupling flute. A name given to a stop that 
 
 may be coupled with any other register. 
 Coups d'archet, Fr. (koo d'Sr-sha.) Strokes 
 
 oV the bow ; ways or methods of bowing. 
 Courante, Fr. (koo-ranht.) Sunning : an old 
 
 dancG in triple time. 
 Courtal, .Fr. (koor-tal. ) An old instrument; 
 Conrtaud, Fr. (koor40.) Va species of short bas- 
 Courtaut, Fr. (koor-to.) ( won. 
 (Covered consecntives. See Hidden Consecu- 
 
 tives. 
 Covered octaves. Consecutive octaves that 
 
 are not apparent until the interval between the 
 
 two parts is filled up with unimportant notes. 
 C. P. Abbreviation of Colla Parte. 
 Cr. 1 
 
 Cres. >• Abbreviations of Crescendo. 
 Cresc. I 
 Ci'acovieiinc, Fr. (krSrkd-^S-Snn.) A Polish 
 
 dance in 3-4 time. 
 Cravicembalo, It. (kra-vS-tshSm-Sd'-lo.) Agen- 
 
 eral name for all instruments of the harpsichord 
 
 species. 
 Credo, Lat. (kra-io.) I Miess; one of the prin- 
 cipal movements of the mass. 
 Crcinbala. An ancient instrument, resembling 
 
 the castanets. 
 CrenuSna, It. (kr8->w5-na.) An organ stop; the 
 
 name of a superior make of violins, 
 Cremorn. A reed organ stop of 8 feet scale. 
 Crepitaculum, Lat. (krSp-Wai-il-lfim.) A tim- 
 brel, a rattle. 
 Cres. al forte, or al IT. Increasing as loud as 
 
 pssible. 
 Cres. al fortissimo. Increasing to very loud. 
 Crescendo, It. (kr6-sA<77i-dO.) A word denoting 
 
 an increasing power of tone ; it is often indicated 
 
 by the sign, —=. 
 Crescendo al fortissimo, It. (krS-s/»a»-dO 
 
 al f8r-<?s-sB-mO.) Increase the tone until the 
 
 greatest degree of power is obtained. 
 Crescendo al diminuendo. It. (krS-sAan- 
 
 dO al dB-mSn-oo-6n-dO.) 
 Crescendo e dlAiinuendo, /2. (krg-sAais- 
 
 dO a de-mSn-oo-Sn-dO.) 
 Crescendo p(il diminuendo. It. (krS- 
 
 sMn-iO pO-5 d5-men-oo-6n-dO.) 
 
 Increase and then diminish the tone; indicated 
 often by the sign, — =— . 
 Crescendo e incalc&ndo pdco a pdco. It. 
 
 (krg-sAam-dO B, 6n-kal-kan-dO ^O-kO & po-ko.) 
 
 Increasing the tone and hurrying the time by 
 
 degrees. 
 Crescendo p<Sco a pdco. It. (kr£-<7iSn-dO 
 
 CR08 
 
 pO-kO a pO-kO.) Increasing the tone by little and 
 little. 
 
 Crescendo il tempo. It. (kre-sAare-dO 61 tim- 
 po.) Increase the time of the movement. 
 
 Crescendo nel tempo e nella forza. It. 
 (kr6-sAffi7i-dO nSl Wm-pO a nll-\S, fUr-tsi.) In- 
 crease in time and power. 
 
 Crescent. A Turkish instrument made of small 
 bells hung on an inverted crescent. 
 
 Cres. dim. An abbreviation of Crescendo e Dim- 
 uendo. 
 
 Cres. e legato. It. (krgs a IS-ga-to.) Crescendo 
 and legato. 
 
 C, reversed, A sign in old music of a diminu- 
 tion of one half the value of the notes. 
 
 Criard, Fr. (krS-ar.) Bawling, shouting; re- 
 lating to the quality of the tone of the voice. 
 
 Crier, Fr. (krS-a.) To bawl, to shriek, to sing 
 badly. 
 
 Crincrin, Fr. (krSnh-kranh.) A eaueaking fid- 
 dle. 
 
 Croche, Fr. (krOsh.) A quaver, or eighth — 
 note, ^-~ 
 
 Croche, double, Fr. (krOsh doobl.) A semi- 
 quaver, or sis[teenth note. -^- 
 
 Croche, pointee, Fr. (krosh pwSn-ta.) A — 
 
 dotted quaver. :p— 
 
 Croche, quadruple, Fr. (krOsh quS-drfl-pl.) 
 A hemidemisemiquaver or sixty-fourth note, ai 
 
 Croche, triple, Fr. (krOsh trSpl.) A demisem- 
 iquaver or thirty-second note, thus, :^ 
 
 Crochet, Fr. (krO-shS.) The hooh of a quaver, 
 
 semiquaver, etc. 
 Croma, It. (ira-ma.) A quaver, or eighth note. 
 Crom&tica, It. (krO-mo-tS-kS.) i Chromatic, re- 
 Cromfitlco, It. (kro-ma-ts-ko.) ) ferring to inter- 
 
 Crtime, It. pi. {krd-mi.) Quavers ; when written 
 under crotchets or minims, it shows that those 
 notes are to be divided into quavers. 
 
 Crom-hom, Ger. (Jram-hOrn.) A reed stop in 
 an organ. 
 
 Crdmmo, /^ (Jram-mO.) A choral dirge or lam- 
 entation. 
 
 Croniorna stop. (krS-mOr-na.) 1 The name of 
 
 Cromorne, Fr. (krO-miSrn.) j a reed stop in 
 an organ. 
 
 Crooked flute. An Egyptian Instrument in the 
 shape of a bull's horn. 
 
 Croolted horn. I The 6«cci»ffi,' a windin- 
 
 Croolced trumpet, j strument of tbe ancients. 
 
 Crooks. Small curved tubes applied to horns, 
 trumpets, etc., to change their pitch, and adapt 
 them to the key of the piece in which they are to 
 be used. 
 
 Croaue-note, Fr. (krok-not.) I An unskillful 
 
 Croq.ue-8ol, Fr. (krok-sol.) ) musician. 
 
 Cross. The head of a lute ; a mark for the thumb, 
 placed over a note. 
 
 Cross flute. A transverse flute, a German flute, 
 
PRONOUNCING MTJSIOAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 61 
 
 S ale, i, add, & arm, e eve, u end, I ice, 1 ill, old, S odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 Me, ii 2>u2, ii French sound. 
 
 CROT 
 
 Crotale, Fr. naO-tal.) ] An ancient mn- 
 
 Crtftalo, It. (*ra-ta-IO.) vsical instrument, 
 
 Crotalnm, 6r. (kro-id-lftm.) ( used by the priests 
 of Cybele. Fixim tlie reference made to it by dif- 
 ferent authors, it seems to have been a small cym- 
 bal or a species of Castanet. 
 Crotales. Little bells. 
 
 Crotalistria, 6r. (k^o-tal-^s-t^l-fi.) A woman 
 
 who plays upon an instrument called crotalon ; a 
 
 female minstrel. 
 
 Crotchet. A note equal in value to half a ~ 
 
 minim, lb 
 
 Crotchet rest. A rest equal in duration to — 
 a crotchet. , _ 
 
 CroTrd. An old name for the violin: see Crwth. 
 Cro^vder. An old term for a performer on the 
 
 crowd, afterwards applied to a common fiddler. 
 Crowle. An old English wind instrument of the 
 
 bassoon species. 
 CroTvth. The Bnelish name of the Crwth. 
 Crowther. See Crowder. 
 CracfftKns, Lat. (krO-sI-flx-iis.) Part oi the 
 
 Credo in a, mass. 
 Crnit, Iri. ^il-it.> An ancient musical instru- 
 ment of the Irish. 
 Cmpezia, Gr. (krtl-pa-zl-a.) Wooden clogs worn 
 
 by the Greek musicians In beating time. 
 Crusmia, Gr. (krooz-ma.) A timbrel, a tabor. 
 Cmtchetam. Name originally given to the 
 
 crotchet. 
 Cmth. See Crwth. 
 Crwtb, Welsh, (kriith.) An old Welsh instru- 
 
 ment/having six strings, resembling the violin. 
 C. S. The initials of (Ton Sordino. 
 Csardas, Sun. (tsSr-dSs,) Hungarian dance. 
 C Schltissel. Ger. (tea shllls-sU.) The C clef. 
 Cto. Abbreviation of Concerto. 
 Cnclear, Spa. (koo-kla-d>.) To sing as the 
 
 cuckoa 
 Cue. The tail, the end of a thing. The last words 
 
 of an actor on a stage, serving as an intimation 
 
 to the one who follows, when to speak and what 
 
 to say. 
 tluemo. Spa. (kwar-nO.) A horn, a cornet. 
 
 CWIZ 
 
 Camhe, Spa. (koom-bE.) A negro dance. 
 Cum cantn, Lat. (kHm kdn-tn.) With song, 
 
 with singing. 
 Cum discantu, Lai. (kQm dis-kSn-tfi.) A 
 
 phrase used in the Catholic church service. 
 Cum Sancto Sptritu, Lat. (k&m sdnk-to spir- 
 
 i-tll.) Part of the Gloria in a mass. 
 Cnrrendaner, Oer. (koor-rSn-do-nSr.) I School 
 Currende. Ger. (koor-r^m-^S.) j boys, or 
 
 young choristers chanting in procession through 
 
 the streets. 
 CuiTendschiiler, Ger. Qioo-rend-shii-lSr.) Sea 
 
 Currendaner. 
 Currens saltatio, Lat. (kiir-r§ns B&l-td-sW-O.) 
 
 Sec Cordnto. 
 Curtail. A wind instrument of the bassoon spe- 
 cies. 
 Curtle, A term applied to the lowest note of the 
 
 bassoon. 
 Cornle song, A song said to have been com- 
 posed by Olympus. 
 Cnsto, It. (koos-toj I A direct rW. A mark 
 Custos, Xat. J!!{«-tSs.)t sometimes placed at the 
 
 end of a staff to indicate the note next following. 
 Cyclic chorus. See Chorus, Cyclic. 
 Cyclicus, Lat. (sji-li-kils.) An itinerant maker 
 
 and singer of ballads. A cyclic poet. 
 Cymbales, Fr. (sanh-bSl.) I Circular metal 
 Cymbals. [plates used in 
 
 bands, usually in combination with the great 
 
 drum; they are clashed together, producing a 
 
 ringing, brilliant effect. 
 Cymbalum, Lat. (sim-fto-liim.) The cymbal. 
 Cymbale, Fr. (s&nh-b&l.) i A mixture organ 
 Cymbel, Ger. (Mta-bl. (stop of a very acute 
 
 quality of tone. 
 Cyi>her system. An old system of musical 
 
 notation, In which the notes were represented by 
 
 numerals. 
 Cytara. The cithara. 
 Cyter, Ban. (sii-tSr.) A cithern or cithera. 
 Cythom. (sith-5rn.) A cithern or cithera. 
 Civlbiaii, Wei. (kwe-bi-Sn.) To quaver, to trill. 
 Cwizaro, Wei. (kwe-thSriO.) Cadence. 
 
62 
 
 PEONOTTNCING MUSICAL DICTIOWABY. 
 
 S, ale, S add, a arm, E eve, 8 end, I ice, i ill, old, ii odd, 8 (?o»e, oo moon, H lute, u 6m<, U French sound. 
 
 D 
 
 I>. The second note in the diatonic scale of C ; the 
 syllable re is applied to this note. 
 
 Da, It. (da ) By, from, for, through, etc. 
 
 Da b&llo. It. (da bat-lo.) In the style of a dance, 
 like a dance. 
 
 Dabbnda, It. (dab-boo-tJa.) A psaltery, a spe- 
 cies of harp. 
 
 O'abord tres lentement, et aveo. egalit^, 
 Fr. (d'a-bor tra lanht-inSnh a ta-vSk i-gdl-i-tS.) 
 At first very slow and equal. 
 
 Da ciiinera, It. (da te'-mg-ra.) For the cham- 
 ber; in the style of chamber music. 
 
 Da capp^Ua, It. (da k«p-?;3Ma.) For the 
 church ; in the style of church or chapel music. 
 
 Da cdipo. It. (da M-pO.) From the beginning; 
 an expression placed at the end of a movement to 
 indicate that the performer must return to the first 
 strain. 
 
 Da c&po al fine, /*. (da io-pO ai/?-ng.) Ee- 
 turn to the beginning and conclude with the word 
 Fine. 
 
 Da ciipo, sin' al tine. It. (da Aa-pO sBn 81 
 /2-nS.) Eeturn to the beginning and conclude 
 with the word Fine. 
 
 Da capo al s6^no,It. (da M-pO al san-yO.) 
 Repeat from the sign .ftl- 
 
 Da capo An al segno. It. (da j»-pa fgn ai 
 saH-yoT) Keturn to the beginning and end at the 
 sign .gi 
 
 3a capo e pdi la cdda. It. (da ka-pO a 21S-S 
 la leS-aii.) Begin again and then play to the Coda. 
 
 Da capo s^nza repetiziiine, c piSi la c<tda. 
 It. (da ka-pO sSn-tsa ra-pe-te-ts5-0-n6 a po-u la 
 /lO-da.) Begin again, but without repetition, and 
 ttien proceed to the Coda. 
 
 Da capo sin' al s^gno. It. (da kd-vO sen al 
 sdn-yO.) Return to the beginning and conclude 
 at the sign :Rj, 
 
 D' accord, Fr. (d' Bi-kord.) I In tune, In 
 
 D' accordo. It. (d' ak-kOr-do.) ) concord, in har- 
 mony. 
 
 Da chl^sa. It. (ka k5-a-za.) For the church. 
 
 Dactilo, Spa. (dSk-ti-lD.) A dactyl. 
 
 Dactyl, Lat. (ddk-til.) A metrical foot, consist- 
 ing of one long syllable followed by two short ones, 
 marked thus, — ^^^. 
 
 Dactylic Ante. A flute consisting of unequal 
 intervals. 
 
 Dactyllon, Gr. (dak-fi(-i-6n.) A machine in- 
 vented by Henri Hertz, for strengthening the fin- 
 ger.s and rendering them independent of each 
 other in pianoforte playing. 
 
 Dactylus, Lat. (dai-til-us.) See Dactyl. 
 
 Dada. A term used in drum music to Indicate the 
 left hand. 
 
 Daina. (da-g-nS.) I A term in Lithuania for 
 
 Dainos. (da-g-nOs.) (little love songs. 
 
 Daire. The tambourine, or hand drum. 
 
 Dalitylns, tf''- (ddk-ti\-oo8.) A dactyl. 
 
 Dal, Hun. (dal.) A song. 
 
 Dal./«. (dai.) 
 
 Dall', /«. (dair.) 
 
 Dalla, It. lddU&. 
 
 Dalle, J«. (ddl-K. 
 
 Dallo, It. (ddl-lo. 
 
 Da lont&no. It. , 
 the music is to sound as if far away. 
 
 ■ From the, by the, of the, etc. 
 (dii 15n-<a-nO.) At a distance; 
 
 DAQU 
 
 Dal s^gno. It. (dSl sSra-yo.) From the sign, .gi 
 
 A mark directing a repetition ftoni the sign. 
 Dal s£sno alia fine. It. (dai san-yo ai-ia /5- 
 
 nS ) From the sign to the end. 
 Dal s€gno fln al 
 
 „ e^gno. It. . (dai ein-jo fSn 
 
 al edn-yty ) From sign to sign. 
 
 Dal teatro. It. (dai te-ffl-tro.) In the style of 
 theatre music. 
 
 Dama, Spa. (da-ma.) An ancient Spanish dance. 
 
 Stamenisation. Solfeggi, to which are adapted 
 the syllables, da, me, ni, po, tu, la, be. 
 
 Damper pedal. That pedal in a pianoforte 
 whicn raises the dampers from the strings and 
 allows them to vibrate freely. Its use is indi- 
 cated by the abbreviation ped. 
 Dampers. A portion of the movable mechanism 
 of the pianoforte covered with cloth, and, by 
 means of a pedal, brought in contact with the 
 wires In order to stop their vibration and pre- 
 vent a confusion of sounds. 
 
 DSmpfen. Ger. (c(a»i-pfSn.) To muffle, or deaden 
 the tone of an instrnmeut. 
 
 Dampfer, Ger. (ddm-pt&r.) A mute, or damijer, 
 used to deaden the tone of a violin, or other sim- 
 ilar instrument. 
 
 DSimpfiing, Ger. (dSm-pfoong.) Damping, smoth- 
 ering the tone. 
 
 Dance, ariadne. A Grecian dance. 
 
 Dance, country. Aquadrillej any lively, point- 
 ed melody suitable for dancing. 
 
 Dance, niorx'ice. ) A dance in imitation of 
 
 Dauce, morris. Uhe Moors, usually perform- 
 
 Dance. morrislce. ) ed by young men dressed in 
 loose frocks, adorned with bells- and ribbons, and 
 accompanied by castanets, tambours, etc. 
 
 Dances. Certain tunes composed especially for 
 dancing. 
 
 Danfclied, Ger. (ddnt-ieS..) A thanksgiving 
 song. 
 
 Danse, Fr. (danhs.) A dance tune. 
 
 Danser, Fr. (i&nh-sd.) To dance. 
 
 Danseries, Fr. (danh-sa-rS.) A name formerly 
 given to all collections of dance tunes. 
 
 Danseur, J^^r. -(diinh-sUr.) A male dancer. 
 
 Danseuse, Fr. (danh-szfS.) A female dancer. 
 
 Danse, contre, Fr. (danhs kBntr.) A country 
 dance, a quadrille. 
 
 Danse de matelot, Fr. (dSnhs dilh mat-S-10.) 
 A dance resembling the hornpipe. 
 
 D&nza, It. {ddn-tB&.) 1 . j.-,.. 
 
 'Danxa.Spa. (dan-thH.)] -^ "^^'^''■ 
 
 Danz&nte, It. (dan-<s(in-t5.) A dancer. 
 
 Danz&re, It. (dan-teo-rfi.) To dance. 
 
 Danzatore, It. (dan-tsa-W-rS.) A male dancer. 
 
 Danzatrice, It. (dan-tsa-ij-g-tshg.) A female 
 dancer. 
 
 Danz^tta, It. (dan-tsat-ta.) A little dance, a 
 short dance. 
 
 Da prima, It. (da prS-msi.) At first; from the 
 beginning. 
 
 Da qu^sta p&rte fino al maggldre, pdco 
 a pdco jpin anlm&to e pin f<>rte, (da 
 gudz-t'A pdr-Vi .^'8-nO al m5d-j8-5-rS po-kO a p3-kO 
 pS-00 a-ns-mo-to a pE-00 /g/'-tS.) From this place, 
 as far as the major, gradually more animated and 
 louder. 
 
PRONOUU'CING MtrSICAIi DICTIONARY. 
 
 63 
 
 S ale, a add, & arm, a eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, li iwi, fl French, sound. 
 
 DARA 
 
 Dorabufckeh, (dilrr£-&oa-kSh.) A Small drum 
 nsed by the Egyptians. 
 
 Dar flato alia tromba. It. (dar tS-S.-t!i SX-ISl 
 ti-Stn-ba.) To liliiw tho trumpet. 
 
 Dar la voce. It. (dSr 1& vO-tshS.) To strike or 
 give the key note. 
 
 Daiin-saite, Oer. (ifarm-soi-tS.) A gnt-etring, 
 cat gut. 
 
 Darm-saiten, Oer. pi. (ddrm-sai-Vn.) Gat- 
 strines used for the harp, violin, guitar, etc. 
 
 Darsfeller, Ger. Mar-st^l-lSr.) A performer. 
 
 Da scherzo, It. (da ekar^sO.) In a lively, play- 
 ful manner. 
 
 Das harpeggiren, Ger. (das har-pS-.;'S-r'n.) 
 The arpeggio. 
 
 Das lob Gottes singen, Ger. (das lob gBt-tSa 
 s5n-ghSn.j To sing to the praise of (iod. 
 
 Das positiT einer orgel, Ger. (d£s poz-I- 
 i^f 5-n6r S?'-g'l.) Choir organ. 
 
 Dasselbe, Ger. (das-«^i-be.) The same. 
 
 Das setzen der ton-zeichen, Ger. (das sSt- 
 tsen dSr <5n-tsl-kh'n.) The tonic. 
 
 Das singen, Ger. (dSs sing-in.) Singing, chant- 
 ing. 
 
 Das solfeggiren. Ger. (das sOl-fS-^'2-r'n.) Sol- 
 faing. 
 
 Das trillem, Ger. (das tril-iSrn.) To make a 
 shake or trill. 
 
 Das trommeln, Ger. (das trdm-m&ln.) Dram- 
 ming. 
 
 Da snonar. It. (dS swO-nar.) To sound or play. 
 
 Das tvaldhorn blasen, Ger. (das vdld-hUm 
 bld-z'u.) To wind the horn. 
 
 Das "Wirbeln, Ger. (das t'?r-b81n.) The rou- 
 lade; trilling, warbling. 
 
 Da i,e,&tro. It. (da t5-ffl-trO.) For the theatre; 
 music composed for the theatre. 
 
 Datis. Gr. ((ia-tis.) A song of mirth. 
 
 D&ttUo, Jii. ((io<-tB-10.) X dactyl. 
 
 Daner, Ger. (dou4i.) The length or drration 
 of notes. 
 
 Danl, I'ur. A large drum used by the Turkish 
 soldiers. 
 
 Daum, Ger. (doum.) I rphpthiimli 
 
 Dannien, ff«r. (d!oM-mgn.)f ^he thumb. 
 
 Danmenklapper, Ger. (doa-mSn-klap-pSr.) 
 Castanet, snapper. 
 
 D. C The initials of Da Capo. 
 
 D dnr, Ger. (da-door.) D major; the key of D 
 major. 
 
 Debander, Fr. (dS-ban-da.) To unbrace a drum. 
 
 g»e,'ii. ^i:Si:li:U Weak,feeble,falnt. 
 
 Debit, Spa. (ie-bit.) A recitative. 
 
 D^but, Fr. (do-bii.) First appearance ; the first 
 public performance. 
 
 Debutant, Fr. (dS-bfl-tJnh.) 1 A singer or 
 
 D^batante, Fr. (rfa-bfl-tSnht.) (performer who 
 appears for the first time before the public. 
 
 Debater, J^r. Wa-bil-ta.) To begin, to play first. 
 
 Decachord. (deh-SrkHri.) ) An an- 
 
 Decachordon, Lat. (d8k-a-*8r-don.) }- cient mu- 
 
 Decacdrdo, It. (dgk-a-Wr-dO.) ) sical in- 
 
 strument of the harp or psaltery species, with ten 
 strings. It was called by the Hebrews Hasur. 
 
 Decamerdne, It. (dSk-a-mg-r-g-ng.) A period 
 of ten days; a collection often musical pieces. 
 
 DECR 
 
 Decani, Lat. pi. (dS-M-nS.) In cathedral mnsic 
 this term implies that the passages thus marked 
 must be taken by the singers on the side of the 
 choir where the Dean usually sits. 
 
 Decanto, Lat. (dS-ia»-tO.) To sing, to chant. 
 
 Decastich. A poem consisting of ten lines. 
 
 Decena, Spa. (dS-Ma-na.) A consonance made 
 of an octave and a third. 
 
 Deceptive cadence. A cadence which, in- 
 stead of closing upon the tonic, or a chord bearing 
 a close relation to it, takes the ear wholly by sur- 
 
 Erise. and terminates with a chord foreign to the 
 armony of the tonic. 
 
 Deceptive modulation. A modulation by 
 which the ear is deceived and led into unexpected 
 harmony. 
 
 D«cid«, Fr. (dS-se-dSA I With de- 
 
 Dedd^ment, Fr. (de-sS-da-manh.) ) c i s i o n , 
 with resolution. 
 
 Dccima, Lat. l^des-i-m&.) A tenth; an interval 
 of ten degrees in the scale, also the name of an 
 organ stop sounding the tenth. 
 
 Decima, Spa. (da-lAS-ma.) A Spanish stanza 
 of ten verses of eight syllables. 
 
 Decima acuta, Lat. (d^s-I-ma S-itJ-ta.) Tenth 
 above. 
 
 Decima gravis, Lat. (dSs-l-mi grorvis.) Tenth 
 below. 
 
 Decima quarta, Lat. (_des-l-m& guar-ta.) The 
 interval of a fourteenth. 
 
 Decima quinta, Lat. ((2^8-t-ma quin-ta.) The 
 interval of a fifteenth. 
 
 Decima tertia, Lat. (fiis-l-mA icr-shi-a.) The 
 interval of a thirteenth. 
 
 D£cime, Fr. (da-sEm.) A tenth; see Decima. 
 
 Declmole. A musical figure formed out of the 
 division of any note or chord into ten parts or 
 notes of equal value. 
 
 D^cisif, Fr. (dS-sS-slf.) Decisive, clear, firm. 
 
 Decisi<3iie, It. (da-tshS-ze-5-nS.) Decision, 
 firmness. 
 
 D^cisivemeiit, Fr. (da-se-zBv-m5nh.) Deci- 
 sively. • 
 
 Decisfvo, It. (da-tshe-zS-vO.) I In a bold and 
 
 Decf so, It. (da-feA§-zO.) ) decided manner. 
 
 Decke, Ger. (dek-i.) The sound board of a vio- 
 lin, violincello, etc.; also, the cover or top in 
 those^rgan stops which are covered or stopped. 
 
 Declam&ndo, It. (dSk-ia-mare-dO.) With de- 
 clamatory expression. 
 
 Declam&tio, /*. (dSk-ia-?»a-tg-0.) Declamation, 
 recitative. 
 
 Declamation. Dramatic singing; the art of 
 rendering words set to music in a correct and 
 efi'ective style. 
 
 Declamazidne, It. (dgk-ia-ma-tsg-o-ng.) Decla- 
 mation. 
 
 D^claver, Fr. (da-kia-va.) To go out of the key. 
 
 D^compos^, Fr. (da-kOm-pO-za) Incoherent, 
 unconnected. 
 
 Decoration, Fr. (da-kO-ra-si-Bnh ) Used by 
 some French theorists to indicate the signature. 
 
 Decorative notes. Kotes of embellishment, 
 appoggiaturas, etc. 
 
 S?*"^cs \ Abbreviations of decrescendo. 
 
64 
 
 PRONOUNCING MTTSIOAL DIOTIONART. 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, B eve, S end, I ice, i ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, ii but, 11 French eouad. 
 
 DECK 
 
 Secresc^ndo, It. (iS/kiS-shSn-dO.) Gradually 
 diminishing in power of tone =— . 
 
 I>ecresc6ndo sin al pianissimo. It. (ds,- 
 k^6-sAa7^dO sen ill pS-iin-gs-sS-mO.) Diminishing 
 to the softest possible sound. 
 
 DeOic&to, It. (aed-E-kS-to.) I Ti»,iipnto,i 
 
 IteaU, Fr. (da-dI-5.) \ Dedicated. 
 
 Detluccion, Spa. (da-dook-thS-Sn.) The natural 
 progression of sounds. 
 
 Deductio, Lat. (dS-dSi-sH-O.) The ascending 
 scale in the Aretinian form of solmisation, 
 
 Dednttione, It. (dS-doot-tg.a-ng.) A term ap- 
 plied by Guido to the rise of the voice in singing 
 the scale. 
 
 Defettiva q^ninta, Jt- (da-fSt-ffl-va gti2n-ta.) A 
 defective or lalse fifth. ' , 
 
 Deilci^ndo, It. (dfl-fS-tshS-5«-dO.) Dying away. 
 
 Degli, It. (dal-ySO Of the. 
 
 DesrC, Fr. (de-gra.) A degree of the staff. 
 
 Degree. The step between two notes ; each line 
 and space of the staff. 
 
 l>eg;ree, conjunct. A degree in which two 
 notes form the interval of a second. 
 
 Degree, dii^nnct. A degree in which two 
 notes form a third or any greater interval. 
 
 Degree, half. A semitone. 
 
 Der IiChrer, Ger. (dflr la-rSr.) The teacher. 
 
 Del, /«. (dSl.) Of the. 
 
 D^lassement, Fr. (dSriass-manh.) An easy 
 and agreeable composition. 
 
 Deliberatant^nte, /*. (dS-15-bS-rft-ta-ma»-t5.) I 
 
 Veliber&to, It. (dS-lS-bS-ra-tO.) f 
 
 Deliberately. 
 
 Delieatam^nte, It. (dSl-S-ka-tiirman-tg.) Del- 
 icately, smoothly. 
 
 DClicatesse. .Fr. (da-lg-ka-tSss.) I Delicacy, 
 
 Delicat^zza, It. (d61-S-ka-<o<-za.) ) refined ex- 
 ecution. 
 
 Delicatissimam^nte, It. (dgl-e-kartSs-sS- 1 
 mfi-mtfn-t6.) >■ 
 
 Delicattesimo, It. (dSl-5-ka-i!Ss-se-mO.^ ) 
 
 With extreme delicacy. 
 
 Delicato./i. (d81-5-*a-tO.) Delicately, smoothly. 
 
 Delirio, It. (aS-lS-iS-O.) Srenzy, excitement. 
 
 Delivery. The act of controlling the respiration 
 and using the vocal organs so as to produce a 
 good tone. 
 
 Deliziosamente, It. (dg-lSt-sB-O-za-man-tg.) De- 
 liciously, sweetly. 
 
 Dell', /«. (dan.) ■> 
 
 Delia, It. (dal-lS,: 
 
 Delle,/;;. Idal-is: 
 
 Dello, It. {dal-lo.) ) 
 
 Delyn, Wei. (da-lUn.) The Welsh harp. 
 
 Dem, Ger. (dgm.) To the. 
 
 D6mancber, Fr. (da-manh-sha.) To change or 
 alter the position of the hand; to shift on the 
 violin, etc.; to cross hands on the pianoforte, 
 making the left hand play the part of the right, 
 and vice versa. 
 
 Demande, Fr. {iS-mdnhd.) The question, or 
 proposition of a fugue; called also, dux, or lead- 
 in subject. 
 
 Demi, Fr. (dS-m5.) Half. 
 
 Demi baton, Fr. (dg-mS Sa-tBnh.) A breve rest. 
 
 Demi cadence, Fr. (dg-mg l^S^dnhs.) A half 
 cadence, or cadence on the dominant. 
 
 Of the, by the, etc. 
 
 DERI 
 
 Demi ditone, Fr. (dg-mS dl-t5n.) A minor 
 
 third- 
 Demi croche, Fr. (dg-mS krosh.) A quaver, a 
 
 half crotchet. 
 Demi legato. A style of playing indicated by 
 
 dots placed under a legato mark showing that the 
 
 hand is to be raised from the wrist and r-T^. 
 
 the fingers to be pressed with a Blight f-0 , 1 - 
 
 accent on the keys, holding the notes n ^ f J- 
 
 about three-fourths their triie time. 
 Demi jeu, i?"*-. (dg-m2jhfl.) Same as mezsofdrte. 
 Demi mesnre, i^r. (de-m§ mS-ziir.) I A min- 
 Demi pause, J^r. (dg-mSpOz.) jimorhalf 
 
 rest. 
 Demi quart de sonpir, Fr. (dg-ml kar fs: 
 
 duh soo-^gr.) A demi-semiquaver rest. \^~z 
 
 Demi-semiquaver. A short note,' equal in 
 
 duration to one-halt the semiquaver, B " S 
 
 made thus, J^ or thus.p 
 
 Demi-semiquaver rest. A mark of silence, 
 
 equal in duration to a demi-semiquaver, made S 
 
 thus, S. 
 
 Demi soupir, Fr. (d5-m8 soo-pSr.) A quaver 
 
 Demi-ton, Fr. (dg-m3-t8nh.) I An interval of 
 Demi- tone. (dg-mS-tOn.) f a half tone. 
 Demitrule, Or. (A&m-l-troo-K.) Harvest hymn 
 
 of the Greeks and Romans in honor of Ceres and 
 
 Bacchus. 
 D^noument, Fr. (da-noo-mftnh.) Conclusion, 
 
 the catastrophe of an opera, play, etc. 
 Den ton aendern, Ger. (dgn ton an-dSrn.) To 
 
 beat time. 
 Den ton anfechten, Ger. (dgn ton <iK-fgkh- 
 
 t'n.) 
 Den ton angeben, Ger. (dgn ton are-gSrb'i 
 
 To give the tone, to sound the key note. 
 Den ton nicUt halten, Ger. (dgn ton nikht 
 
 hdl-Vn.) To get out of tune. 
 Den ton verstarken, Ger. (dgn ton t&t-star- 
 
 k'n.) To swell the sound. 
 Den zapfenstreich trommeln, Ger. (dgn 
 
 <sa-pf'n-strlkh irom-mgln.) To beat the tattoo. 
 De plus en pins vite, Fr. (duh plilzSnh plU 
 
 vet.) More and more quickly. 
 Depressio, It. (AS-prae-sS-o.) The fall of the 
 
 hand in beating time. 
 Depression. The lowering of a tone. 
 Depression, cliromatic. The depression of 
 
 a tone by a chromatic sign. 
 De profnndis, Lat. (OS pr0/*»i-dls.) One of 
 
 the seven penitential psalms. 
 Der bezitrerte bass, Ger. (dgr bg-te«/-fgrte 
 
 bass.) The figured bass. 
 Der bezolleneiner geige, Ger. (ds bg-tsol-lg- 
 
 n^-ngr ghi-ghg.) The strings of a violin. 
 Derboiika, Ara. (dgr-boo-ka.) A musical instru- 
 ment among the Arabs. 
 Der fiedelbogen, Ger. (dSr/2-d'l-6«-g'n.) The 
 
 bow of a violin. 
 Der r sclilUssel, Ger. (dSr f shlfls-s'l.) The 
 
 bass clef. 
 Dergleichen, Ger. (dgr-giS-kh'n.) The same. 
 D4riv^, Fr. (dg-rS-va.) Derivative. 
 Derivative chords. Chords derived from oth- 
 ers byinveriion. 
 
 5kh-) 
 )'n.) I 
 
PKONOTJNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 65 
 
 S ale., S. add, S arm, B eve, & end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 lute, & fiuf, 11 French sound. 
 
 DEBS 
 
 Der scbiller, 6er. (dSr sftw-lgr.) The scholar. 
 Der ton, Ger. (d8r-tOn.) The tone. 
 Des, Ger. (dSs.) The note D flat. 
 I>6saccord£, Fr. (dSz-Sk-kSr-da.) Untuned; 
 
 put out of tune. 
 D^saccorder, Fr. (dSz-Sk-kSr-dS.) To untune, 
 
 to put out of tune. 
 Descant. A composition contaiuMg Beveral 
 
 parts; harmony, extemporaneous or otherwise, 
 
 sung or played to a given melody or theme. 
 Descant clef. The treble or soprano clef. 
 Descant, double. An arrangement of the parts 
 
 of a composition that admits of the treble or any 
 
 high part being converted into the bass, and vice 
 
 versa. 
 Descant, floured. A form of descant consist- 
 ing of a free and florid melody. 
 Descant, plain. Simple counterpoint. 
 Descend. To pass from a higher to a lower tone. 
 Descendant, Fr. (dg-sanhdanh.) Descending. 
 Descendere, It. (dS-sh6n-darre.) I m. flp.»._fl 
 Descendre, Fr. (dg-sanhdr.) f ^° aesoena. 
 Descender, Spa. (dg-sfinh-di.) Descending. 
 Descendre d'nn ton, Fr. (dg-sSuhdr d'finh 
 
 tOnh.) To sing a note lower. 
 Descnant, Fr. (dg-shanh.) Descant. 
 Des dnr. Or. (des-door.) D flat major. 
 DesenclaTuar, Spa. (da-sgn-kl£v-e-A£r.) To 
 
 take the pins or pegs from an instrument. 
 Desentonacion, Spa. ■ (d3-Bgn-tC-nfi-thS.d».) 
 
 Dissonance, a harsh, rude tone of voice. 
 Desentonamiento, Spa. (d^sgn-tB-nS-mg-^n- 
 
 to.) Dissonance, a harsh, rude tone of voice. 
 Descentono, Spa. (dSrSgn-if^no.) Dissonance, 
 
 a harsh, rude tone of voice. 
 Deshecha,, Spa. (dg-shs-ka.) The burden of a 
 
 song. 
 DesuiToltorfito, It. (dB-z5n-vBl-too-m-tO.) See 
 
 Disinvolturato. 
 Design. The general sketch or idea and arrange- 
 ment of a musical composition. 
 Des moll, Ger. (dgs mSU.) The key of D flat 
 
 minor. 
 De sole filee d'argent, Fr. (d&b s9-il fS-lS 
 
 d'ar-zhanh.) Covered strings. 
 Desperazidne, It. (dgs-pg-rS-tsg-^ng.) See 
 
 Disperazione. 
 Dessaner marsch, Ger. (S««-Bou-gr marsh.) 
 
 A famous instrumental march, one of the national 
 
 airs of Germany. 
 Desstn, Fr. (dUi-sdnh.) The design or sketch 
 
 of a composition. 
 Dessiner, Fr. (dSs-sI-nS.) To make the sketch 
 
 or design of a composition. 
 Dessus, Fr. (dgs-sflO The treble or upper part. 
 Destemple, Spa. (dgs-^Sm-plg.) Discordance. 
 Desteriui, It. (das-tgr-8-ta.) Dexterity. 
 D^sto, It. (das-to.) Brisk, sprightly. 
 D^stra, It. (das-tra.) Bight; destra mdnOr the 
 
 right hand. 
 D£tach£, Fr. (dS-ta-shS/) Detached, staccato. 
 Determinatissimo, It. (da-tgr-mS-nart^s-sg- 
 
 mO.) Very determined, very resolutely. 
 Determin&to, It. (da-tgr-m5-»a-to.) Determin- 
 ed, resolute. 
 Detemiinazldne, It. (da-tgr-mS-na-tse-O-ng.) 
 
 Determination, resolution, 
 
 5 
 
 DIAP 
 
 D^tonnation, Fr. (dS-tSnh-nS-sg'Snh.) False 
 intonation. 
 
 D^tonner, Fr. (da-tSnh-na.) To sing or play 
 out of tune. 
 
 D£tto, It: (dat-to.) The same. 
 
 DeutUch, Ger. (doit-Wsh.) Distinctly. 
 
 Dentsche flSte, Ger. {doit-ebS fiS-t&.) A Ger- 
 man flute. 
 
 Deux, Fr. (dfl.) Two. 
 
 Denx cors, Fr. (dil kOr.) Two horns. 
 
 Deux fois, Fr. (dii fwa.) Twice. 
 
 Deuxieme, Fr. (dii-zi-am.) Second. 
 
 Denxieme position, Fr. (dli-^-am p0-s3-sl- 
 onh.) The second position of the hand or fingers 
 in playing the violin, etc. 
 
 Devdto, It. (da-ti5-t0.) Devout, religious. 
 
 Devozidne, It. (dS-vO-tsg-O-ng.) ^Devotion, re- 
 ligious feeling. 
 
 Dextra. ia«. (cKa:-tr5.)) ThprirttJianrt 
 
 Dextre, .Fr. (dgxtr.j f l he right hand. 
 
 Dextrse. Zat. pi. (dgx-tre.) Name given by tha 
 Bomans to those flutes played with the right hand, 
 Those played with the left were called amistrai. 
 
 Dhu, Ilin. (doo.) A syllable applied to the sixth 
 note of the Hindoo scale in eolfaing. 
 
 Di, It. (dg.) Of, with, for, etc. 
 
 Dia, Gr. (dl-S.) Through, throughout. 
 
 Diachisma. (dl-Srkis-mS,.) An interval produced 
 by the division of another Interval. 
 
 Diaconicon, Gr. [61-SinkSn-l-iSn.) The set of 
 collects chanted in the service of the Greek church. 
 
 Diadrom. The tremulance or variation of sounds. 
 
 Diafoni suoni. It. (dS-a/3-ne swo-ne.) Discord- 
 ant sounds. 
 
 Diagramma, Gr. (ie-a-grdm-mii.) The ancient 
 Greek scale or system of soujids. 
 
 Dialogue. A composition in which two parts or 
 voices respond alternately to each other. 
 
 DiAIogo, It. (d5-a-«-gO.) I . Ji.in(_,p 
 
 Dialogue, Fr. (ds-a-las',) f ■*■ dialogue. 
 
 Ditina, It. (dg-o-na.) ) The reveille ; the heat 
 kDiane, Fr. (dl-an-tih.) f of drums at daybreak. 
 
 Diap. An abbreviation of diapason. 
 
 Diapase, Gr. (de-a-pa-sg.) Diapason. 
 
 Diapason, Zat. (dg-S-po-aOn.) I The whole oc- 
 
 Diapason,.^ng'. . (QUrpd-Bin.) \ tave. 2. Among, 
 musical instrument makers, a rule or scale by 
 which they adjust the pipes of organs, the holes 
 of flutes, etc., in order to give the proper propor- 
 tion for expressing the tones and semitones. Z. 
 Certain Important stops and registers in the or- 
 gan. 
 
 Diapason, bis. Twice through the octave; a 
 double octave. 
 
 Diapason cum diapente, Gr. An octave and 
 fifth; the interval of a twelfth. 
 
 Diapason cum diatessaron, Gr. An octave 
 and, fourth; the interval of a eleventh. 
 
 Diapason stop, open. An organ stop, the 
 pipes of which are open at the top and generally 
 made of metal. 
 
 Diapason stops. Stops that run through the 
 whole register of the keyboard of an organ. 
 
 Diapason stop, stopped. An organ stop hav- 
 ing its pipes closed at their upper end with a 
 wooden plug by which it la tuned, 
 
66 
 
 PKONOUKCING MUSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 S ale, 3 add, a arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, C old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, & &u^, 11 French sound. 
 
 DIAP 
 
 Diapente, Gr. (dE-5-p#n-tS.) A perfect yi^A; 
 also, an organ Btop. 
 
 Diapente col ditono, Gr. (dS-S-p^n-tS kSI dl- 
 M-nO.) A major seventh. 
 
 Diapente col semldltono. Gr. (dg-S-p^ra-tS 
 kOl 96m-I-dI-*5-nO.) A minor seventh. 
 
 Diapentisare, Gr. (de-a-pSn-ti-sa-r6.) To des- 
 cant, or modulate m flfthsl 
 
 Diaphonle. (de-a/'-O-ne.) 1 Clear, transparent; 
 
 Dlaphony. (dS-i^-O-ny.) ( two sounds heard to- 
 gether. 
 
 Dlaphonics, Gr. (AB-SrfSnAks.) The science of 
 refracted sounds. 
 
 Dlaschisma, Gr. (d8-as-Ks-ma.) An interval 
 forming the half of a minor semitone. 
 
 Diastaltlc, ffr. (dS-Ss-M^tlk.) Dilating; a term 
 applied by the ancient Greeks to the major third, 
 m^or sixth, and major seventh because they are 
 extendSd or dilated intervals. 
 
 Diastema, Gr. (dS-as-tS-ma.) An Interval, a 
 space. 
 
 Diastollk^ Gr. (dS-Ss-iiSHk.) The system of 
 musical division and periods. 
 
 Diatessaron, Gr. ( &e-Srtls-BSrTbTi.) A perfect 
 fourth. ■ 
 
 Diatonic, Gr. (d5-a-<ore-ik.) Naturally; pro- 
 ceeding in the order of the degrees of\ the nat- 
 ural scale, including tones and semitones. 
 
 Diatonic flute. A dute capable of producing 
 the various, shades or differences of pitch of the 
 major and minor scales. 
 
 Diatonic melody. A melody in which no tones 
 foreign to the key are used. 
 
 Diatonlco, It. (de-a-?i)n-B-ko.) 1 
 
 Dlatouiq^ue, Fr. (de-a-t8nh-nSA.) >-Diatonic. 
 
 Diatonlsch, Ger. (dl-a-<07t-lsh.) ) 
 
 Diatoniqnement, Fr. (dg-a-tSnh-ng/t:-manh.) 
 Diatonically. * 
 
 Diatonic scale. The different gradations of 
 tone of the scale or gamut arranged in proper 
 
 f order In conformity to some particular key. 
 
 Diatonic scale, m^jor. Where the semitones 
 fall between the third and fourth and seventh and 
 eighth both in ascending and descending. 
 
 Diatonic scale, minor. That in which the 
 semitones occur between the second and third, 
 and seventh and eighth ascending, and between 
 the fifth and sixth and second and third descend- 
 ing. 
 
 Dlatonl, Lat. pi. (ds-a-to-nl.) The natural or 
 diatonic series of notes; the diatonic scale. 
 
 Diatonnm Intensnm, Lat. (ds-a-^o-num in- 
 ^^7i-eum.) The name given to the proportions of 
 musical intervals in Ptolemy's system. 
 
 Diazentlc, Gr. (de-a-«oo-tik.) In the ancient 
 Greek system, a tone located between two fourths, 
 
 - and which being joined to either forms a iifth. 
 
 Diazienxis, Gr. (d5-^2fooa:-is.) Division ; a name 
 given by the ancients to the tone which separates 
 two tetrachords. 
 
 Dibattltojo, It. (dg-bat-tB-<5-yO.) A cithern or 
 lute. 
 
 Di bel nntfvo, It. (dS-bSl noo-a-vO.) Again. 
 
 Di bravdra. It. (de hiSrVoo-iS,.) In a brilliant, 
 florid style. 
 
 Dlcfilie, It. (As-tshOAS-S.) Farces. • 
 
 Dicht, Dut. (olkt.) A ditty, a little song. 
 
 DIEW 
 
 DI chlfiro. It. (dg kg-a-rOO Clearly. 
 
 Dicliord, ff«r. (dikOrd.) Two stringed lyre : see 
 Bichord. 
 
 Dichten, Qhr. {dUhJc-Vn.) To compose metri- 
 cally. 
 
 Dicliter, Oer. ((KAS-tSr.) A poet, a minstrel. 
 
 Di ctflto, It. (de kdl-Vi.) At once, instantly, 
 suddenly. 
 
 Didactic. That which is calculated to instruct. 
 
 Didactic exercises. Scale exercises and com- 
 positions designed to give a correct knowledge of 
 musical execution. 
 
 Die Tierte, Ger. (d5/?r-tg.) The subdominant. 
 
 Die erste violine, Ger. (dB ars-tS f i-o-/5-nS.) 
 The iirst violin. 
 
 Die gesammten stimmen, Ger. (dg-ghS- 
 sdm-Va stim-ra'u ) The chorus. 
 
 Die grosse bassgeige, Ger. (ds grds-si bass- 
 ghl-ghS.) The double bass. 
 
 Die grosse sechste, Ger. (dg grde-sS «&-tS.) 
 The major sixth. 
 
 Die grosse terze, Ger. (dg gros-sS tar-taS.) 
 The major third. 
 
 Die kleine bassgelse, Ger. (dg kH-ni idsi- 
 ghl-ghS.) The violmcello. 
 
 Die kleine sechste, Ger. (dg ftiJ-nS sSx-a.) 
 The minor sixth. 
 
 Die kleine terze, Ger. (dg 4S-ng tdr-tsi.) 
 The minor third. 
 
 Die note hervorgehoben, Ger. (dS nO-tS 
 har/or-ghS-hO-b'n.) The note must be accented. 
 
 Dies&re, It. (dg-a-za-rS.) I To raise the pitch 
 
 Di^ser, Fr. (di-a-za.) (of a note, either at 
 the signature or in the course of a composition by 
 means of a sharp. 
 
 Diese, Fr. (dl-az.) A sharp, (1). 
 
 Diesi, Spa. (dl-a-zg.) The smallest division of a 
 tone. 
 
 Dies irse, Lai. (di-az e-ra.) A principal move- 
 ment in a requiem. 
 
 Diesis, Gr. and It. (dg-S-sis.) I A quarter of a 
 
 Diesis, Fr. (di-a-sis.) (tone; half a semi- 
 
 tone; a small interval used in the mathematical 
 computation of intervals. The ancient Greeks 
 applied it to the smallest interval used in their 
 music. In modern music it means a sharp. 
 
 Diesis chromatlca, Gr. (di-a-sis krO-wwS-I- 
 ka.) The third part or fraction of a whole tone. 
 
 Diesis enharmonlca, Gr. (dl-a-sis Sn-har- 
 miire-i-ka.) A quarter tone. As an illustration, 
 the dift'erence between Gfl and A|j, or between D{ 
 and Ejj, on the violin. 
 
 Diesis magna, Cfr. (d!-a-sis mdg-nS,.) A semi- 
 tone. 
 
 Dies, music. Steel punches for the purpose of 
 stamping music plates. 
 
 Die stimme elner gelge, Ger. (dg stim- 
 mSi-ner ghl-gh^.) Sounding post of a violin. 
 
 Die stimmen ausschreilten, Ger. (ds stlm- 
 m'n o«s-shrI-b'n.) To copy the parts. 
 
 Dlestra, Spa. (dg-os-tra.) The right hand. 
 
 Die tiefe ireiberstimme, Ger. (is tB-fS ^ 
 bgr-stim-mS.) Counter tenor. Alto. 
 
 Der ton-abstand, Ger. (dSr <5n-ab-8tand.) 
 To be played staccato. 
 
 Die -nralze, Ger. (dS «d7-tsS.) The barrel of ^ 
 hand organ. 
 
PEONOUNOIBTG MUSICAL DIOTIONAEY. 
 
 67 
 
 a ale, S. add, S, arm, 6 eve, 8 end, I iee, 1 ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, u but, fl French sound. ' 
 
 DIEZ 
 
 Diese, Fr. (dl-Sz.) Asbarp, (i). 
 
 Diese, doable, Fr. (dl-az doobl.) A donble 
 
 Bharp, (Ht). 
 Die zeugmenen. Or. (de sooa^mS-nOn.) The 
 
 third tetrachord disjoined from the second. 
 Diezentic, Or. (ds-zoo-tlk.) See Diazeutie. 
 Die zimse einer boboe, Oer. (ds tsoon-ghg 
 
 I-nSr hO-bO-S.) The reed or mouth-piece of a 
 
 hautboy. 
 Dtff, Tur. (deff.) An oriental instrument resem- 
 bling the tambourine. 
 Differentia, Or. (_&i-m-ren-sbl-S,.) A ratio 
 
 measuring an interval. 
 Difficile, It. (dSfj^-tshg-lS.) Difficult. 
 Dl gala. It. (de ga-la.) Merrily, cheerfhlly. 
 Digital exercises. Exercises for strengthening 
 
 the fingers and rendering them independent of 
 
 each other. 
 Dignltfi, It. (SSn-ye-tS.) 1 Dignity, gran- 
 
 Dignltfide, It. (dSn-yg-io-dS.) vdenr, greatness. 
 Dignitfite, It. (den-ye-<a-t£.) ) 
 Di grfido. It. (dS-grd-AC.) By degrees; step by 
 
 step ; in opposition to di salto. 
 Di grfido ascendente. It. (de grd-6o ^shSn- 
 
 dan-tS.) A series of notes of regular ascent. 
 Di grfido descendente. It. (dS grd-AO dS- 
 
 shffi-don-tS.) A series of notes descending reg- 
 ularly. 
 Digressing. Moving from one key into another 
 
 to return to the first. 
 Digressione, It. (dS-grSs-sS-S-ne.) A deviation 
 
 ii'om the regular course of a piece. 
 Diiambns, (de-i-am-bns.) A metrical foot con- 
 sisting of two iambic feet. 
 Di leggi^re, Z<. (dS lSd-iB-3-rS.) I Easily, 
 Di leggi^ro. It. (de l&i-jS-a-rO.) i lightly. 
 Diletant, Ger. (iB-\S-tdnh.) I A lover of art; 
 DUettfinte, Ji!. (ae-Kt-tanh-tS.) j an amateur who 
 
 composes or performs without making music a 
 
 profession. 
 Dilett&rsl di mnsica. It. (ji^lSt-iSr-aS de 
 
 moo-zS-ki.) To love music. 
 Dilettosamente, It. (ds-lSt-to-zSl-man-tg.) 
 
 Agreeably, pleasantly. 
 Diucatamente, It. (de-le-k^tS-mdn-tS.) Deli- 
 cately, softly; see Pelicatamente. 
 Dilicat^Kza, It. (d6-le-ka-ia2-sa.) Delicateness, 
 
 softness, neatness. 
 Dilicatissimam^nte, It. (ds-ls-k^tss-ss-ma- 
 
 7nSn-t£.) With extreme softness and delicacy. 
 Dilicatissimo, It. (dE-lg-ka-*Ss-se-mo.) With 
 
 extreme softness and delicacy. 
 Dillc&to, It. (6S-\e-kdrta.) Soft, delicate. 
 Dillg^nza, It. (de-lSjran-tsa..} Diligence. 
 Dilig^nza, con. It. (6s-lB-jan-tBS,ti6n.) In a 
 
 diligent and carefhl manner. 
 Dllndinm, Lat. (dl-W-di-Sm.) An interlude. 
 Dilu^ndo, It. (aS-10o-a«-dO.) Diminishing, a 
 
 gradual dying away of the tone until it is extinct. 
 
 Dimin. f Abbreviations of diminuendo. 
 Dimeter. A poetic measure of four feet; a series 
 
 of two metres. 
 )>iniinisbed. This word is applied to intervals 
 
 or chords, which are less than minor or perfect 
 
 intervals. 
 
 DIRE 
 
 Diminished chords. Chords that are com- 
 posed of diminished intervals. 
 
 Ilinilnished fifth. An interval containing two 
 whole tones and two semitones. 
 
 Diminished fourth. One whole tone and two 
 semitones. 
 
 Diminished imitation. A style of imitation 
 in which the answer is given in notes of less value 
 than that of the subject. 
 
 Diminished intervals. Those which ore one 
 semitone less than minor or perfect intervals. 
 
 Diminished octave. One semitone lesp than 
 a fall octave. 
 
 Diminished seventh. One semitone less than 
 a minor seventh. 
 
 Diminished sixth. One semitone less than a 
 minor sixth. 
 
 Diminished third. One semitone less than a 
 minor third. 
 
 Diminished triad. A chord composed of the 
 minor third, and the diminished or imperfect 
 fifth. 
 
 Dlmlnnclon, Spa. (dIm-e-noo-th5-o«.) A dimin- 
 ishing. 
 
 Diminu€, Fr. (dl-mSn-oo-a.) Diminished: see 
 diminuito. 
 
 Diminuendo. 7j. (de-mB-noo-an.-dO.) Diminish- 
 ing gradually the intensity or power of the tone. 
 
 Diminuer, Fr. (dl-ihg-noo-a.) To diminish. 
 
 Dinilnuir, Spa. (de-mS-noo-Er.) To diminish, as 
 applied to intervals, chords, etc. 
 
 Diminuito, It. (de-mi-noo-S-to.) I Diminished, 
 
 Diminuto, £a^. (de-mS-reoo-tO.) f lessened, in 
 speaking of intervals or chords. 
 
 Dlminnlio, Zat. (dim-i-nfi-shi-O.) Diminution. 
 
 Diminution. In counterpoint this menus the 
 imitation of a given subject or theme, in notes 
 of shorter length, or duration; in opposition to 
 augmentation. 
 
 DiminuJEitfne, It. (dS-mS-noo-tsE-^-nS.) Dim- 
 unition. 
 
 Di molto, /*. (dS mOl-tO.) Very much ; an ex- 
 pression which serves to augment the muaninf; 
 of the word to which it is applied. 
 
 D in alt. It. The fifth note in alt; the twelfth 
 above the G. or treble clef note. 
 
 D in altissimo. It. The fifth note in altissimo ; 
 the twelfth above G in alt. 
 
 D'in^anno, It. (d'en-yara-nO.) An unexpected 
 ending. 
 
 Di netto. It. (ds ndt-tS.) Neatly, cleverly. 
 
 Di nudvo. It. (de noo-5-vO.) Anew, once more, 
 again. 
 
 Dioxla. A perfect fifth; the fifth tone, or sound. 
 
 Di peso. It. (dB pd-zO.) At once. 
 
 Diphonium. A vocal duet. 
 
 Di ptfsta. It. (dS pds-tS.) At once. 
 
 Di qnleto. It. (dS que-o-to.) (Juietly. 
 
 Direct. A m^rk sometimes placed at the end of 
 a staff to indicate the note next following, ( ^v) 
 
 Directeur, Fr. (il-rSk-tur.) The director or con- 
 ductor of a mnsical performance. 
 
 Direct intervals. Intervals reckoned from 
 their ftindamental tones upward, on which any 
 kind of harmony may be produced. 
 
 Direct motion. Similar or parallel motion ; the 
 parts rising or tailing in the e«me direction. 
 
68 
 
 PRONOUNOING MUSICAL DIOTIONAKY. 
 
 5 ale, S add, H arm, B eve, 6 end, I ice, i iU, old, B odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, ft i«<, 11 French sound. 
 
 s 
 
 ]-=?: 
 
 DIRE 
 
 Director. The conductor or manager of a musi- 
 cal performance. 
 
 Directrice, Fr. (di-rSk-irSss.) A female direc- 
 tor or manager. 
 
 Direct turn. A turn consisting of four notes, 
 viz., tlie note above that over which^the sign is 
 placed, the principal note, wriiai,. pia,.a. 
 the note below it, and end- 
 ing with the principal notCi 
 
 Dir^tto, /«. (dS-ra*-tO.) Directed, conducted 
 
 Diretttfre, /i. (dS-rSt-<o-rg.) A director : see di- 
 recteur. 
 
 Direttrice, It. (dS-rSt-«r3-tshg.) See directrice. 
 
 Direttore della mnsica, It. (dS-rSt-to-rS ddl- 
 lii OT00-z5-ka.) A musical director. 
 
 Dirge. A musical composition, either vocal or 
 instrumental, designed to be performed at a fa- 
 neral or in commemoration of the dead. 
 
 Diritta, It. (de-rstrta.) Direct: straight on, in 
 ascending or descending intervals. 
 
 Dirizzatdre, It. (dS-ret-tsS-io-rg.) A director. 
 
 Dis, Ger. (dSz.) The note D#. 
 
 Disaccent&to, It. (dez-fit-tshSu-£a-tO.) Unac- 
 cented. 
 
 Disaccord&re, It. (dBz-ak-k8r-(iffi-rg.) To be out 
 of tune. 
 
 Di salto, It. (ds sa7-tO.) By leaps or by skips ; 
 in opposition to di grddo. 
 
 Disarnionia, It. (dez-ar-mO-nS-5.) Discord, want 
 of harmony. 
 
 Disariuonicbissiino, It. (dBz-ar-mO-nS-Ms-sS- 
 mO.) Extremely discordant. 
 
 DisarnKSnico, It. (dSz-ar-mS-ng-kO.) Inharmo- 
 nious, discordant. 
 
 Discant. The upper part; see also, descant. 
 
 Discant scliliissel, Ger. (iiz-kdnt shlii-s'l.) The 
 soprano; the clef placed upon the first line — 
 the note upon that line being called C. It is sel- 
 dom used now. 
 
 Discantar, Spa. (dSz-kan-<d>.) To discant, to 
 fling in parts, to chant. 
 
 I>iscante, Spa. (de6-A:are-tE.) The upper part; 
 concert of stringed instruments; a small guitar. 
 
 Discant-geige, Ger. (diB-kdnt ghl-ghS.) An 
 obsolete term for the violin. 
 
 Discantist, Oer. (dls-kan-&l) Treble, or so- 
 prano singer. 
 
 Discant-salte, Ger. (ddB-kdnt si-tg.) Treble 
 string. 
 
 I>iscant-sS.nger, Ger. (fiiB-kdnt sang-Sr.) Tre- 
 ble, or soprano singer. 
 
 Discantns, lat. (dTs-San-tiis.) Descant; sing- 
 ing in parts ; a piece of music in parts. 
 
 Discendere, It. (de-s7jan-ds-rg.) To descend. 
 
 Disc^pola, It. (de-sAa-pO-ia.) A female pupil. 
 
 Disc6polo, It. (dS-sAa-pO-10.) Disciple, pupil, 
 scholar. 
 
 Discidlto, It. (dS-shS-SZ-tO.) Skillful, dexterous. 
 
 Disconc<>rdia, It. (des-kOn-Aoi-de-a.) Discord. 
 
 Discord. A dissonant or inharmonious combina- 
 tion of sounds. In harmony it requires to be 
 resolved into a concord or proceed to a concord in 
 order to satisfy the ear. 
 
 Discordant. A term applied to all discordant or 
 inharmonious sounds. 
 
 Discord&nte, It. (dg8-k0r-d»n-tg.) Discordant. 
 
 DISS 
 
 Discordantem^nte, It. (dSs-kOr-dan-tS-mffl«- 
 
 tg.) Discordantly. 
 Discord&nza, It. (des-kor-t^an-tsa.) Discord. 
 Discordare, It. (dss-kur-ya-rg.) I To be out 
 
 of tune. 
 
 Discorder, Fr. ^dis-kor-da.) 
 
 Discorde, Fr. (die-kOrd.) I ■n.-a-.-^ 
 
 Discordia, Lat. (dis-A^r-dl-a.) f -"leco™- 
 
 Discord, prepared. Where the ear has been 
 prepared (or the discordant note in a previous 
 concord. 
 
 Discr^to, It. (dBB-Jra-to.) Discreetly. 
 
 Discrezione, It. j^dEs-krat-tse-a-ng.) Discretion, 
 judgment, moderation. 
 
 Dis-diapason, Gr. (dgz de-a-pa-sSn.) A donble 
 octave ; an interval of two octaves ; a fifteenth. 
 
 Dis dur, Ger. (dls door.) The key of Dg major, 
 
 Disenrs, Fr. pi. (dez-ur.) A name formerly given 
 to French itinerant vocalists who recited bfilads 
 and romances. 
 
 Disharmonie, Ger. (dis-har-mO-nS.) Dishar- 
 mony. 
 
 Disharmonisch, Ger. (dis-har-ma-nlsh.) in- 
 harmonious. 
 
 Disharmony. Discord, want of harmony. 
 
 Disinvdlto, /<. (dgz-Bn-»Si-tO.) I 
 
 DisinTOltnr&to, It. (dSz-gn-vBl-too-j-o-tO.) f 
 Off hand, bold, not forced, naturally. 
 
 Di^nnct. A term applied by the Greeks to those 
 tetrachords where the lowest sound of the upper 
 one was one degree higher than the acatest sound 
 of the one immediately beneath it. 
 
 Dis.iunct degree. Where two notes form the 
 interval of a third or any greater interval. 
 
 Disjunct succession. A succession of sounds 
 passing from one degree to another, without 
 touching the intermediate degrees. 
 
 Dis moll, Ger. (dis mOl.) The key of D sharp 
 minor. 
 
 Disonancla, Spa. (dSz-0-»iam-thg-a.) 1 Dieso- 
 
 Disonanza,' 7^. (dez-O-ndni-s'A.) (nance. 
 
 Disonare, It. (dgz-0-na-rg.) To sound discord- 
 antly. 
 
 Di soppiano. It. (de sOp-pg-a-nO.) Low; with 
 a low voice. 
 
 Di sopra. It. (dE sO-pra.) Above. 
 
 Disper&to, It. (dez-pg-ra-to.) Despaired of; 
 with desperation. 
 
 Disperazidne, It. (dez-pg-rat-sg-3-ng.) Despair, 
 desperation. 
 
 Dispersed harmony. Harmony in which the 
 notes forming the various chords are separated 
 from each other by wide Intervals. 
 
 Dispondee. In Greek and Latin poetry, a double 
 spondee, comprising four long syllables. 
 
 Disposition. The arrangement of the stops in 
 an organ, disposing them according to power, 
 quality of tone, etc. 
 
 Disruption of clvords. Harmonic figuration ; 
 the progression of a chord from one tone to an- 
 other of the same chord, thence passing in the 
 same way through successive different chords. 
 
 Dissolution. A term used in ancient Greek 
 music, when a sound in- the enharmonic genus is 
 lowered three dieses. 
 
 Dissonance. A discord ; an Interval or chord 
 displeasing to the ear and reijuirlng to be fol- 
 
PRONOUNOIHG MTTSlOAL DIOTIONAEY. 
 
 69 
 
 a ale, & add, a arm, S eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, i but, fl French sound. 
 
 DISS 
 
 lowed ty another in whlcli the dissonant note 
 iB resolved. 
 
 Dissonant. An inharmonious combination of 
 soands. 
 
 Dissonant chords. All the chords except the 
 perfect concord and its derivatives. 
 
 Dissonant, Fr. (dSs-sO-ndnh.) I Dissonant, 
 
 Dissonfinte, It, (des-sO-nSn-te.) j out of tune, 
 discordant. 
 
 Dissonant sixths. The diminished and super- 
 fluous sixths. 
 
 Dissonanz, Cer. (dls-sO-ndnts.) ) Dissonance; 
 
 DissonHnza, It. (dss-so-n^n-tsii.) I discord. 
 
 Dissonfire, It. (deB-sO-no-rS.) ) To sound 
 
 Dissoner, Fr. (des-sO-«a.) >-out of tune; 
 
 Dissoniren, Oer. (dIs-so-n5-r'n.) ) to be discor- 
 dant. 
 
 Dlssoni suoni. It. (des-sO-ne swB-nS.) Inhar- 
 monious Bounds: discords. 
 
 Distance. The interval between any two sounds 
 differing in pitch. 
 
 Dist&nza, It. (dSz-t£n-tsS.) Distance, space be- 
 tween. 
 
 Distich. A couplet ; a couple of verses, or poetic 
 lines making complete Bense. 
 
 Dlstico, Spa. (dSB-te-kO.) A distich. 
 
 Dlstinti suoni. It. pi. (dSs-^gn-te euid-nB.) Dis- 
 tinct sounds. 
 
 Distinto, It. (dSs-tln-tO.) Clear, distinct. 
 
 Dlstique, Fr. (dls-<2A.) A distich. 
 
 Diston&re, 72. (dEB-tO-jio-rS.) To be out of tune. 
 
 Distonlren, Cfei: (dIs-tO-«?-r'n.) To get out of 
 tune; to produce discord either in singing or 
 playing. 
 
 Disirop, It. (dSz-trOp.) A song of two stanzas 
 
 Distune. To throw out of tune (obsolete). 
 
 Di testa. It. (ie-tas-tS..) Of the head, in speak- 
 ing of the voice. 
 
 Dithyrambe, Fr. (fiS-tl-rShmb.} I A song or 
 
 Dithyramhe, Ger. (de-ti-ram-bS.) ( ode sung in 
 ancient times in honor of Bacchus ; a wild rhap- 
 sodical composition. 
 
 Dithyrambic, Gr. (dS-thl-ram-bik.) A song in 
 honor of Bacchus; any poem written in a wild 
 rhapsodical manner. 
 
 Dithyrambiqne, Fr. (de-tl-ranh-Mi.) I 
 
 Dithyrambisch, Oer. (dS-ti-ram-bish.) ( 
 Dithyrambic. 
 
 Dithyrambns, (dl-thl-mm-bus.) See Dithy- 
 vambe. 
 
 Ditirfimbica, /^ .(dg-ts-ram-be-ka.) I Dithy- 
 
 Ditirfimbico, It. (dg-ts-ram-be-ko.) j rambic. 
 
 Ditirtimbo, It. (ds-te-ram-bo.) See Dithy- 
 rambe. 
 
 Dfto, It. ((i?-toO The finger. 
 
 Dfto grdsso. It. (d8-tO gros-Bo.) The thumb. 
 
 Diton, Fr. (dS-tBnh.) ■) Of two iiarts or 
 
 Ditone, Gr. (ds-ton.) ( tones; amajorthird 
 
 Dftono, It. (dS-tO-nO.) f or interval of two 
 
 Ditonns, Lat. (dl-^d-nus.) ) whole tones. 
 
 Ditrochee. A double trochee; a foot made up 
 of two trochees. 
 
 Dittanaclasis. An instrument of the harpsi- 
 chord and pianoforte class.. 
 
 Ditty. A song, a sonnet; a little poem to be sung. 
 
 Divan, Per. (dS-vSn.) Among the Persians, a 
 term applied to a series of poems with the dlstichs 
 
 DOL 
 
 ending in every letter successively; a collection 
 of the writings of a single author. 
 
 Dlverberation. A sounding through. 
 
 Dlverbia, Lat, (di-tiir-bl-a.) i A musical dia- 
 
 DivCrbio, It. (dB-i;or-bS-0.) I logue, often used 
 by the ancients to enrich their drama. 
 
 Divertimento, It. (ds-ver-ts-man-to.) A short, 
 light composition, written in a pleasing and 
 familiar style. 
 
 Divertissement, Fr. (di-vgr-<Sss-manh.) A 
 series of airs and dances resembling a short bal- 
 let, introduced between the acts or at the con- 
 clusion of an opera; also, a composition in a light 
 and pleasing style. 
 
 Divided accompaniment. A form of accom- 
 paniment in which the intervals are taken by 
 both hands, always maintaining the distance 
 required by the rules. 
 
 Dlvinare. A stopped organ register of a beauti- 
 ful tone. 
 
 Dlvlsi, It. (dS-Bg-ze.) Divided, separated. In 
 orchestral parts this word implies that one-half 
 the performers must play the upper notes and the 
 others the lower notes. The term has a similar 
 meaning when it occurs in vocal niUBic. 
 
 Division. A series of notes sung to one syllable. 
 Formerly this word implied a sort of variation 
 upon a given Buhject. 
 
 Division, Fr. (dl-v6-z5-0nh.) A double bar. 
 
 Division dn temps, Fr. (di-vS-zS-Onh dU 
 tanh.) Time table. 
 
 Division marks. Figures with a curved line 
 
 above them, showing the number of equal parts 
 
 • into which the notes are divided ^, 'j^, -T-, -j', etc. 
 
 Divotam^nte, It. (dS-vO-tS-mam-tS.) f 
 
 Divdto, It. (de-sa-to.) ( 
 
 Devoutly, In a solemn style. 
 
 Divozione, It.' (dS-vot-tsS-S-nS.) Devotion, re- 
 ligious feeling. 
 
 Dix hniti^me, Fr. (dgz wg-tl-am.) The.^zg'A- 
 teenih, or double octave to the fourth. 
 
 Dixi£me, Fr. (dez-i-am.) The tenth, at octave 
 to the third. 
 
 Dix-neavieme, Fr. (dez niiv-I-5m.) The nine- 
 teenth, or double octave to the fifth. 
 
 Dix-septieme, Fr. (dez set-l-om.) The seven- 
 teenth, or the double octave to the third. 
 
 Dizain, i^?*. (dgz-SnhO Stanzaof ten verses. 
 
 D. M. The initials of Deetra Mdno. 
 
 D moll, Ger. (da moll.) The key of D minor. 
 
 Do, It. (d5.) A syllable applied to the first note 
 of a scale in solfaing. 
 
 Doble, Spa. (do-ble.) A step In a Spanish dance. 
 
 Dochimns, Lat. ((j^-kl-miis.) A metrical foot 
 consisting of five syllables. 
 
 Docke, Cej". (d5-kS.) The^'aciof a harpsichord. 
 
 Doctor of music. The highest musical degree 
 conferred by the universities. 
 
 Dodedachordon, Gr. (dO-ded-fi-Mr-dOn.) The 
 twelve ancient modes. 
 
 Dtfslla, It. (ddl-yB-&.) Grief, affliction, sadness. 
 
 Doig^t, It. (dwS.) Finger. 
 
 Dolste, Fr. (dwa-ta.) Fingered. 
 
 Dolgter, Fr. (dwS-ta.) To finger; the art of 
 fingering any instrument. 
 
 Dolgfts Axes, Fr. (dwa f Sk-sB.) Fixed fingers. 
 
 Dol. An abbreviation of dolce. 
 
70 
 
 PEOlTOtrifCIKG MtJSlOAL DICTIONABY. 
 
 3 ale, 3 add, S, arm, S eve, 8 end, I ice, 1 ill, oW, 8 odd, Q dove, oo moon, tl 2«<«, ii 6«<, li French sound. 
 
 DOLC 
 
 Dolcan, An organ stoj) of 8 feet scale, the pipes 
 of which are of larger diameter at the top than at 
 the bottom. 
 
 Ddlce, It. (dSZ-tshS.) Sweetly, softly, delicately. 
 
 Dtflce con giisto, It. (ciSWshS fcBn gooe-to.) 
 Softly, sweetly, with taste and expression. 
 
 n^Slce e cantaMle, It. (c2d^tshS B, kAn-td-hS- 
 ISO Sweet, soft, in singing style. 
 
 I><SIce e la8ing&n<lo. It. (ddl-tahS S, loo-sSn- 
 giin-dO.) In a soft and insinuating style. 
 
 Ddlce e piacevolm^nte espressivo. It. 
 (dSl-tshS a p8-a-tsh6-vOl-mffln-tS 5s-prSs-s5-vO.) 
 Soft and with pleasing expression. 
 
 Ddlce ma marc&to. It. (doMshS ma mS-v-kd- 
 tO.) Soft and delicate but marked and accented. 
 
 Ddlce inani^ra. It. ((JoWshS raa-ne-a-ra.) A 
 delicate and expressive manner of delivery. 
 
 I>oIcein£iite, It. (dol-tshg-mam-tS.) Sweetly, 
 gently, softly. 
 
 Oolc^zza, It. (dol-^s^a^za.) Sweetness, soft- 
 ness of tone. 
 
 Dolci&no, It. (d01-tshg-»-nO.) ) A small bassoon, 
 
 Doleino, It. (dOl-fe/iS-nO.) (formerly much 
 used as a tenor to the hautboy. 
 
 I>olcican<>ro, It. (dOl-tshS-ka-nS-rO.) Harmo- 
 nious. 
 
 Dolcimello, It. (dOl-tshg-msMo.) A dulcimer. 
 
 Dolciss. An abbreviation of dolcissimo. 
 
 Dolclssimo, It. (^dol-fe A?s-sS-mO.) With extreme 
 sweetness and delicacy. 
 
 Dolemment, JFr. (dO-18m-manh.) Dolefally, 
 mournfully. 
 
 l>olent, Fr. (dO-lSnh.) ) Sorrowful, mournful, 
 
 Bol^nte, It. (dWan-tS.) j pathetic. 
 
 Dolentem^nte, It. (dO-ku-tg-ma?i-tS.) Sorrow- 
 fully, mournfully. 
 
 I>olentfssimo, It. (do-lan-ie«-s5-mO.) With ex- 
 treme sadness; with very pathetic and mournful 
 expression. 
 
 DoKJre, It. (dO-Zo-rS.) Grief, sorrow. 
 
 Uolorosamente, It. (do-lO-rO-zS-OTara-tS.) I 
 
 l>olor<iso. It. (do-lo-ro-zo.) ( 
 
 Dolorously, sorrowfully, sadly. 
 
 I>olzalna, It. (dOlt-sa-S-na.} 1 mj^ hauthnv 
 
 Uolzaino, It. (dOlt-sii-B-nO.) f ^'^'^ hautboy. 
 
 I>oin, Ger. (dom.) A cathedral. 
 
 I>oin-cIior, Ger. (dom-kor.) The cathedral choir. 
 
 Dominant. The name applied by theorists to 
 the jifth note of the scale. 
 
 Dominant ctiord. A chord found on the dom- 
 inant or Jl^th note of the scale and introducing a 
 perfect cadence. 
 
 Dominante, Fr. (dBm-I-nanht.) I The dom- 
 
 Dominante, Ger. (dom-i-nan-te.) J inant. 
 
 Dominant harmony. Harmony on the dom- 
 inant or ^/tfi of the key. 
 
 H^ominant section. A section terminating on 
 the common chord of the dominant. 
 
 l>omine salvum fac, Lat. (cia-ml-nS soJ-vum 
 fiik.) A prayer for the reigning sovereign, sung 
 . .after mass. 
 
 I>omi!iicall psalmi, Lat. (dO-mi-n5-ia-15 sSl- 
 me.) Certain psalms of the Boman Catholic 
 church, sung in the vespers.) 
 
 Dom-kirche, Ger. (dim iJr-khg.) A cathedral. 
 
 Dona ndbls pacem, Lat. (dd-na no-hm pa- 
 Kim,) The concluding movement of the mass. 
 
 DOTT 
 
 Dtfnna, Jt (dBn-a&.) Lady; applied to the prin- 
 cipal female singers in an opera. 
 
 D dime, /if. p^. (aare-nS) Ladles : see rfonna. 
 
 Donner dn cor, Fr. (dSn-na dtt kBr.) To blow 
 a French horn. 
 
 Donner une serenade, Fr. (d3n-na iin eSr- 
 in-Sd.) To serenade. 
 
 Ddpo, It. (dO-pOO After. 
 
 Doppel, Ger. (tfap-p'l.) Double. 
 
 Doppel-be, Ger. (tZiip-p'l ha.) A double flat, 
 (bfif lowering a note two semitones. 
 
 Doppolblasebass. Ger. (liSp-p'l-SM-ze-bilss.) 
 A counter bassoon. 
 
 Doppel-flSte, Ger. (dbp-'p'l M-i'^-) Double jlute. 
 a stop m an organ the pipes of which have two 
 mouths. 
 
 Doppel-fage, Ger. (diJp-p'l/oo-ghe.) Double 
 fugue. 
 
 Doppelgedeckt, Ger. (diii)-p'l-gS-(i^i<.) Double- 
 stopped diapason. 
 
 Doppelgeise, Oer. (d«!^-p'l-g'A^ghS.) An organ 
 stop. See Viola d'' Amour. 
 
 Doppelgriffe, Ger. (dUp-p'l-grif-Sli.) Double 
 stop on the violin, etc. 
 
 DoppelkreniB, Ger. (rfiip-p'l-kroitz.) A double 
 sharp, f(, or x , raising a note two semitones. 
 
 Doppeischlag, Oer. (dSp-p'l-shiag.) A mordent. 
 
 Doppelschritt, Ger. (t?«2)-p'l-shrit.) A quick 
 march. 
 
 Doppelt, Ger. (dSp-p'\t.) Double. 
 
 Doppelten noten, Ger. (dfe-p'l-tSn no-t'n.) 
 Double notes. 
 
 Doppelter trillerlauf, Ger. ((?oi>p'l-ter liil- 
 Igr-louf.) Double cadence. 
 
 Doppelt gestrichene note, Ger. (^ddp-p&^t 
 ghe-siri-klrng «S-tg.) A semiquaver. 
 
 Doppia lyra, It. (ddp-pS-& ie-r&.) A double lyre. 
 
 Ddppio, /*. (dBp-ve-0.) Double, twofold; some- 
 times indicaiing that octaves are to be played. 
 
 Ddppio mOTim^nto, Ji;. (dop-pS-D mo-ve-mfln- 
 toT) Double movement or time, that is, as fast 
 again. 
 
 Dopplo peddle. It. (flSp-pS-O pg-(?a-lS.) Play- 
 ing a bass passage on the organ with the pedals 
 moving in octaves, etc. ; that is, using both feet 
 at the same time. 
 
 Ddppio tempo. It. {dop-pS-0 tem-pO.) Double 
 time, as fast again. 
 
 Ddppo, it. (ddp-po.) After : see Bopo. 
 
 Doi^n, 6r. (dO-ri-Sn.) I The name of one of 
 
 Dorien, J*"?". (dO-rl-anh.) jthe ancient modes or 
 
 SC3I6S 
 
 Doric mode. The first of the authentic Greek 
 modes. 
 
 Dossologia, It. fd8s-sO-?a-jS-a.) Doxology. 
 
 Dot. A mark, which when placed after a note in- 
 creases its duration one-half. When the dot is 
 placed over a note it signifies that the note i« to 
 be played staccato. 
 
 Dot, double. Two dots placed after a note to 
 increase its duration three-fourths of its original 
 value. 
 
 Dots. When placed at the side of a bar, or double 
 bar, they show that the music on that side is to be 
 repeated. 
 
 Dotted double bar. A double bar with dots 
 preceding it. Indicates that the preceding strain 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 71 
 
 B ale, & add, & arm, B eve, 6 end, I ice, 1 ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, tL lute, & but, French sound. 
 
 DOUB 
 
 if! to 1)e repeated; when the dots are after the 
 double bar, it shows that the following strain is to 
 be repeated; a double bar with dots both sides 
 indicates that both the preceding and loUowing 
 strains are to be repeated. 
 
 Double. The old name for a variation ; used by 
 Handel, Scarlatti, and others. 
 
 Oonble A, or AA. In England 
 the term double is applied to all 
 
 m 
 
 '^li^?^<9^"3 
 
 those bass notes from 6 to F Inclu- 
 
 sive. In Germany the rule is differ- z^° 
 
 ent. See Double 0. ^^ 
 
 Double action harp. A harp with pedals, by 
 which each string can be raised two semitones. 
 
 Double after-note. ">iti~._ ■■'■■«i . 
 
 Two after notes, tak- 
 ing their time fi:om 
 the previous note. 
 
 Double appogglatura. A union of two short 
 appoggiatnras. 
 
 Double B, or BB. See Bauble G. 
 
 Double bar. Two thick strokes drawn down 
 through the staff, to divide one strain or move- 
 ment from another. 
 
 Double bass. The largest and deepest toned of 
 all bow instruments. 
 
 Double basson. A large basson, the sounds of 
 which are an octave deeper than the basson ; also, 
 a 16 or 33 feet organ reed stop, of smaller scale 
 and softer tone than the double trumpet. 
 
 Double bemol, Fr. (bSrmOl.) Double flat. 
 
 Double C, or CC. See Double G. 
 
 Double chant. A simple harmonized melody 
 in four strains or phrases, and extending to two 
 verses of a psalm or canticle. 
 
 Double chorde, Fr. (doobl kOrd.) Playing 
 one and the same note, on the violin, upon two 
 strings at once. 
 
 Double counterpoint. A counterpart which 
 admits of the parts Deing inverted. 
 
 Double croche, Fr. (doobl krOsh.) Double 
 hooked ; a semiquaver. 
 
 Double curtail. A wind instrument similar to 
 to a bassoon. 
 
 Doubled. A term applied when one of the notes 
 of a chord is repeated in a different part of the 
 same chord. 
 
 Double D, or DD. See Double G. 
 
 Donble-demisemiqnaTer. A note eqnal :gz 
 in duration to one-half of a demisemiquaver ; jSz 
 a sixty-fourth note. It is written thus: "|^ 
 
 Double-descant. Where the treble or any high 
 part can be converted into the bass, and vice versa. 
 
 Double dipason. An organ stop tuned an oc- 
 tave below the diapasons. It is called a 16 feet 
 stop on the manuels ; on the pedals it is a 32 feet 
 stop. 
 
 Double diese, Fr. (doobl dl-sz.) A double 
 sharp, Jtt, or X . 
 
 Doubled letters. Capital letters doubled, in- 
 dicating that the tone is an octave lower than 
 where the letters stand single. 
 
 Bobble arum. A large drum used in military 
 bands and beaten at both ends. 
 
 Double dnlciana. An. organ stop of small 16 
 feet scale and delicate tone. 
 
 Double £, or EE. See Double 0. 
 
 DOUB 
 
 Double F, or FF. See Double G. 
 
 Double flaseolet, A flageolet consisting of 
 two tabes, Inown in through one mouthpiece, and 
 producing two sounds a' one time. 
 
 Double flat. A character (hb) which, placed 
 before a note, signifies that it islowered two semi- 
 tones. 
 
 Double flute. A flute so constructed that two 
 tones may be produced from it at the same time ; 
 a stop in an organ. See Doppel FlSte. 
 
 Double ftasne. A fugue on two subjects. 
 
 Double 6. The octave below G 
 gamut; the lowest G on the piano- 
 forte. In England the term double 
 is applied to all those bass notes 
 from G to P inclusive. 
 
 Double grand pianofbrte. An instrument 
 with a set of keys at each end, invented by James 
 Piersson, of New York. 
 
 Double hautboy. A 16 feet reed organ stop of 
 small scale. 
 
 Double lyre. The Lyria Doppia, an old instru- 
 ment of the viol kind. 
 
 Double note. A breve ; a note twice the ||"-^ | 
 length of a whole note. ^zn; 
 
 Double octave. An interval of two octaves; a 
 fifteenth; the bis-diapasonof the ancient Greeks. 
 
 Double quartet. A composition written for 
 eight instruments or voices. 
 
 Double reed. The mouthpiece of the hautboy, 
 bassoon, etc., formed of two pieces of cane joined 
 together. 
 
 Donbl«-reed melodeon. A melodeon con- 
 taintng two sets of reeds. 
 
 Doubles. An old term for variations. S&e Double. 
 
 Double shake. Two notes shaken simultan- 
 eously; they must form sixths or thirds.. 
 
 Double sharp. A character which, when placed 
 before a note, raises that note two semitones. It 
 is usually written as follows : |#, or x . 
 
 Double sonata. A sonata composed for two in- 
 struments concertante; as, the pianoforte and 
 violincello. 
 
 Double stopped- diapason. An organ stop 
 of 16 feet tone on the manuels; the pipes are 
 stopped or covered at the top. 
 
 Double suspension. A suspension that re- 
 tards two notes and requires a double preparation 
 flnd resolution. 
 
 Double tierce. An organ stop tuned a tenth 
 above the diapasons, or a major third above the 
 principal. 
 
 Double. time. A time in which every measure 
 is composed in two equal parts. It is marked by 
 letting the hand fall and rise alternately. 
 
 Double tongrueins. A method of articulating 
 quick notes used by flute players. 
 
 Double trill. See Double Shake. 
 
 Double triplet. The union of, iZ^e^ 
 
 two triplets ; a sextole, thus : |,#f ~ rrP^ 
 
 Double trumpet. A organ stoi> of m leet scale ; 
 
 sometimes the lowest octave of pipes is omitted, 
 
 and it is then called the Tenoroon trttmpet. 
 Double twelfth. An organ stop, sounding the 
 
 fifth above the foundation stops ; it is generally 
 
 composed of stopped pipes. . 
 
12 
 
 PEONOTJNCIN& MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, St add, & arm, 5 eve, 6 end, I ice, i il(, old, 5 odd, 6 dose, oo moon, II Zate, Q 6«<, 'tt French sound. 
 
 DOUB 
 
 Doublette, Fr. (ioob-llt.) An organ atop tuned 
 an nctave above tie principal ; in England it is 
 called theMteenth. 
 
 Doncet, I^r. (Aoosa.) Sweet, soft, gentle. 
 
 Doiicement, Fr. (doos-manh.) Sweetly, softly, 
 pleasingly. 
 
 WouleujT, Fr, (doo-liir.'} Grief, sorrow, pathos. 
 
 Doulonrensement, Pr. (doo-loor-Us-manh.) 
 Plaintively, sorrowfally. 
 
 !>onloureux, Fr. (doo-loor-iili.) Sorrowful, ten- 
 der, plaintive. 
 
 ]I>oux, Fr. (dooz.) Sweet, soft, gentle. 
 
 Donzieiue, Fr. (doo-zhi-am.) A twelfth. 
 
 Down beat. The falling of the hand or baton in 
 beating or marking time. 
 
 Sown Itow sign. A sign used in violin music 
 Indicating that the bow is to be drawn down; 
 thus, I I , 
 
 Jtox-olasie, Fr. (dOx-«-0-zh5.) j-Doxology. 
 
 I>Os.ology. A form of praise sung in divine ser- 
 vice, usually at the close of a' prayer, psalm or 
 hymn. 
 
 Draht-salte, Oer. (jlrdt-soi-tS.) Music wire; 
 wire string:. 
 
 ]>raiiia. A poem accompanied by action; a play, 
 a tragedy or comedy. 
 
 Dramatic. A term applied to music written for 
 the stage and to all other music representing pas- 
 sion. 
 
 Dramaticamente, If. (drS-mil-tS-ka-miln-tS.) I 
 
 Dramatiqueniente, Fr. (dra-ma-tek-mtaht.) ) 
 Dramatically. 
 
 Di-ainatique, Fr. {dra-ma-«*.) I n,.™ Jlti.. 
 
 Dramatisch, Ger. (drS-ma-tish.) f ^™matic. 
 
 JDramatischer dicnter, Ger. (dra-ma-ti-shSr 
 dikh'tSr.) A dramatist ; a writer for the stage. 
 
 Dramatis personse, Lat. ^drd-ioMIs per-sd- 
 ne.) The characters of an opera or play. 
 
 Dramaturge, Fr. ■ (drSm-S-tiirzh.) I A dra- 
 
 Dramatiirgo, It. (arSrmSi-toor-gO.) ) matist. 
 
 Drame, Fr. (dram.) I • j.._. 
 
 Dr&mma, It. (rfram-mS.) f ^ arama. 
 
 Dr<im.ma borl^sca. It. (dr^mS boor-^os-kS.) A 
 comic or humorous drama. 
 
 Drfimma lii-ico, /*. (drS-ma ^^rg-ko.) ) 
 
 Dr&mina per musica. It. (dra-mS par moo- )■ 
 ze-ka.) i 
 
 An opera or musical drama. 
 
 Drammaticam^nte, It. (dram-ma-tg-cil-m£?t- 
 tS.) Dramatically, in a declamatory style. 
 
 Dramm&tico, It. (dram-ma-te-ko.) Dramatic. 
 
 Draw-stops. In an organ, stops placed on each 
 side of the rows of keys by moving which the 
 player opens or closes the stops within the organ. 
 
 Dreh-orgel, Ger. Wra-Org'l.) Barrel organ. 
 
 Drehsessel, Ger. (dro-sSs-si.) I . _„.;„ „j„„, 
 
 Drehstuhl, Ger. (dra-stool.) ' \ ^ ""^"^ «'°°1- 
 
 Dreher, ffer. (dra-Sr.) Aslowwaltz, or German 
 dance. 
 
 Drei. Ger. (dri.) Three. 
 
 Dreiachtel, Ger. (drt-a*A-t'l.) Three quavers, 
 or eighth notes. 
 
 Dreiachteltact, Ger. (dn-aiA-t'1-takt.) Meas- 
 ure in 3-8 time. 
 
 Dreihfindlg, Ger. (tfr^han-dig.) Por three hands. 
 
 Dreiangel, Ger, (drJ-Sn-g'l.) Triangle. 
 
 DRUM 
 
 DreicliSrig. Ger. (<2n-k6r-ig.) A grand piano- 
 forte with three strings to each note. 
 
 Dreidoppelt, Ger. ((2rj-dOp-p'lt.) I Three-fold, 
 
 DreiflacK, Ger. (drl-mvib..) ftriple. 
 
 Dreigesang, Ger. (dn-gh&sang.) Trio for three 
 voices. 
 
 Drelklang, Ger. (d/^klSng.) A triad, a chord 
 of three sounds. 
 
 Dreiling, Ger. (dri-lmg.) A third. 
 
 DreimaT, Ger. (dn-mSl.) Thrice. 
 
 Dreireim, Ger. {dn-nm.) A triplet, a stanza 
 of three verses. 
 
 Dreisang, Ger. (dr^s&ng.') ) , j.„ 
 
 Dreispiel, Ger. (drt-sp51.) | -*■ '"°- 
 
 Dreisij Ger. (drist.) Brave, bold, confident. 
 
 Dreistigkeit, Ger. ((ir5«-tlg-klt.) Boldness, con- 
 fidence, resolution. 
 
 Dreistimmig, Ger. (drjs-tlm-mlg.) See Dreys- 
 timmig. 
 
 Drei-vlerteltact, Ger. (drl/Sr-W-tSkt.) Meas- 
 ure In S-4 time. 
 
 Dreizehn, Ger. (drl-tsBnO Thirteen. 
 
 Dreizehnte, Ger. (dr^-tsen-tS.I Thirteenth. 
 
 Dreizwreiteltact, Ger. (drl-ferj-t'l-takt.) Meas- 
 uring 3-3 time, or a measure of three minims. 
 
 Dreyklang, Ger. (drS-kiang.) See Drelklang. 
 
 Dreystimmig, Ger. ((i?'5-stj[m-mig.) In three 
 parts ; for three voices. 
 
 Dringend, Ger. ((^rjny-Snd.) Pressing. 
 
 Dritra, It. {drit-ia..) I Eight; mdno dritta, the 
 
 Dritto, /«. (d?-?i!-tO.) fright hand. 
 
 Drftte, Ger. (.dr\t-ii.) Third. 
 
 Driving notes. An old term applied to a pas- 
 sage consisting of long notes placed between 
 shorter notes m the same measure and accented 
 contrary to the usual and natural flow of the 
 rhythm. 
 
 Drohne, Ger. (drd-n^.) A heavy tone, a drone. ' 
 
 Droite, Fr. (orwat.) Kight; main droite, the 
 right hand. 
 
 Drommete, Ger. (drOm-ma-tS.) A trumpet. 
 
 Drommeten, €fer. (drSm-ma-t^n.) To sound a 
 trumpet. 
 
 Drommeter, Ger. (drOm-»»a:t5r.) A trumpeter. 
 
 Drone. The largest of the three tubes of the bag- 
 pipe. It only sounds one deep note, which an- 
 swers as a perpetual bass to every tune. 
 
 DrSnen, Ger. {dro-nin..) To give a low, dull 
 sound; to drone. 
 
 Drum. An instrument of percussion formed of a 
 cylinder made of thin wood or metal, over each 
 end of which is drawn a skin, tightened bymeans 
 of cords. 
 
 Druma, Iri. (droo-ma.) A drum. 
 
 Drum, bass. A targe drum used in military 
 bands. See Double drum. 
 
 Drum-bass. A term applied to the mere use of 
 the tonic and dominant in playing upon the 
 doable bass. 
 
 Drum, kettle. A bass drum ol a cup-like shape, 
 over the top of which 'the parchment head is 
 stretched. These drums are used in pairs, one 
 being tuned to the key note and the other to the 
 fifth of the key. 
 
 Drum major. The principal drummer in a mill' 
 tary band; the oflicer directing the band. 
 
 Drnmslade. An old name for a drummer. 
 
PRONOTTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 73 
 
 3 ale, a add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, & but, il French sound. 
 
 DRUM 
 
 Drmn, snare. The small drum, so called on ac- 
 coant of having strings of twisted hide drawn 
 over its lower head, and to distinguish it ft'om the 
 bass drum; the side drum. 
 
 Dmin, side. The common drum, the snare 
 dmm. 
 
 D. S. The initials of Dal Segno. 
 
 Duan, 6ae. and Iri. (doo-awn.) A poem suited 
 to music, a song. 
 
 Dndeler, Ger. (aoo-dl8r.) One who plays or 
 sings badly. 
 
 Dnoelkasten, Oer. ((ioo-d'1-kfis-t'n.) Barrel 
 organ; a hurdy-gurdy. 
 
 Dudelkastensack, Ger. (eJoo-d'l-kas-t'n-sak.) 
 A bagpipe, a cornamuse, a hornpipe. 
 
 Dadelii, Ger. (iZoo-d'ln.) To play on the bag- 
 pipe ; also a contemptuous term for playing badly 
 on the flute, etc. 
 
 Diie, It. ^doo-8.) Two; in two parts. 
 
 Dife clarini. It. (doo-8 klS-rS-nS.). Two trumpets. 
 
 Diie c«Srde. It. (doo-8 A5c-d8.) Two strings; 
 see Adae corde. 
 
 Dde c<SrI, It. (doo-S kd-iS.) Two choirs or 
 choruses. 
 
 Diie p^d&U, It. (doo-S p8-(Zo-lS.) The two 
 pedals are to be used. 
 
 Suet. A composition for two voices or instru- 
 ments. 
 
 Dde trambei. It. (doo-S OTm-bS.) Two trumpets. 
 
 Dnett, Ger. (doo-et.) A duet. 
 
 Onette, Ger. pi. (AooSt-tS.) I T>,i<.t= 
 
 Dnetti, It. pi. (doo-St-tS.) f ""™- 
 
 Daettino, It. (doo-St-<5-nO.) A short and easy 
 duet. 
 
 J>n£tto, It. (doo-St-to.) A duet. 
 
 JDde volte. It. idoo-i tW-tS.) Twice. 
 
 Dul^ana, 5^a. (dool-tbSrna.) I A small 
 
 Dnlcaynas, 5^a. (dool-the^nfis.) (bassoon; for- 
 merly much used; see Oolciddo. 
 
 Dnlce, Spa. (dool-thS.) Soft. 
 
 1>iilcet. Soft, sweet, musical; an organ stop. 
 
 Dalcian, Fr. (dul-sS-anh.) A small bassoon; 
 see Dolcidno. An organ stop. 
 
 Dnlclana stop. An 8 feet organ stop, of a soft 
 and sweet quality of tone. 
 
 Dnlclana principal. A 4 feet organ stop of 
 delicate tone. 
 
 Dnlcimer. An instrument usually of a triangu- 
 lar shape, the strings of which are struck with 
 little rods held in each hand. The name of an 
 ancient Hebrew instrument, the qualities of which 
 we are ignorant, but probably of the wind species. 
 
 Dnlclno, It. (dool-<sAS-nO.) I A small bas- 
 
 Dnlzaln, Spa. (dool-tha-Sn.) f soon ; see Sol- 
 ciano. 
 
 Dniclsono, Spa. (dool-ths-s£-n0.) Sweet toned. 
 
 Dnlzalna, Spa. (dool-tha-S-na.) The dulcimer; 
 also a flute or pipe. 
 
 Dnlz-flSte, Ger. (doolts-fl6-tS.) An open organ 
 stop of 8 or 4 feet scale and pleasant, sweet tone. 
 
 Dnmb sptnnet. Another name for the Clavi- 
 chord. 
 
 Dampf, Ger. (doompf.) I Of a dull, hol- 
 
 Dninpflg, Oer. (tioomyi-f Ig.) (low, muffled 
 sound. 
 
 Dnmpflskeit, Ger. (doomp-t1g-^t.) Hollow- 
 ness, dullness c ' 
 
 I of sound. 
 
 DURC 
 
 Ddo, It. (doo-0.) Two ; in two parts ; a composi- 
 tion for two voices or Instruments : a duet. 
 
 Duo concertante, /*. {doo-O kon-tshSr-tSn-tS.) 
 A duo in which each part is alternately principal 
 and subordinate. 
 
 Dnod^clma, It. (Aoo-O-da-tahS-mSi. i 
 
 Duodecimo, It. (doo-o-(2a-tshe-mO.) j 
 The twelfth; the twelfth note from the tonic; the 
 name Is also applied to an organ stop tuned a 
 twelfth above the diapasons. 
 
 Dnodecima acuta, Lat. (dt-0-(2^«-S-ma S-M- 
 ta.) A twelfth above. 
 
 Dnodecima gravl, Lat. (dU-0-dh-e-m& gra-yl.) 
 A-twelfth below. 
 
 Duodecimdle, It. (doo-O-dS-tshe-m^-lS.) A mu- 
 sical phrase, formed by a group of twelve notes. 
 
 Dnodrfimma, It. (doo-O-dram-ma.) A kind of 
 melodrama In which only two persons act and 
 sing. 
 
 Duol, It. (dwO-6.) Two. 
 
 Dndlo, It. (flwB-W.) Sorrow, sadness, grief. 
 
 Dudmo, It. (dwB-iaD,) A cathedral, 
 
 Dupla, Lat. (doo-pia.) Double. 
 
 Duple time. Double time. 
 
 Duplex lonsa. Lat. (,dU-pKx 2Ji»-ga.) Maxi- 
 ma, Mne of the notes in the old system of music. 
 
 Duplication. Doubling ; where one or more of 
 the intervals of a chord are repeated in different 
 parts. 
 
 Duplo, It. (doo-plo.) Double. 
 
 Dur, Ger. (doorj Major, In rpeaking of keys 
 and modes ; as, C dur, C major, 
 
 Dur, Fr. (diir.) Hard, harsh of tone. 
 
 Ddra, It. (doo-ra.) Delay, stop, stay. 
 
 Dnrale, It. (doo-ra-lS.) Hard, harsh, sharp. 
 
 Duram^nte, It. (doo-rS-mSn-tS.) Harshly, rough- 
 ly; also, meaning that the passage is to be played 
 in a firm, bold style, and strongly accented. 
 
 Dnrfite, It. (doo-m-tS.) Hard, rough; also im- 
 plying false relations in harmony. 
 
 Dnrchblasen, Ger. (doorkh blS-z'n.) To play, 
 or practice on a wind instrument. 
 
 Durchbrummen, Ger. (cJoorM-broom-m'n.) To 
 hum through. 
 
 Dnrchcomponiren, Ger. (tfooriA-kOm-pO-ne- 
 r'n.) To set a song, through all its stanzas, to 
 music. 
 
 Durchdringend, Ger. (doorkh-tfrwij'-Snd.) Pen- 
 etrating, piercing. 
 
 Durclidringende stimme, Ger. (doorkh- 
 drfoff-Sn-dS sfim-mS.) A shrill voice or tone. 
 
 DnrchfllliTung, Ger. (dooriA-fil-rOOng.) Devel- 
 opment. 
 
 Durchgiingis, Ger. (doorkh-gSnfi-lz-) l 
 
 DnrchgiinglTch, Ger. (doorkh-gHng-likli.) ( 
 Throughout. 
 
 Durchgehend, Ger. (doorkh-gSr&ni.) Passing, 
 transient; passing through. 
 
 Durchschallen, Ger. (doorkh-sAaWn.) To 
 sound through, to penetrate with sound. 
 
 Dnrchschlagend, Ger. (doorkh-Bbl&rg&ni.) A 
 term applied to some organ stops, indicating that 
 they extend through the whole compass of the 
 manuel ; it also slgnifles a free reed stop. 
 
 Durchspieleni'ffer. (doori A-spe-l'n.) To play 
 to the end; to perform a musical piece thoroughly. 
 
?4 
 
 PEOIfOUNCII^-G MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 S ale, S add, S aivn, e eve, fi end, I ice, i ill, oW, odd, 5 dose, oo moon, fl Zuie, fl J«<, 11 French sound. 
 
 DUltC 
 
 Durchstimmen, Ger. ((ZoorAft-sam-mgn.) To 
 
 tune thoroughly. 
 DurchtrUlen, Ger. (doork/i-ttSi-rn.) To trill 
 
 from beginniiii to end. 
 I>iir£e, Fr. (du-ja.) Length, duration of notes. 
 Dnrement, Fr. (dflr-mSnri ) Hard, harsh. 
 Duret^, Fr. (dii-re-ig.) See Durdte. 
 Dur^zza, It. (doo-m<-zS.) Hardness, harshness 
 
 of tone or expression. 
 Diiro, It. (doo-io.) Bnde, harsh. 
 Dnmm, 6r. (rffl-riSm.) One of the tetrachords 
 
 in the Galdonian scale. 
 Dor nnd moll tonlelter, Ger. (door oond 
 
 mOl tOn-2J-tSr.) The major and minor scales. 
 
 EDUR 
 
 Dttster, Ger. (dCs-tSr.) Gloomy. 
 
 Duten, Ger. (doo-t'n.) I A contemptnons term, 
 
 Dttten, Ger. (dfl-t'n.) ) meaning to toot, or blow 
 
 on a horn. 
 Dnx-Zaf. (dlix.) Leader, guide ; the sabiect, or 
 
 leading melody of a fugue. 
 Dynamics. This term in music has reference to 
 
 expression and the different degrees of power to 
 
 be applied to notes. 
 Dystonie, Gr. (dfe-tO-nS.) ) Discord, or false 
 Dystonie, Cfer. (dis-tO-nS.) ( intonation. 
 Dzwick, PoJ. (dzvek.) Sound. 
 
 E5. 
 
 £, called in Prance and Italy mi; the third note of 
 
 the modern scale of Gnido d'Arezzo. 
 E. MA, It. (8d.) And. 
 E. The smallest and most acute string on the 
 
 violin and guitar. 
 Eccedente, It. (8t-tshS-(iaM-t5.) Augmented, in 
 
 spealcing of intervals. 
 Ecchesgifinte, It. (Sk-kSd-jS-ara-tfi.) Eesound- 
 
 ing, echoing. 
 Ec-cheggidre, It. (gk-kad-jS-a-r6.) To resound, 
 
 (o echo. 
 Ecchns, Gr. (Ik-'kia.) An echo of the voice. 
 Eccl^sia, It. (gk-kla-zB-i.) Church. 
 Ecclesiastical. A term applied to all music 
 
 wTitten for the church. 
 Ecclesiastical modes. See Church modes. 
 I'oclesiastico stilo. It. (Sk-kla-zg-as-te-kO stS- 
 
 10.) In the church or ecclesiastical style. 
 Ecco, It. (aft-ko.) An echo. 
 Echar el compas, Spa. (3-kar ill i.Om-pds.) To 
 
 beat time. 
 Echeggiare, It. (a-k5d-jS-a-r6.) To echo, to re- 
 sound. 
 Echeia, Gr. (S-Jl-5.) Harmonic vases used by 
 
 the ancients at their dramatic performances, etc., 
 
 to increase the effect of their voices. 
 Echelle, Fr. (SshSU.) The scale, or gamut. 
 Echelle chromatique, Fr. (ashSlI KrO-m£t3£.) 
 
 The chromatic scale. ^ 
 
 Echelle dlatoni<iae, Fr. (Sshill dl-a-tOnh-iA:.) 
 
 The diatonic scale. 
 Echelon, Fr. (Ssh&-lSnh.) Step, or degree of the 
 
 scale. 
 Echo, Fr. (a-ko.) In organ music, this term 
 
 means a repetition, or Imitation of a previous 
 
 passage, with some striking modification in re- 
 gard to tone. 
 
 Echo comet. An organ stop, the pipes of which 
 
 are of small scale, with a light, delicate tone. It 
 
 is usually placed in the swell. 
 Echometre. An instrument foe measuring th& 
 
 powers of echoes and other sounds. 
 Echometry. The art of measuring the duration 
 
 of sounds. 
 Eclat, Fr. (Srkld.) A burst of applause, expres- 
 sions of approbation. 
 Eclatante, Fr. (BrUlSi-tSnlU.) Piercing, loud. 
 Eclisses, Fr. (S-klSss.) The sides or hoops of 
 
 a violin, guitar, etc. 
 Ecloga, Spa. (£k-2d-ga.) I An eclogue, selection. 
 Eclogue, Gr. (gk-log.) ) choice. 
 Eriogue. A pastoral song or poem. 
 Ecmeli suoni. It. pi. (6k-ma-lB swS-nS.) Un- 
 
 melodious sounds. 
 Eco, It. (a-kO.) An echo; the repetition of a 
 
 previous passage in a softer tone. 
 Meole, Fr. (a-kol.) Aschool, a method or course 
 
 of instruction, a style formed by some eminent 
 
 artist. 
 Ecole de chant, Fr. (a-kol diih shanh.) A 
 
 singing school. 
 Ecolier, Fr. (a-ko-ll-a.) A pupil. 
 Ecometria, It. (S-kO-ma^-rS-a.) Echometry; the 
 
 art of measuring the duration of sounds. 
 Ecometro, It. (a-kO-ma<-rO.) An echometre. 
 Ecossais, Fr. (arkBs-«a.) I Scotch: a dance, 
 Ecossaise, Fr. (a-kSe-saz.) ) tune or air, in the 
 
 Scotch style. 
 Ecossiise, Ger. (a-kBs-s^-zS.) See Ecossaise. 
 Econtants, Fr. (a-koo-tanh.) Auditors, listeners. 
 Ed. //. (ad.) And. 
 E dnr, Ger. (a door.) The key of E mE^or. 
 
PEONOtJNOINa MTTSiOAL JDICf lONAEY. 
 
 75 
 
 3 ale, a add, & arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, i ill, oW, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 iwie, ii 6m<, fl French sound. 
 
 KFFE 
 
 JEffet, Fr. (Sf-fSO l Effect ; the effect of 
 
 Effifitto, /^. (Sf/iZ-to,) J music upon an audience* 
 
 £ flat. The flat seventh of F, and the second llat 
 introduced in modulating hy fourths from the 
 natural diatonic scale. 
 
 Egalement, Fr. (a-gal-manh.) Equally, evenly, 
 smoothly. 
 
 Egalit€, Fr. (Srgai-l-ta.) Equality, evenness. 
 
 Eslise, Fr. (a-glSz.J Church. 
 
 Egloga, It. (al-sO-sA.) I An eclogue; a pas- 
 
 ^Slogue, Fr. {SrglBg.) ) toral poem. 
 
 Egnaglliliiza, It. (Brgv/Sl-je-dnt-BS,) Equality, 
 evenness. 
 
 Ega&Ie, It. (SrgwS-lS.) Equal, even, alike ; also 
 applied to a composition for several voices or in- 
 struments of one kind, as, male voices only, 
 female voices only. 
 
 Egnal^zza, It, (Sr^w&-lat-zS..) Equality, even- 
 ness 
 
 Egualm^nte, It. (5-gwai-ma»-t8.) Equally, 
 evenly, alike. 
 
 Eightli. An octave. 
 
 lE^hth-note. A qnaver. 
 
 Eighth semibre've rest. A rest equal 
 in duration to eight semibreves 
 
 Ein, Ger. (In ) I . . „_ . ._„ 
 Eiiie, (?«r. (5-ng.) f A, an, one. 
 Einblasen, Oer. (5n-hltt-z'm.) To blow into. 
 Ein di'eistimmiger gesang, Ger. (fn dH- 
 
 stim-mi-gh6r gh6-siing.) A trio. 
 Eine viertelsiiote, Ger. (jn-S /Ir-tSIs-nS-tg.) 
 
 A crotchet. 
 Eine flStenShnliche etimme, Ger. (in-S 
 
 J?^-t'n-rtrt-li-kh§ fii5»i-in6.) A soft, musical voice. 
 Eine geige dampfen, Ger. ttn-i gM-ghi 
 
 ddrnp-t'ii.) To apply a mute to a violin. 
 Einekrelschen-de stimme, Oer. (i»-g kr%- 
 
 sh"n-d6 st%m-TnS.) A shrill voice. 
 Einen,' Ger. (5-n6n.) A, one. 
 Einfach, Ger. 0n-lakh.) Simple, plain, orna- 
 mented. 
 £inf!»cher chorat, Ger. (J/j-fSkh-Sr ^o-rdl.) 
 
 Plain choral, without variation or ornament. 
 Eingang, Ger. («n-g£Dg.) Introduction, preface, 
 
 prelude. 
 Eingang der messe, Ger. 0n-gang dgr mls- 
 
 e€.) The entrance or beginning of a mass; the 
 
 introit. 
 Eingang einer mnsik, Ger. (Jn-g!lng S-nSr 
 
 moo-zikT) Prelude. 
 Eingangs-schlttssel, Ger. (^n-g&nga-sIiliis-B^l.) 
 
 In troductory key. 
 Eingestrichen, Ger. (»n-ghS-sttl-kh'n.)_ Note 
 
 of the treble marked with one stroke. This refers 
 
 to the octave from middle C to the B above. 
 Eingestrichene octave, Gr. 0n-ghe-strl- 
 
 kh'n-S Sk-ta-tS.) The notes from middle C to the 
 
 B above, both inclusive. 
 TSingli^d, Ger. (jn-glgd.) One-linked oi one chord, 
 
 in speaking of sequences. 
 EinhSiIlig, Ger. 0n-h31-llg.) Unison, harmoni- 
 ous. 
 Eelnhalt, Ger, (?n-hait.) A pause. 
 Einhalten, Ger. Qn-hU-Vn.) To pause. 
 Einhanchen, Ger. (?»-bou-kb'n.) To breathe 
 
 into. 
 Einheit, Ger. (In-hlt.) Unity. 
 
 eo;g 
 
 Einhelfen, Ger. 0ra-hfil-f 'n.) To prompt. 
 
 Einhelfer, Ger. (5»i-hei-fgr.) Prompter. 
 
 Einigen, Ger. 0-ni-ghgn.) Some, any. 
 
 Einigkcit, Gsr. (i-nlg-klt.) Concord, harmony, 
 unity. 
 
 Einklang, Ger. 0n-klSng.) Consonance, har- 
 mony. 
 
 Einklingen, Ser. (?n-kllng-gn.) To accord. 
 
 Einlant, Oer. p/i-lout.) Monotonous. 
 
 Einleitung, Ger. (^n-ll-toong.) Introduction, 
 prelude. 
 
 Etnieitnngs-satz, Oer. (Sn-lT-toongs-siitz.) i 
 
 Einleitungs- spiel, Ger. (tn-lI-toongs-spSl.) f 
 Introductory movement; overture, prelude. 
 
 Elnmal, Ger. (ire-mill.) Once. 
 
 Elnmttthigkeit, Ger. (ire-mii-tig-klt.) Concord, 
 unanimity. 
 
 Einsang, Ger. (in-silng.) A solo. 
 
 Einschlafen, Ger, (in-shlS-f 'n.) To die away, 
 to slacken the time and diminish the tone. 
 
 Einschnieichelnd,G^er. (ire-shml-khSlnd.) Flat, 
 tering, insinuating. 
 
 Elnschnitt, Oer. (ire-shnlt.) A phrase, or incom- 
 plete musical sentence. 
 
 Elnsperrns'pielen, Oer. 0n-spar-r'n-8pM'ii.) 
 To practice on an instrument. 
 
 Einstimnien, Oer. (In-stlmTm'n.) To- agree in 
 tune, to be concordant. 
 
 Elstimmener gesang, Ger. (in-stlm-mS-ni^i 
 ehi-sdng.) A solo. _ 
 
 Einstimmigkeit, Ger. (Jn-stlm-mlg-klt.) A 
 concord, agreement. 
 
 EintSnig, Ger. (ire-t6-nlg.) Monotonous. 
 
 Eintracnt, Ger. QnAiSSbt.) Concord, unity. 
 
 EintrSchtig, Oer. (in-trSkh-tlg.) Concordant, 
 harmonious. 
 
 Eintriichtigkeit, Oer. (I»-tr£kh-tIg-kIt. Con- 
 cordance, harmony. 
 
 Eintretend, Ger. (»)i-trS-tSnd.) Entering, be- 
 
 Eintrift, Ger. ^n-trit.) Entrance, entry, begin- 
 ning. 
 
 EtnverstSmdniss, Ger. (Jn-f3r-stend-nisu.) Har- 
 mony, concord. 
 
 Ein voUkommener tonkttnstler, Ger. (In 
 ^Z-k8m-m6-n6r <5»-kilnBt-lSr.) A scientific mu- 
 sician : a virtuoso. 
 
 Ein zwreistimmiger gesang, Oer. (In tziZ- 
 stlm-ml-g8r gh&sdng.) A duet. 
 
 Eis, Ger. OsT) The note E sharp. 
 
 Eisteddfod, Welsh. A bardic congress, an as- 
 semblage of bards first held in 1078. 
 
 EJacucion, Spa. (a-hak-oo-thl-aa.) Execution 
 or performance of music, vocal or instrumental. 
 
 Ela. The name originally given to the highest 
 note in the scale of CJuido. 
 
 Elami. Spa. (5-ia-mS.) The. sixth ascending note 
 of the scale. 
 
 Electric piano. A piano invented in 1851, the 
 wires of which were vibrated by electro-magne- 
 tism. 
 
 El^ganunent, Fr. (Sl-S-gSm-mSnh.) (. 
 
 Elegantem^nte, It. (gl-a-gSn-tg-mSn-tS.) | 
 Elegantly, gracefully. 
 
 ElegAnte,/^ (gl-a-yon-tg.) Elegant, graceful. 
 
 Eleg^uoza, It. (gl-S-^an-tsft.) Elegance, grace. 
 
76 
 
 PEONOTJNCIN& MtrSIOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, a add, a arm, 6 me, B end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 5 (io»e, oo moon, 11 i«<e, a 6m<, ii French sound. 
 
 ELEG 
 
 JQlegia, It. (Sl-S-jS-S.) An elegy, or monody; mu- 
 sic of a mournful or funereal character. 
 
 £leKiac. Plaintive, mournful, sorrowftil. 
 
 Elesifico, It. (Sl-a-jS-a-kO.) I Moumflil, plain- 
 
 El^eiaque, Fr. (Sl-a-zhI-5*.) ) tive, elegiac. 
 
 El^S^e. Fr. (Sl-a-zhS.) An elegy. 
 
 Elego, Spa. (^l-(^gO.) Mournful, plaintive. 
 
 Ulesns, Lat. (^/-e-gas.) An elegy, a mournful 
 ditty. 
 
 Elesy. A mournful or plaintive poem, or a tiineral 
 song. 
 
 Elementary music. Ei^ercises and studies 
 specially adapted to beginners in the study of 
 music. 
 
 Siemens, Fr. (gl-a-mSnli.) I The rudiments, 
 
 Element!, It. (el-S-mSn-tB.) ( or elements of mu- 
 sical science. 
 
 Elements. The first or constituent principles or 
 parts of any thing ; the priciples or rudiments of 
 musical science. 
 
 Elentheria, Chr. (g-ia-i!Aa-rI-a.) A festival of 
 liberty ; a song or hymn of liberty. 
 
 Eleiram^nto, It. (el-S-va-mSn-tO.) ) Grandeur, 
 
 Elevatezza, It. (&\-i-\&-tat-z&.) ) sublimity, 
 loftiness of expression. 
 
 Elev&to, It. (61-S-TO-to.) Elevated, exalted, sub- 
 lime. 
 
 Elevazidne, It. (Sl-8-va-tsS-5-nS.) Elevation, 
 
 -grandeur. 
 
 EW-re, i?7-. (S^lav.) A pupil. 
 
 Eleventh. An interval comprising an octave 
 and a fourth. 
 
 Elever. .Fr. (ft-lS-vS.) To raise or lift up the hand 
 In beating time. 
 
 Elf, Ger. (glf.) Eleven. 
 
 Elfte, Ger. (glf-m.) Eleventh. 
 
 EUne. Gr. "='- "• - 
 weavers. 
 
 I 
 
 (i-li 
 
 ng.) The ancient song of the 
 
 EUenianee. Ger. (U-VSn-ldngS.) I Fit-length, 
 Ellig, (?er. (^Wlg.) for two foot 
 
 size, speaking of the scale of pipes. 
 
 Eloeio, Spa. (a-«-hI-0.) f P'^^e- «»'°Ey- 
 
 Elosy. See Eulogy. ' 
 
 Embellir, Fr. Xanh-bSl-Kr.) To embellish, to 
 adorn, to ornament. 
 
 Embellissement, Fr. (anh-bSl-lSsB-mOnh.) 
 Embellishment. 
 
 Embellishment. Ornament, decoration, notes 
 added for the purpose of heightening the effect 
 of a piece. 
 
 Embocadora, Spa. (Sm-bO-ka-tfoo-ra.) Mouth- 
 piece of an instrument ; embouchure. 
 
 Emhonchnre, ifV. (anh-boo-shoor.) The mouth- 
 piece of a flute, hautboy, or other wind instru- 
 ment; that part to which the lips are applied to 
 produce the sound. It also refers to the position 
 which the mouth must assume in playing the 
 instrument. 
 
 Em4rite, Fr. (g-mar-«t.) Said of a professor 
 who has honorably retired from the duties of 
 his profession. 
 
 Emettre, Fr. (S-matr.) To utter sounds. 
 
 Emmeli suoni. It. pi. (gm-mo-lS swo-nE.) Me- 
 lodious sounds. 
 
 EmoU,&en (SmOll.) The key of E minor. 
 
 BNDE 
 
 Emozidne, It. (gm-0t>sg-9-ng.) Emotion, agita- 
 tion. 
 
 Empater les sons, Fr. (Onh-pS-ta Ig sSnh.) 
 To sing or play in a masterly manner, without de- 
 fects or imperfections. 
 
 Empfindnng, Ger. (gmp/tn-doong.) Emotion, 
 passion, feeling. 
 
 Emphase, Ger. (gm/a-zg.) Emphasis. 
 
 Emphatlqne, J'r. (&nh-t&-tgk.) I Emphati- 
 
 Emphatlsch, Ger. (gm/o-tlsh.) teal. 
 
 Emphatlquement, Fr. (anh-fa-ffi£-manh.) 
 Emphatically. 
 
 Emphasis. Marked expression ; particnlar stress 
 or accent on any note, indicated thus: > V A fz-, 
 sf., etc. 
 
 Emphasize. To sing with marked accent. 
 
 Empflndsam, Ger. (Sm-pfind-B&m.) Sensi- 
 tive, sentimental. 
 
 Emplto, It. (gm-j)S-tO.) Impetuosity. 
 
 Empituosam^nte, It. (gm-pe-twO-za-man-tS.) 
 Impetuously. 
 
 Emplumer, Fr. (anh-plQ-ma.) To pen, or put 
 quills into the jacks of a spinet, etc. 
 
 Empneousta, Gr. (gmp-ng-oos-ta.) Wind in- 
 struments. 
 
 Emporkirche, Ger. (gm-pSr-Hrkh-g.j An or- 
 gan loft. 
 
 Emport€, Fr. (anh-p8r-ta.) Passionate, hur- 
 ried. 
 
 Emportement, Fr. (anh-pBrt-manh.) Passion, 
 transport. 
 
 Empress^, Fr. (anh-prgs-sa.) In haste, eager, 
 hurried. 
 
 Empressement, Fr, (anh-prSss-manh.) Eager- 
 ness, zeal. 
 
 En, Fr. (anh.) In. 
 
 En acc£I€rant, Fr. (anh nSk-ea-la-ranh.) Ac- 
 celerating. 
 
 Enamidnico, It. (gn-ar-md-nS-kO.) I Enhar- 
 
 Enarmonico. Spa. (gn-ar-m(!-nS-kO.)|'monic, a 
 scale proceeding by quarter tones. 
 
 En augmentant la force pen a pen, Fr. 
 (anh Og-manh-tanh la fors pilli ft pah.) Increas- 
 ing in power little by little. 
 
 En anementant legerement, Fr. (anh 
 nOg-manh-tanh lg-«A5r-manh.) Gently forcing 
 the sound. 
 
 En chantarat, Fr. (Snh shftnh-tanh.) In a sing- 
 ing style. 
 
 En cheenr, Fr. (anh kUr.) In a chorus. 
 
 Enchorda, Gr. (Sn-tor-da.) Stringed instru- 
 ments. 
 
 Encorda, Spa. (gn-Wr-da.) To string an instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Encore, Fr. (anh-ifcSr.) Again, once more; de- 
 mand for the repetition of a piece. 
 
 Endecasfllabo, It. (gn-dg-ka-zSMa-bO.) Con- 
 sisting of eleven syllables ; a metrical line of 
 eleven syllables. 
 
 Endecha, Spa. (gn-da-ka.) A dirge, a doleful 
 song. 
 
 Endechar, Spa. (gn-da-Mr.) To sing funeral 
 songs in honor and praise of the dead. 
 
 Endechoso, Spa. (gn-da-M-zO.) Mournful, dole- 
 ful. 
 
 En descendant, Fr. (anh dg-sanh-danA.) Id 
 deecendiDg, 
 
PEONOTTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 77 
 
 S ale, S add, & arm, e eve, S end, I ice, I i22, o2d, odd, C (fove, oo moon, 11 2u^e, u iu<, ti French sound. 
 
 ENDI 
 
 En dlminnant la force, i^r. (Snh ^-mSn- 
 oo-Snli \& fors.) Diminieliiiig the force of a tone. 
 
 Ende, Ger. {lnd-%.) Bnd, concluBion, conclud- 
 ing piece. 
 
 Slnergeticam^nte, It. (gn-gr-ja-te-ka-man-tg.) 
 Energetically, forcibly. 
 
 Energ^tico, It. (en-gr-ja-t5-k0.) Bnergetic, 
 with emphasis. 
 
 Energcfa, It. (gn-gr-je-S.) 1 Energy, force, em- 
 
 Energle, Pr. (gn-gr-zhS.) fphasis. 
 
 Ener^cam^nte, It. (gn-gr-je-kS-man-tg.) En- 
 ergetically, forcibly. 
 
 Enersico, It. (gn-Sr-jg-kO.) Energetic, vigor- 
 ous, forcible. 
 
 Energique, Fr. (gn-gr-«A8i.) I Energetic, 
 
 Enersisch, Ger. (gn-ar-ghl»h.) (with empha- 
 sis. 
 
 Energiaaement, Fr. (gn-gr-zhSk-mSnh.) En- 
 ergetically, forcibly. 
 
 Enfiint de choenr, Fr. (Snh-f^nh djlh kfir.) 
 Singing boy. 
 
 Enfast. It. (gn-fa-zS.) Emphasis, earnestness. 
 
 Enflaticam^iite, It. (gn-fk-tg-ka-man-tg.) Em- 
 phatically. 
 
 Enf&tico, It. (gn/o^te-ko.) Emphatical, with 
 
 EiiAatain£nte, It. (gn-fE-ata-mSm-tg.) Proudly, 
 pompously. 
 
 Enfler, Fr: {Sjih-flS.) To swell, to increase the 
 tone. 
 
 En forcant snbitement le son, Fr. (Snh 
 fSr-sanh sQ-bSt-manh Itih sSnh.) Increasing the 
 sound suddenly. 
 
 Enge, Ger. (gng-5.) Close, condensed, com- 
 pressed: this term is applied to the stretlo in a 
 ingne. In speaking of^ organ pipes, it means 
 narrow, straight. 
 
 Enge barmonie, Ger. (gng-g hir-mO-n?.) Con- 
 tracted or close harmony, the intervals or sounds 
 being close together. 
 
 Engllsli flneering. In pianoforte music the 
 nse of a sign ( x ) to designate the thumb, in dis- 
 tinction from the German fingering, where the 
 thumb is designated as the first finger. 
 
 English horn. A species of oboe, a fourth or a 
 fifth lower than the instrument usually designated 
 by that name. 
 
 Engnichnre, Fr. (pih-ghS-sffUr.) The month- 
 piece of a trumpet. 
 
 Enharmonic, 6r. (gn-har-miin-Ik.) One of the 
 ancient scales or modes, proceeding by quarter 
 tones. On the pianoforte these cannot be ex- 
 pressed ; but on the violin, 'cello, etc., they may 
 be described as something like the difi'erence be- 
 tween GJ and A|j, or between DJ and Efe, etc. 
 In modern music it also means„such a change in 
 the nature of an interval or 
 chord, as can be sffected by 
 merely altering the notation 
 of one or more notes, thus : 
 
 Enharmonic change. A passage in which the 
 notation is changed, but the same keys of the in- 
 strument are employed. 
 
 Enharmonic diesis, Lat. (gn-har-mdn-Ik dl-o- 
 sls.) The difference between the greater and 
 lesser semitone; the least aensjble interval in 
 music. 
 
 ENTG 
 
 Enharmonic genus. A style of melody con- 
 structed from a scal§ of tones nominally about 
 one-fourth as far from each other as those of the 
 common diatonic scale. 
 
 Enharmonic intervals. Such as have only a 
 nominal difference ; for instance, the minor third 
 0, E|j, and the extreme second, C. Df; or, the 
 extreme fifth, C, G$, and the minor sixth, C, 
 AW, etc. 
 
 Enliarmonici snoni, It. (gn-hSr-mOn-e-tshe 
 8wd-nS.) Sounds raised above their natural pitch 
 by means of the enharmonic diesis. 
 
 Enharmonic keys. They include (in the piano- 
 forte) the same notes, and have the same scales, 
 but under different names; for instance, the scales 
 of EJ and Gfe:— Bfl and Ofe:— DJ and Efei-Eg 
 and F, etc. 
 
 Enharmonic modulation. A modulation 
 produced by altering the notation of one or more 
 intervals belonging to some chord, and thus 
 changing the key into which the chord would 
 naturally have resolved. 
 
 Enharmonic organ. An organ in which the 
 octave, instead of Deing limited to a division of 
 twelve intervals, contains from seventeen to 
 twenty-four. 
 
 Enharmonic relation. The relation existing 
 between two chromatics, when, by the elevation 
 of one and depression of the other, they are 
 united into one. 
 
 Enharmonic scale. A scale proceeding by 
 quarter tones. 
 
 Enharmonicns, Lat. (gn-har-mSn-f-kfis.) I 
 
 Enharmoniq^ne, Fr. (anh-nar-m6nh-e*.) > 
 
 Enharmonisch, Ger. (gn-har-mdn-ish.) ) 
 Enharmonic. 
 
 EiHon£, Fr. (anh-zhoo-s.) Cheerful, gay. 
 
 Eiyoaement, Fr. (anh-zhoo-mOuh.) Cheeifhl- 
 ness, gaiety. 
 
 Enlever, Fr. (Onh-lg-va.) To lift u^ the hand in 
 beating time. 
 
 Enoneer, Fr. (5-n0nh-s5.) To enunciate, to pro- 
 claim. 
 
 Enonciation, Fr. (a-nSnh-sS-^sS-Onh.) Enun- 
 ciation, declaration. 
 
 En mesure, Fr. (anh mg-sfic.) In time. 
 
 Enoplia, Gr. (gn-a-pll-a.) War songs of the an- 
 cient Spartans. 
 
 En passant, Fr. (Snh pSs-sanh.) In passing, 
 by the way. 
 
 En ralentissant, Fr. (Snh rSl-ianh-tes-sanh.) 
 Slackening the time. 
 
 En rondeau, Fr. (anh-rBnh-dS.) After the style 
 of a rondeau. 
 
 Ensayo, Spa. (gn-sa-yO.) Eeheareal of a piece. 
 
 Enseigneinent,'i^r. (anh-s5n-manh.) Instruc- 
 tions. 
 
 Enseigner, Fr. (anh-sBn-yS.) To instruct, to 
 teach. 
 
 Ensemble, Fr. (anh-sanA-bl.) Together, the 
 whole; applied to concerted music when the 
 whole is given with perfect smoothness and 
 oneness of style. 
 
 Entata, Gr. (gn-ta-ta.) Stringed instruments. 
 
 Entgegen, Ger. (gnt-firo-gh'nO . , , . x, , x !^ 
 
 Entgegengesetzt, Ger. (&nt-ga-g'n-gM-sitzt.) f 
 Contrary, opposite speaking of :;i3tion. 
 
78 
 
 PBONOTJITCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, & add, a arm, B eve, g end, I ice, 1 ill, old, odd, dove, oo moon, II lute, tt 6m<, 11 French sound. 
 
 ENTH 
 
 Enthonsiasme, Fr. (Snh-too-zS-ilsm.) ) 
 
 Enthnsiaginns, ffer. (Sn-too-ze-a2-moos.) ( 
 Enthusiasm. 
 
 Entltnslastisch. Ger. (Sn-too-zg-os-tTsh.) En- 
 thnsiastically. 
 
 Entonacion, Spa. (en-to-n3-the-Sn.) Modula- 
 tion ; blowing the hellows of an organ. 
 
 Entonador, iSpa. (Sn-tO-nSrdSr^ An organ 
 blower. 
 
 Entoner, J"?-. (anh-t!)-nS.) I To begin to 
 
 Entonner, Fr. (£nh-tfinn-nS.) j chant, to begin 
 to sing; to intonate. 
 
 Entr' acte, Fr. (&nh-tr' Skt.) Between the acts ; 
 music played between the acts of a drama. - 
 
 Entr&nte, It. (&n-trdn-t6.) ) An entrance, 
 
 Entr&ta, It. (in-trd-tSi.) J-introduction, pre- 
 
 Entrftda, It. (gn-^ra-da.) ) hide. 
 
 Entr&re, It. (in-ird-Ti.) To enter, to begin. 
 
 Entrfire In b&Uo, It. (fin-ira-rg Sn ialAO.) To 
 begin to dance. 
 
 Entree, Fr. (,S.nh-trd.) Entry, entrance, begin- 
 ning. 
 
 Entremes, Spa. (Sn-trd-mSs.) A short interlude. 
 
 Entremets, Fr. (anh-trS-ma.) MoTements intro- 
 duced for the salte of variety. 
 
 Entretallle, Fr. (anhtr-<a-yiih.) The inter- 
 change of tlie foot in dancing. 
 
 Entries. Name formerly given to operatic scenes, 
 burlettas, etc. 
 
 EntscheidnnS) Ger. (Snt-sAi-doong.) Decision, 
 determination. 
 
 Entschieden, Ger. (fint-sAl-i'it.) Decided, in a 
 determined manner. 
 
 Entschlafen, Ger. (Snt-sftM-f 'ij.) To die away, 
 to diminish. 
 
 Entschliessnng, Ger. (&nts7ilss-aoong.) Res- 
 olution, determination. 
 
 Entschlossen, Ger. (Snt-sAMs-s'n.) Determined, 
 resolute. 
 
 Entschlossenheit, Ger. (gnt-s7iWs-s"n-hlt.) Ees- 
 olntenesB, firmness. 
 
 Entschlnss, Ger. (Snt-shloois.) Hesolution. 
 
 Entusiasmo, It. (Sn-too-zg-as-mo.) Enthusi- 
 asm. 
 
 Entwurf, Ger. (Snt-wooif.) Sketch, outline of 
 a composition. 
 
 Enunci&re, It. (5-noon-tsh§-a-rg.) To enunci- 
 ate, to declare, to proclaim. 
 
 Enanciatfva, It. (5-noon-tshg-a-<8-va.) Enun- 
 ciation, declaration. 
 
 Enunci&to, It. (a-noon-tshg-a-to.) Enunciated, 
 proclaimed. 
 
 Enunciazione, It. (a-noon-tshg-at-sg-a-ng.) 
 Enunciation, declaration. 
 
 Envoys. Old English ballads. 
 
 En Toz, Spa. (gn voth.) In voice. 
 
 E4ilia, It. (a-S-lg-a.) ") One of the most 
 
 Eolian, Gr. (g-g-ll-Sn.) ( ancient modes: see 
 
 Eolien, Fr. (a-o Ig-anh.) f Greek modes. 
 
 Etflio, It. (a-S-lg-o.) ) 
 
 Eolic. Pertaining to ^olia. 
 
 Eoliqne, Fr. (a-0-^8*.) TSolic; Bee Folian. 
 
 Eoli liarpe,.ff'r. (a-o-lg harp.) The .iBolian harp. 
 
 Eolodion, Ger. (S-0-io-dI-On.) A German melO' 
 dian. 
 
 Epa,ndoran, Gr. (.&-pan-&<^-au.) An ancient 
 Stringed instrament. 
 
 The ancient Greek 
 
 EPOI 
 
 Epianla, Gr. (gp-€-ou-ia.) 
 
 song of me millers. 
 Epic. A poem in the narrative style. 
 Epicamente, It. (gp-g-ka-maM-tS.) In the epic 
 style. 
 
 Eplc^dio, It. (gp-g-isfta-dg-0.) j. An elegy, 
 
 Eplcedlon, (Jr. (Sp-I-S(3-di-8n.) ) d i r g e, funeral 
 song or ode. 
 
 Epico, It. (gp-g-kO.) Epic, heroic. 
 
 Epidotonos, Gr. (gp-I-dO-W-nOs.) The third 
 above. 
 
 Eplgonlon, Gr. (gp-i-oS-ni-Bn.) I An ancient 
 
 Episoninm, Lat. (gp J-g'S-nl-Hm.) (Greek in- 
 strument with forty strings, so named from Epi- 
 gonins, its inventor. 
 
 Epilenla, Gr. (gp-Wa-ni-a.) I The ancient 
 
 Epllenion, Gr. (gp-Wa-ni-on.) isong of the 
 grape gatherers. 
 
 Epilogue. A speech or short poem addressed to 
 the spectators by one of the actors, after the con- 
 clusion of the play. 
 
 Epinette, Fr. (Sr^S-ngt.) A spinet. 
 
 Eplnida, Lat. (Sp-in-S-shl-a.) I Triumphal 
 
 Eplnicion, Gr. (gp-In-8-shi-On.) j songs, songs 
 of victory. 
 
 Episode. An incidental narrative or digression ; 
 A portion of a composition not founded upon the 
 principal subject or theme. 
 
 Episoaioam^nte, It. (gp-g-sO-dg-ka-mam-te.) In 
 the manner of an episode. 
 
 Episddico, It. (gp-g-s5-dg-k0.) Episodic, digres- 
 sive. 
 
 Episddio, It. (Sp-g-«5-dg-0.) Episode, digression. 
 
 EplsodiscU, Ger. (gp-i-so-dish.) In the manner 
 of an episode. 
 
 Eplstrophe, Gr. (Sp-1-strd-lS.) A repetition of 
 the concluding melody. 
 
 Eplstolario, Spa. (gp-Is-tO-?a-rI-o.) A collection 
 of epistles read or sung at the mass. 
 
 Epistolero, Spa. (ep-is-is-lg-ro.) The priest 
 who reads or sings the espistles. 
 
 .Epitao.hordo maggiore, It. (gp-g-ta-AiSf-do 
 mad-jg-o-rg.) Major seventh. 
 
 Epltachordo miuore. It. (gp-S-ta-k8r-dO mg- 
 nO-rg.) Minor seventh. 
 
 Epital&niio, It. (gp-g-ta-Zo-mg-O.) I Epithala- 
 
 Epithalme, Fr. (gp-i-tSl-mg.) fmium. 
 
 Epithalamion, Gr. (gp-I-tha-Za-ml-On.) 
 
 Eplthalaniinm, Gr. (gp-I-tha-la-ml-iim.) 
 
 EpitJialaminm, Fng. 
 
 Epithalamy, Eng. 
 A marriage song; a nuptial song or ode. 
 
 Epitoninm, Lat. (Sp-I-«d-nI-nm.) A tuning 
 hammer; a peg or pin to which the strings of an 
 instrument are fastened. 
 
 Epitrite, Gr. (gp-i-W-tg.) A metrical foot con- 
 sisting of three long syllables and one short. 
 
 Epode, Gr. (gp-5-dg.) 1 Conclusion of a cho- 
 
 Epodo, Spa. (Sp-g-dO.) jrus; a short lyric poem. 
 
 Epode. In lyric poetry, the third or last part of 
 the ode; that which follows the strophe and anti- 
 strophe. The word is now used for any little verse 
 or verses, that follow one or more ^reat ones; 
 thus a pentameter after a hexameter is an epode. 
 
 E p<Si, It. (S-pO-g.) And then. 
 
 E D<Si la coda, It, (S pO-S la kO-dS.) And then 
 tfiecoda, "• "• *^ 
 
PKONOUNOING MTJSICAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 79 
 
 S ale, S add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H ^u^e, ii iut, fl French eound. 
 
 EPOP 
 
 Epopee, (7r. (£p-0-pS.) An epic poem. 
 
 Epopcija, It. (gp-O-po-yS.) ) An epic or liero- 
 
 Epopeya, Spa. (Sp-O-pS-yS.) Vic poem. 
 
 Epos, Gr. (Sp-Oz.) ) 
 
 Eponmoner, Fr. (S-poo-mO-nS.) To tire tlie 
 mngs. 
 
 Eptachordo, Gr. (gp-tfi-ifr-do.) The Beventh. 
 
 Eptarorde, Fr. (gp-tS-kSrd.) A heptacliord, a 
 lyre with seven stringB. 
 
 Equ&bile, It. (S-guo-bS-lS.) Equal, aliice, nni- 
 lorm. 
 
 Eqnabllm£nte, It. (g-quS-bel-mdn-tg.) Equal- 
 ly, smoothly, evenly. 
 
 Equal counterpoint. A compoBition in two, 
 three, four, or more parts, consisting of notes of 
 equal duration. 
 
 Equal temperament. That equalization, or 
 tempering or the different sounds of an octave 
 which renders tbem all of an equal degree of 
 purity; the imperfection being divided among 
 the whole : see Wolf and Unequal Temperament. 
 
 Equal voices. CompoBltions in which either 
 all male or all female voices are employed. 
 
 Equisonant. Of the same or like sound; a uni- 
 son. In guitar music the term is UBed to express 
 the different ways of stopping the Bame note. 
 
 Eqnisono, It. (S-quS-zO-nO.) Having the same 
 Bound. 
 
 Equi snoni. It. pi. (S-qnS sw^-nS.) TJnisons. 
 
 Equivocal. Such chords as may by a slight 
 change in the notation belong to more than one 
 
 EquivocAle, /«. (5-qu5-vO-AS-18.) Equivocal. 
 
 Equivocal chord. A name sometimes applied 
 to the diminiehed seventh. 
 
 Erblasen, Ger. (ar-&2a-z'u.) To play on a wind 
 instrument. 
 
 Ergeigen, Ger. (ar-yAS-g'n.) To play on the 
 violin. 
 
 Erhaben, Ger. (Sr-Ao-b'n.) Elevated, sublime, 
 in a lofty and exalted style. 
 
 Erlieben, Ger. (ar-Ao-b'n.) To raise, to elevate, 
 tc lift up the hand in beating time. 
 
 Erhebnns, Ger. (Sr-AS-boong.) Elevation, rais- 
 ing the hand in beating time. 
 
 ErhShen. Ger. lar-A^-^n.) See Erheben. 
 
 ErhSliung, Ger. (Sr-Ao-oong.) See Erhebung. 
 
 ErhShungs-zeichen, Ger. (gr-A^-oongs tsl- 
 kh'n.) An expression for raising a note a semi- 
 tone. 
 
 Erkllngen, Ger. (Sr-iKny-gn.) To ring, to re- 
 sound. 
 
 Erlehren, Ger. (ar-?»-r'n.) To acquire by teach- 
 ing. 
 
 Erniedrignng, Ger. (ar-«?-dri-goong.) The de- 
 pression of a note liy means of a ilat or natural. 
 
 Emiedrigungszelcben, Ger. (ar-nS({-ri-goongB- 
 fej-kh'n.) A flat, or other sign for lowering a note 
 a semitone. 
 
 Ermunterung, Ger. (Sr-roooa-tg-roong.) An- 
 imation, excitement. 
 
 Ernst, Ger. (arnst.) I Earnest, seri- 
 
 Emsthaft, Ger. (a™«<-haft.) ( ous ; in a grave 
 
 Ernsthaftigkeit. Ger. (arwMi4f-tig-kIt.) Eam- 
 CBtness, senonsnefss. 
 
 ESPI 
 
 ErnstUcli, Ger. (arasMIkb.) Earnest, serious, 
 
 grave. 
 ErnstUchkeit, Ger. (£>-n«Mikh-kIt.) Earnest- 
 
 nees. 
 Ernst, nnd mit stelgender Iiebhaftig- 
 
 keit, Ger. (Srnst oond mIt 8&ghgn-der Idb-iiAi- 
 
 tig-klt.) Earnestly, and with increasing vivacity. 
 Erntelied, Ger. (arn-tg-lgd.) Harvest song. 
 ErSAining, Ger. (ar-4/'-moong.) Opening, bo 
 
 ginning. 
 ErSiltanngs-Stttck, Ger. (ar-4/^noongs-stak.> 
 
 Overture. 
 Erolco, Gr. (gr-«-i-kO.) Heroic. 
 Erotic (€r-^Mk.) An amorous composition or 
 
 poem. 
 Erotical. (gr-iiW-kSl.) Pertaining to love. 
 Erdtica, It. (gr-S-tS-kS.) Love songs, amatory 
 
 ditties. 
 ErotiiR songs. Love songs. 
 Erst, Ger. prst.) First. 
 Erstemal, Ger. (Srs-tS-mai.) First time. 
 Ersterben, Ger. (ar-«<5r-b'n.) To die away. 
 
 Ertttnen, Ger. (ar-c9-ngn.) To sound, to resound. 
 ~lrweckung, Ge\ 
 
 excitement. 
 
 Erweckung, Ger. (ar-v^J^ong.) Animation, 
 
 Erweitert, Ger. (ar-!*^tgrd.) Expanded, devel- 
 oped. 
 
 Es, Ger. (SzO The note E flat. 
 
 Es&cordo, It. (gz-a-kOr-dO.) Hexachord. 
 
 Es&metro, It. (gz-a-mgt-rO.) Hexameter. 
 
 Es&tta, It. (gz-a^ta.) Exact, strict. 
 
 Esdtta tntonaziiSne, It. (gz-af-t& gn-to-nat-ss- 
 0-ng.) Exact Intonation. 
 
 Escuela, Spa. (as-koo-o-ia.) A school. 
 
 Es dur, Ger. (5z door.) The key of E flat major. 
 
 Esecutdre, It. (gz-a-koo-W-rg.) A performer. 
 
 Esecuzidne, It. (gz-a-koot-sg-^ng.) Execution, 
 facility of performance. 
 
 Esecntrfce, It. (gz-a-koo-W-tshg.) A female 
 performer. 
 
 Eseguire, It. (gz-a-g'ui?-rg.) To execute, or per- 
 form, either vocally or on an instrument. 
 
 Es^mplo, It. (gz-am-pg-o.) Example. 
 
 Esercizio, It. (gz-ar-tsAg^-sg-O.) An exercise, a 
 study. 
 
 Esercizi, It. pi. fgz-ar-feA5<-Bg.) I j, . , 
 
 EsercizI, It. pi. (gz-ar-««A?<-sg.) ( 
 
 Es es, ffer. (Sz az.) The note E double-flat (E|j ., 
 
 Esitam^nto, It. (gz-S-tarman-tO.) I Ti.„it!iHn„ 
 
 Esitazldne, It. (gz-B-tat-s8-S-ng.) f "esuanon. 
 
 Es moll, Ger. (iz mOU.) The key of E flat minor. 
 
 Eson&re, It. (gz-Br-no-rg.) To adorn, to embel- 
 lisb. 
 
 Espace, Fr. (gs-pSs.) A space ; the interval be- 
 tween two lines of the staff. 
 
 Espacio, Spa. (gs-pa-the-O.) An interval. 
 
 Espagnol, .7'r. (gs-pSn-j(5i.) I Spanish, 
 
 Espagnudlo, It. (es-pan-yoo-^lo.) fi^the Span- 
 ish style. 
 
 Espagnuola, all'. It. (gs-pan-yoo-Wii.) In the 
 Spanish style. 
 
 Espanoleta, Spa. (fia-vamO-ld-tS,.) An old 
 Spanish dance. 
 
 Esparto, It. (gs-pflr-tO.) Skillful, expert. 
 
 Espinela, Spa, (Ss-pS-n^ia.) A species of 
 Spanish poetry consisting of teq lines Of eight 
 iyll9ljle», 
 
80 
 
 PEOlfOTJH'CIWW JauSiOAli 5)I0TI0H"AET. 
 
 I ale, S add, & arm, S eve, £ end, I ice, I ill, o2<2, 0(2i2, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, Q &u2, ii French iound. 
 
 ESPI 
 
 Espineta, 52)ffi. (Se-pS-na-ta.) A spinet. 
 
 £8pirando, Spa. (8s-pe-?'ffire-dO.) Diminishing 
 to tlie end. 
 
 ^splendor, £f/)0. (Ss-plSn-eior.) Splendor, bril- 
 liancy. 
 
 Espondeo, Spa. (Ss-^i^n-dil-O.) A spondee. 
 
 AiSpr. j. Abbreviations of Espressivo. 
 
 (Ss-prSs-sB-S-nS.) Expression, 
 
 Espress. . 
 Espressl<Sne, It. 
 
 feeling. 
 
 Espressfvo, It. (Ss-prSs-sS-vO.) Expressive, to 
 be played or sung witb expression. 
 
 Espirando, It. (5s-pi5-ra^-dO.) Breathing deep- 
 ly ; with great endeavor. 
 
 Esquilla, Spa. (£s-£S2-ya.) A small bell. 
 
 Essai, Fr. (es-sa.) An essay, a trial. 
 
 Essay. An effort, ap attempt; a trial of mnsical 
 performance. 
 
 Ess^mpio, It. (gB-8am-p8-0.) See Es^mpio. 
 
 Essential harmonies. The three harmonies 
 of the key; tonic, dominant and subdominant. 
 
 Essential notes. The real, component notes 
 of a chord; in contradistinction to all merely ac- 
 cidental, passing, or ornamental notes. 
 
 Essential seventh. The dominant seventh. 
 
 Essodio, It. (gs-sS-dS-0.) Interlude. 
 
 Estancia, Spa. (Ss-Mfi-the-a.) A stanza. 
 
 Estempor&le, U. (Ss-tSm-p!S-ra-le.) 1 Ex- 
 
 Estenipor&neo, It. (es-tam-pO-ro-ne-O.) Item- 
 poraneoua. 
 
 Estilo, Spa. (Ss-«-loO Style. 
 
 Estlnsu^ndo, /<■ (es-tSn-jMan-dO.) 1 Becom- 
 
 Estlnf e. It. (es-«S»i-tg.) >i n g e x - 
 
 Estinto, /t. (8s-<5n-tO.) jtinct, dy- 
 
 ing away gradually in time and strength of tone. 
 
 Estranis^l, Spa. (Ss-tran-i/ooZ.) Mouthpiece of 
 a wind instrument. 
 
 Estravagfinte, It. (Ss-trav-a-yara-tS.) 1 
 
 Estravag&nza, It. (Ss-trav-a-frm^sa.) f 
 
 (Ss-tra-ma-mara-tS.) Ex- 
 
 Extravagant. 
 Estremam^nte, It. 
 
 tremeljr. 
 
 Estrihilho. A popular Portuguese song in 6-8 
 time. 
 
 Estribillo, Sp. (Ss-trg-ftJi-yO.) A verse often re- 
 peated, the burden of the song. 
 
 Estrinienda, It. (8s-tr8-ne-Sn-da.) A close, 
 binding style of performance ; extremely legato. 
 
 Estrinciendo, It. (Ss-tr5n-tshg-a»-do.) Playing 
 a passage with force and precision. 
 
 Estro, It. (as-trO.) Elegance and grace. 
 
 Estro po^tieo. It. (as-trO pO-5-tg-k!5.) Poetic 
 inspiration ; imaginative power in a composer. 
 
 Estrofa, Spa. (fis-trd-ia.) A strophe. 
 
 Estndiante, Spa. (Ss-taa-dS-a»-te.) A promp- 
 ter. 
 
 Esultazitfne, It. (5s-ool-tat-SB-5-n5.) Exultation. 
 
 Et, ia<. (Et.) And. 
 
 Etelnte,#r. (S-tanht.) See Estlnte. 
 
 Etendre, Fr. (6-tanhdr.) To extend, to spread. 
 
 Etendue, Fr. (S-tanh-dii.) The extent or com- 
 pass of an instrument or voice. 
 
 Etholo^rns, Lat. (6-<Aa^H-gBs.) A buffoon; a 
 comic actor. 
 
 Et incarnatns, Lat. (gt In-kSr-no-tiis.) A por- 
 tion of the Crcdo- 
 
 EUPH 
 
 Etooffe, Fr. (Srtoof-fa.) Stifled, smothered; a 
 word used in harp iilaying to signify a deadening 
 of the tones ; in pianoforte music it means an 
 exceedingly soft style of playing. 
 
 Etouffer, Fr. (a-toof-fa.) To stifle, to deaden the 
 the tone. 
 
 Etouiroirs, Fr. i)l. (a-too-fwar.) Tho dampers. 
 
 Etpc en repetition, Fr. (atr anh riSp-i-ffi-sI- 
 Snh.) To be in rehearsal. 
 
 Et resurrexlt, Lat. (gt rgs-ilr-^a;-it.) A part 
 of the Credo. 
 
 Etta, 7«. fgt-ta.} t iJWe," an Italian final dimin- 
 
 Etto, It. (gt-to.) j utive ; as, Trombetta, a little 
 trumpet. 
 
 Etrurian. Etruscan. 
 
 Etruscan. The music of Etruria, where the peo- 
 ple were noted for their musical talent. 
 
 Ettachordo, It. (gt-ta-J;oj*-dO.) Instruments hav. 
 ing seven strings. 
 
 Ettasillalio, It. (gt-ta-sgl-?a-bO.) Of seven syl- 
 lables. 
 
 Etude, Fr. (a-tild.) A study, an exercise. 
 
 Etudier, Fr. (a-tU-dB-a.) To study, to practice. 
 
 Etui de luth, Fr. (a-tw5 duh lilt.) Lute case. 
 
 Et vitam, Lat. (gt-?;5-tam.) A part of the Credo, 
 in the mass. 
 
 Ettv^as, Ger. («<-vas.) Some, somewhat, a little. 
 
 Etwas langsamer, Qer. (^i-vas lang-sarmar.) 
 A little slow.er. 
 
 Euf onf a, It. (yoo-fO-nS-a.) I Euphony; an 
 
 Eufonia, Spa. (yoo/o-nS-a.) j agreeable sound. 
 
 Enfdnieo, It. (yoo:/3-n8-ko.) Harmonious, well- 
 sounding. 
 
 Enphone, Fr. (iih-fon.) A reed stop in an oreau 
 ofl6 feet scale. 
 
 Euphonie, Fr. (flh-fO-nS.) I Euphony, sweet- 
 
 Enphonie, ffer. (oi-fO-ng.)j nessoftone. Sounds 
 agreeable to the ear. 
 
 Euphony. Agreeable sound; an easy, smooth 
 enunciation of sounds. 
 
 Euharmonic. Producing harmony or concord- 
 ant sounds. 
 
 Euharmonic orti^an. An ingenious instrument 
 of American origin invented about the year 1848. 
 It contains three or four times the usual number 
 of distinct sounds within the compass of an oc- 
 tave, furnishing the precise intervals for every 
 key. The name is not to be confounded with en- 
 harmonic. 
 
 Enmolpides, Or. (y^I-m(!^pi■des.) A name ap- 
 plied by the ancient Greeks to their priests and 
 singers, from Eumolpus. 
 
 Enphoniad. (ytl/S-ni-ad.) An Instrument of 
 American origin, containing thirty keys with 
 their semitones, and combining - in its tones 
 those of the organ, horn, bassoon, clarinet and 
 violin. 
 
 Enphonlcon, Gr. (yfI:/5-nI-kdn.) An instrument 
 oithe pianoforte kind. 
 
 Euphonious. (yu;/3-nI-iis.) Smooth and melo- 
 dious. 
 
 Enphoniq(ue, Fr. (iih-fo-nei.) Euphonious. 
 
 Enphonism. (yw-fO-nism.) An agreeable com- 
 bination of sounds. 
 
 Euphonium. A bass wind instrnm§iit of modern 
 invention, used in military bands. 
 
PEOKrOXJNCING MUSICAL DICTIOWAET. 
 
 — ;> 
 
 81 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, & but, (1 French sound. 
 
 ETJPH 
 
 Enphonon. A musical instrnment resembling 
 the upright piano, and having the tones of the 
 organ. 
 
 Eurytluny. (yfi-rith-my.) Harmony; regular, 
 symmetrical measure, 
 
 Euterpe, Gr. (yU-Wr-pg.) The seventh muse, 
 celebrated for the sweetness of her singing. 
 
 Enthia, Ctr. (^ii-thl-a.) A term used in the an- 
 cient Greek music and signifying a regularly 
 ascending succession of sounds. 
 
 Entinifa, It. (yoo-tS-mg-S.) Alacrity, vivacity. 
 
 E-ranselista, Spa. (Sv-Sn-jS-iSs-ta.) One who 
 cbantc the gospels in church. 
 
 Eveill^, Fr. (a-v5-y5.) Lively, gay, sprightly. 
 
 Evtrtiti, It. (ev-s-ro-tc.) Men with soprano 
 voices among the Italians, who formerly took 
 the treble parts in the church and theatre. 
 They are now nearly, if not quite, extinct. 
 
 ETOe, /*. (6v-i3-S.) An acclamation to Bacchus. 
 
 Evolntlo, Lat. (8v-o-W-shi-o.) Inversion of the 
 parts in double counterpoint. 
 
 Exaltation, Fr. (Sx-Sl-ta-sS-Snh.) In an exalted, 
 dignified manner. 
 
 Exametro, Spa. (Sx-Sm-a-tro.) Hexameter verse. 
 
 Executant, Fr. (6x-a-koo-tanh.) A performer, 
 either vocal or instrumental. 
 
 Executer, Fr. (8x-5-koo-ta.) To perform, to ex- 
 ecute. 
 
 Execute. To sing or play a piece of music. 
 
 Exercii'en, Ger. (Sx-5r-<s3-r'n.) To practice. 
 
 Execution. Dexterity and skill, either vocal or 
 Instrumental; agility in performance. 
 
 Exemple, Fr. (Bx-o»A-pl.) Example. 
 
 Exe^uise, Lat. (6x-a-quI-5.) Dirge. 
 
 Exeauien, Ger. (Sx-o-qug-gn.) Jtlasses for the 
 dead. 
 
 Exercice, Fr. (gx-gr-s^ss.) Exercise. 
 
 Exercice de I'arcliet, Fr. (gx-6r-s3«s dfih I'Sr- 
 sha.) Practice of the bow in violin playing. 
 
 Exercise. A musical composition calculated to 
 improve the voice or fingers of the performer. 
 
 Exercises, didactic. Exercises for the pur- 
 pose of imparting instruction in musical execu- 
 tion. 
 
 Exercises, digital. Exercises for the purpose 
 of acquiring an independent action of thefingers. 
 
 Exercitinm, Ger. (gx-gr-fs^sE-oom.) An exer- 
 ciso. 
 
 Exevcitien, Ger. pi. (gx-gr-tet^sS-gn.) Exercises. 
 
 Exercizi, It. pi. (gx-ar-teA5(-sS.) See Fserdzj. 
 
 Exility. Fineness, thinness of voice. 
 
 Exit, Lat. (^K-It.) A word set in the margin of 
 operas or plays, to mark the time when the actor 
 is to leave the stage. 
 
 Explosive tone, A tone produced by sounding 
 a note suddenly and with great emphasis and 
 shddenly diminishing; indicated thus > V Ai or 
 Sf. 
 
 Expreslon,52>a!. (gx-prSHaS-<!».) With expression. 
 6 
 
 EXTR 
 
 Expreastr, Fr. (gx-prasrs|/'.) Expressive. 
 
 Expre8Sio,Za^. (gx-^r^s-si-O.) Indicates that the 
 passage is to be executed with expression. 
 
 Expression. That quality in a composition or 
 performance which appeals to our feelings; tasto 
 or judgment displayed in rendering a composi- 
 tion and imparting to it the sentiment of the 
 author. 
 
 Expressivo, It. (gx-pi-as-sS-vO.) See Bspressivo. 
 
 Extemporaneous. Without premeditation. 
 
 Extempore, Lat. (gx-iem-p6-rS.) Unpremed- 
 itated, improvised. 
 
 Extemporize. To perform extemporaneously, 
 without premeditation. 
 
 Extended barmony. See Dispersed Harmony. 
 
 Extended phrase. Whenever, by repeating one 
 of the feet, or by any other variation of the mel- 
 ody, three measures are employed instead of two,, 
 the phrase is termed extended, or irregular. 
 
 Extended section. A section containing from 
 five to eight bars. 
 
 Extension pedal. The loud pedal of a piano- 
 forte. 
 
 Extraneous. Foreign, far-fetched, belonging to 
 a remote key. 
 
 Extraneous modulation. A modulation Into 
 some remote key, far distant firom the original key 
 and its relatives. 
 
 Extravagfinza, II. (gx-trSv-a-j^an^sa.) A ca- 
 dence or ornament, which is in bad taste; an ex- 
 travagant and eccentric composition. 
 
 Extreme. A term referring to the most distant 
 parts, as the treble and bass. Relating also to 
 intervals in an augmented state; as extreme 
 sharp sixth, etc. 
 
 Extreme flat eightb. The octave diminished 
 by the chromatic semitone. 
 
 Extreme flat fourth. The perfect fourth di- 
 minished by a chromatic semitone. 
 
 Extreme flat seventh. The minor seventh 
 diminished, consisting of three tones and three 
 diatonic semitones, forming seven degrees. 
 
 Extreme flat third. Two diatonic semitones ; 
 comjposed of. three degrees and is the minor third 
 diminished by the chromatic semitone. 
 
 Extreme intervals. Intervals larger than 
 those denominated major and smaller than those 
 called minor. 
 
 Extreme sharp flfth. The perfect fifth in- 
 creased by the wiromatic semitone. 
 
 Extreme sharp second. A tone and achro- 
 matic semitone, forming two degrees. 
 
 Extreme sharp sixth. The major sixth In- 
 creased by the.cbromatic semitone, consisting of 
 five tones and forming six degrees. 
 
 Extrieme keys. An old term implying those 
 keys whicli have many sharps or flats, as, B, 1% 
 DfeGfe. 
 
82 
 
 PROlfOTTlirCING MTJSIOAL BIOTIONART. 
 
 S <?i», £ add, & arm, S evt, 8 end, I ice, I tW, oW, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, a lute, fi 6m<, U French sound. 
 
 F 
 
 r. The name of the fourth note In the natural dia- 
 tonic scale of C. 
 
 Fa. A syllable applied in solfaing to the fourth 
 degree of every scale. 
 
 Fabella, Lat. (fS,-bSlAS,.) An interlude. 
 
 Fa b^mol, Fr. (fa ha-mol.) The note F flat. 
 
 Fabot, Spa. (rirbot.) A species of wind instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Fa-bnrden. A term applied by the old English 
 musical writers to a certain species of counter- 
 point. 
 
 Facade d'orgae,.??'. (tS.-ead i'OTg.) ThefVont 
 of an organ case. 
 
 Facciata, It. (tat-tshS-arta.) Page ; folio. 
 
 Faces d'nn accord, Fr. (fass d'iin ak-kor.) 
 The various positions of a chord. 
 
 Fach, 0er. (ts,)ih.) Ranks ; thus funf-fach, five 
 
 Facile,/*, (.k-tshm.) j- Light, easy. 
 
 Facilita, 7i!. (ti-ishil-B-tB,.) ) Facility; an easier 
 
 Facility, Fr. (fa-sM-I-ta.) f arrangement or adap- 
 tation. 
 
 Facileiuent, ifr. (ISrsel-manh.) (.Easily, with 
 
 FacUm^nte, It. (fa-tshsl-ma>i-tg.) j facility 
 
 Facfcel-tanz, Ger. (fSk'l-tants.) Dance with 
 flambeaux. 
 
 Facistol, Spa. (fii-thgs-W/.) A stand upon which 
 choir books are placed; a music stand. 
 
 FacteuT de pianos, Fr. (fSk-tUr dilh pl-d'-no.) 
 A piano maker. 
 
 Facteur d'orgne, Fr. (mk-tiir d'Org.) An or- 
 gan maker. 
 
 Facture, Fr. (fSk-ttir.) The composition, or 
 workmanship of a piece of music. 
 
 Factnre d'orgaes, Fr. (fSk-tflr d'ijrg.) Di- 
 mensions or scale of the pipes of an organ. 
 
 Fa diese, Fr. (fa di-fc.) The key of Fsharp. 
 
 Fa diese majenr, Fr. (fa-dl-as ma-zMr.) The 
 key of If major. 
 
 Fa diese mineiir, Fr. (fa 61-dz ml-n&r.) The 
 key of F$ minor. 
 
 FaggiaSlo, /i^. (fad-jg-a-lo.) The Mnto piccolo; 
 the flageolet. 
 
 Fagott, Oer. (tSy-gStt.) A bassoon. 
 
 Fagottino, It. (fa-got-ffi-no.) A small bassoon. 
 
 Fagottlst, Ger. (,mrgot-(ist.) 1 A performer on 
 
 Fagottista, It., (fa^got-ics-ta.) ( the bassoon. 
 
 Fagotto, It. (fa-got-to.) A bassoon, also an or- 
 gan stop. 
 
 Faglitto, eontro, It. (fa-gOt-tO kOn-trO.) A 
 large bassoon, an octave, a fifth, or a fourth lower 
 than the common bassoon. 
 
 Fag(ittone, It. (fB-got-W-nS.) A large bassoon 
 formerly in use, an octave lower than &efao6tto. 
 
 Fahnen-marscli, Ger. (/o-nSn marsh.^ The 
 march or tune that is played when the colors are 
 lodged. 
 
 Faible, Fr. (fa-W.) Weak, feeble, thin. 
 
 Faiblement, Fr. {fS-bl-manh.) Feebly, weakly. 
 
 Faire, Fr. (far.) To do, to execute. 
 
 Faire chorus, Fr. (fflr ko-rus.) To join in the 
 chorus. 
 
 Faire des firedons, Fr. (fSr d6 fra-dOnh.) To 
 run a division, to trill. 
 
 Faire retentir, Fr. (Sr ra-tanh-«r.) To re- 
 sound, I 
 
 PAND 
 
 Faites Men sentir la maodie,i''r. (fat M- 
 Snh B&Tih-tlr la-mo-10-de.) Play the melody very 
 distinctly. 
 Fa, la. The burden, chol'ttB, 01' reftain of many 
 old songs. Fa, la, etc., Were much i^n fashion in 
 the seventeenth century, and are to be found in 
 the works of some eminent composers. 
 Falalella, It. (fa-ia-i«Ma.) A nonsensical song. 
 Faldtico, It. (fa-Z5-t5-kO.) Fantastical, whim- 
 sical. 
 . Falsa, It. Wdl-aS,.) 1 False,, wrong, inharmo^ 
 Falsch, (?«?■. (faish.) j nious. 
 Falsch singen, Ger. (faish eirag'-Sn.) To sing 
 
 out of tune. 
 False. Those intonations of the voice that do 
 not truly express the intended intervals are called 
 false, as well as all ill-adjusted combinations. 
 The term false is applied in music to any viola- 
 tion of acknowledged or long-established rules, 
 or to any thing imperfect or incorrect. 
 False accent. When the accent is removed 
 ftom the first beat of the bar to the second or 
 fourth, it is ea.\iea.false accent. 
 False cadence. An imperfect or interrupted 
 
 cadence. 
 False chords. An epithet applied by theorists 
 to certain chords, because they do not contain all 
 the intervals appertaining to those chords in their 
 perfect state. 
 False closes. Closes so called to distinguish 
 
 them from the full or final close. 
 False fifth. An old term for an imperfect or 
 diminished fifth; a fifth containing only six semi- 
 tones, as C, G|2. 
 False harmony. Harmony contrary to estab- 
 lished rules. 
 False intonation. Incorrect intonation ; whei-d 
 the voice does not express the intended or correct 
 intervals. 
 False relation. When a note which has oc- 
 curred In one chord, is found chromatically altered 
 in the followed chord, but in a diferent part. 
 False triad. The diminished triad, formerly so 
 
 called on account of its having a false fifth. 
 Falsett, Ger. (fal-s^i.) i Ti,„i„„„„ 
 Falsetto, It. m-sat-m.) [ Falsetto. 
 Falsette. ( A false or artificial voice ; that part 
 Falsetto, (of a person's voice that lies above its 
 
 natural compass. 
 Falso, It. ifdl-BO.) False. 
 F&lso bordtSne, It. (fdl-so bOr-dO-nS.) A term 
 formerly applied to such counterpoint as had a 
 drone bass, or some partconstantlymovinginthe 
 interval with it. 
 Fa majeure, Fr. (fa mSrZh&r.) I The keyof F 
 Fa majore, i^n (fa ma-zAgr.) (major. 
 Fa mineur, Fr. (fa mi-nHr.) Key of F minor. 
 Fan&tico. It. (fa-rea-te-ko.) A fanatic or pas 
 
 sionate admirer. 
 Fancies. An old name for little lively airs or 
 
 tunes. 
 Fand&ngo, Spa. (tS,n-dm-gO.) A dance much 
 used in Spain, in 3-4 time, generally accompanied 
 vrith castanets and having a strong emphasis upon 
 the second beat of each bar. 
 Fandangn^ro, Spa. (fan-dan-ywo-rO.) One who 
 is sklUfal in dancing the fandango. 
 
PEONOUNOIlirG KTISIOAL DIOTIONABY. 
 
 83 
 
 t ale, & add, i arm, E eve, & end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, n 2u<e, u iut, ii French sound. 
 
 FANF 
 
 VanflEtre, Fr. (fanh-far.) A short, lively, loud 
 and warlike piecS of muBic, composed for trum- 
 pets and kettle drums. Also short, lively pieces 
 performed on hunting horns in the chase. 
 
 Fanfttron, Fr. (fflnn-fiUrOnh.) A boaster. 
 
 Cantaisie, Fr. (ffin-ts-zg.) 1 Fancy, imagina- 
 
 Fantastia, It. (fan-ta-zS-S.) Vtion, caprice; aspe- 
 
 Fantasie, Ger. (fan-ta-sS.) ) cies of music in 
 vtrhich the composer yields to his imagination and 
 gives free scope to his ideas, without regard to 
 those restrictions hy which other productions are 
 regulated. 
 
 Fantaslosam^nte, It. (fan-ta-zS-O-za^naB-tS.) 
 Fantastically, critically. 
 
 Fantagldso, It. (fan-ta-ze-(!-zO.) Fantastic, ca- 
 pricious. 
 
 Fantaslren, Oer. (fan-ta-z5-r'n.) To improvise, 
 to play extemporaneously. 
 
 Fantastlcam^nte, It. (fan-tas-te-karman-tu.) 
 In a fantastic style. 
 
 Fant&stico, It. (fSn-ias-tE-kO.) 1 Fantastical, 
 
 Fantastlqne, Fr. (fan-tas-*?*.) Vwhirasical, 
 
 Fantastisch, Ger. (fan-^as-ttsh.) ) capricious 
 in relation to style, form, modulation, etc. 
 
 Farandole, 'Fr. (iS-vS,nh-dSl.) j. A 1 i v e 1 y 
 
 Farandonle, Fr. (tSri'iuh-dool.) j dance in 6-S 
 time, peculiar to Provence. 
 
 Farce. A short, extravagant comedy, interspersed 
 with airs or songs with instrumental accompani- 
 ments. 
 
 Farcical. Belonging to a farce. 
 
 Fares, Spa. (fi-res.) Choral service sung In the 
 holy week. 
 
 Far fl&sco, It. (far fe-ae-ko.) To fail, to make 
 no impression, to displease the public. 
 
 Far ftirdre. It. (ISr foo-rS-rg.) To excite a high 
 degree of admiration. 
 
 Far il capotasto, It. (far gl ka-pO-<a«-tO.) In 
 violincello playing, the art of making a bridge by 
 means of the thumb. 
 
 Fameticam^nto, /*. (far-nartS-ka-maK-tO.) 
 Fi'enzy, madness. 
 
 Fdrsa, It. (/ar-sS.) I tj.... 
 
 Varsa, Spa. (far-ai.)\ ^"'=°- 
 
 F&rsa in mdsica. It. (/ar-sa Sn moo-zg-ka.) 
 Musical farce ; a species of little comic opera, in 
 one act. 
 
 F&scle, It. pi. (/os-tshe-S.) The sides or hoops 
 of a violin, viola, etc. 
 
 Fastosam^nte, It. (fas-tO-za-mSn-tS.) Pom- 
 pously, proudly. 
 
 Fasttiso, It. (tSs-io-zO.) Proud, stately, in a 
 lofty and pompous style. 
 
 Fancette, Fr. (fO-set.) I -F,„i„„*i.n 
 
 Fansset.>»-. (fO-«a.) f I^alsetto. 
 
 Faux, Fr. (fis.) False, out of tune. 
 
 Faux accord, Fr. (fo zSh-kdrd.) A dissonance. 
 
 Faux bourdon, Fr. (to boor-dBnh.) See Fa- 
 Barden. 
 
 F clef. The bass clef; a character placed 
 on the fourth line of the staff so that the 
 two dots are In the third and fourth spaces . 
 
 F dnr, Ger. (f door.) The key of F major. 
 
 Feathering. A term sometimes applied to a 
 particularly delicate and lightly detached manner 
 of bowing certain rapid passages on the violin. 
 
 Fedel, Dan. (/a-dSI.) A fiddle 
 
 w. 
 
 FEST 
 
 Feder-bret, Ger. (/a-der-brgt.) The spring 
 board of an organ. 
 
 Feeders. Small bellows sometimes employed to 
 supply the large bellows of an organ with.wind. 
 
 Feler, Ger. (Ji-gr.) Festival, celebration. 
 
 Feier-gesang. Ger. (/J-Sr ghS-sdng.): Solemn 
 hymn, anthem. 
 
 Feierlicb, Gei: (/5-Er-lIkh.) Solemn, festive. 
 
 Feiei'lichlicit, Ger. (/i-gr-Iildi-kit.) Solemnity, 
 pomp. 
 
 Feigned voice. A falsetto voice. 
 
 Feine stimmc, Ger. (/?-n6 stim-jnii,) A fine 
 voice. 
 
 Feinte. An old name for a semitone; an acci- 
 dental. 
 
 Feldgesang, Oer. (J'Sld-ghii-sdng.1 A rural song. 
 
 Feldknnstpfeifer, Ger. (f§ld-Aoo«8<-pfI-fgr.) 
 A military musician. 
 
 Feld-musik, Ger. (/^M-moo-zIk.) Military 
 music. 
 
 Feldrohr, Ger. (flld-rOi.) A rural pipe. 
 
 Feldton, Ger. C/eW-tOn.) The tone or key note 
 of the trumpet and other military wind instru- 
 ments. . 
 
 Feld-trompete, Ger. (fgld-trom-^a-tg.) Mili- 
 tary trumpet. 
 
 F^rma, It. (/a?'-ma.) Firm, resolute, steady. 
 
 Fermam^nte, It. (fSr-ma-man-tg.) Firmly, 
 steadily. 
 
 Ferm&ta, It. (t&T-md-ti.) I A pause or hold 
 
 Fermate, Ger. (fSr-ma-te.) ( marked thus, /j\. 
 
 Ferm&te, /^ (lar-md-tS.) j. Firmly, steadily, 
 
 FermiLto, It. (fSr-ma-to.) [resolutely. 
 
 Fermement, Fr. (rar-me-mftnh.) Firmly, res- 
 olutely. 
 
 FermetS, Fr. (tSi-mS-td.) I Firmness, resolu- 
 
 Ferm^zza, It. (tSLT-mat-za.) | tion. 
 
 F£mio, It. (fSr-mO.) Firm, resolute. 
 
 Fem-Tirerli, Ger. (J^rn-yBik.) Distant, or re- 
 mote work; a term applied to a particular row 
 of keys in German organs. 
 
 Fertfce, It. (fS-ro-tshe.) I Fierce, 
 
 Ferocem^nte, /*. (la-ro-tshe-mara-tg.) ( with an 
 expression of ferocity. 
 
 Ferocita, It. (S-rO-tshg-ia.) Fierceness, rough- 
 ness. 
 
 Fertig, Ger. (fSr-^g.) Quick, nimble, dexterous. 
 
 Fertigkeit, Ger. (/sr-tig-kit.) Quickness, dex- 
 terity. 
 
 Feirvemment, Fr. (far-va-manh.) Fervently, 
 vehemently. 
 
 Ferv^nte, It. (fSSr-Daw-tg.) Fervent, vehement. 
 
 Ferventem^nte, /i. (iSr-van-tS-mam-tg.) I Fer- 
 
 Fervidasm^nte, It. (fSr-vg-da-ma»i-tg.) ( vent- 
 ly, vehemently. 
 
 Fer-pldo, It. (/af-vg-do.) Fervent, vehement. 
 
 Fes, Ger. (fSs.) The note F flat. 
 
 Fescennina, It. (fgs-isA??j-nS-na.) A name given 
 to the first nuptial songs. 
 
 Fesceninne verses. So called from the town 
 of Fescennia in Etruria. They were in the form 
 of a dialogue between two persons ; also, a sort 
 of dramatic poem. 
 
 Fescue. An old name for a plectrum, or instru- 
 ment for playing on the harp. 
 
 Fest, Ger. (fSt.) Feast, festival; also, firm, 
 steady. 
 
84 
 
 PKO]SrOlT]5rCIlir& musical DIOTtONAKT. 
 
 a ale, & add, & arm, S eve, £ end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, n lute, fi but, Q French sound. 
 
 FEST 
 
 Feste, e«r. C/'^s-tg.) I PirmneBS, 
 
 Festlgkeit, <?er. (/^s-tlg-klt.) fsteadiness. 
 
 Festiglich, (?«!•. (/^s-«g-l!kh.) Krmly, steadily. 
 
 Festivam^nte, It. (fes-tg-viS-ma^j-tS.) Saily, 
 brilliantly. 
 
 FestlTlta, /i. (f58-t5-v5-<&) Festivity, gaiety. 
 
 FestiTO, It. (fe8-<5-v0.) Merry, cheeriil, gay. 
 
 Festlich. Ger. (/ssit-Iikh.) Festive, solemn. 
 
 Festlichkelt, Ger. (/^s«-lTkh-kIt.) Festivity, 
 solemnity. 
 
 Festlied, Oer. (/?sMSd.) A festive song. 
 
 Festdso, It. (fes-iS-zO.) Merry, cheerful; gay. 
 
 Fest-overture, Ger. (^fest 0-ver-i«r.) Festival 
 overtnre; an overture in a vigorous, brilliant 
 style. 
 
 Fostzeit, Ger. (flst-tslt.) Festival. 
 
 F. F. Fortissimo; very loud. 
 
 F. F. F. Very fortissimo, as loud as possible. 
 
 F. F.. prlncipalm^nte 11 basso. It. (ff, 
 prgn-tsM-pal-maTs-tS SI bas-sO.) Very loud, es- 
 pecially in the bass. 
 
 Feuer, Oer. (foi-Sv.) Fire, ardor, passion. 
 
 Fenrlg, Ger. Tfoi-ng.) Fiery, ardent, passionate. 
 
 Feyer. Ger. (flSt.) Festival, celebration. 
 
 Fi^cca, It. (fg-a*-ka.) I Feeble, weak, languish- 
 
 Vi&eeo, It. (fa-ai-ko.) jing, speaking of the tone, 
 
 Fi&sco, It. (fS-ffis-ko.) The technical term for a 
 failure; a complete break down in a musical per- 
 formance. 
 
 Fifito, It. (tS-a-to.) The breath, the voice. 
 
 Fiddle. A common name for a violin. 
 
 Fiddler. A common name for a violinist, usually 
 applied to a poor player. 
 
 Fiddle-stick. A violin bow. 
 
 fe^idlcen, Iiat. (/g-di-sSn.) A harper; one who 
 
 _plavs upon a stringed instrument. 
 
 ^diclna, Lai. (./?-di-sg-nfi.) A woman who plays 
 upon a stringed instrument. 
 
 Fldicnla, Lat. (fE-di-koo-la.) A small lute, or 
 guitar. 
 
 IB'idlclnal. A term applied to all stringed instru- 
 ments. 
 
 fidncla, It. (fS-doo-tshS-S.) Confidence. 
 iedel, Oer. (/?-d'l.) A fiddle, a violin. 
 ledel-bosen, Ger. (/5-d'l-6o-g'n.) A fiddle 
 stick, a violin bow. 
 
 Piedelbrett, Oer. (/?-dl-brgt.) A squeaking 
 fiddle. 
 
 Fiedeln, Ger. (/5-d'ln.) To play upon the fid- 
 dle, to scrape. 
 
 Fiedler, Ger. (fed-lSr.) A fifldlcr. 
 
 Fiel. An old name for the fiddle or violin. 
 
 Field music. Music for military instruments; 
 martial music. 
 
 Fieram^nte, It. (fe-Sr-a-ma«^te.) Fiercely, vehe- 
 mently, boldly. 
 
 Fiere, J"/, (fl-ar.) Proud, lofty, fierce. 
 
 Fiefement, Fr. (fl-Sr-manh.) In a fierce man- 
 ner. 
 
 Fieramente assai, It. (fS-S-rit-mare-tS Ss-sa- 
 fi.) Very bold and energetic. 
 
 Fiero, It. (fe-a-rO.) Bold, energetic, lively. 
 
 Fierte, Fr. (ler-ta.) Fierceness, boldness. 
 
 Fife. A small, shrill-toned instrument, used only 
 in martial music. 
 
 Fifep. One who plays on the fife. 
 
 Ff ffaro. It. ( fS-fSriO.) A fife. 
 
 FILE 
 
 Flfre, Fr. (fSfr.) A fife, also a fifer ; the name Is 
 also applied to one of the stops in a harmonium. 
 
 Fifteenth. An interval of two octaves ; also, the 
 name of an organ stop, tuned two octaves above 
 the diapasons. 
 
 Fifth. A distance comprising four diatonic inter- 
 vals ; that is, three tones and a semitone. 
 
 Fifth, augmented. An interval containing four 
 whole tones. 
 
 Fifth, diminished. An interval containing 
 two whole tones and two semitones. 
 
 Fifth, perfect. An interval containing three 
 whole tones and one semitone. 
 
 Fifths, consecutive. Two or more perfect 
 fifths immediately following one another in two 
 parallel parts of the score. 
 
 Fifth, sharp. An interval consisting of eight 
 semitones. 
 
 Fienr, Ger. (ti-goor.) A musical figure, phrase, 
 or idea. 
 
 Figura, It. (tS-goo-rd.) Note employed as an 
 ornament. 
 
 Figural-gesang, Oer. (ti-goo-rdl-sh&-8dng.) 
 Varied and ornamented chant as opposed to plain 
 chant. 
 
 Flgural-gesSlnge, Ger. pi. (ll-goo-rdl-ghS-eSng- 
 8.) Varied and ornamented chant as opposed to 
 plain chant. 
 
 Figurantes, Fr. {ts-e^-rdnht.) Those dancers 
 in a ballet who do not dance singly, but in groups 
 and many together. In the drama, people who 
 figure without having anythingto say. 
 
 Fignrate counterpoint. Where there • is a 
 mixture of discords with concords. 
 
 Figuration. An ornamental treatment of a pas- 
 sage ; a mixture of concords and discords. 
 
 Figuration, harmonic. The progression of a 
 chord from one tone to another of the same chord, 
 and similarly through successive different chords. 
 
 Figurfito, It. (tB-goo-rdrtO.) I Figured, florid, 
 
 Figure, Fe. (fl-gil-ra.) (embellished. 
 
 Figured. Free, florid ; a term applied to an air 
 which, instead of moving note by note with the 
 bass, consists of a free and florid melody. It also 
 means indicated or noted by figures. 
 
 Figured bass. A bass with figures placed over 
 or under the notes to indicate the harmony; see 
 Thorough bass. 
 
 Figured harmony. Where one or more of the 
 parts of a composition move during-the continu- 
 ance of a chord, through certain notes which do 
 not form any of the constituent parts of that chord. 
 
 Figures. Numerical characters written upon the 
 stafiT, usually in the form of a fraction, to denote 
 the measure. 
 
 Figures of diminution. Numerical charac- 
 ters which change the time of the notes over which 
 they are placed, one-third of their relative length. 
 The notes with a figure three are called triplets; 
 where there are two triplets a figure sis is used. 
 
 Fil&r la vlSce, It. (tE-lSi la «a-tshg.) To spin 
 out, to prolong the tone, gradually augmenting 
 and diminishing the sound of the voice. 
 
 Filai-nuSnico, It. (fS-iar-mS-nS-kO.) Philhar- 
 monic, music loving. 
 
 Filer, Fr. (f i-la.) To spin, to draw out 
 
PEONOUNCING MtTSIOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 85 
 
 a ale, S add, & arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, ii iut, 11 French sound. 
 
 • PILE 
 
 Filer le son, Fr. (f I-la Itth eOnh.) See Filfir la 
 
 Toce. 
 Filet de "votx, Fr. (fl-la dfih vwii.) A very 
 
 thin voice. 
 Filenr, J'r. (fl-lfir.) A spinner; a string maker. 
 Filmn, Lat. (fe-lilm.) A name former^ given 
 
 to tlie stem of a note. 
 
 Fin, Fr. (fSnh.) I 
 Fin. Spa. (Kn.) f 
 
 Tlie end. 
 
 Fin al. It. (fSn £1.) Bind at; play as far as. 
 
 Final. An old application given to the last sound 
 of a verse in a chant which, If complete, is on the 
 key note of the chant; if Incomplete, on some 
 other note in the scale of that key. 
 
 Final elose. Final cadence. 
 
 Finfile, It. (f5-na-lfi.) Final, concluding; the 
 hist piece of any act of an opera or of a concert; 
 or, the last movement of a sonata or sympho- 
 ny, etc. 
 
 F in alt. The seventh ahove G in alt ; the seventh 
 note in alt. 
 
 F in altissimo. The octave above F in alt; the 
 seventh note in altissimo. 
 
 Fin a ani. It. (fSn ii que.) To this place. 
 
 Fine, It. (lE-ng.) The end, the termination. 
 
 Fine del aria. It. (/2-nS dSl a-re-S.) The end 
 of the air. 
 
 Fine del atto. It. (/2-nS dgl iJMO.) The end 
 of the act. 
 
 Finement, Fr. ^nh-mSnh.) Finely, acutely. 
 
 Finger board. That part of a stringed instru- 
 ment on which the fingers press ; the keyboard or 
 manuel of a pianoforte, organ, etc. 
 
 Fingered. A term applied to piano music, sig- 
 nifying that figures orother characters are applied 
 to the notes to show the method of fingering. 
 
 Finserins^ American. The use of the sign 
 ( X J to inoicate the thumb In pianoforte playing, 
 in distinction from the German or foreign finger- 
 ing. In which the thumb is called the first finger. 
 
 Fingerins, foreien. I A method of fingering 
 
 Fingering, Oerman. fpiano music which des- 
 ignates the thumb as the first finger. 
 
 Fingern, Ger. (fingJira..) To play, to finger. 
 
 Finger-leiter, Ger. (f\n.g-iv-l!ir\&c.) Finger- 
 guides. 
 
 Fins;cr-satz, Ger. (/5nfl'-Sr-satz.) Fingering. 
 
 Flnim^nto, It. (lE-nS-ma»-tO.) Conclusion, end. 
 
 Finished. A term applied to tho^e vocal or in- 
 strumental performers who have attained an ad- 
 vanced and artistic execution. 
 
 Finita, It. ()5-n5-ta.) I Finished, ended, con- 
 
 Finito, It. (fE-nS-tO.) ( eluded. 
 
 Finite canon. A canon which is not repeated. 
 
 Fino al. It. (fS-nO ai.) Play as far as, stop at, 
 end at. 
 
 Fin qni. It. (iSn qu5.) To this place. 
 
 Fint, It. (lEnt.) \ Feigned, false, Interrupted, 
 
 Finto, It. (ien-to.) ( in respect to cadences ; a 
 feint, or deceptive close. 
 
 Fidca, It. (fe-o-ka.) I 
 
 Fidco,/*. (f5-5-ki5.H Hoarse, faint, feeble. 
 
 Fioeli^zza, It. (f5-0-Aa<-za.) Hoarsness. 
 
 Fioreggi&nte, It. (lE-O-rgd-je-an-tS.) Too or- 
 nate, decorated with roulades, cadences, etc. 
 
 Fior^tti, It. (fs-0-TOMe.) Little graces or orna- 
 ments, in vocal music. 
 
 FLAG 
 
 Fiorisc^nte, /i. (f5-0-rg-sAgn-t6.) 1 Florid, 
 Fiorfto, It. (fg-0-?-S-tO.) J abounding 
 
 with ornaments. 
 Fiorita cadenza. It. (feo-rg-ta ka-dant-sa.) A 
 
 cadenza whose last note but one is divided into 
 
 many notes. 
 Fioritezza, It. (fB-0-rS-<a<-sa.) Embellishment ; 
 
 a florid style of performance. 
 Fioritdre, It. (fS-O-rg-ioo-rS.) j. Literally, Ullle 
 Fioritiiri, It. (te-0-iE-too-re.) ) flowers ; gnicos 
 
 and embellishments in singing. 
 Fidtola, It. (fS-a-to-ia.) A flute. 
 First. A word applied to the upper part of a duet, 
 
 trio, quartet, or any other composition, vocal or 
 
 Instrumental ; such parts generally express the air. 
 First bass. High bass. 
 First inversion. A term applied to a chord 
 
 when the bass takes the third. 
 First soprano. The high soprano. 
 First tenor. The high tenor. 
 Fis, Ger. (fis.) The note F sharp. 
 Fischiare, It. (fg-ekg-d-re.) To whistle, to hiss. 
 Fis dnr, Ger. (fis doorO The key of I^ major. 
 Fis lis, Ger. (tls fis.) The note F double sliarp. 
 Fis moll, eer. f/fe moll.) The key of II minor. 
 Fistel, Ger. (/Ss-t'l.) Feigned voice, falsetto. 
 
 |j \ j- A reed, a 
 (/iSs-ttl-ia d&U 
 
 pipe. 
 
 Fistola, It. . (/is-to-la.) 
 
 Fistula, Za2. (/js-tO-ia.) 
 
 Fistula dulvis, Lat. (/iSs-ttl-ia dUl-sli.) This 
 
 was once a common Ante and was blown at the 
 
 end; see Flute-a Bee. 
 Fistula Germanica, Lat. {/5s-tfi-ia gSr-man- 
 
 I-ka.) German flute. 
 Fistula Panis, Lat. (/Ss-tti-ia ^d-nis.) The 
 
 Pandean pipes ; windinstruments of the ancients. 
 Fistula pastoralis, Lat. {/»s-t(L-ia pas-to-j-d- 
 
 lls.) The Pandean pipes; wind instruments of 
 
 the ancients. 
 Fistula pastorica, Lat. (/js-tO-ia pSs ta-rl- 
 
 ka.) Name given by Cicero and other classical 
 
 writers to the oaten pipe used by the audience in 
 
 the Boman theatres to express their disapproba- 
 tion. 
 Fistnlator, Lat. (/js-tfl-Zd-tBr.) I A piper, a 
 Fistulatdre, It. (/?s-too-ia-tO-rS.) (player on a 
 
 flute or flageolet. 
 Fistnliren, Ger. (fIs-too-/2rVi.) To sing in a 
 
 feigned voice. 
 Fitnele. The old English name for the fiddle. 
 Fixed syllables. Syllables which do not change 
 
 with the change of key. The Italians use fixed 
 
 syllables. 
 Flach-nSte, Ger. (Umih-Jlo-tS.) Shallow flute,' 
 
 flageolet ; also an organ stop of rather thin tone. 
 Flageolet, Fr. (fla^2hS-o-?d.) | A- small pipe 
 Flageolet, Ger. ^fla-ghS-O-W.) ( or flute, resem- 
 
 bling a small hautboy, the notes of which are ex- 
 ceedingly clear and shrill. It is generally made 
 of box or other hard wood, but sometimes of Ivory, 
 Also an orgain stop of 2 feet scale and wood pipes. 
 
 Flageolet, double. A flageolet having two 
 tubes. 
 
 Flageolet tones. Tones produced on Instni- 
 meuts of the violin species by drawing; the bow 
 very lightly and merely touching the strings with 
 the fingers. See Harmonics, 
 
 Flagim^tta, It: (fla-je-O-W-ta.) See Flageolet. 
 
86 
 
 PRONOlTNCIlSrG MUSICAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 S ale, S add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, 1 ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, t1 ftai, 11 French sound. 
 
 FLAM 
 
 Flam. In drum music a grace note or stroke cor- 
 responding with the appogiatura in other compo- 
 sitions. 
 
 Flaschinett, Ger. (flS-Bhi-nEt.) The flageolet. 
 
 Flat. A character which lowers a note one semi- 
 tone, (I2). 
 
 Flat, doable. A character composed of two flats 
 which lowers a note two semitones, (Jjjj). 
 
 Flat eishth, extreme. The octave diminished 
 by the chromatic semitone. 
 
 Flat fiftli. An interval conslsling of five degrees 
 and containing two tones and two semitones. 
 
 Flat fonrth, extreme. The perfect fourth di- 
 minished by a chromatic semitone. 
 
 Flat seventh. The minor seventh, containing 
 four tones and two diatonic semitones. 
 
 Flat third, extreme. The minor third dimin- 
 ished by the chromatic semitone. 
 
 Flatter la corde, Fr. (fi&t-td la kord.) To play 
 the violin, etc., in a soft, expressive manner. 
 
 Flanta, Spa. (fla-00-tfi.) A flute. 
 
 Flauta amabilis, Lat. (flaw-ta £-»ia-bi-lls.) 
 See Flftuto Amabile. 
 
 Flaat&ndo, It. (fla-oo-<a»i-dO.) 1 Flute-like tone: 
 
 Flant&to, It. (fla-oo-*a-to.) ( that' quality of 
 tone obtained by drawing the bow smoothly and 
 gently across the strings over that end of the fln- 
 ger-board nearest the bridge. 
 
 Flantero, Spa. (fla-00-to-rO.) One who makes 
 flutes; a flute-player. 
 
 Flantfna, It. (flg^oo-^S-na.) 1 A small flute, an 
 
 Flaatfno, It. (fla-oo-<S-nO.) j octave flute ; a pic- 
 colo. 
 
 Flautista, It. (flfi-oo-<?8-ta.) A performer on the 
 flute. 
 
 Flanti unisoni. It. (fla-00-tB oo-nS-s5-nS.) The 
 flutes in unison. 
 
 Flfinto, It. (fla-00-tO.) A flute. 
 
 Fl&uto a hecco. It. ffliiroo-to a bak-ta.) A 
 beaked flute; a flute having a mouth-piece like 
 a flageolet. 
 
 Fliinto ad libitnju. It. (fla-oo-to.) The flute 
 part may be played or omitted. 
 
 Fl&nto, alto. It. (fla-oo-to al-ta.) A tenor flute 
 used in bands. 
 
 Fl&uto am&hile,7i!. (fla-oo-to S-mo-bS-lS.) The 
 name of an organ stop of soft and delicate tone. 
 
 Flfiuto amor6so. It. (fla-oo-to a^mS-rd-zO.) A 
 4 feet organ stop of delicate tone. 
 
 Fl&ato di Pan, It. (fla-oo-to dS pan.) Pan's 
 jlute; an organ stop of small size. 
 
 FIfinto dolce. It. (fla-oo-tO d5Z-tsh6.) An organ 
 stop of soft, agreeable tone. 
 
 Fl&uto dorls, 7«. (fla-00-tO <ia-r5s.) I See 
 
 Fl&nto douce. It. (fla-oo-to doo-tshS.) ) Fiauto 
 Dolce and Flflte Douce. 
 
 Fl&nto e 'vlolino. It. (fla-oo-to a v5-0-i8-nO.) 
 Flute and violin. 
 
 Flduto srfive. It. (fla-oo-to ^fo-vB.) An organ 
 stop of 8 feet tone. 
 
 Flautdne, It. (fla-oo-<a-ng.) The bass flute, not 
 in use; also a 16 feet pedal stop in an organ, of 
 soft tone. 
 
 Fl&ato o Tiolino, It. flii-oo-to vg-o-^S-nO.) 
 Flute or violin. , 
 
 Flfiuto piccolo. It. (fla-oo-to ^8i-kO-10.) An 
 
 FLUT 
 
 octave flute, a small flute of very shrill tone ; a 
 
 flageolet. 
 FlAuto taccre. It. (fla-oo-to ta-«sA5-rg.) Tho 
 
 flute is not to play. 
 Flduto tedesco. It. (fla-oo-to tg-dSs-ko.) A 
 
 German flute. 
 Flduto terzo, 7i. (fla-oo-tO tdrt-sa.) The third 
 
 flute. 
 Flfiuto ti'ansverso. It. (fla-oo-tO tv&a&-var- 1 
 
 so.) V 
 
 Flduto traverse. It. (fla-oo-to tra-sar-so. j 
 
 The transverse flute, thus named because it is 
 
 held across, and blown at the side, contrary to 
 
 th& flitte a bee,' it is also often called the German 
 
 flute. The name is also applied to an organ stop. 
 Fl^hile, It. (/a-bS-l«.) Mournful, sad, doleful. 
 Flebilmfinte, //. (fl5-bBl-ma«-tfi.) Mournfully, 
 
 dolefully. ' 
 
 Flessfbile, 7t (flSs-sS-bS-lS.) Flexible, jiliant. 
 Flesslbllita, It. (flSs-s5-b5-lS-ta.) Flexibility.- 
 Fleut, Arm. A flute. 
 F-lSchep, ffc?". (&i iSkh-Si.) The f holes, or sound 
 
 holes of a violin, etc. 
 Flon-ilon, Fr. (flOnh flSnh.) Bad music, trash; 
 
 also, the burden of certain old vaudevilles. 
 Floreo, Spa. (JB-tBtO.) A flourish. 
 Florid. Ornamental, figured, embellished. 
 Florid counterpoint. Figured counterpoint. 
 FlStchen, Ger. (flSt-Mien.) A little flute, a pipe, 
 
 a flageolet. • 
 
 FlSten, Ger. (flo-Vn.) To play upon the flute. 
 Fliiten-begleituug, Qer. (flo-Vn be-sr/i-tcong.) 
 
 Flute accompaniment. 
 Fliiten-bldser, Ger. (Jo-Vn blO-z'r.) i^ute 
 
 player. 
 Flil 
 
 _ -«ten-duo, Ger. Ul^-Vn doo-B.) Flute duet. 
 FlStenfutter, Ger. (;^(5-t'n-/oo^t8r.) A flute 
 
 case. 
 FlStenspieler, Ger. (flo~'n-spS-^Si.) A flute 
 
 {layer. 
 iitenstimme, Ger. (flo-Vn-st'im-m&.) A soft, 
 
 sweet voice; the part for the flute. 
 Fietenzug, Ger. C/?5-t'h-tsoog.) A flute stop in 
 
 an organ. 
 Fl«te traverso, Ger. (,fl6-tS tra-«lr-sO.) The 
 
 German flute; also, an organ stop; see Flaulo 
 
 Traversa. 
 Fietist, Ger. (fld-iist.) A flute player. 
 Flourish. An appellation sometimes given to 
 
 the decorative notes which a performer adds to a 
 
 passage, with the double view of heightening the 
 
 effect and showing his own dexterity and skill. 
 Flllchtig. Ger. iMkh-tig.) Lightly, nimbly. 
 FlUchtigkeit, Ger. ; (;ZfiAA-tig-kIt.) Lightness, 
 
 fl.66t)I16SB 
 
 Fln^blatt, Ger. (floog-Wit.) A fugitive piece, 
 
 Flttgel, Ger. (_flil-g'\.) A harpsichord, «. grand 
 piano. 
 
 Flttgel-planoforte. Grand pianoforte, in the 
 form of a harpsichord. 
 
 Fluit, Sut. ffloit.) I . fl,,t- 
 
 Fluta, Lat. Xfloo-t&.) \ -*■ °°*^- 
 
 Flute. A common and well known wind instru- 
 ment, generally made of wood, but sometimeB of 
 metal, consisting of a tube closed at one end and 
 being furnished with holes and keys atltrsioe for 
 
PEONOtTNOING- MtTSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 87 
 
 fi ale, & add, & arm, B eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, ii but, 11 French tound. 
 
 t FLUT 
 
 the purpose of varying the sonnds. The compass 
 extends IVom middle C to the third C above, three 
 octaves with the semitones. 
 
 Flnte. An organ stop of the diapason species, 
 the tone of which resembles that of the Ante. 
 
 Flute, i^r. (floot.) A flute ; see that word. 
 
 Flute a l»eo, Fo. (floot & hiV.) Mute with a 
 beak ; the old English flute, with a lip or beak; it 
 was blown at the end. 
 
 Flute allemande, Fr. (floot Sl-manfad.) The 
 German flute. 
 
 Flute, ancient. An instrument which had 
 some sort of a mouthpiece and was double as well 
 as single. It also frequently was composed of 
 two tubes both played together. 
 
 Flute, Boelun, (b6m.) An instrument invent- 
 ed by M. Boehm, of Germany, in 1832. It differs 
 from the common flute in having the size and loca- 
 tion of the holes arranged in their natural order 
 with keys. 
 
 Flute coniqne, Fr. (floot kSn-ek.) Conical 
 flute; an organ stop. 
 
 Fluted. A term applied to the upper notes of a 
 soprano voice, when they are of a thin and flute- 
 like tone. 
 
 Flute d'allemande, Fr. (floot d'ai-mSnhd.) 
 A German flute. 
 
 Flute d'amour, Fr. (floot d'S-moor.) A flute, 
 the compass of .which is a minor third below that 
 of the German flute; the name is also applied to 
 an organ stop of 8 or 4 feet scale. 
 
 Flute, diatonic. A flute capable of producing 
 all the different tones of the major and minor dia- 
 tonic scales. 
 
 Flute, dolce. It. (floo-tS dol-tshS.) Aflntevrith 
 a mouthpiece like that of a flageolet. 
 
 Flute douce, .Fr. (floot dooss.) Soft Jlute ; the 
 fiUte a bee; there were four kinds, the treble, alto, 
 tenor and bass. 
 
 Flnt^e, Fr. (floo-tS.) Soft, sweet. 
 
 Flnte, Crerman. A wind instrument of German 
 invention, consisting of a tube formed of several 
 joints or pieces, with holes at the side and fur- 
 nished with movable metal keys which, by open- 
 ing and closing certain holes, serve to give the 
 required tones. 
 
 Flute, liarmonique, Fr. (floot hSr-mOnhn- 
 5k ) See Harmonic flute. 
 
 Flute, octave. A flute the tones of which, range 
 an octave higher than the German flute. 
 
 Flute, octavlante, Fr. (floot Bk-ta-vi-8nht.) 
 Octave flute, an organ stop. 
 
 Flute, onverte, Fr. (floot oo-vfir.) An organ 
 stop of the diapason species. 
 
 Flute, pastoral. \ A flute «horter than the 
 
 Flute, shepherd's, jtransverse flute and blown 
 through a Up piece at the end. 
 
 Pinter, Fr. (floo-tS.) To play the flute. 
 
 Flute transverse. The German flute. 
 
 Flute traverslcre. Fr. (floot trSy-Sr-si-ar.) 
 The transverse or German flute. 
 
 Flutenr, Fr. (floo-tur.) A flute player.. 
 
 FlStilk-Fr. (floo-tsst.)} A flute player. 
 Flnttnan. An organ step with a tone resembling 
 
 a horn. 
 Flj'ina eadence. See Falu OaOtnce. 
 
 POET 
 
 F moll, &»■. (SfmOll.) The key of P minor. 
 
 Ftfco, ft. (fO-kO.) Mre, ardor, passion. 
 
 Focosamente, It. (fO-kO-za-mSn-tS.) Ardently, 
 vehemently. 
 
 Focosfssimo, It. (fO-kO-zS-sS-mO.) Very ardent- 
 ly, with a great tlaal of passion. 
 
 Focdso, It. (tO-ko-zO.) Fiery, passionate. 
 
 Fogll^tto, It. (fOl-yS-oMO.) Copy of the first 
 violin part, in which the solo passages of the 
 other Instraments, and the voice parts are indi- 
 cated for the use of the leader. 
 
 Fols, Fr. (fspg.) Time. 
 
 Fols, premiere, Fr. (fW8 prSm-i-ar.) The first 
 time. 
 
 Fols, duexleme, Fr. (fw& dfl-zl-am.) The 
 second time. 
 
 Folatre, Fr. (fO-ldir.) B^olicsome, wild, play- 
 ful. 
 
 Folia, Spa. (^U-!l.) A species of Spanish dance 
 
 Folio, music. A case for holding loose sheets 
 of music ; a wrapper used in a music store for the 
 convenience of classilying the music. 
 
 FoUia di spagna. Spa. (fSl-yl-S, de sp£n-yil.) 
 A species or composition invented by the Span- 
 iards, consisting of variations on a given air. 
 
 Fondament&le, It. (fOn-da-m6n-fo-16.) I 
 
 Fondamentale, Fr. (f8nh-d£-m&nh-W.) I 
 Fundamental; fundamental bass. 
 
 Fondam^nto, It. i.ffin-diirman-tO.) The funda- 
 mental bass ; the roots of the harmony. 
 
 Fond d'orgue, Fr. (fOnh d'Org.) The most 
 important stop in an organ, called in England the 
 open diapason, 8 feet scale.' In Germany this i§ 
 called the 8 feet principal. 
 
 Fonoloeia, It. (fBn-0-iS-j5-ii.) Phonology ; th§ 
 science or doctrine of sounds. 
 
 Foot. A certain number of syllables constituting 
 a distinct metrical element in a verse. In very 
 old English music it was a kind of drone accoi)!- 
 panimenttoa song which was sustained bya^ 
 other singer. 
 
 Foramina, Lat. (flJ-mm-I-na.) The name given 
 by the Bomans to the holes made in the pipe Qf 
 flute. 
 
 Fork, tuning. A sm^ll steel 'instrument witl^ 
 two tines and a handle, used for ascertaining fhe 
 pitch of any given tone. 
 
 Vorl&nsk, It. (fOr-Zo-nS.) I A lively Venitian 
 
 Forlane, Fr. (fOr-ian.) j dance in 6-8 time. 
 
 Formula. A rule or method of musical instruc- 
 tion, or performance. 
 
 F«Jrte, It. (Jdr-t&.) Loud, strong. 
 
 Fortement, Fr. (/SW-mSnh. ) 1 Loudly, 
 
 Fortem^nte, /i. (fCr-tS-ma»-tS.) J powerfully, 
 vigorously. 
 
 Forte, mezzo, 7^. (lBr-t8 mSt-zO.) With medium 
 power. 
 
 Fort^zza, It. (fOi-tal-zSi.) Force, power, strength 
 
 Fdrte-piano, It. (fOr-tg-pS-a-nO.) I The pia- 
 
 Forte-piano, Fr. ,(f8rt pl-a-nO.I Vnoforte; a 
 
 Forte-planq, Ger. (Jorte pl-a-no.) ) k e y e d in- 
 strument of German invention, so called from its 
 capability of expressing difl'erent degrees of power 
 or intensity of tone. 
 
 Fdrte possfbile, It. (JBr-te pBs.<S-be-ie.) As 
 loud as possible. 
 
 Fortseisen, (7«r. (/Bri-ghlg'n.) Toflddle. 
 
 f 
 
PEOHrOUNCING MrSIOAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 Hale, a add, a arm, B eve, & end, I ice, J ill, oM, Olid, 6 dove, oo tooo», 11 lute, fi S«<, 11 French sound. 
 
 FORT 
 
 Fortiss. An abbreviation of Fortissimo. 
 
 Fortissimo, It. (tOr-tls-Be-mO.) Very loud. 
 
 Fortissimo qiaaiito possf bile, /2. (IDr-tSs- 
 B5-mO quan-to pOE-8?-b5-le.) As loud ae possible. 
 
 Fortsetzung, Ger. (/5rt-sgt-soong.) A contin- 
 uation. 
 
 Fortsingen, Ger. C/5rt-sing-gn.) To continue 
 ein^ng. 
 
 Ftfrza, It. (fort-B&,') Force, strength, power. 
 
 Forz&ndo, 7^. (fOr-feaa-dO.) I Forced; laying a 
 
 Forzdto,/i!. {tOi-tsd-tO.) (stress upon one 
 note or chord; sometimes marked V A>, 
 
 Forzare, It. (foi-isd-ri.) To strengthen. 
 
 Foarchette toniqne, Fr. (foor-shSt tttnh-Ek.) 
 A tuning fork. 
 
 Four-part song. A song arranged for four 
 parts. 
 
 Fourth. A distance comprising three diatonic 
 intervals ; that is two tones and a half. 
 
 Foortli, angmented. An interval containing 
 three whole tones. 
 
 Fourth flute. A flute sounding a fourth higher 
 than the concert flute. 
 
 Fourth, perfect. An interval containing two 
 whole tones and a semitone 
 
 Fourth shift. The last shift in violin playing. 
 
 Francaise, Fr. (franh-sfls.) A graceful dance in 
 3-4 time. 
 
 Franch^zza, 72. (SiS.n-kat-zH.) Freedom, confi- 
 dence, boldness. 
 
 Francaise, .Fn (frfinh-«3«.) ) French; 
 
 Franz^se, 7^ ffrSn-feg-zS.) V in the 
 
 FranzSsiSCh, Ger. (frSLntsS-zUh.) ) French 
 style. 
 
 Franzton, Ger. (frants-iOn.) An intonation be- 
 low that of the received concert pitch. 
 
 Vrappe, Fr. (frSp-pa.) Stamping, striUng: a 
 particular manner of beating time or striking 
 notes with force. 
 
 Frapper, Fr. (frSp-pa.) To beat the time, to 
 strike. 
 
 Fr&sl, It. (fra-zS.) Phrases, short musical pas- 
 
 FranensUmme, Ger. (frovc-Sn-stlm-mg.) A 
 female voice. 
 
 Freddam^nte, It. (frad-da-mare-tS.) Coldly, 
 without animation. 
 
 Fredd^zza, It. (fiM-da-ts&.) Coldness, frigid- 
 ity. 
 
 Fr^ddo, It. (J'rSd-do.) Cold, devoid of senti- 
 ment. 
 
 Fredon, Fr. (frS-dOnh.) Trilling; a flourish, or 
 other extemporaneous ornament. 
 
 Fredonner, Fr. (frardOnh-na.) To trill, to shake; 
 also, to hum, to aing low. 
 
 Free composition. In a free style ; a compo- 
 sition not m strict accordance with the rules of 
 musical art. 
 
 Free-men's songs. Little compositions for 
 three or four voices, In use about 1600. 
 
 Free reed. A reed stop in an organ, in which 
 the tongue by a rapid vibratoiy motion to and fro 
 produces the sound. The tone of a, free reed is 
 smooth and free from rattling, but not usually so 
 strong as that of the striking reed. 
 
 FregiAre, It. (frags-a-r5.) To adorn, to embellsh. 
 
 PUGA 
 
 (frajs-a-to.) Embellished, . oma- 
 (frS-jB-a-ioo-ra.) An ornament, 
 
 Hum- 
 
 Fregifito, It. 
 
 mented. 
 Freglatdra, It. 
 
 an embellishment. 
 Frei, Ger. (fri.) Free. 
 Fr6miSBement, Fr. (jfirS-mess-manh.) 
 
 ming, singing in a low voice. 
 French horn. See Horn. 
 French sixth. One form of an augmented 
 
 sixth; a chord composed of a major 
 
 third, extreme fourth, and extreme 
 
 sixth. 
 
 French treble clef. The.G clef on*' the bot- 
 tom line of the staff, formerly much used in 
 French music for violin, flute, etc. 
 
 Frescam^nte, It. {frgs-ka-ma?i-tg,) ) Freshly, 
 
 Frisco, It. (Jris-Wi.) ) vigorously, 
 
 lively. 
 
 Fr^tta, It. (frdt-ta,.) Increosing the time; ac- 
 celerating the movement. 
 
 Frets. Short pieces of wire fixed on the finger- 
 board of guitars, etc., which, as the strings are 
 brought in contact with them by the pressure of 
 the fingers, serve to vary and determine the pitch 
 of the tones. 
 
 Frende, Ger. (,froy-i&.) Joy, rejoicing. 
 
 Frenden-gesang, Ger. (froy-a'n gS-adng.) A 
 song of joy. 
 
 Freudig, Ger. (froy-dig.) Joyfully. 
 
 Freudig heit, Ger. (froy-Alg kit.) Joyfulness, 
 joyousness. 
 
 Frei, Ger. (frI.) Free, unrestrained as to style. 
 
 Freie schreibart, Ger. (/rj-S shrib-&it.) Free 
 style of composition. 
 
 Fnedens marsch, Ger. (/r?-d'ns mSrsh.) A 
 march in honor of peace. 
 
 Frisch, Ger. (Msh.) Freshly, briskly, lively. 
 
 Frfvolo, It. (/rS-vO-lO.) Frivolous, trifling, 
 trashy. 
 
 Frohgesang, Ger. (frS-ghS-sdng.) A joyous 
 song. 
 
 FrSUch, Ger. (/rd-likh.) Joyous, gay. 
 
 FrSlichheit, Ger. (/rWikh-klt.) Joyftalness, 
 gaiety. 
 
 Frohnamt, Ger. (,frdn-S,mt.) High mass. 
 
 Frosch, ffer. (frosh.) Thelowerpart or nutofa 
 violin bow. 
 
 Frdttola, It. (JrSt-to-l&.) A ballad, a song. 
 
 Frottol&re, li. (frOt-tO-Zo-r6.) To compose bal- 
 lads. 
 
 Frtthlingslied, Ger. (/nZ-lJngs-lSd.) Spring 
 song. 
 
 Frlihmesse, Ger. (/ra-rngs-sS.) I Matins, early 
 
 FrtthstUch. Ger. (jW-stlik.) fmass. 
 
 F schlttssel, Ger. (gf shliis-s'l.) The F or bass 
 clef. 
 
 Fliga, 7^. (/oo-ga.) AMgM,a,chii.se;BeeFugue. 
 
 Fdga authentica, Lat. (/S-ga aw-<A«n-t!-ka.) 
 A fugue with an authentic theme or subject. , 
 
 Fifga canonica, Lat. (/«-ga M-nin-i-k&.) A 
 canon. 
 
 Fiiga contraria, Lat. (./H-gSt kbn-iro-ri-a.) A 
 fugue in which the answer is generally inverted. 
 
 Fdga doppia, It. (foo-ga d5p-pg-a.) A double 
 fugue. 
 
PRONOUNCINft MUSICAL DICTIOITAEY. 
 
 89 
 
 a ale, & add, & arm, S eve, § end, I ice, I ill^ old, odd, 8 dove, oo moon, H lute, & but, il French sound. 
 
 FUQA 
 
 FiSga irregularis, Lat. (fa-ga Ir-rgg-tl-^^-rfs.) 
 
 An irregular fugue. 
 Fif ga libera, Lat. (fil-gS KJ-S-ra.) A free fugue. 
 Fiiga mixta, Lat. (fu-ga m1x-t&.) A mixed 
 
 fugue. 
 Fiiga obligata, Lat. (fa-gS Bb-li-ga-t£.) A 
 
 strict fugue. 
 Fifga partialis, Lat. (fO-^a par-shl-iz-lls.) The 
 
 common form of the fugue mtennixed with paa- 
 
 BageB of a different character. 
 Fif ga propria, Lat. (fo-ga prS-pri-&.) A regn- 
 
 iar fugue strictly according to rule. 
 Fdga plagale. It. (foo-^a. pla-ga-lS.) A fugue 
 
 with &plagal theme or subject. 
 Fiiga ricercfita. It. (/oo-ga rS-tshar-Aa-ta.) 
 
 An artificial fugue. 
 
 Fifga scKilta, It. (/oo-ga shB-oMa.) I A free' 
 Filga solata, Lat. (fH-gi eo-lu-ts,.) j fugue. 
 Fliga totalis, Lat. (fu-gS, to-ta-liB.) A canon 
 
 Fngara, Lat. (ta-gd-ril.) An organ stop of the 
 gamba species. 
 
 Fngfito, It. (too-ga-to.) In the style of a fugue. 
 
 Fnge, Ger. (/oo-ghS.) A fugue. 
 
 Fnge galante, Ger. (/oo-gh6 f^lan-t&.) A free 
 fugue in the style of chamber music. 
 
 Fngha, It. (foo-s&.) A fugue. 
 
 Fngh£tta, It. (too-gat-t&.) A short fSgue. 
 
 Fug etten, Ger. (foo-g!iet-Vn.) Fugues. 
 
 Fugirtes, Ger. (foo-ffSr-t6s.) I In the fhgue 
 
 Fngirt, Ger. (foo-ggrt.) ) style; fugirt Is 
 
 also applied to the ranks of a mixture stop in an 
 organ. 
 
 Fugitive pieces. Ephemeral, short lived com- 
 positions. 
 
 Fugue, (fOg.) A term derived from the Latin 
 word fuga, a flight. It is a composition in the 
 strict style, in which a subject is proposed by one 
 part and answered by other parts, according to 
 certain rules. There are three distinct kinds of 
 fugues, the simple, double and counter. 
 
 Fugue, counter. A fugue in which the sub- 
 jects move in contrary directions. 
 
 Fugue, double. A fugue on two subjects. 
 
 Fugue reuvers^e, Fr. (fttg ranh-vSr-sa.) A 
 fugue, the answer in which is made in contrary 
 motion to that of the subject. 
 
 Fugue, strict, A fugue in which the fngal form 
 and its laws are strictly observed. 
 
 Fugue, perpetual. A canon so constructed 
 that its termination leads to its beginning, and 
 hence may be continually repeated. 
 
 Fugue, simple. A fugue containing but a sin- 
 gle subject. 
 
 Fugnist. A composer or performer of fugues. 
 
 Fttnrer, Ger. (/liZA-rSr.) Conductor, director; 
 also the subject or leading theme in a fugue. 
 
 Full. For all the voices or instruments. 
 
 Full anthem. An anthem in four or more parts, 
 without verses or solo passages; to be sung by 
 the whole choir in chorus. 
 
 Full band. A band in which all the instruments 
 are employed. 
 
 Full cadence. See Perfect Cadence. 
 
 FttU flSte, Ger. (ful fl8-tg.) 
 stopped organ register of 4 feet tone. 
 
 Full orchestra. An orchestra in which all the 
 stringed and wind instruments are employed. 
 
 FURL 
 
 Full organ. An organ with all its registers or 
 
 stops in use. 
 Full score. A complete score of all the parts 
 
 of a composition, vocal or instrumental, or both 
 
 combined, written on separate staves placed 
 
 under each other. 
 Full service. A service for the whole choir in 
 
 chorus. 
 Fundamental. An epithet applied to a chord 
 
 when its lowest note is that from which the chord 
 
 is derived. 
 Fundamental bass. The name given to any 
 
 bass note when accompanied with the chord de- 
 rived iVom that note. 
 Fundamental chord. A chord whose lowest 
 
 note is that from which the chord is derived. 
 Fundamental note. The note on which the 
 
 chord is constructed. 
 Fundamental tones. The tonic, dominant, 
 
 and sub-dominant of any scale or key. 
 
 ilSSlSSfe,'^?: KllB.)[ Funereal, mourn- 
 
 FUn«reo, It. (foo-nS-rS-O.) ) ""• 
 
 Funestamente, Spa.. (foo-nSs-ta-man-tS.) 
 MournfliUy. 
 
 Flinf, Ger. (fflnf.) Five. 
 
 Filnf-fach. Ger. (filnf fakh.) Five-fold; five 
 ranks ; speaking of organ pipes. 
 
 Fttnf-stimmig, Ger. Ifarif stlm-mig.) For five 
 voices 
 
 Fttiifte,ff(!r. (Junf-U.) Fifth. 
 
 Fttnf^ehnte, Ger. (/a«/-tsSn-tBO Fifteenth. 
 
 Funzidne, It. (foont-sS-^-nS,) Function, or cer- 
 emony in a church. 
 
 Funzidni, It. pi. (foont-sS-a-nS.) Oratorios, 
 masses and other sacred musical performances 
 in -,hc Boman Catholic church. 
 
 Fudco. It. (foo-5-kO.) Fire, energy, passion. 
 
 FuocdSO, It. (foo-0-*S-zO.) Fiery, ardent, impet- 
 uous. 
 
 Flir, Ger. (fUr.) For. 
 
 Ftir beibe hilnde znsammen, Ger. (fhr bl- 
 bS hdnr&& teoo-zam-mSn.) For both hands to- 
 gether. 
 
 FUr das gauze werk, Ger. (fur das gant- 
 s8 vark.) 
 
 Filr das voile wert, Oer. (far dSs fdt-Vi 
 vSrk.) 
 For the full organ. 
 
 Filr die linke hand allein, Oer. (fiir de 
 ^ra-kS hand &\-Vln.) For the left hand alone. 
 
 Flir die rechte hand allein, Ger. (fQr de 
 r8kh-tS hand Si-lln.) For the right hand alone. 
 
 ISJiTa-^V;?"*)' \ ^^^ p-"™- "^o- 
 
 Furibdndo, It. (foo-re-6an-dO.) . Furious, mad, 
 
 extreme vehemence. 
 Furie, Fr. (fii-rS.) Fury, passion. 
 Furieusement, Fr. (fli-rQz-manh.) I Furi- 
 Furiosam^nte, /<. (foo-rS-O-zarmSre-tS.) f ously, 
 
 madly. 
 Furiosissimo, It. (foo-r5-0-sSs-sS-mO.) Very 
 
 furiously. 
 Fnridso, It. (foo-rB-ff-zO.) Furious, vehement, 
 
 mad. 
 Furlfindo, /<. (ioot-ldnr&a.) I An antiquated 
 Fnrl&no, /<. (foor-i^nO.) ) dance. 
 
90 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, S add, & arm, S eve, 8 end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 ?Mi«, il 6m<, 1i French, sound. 
 
 FURN 
 
 Forniture stop. An organ stop, consisting of 
 several ranks of pipes, of very acute pltcli. 
 
 Fnrtfre, It. (foo-r5-rS.) Fury, rage, passion. 
 
 FUr z«'ei mannale, &er. (fUr tsvl man-oo-a- 
 liS.) For tvf manuals ; in organ playing. 
 
 Fusa, Lat. (Ju-b&.) A quaver. 
 
 Fus^e, Fr. (fQ-^a.) A very rapid roulade or pas- 
 sage; a skip, etc. 
 
 Fusella, Lat. (ta-sll-U.) Name formerly applied 
 to the demisemiquaver. 
 
 GAMM 
 
 Fuss, Oer. (foos.) Foot; the lower part of an 
 organ pipe. • 
 
 Filsse, Ger. pi (Jiis sg.) Feet. 
 
 Fttssi^, Cfer. (/us-elg.) Footed: g-fflssig, of 8 
 feet size, or scale. 
 
 Fasston, Cfer. (foos-tOn.) The tone, or pitch; 
 as 8 Fusston, a pipe of 8 feet tone. 
 
 Fut, Fr. (fooe.) The barrel ot a drum. 
 
 Fz. An abbreviation of Forzando. 
 
 <3r. 
 
 C The nominal of the fifth note In the natural 
 diatonic scale of C, to vfhich is applied the syl- 
 lable sol', it is also one of the names of the high- 
 est or treble clef. 
 
 Cragli&rda, It. (gai-yS-ar-dS.) A galtiard. 
 
 Ua^liardam^nte, It. (g£l-yS-ar-da-mSn-tg.) 
 Briskly, gaily. 
 
 Grag;Iidrao, It. (gSl-yS-aV-dO.) Brisk, merry, gay. 
 
 Crai, Fr. (gS.) Gay, merry. 
 
 gllJS^S?*vC''- rlSj;'';) [Merrily, lively, gay. 
 
 (gSrydrd.) Merry, brisk; also a 
 (g3rydrd-TXi&nh.) Merrily, 
 
 Gay, merry, lively. 
 
 Oainient, Fr. 
 Craillai-de, Fr. 
 
 galiiard. 
 Craillardement, Fr. 
 
 briskly. 
 
 Gaia, It. (gS-B-0.) With gayety and cheerfulness. 
 Ctaita, Spa. (gil-S-ta.) A oagpipe ; also a kind of 
 
 flute ; a street organ. 
 Crait^ro, Spa. (giU5-<a-rO.) A player upon the 
 
 bagpipe. 
 Gftja, It. (ga-ya.) I 
 
 (icajameiite, It. (ga-ya-wian-tS.) Gaily, cheer- 
 fully. 
 
 ealfinte. It. igSrldn-K.) I 
 
 Cralantem^nte, It. (ga-ian-tg-man-tS.) ) 
 Gallantly, boldly. 
 
 Cralanterle-fnsne, Ger. (ga-lan-tS-r3 foo-gll.) 
 A fugue in the free style. 
 
 Cralanterien, Ger. pi. (ga-ian-t8-r5-Bn.) The 
 ornaments, turns, trills, etc., with which the old 
 harpsichord music was embellished. 
 
 Galanterie-stiieke, Ger. pi. (ga-ian-tS-r^ stU- 
 kS.) Pieces in the free ornamental style. 
 
 Galanterstyl, Oer. (ga-ia«^Sr-stEl.) Free 
 style, ideal style. 
 
 CrnlUambus, Zat. (gSl-lI-iSni-bfis.) A species of 
 Lfitin verse. 
 
 Galiiard, A lively old dance in triple time, for- 
 merly very popular. 
 
 Galop, Fr. (,gdl-0.) 
 3-4 time. 
 
 A quick dance, generally In 
 
 Galopade, Fr. (gS,\-6-pdd.) 1 
 
 Galopp, Ger. (.g&l-dp.) V A galop. 
 
 Gaitfppo, It. (si&-lSp-pD.) ) 
 
 GaIoub£, Fr. (ga-loo-63.) 1 A small flute with 
 
 Galonbet, Fr. JgSAoo-ba.) ) three holes, some- 
 times to be met with in France. 
 
 G&mba, It. (gam-bS.) The viol di gdmba, or 
 bass viol ,' see that term. 
 
 Gamba-bass. A 16 feet organ stop, on the pedals. 
 
 G&mba major. A name given to a 16 feet organ 
 stop or double gamba. 
 
 Gambe, Oer. (sram-bS.) Viol digimba. 
 
 Gambeta, Spa. (gSm-bS-^a.) An ancient Span- 
 
 Gambette, Oer. (gSm-ia^tS.) A small, or oc 
 
 tave gamba stop in an organ. 
 Gambist. A performer upon the viol di gamba. 
 Gamb-viole. Ger: (gamb f5-3-15.) An instru 
 
 ment resembling the violincello. 
 Gaines, panattaanean. Ancient Greek gamcn 
 
 in which singers and players on the flute and 
 
 cithera competed for prizes. 
 
 gISSelfr. t^mT^ \ The gamut orscalo. 
 Gamme chromatiane, Fr. (gJm krO-mit-SA.) 
 
 The chromatic scale. 
 Gamme descendante, Fr. (gSm dS-sSnli- 
 
 ddnht.) Descending scale. 
 Gamine de sol majeur, Fr. (gSm dtih sul 
 
 ma-zhiir.) Scale of G major. 
 Gamme d'ut majeur, Fr. (gSm d'ttt ma-zh11r.) 
 
 ScaleofC major. 
 Gamines en bemols, Fr. (gam sanh ba-mDl.) 
 
 Scales with flats. 
 Gamme majeure montante, Fr. (gam ma- 
 
 zhur ia)inh-tan!it.) An ascending major scale. 
 Ganuues. Exercises on the scale. 
 
PRoirotJNciKft MuaioAL diotionaey; 
 
 91 
 
 B ale, ^ add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, tl lute, H but, 1i French sound. 
 
 GAMU 
 
 dramnt. The scale of notes belonging to any key ; 
 the lines and spaces on which the notes are placed. 
 
 Oaniut G. That G which is on the first line of 
 the base staff. 
 
 drainut, Gnido's. The table or scale introduced 
 by Guido, and to which he applied the syllables 
 ut, ra, mi, fa, sol, la. It consisted of twenty notes, 
 namely, two octaves and a major sijcth, the first 
 octave distingnished by the capital letters, G, A, 
 B. etc., the second by the small letters, g, a, b, 
 etc., and the major sixth by double letters, gg, aa, 
 bb, etc. 
 
 Uaiiascitfne, It. (g&n-SrShS-d-n&.) An Italian 
 lute. 
 
 Gang. Oer. (gang.) Pace, rate of movement or 
 niotiou. 
 
 <jianiles. Spa. (jo-nl-lSs.) Fauces, organs of the 
 voice. 
 
 (janz, Ger. (ffanis.) Whole, entire; also, all, very. 
 
 <jianz lanssam, Ger. (gants Idng-sSm.) Very 
 slowly. 
 
 txanze note, Ger. {gdn-teS «5-t8.) A whole note, 
 or eemibreve. 
 
 Ganzer ton, Ger. (gan-ta&r ton.) A whole tone. 
 
 tJanzes-werk, Ger. (yan-tsSs vSrk.) The full 
 organ. 
 
 Ganzverhallend, Ger.' (gants-!St-hcU-lSnd.) 
 Bntireiy dying away. 
 
 diarliatam^nte, /*. (gUr-ba-ta-mSn-tB.) Grace- 
 fully, 
 
 fJlavliAto, It. fear-6a-tO.) Graceful. 
 
 CArbo, It. (sdr-ho.) Simplicity, grace, elegance. 
 
 Sai-^antear, Spa. (gar-gan-tS-ar.) To quaver, 
 to \varble. 
 
 diarsanteo. Spa. (gar-gan-tg-5.) Quavering, a 
 tremulous modulation of the voice, 
 
 Saribo, /i. (go-rs-bo.) A dance, a ball. 
 
 Oarig;lione. It. (ga-rSl-yg-5-n6.) Chime, musical 
 bc'llB. 
 
 Gai-iiir nn Tlolin de cordes. I'r. (gar-nJr 
 unh ve-0-ianh diih kOrd.) To string a violin. 
 
 Gari'ire, It. (gar-?'S-rS.) To chirp, to warble like 
 a bird. 
 
 GafStrollen, ffer. (gaB-trSl-l'n.) A term applied 
 to a singer or actor on a starring expedition. 
 
 Gaierhe, Fr. (gOzh.) Left. 
 
 Gauche, main, Fr. (gOzh manh.) The left 
 Imnd. I- 
 
 siaud^nte. It. (goo-(ion-t8.) Blithe, merry, 
 ppi-ightly. 
 
 Gandentem^nte, It. (goo-den-tS-mSn-tS.) Mer- 
 rily, Joyfully. 
 
 Gaiiflioso, It. (goo-ds-5-zO.) Merry, joyftil. 
 
 Gavot, Fng. (gS-vdt.) ) A dance consisting 
 
 Gavdtta, It. &S,-vdt-t&.) J-of two light, lively 
 
 Gavotte, ifr. (ga-vOt.) (strains in common 
 time. 
 
 Gayinente, S2>a. (ghS-mSra-tS.) Gayly, briskly, 
 lively. 
 
 Gaytero, Spa. (ghS-tS-iO.) One who plays on a 
 bagpipe; a piper. 
 
 Gazxarra, It. (gat-zar-rft.) Eejoioings with mu- 
 sic and cannon. 
 
 G clef. The treble clef; a character composed of 
 the letters Q and S, for the syllable Sol, 
 which Invariably turns on the second line 
 of the ataff, 
 
 $ 
 
 GEIG 
 
 G donble or doable G. The octave below G 
 gamut. 
 
 G dur, Ger. (eS, door.) The key of G major. 
 
 Geberdenspiel, Ger. (ghS-6ar-d'n-spel.) Pan- 
 tomime. 
 
 Geblase, Ger. (ghS-dZo-zB.) Trumpeting, blow- 
 ing. 
 
 Geblh^e, Ger. (ghS-Jio-zS.) Bellows, apparatus 
 for blowing. 
 
 Gebrochen, Ger, (ghB-Sra-kh'n.) Broken. 
 
 Gebrochene akkorde, Ger. ^h8-6r5-kh'n-8 ' 
 ak-Mr-dS.) 
 
 Gebrtfchener accord, Ger. (ghg-ftra-kh'n- 
 Br ak-*ar-d.) 
 Broken chords, chords played in arp8ggio. 
 
 Gebrochene stlmme, Ger. (ghS^dr^kh'n-B 
 sKm-m8.) A broken voice. 
 
 Gebnnden, Ger. (ghB-Aoon-d'n.) Connected, 
 syncopated. In regard to the style of playing or 
 writing. 
 
 Gebnndene note, Ger. (ghB-6oon-d8-n8 nB-t&.) 
 A tied note, a note which is to be held and not 
 repeated. 
 
 Gebnndener stil, Ger. (ghB-*oo>i-dBn-8r stBl.) 
 Style of strictly connected'^ harmony ; style of 
 counterpoint. 
 
 Gebnrts-lled, Ger. (ghS-ftooWs ISd.) Birth-day 
 song. 
 
 Gedackt, Ger. (ghi-ddkht.) I Stopped, in oppo- 
 
 Gedeckt, Ger. ighi-dlkht.) | sition to the open 
 pipes in an organ. 
 
 Gedact. See Gedackt. 
 
 Gedackt-flVte, Ger. (gbS-ddkht JlS-tS.) Stopped 
 flute, in an organ. 
 
 Gedeckte stunmen, Ger. jil. (ghfi-<i^A:-tB s&m- 
 mBn.) Stops with covered pipes, as the stopped 
 diapason. 
 
 Gedehnt, Oer. (gh8-e?Sn«.) Lengthened. 
 
 Gedicht, Ger. (ghB-d5Mi.) A poem, tale, fable. 
 
 Gef iihrte, Ger. (ghB/af-tS.) The answer in a 
 fugue. 
 
 GefitilllB. S'r. (ghB/a;-lIg.) Pleasingly, agree, 
 ably. 
 
 Geiiedel, Ger. (ghB:/1-d'l.) Fiddling, playing,on 
 the fiddle. 
 
 Gefiihl, Ger. (ghB/wAi.) Sentiment, expression. 
 
 Gegenbevre^ung, Ger. (ja-g'n-bB-sa-goong.) 
 Contrary motion. 
 
 Gegengesang, Ger. (g'5-g'n-ghB-sonp'.) Antiph- 
 ony. 
 
 Gegenkall, Oer. (ffS-g'n-hail.) _ I Resonance, 
 
 Gegenschall, (?e?'. (g'o-g'n-shau.) f echo. 
 
 Gegenpunkt, Ger. (g'a-g'n-poonkt.) Counter- 
 point. 
 
 Geeenstimme, Ger. ((ca-g'n-stlm-mB.) Counter- 
 tenor, or alto part. 
 
 GeKCnstimmis;, Ger. (g'^g'n-stlm-mtg.) Disso- 
 nant, discordant. 
 
 Gesensubject, Oer. (ffS-g'n-soob-jBct.) Coun- 
 ter-subject, in a fugue. 
 
 Gehend, Oer. (gfo-Bnd.) A word referring to 
 movement and having the same meaning as an- 
 dinte. 
 
 GehSr-spielen, Ger. (ghS-Ao?- spS-l'n.) To 
 play by ear. 
 
 GehSrlehre, Ger. (ghB-Aar-la-rB.) Acoustics 
 
 Geise, Ger. (s'AJ-ghB.) The violin. 
 
92 
 
 fEOWOUNCING MtrSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 Hale, & add, a arm, S eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, aid, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 to^«, fi but, 11 French sound. 
 
 GEIG 
 
 Creigen, ffe?*. (srAJ-g'n.) To play on the violin. 
 
 Ccelgen-blatt, Ger. {gKl-g'n blSt.) The flnger- 
 hoard of a violm. 
 
 Gelgen-liogeniffe?-. {ghl-g'n fto-g'n.) Violin bow. 
 
 Oeigen-clavicymbel. An .instrument similar 
 to a harpeichord or pianoforte. 
 
 Crelgen-fSrmig, Ger. ((//i5-g'n f6r-mig.) Hav- 
 ing the form of a violin. 
 
 Oei^en-futter, Ger. (shi-g'n foot-tSr.) Case for 
 a violin. 
 
 (iei^en-lials, Ger. (,ghi-g'n hals.) The neck of 
 a violin. 
 
 -Sreigen-harz, 6er. (ghl-g'n harts.) Spanish 
 resm, hard resin. 
 
 'G!«igen-hoIz, Ger. (yAJ-g'n holts.) The wood 
 used in making violins. 
 
 Geieen-macher. (gAJ-g'u ma-khSr.) A violin 
 maker. 
 
 Qeiaen-priracipal, Ger. ghl-g'n prin-tsl-pd?.) 
 A German organ diapason stop with a tone like 
 that of the ^amba, but fuller. 
 
 <iieigen-saite, &er. (jrM-g'n soy-tg.) Violin 
 string. 
 
 tJeigen-sattel, ffer. (yM-g'n sSt-t'l.) I The 
 
 4i!eigen-stes, Ger. (yAj-g'n stSg.) ( bridge 
 of a violin. 
 
 Gcigen-schnle, Ger. (jr/ij-g'n shoo-15.) A vio- 
 lin school, or method of instruction. 
 
 (veigen-stricli, Ger. (g'Ai-g'n strlkh.) A stroke 
 of the violin bow. 
 
 Oeigen-stttcli, Ger. ((/AS-g'n stUk.) A tune for 
 the violin. 
 
 Ueigen-iverlc, Ger. {ghi-g'n vSrk,) The celes- 
 tina, an organ stop of 4 feet scale. 
 
 Qeigen-wirbel, Ger. (ghi-g'n vSr-b'l.) A vio- 
 lin peg. 
 
 tccigen-Kug, Ger. (o/ij-g'n teoog.) A violin stop. 
 
 (Seiger, Ger. (srAj-gher.) Violin player. 
 
 Creistllcli, Ger. (jghist-Wi.) Ecclesiastical, cler- 
 ical. 
 
 CxOistllcIte gesange, Ger. (j/AisMikh-e g& 
 sdn-fzh6.) 
 
 Ueistliclie lieder, Ger. (!?/«sMikh-S J8-dSr, 
 Psalms, hymns, spiritual songs. 
 
 lieistreich, Ger. (oAisi-nkh.) (. Spirited, full 
 
 Geistvoll, <?«)■. (gMst-fOl.) (of life and ani- 
 mation. 
 
 (iieklingel, Ger. (ghS-hling-'l.) Tinkling, ring- 
 ing of a bell. 
 
 4»elassen, Ger. (she-lds-s'n.) Calmly, quietly. 
 
 (lielassenheit, Ger. (ghS-ios-s'n-hlt.) Calm- 
 ness, tranquility. 
 
 (welSufe, Ger. igbS-lou-fS.) I Running pas- 
 
 (jreliiafen, Ger. (gh6-/o«-f'n.) ( sages, scale pas- 
 sages, rapid movements. 
 
 Oelanllg, Gei: (ghe-/oj/-f Ig.) Easy, fluent, rapid. 
 
 CrelKnilgkeit, G'er. (ghS^oy-fig-klt.) Fluency, 
 ease. 
 
 tielUvit, Ger. (ghS-loyt.) A peal of bells, ringing 
 of bells. 
 
 (frclinde, Ger. (gh6-Z5n-dg.) Softly, gently. 
 
 G.eUudigkeit, Ger. (ghg-fin-dig-klto Softness, 
 gentleness, sweetness. 
 
 Oellen, Ger. (ghll-Vn.) To sound loudly, 
 
 Oellennjfte, Ger. (.ghSl-Vn-flB-tS.) Clarionet. 
 
 Geltnng, Ger. (ghilrtoong.) The value or pro- 
 portion of a note. 
 
 ^)i 
 
 GENU 
 
 QemSchlich, Ger. (ghS-ma*A-likh.) j. Quietly, 
 (iceinachsain, Ger. (ghS-maiA-sam.)) inacalm, 
 
 slow manner. 
 Gemilhlig, Ger. (gh8-ma-llg.) Gradually, by 
 
 Oemisch, Ger. (ghe-m'ish.) Mixed; mixture, or 
 compound stops in an organ. 
 
 Cremsen horn. An instrument formed of a ' 
 small pipe made of the horn of a chamois, or wild 
 goat. 
 
 Oems-horn, Ger. (ghlmshOin.) An organ stop 
 with conical pipes. The tone is light but very 
 clear. 
 
 Gems-hom-qnlnt, Ger. {ghlms horn kwlnt.) 
 An organ stop with conical pipes, sounding a fifth 
 above the foundation stops. 
 
 Gemiitli, Ger. (gh^mitt.) Mind, sonl. 
 
 CieinlttliUch, Ger. (ghg-m&'i-llkh.) Agreeable, 
 expressive. 
 
 Genera, Lat. 0%-E-ra.) I A term used by the 
 
 Genus, Lat. O'S-niis.) f ancients to indicate^ 
 the modes according to which they divided their, 
 tetrachords. The different methods of. dividing' 
 the octave: when both tones and semitones are 
 employed, according to the natural arrangement 
 of the diatonic scale, it is called the diatonic or 
 natural genus ; when it is divided by semitones 
 only, it is called the chromatic genus, and the 
 enharmonic genus when quarter tones alone are 
 used. 
 
 General bass. Thorough bass, figured bass. 
 
 General pause. A general cessation or silence 
 of all the parts. 
 
 Generateur, Fr. (zha-nS-ra-^ii?'.) The funda- 
 mental note of the common chord. 
 
 Generator. The principal sound or sounds by 
 which others are produced : the fundamental note 
 of the common chord. 
 
 G^nere, It. (.;a-n£-rg.) See Genera. 
 
 Generoso, It. (ja-nS-ro-zO.) Noble, in a digni- . 
 fied manner. 
 
 Genfalia, Lat. . ( ja-ni-a-li-a.) The name given 
 by the ancient Bomans to cymbals, because they 
 were used in the celebration of weddings. 
 
 Genre, Fr. (zhanhr.) Style, manner. 
 Genre ehromatiane, Fr..j (zhanhr krfl-mil- 
 
 Kk.) The chromatic genus. 
 Genre diatoniane. Fr. (zhanhr di-a-tiSuh-Sk.) 
 
 The diatonic, or natural genus. 
 Genre enharmoniaue, Fr. (zhanhr anh-har- 
 • mOnh-«A.) The enharmonic genus. 
 Genre expressif, Fr. (zhanhr 8ks-pr5s-s^.) 
 
 The expressive style. 
 Gentile, It. (j8n-«MS.) Pleasing, graceful, ele- 
 gant. 
 Gentil^zza, It. (jSh-tBl-^a^za.) Grace, elegance, 
 
 refinement of style. 
 Gentilm^nte, 7^ (jSn-tgl-mon-tS.) Gracefully, 
 
 elegantly. 
 Genns, Lat. (ja-niis.) See Genera. 
 Genus chromaticnm, Lat. (ja-nOs krO-mai- 
 
 i-khm.) The chromatic genus or mode. 
 Genus diatonienm, Lat. (.;'fl[-nfis SL-irton-l- 
 
 k&m.) The diatonic genus or mode. 
 
PEOKTOUNOING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 9S 
 
 B ale, fi add, & arm, e eve, S end, I tee, I Ul, oW, 6 odd, doee, oo moon, fl iuie, fi 6»<, 11 French eo'anii. 
 
 ^ 
 
 %gs- 
 
 GENU 
 
 CrenuB enhannonlcnin, Xa<. ( J^ntis Sn-hOr- 
 tnS't-I-k&m.) The enharmonic genus or mode. 
 
 Cienas inflatlle, Lat. (.^a-niis In-SS-tS-lS.) 
 Wind-lnBtinmentB. 
 
 Oenus pei-cussibile, Lat. ys-nlis pSr-M«-Gl- 
 &S-16.) Instruments of percuBBion. 
 
 Oenus syntonam, Lat. (j^n&B sIn-25-ntim.) 
 An old term of the diatonic Bcale. 
 
 Cienus tensile, Lat. UarTAe tgn-sMS.) Stringed 
 instrumentB. 
 
 Cierade bewegon^, Oer. (ghS-ro-dS bE-«5- 
 goong.) Similar motion. 
 
 Gerade taktart, Ger. (gh6-ra-d5 tdkt-Ut.) 
 Common time. 
 
 Geriesel, Ger. (ghS-r2-z'l.) A soft, murmuring 
 sound. 
 
 German flngerins. A method of fingering 
 piano music which designates the thumb as the 
 first finger, in distinction from the English or 
 American mode, which indicates the use of the 
 thumb by a sign. 
 
 German flute. See Flduto Traversa. 
 
 German scale. A scale of the natural notes, 
 consisting of A, H, C, D, E, F, G, instead of A, B, 
 C, etc., the B being always reserved to express 
 Bflat. 
 
 German sixth. A name given to a 
 chord composed of a major third, per- 
 fect fifth, and extreme sixth, as — 
 
 German soprano clef. The C clef placed on 
 the first line of the staff for soprano, instead of 
 the G clef on the second line of that part. 
 
 Ges, Ger. (ghSs.) The note G flat. 
 
 Gesans, Ger. (shi-aSng.) Singing; the art of 
 singing, a song, melody, air. 
 
 Gesans-bncli, Ger. (ghS-sang' bookh.) Song 
 book, hymn book. 
 
 Gesan^r der vogel, Ger. (ghS-sarai^ dgr/^-g'l.) 
 Singing of birds. 
 
 Gesange, Ger. pi. (s^i-sang-&.) Songs, hymns. 
 
 Gesangs^reise, Ger. (ghS-sarag's-vI-zS.) In the 
 style of a song. 
 
 Gesangireise, Ger. (ghS-sany-vI-zg.) Melody, 
 tune. 
 
 Gesanse, Ger. (ghS-soa-zg.) Humming, whist- 
 ling. 
 
 Gescliiclc, Ger. (gh8-«A»ft.) Skill, dexterity. 
 
 Geschleift, Ger. (gh8-sAra/<.) Slurred, legato. 
 
 GeschTvanzte, noten. (g)i^-shvdnts-&.) A 
 quaver, or flag notes. 
 
 GeschTvind, Ger. (ghS-sAujnd.) Quick, rapid. 
 
 Geschwindigkeit, Ger. (ghS-sAsjreii-Ig-klt.) 
 Swiftness, rapidity, speed. 
 
 GescIiiTindmarsciL, Ger. (gh8-sAt)»»(Z-marsh.) 
 A quicksfiPp. 
 
 Ges dur, Ger. (ghSs door.) The key of Gflat 
 major. 
 
 Gesin^e, Ger. (^i-eing-%.) Constant singing, 
 bad singing. 
 
 ftestossen, Oer. (gh6-s«»-s'n.) Separated, de- 
 tached. 
 
 Gestricliene, Ger. (gh6 gij-j-khS-ng.) A quaver. 
 
 Getronl \ *^^* iia™«9 for the cittern. 
 
 GetSn, Ger. (ghS-titi.) Kepeated sounds, clamor. 
 
 GITJB 
 
 Getraeen, Ger. (ghS-fro-g'n.) Well sustained 
 carried. 
 
 Getrost, Ger. (gh8-<»-5s<.) Confidently, resolutely 
 
 Gettbtere, Ger. (ghM6-tS-rS.) Expert perform- 
 ers. 
 
 Ger<Kis\>ti\, Ger. (ghS-DSr-b'!.) The roll of drums. 
 
 GeTVlss, Ger. (gM-«5ss.) Finn, resolute. 
 
 GeTvlssnelt, OSr. (ghS-vsis-hlt.) Firmness, res- 
 olution. 
 
 Geieiert, ff«r. (gh6-fa8r<.) With affectation. 
 
 G fiat. The flat seventh of A flat; the fifth flat 
 introduced in modulating by fourths from the 
 natural diatonic mode. 
 
 G gamut. The G on the first line of the bass 
 staff. 
 
 G]i:Jjglie. An old name for the fiddle: see Geige. 
 
 Glunbfzzi, It. (ghS-rS-iSf-ze.) Unexpected in- 
 tervals, eccentric, fantastical passages. 
 
 Ghlribizzdso, It. (ghE-re-bSt-sS-zO.) Fantas- 
 tical, whimsical. 
 
 Ghironda, It. (ghg-r^»-dS.) A hurdy-gurdy. 
 
 Ghlttem. An old name for the cittern. 
 
 Gla maestro di cappella. It. {ghi-i ma-^«- 
 tro ds ka-j?^Ha.) Before the master of music. 
 
 Giambo, It. (js-am-bo.) Iambic. 
 
 Gtcheroso, It. (js-k5-r3-z0.) Merry, playful. 
 
 Gfga,/^. 0'8-ga.) I A jig, or lively species 
 
 Gigue, J'r. (zhgg.) Vof dance. The name is 
 
 Gigue, Ger. (gheg.) ) supposed to be derived 
 from the German word gelg, or geige, meaning 
 a fiddle, as the music is particularly adapted to 
 Instruments of that class. 
 
 Gl^hardo, It. (jS-gffij'-dO.) A sort of jig. 
 
 G in' alt. The first note in alt; the octave above 
 the G, or treble clef note. 
 
 G in altisslmo. The first note in altissimo ; the 
 fifteenth above the G or treble clef note. 
 
 Ginglarns. A small Egyptian fiute. 
 
 Gioch^vole, It. (jS-0-«a-vO-lS.) Merry, sportive, 
 gay. 
 
 Giochevolm^nte, 7<. .(38-o-ka-vOl-m3»i-t8,) I 
 
 Gloeolarm^nte, It. (je-0-kO-lilr-miz»-te.) f 
 Merrily, sportivBly. 
 
 Gioeondam^nte, It. (je-0-kBn-da-mSre-tS.) Mer- 
 rily, joyfully, gayly. 
 
 Giocondo, It. (js-0-ft5»i-d0.) Cheerful, merry, 
 gay- 
 
 Giocosam^nte, It. (js-0-k0-za-ff!on-t8.) I Hu- 
 
 Glocoso, It. (iS-0-W-zO.) f mor- 
 
 ously, sportively. 
 
 Gi<Sia, It. ys-S-yS.) Joy, gladness. 
 
 Giojdnte, i«.' (je-O-ydVtg:) I blithe iovfnl eav 
 
 Gioj«so, It. (jS-0-y«-zO.) f "'"''^' ^°^^^' say- 
 
 Gio.|Osam£nte, It. (je-0-yO-za-ma»-t8.) Joyful- 
 ly, merrily. 
 
 Giovi&le, It. (j5-o-ve-ffl-lB.) Jovial. 
 
 Gio-viaUta, /<. ?iS-0-vg-a-lS-<a.) Joviality, gayety. 
 
 GiraAe. (ji-r^y.) A species of ancien* tpinet. 
 
 Gis, Ger. (ghls.) The note G sharp. 
 
 Gis moll, Ger. (ghls mOU.) The «y of G| mi- 
 nor. 
 
 Gitana, It. JjS-ia-na.) A Spanish dance. 
 
 Gittern. (jti-tSm.) A species of cittern. 
 Gittetli, Heb. (jit-tSth.) An Instrument i 
 Bavid brought from Gath, of the harp kind. 
 
 GinbbiKiso, It. (joob-b8-2S-zO.) Jubilant, es* 
 ulting. 
 
94 
 
 PBONOUNOING MtTSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, & add, & arm, E eve,' S end, I ice, I ill, old, S odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, ti Init, tl French sounds 
 
 GUBI 
 
 Oifbllazione, rt. (joo-be-l£t-se-^-nS.) 1 Jnbila- 
 
 Oidbilio, It. OoD-be,15-o.) ytion, le- 
 
 GUihilo, It. Ooo-be-10.) (joicing. 
 
 Crincante, It. (joo-*ora-te.) I Merry, joy- 
 
 Cimchevole, 7f . ( joo-ka-o5-15.) f fnl ; Bee Gio- 
 jante. 
 
 Crinlivam^nte, It. (joo-15-va-man-tS.) Joy- 
 fully, lively. 
 
 Crlnuvfssiino, /(. (joo-lg-«Ss-6B-mO.) Very joy- 
 ful. 
 
 OluUvo, It. (joo-«-vO.) Cheerful, joyful. 
 
 Giallari, It. (jool-/a-rg.) Bands of dancers, 
 actors, or singers. 
 
 Oiuocante, It. (joo-0-Aa»-tS.) With sport and 
 gayety. 
 
 Qinoco, It. (joo-^ko.) An organ stop. 
 
 Glnocdso, It. (joo-0-*3-zO.) See Giocoso. 
 
 <)riu8tainente. It. (joos-ta-7na»-tg.) fistly. 
 with precision. 
 
 Gitf Sto, It. 0"oo«-tO.) A term signifying that the 
 movement indicated is to ' be performed in an 
 equal, steady and just time. 
 
 Criustezza, It. (Joos-tat-zil.) Precision. 
 
 Oiven bass. A bass given, to which the har- 
 mony is to be added. 
 
 Giving out. The prelude by which the organist 
 announces to'the congregation the tune they are 
 to sing. 
 
 dais, Fr. (gla.) The passing bell. 
 
 Glais ftan^bre, Fr. (gia fii-nS6r.) A funeral 
 knell. 
 
 Crlapissant. .F'r. (glS-pis-sSnh.) Shrill, squeak- 
 ing. 
 
 Crlasses, mnalcal. An instrument formed of a 
 number of glass goblets shaped like finger glasses, 
 tuned by filling them with more or less water, ' - .r 
 
 Slayed upon with the fingers i.- )istene.^ 
 att, Ger. (glat.) Smooth, even. 
 
 Ctlatte, Ger. (yMi-tS.) Smoothness, evenness. 
 
 Crlee. A vocal composition in three or lour parl,s, 
 generally consisting o more than one movement, 
 the subject of which ma/ be grave, tender, or gay 
 and bacchanalian. The glee, in its present form, 
 flrnt appeared in the mid.dle of the eighteenth 
 ceutu y, anfi !-acomposition peculiar to England. 
 
 &leeh. Ai. ii Anglo Saxon word, signifying 
 music or musician. 
 
 Crleemen. An ancient name for minstrels. 
 
 Crleich, Ger. (gllkh.) Equal, alike, consonant. 
 
 deichklans, Ger. {gHkh-\ii\&a%.) Consonance 
 of sound. 
 
 Crleichstimmlg, Ger. (ffHM-stlm-mlg.) Har- 
 monious, accordant. 
 
 Crieiten, Ger. (oij-t'n.) To slide the fingers. 
 
 Gil, It. pi. (glS.) The. 
 
 Glide. Portamento. 
 
 Glidiiis. In flute playing, a sliding movement 
 of the fingers for the purpose of blending the tones. 
 
 Glle, (glee.) An old Anglo Saxon word signify- 
 ing a glee. 
 
 Glied, Ger. (gled.) Link; the term is used to 
 express a chord, as Einglled, ore« chord; Zwel- 
 glied, two chords. 
 
 Glissade, Fr. (glis-sorf.) Gliding; the act of 
 passing the fingers in a smooth, unbroken man- 
 ner over the keys or strings. 
 
 (</Z3*-5n-kiang.) The 
 
 GOND 
 
 Gllss&ndo, It. (glSs-saii-dO.) 1 Slurred, 
 GlissAto, /<. (glSs-sa-tO.; [-smooth, in a 
 
 Glissement, Fr. (gles-mOnh.) ) gliding manner. 
 Glisser, J"?'. (gl8s-sa.) An embelliehment which 
 is executed by turning the nail and drawing the 
 thumb or finger rapidly over the keyboard. 
 Gllssez le ponce, Fr. (glSs-sa liih poos.) 
 
 Slide the thumb. _ 
 Gllssic&ndo, /t. (glgs-sB-M«-dO.) I Slurred-, 
 Glissic&to, It. (glSs-sB-fta-tO.) (smooth; in 
 
 a gliding manner; see also Glisser. 
 Gil strom^nti. It. (gle stro-man-te.) The in- 
 struments. 
 Glitechen, Ger. (glit-ahSn.) To glide the fin 
 
 fer; see Glisser. 
 Sckcheii. Ger. (o^^i-kh'n.J A little bell 
 
 Glocke, Ger. {gWk-S.) A bell. 
 
 GlSckeln, (?er. (y/d-Mlu.) To ring little bells. 
 
 Glockenselante, Ger. (i/ZS-k'n-ge-Zoy-tS.) The 
 ringing or chiming of bells. 
 
 Glockenist, (i«r. (glsk-&n-1st.) I Player on the 
 
 GlSckner, Ger. (glSk-nSi.) ) chimes, or bell 
 ringer. 
 
 Glockenklang, Ger. 
 sound of bells. 
 
 GlockeoklSppel, Ger. (jrWJ-'n-W^^-p'l.) Bell 
 clapper. 
 
 Gloiskenmass, Ger. (fflSk-Hn-m&aB.) Bell foun- 
 der's diapason- 
 
 Glockemanter, Ger. l(glSkSn-loy-tSv.) Bell 
 ringer. 
 
 Glockenspiel, Ser. (jglBk-Sn-BvSl.) Chimes; 
 also, a stop in imitation of hells, in German 
 organs. 
 
 Glockenzng, Ger. (glsk^n-teoog.) The ring- 
 ii-H -f bels. 
 
 GlUcklein-ton, Ger. {glok-lln ton.) An organ 
 stop of very small scale and wide measure. 
 
 Gloria, Lat. (ff^S-ri-a.) A principal movement 
 'in a mass. 
 
 Glosa, Spa. (glB-z'A.) A variation. 
 
 Glosar, Spa: (eio-edr.) To vary the notes. 
 
 Glottis, Gr. (gl6t-iiB.) The narrow opening at 
 the upper part of the trachea or windpipe, which 
 by its dilation aild contraction contributes to the 
 modulation of the voice. The name is also ap- 
 plied to a kind of reed used by the ancient flute 
 players, which they held between they lips, and 
 blew through in performance. 
 
 Gliihend, Ger. (fflu-&nd.) Ardent, glowing. 
 
 Glyconic, Lat. (sli-klin-ik.) A verse in Greek 
 and Latin poetry of three feet. 
 
 G moll, Ger. (jS m61.) The key of G minor. 
 
 Gnaccnera, It. (nSk-ka-r&.) A tamboriue, a 
 tabor. 
 
 Gnngab, Bei. (noo-gdb.) The name given by 
 the ancient Hebrews to the organ. t^ 
 
 Gol, Iri. (gOl.) A funeral dirge of the Irish peas- 
 antry. 
 
 Gdla, It. (gS-lS..) The throat; also, a gutteral 
 voice. 
 
 Goll trompo. A trumpet used by the ancient 
 Irish, Danes, Normans and English. 
 
 Golpe de mnsica. Spa. (gOl-pS dQh moo-zS- 
 ka.) A band of music. 
 
 GondeUled, Ger. (gdn-U'l-lSi.') A gondolier 
 song. 
 
PEOj^OUNCING musical DiOTlOJfAEY, 
 
 95 
 
 S ale, S odd, S arm, g eve, 8 «»d, i ice, J «/, oid, 8 oad, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 to<«, ft Jk<, fl French sound. 
 
 Crondolier songs. Songs composed and sung 
 by the Venitian gondoliers, of a very gracefnl and 
 pleasing style; barcarolles. 
 
 CrOne. A Chinese instrument of the pulsatile 
 kind, consisting of a large, circular plate of 
 metal, which, when struck, produces an exceed- 
 ingly loud noise. 
 
 Oorgear, Spa. (g8r-hg-dr.) To quaver,'to WarMei 
 
 Oorgeo, Spa. (gBr-hg-S.) Trilling. 
 
 Gorgli^ssl, It. pi. (gSr-gad-je.) Rapid divisions, 
 or passages, as eserciees for the voice to acquire 
 facility. 
 
 60]r($heggiain4nto. It. (gSr-gad-jS-S-mdn-tO.) 
 
 (gar-gSd-J84i!-rg.) To trill, to 
 A trlUi a shake 
 
 Trillisg, quavering. 
 
 ttotgiieegi&re, it. 
 
 BIiALrS' 
 
 Ci«rge'gSio,- it^ . (j^i-gdd-i^-o.) 
 
 of the voiGe in singijig. 
 ^oat, t'r. (goo.) Taste, Stylej judgment. 
 Governing K.e3f. The prinOipal keyj that key 
 
 in which a piece is written^ 
 
 Gi'ab-aesang, Ger. (grab gg-sSng.) I Dirge, fb- 
 
 Cii^aU-Il^cl, Ow. (grab led.) . j nerafeong. 
 
 Crraces. Ornamental notes ana embellishments, 
 
 either written by the compoaer^ 6t ii]trc(duced by 
 
 the performer. The principal embelUsUments are 
 
 the appoggiatHra. the turn and the shake. 
 
 Crrace note. Any note added to a composition 
 
 as an embellishment. 
 Oi^atdenx, Fr. (gra-sHlh.) Graceful. 
 Grficile, It. (ffm-tshS-lS.) Thin, weak, small: 
 
 referring to the tone. 
 Crracloso, Spa. (gra-thS-3-zO.) ©racriftiL 
 Orad, Ger. (grad.) Steps, degree ; ««!«( Orddo, 
 C^radaclon, Spa. (gra-dS-the-are.) Gradatiofl of 
 
 tdne. 
 &rad&re, /<. ferS-do-rS.) To descend step by step. 
 Oi'adatam^nte, It. (gril-da-ta-ma»-tg.) 1 By de- 
 Ct-i^adatlOn, Fti (gi-S--jB-sB-iinh ) , J- greeg, 
 
 Crradazitfne, It. (gra-dS'tsS-ff-ng.) ) a grad- 
 
 ual increase, or diminution of stJeed, or intensity 
 of tone. 
 Orad^vole, It. (gra^d-vo-lg.) f 
 
 Grade volm^nte, /2. (grs-da-vcl-man-tg.) f 
 
 Gracefully, pleasingly. 
 Crradire, It. (gra-ol-rg.) To ascend, step by step. 
 Graditam^nte, It. (gra^de-tarman-te.) In a 
 
 pleasing manner. 
 Graditisstmo, It. (gra-dS-<Ss-sS-mO.) Very sweet- 
 ly, most gracefully^ 
 Gradleiter, Ger. (grod-ll-tgr.) A scale. 
 Grfido, It. (8'7'^dO.) A degree, or single step on 
 the staff; di grddo means that the melody moves 
 by degrees, ascending or descending, in opposi- 
 tion to di sdlto, by skips of greater intervals. 
 Grfido ascend^nte. It. (^a-do a-shgn-ddn-tg.) 
 
 An ascending degree. 
 Grado descendente, It. (gra-do da-shgn-ddn- 
 
 tg.) A descending degree. 
 Gradoa, Spa. (grS-dOs.) Musical Intervals. 
 Gradual. That part of the Roman Catholic ser- 
 vice that is sung between the Epistle and the 
 Gospel, and wliich was anciently sung on the 
 steps of the altar. 
 Gradnalm^nte, It. (grUrdoo-ai-mSrir-ti.) ) 
 Gradnatant^ntie, It. (gra-doo-a-t<tind»-tgO ) 
 Gradually, by degrees or gtepg. 
 
 playing this means laying the first finger of the 
 left hand upon all the six strings of the guitar at 
 
 GRAP 
 
 Gfadaill ntodnlaiion. Modtilatinn in which 
 some chord Is taken before tbe modulating chord, 
 which may be considered as belonging to the 
 original key or the new key. 
 
 Graduare, It. (grS-doo-o-rg.) To divide into 
 degrees. 
 
 Gradnazidne, It. (grS-doo-a-tsg-d-ng.) See Srd' 
 danione. 
 
 Gl«dneUement,]jPr. (gra-dwdi-manh.) I Grad- 
 
 GradtVeise, &«r. (yrdd-vl-zg.) (ually, 
 
 by degrees. 
 
 Grail, (gril.) The gradual. 
 
 Graillement, JPr. (nS-manh ) A hoarse sound. 
 
 Grammar, musical. The rules by which mu. 
 slcal compositions are governed. 
 
 Grammatical accent. The common measure 
 accent, marked by the length of the words, and a 
 regular succession of strong and weak parts. 
 
 g±ll^/P'grL-dg.)}«-'-^-'?- 
 
 Griin cantore, it. (gran kan-<5-rg.) A fluff 
 singer. 
 
 di'&n eAssa, It. (grin kds-aS..) The great drum. 
 
 Grand'1>arr4, Fr. (granh bar-rd.) In guitar 
 
 ' rln ■• - ' - " " 
 
 ind upon all the i 
 once. 
 
 Grand bourdon. Great or double bourdon ; an 
 organ stop of 32 feet tone in the pedal. 
 
 Grand chantre, Frj^ (granh shantr.) A pre- 
 centor. , . .t 
 
 Grand choir. In organ playing, the union of 
 all the reed stops. . ^. . 
 
 Grand comet. This name is sometimes given 
 to a reed stop of 16 feet scale on the manuals of 
 afl organ. . „■ i. 
 
 Grande messe, J'r. (granhd mass.) High mass. 
 
 Grande mcsore a deux temps, J"?*, (grinhd 
 ma-zhilr a dtt tanh.) Common time of tieV beats 
 in a bar, marked »-2, or sometimes 4-4, or n;' see 
 also J^Ho Cappella. " 
 
 tiifa,nd6xxa,,It. (gran-ddi-sS.) Grandeur, dignity- 
 
 GJ'andidso, It. (gran-dg-a-zO.) Grand, noble. 
 
 Grandisonftnte, It. (gran-dS-zO-n^re-tg.) Very 
 sonorous, full sounding. _ „ 
 
 Grand Jeux, Fr. (grSnh zhii.) Full organ, all 
 the stops in organ playing. 
 
 Grand opera. Italian opera; a full opera with 
 an intricate plot and full cast of performers. 
 
 Grand orgue, Fr. (granh dorg.) Great organ. 
 
 Grand pianoforte. A pianoforte in which 
 nearly Sn. the octaves have three strings to each- 
 tone, tuned in unison, and struck at once by the 
 same hammer. 
 
 Grand sonata. An extended sonata, consisting; 
 generally of four movements. 
 
 GrAn giisto. It. (grKn goos-to.) In a lofty, ele- 
 vated manner, a ftill, rich, high-wrought composi- 
 tion . The manner of a fine and great singer is 
 said to be in the grdn giisto. 
 
 GrAn prova. It. (gran prS-yS,.) The last re- 
 
 Grfin tambdro, Jt. (gran .tam-6oo-rO.) The- 
 great drum. _, , ,. . , 
 
 Grtippa, It. (grap-vS.-) The brace, or character 
 uaea to connect two or more staves. 
 
96 
 
 PEOWOTJNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 S ale, 5 add, S arm, 6 eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, oW, 5 odd, 6 doue, oo moon, II to<e, il fiM<, ii French sound. 
 
 GRAT 
 
 Crratlas asimns, Lat. (gra-sM-Ss (y-I-mtm.) 
 Part of the gloria in a mass. 
 
 Crrave, It. (gra-vS.) A slow and solemn move- 
 ment, also a aeep low pitch in the scale of sounds. 
 
 Crrairecemlbalaiii, Lat. (srm-vS-sSm-Sa-lum.) 
 An old name for the harpsichord. 
 
 Crravement, Fr. (grav-miinh.) I With grav- 
 
 Oravem^nte, It. (gra-vE-mSn-tg.) j ity, in a dig- 
 nified and solemn manner. 
 
 Crrav^zza, It. (gra-tJO-tsa.) Gravity, solemnity. 
 
 Oravlc^inbalo, It. (gra-vS-isftam-barlO.} I An 
 
 Crravic^mliolo, It. (gra-v5-teAam-bO-10.) fold 
 name for the harpsichord. 
 
 t^ravisonante, It. (gra-vS-zO-Min-t?.) Lond 
 sounding. 
 
 Oravita, It. (gra-vE-ia.) | 
 
 <iravlta,t, 6er. (gra-f i-«a«.) >■ Gravity, majesty. 
 
 Crravlt^, Fr. (gtMi-td.) } 
 
 Gravity. That modification of any sound hy 
 which it becomes deep or low in respect to some 
 other sound. The gravity of soundp depends in 
 general on the mass, extent, and tension of the 
 sonorous bodies. The larger and more lax the 
 bodies, the slower will be the vibrations and the 
 graver the sounds. 
 
 Crr&zia, It, (gro-tsS-a.) |. 
 
 Grazie, Oer. {grori&Vi^ ) 
 
 Crraziosam^nte, It. 
 Gracefully, smoothly. 
 
 Grazldso, It. (gra-ts5-3-zO.) 
 
 Greater scale. Major scale. 
 
 Greater sixth. A name sometimes given to the 
 major sixth. 
 
 Greater third. 
 major third. 
 
 Great octave 
 
 Grace, elegance. 
 (gra-tee-0-zarma»-tS.) 
 
 In a graceful style. 
 
 A name sometimes given to the 
 The name given 
 
 ^^ 
 
 GRUN 
 
 tural scale ol u. 
 
 Ino, /<. (gra-gO-rB-a-nO.) ) Grefforian 
 
 en, >»■. (gra-gO-ii-anh.) f t*regonan. 
 
 r. (grSll.) Shrill, acute. 
 
 in Germany to the notes between 
 C and B inclusive ; these notes are 
 expressed by capital letters. ■•■ 
 
 Great organ. In an organ with three rows of 
 keys, usually the middle row, so called because 
 containing the greatest number of stops, and hav- 
 ing its pipes voiced louder than those in the swell 
 or choir organ. 
 
 Great sixth. The appellation given to the chord 
 of the fifth and sixth when the fifth is perfect and 
 the sixth major. 
 
 Grecian lyre. A lyre of the ancient Greeks, 
 having but seven strings and quite small, being 
 held in the hand when played upon. 
 
 Greek modes. The ancient Greek modes or 
 scales were twelve in number; of these, six were 
 authentic, and six plagal. The sounds are sup- 
 posed to have been somewhat similar to those in 
 the scale of C. 
 
 Gregorian chant. A style of choral music, ac- 
 cording to the eight celebrated church modes in- 
 troduced by Pope Gregory in the sixth century. 
 
 Gregorianisch, Qer. (grg-gO-ri-ora-Ish.) Grego- 
 rian. 
 
 Gregorianischer Gesang, Ger. (gr6-gO-ri-«n- 
 ish.) The Gregorian chant. 
 
 Gregorian modes. I Those chants or melodies 
 
 Gregorian tones, f used for the Psalms in the 
 Roman Catholic service, and also in many Eng- 
 lish churches. They are taken fr6m the ancient 
 Greek modes, and the sounds »re supposed to | 
 
 have been somewhat similar to those in the mod- 
 ern or natural scale of C. 
 
 GregoriilnOi/*. 
 
 Grteorien, 
 
 Greu, Ger. vs" , 
 
 GreUheit, Qer. (grUAat.) Sharpness, shrillness. 
 
 Grelot, Ft. (grS-To.) A email bell. . 
 
 Grex, Lat. (grex.) The chorus in a play. 
 
 Griffbret, Ger. WJ-jy-brgt.) The finger-board of 
 a violin, violincello, etc. 
 
 Griff loch, e«/-. (g'ri(/'-Wkh.) The holes of a flute 
 and like instruments. 
 
 Grllllg, Ger. (grW-Ug.) Capricious, fanciful. 
 
 Gringotter, Fr. (grSnh-gO-ia.) To quaver, to 
 warble. 
 
 Grisoller, Fr. (gr5-zO-ia.) To sing like a lark. 
 
 Grob, Ger. (grOb.) Deep, low voice, bass. 
 
 Grob-gedacKt, Ger. (grsb gh^ddkht.) Large 
 stopped diapason of full tone. 
 
 Gropp^tto, It. (grOp-pa-tO.) See Gruppetto. 
 
 Gr<!ppo, It. (grOp-pO.) A group of notes, a rapid 
 vocalpassage. 
 
 Gros-f!a« A name formerly given to old church 
 mnsic in square notes, semibreves aud minims. 
 
 Grossartig, Ger. (gros-av-tlg.) Grand. 
 
 Grosse, Oer. (grds-si.) Major, speaking of inter- 
 vals ; also grand in respect to style. 
 
 Grosse caSsse, Fr. (grds kSss.) The great . 
 drum. 
 
 Grosse nazard, Ger. ' (grds-BS na-tsard.) Ats 
 organ stop, sounding a fifth above the diapasons' 
 
 Grosse principal, Oer. (gr68-B& prin-tsl-^a.^ 
 An organ stop of Si feet scale of the open diapa- 
 son species. 
 
 Gi-osse quint, Ger. (gros-Bi quint.) I 
 
 Grosse qninten-bass, Ger. {grds-si gmn- \- 
 t'n bass.) 
 
 An organ stop in the pedals sounding a fifth oi 
 twelfth to the great bass of 32 feet or 16 feet. 
 
 Grosse sonate, Ger. pi. {gros-sS eO-Jia-tS-) 
 Grand sonatas. 
 
 Grosse tierce, Ger. (groe-se tir-sS.) Great third 
 sounding stop in an organ, producing the third or 
 tenth, above the foundation stops. 
 
 Grosse trommel, G^«r. (gros-sS' irom-m"l.) Tti? 
 great drum. 
 
 Gross-gedacht, Ger. (g'ros gh6- dakhi.) 
 Double stopped diapason of 16 feet tone in an 
 organ. 
 
 Grosso, It. (jgrSs-sa.) Full, great, grand. 
 
 Grossvatertanz, Ger. (grSs-t^tiv-idnts.) Grand- ^ 
 father's dance; an old fashioned dance. 
 
 Gros tambour, Fr. (gro tanh-boor.) The great 
 drum. 
 
 Grott^sco, It. (grot-tas-ko.) Grotesque. 
 
 Ground. The name of any composition in which 
 the bass, consisting of a few bars of independent 
 notes, is perpetually repeated to an ever-varying 
 melody. 
 
 Ground bass. A bass consisting of a few sim- 
 ple notes, intended as a theme, on which, at each 
 repetition, a new melody is constructed. 
 
 Group. Several short notes tied together. 
 
 Gruna-stimme, Ger. (groond stIm-mS.) The 
 
 Grund-ton, ffer. j^roond ton.) The bass note; 
 fundamental, or principal tone. 
 
PEONOITNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 97 
 
 s ale, & add, S. arm, 6 eve, e end, I tee, I ill, o old, 6 odd, dove, oo moon, H lute, & but, 1i French eound. 
 
 GRUP 
 
 6rnpp£tto, It. (groop-pd-K.) A tnrn; also, a 
 smallgroup of grace, or ornamental noteB. 
 
 Crrappe, Ger. (groop-pS.) I A group of notes ; 
 
 Orif ppo. It. (groop-pO.) ) formerly it meant a 
 triin shake or turn. 
 
 G-8chlilS8el, Ger. (gS-shlus-s'l.) The G, or 
 treble clef. 
 
 Ctuar&clia, Spa. (gwSr-ai-a.) A Spanish dance. 
 
 Clnarnerins. (gwar-ma-rl-fls.) A make of violin 
 highly prized, so called from the name of the man- 
 ufacturer. 
 
 Crnddok, Sns. (goo-dSk.) A rustic violin, with 
 three strings, usea among the Russian peasantry. 
 
 firuerri^ro. It. (gwSr-rS-5-rO.) Martial, warlike. 
 
 Clnet, Fr. (ga.) A military trumpet piece. 
 
 €riila. Spa. (ghg-S.) Fugue, conductor, leader. 
 
 GwiAa, It. (gwi-AS,.) Guide; also, the mark called 
 a direct'. 
 
 Crufda arnKSnica, It. (gwS-da ar-md-ne-ka.) A 
 guide to harmony. 
 
 Clnida musica, It. (gwS-dS moo-zS-kS.) An 
 instruction book in music. 
 
 Cruide. That note in a fugue which leads off and 
 announces the subject. 
 
 Cruide-main, Fr. (ghed mSnh.) The hand guide, 
 an instrument invented by £alkbrenner, tor as- 
 sisting young players to acquire a good position 
 of the hands on the pianoforte. 
 
 Cruidon, Fr. (ghS-dOnh.) The mark called a di- 
 rect. 
 
 diidoniaii hand. The figure of a left hand 
 used by Guido and upon which was marked the 
 names of the sounds forming his three hexa- 
 chords. 
 
 Cruldonian syllables. The syllables ut, re, 
 ml, fa, sol, la, used by Guido d'Arezzo, and called 
 the Aretinian scale. 
 
 Onido's gamut. The table or scale introduced 
 by Guido Aretlnus in 1204, and to the notes of 
 which he applied the syllables, ut, re, mi, fa, sol, 
 la. It consisted of twenty notes, viz., two octaves 
 and a major sixth, the first octave being distin- 
 guished by capital letters, the second by small 
 Otters ana the sixth by double small letters. 
 
 Croigrae, It. (gw?-ghS.) See Giga. 
 
 <^iiiltern. See Gittem. 
 
 Ccnimliarde, Fr. (ghem-iard.) A Jew's harp, 
 
 Criilon, Spa. (ghe-On.) A sign indicating that 
 the piece or passage Is to be repeated. 
 
 Cruitar. (ghit-ar.) An instrument with six 
 strings, the body of which is somewhat oviil in 
 form and the neck somewhat similar to the violin. 
 The strings are tuned ia fourths, with the excep- 
 tion of the third string which is tuned ii third 
 below the second. There are three kinds: the 
 German, Italian and Spanish guitar. It is xup- 
 posed to be of Spanish invention and is very pop- 
 ular in that country..- 
 
 Onltare, Fr. (ghit-fflr.) 
 
 Gtnit&rre, Spa (ghg-Mr 
 
 Ctnitarre, Ger. (gfait-^Er- 
 
 -rS.) l 
 
 A guitar. 
 
 dnit&rre d'amonr, Fr. (ghe-far d'S-moor.) 
 A modification of the German guitar. 
 
 Cnitarre, lyre, Fr. (ehs-<ar ISrh.) A French 
 instrument having six smngs and formed some- 
 what like an ancient lyre. 
 
 Cruitarrero, Spa. (ghe-tSr-ro-rO.) A guitar 
 maker. 
 
 G-aitarOla, Spa. (ghS-ta-rS/-yS.) A little guitar. 
 
 Criiitarrista, Spa. (ghg-tSr-fJs-tS.) A guitar 
 player. 
 
 (jroitairron, Spa. (ghe-t£r-r0n.) A large guitar. 
 
 Gruiteme, Fr. (ghe-tSrn.) An ancient species 
 of lute or guitar. 
 
 Cnnst, Ger. (goonst.) Grace, tenderness, favor. 
 
 Crorficho, Spa. (goo-r£-kO.) See Guardche. 
 
 CrUsto, It. (goos-ro.) Taste, expression. 
 
 G-astosam^nte, It. (goos-tO-zfi-maft-tS.) Taste- 
 fully, expressively. 
 
 Grnstdso, It. (gooB-td--iO.) Expressive, tastefnl- 
 
 CS, ut. A pame applied by Guido to the tone large 
 G, beoausfe this tone was the lowest of the whole 
 system of tones. 
 
 Gutdilnken, Ger. (g'oo^dttn-k'n.) At pleasure, 
 according to the taste of the performer. 
 
 Gcuttural. Formed in the throat, pertaining to 
 the throat. 
 
 Grutturalmente, Jt. (goot-too-rM-m^n-tg.) Gut- 
 turally. 
 
 O^umnastlkos, Gr. (gfim-nos-tl-kfis.) Contests 
 of skill among the ancients, in which the perform- 
 ance of music formed a principal part. 
 
 Crynaikites, Tur. A female choir; the place 
 designed for female singers in a mosque. 
 
98 
 
 PRONOTTNCIITG MUSICAL DICTIONABT. 
 
 S ale, S, add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, n lute, n but, (1 French sound, 
 
 H 
 
 H. This letter is used by tlie Germans for B 
 natural, wliicli note is called by the French and 
 Italians, si. 
 
 Habanera, Spa. (hS-ban-S-ril,) A slow Spanish 
 dance in 3-4 tirae ; a dance. 
 
 Haber-rohr, Oer. (/iii-bSr rOr.) Shepherd's flute. 
 
 Hackbrett, Ger. (hdk-\tvit.) The dulcimer. 
 
 Halb, Ger. (hSlb.) Halt. 
 
 Halb-cadence, Oer. (b&lh ka-d^n-tsS.) Half 
 
 Halb-note, Ger. (haib n«-tS.) A minim or half 
 
 note. 
 Halb-ton, Ger. (hSlb ton.) Halt tone, semitone. 
 Half- cadence. An imperfect cadence, a close 
 
 on the dominant. 
 Half^note. A minim. 
 Half-note rest. A pause ec^ual in duration to a 
 
 half note. 
 Half-shift. The first shift on a violin; that on 
 
 the fifth line. 
 Half-step. The smallest interval used in music. 
 Half-tone. A semitone. 
 
 Hallef e.V. ^"ct^-lS.) \ S°-«. "^l-SO--- '^^^^S- 
 
 HaU-arommete, Oer. (h£ll drOm-mS-tS.) A 
 powerful trumpet. 
 
 Hallelnjah, Beb. (hai-IE-/oo-ySh.) Praise ye 
 Hie Lord,' a song of thanksgiving. 
 
 Halleliuali metre. A stanza in six lines of 
 Iambic measure, the syllables of each being in 
 number and order as follows : 6, 6, 6, 6. 8, 8. 
 
 Hallen, Oer. (ftaWn.) To sound, to clang. 
 
 Hall-trompete, Oer. (hall trOm-pa-tS.) A pow- 
 erful trumpet. 
 
 Halmpfeife, Oer. (haim-ij/'i-fS.) Shepherd's 
 
 I^ls, Ger. (hals.) Neck of a violin, viola, etc. 
 
 Hammer. That part of the action or mechanism 
 of a pianoforte, which strikes the strings and thus 
 produces the sound. 
 
 Hammer, tuning. An instrument by which 
 pianos and harps are tuned, by tightening or loos- 
 ening the strings. 
 
 Handle, Fr. (hanh-8h6.) See Anche. 
 
 Hand drnm. A tamborine. 
 
 Hiinde, Ger. (han-dg.) Hands. 
 
 Handespiel, Ger. (hSn-dg-spSl.) Organ keys. 
 
 Hand-slocke, Ger. (hand ff/o-kg.) Hand bell. 
 
 Hand-snide. See Guide-main. [tanet. 
 
 Hand-klapper. Ger. (hand klap-p&v.) A cas- 
 
 Hand-Iiarmonica. An accordean. 
 
 Handlage, Oer. (hdnd-la-gh&.) The position of 
 the hand. 
 
 Handleiter, Oer. (hand-H-tSr.) Hand-guide; 
 See Guide. 
 
 Hand organ. A portable instrument consisting 
 of a cylinder, on which by means of wires, pins 
 and staples are set the tunes, the revolution of the 
 cylinder causing the pins, etc., to act on the keys 
 and also to give admission to the wind. 
 
 Hardiment, Fr. (har-dl-manh.) Boldly firmly. 
 
 Harfe, Oer. (Aar-fe.) A harp. 
 
 Harfen, <r«r (Aar-f'n.) To play on the harp. 
 
 Harfener, Or. (Aar-f 'n-Sr.) Harp player. 
 
 Harfenett, G!«n (htr-f'nU.) A little harp. 
 
 '.r. (h 
 Harfenist, Oer. (hSr^ '«?«<.') Harp player. 
 Harfen-aaite, ffe>-. (hitr-f 'n 8{-t£.) Harp string. 
 
 HARM 
 
 Harfen-spleler, Ger. (hSr-fn spi-\ii.) Harp 
 T)layer. 
 
 Harmatian air. This term is derived from the 
 Greek, and is the name given by the ancients to a 
 certain air comp'osed by Olympus, and used to 
 animate horses that drew the chariot during battle. 
 
 Harmonia, Lat. (har-mg-nl-a.) A daughter of 
 Mars and Venus. Her name was first used to in- 
 dicate music in general. 
 
 Harmonic. Concordant, musical. 
 
 Harmonica. A musical instrument Invented by 
 Benjamin Franklin, consisting of glasses, some- 
 times globular, and sometimes flat. The tone Is 
 produced by rubbing the edge of the globular 
 
 f lasses with- a moistened finger, or striking the 
 at ones with small hammers. .The name is also 
 applied to an organ stop of delicate tone. 
 
 Harmonica-atnerisch, Ger. (hSr-mO-nt-ka 
 a-tSr-ish.) A mixture stop of very delicate scale 
 in German organs. 
 
 Harmonical trumpet. An instrument very 
 much like a trumpet, except that it is longer and 
 consists of more branches ; the sackbut. 
 
 Harmonic figuration. The progression from 
 one tone to another of the same chord, thence 
 passing in the same manner through successive 
 diiferent chords. 
 
 Harmonic flute. An open metal organ stop, 
 of 8 or 4 feet pitch ; the pipes are of double length, 
 that is, 16 or 8 feet, and the bodies have a hole 
 bored in them midway between the foot and the 
 top; the tone is exceedingly full, fluty and pow- 
 erful. 
 
 Harmonic band. The Guidonian hand, 
 
 Harmonicbord. An -instrument having the 
 form of an irpright piano, but a tone something 
 
 . like that of a violin, produced by the friction of a 
 cylinder covered with leather upon the strings. 
 It was invented in 1785, byFr. Kaufman. 
 
 Harmonici, It. pi. (har-mO-ne-tshS.) Harmo- 
 nics in violin music. 
 
 Harmonic mark. A sign used in violin, harp 
 music, etc., to indicate that certain passages are 
 to be played upon such parts of the open strings 
 as will produce the harmonic sounds, O. 
 
 Harmonic modulation. A change in the har- 
 mony from one key to another. 
 
 Harmonicon. A small instrument held in the 
 hand, the sounds being produced from small 
 metal springs, set in motion by blowing from the 
 mouth. 
 
 Harmonics. An epithet applied to those con- 
 comitant, accessory sounds accompanying a prin- 
 cipal, and apparently simple tone. Harmonics 
 are also artificially producedf from the harp, violin, 
 etc., by lightly touching the strings at certain 
 points. 
 
 Harmonic triad. The common chord, consist- 
 ing of a fundamental note, its third and fifth. 
 
 Harmonie, Fr. (har-mO-nS.) [ Harmonv 
 
 Harmonie, Ger. (har-mO-raS.) f iiarmony. 
 
 Harmonie-musik, Ger. (har-mO-nS moo-z8k.) 
 Music for wind instruments only. 
 
 Harmonie-regeln, Ger. (har-mO-nS ro-g'ln.) 
 The rules or laws of harmony. 
 
 Harmoniensement, Fr. (hfir-mO-nl-Us-miinb.) 
 Harmoniously. ' 
 
PRONOTTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 99 
 
 fi ale, & add, & arm, B eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 lute, ii 6m<, U French sound. 
 
 HARM 
 
 Hannonie--verstilndleer, Ger. (hSr-mO-nS 
 f6r-«<on-dl-ghSr.) Harmoniet; one versed in har- 
 mony, 
 
 Harmonieux.JT'r. (har-mO-nMA.) Harmonious. 
 
 Harmonious. A term applicable to any two or 
 more sounds which form a consonant or agreeable 
 union. 
 
 Harmonlplioii. A small instrument with a key- 
 board like a pianoforte, invented in 1837, and in- 
 tended to supply the place of hautboys in an 
 orchestra. The sounds are produced from small 
 metal tongues acted upon by a current of air 
 through a nezible tube. 
 
 Harmonlane, Fr. (hSr-mO-nek.) Harmonic: 
 the relation of sounds to each other; also applied 
 to organ pipes of double length. 
 
 Harmoniaaemeiit, Fr. (hSr-mO-nek-manh.) 
 Harmonically. 
 
 Harmonlren, Ger. (h£r-mO-nS-r'n.) To harno- 
 nize, to be in unison. 
 
 Hannoniscli, Ger. (hSr-mS-nlsh.) Harmonious, 
 harmonical. 
 
 Harmonische theilnn^, Ger. {h&r-mS-ai-BhS 
 ^loong.) Harmonical division. 
 
 Harmonist. One acquainted with the science 
 of harmony. 
 
 Harmonista, Spa. (hitr-mO-nSs-til.) A harmo- 
 nist, a musician. 
 
 Harmonium. An instrument played upon by 
 means of keys, like a pianoforte, and furnished 
 with bellows, the tones being produced by the 
 Tibration of metallic reeds. 
 
 Harmonize. To combine two or more parts ac- 
 cording to the laws of harmony. 
 
 Hai'monized. A melody is said to be harmo- 
 nized when additional parts are subjoinedin order 
 to give it more fullness. 
 
 Harmonizer. A practical harmonist; in an ex- 
 tended sense a composer, but usually limited to 
 mean one who supplies additional parts to the 
 compositions of others. 
 
 Harmonometre, Fr. QiSi-naS-nO-mStr.) An 
 instrument to measure the proportion of sounds, 
 a species of monochord. 
 
 Harmony. The agreement or consonance of two 
 or more united sounds. The art of combining 
 sounds into chords and treating those chords ac- 
 cording to certain rules. 
 
 Harmony, borro^red. Chords of the added 
 ninth derived from the dominant seventh, by 
 substituting the ninth in place of the eighth. 
 
 Harmony, close. A harmony whose tones are 
 compact and nearly allied in regard to pitch. 
 
 Harmony, compound. Simple harmony with 
 the harmony of another octave added. 
 
 Harmony, dispersed. A harmony in which 
 the notes forming the different chords are sep- 
 arated by wide intervals. 
 
 Harmony, dominant. Harmony on the fifth 
 of the key. 
 
 Harmony, ftilse. A harmony contrary to the 
 received rules. 
 
 Harmony, flsared. Harmony in which, for 
 the purpose ormelody, one or more of the parts 
 pf a composition move, during the continuance 
 of a chord, through certain notes that do not 
 form Any oi the constituent parts of that chord. 
 
 HARP 
 
 Harmony, natural. The harmonic triad or 
 
 common chord. 
 Harmony, simple. A harmony in which, there 
 
 is no concord to the fundamental above an octave ; 
 
 it is sometimes termed close harmony. 
 Harmony, suspended. One or more notes of 
 
 a chord retained in the following chord. 
 Harp. A stringed Instrument of very ancient 
 
 origin, consisting of a triangular frame, having 
 
 strings extended in parallel sections from the 
 
 upper part to one of its sides, and played with 
 
 the fingers. 
 Harp, %oIian. An instrument consisting of 
 
 wire or catgut drawn in parallel lines over u box 
 
 of thin wood and placed so that a current of air 
 
 may cause the strings to vibrate. 
 Harp, couched. Name originally given to the 
 
 spinet. 
 Harp, double action. A harp with pedals that 
 
 can be used in two positions, the first, raising the 
 
 instrument a half tone, and the second a whole 
 
 tone. 
 Harpe, Fr. (hlrp.) A harp. 
 Harpechorde, Fr. (hSrp-kOrd.) A old French 
 
 name for the harpsichord. 
 Harpe £olienne, ifY. (hiirp SrO-lI-Snn.) MoW&n 
 
 harp. 
 Harpeggiate, It. (har-p5d-j5-a-tS.) In the style 
 
 of a harp, arpeggiately. 
 Harpeggiatoi, Jt. (har-ped-jB-S-tO.) Causing tlie 
 
 sounds of a chord, to be played not together but 
 
 distinctly one after another. See Arpeggiato. 
 Harpeggiren, Ger. (har-p6-(?A8-rn.) Arpeg- 
 
 giate. 
 
 Harpist } ^ performer upon the harp. 
 
 Harp, ■Te'w's. A small instrument made of brtii:<K 
 or steel with a flexible metal tongue, played upon 
 by placing it between the teeth and vibrating the 
 tongue by striking it with the finger : the action 
 of the breath determines the power of the tone. 
 
 Harp lute. An instrument having twelve 
 strings, and resembling the guitar. 
 
 Harp pedal. The pedal of a pianoforte, some- 
 times called the soft pedal. 
 ' Harpsecol. See Harpsichord. 
 
 Harpsichord. An instrument much used before 
 the invention of the pianoforte. In shape it re- 
 sembled the grand pianoforte and had sometimes 
 two rows of keys, but it was very inferior to that 
 instrument in capacity for power and expression : 
 the various shades of loud or soft could only be 
 obtained by changing from one set of keys fo the 
 other, or by mo^'ing certain stops as in the organ. 
 The compass was about four octaves. 
 
 Harpsichord, double, A harpsichord with 
 two unison strings and an octave. 
 
 Harpsichord, harmonica. A harmonica, t.lic 
 sounds of which are produced by means of ke> s 
 similar to the pianoforte, invented at Berlin. 
 
 Harpsichord, viol. An old French instrument 
 resembling a viol, played with a wheel. 
 
 Harpsichord, single. A harpsichord with two 
 unison strings. 
 
 Harpsichord, vis-a-vis. A harpsichord ar- 
 ranged for two performers at the same time, A 
 double harpsichord. 
 
100 
 
 PRONOTJITOING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 5 ale, S aid, S arm, 6 eve, 8 end, I ice, 1 ill, oW, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, ii 6m<, il French eound. 
 
 HARP 
 
 Harpsicon. An old name for the harpsichord. 
 
 Harp, single action. A harp whose pedals can 
 be used in one position only, raising the sounds 
 of the instrument a half tone. 
 
 Harp style. In the arpeggio style. 
 
 Harp treadle. The pedal of the harp 
 
 Harp, triangular. An ancient instrument of 
 Phrygian invention. 
 
 Harp, "wels. An ancient instrument having 
 about one hundred strings. 
 
 Harsur, Heb. (hiir-Boor.) An instrument of ten 
 BtringSi used hy the Hebrews. 
 
 Harte, Ger. (har-ti.) Major, in respect to inter- 
 vals and scales. 
 
 Hart-klingend, Ger. (hart kling-indi.) Hard 
 sounding; harsh. 
 
 Hasiir, Heh. (harzoor.) An ancient instrument 
 with ten strings. 
 
 Hate, Fr. (hawt.) Haste, speed. 
 
 Haubois, Fr. (hO-bwS.) See Hautbois. 
 
 Haupt, Ger. (houpt.) Head, principal. 
 
 Haupt-kirche, Ger. {houpt kir-khS.) Cathe- 
 drah 
 
 Haupt-manual, Ger. (Jioupt m^noo-Si.) The 
 great or principal manual, the great organ. 
 
 Hanpt-note, Ger. (houpt «o-t8.) The princi- 
 pal note in a shake or turn ; that note over which 
 the — , or the tr is placed. 
 
 Haupt-periode, Ger. (houpt pS-ri-o-dg.) Capi- 
 tal period; the principal period in a musical 
 t)hraee. 
 
 Haupt-satz, Ger. (houpt siitz.) Principal 
 theme, or subject; the motive, or leading idea. 
 
 Haupt-schluss, Ger. (Jioupt shloos.) A final 
 cadence. 
 
 Haupt-tonart, Ger. (houpt to-nart.) The 
 principal key of a composition. 
 
 Hanpt-stimme, Ger. (houpt sSm-m6.) Prin- 
 cipal voice ; principal part. 
 
 Hanpt-ton, Ger. (houpt ton.) Fundamental, or 
 principal tone ; the tonic. 
 
 Haupt-iverk, Ger. (houpt vSrk.) Chief work, 
 or manual ; the great organ. 
 
 Hausse, Fr. (hoss.) The nut of a bow. 
 
 Hansser, Fr. (hos-sa.) To raise, or sharpen the 
 pitch. 
 
 Hant, Fr. (ho.) Acute, high, shrill. 
 
 Hautb. An abbreviation of Hautboy. 
 
 Hautbois, Fr. (ho-bwa.) The oboe or hautboy. 
 
 Uantbois d'amour, Fr. (ho-bwit d'a-moof.) 
 A species of hautboy with a pleasing tone but 
 difficult to play in tune, and now nearly obsolete ; 
 also an organ stop. 
 
 Hautboy, (Ao-boy.) A portable wind instrument 
 of the reed kind, with a double reed, consisting 
 of a tube gradually widening from the top toward 
 the lower end, and furnished with keys and circu- 
 lar holes for modulating its sounds: the tone is 
 penetrating and slightly nasal, and peculiarly 
 adapted to express soft and plaintive passages. 
 The name is also given to an 8 feet organ reed 
 stop, the tone of which, resembles that of the 
 hautboy. 
 
 Hautboy-clarion. See Octave Hautboy. 
 
 Hautboylst. A performer on the hautboy or 
 oboe, 
 
 HEFT 
 
 (hot-kontr.) High or coun- 
 (hOt^dSs-sfl.) High treble. 
 
 Haute-contre, Fr. 
 
 ter tenor. 
 Haute-dessus, Fr. 
 
 first treble. 
 
 Hantement, Fr. (hot-manh.) Haughtily; in a 
 dignified manner. 
 
 Haute-taille, Fr. (hot td-ySh.) High tenor. 
 
 H bes, Ger. (ha bSs.) B double flat. 
 
 H dur, Ger, (hS door.) B major. 
 
 Head. That part of a note which determines its 
 position on-the staff and to which the stem is 
 joined. 
 
 Head tones. Tones produced hy the upper reg- 
 ister of the voice. 
 
 Head voice. The upper or highest register of 
 the voice ; the falsetto m men's voices. 
 
 Hearsal. An old name for rehearsal. 
 
 Hebdomadario, Spa. (hSb-dO-mS-iia-rS-o.) A 
 person who officiates a week in a choir. 
 
 Hebdomadary. A member of a convent whose 
 weekly turn it is to officiate in the choir, rehearse 
 the anttiems, prayers, etc. 
 
 Heer-hom, Ger. (hdr hOm.) A military trum- 
 pet. 
 
 Heer-paoke, Ger. (hdr pou-kB.) Kettle-drum, 
 tymbal. 
 
 Herr-pauker, Ger. (hdr pou-k5r.) Kettle drum- 
 mer, military drummer. 
 
 Heftig, Ger. (h^-tig.) Vehement, boisterous. 
 
 Heftiskeit, Ger. (%|/'-tIg-klt.) Vehemence,'im- 
 petuosity. 
 
 Heiss, (rer. (hiss.) Hot, ardent. 
 
 Heiter, Ger. (?J5-t6r.) Serene, bright. 
 
 Helden-lied, Ger. (A^i-d'n led.) Heroic song. 
 
 Heldenmiltliig, Ger. (h8I-d'n-m«-tig.) Heroic. 
 
 Hellkon, Gr, (/j«M-k8n ) I The name of , an 
 
 Helicon, Eng. (h61-i-k8n.) ( ancient instrument 
 said to he Invented by Ptolemy, for demonstrat 
 ing, or measuring consonances. 
 
 Hell, Ger. (hSl.) Clear, bright. 
 
 Helle stimme, Ger. (hll-l& e^im-mS.) A clear 
 voice. 
 
 Heini, Gr. (hd-ml.) Half. fjp 
 
 Heniideniisemiq.naver. A sixty-fourth pgi 
 note, T?" 
 
 HenildenU8emiq.naver rest. A sixty- fsiz 
 fourth rest. p3 — 
 
 Hemidiapente, Gr. (Mm-i-de-ii-jJan-tS.) Di- 
 minished, or imperfect fifth. 
 
 Hemiditonos, Gr. (hSm-i-de-W-n8s.) Lesser or 
 minor third. 
 
 Hemiope, Gr. (h5-m§-0-p8.) An ancient flute 
 consisting of a tube with three holes. 
 
 Hemi phrase. A member of a phrase consist- 
 ing of only one bar. 
 
 Hemistitch. Half a poetic verse, or a verse not 
 completed. 
 
 Hemistignio, Spa. (h5-mis-i5-kI-0.) A hemi- 
 stitch. 
 
 Hemitone. A half tone, called now a semitone. 
 
 Hemitoninm, Gr. (ha-ml-td-nl-fim.) A semi- 
 tone or half tone. 
 
 Heptachord. A scale or system of seven sounds. 
 In ancient poetry verses sung or played on seven 
 chords or different notes; a lyre or citheia having 
 seven strings. 
 
PEONOTJNCIN& MtrSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 101 
 
 fi ale, S, add, ii arm, 6 eve, & end, I ice, 1 ill, C old, odd, S dove, oo moon, U lute, U but, 11 French sound. 
 
 HEPT 
 
 Heptachordon, Or. (Jiip-^^kir-i^n.) The ma- 
 jor seventh. 
 
 Heptameris, Gr. (hgp-ta-ma-rls.) In ancient 
 mnsic the seventh part of a meris, or forty-third 
 part of an octave. 
 
 Heptaplionos. Gr. (Uep-ta^^-nBs.) The name 
 given to each of the ten musical notes used during 
 the middle ages. 
 
 Herabstricn, Ger. (hiit-aft-strlkli.) A down-bow. 
 
 Heralds, or "Des herauts," J^r. (ds-zSr-o.) 
 An appellation formerly applied by the French to 
 minstrels, because on account of the strength 
 and clearness of their voices, they were qualified 
 for that duty. 
 
 Heraafgehen, Ger. (hSr-oa/'-ga'n.) To ascend. 
 
 Hergeisen, Ger. (/(fl/'-ghl-g n.) To fiddle. 
 
 HersinseUi Ger. (Mr-sin-g'n.) To recite in a 
 singing manner, 
 
 Herstrich, Ger. (Aar-strikh ) A down bow. 
 
 Hervorsehoben, Ger. (har/oc-ghg-As-b'n.) 1 
 
 HerTorhebend, Ger. (hSr-^r-AS-bSnd.) }- 
 
 HerTortretend, Ger. ^har/5MrS-t6nd.) ) 
 
 Play the notes very prominently and distinctly. 
 
 Herzlich, Ger. (Aerts-likh.) Tenderly, delicately. 
 
 Hesychiastic, Gr. (Aa-si-ki-os-tik.) A chord in 
 ancient music equivalent to a modern sixth. 
 
 Hexacliord, Ger. {hlx-iAsHti.) A scale or sys- 
 tem of six sounds ; an interval of a sixth ; a lyre 
 haTing six strings. 
 
 Hexachordon, Gr. (h8x-5-ASr-d8n.) A major 
 sixth. 
 
 Hexachorde, Fr. (hSx-S-iiJrd.) A hexaehord. 
 See that word. 
 
 Hexameron, Gr. (hgx-anj-g-rOn.) Set of six 
 musical pieces or songs. 
 
 Hexameter, In ancient poetry, a verse of six 
 feet, the first four of which may be either dactyls 
 or spondees, the fifth always a dactyl and the sixth 
 a spondee. 
 
 Hexametro, Spa. (hSx-om-g-trO.) Hexameter. 
 
 Hexaphonic. Composed of six voices. 
 
 Hexastich, Gr. (hSx-os-tlch.) A poem of six 
 
 Hialemos, Gr. (hI-ff^8-mBs.) An elegy, a lament. 
 
 Hiatus, Lat. (nl-d-tus.) A gap, imperfect har- 
 mony. 
 
 Hibernian melodies, Irish melodies. 
 
 Hidden. A term applied to octaves and fifths 
 when the harmony moves in such a manner that 
 consecutive octave^ and fifths may be imagined, 
 although they do not really occur. 
 
 Hidden canon, A close canon. 
 
 Hidden consecntives. Such as occnr in pass- 
 ing by similar motion from an Imperfect to a per- 
 fect concord. 
 
 Hief-hom, Ger. (h^ hOrn.) Bugle horn, hunt- 
 ing horn. 
 
 Hief, Ger. jChBf.) I Sound given by 
 
 Hief-stoss, Ger. (JHf stoss.) f the bugle or hunt- 
 ing horn. 
 
 Hieroplion, (?r. (AS-rO-fBn.) A singer of sacred 
 music. 
 
 Higgaion eelah, Beh. (hig-g'a-On sS-iah.) A 
 term employed in ancient Hebrew music to Indi- 
 cate the use of stringed instruments with the 
 trumpets. 
 
 High, Acute In pitch, speaking of sounds. 
 
 HOCK 
 
 High bass. A voice between bass and tenor; a 
 baritone. 
 
 Higher rhythm. A rhythmical form which is 
 larger than a single measure. 
 
 High mass. The mass celebratedin the Soman 
 Catholic churches by the singing of the choris- 
 ters, distinguishing it from the low mass in which 
 the prayers are read without singing. 
 
 High soprano. The first soprano. 
 
 High tenor. Counter tenor voice; the highest 
 male voice. 
 
 High treble clef. In old French music, the G 
 clef, placed on the first line. 
 
 Hilarodi, Gr. pi. (hil-fl-7'5-d5.) Itinerant poet 
 musicians among the ancient Greeks who went 
 from one place to another singing poems or songs. 
 
 Hilarodla, Gr. (Wl-fi-rS-dl-a.) Songs, or short 
 lyric poems sung by the hilarodi. 
 
 Himno, Spa. (um-nO.') A hymn. 
 
 Htnanistrich, Ger. (hin-oi</'-strikh.) I An up 
 
 Hinstrich, Ger. (A5n-strlkh.) jbow. 
 
 Hincbar, Spa. (hen-A:dV.) To fill a musical in- 
 trument with air, 
 
 Hindndein, Ger. (Ain-doo-dSln.) To hum a tune. 
 
 Hirten-fflifte, Ger. (/jjr-t'n ]/Z(5-t6.) Shepherd's 
 flute. 
 
 Hirten-gedicht, Ger. (M?'-t'n gh8-<K*A<.) Pas- 
 toral poem, idyl. • 
 
 Hirten-lied, Ger. Ajr-t'n ISd.) A pastoM song. 
 
 Hirtlich, Ger. (Wr<-llkh.) Pastoral, rural. 
 
 Hirten-pfeife, Ger. (hir t'n-pf%-t&.) Eural pipe, 
 pastoral pipe. 
 
 His, Ger. (Ms.) The note B shar{>. 
 
 Histrio, Lat. (A?s-trl-o.) I Stage actor or 
 
 Histrlon, Spa. (his-tr5-5ft.) f singer. 
 
 Histrionisa, Spa. (hes-trl-o-ng-zft.) An actress. 
 
 Hiven, Chi. (hs-vSn.) One of the eight species 
 of sound In the musical system of the Chinese. 
 
 Hind, Sax. (lood.) Loud. 
 
 H moll, Ger. (ha mol.) The key of B minor. 
 
 Hoboe, Ger. (AS-bO-8.) I q^ j hauthov 
 
 Hoboy, Ger. (Ao-boy.) f "'"'*' hautboy. 
 
 Hoboen, Gei: pi. (AS-bO-Sn.) Oboe, hautboys. 
 
 Hoboist, Ger. (hO-bO-fe<.) Hautboy player. 
 
 Hoch, Ger. (hokh.) High. 
 
 Hoch-amt, Ger. (hokh-amt.) High mass. 
 
 Hochfeierlich, Ger. (AoAA/i-Sr-Tikh.) Exceed- 
 ingly solemn. 
 
 Hoch-gesang, Ger. (hokh ghH-zang.) Ode, hymn. 
 
 Hoch-horn, Ger. (ASAA horn.) Hautboy. 
 
 Hoch-hom-blilser, Ger. (fidkh-hOin-blSrzSr.) 
 Player on the hautboy. 
 
 Hoch-lied, Ger^ (hshh led.) Ode, hymn. 
 
 Hocb-messe, Ger. (hskh m^s-sSj High mass. 
 ~[oclimuth, Ger. (ASM-moot.) Dignity, eleva- 
 tion, pride. 
 
 Hiichsten, Ger. (Ao*7i-st§n.) Highest. 
 
 Hochzeits-gcdicht, Ger. (hSkh tslts-gh6- ) 
 dikht.) > 
 
 Hochzeits-Ued, Ger. (hdkhAMlts ISd.) ) 
 
 "Epithalamium nuptial poems ; wedding song. 
 
 Hochzeits-marsch, Ger. (A5AA-tsIts marsh.) 
 Wedding march. 
 
 Hocket. A name formerly given to a rest; or cut- 
 ting short a note without accelerating the time. 
 
 it corresponds to the term staccato. 
 longer used. 
 
 It Is no 
 
102 
 
 PRONOUKOIIJ^G MUSICAL DICTIOITAET. 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, g eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 ;«<«, tt fiwi, 11 French sound. 
 
 HOFO 
 
 Hof-capelle, Oer. (hof ka-p^;-lS.) Court chapel. 
 
 Hof-concert, Ber. (hof kOn-<s^rt.) Court con- 
 cert. 
 
 Hof-dichter, Ger. (hof d5M-tSr.) Poet laureate. 
 
 Ilof-kirr.he, ff«?'. (hof kirkh-H.) Court church. 
 
 HJif lio.h, Ger. (A(3/-lIkh.) | In a plo/isin ? 
 
 Hiif lichkeit, ffer. (A^AlIkh-ldt.) ) and graceful 
 style. 
 
 Ilof-musikaut, Oer. {hqf moo-zi-Aan<.) Court 
 musician. 
 
 l(of-organlst. Ger. (hiif Or-giln-»s<.) Court or- 
 y:iinist. 
 
 Ilolieit, Ger. (^io-hlt.) Dignity, loftiness. 
 
 Ilohen, Ger. (/i5-6n.) High, upper. 
 
 H«he-lied, Ger. (A5-hg led.) The Song of Sol- 
 
 ■ omon. 
 
 HolUe und heisere stimme, Ger. (/id-lS 
 oond A5-za-r6 sfim-mS.) Hollow and hoarse voice. 
 
 llohl-nOte, &«/'. (hSl-iO-ta.) Hollow-toned flute; 
 an organ stop producing a thick and powerful 
 hollow tone. Each pipe has two holes in it, near 
 the top and opposite each other. 
 
 Ilohl-auinte, Ger. (hoi quin-tS.) A quint stop 
 of ttieliohl-Jlute species. 
 
 Hold, Ger. (hold.) Pleasing, agreeable. 
 
 Hold. A character (^) indicating that the time 
 of a note or rest is to be prolonged. 
 
 Uoldinsf-note. A note that is sustained or con- 
 tinued'while the others are in motion. 
 
 Holdins- The burden or chorus of a song. (Found 
 ill Shakspeare.) 
 
 Holz-fliite, Ler. {holts fl5-tiS.) Wood-fiute; an 
 organ stop. 
 
 Homologons. (ho-mji-o-glis.) A term applied 
 by the ancients to certain correspondences in 
 their tetrachords. 
 
 Homophone. A letter or character expressing a 
 like sound with another. 
 
 Homophoiiie, Fr. (ho-mo-fo-ns.) Homophony. 
 
 Homoplionous. Of the same pitch, in unison. 
 
 Homophonoi suoni, It. (hO-mO:/i)-nS-8 swi- 
 ng.) Unisons. *• 
 
 Homopliony. Unison; two or more voices sing- 
 ing in unison. 
 
 Hoorn, But. (hoorn.) A horn. 
 
 Hopser, Ber. (hOp-aut.) A German dance, a lively 
 waltz. 
 
 Hops-tanz. Ger. (Agps-tSnts.) Hop-dance. 
 
 Hops-ivalaier, Ger. (hBps-val-tair.) Quick 
 waltzes. 
 
 Horse, Lat. (ho-ve.) I 
 
 Horse resnlares, Lat. (Aa-rS iSg-H-ld-rSa.) f 
 Hours : chants sung at prescKibed hours,' in con- 
 vents and monasteries. 
 
 Hoi-izontal lines. I Used in connection 
 
 Horizontal strokes, f with the figured bass, 
 they usually show the continuation of the same 
 harmony, the bass note being unchanged, but 
 they are sometimes used to abbreviate the ex- 
 pression of figures, in which case, if the bass 
 part moves, the harmony must necessarily be 
 changed. 
 Horn. A wind instrument chiefly used in hunt- 
 ing. 
 Horn, alpine. An instrument made of the bark 
 of a tree and used to convey sounds to a great dis- 
 tance. 
 
 HUMM 
 
 Horn, bass. An instrument formerly much used 
 in bands, resembling the ophicleide, by which it 
 has in a great measure been superseded. 
 Horn, basset. An instrument resembling the 
 clarinet, but of greater compass, embracing iiuarl v 
 four octaves. 
 
 Horn, bassetto, A species of clarinet a lifth 
 lower than the C clarinet. 
 
 Horn-blawere, A. S. A horn blower. 
 
 Horn, bugle. A trumpet with keys. 
 
 Horn, chromatic. The French horn. 
 
 Horn, English, A species of oboe, a fourth ur 
 a fifth lower than- the ordinary oboe. 
 
 Horn, French. An orchestral instrument of 
 brass or silver, consisting of a long tube twisted 
 into several circular folds, and gradually increas- 
 ing in diameter from the mouth-piece to the end. 
 Also an 8 feet organ stop of a smooth, ftill tone. 
 
 Horn, gemsen. An instrument formed of a 
 small pipe made of the horn of the chamois, or 
 wild goat. 
 
 Horn, honting. A bugle. 
 
 Horn, keut. A horn having six keys, four of 
 which are used by the right hand and two by the 
 left. 
 
 Horn, klappen. The kent-horn. 
 
 Horn, valve. A horn in which a portion of the 
 tube is opened or closed by the use of valves, by 
 means of which a higher or lower pitch is ob- 
 tained. 
 
 Horner. One who blows a horn. 
 
 HSrner, Ger. pi. (A^r-ner.) The horns 
 
 HJirnerschall, Ber. (Aor-nSr-shall.) Sound of 
 horns. 
 
 Hornpipe. An old dance, in triple time, peculiar 
 to the English nation. It is supposed to have re- 
 ceived its name from the instrument played on 
 during its performance. Modern hornpipes are 
 usually in common time and of a more lively 
 character than the ancient hornpipe. 
 
 Hosanna,Xa<. (ho-zdn-nH.) Part of the Sanctus 
 in a mass. 
 
 Houl, Per. (howl.) A common drum of the Per- 
 sian soldiery. 
 
 Hreol, San. (wra-tSi.) A Danish peasant dance, 
 similar to the reel. 
 
 Hnchet, Fr. (hii-sha.) A huntman's or postman's 
 horn. 
 
 Huer, Fr. (hwS ) To shout. 
 
 Htift-hom, Ger. (Jiuft horn.) Bugle horn. 
 
 Huggab. Heb. (hoog-gSb.) An organ of the He- 
 brews; Pan's pipes. 
 
 Hnitain, Fr. (hwS-tanh.) A stanza o&eight lines. 
 
 Hulfliilinien, &er. (AMi^s-ftre-i-Sn.) Ledger limp. 
 HUlfs-note, Ger. Qiiiff's-ndt-S.) I Auxiliary note, 
 Httlf^-ton, Ger, {hulfs-tun.) (accessory note, 
 
 a note standing one degree above, or below the 
 principal note. 
 
 Hiilf^-stimme, Ger. (hMfs sSm-nfS.) Obligato 
 voice. 
 
 Humorous songs. Songs full of mirth and 
 humor. 
 
 Hummel, Oer. (Aoom-mSl.) I A sort 
 
 Hummelchen, Oer. (Aoom-mSl-khen.) | of bag- 
 pipe ; in organs th6 thorough baes drone. 
 
 Hummen, Oer. (Aoom-m^n.) Humming, sing- 
 ing in a low voice. 
 
PEONOUNOINa MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 103 
 
 S aie, i. add, & arm, e eiie, g end, I ice, I ill, O old, 6 odd, G dove, oo moon, fl lute, U but, ii French sound. 
 
 HUNT 
 
 Hantlns horn. A bugle, a horn used to cbeer 
 the honnds. 
 
 Ilnntins song. A song written in praise of the 
 chase. 
 
 ilurdy surdy. An old instroment consisting 
 of four strings, which are acted upon by a wheel 
 rubbed in resin powder which serves as a bow. 
 Two of the strings are affected by certain keys 
 which stop them at different lengths and produce 
 the tune, while the others act as a drone bass. 
 
 Iliirtig, 6er. (Aoor-tlg.) Quick, swiftly; same 
 meaning as Allegro. 
 
 UurtlgKeit, 6er, (Aoor-tlg-klt.) Swiftness, 
 quickness, agility. 
 
 Hydraullcon, 6r. (hl-draio-li-kOn.) An ancient 
 instrument whose tones were produced by the 
 action of water. 
 
 Hydraulic organ. An organ whose motive 
 power was water, and. the invention of which is 
 of much greater antiquity than the pneumatic or 
 wind organ. It is supposed to have been invented 
 by CtesibiuB, a mathematician of Alexandria. 
 
 Hydraalon, &r. (hI-dmto-15n.) I An organ 
 
 Hydraulns, Lat. (til-draw-]ta.) ( blown by the 
 action of water. 
 
 Hymee, Or. (hg-ma.) A song of the millers, so 
 called by the ancient Greeks. 
 
 Hymensea, Gr. (hIm-Sn-e-S.) 1 . _,.,.;._„ 
 
 Hymeniias, Ger. (him-gn-a-oos.) [tn^""^^" 
 
 Hyinenaion, Gr. (hIm-Sn-a-an.) ) """S- 
 
 Hymeneal. (hl-m?-n«-ai.) (.a marria^p houo- 
 
 Hymenean. (hl-mS-nS-an.) f ^ marriage song. 
 
 Hymn. A song of praise or adoration to the 
 Deity; a short, religions lyric poem intended to 
 be snng in church. Arioiently, a song in honor 
 of the gods or heroes. 
 
 Hymnal. I A compilation, or collection of 
 
 Hymn book. ( hymns. 
 
 Hymn, chembical. A hymn highly prized in 
 the early Christian church. 
 
 Hymn, choral. A hymn to be performe^by a 
 chorus. 
 
 Hymne, Fr. (gmn.) I A hymn, sacred song, 
 
 Hymne, Ger. (Aim-nS.) (an anthem. 
 
 Hymne de louange, Fr. (gmn dUh loo-inzb.) 
 Doxology, hymn of praise. 
 
 Hymnic. Relating to hymns. 
 
 Hymnl sallares, Lat. (him-nS sSl-I-a-rgs.) 
 Songs of the ancient Romans, which the salti, or 
 priests of Mars sung on the feast days of that 
 deity. 
 
 Hymn of battle. A song of supplication con- 
 stantly used by the ancients jnst before an en- 
 gagement. 
 
 nymnologie, Fr. (gmn-n81-0-jg.) Hymnology. 
 
 Hymnologist. A writer or composer of hymns. 
 
 Hymnology. The art of composing hymns. 
 
 Hymns, Orphic. A hymn pertaining to Or- 
 pheus. 
 
 Hymns, fountain. Songs of the wells, so called 
 by the ancients and still known in the Greek isles. 
 
 HYPO 
 
 Hymns, thenrgic. Songs of incantation ; the 
 first hymns of Greece. 
 
 Hymnns, Lat. (htm-nfiLS.) A hymn. 
 
 Hymnus, ambrosianns, Lat. (Azm-nQs Sm- 
 biO-zh'i-drnis.) The Ambrosian chant. 
 
 Hj^mn, vesper. A hymn sung in the vesper ser- 
 vice of the Catholic church. 
 
 Hypate, Or, The first or most grave string In the 
 lyre ; the lowest of the Greek tetrachords. 
 
 Hypathoides. The lower sounds in the ancient 
 Greek scale. 
 
 Hyper, Gr. (Aj-pgr.) Above. This word in con- 
 nection with the name of any mode or interval, 
 signifies that it is .higher than when without it. 
 
 Hyper-.<SiOlian, Gr. (7i»-p8r e-d-li-Sn.) The.jl«- 
 thentic .^olian mode. 
 
 Hyper-diapason, Gr. (Ai-pgr dM-p^sOn.) The 
 upper octave. 
 
 Hyper-ditonos, Gr. ( AJ-pgr-dl-W-nOs. ) The 
 tnird above. 
 
 Hyper-Dorian, Gr. (AJ-pgr-da-ri-in.) The Au- 
 thentic Dorian mode' 
 
 Hyper- Ionian, Gr. (A5-p6r-fi-g-nI-Sn.) The Au- 
 thentic Ionian mode. 
 
 Hyper-Jjydian, Gr. (AJ-pgr-Zid-I-Sn.) The Au- 
 thentie Lydian mode. 
 
 Hyper-mtxo-Iiydian, Gr. (/iJ-pgr-mja-o-M-I- 
 anT) The Authentic mixo-Lydian mode. 
 
 Hyper-Phrygian, Gr. (A5-pgr fry-I-Sn.) The 
 Authentic Phrygian niode. 
 
 Hyperoche, Or. (Ai-pgr-O-kg.) A word used by 
 the ancient autliors to signify the difference be- 
 tween the enharmonic and chromatic dieses. 
 
 Hypo. Below. The word prefixed to the name of 
 any ancient mode or interval, signifies that it is 
 lower than when without it. 
 
 Hypo-./Golian, Gr. (hl-pO S-a-II-Sn.) The plagal 
 .M>lian mode. 
 
 Hypo- diapason, Gr. (hl-pO dS-S-pS-sOn.) The 
 lower octave. 
 
 Hypo-diapente, Or. (hl-po ds-it-ji^n-ti!.) The 
 fif&l " 
 
 below. 
 Hypo-ditonos, Gr. 
 
 below. 
 Hypo-Dorian, Gr. 
 
 Dorian mode. 
 Hypo-Ionian, Gr. 
 
 Ionian mode. 
 
 (hl-pO dg-M-nOs.) The third 
 
 (hl-po dB-ti-im.) The plagat 
 
 (hl-pO g-o-nl-Sn.) The plagal 
 
 Hypo-Ijydian, Gr. (hl-pO iW-i-Sn.) The plagal 
 Lye" 
 
 Lydian mode. 
 
 Hypo-mixo-Iiydian, Gr. (hl-pO mix-o Itc2-I-an.) 
 The plagal mixo-Lydian mode. 
 
 Hypo-Phrygian, Or. ( hl-pO /jiy-i-Sn. ) The 
 plagal Phrygian mode. 
 
 Hypocritic, Or. (hi-pO-WMc.) An epithet ap- 
 plied by the ancients to the art of gesticulation. 
 w"hich was prominent in their public vocal per- 
 formances. 
 
 Hypocritic music. Among the ancient Greeks 
 allmusic intended for the stage or theatre; in 
 modern times, all music adapted to pantomimic 
 representation. 
 
104 
 
 PEONOUNCINQ MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, a add, & arm, 5 eve, S end, I ice, IMl, old, Q odd, 8 dojie, oo moon, 11 lute, fi 6m<, il French sound. 
 
 IAMB 
 
 lambe, i^?-. (S-§lnh-buh.) lambns 
 
 Iambic. I A poetical and musical foot, consiet- 
 
 lambas. ) ing of one short unaccented, and one 
 long accented note or Byllable. 
 
 Iambics. Certain songs or satires which are sup- 
 posed to have heen the precursors of the ancient 
 comedy; they were of two kinds, one for singing 
 ftnd one for recitation, accompanied hy instru- 
 ments. 
 
 lastian. Gr. (e-os-tl-Sn.) One of the ancient 
 Greek modes. 
 
 Ictus, Gr. 0,k-&a.) A stroke of the foot, mark- 
 ing the point of emphasis in music. 
 
 Idfllio, It. (Sd-SMI-O.) An idyl. 
 
 Idyl. A short poem in pastoral style; an eclogne. 
 
 Idylle, J-r. (S-dW.) lAniflvi 
 
 Idylle, Ger. (id-5/-lS.) {-An idyl- 
 
 n. It. (Bl.) The. 
 
 Ilarlta, It. (5-iar-S-<o.) Hilarity, cheerfulness, 
 mirth. 
 
 n basso, J^. (elbas-sO.) The fundamental tone; 
 the lowest note of a chord. 
 
 Il canto, It. (el kan-to.) The song. 
 
 II dito grdsso. It. (ei de-to grOs-so.) The thumb. 
 
 11 colorito. It. (SI ko-10-rS-to.) A term used in 
 dramatic singin" to denote the adaptation of the 
 i)erformance to the character represented. 
 
 n ditono con diapente. It. (el AS-tB-nO kOn 
 dS-a-?)are-tS.) A major seventh. 
 
 H dfipplo movim^nto. It. (el dBp-pS-o mO-ne- 
 man-to.) Double movement; that is, as fast again. 
 
 n line. It. (81 fS-nS.) The end. 
 
 II passo tempo. It. (el pSs-sO tlm-pO.) Hame 
 sometimes given to a collection of light, familiar, 
 and amusing pieces. 
 
 11 piu. It. (el pe-oo.) The most. 
 
 II piu f drte possfblle. It. (el pl-oo/Br-tS pBs- 
 5S-b6-le.) As loud as possible. 
 
 II piu pifino possfblle. It. (el pe-6o pe-^no 
 pos-s8-b6-lg.) As soft as possible. 
 
 II ponticello. It. (el pOn-te-feAaMO.) The little 
 bridge; an appellation given by the Italians to 
 that particular part of the voice where the natural 
 tone forms a junction with the falsetto. 
 
 n sdrncclolare. It. (el sdroot-tshB.O-M-rS.) A 
 sliding movement over the keys of a piano. 
 
 II t^mpo crescendo. It. (el tam-pO krg-shSn- 
 dO.) Increasing the time. 
 
 n t^rzo dito a tdtte le ndte di bfisso. It. 
 (el tar-tsO de-ta a <oo-te IS nS-tS de bas-eO.) The 
 third finger on all the notes in the bass. 
 
 11 Tiolfno, It. (el ve-WS-nOO The violin. 
 
 11 voltesi^are. It. (ei vO-ted-je-a-r6.)' Crossing 
 the hands in piano playing. " 
 
 Im. Ger. (em.) In the. 
 
 Imboccatifra, It. (em-bot-kii-^oo-ra.) Mouth- 
 piece, embouchure. 
 
 Imbrices, Lat. (Jm^brl-ses.) A species of ap- 
 plause among the ancients made by beating a 
 kind of sounding vessel. 
 
 ImbrtSslio, It. (em-6ro^yO.) Confusion, want 
 of distinct ideas. 
 
 Imit&ndo, It. (em-e-^an-do.) Imitating. 
 
 Imit&ndo la voce, It. {Sm-e-tdn-AO l& vo-tshS.) 
 Imitating the inflections of the voice. 
 
 Imitatio, £a^. Clm-I-^shl-o.) Imitation, in coun- 
 terpoint. 
 
 IMPS 
 
 Imitation. A species of fugue, in whicl; the parts 
 imitate each other, though not in the same inter- 
 vals, or according to the strict laws of a fugue or 
 canon. 
 
 Imitation, augmented. A style of imitation 
 in which the answer is given in notes of greater 
 value than those of the subject. 
 
 Imitation, diminished. A style of imitation 
 in which.the answer is given in notes of less value 
 than those of the subject. 
 
 Imitation, freely inverted. Where the order 
 of successive notes is not strictly retained. 
 
 Imitation, in contrary motion. That iu 
 which the answers invert the subject so that the 
 rising intervals descend, and the falling intervals 
 ascend. 
 
 Imitation, in similar motion. Where the 
 answer retains the same order of notes as the 
 subject. 
 
 Imitation, In different diTisions. That in 
 which the subject is answered in a diiferent divis- 
 ion of the bar; for instance, the subject begin- 
 ning on the accented division, is answered on the 
 unaccented. 
 
 Imitation, retrograde. A form of imitation 
 in which the subject is commenced backwards in 
 the answer. 
 
 Imitation, reversed retrograde. A form 
 of imitation in which the subject is commenced 
 backwards in the answer and in contrary motion. 
 
 Imitation, simple. A simple fugue. 
 
 Imitation, strictly inverted. That form of 
 imitation in which half and whole tones must be 
 precisely answered in contrary motion. 
 
 Imitative music. Music written to imitate 
 some of the operations of nature, art, or human 
 passion, as, the firing of cannon, the rolling of 
 thunder, love, joy, grief, etc. 
 
 Imitate, It. fem-e-M-tO.) Imitation. 
 
 Imitazione, it. (eid-e-ta-tsS-d-ne.) Imitation, 
 refyring to counterpoint. 
 
 Immediate cadence. Cadence that occurs im- 
 mediately after the dominant harmony. 
 
 Immer, Ger. (5m-m5r.) Always, ever. 
 
 Immusical. Unmusical. (Not used.) 
 
 Imparfalt, Fr. (5nh-par/ffi.) Imperfect. 
 
 Impazi^nte, It. (Sm-pii-tse-^n-tg.) Impatient, 
 hurried. 
 
 Impazientem^nte, It. (em-pa-tsg-gn-tS-mam- 
 tg,) Impatiently, hurriedly. 
 
 Imperfect. Not perfect, less than perfect in 
 speaking of intervals and chords. 
 
 Imperfect cadence. A cadence which ends 
 on a triad of the dominant; the preceding chord 
 may be either that of the tonic or subdominant or 
 in minor keys the sixth of the scale; the triad of 
 the dominant always being major. 
 
 Imperfect close. Imperfect Cadence. 
 
 Imperfect common chord. A chord consist- 
 ing of a bass note accompani ed by its minor 
 third and imperfect fifth. 
 
 Imperflect concords. Thirds and sixths are 
 called imperfect concords because they are liable 
 to change from major to minor or the contrary, 
 still remaining consonant. 
 
 Imperfect consonances. The major and mi- 
 nor third and the major and minor sixth. 
 
PEON-OtJNCIIfG MtrsiCAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 105 
 
 5 ale, S add, 8 arm, e eve, & end, I ice, I HI, old, 5 odd, dove, oo moon, H lute, i but, 11 French sound. 
 
 IMPE 
 
 Imperfect intervals. Those which include 
 one semitone less than the perfect interval of the 
 same name. 
 
 Imperfect measure. An old term for two-fold 
 measure. 
 
 Imperfect time. A term by which the axicients 
 designated common time, indicated by the letter 
 C or a semicircle. 
 
 Impei-fect triad. The chord of the third, fifth 
 and eighth, taken on the seventh of the key, con- 
 sisting of two minor tliirds. 
 
 Imperfetto, It. (em-p6r/ai-tO.) Imperfect. 
 
 Imperiosam€nte, H. (em-p3-rg-o-z8-man-tS.) 
 Imperiously, pompously. 
 
 Imperiosita, It. (em-pS-rS-G-zS-^a.) Stateliness, 
 pomposity. 
 
 Imperidso, It. (gm-p3-rS-o-zu.) Imperious, pom- 
 pons. 
 
 Impertnrb&bile, It. (em-pSr-toor-Iia-bg-lg.) Qui- 
 etly, easily. 
 
 Impeto, It. (?m-pS-tO.) Impetuosity, vehemence. 
 
 Impeto doloroso. It. (Sm-pe-tO do-lo-ro-zo.) 
 Pathetic force and energy. 
 
 Impetnosam^nte, It. (em-pa-too-o-z£-mSn-tg.) 
 Impetuously. 
 
 Impetuosita, It. (Sm-pS-too-O-zS-te.) Impet- 
 uosity, vehemence. 
 
 Impetatfso, It. (6m-pa-too-3-zO.) Impetuous, 
 vehement. 
 
 Impon^nte, It. (§m-pO-»ian-t8.) Imposingly, 
 haughtily. 
 
 Impresdrlo, It. (em-prS-sa-re-O.) A term ap- 
 plied by the Italians to the manager or conductor 
 of operas or concerts. 
 
 Impr4impta, JFr. [S,nb-prSmp-too.) An extem- 
 poraneous production. 
 
 Improvisare, It. (Sm-prO-vB-aa-rS.) To com- 
 pose, or sing extemporaneously. 
 
 Improvisatenr, Fr. (Snh-prO-vS-za-^Mr.) |^ See 
 
 Improvisator, t?;?". (im-prO-fl-za-tOr.) \Im- 
 provisatdre. 
 
 Improvisation. The act of singing, playing or 
 composing music without previous preparation ; 
 extemporaneous performance. 
 
 Improvisatrice, Fr. (Snh-prO-vg-za-feJss.) A 
 female who plays or sings extemporaneously. 
 
 Improvise. To sing or play without premedita- 
 tion. 
 
 Improviser, Fr. (Snh-prO-vE-sa.) To improvise. 
 
 Improvise, Fr. (Snh-prO-vS-za.) Extempora- 
 neous. 
 
 Improvvisam^nte,^/^. (em-prO-vE-za-man-tS.) 
 Extemporaneously. 
 
 Improvvisare, It. (Em-prO-vS-so-rS.) To impro- 
 vise. 
 
 Improvvisdta, It. (Bm-prO-vS-za-til.) An extem- 
 pore composition. 
 
 Improvviso, It. (Sm-prOv-vB-zO.) Extempora- 
 neous. 
 
 Improwissatdre, It. ( Sm-prO-vSs-sa^tO-rS. ) 
 One who sings or declaims in verse extemporane- 
 ously. 
 
 Improwissatdri, It.pl. (em-prOv-v5s-sa-tO-r5.) 
 Persons gifted with the power of singing or recit- 
 ing verses extemporaneously. 
 
 Im ta«t, Oer. (im tdkt.') In time. 
 
 In, It. and Lot. (Sn.) In, into, in the. 
 
 INFI 
 
 Inacntfre, It. (Bn-il-koo-2S-rg.) To sharpen, to 
 make sharp. 
 
 In alt. It. (Sn &lt.) Notes are said to be in alt 
 when they are situated above Fon the fifth line of 
 the treble staff. 
 
 In altissimo. It. (Sn £l-2is-sB-mO.) A term ap- 
 plied to all notes which run higher than F above 
 the third leger line in the treble, or F in alt. 
 
 Inbrnnst, Ger, (in-broonst.) Fervor, ardor, 
 warmth of passion, 
 
 Inbrttnstig, Ger. (tra-briins-tlg.) Ardent, fer- 
 vent, passionate. 
 
 Incantable, Spa. (Sn-kan-^d'-blS.) Cannot be 
 sung. 
 
 Incantation. Enchantment; a form of words 
 pronouncced or sung in connection with certain 
 ceremonies, for tlie purpose of enchantment. 
 
 Incantazione, It. (En-kan-tS-tsB-d-ng.) Songs 
 of incantation. 
 
 Incisure <li ntite. It. (Bn-tshB-sc!-rS dS nS-ti.) 
 An engraver of notes or music. 
 
 Incomposite, (in-k&m-piis-it.) A term applied 
 to those intervals which are simply coi^stituted, 
 and in the calculation of which we take no notice 
 of the intermediaries, but only consider the terms. 
 
 Inconsol&to, It. (En-kOn-sO-/a-tO.) In a mournful 
 style. 
 
 Inconsonance. The effect of two discordant or 
 disagreeing sounds. 
 
 Inconsonant. Discordant. 
 
 Incordam^nto, It. (Sn-kOr-dfi-man-tO.) Tension 
 of the strings of an instrument. 
 
 Incord&re, It. (En-kSr-c2a-rg.) To string an in- 
 strument. 
 
 Indeciso, It (En-dS-<«/iS-zO.) Undecided, waver- 
 ing, hesitating ; slight changes of time and a some- 
 what capricious value of the notes. 
 
 Indegnatam^nte, It. (Sn-dan-yft-tS-mSn-tS.) I 
 
 Indesn&to, It. (Bn-dan-j/o-tO.) f 
 
 Angrily, furiously, passionately. 
 
 Index. A direct AV ; also, the forefinger. 
 
 Indications sceniqnes, Fr. (anh-dE-2a-sB-5nh 
 sa-MS*.) stage directions. 
 
 Indiffer^nte, It. (Bn-dBf-fB-roa-tS.) ) 
 
 IndilTerentem^nte, It. (En-dBf-fS-ran-tB- V 
 m«re-t6.) ) 
 
 Coldly, with indifference. 
 
 Indilrerenza, It. (Bn-dBf-f8-7'an-tsa.) Indiffer- 
 
 In disparte. It. (Bn dEs-par-t6.) A termjised 
 in operatic music, signifying that the part is to be 
 addressed to some one aside, or not taking part in 
 the performance. 
 
 In dist&nza. It. (Sn dBs-2an-tsa.) A distance. 
 
 Infantile, It. (Bn-fan-«-l«.) ChildJike, infant- 
 ine ; the thin quality of tone in the upper notes 
 of some female voices. 
 
 Infern&le, It. (Bn-f6r-na-lS.) Infernal, diabolic. 
 
 Infervorfito, It. (Bn-f6r-vO-ro-tO.) Fervent, im- 
 passioned. 
 
 Inflammatam^nte, It. (Sn-fB-am-ma-ta-mSn- 
 tS.) Ardently, impetuously. 
 
 Infinite canon. An epithet given to those can- 
 ons which are so constructed that the end leads to 
 the beginning, and the performance may be inde- 
 finitely repeated; also called circular or endleet 
 canon. 
 
106 
 
 PRONOUNCING MITSIOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, i add, & arm, S eve, g end, I ice, 1 ill, old, odd, C ifose, oo moon, H 2u<«, H but, H French sound. 
 
 INPI 
 
 Inflnito, It. (Sn-fS-mS-tO.) Perpetaal. 
 
 Inflatile. An epithet applied to wind Instru- 
 ments, as a hautboy or flute. 
 
 Inflection. Any change or modification in the 
 pitch or tone of the voice. 
 
 Infra, Lat. ($7i-fra.) Beneath. 
 
 Ill ftr^tta. It. (Sn Mt-tii.) In haste, hastily. 
 
 Ill ftaigue. It. (Sn /oo-ghS.) An expression ap- 
 plied to any composition constructed on a given 
 subject. ' 
 
 Iiifnridnte, It. (6n-foo-r6-«n-te.) I Furious, rag- 
 
 Infliri&to, /(. (Sn-foo-r6-a-tO.) (ing. 
 
 Ing&nni, It. pi. (Sn-yon-nS.) See Ingdnno. 
 
 Ing&nuo, It. (en-yon-nO.) A deception ; applied 
 to a deceptive or interrupted cadence ; also, to any 
 unusual resolution of a discord, or an unexpected 
 modulation. 
 
 Ins^gno, It. (Sn-gSn-yO.) Art, skill, discretion. 
 
 Inharmonic. Wanting harmony. 
 
 Inharmonic relation. The introduction of a 
 dissonant sound, not heard in the preceding chord. 
 
 Inharmonionsly. Discordantly. 
 
 Iniziato, It. (en-B-tsS-a-tO.) Initiated; a term 
 applied to those advanced in music, in distinction 
 from beginners. 
 
 Iniziatore, It. (Sn-e-tsg-a-W-rg.) A beginner. 
 
 Innario, It. (Sn-nd-rS-O.) Hymn boolc. 
 
 Innessiare, It. (Sn-nad-jS-o-rB.) To compose 
 or sing hymns. 
 
 Inni, It. pi. (Sn-n5.) Hymns. 
 
 Iniiig;, Ger. (li/i-nlg.) Sincere, cordial. 
 
 Inno, It. (gn-nO.) A hymn, canticle, ode. 
 
 Innoc^nte, It. (gn-nO-<«Aan-tg.) I 
 
 Innocentem^nte, It. (Sn-nO-tshan-tg-may>-tg.) ) 
 Innocently, in an artless and simple style, 
 
 Innoc^nza, /*. (Sn-nO-feftan-tsa.) Innocence. 
 
 Innodia, It. (6n-n3-dg-a.) Hymn singing. 
 
 Innosrafo, It. (Sn-nO-j/ra-fo.) A writer of hymns. 
 
 Innologo, It. (gn-nO-W-gO.) Hj'mnologist. 
 
 lao. It. (5-nO.) An Italian final diminutive. 
 
 In drgano. It. gn ar-gS-nO.) An old term for 
 music in more than two parts. 
 
 In p&Ico, 7^ (gn pal-^OJ) On a stage; applied 
 to musical performances on the stage. 
 
 Inqui^to, It. (Sn-qug-a-tO.) Bestless, uneasy, ag- 
 itated. 
 
 Iiisegnam^nto. It. (gn-san-ya-7na7t-t{3.) Instruc- 
 tion. 
 
 InseS>>at4Sre, It. (Sn-s5n-ya-iS-rS.) Teacher, in- 
 structor. 
 
 Insensfbile, It. (Sn-sen-sS-be-lg.) I 
 
 InsensiMlm^nte, It. (gn-s3n-sB-bgl-m£n-tg.) f 
 Insensibly, by small degrees, by little and little. 
 
 Instantem^nte, It, (gn-stSn-tS-mora-tg.) Vehe- 
 mently, urgently. 
 
 Instrument. A musical instrument is any sono- 
 rous body, artificially constructed for the produc- 
 tion of musical sounds. 
 
 Instrument a I'archet, Fr. (Snh-stril-manh 
 a rar-ka.) Instrument played with a bow. 
 
 Instrumental. A term applied to music com- 
 posed for or performed on instruments. 
 
 Instrument a cordes. Fr. (Snh-stril-manh a 
 kOrd.) A stringed instrument. 
 
 Instrument&le, It. (Sn-stroo-mSn-<a-lS.) In- 
 strumental. 
 
 4 
 
 INST 
 
 InBtmmentallst. One who plays on an instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Instrumental score. A score in which the 
 instrumental parts are given in full. 
 
 Instrnmentare, It. (En-stroo-mgn-ia-rS.) To 
 compose instrumental music. 
 
 lusti-umentation. The act of writing for an 
 orchestra, with a practical knowledge of each in- 
 strument, and of the distribution of harmony 
 among the different instruments. 
 
 Knstrnment a vent, Fi: (anh-strll-manh a 
 vanh.) A wind instrument. 
 
 Instrumentazidne, It. (gn-stroo-mgn-ta-tsg-^- 
 ng.) Instrumentation. 
 
 Instrumentiren, Ger. (In-stroo-mgn-M-r'n.) j 
 
 Instrumentirnng, Ger. ( i n - s t r o o-mgn-ti- 
 roong.) 
 Instrumentation. 
 
 Instrumenten-macher, Ger. (In-stroo-mi?n<- 
 en miikh-ir.) An instrument maker. 
 
 Instrnm^nto, It. (Sn-stroo-man-tO.) An instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Instrum^nto a campan^lla, It. (Sn-stroo- 
 mun-to a kam-pa-»a/-ia.) A small case, contain- 
 ing one or more octaves of small bells, tuned dia- 
 tonically, and played with a key-board like the 
 pianoforte. 
 
 Instrum^nto a corda. It. (gn-stroo-ma«-tO ■) 
 a A^r-da.) I 
 
 Instrnm^nto da arco. It. (Sn-stroo-mare-to [ 
 da fflr-ko.) j 
 
 A stringed instrument. 
 
 Instrnm^nto da fldto, It. (Sn-stroo-man-tO 
 da fs-a-to.) A wind instrument. 
 
 Instrumento da p^nna. It. (Sn-Btioo-mdn-ta 
 da pan-T>&.) Instrument with the quill; an old 
 name for the spinet. 
 
 Instrum6nto da nercotimento. It. (Bn- 
 stroo-mffiTi-tO da pgr-kO-tB-man-tO.) A instrument 
 of percussion. 
 
 Instrumento da tasto. It. (Bu-stroo-man-tn 
 da tm-ta.) A keyed instrument. 
 
 Instruments, DO'wr. All instruments whoso 
 tones are produced by means of a boW. 
 
 Instruments, brass. Wind instruments form- 
 ed of brass and used chiefly for military purposes. 
 
 Instruments, inflatile. Wind instruments. 
 
 Instruments, keyed. All instruments the 
 sounds of which are produced by the pressure 
 of the fingers upon the keys. 
 
 Instruments, mechanical. Instruments 
 which produce tunes by the means of sonie me- 
 chanical contrivance, as, crank, springs, weights, 
 etc. 
 
 Instruments, percussive. I Instruments 
 
 Instruments, pulsatile. ) whose sounds 
 are produced by being struck. 
 
 Instruments, pneumatic. Instruments, the 
 tones of which are produced by the action of the 
 wind. 
 
 Instruments, reed. Instruments whose tones 
 are produced by the action of air upon reeds of 
 metal or wood. 
 
 Instruments, stringed. Instruments whose 
 tones are produced by striking or drawing strings 
 or the friction of a bow. 
 
 Instruments, tensile. A general name for 
 
PRONOTJNCIN& MtTSIOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 107 
 
 9 ale, S, add, & arm, S eve, & end, I ice, I ill, old, Q odd, dove, oo moon, a lute, i but, 11 French sound. 
 
 INST 
 
 all instruments dependent upon the tension of 
 strings for their tone. 
 
 Iiistrnments, tubular. Instruments Consist- 
 ing of one or more tnbes of wood or metal. 
 
 Instruments, Trind. Instruments the sounds 
 . of which are produced by the breath or the wind 
 of bellows. 
 
 Instrument vent, Fr. (Snh-strii-milnh ySnh.) 
 A wind instrument. 
 
 IntaTol&re, It. <Sn-tft-vO-/a-r6.) To write notes, 
 to copy music. 
 
 lutavolatiira. It. (gn-ta-vO-Ii1-<oo-ra.) Musical 
 notation. 
 
 In t^mpo. It. (gn iam-'gO.) In time. 
 
 In tempore justo, Lat. (en (*m-po-r6 jils-to.) 
 A direction to sing or play in equal, just aud ex- 
 act time. 
 
 Intendant, Fr. (Snh-tSnh-dauh.) I Director, 
 
 Intend^nte, It. (0n-t6u-tf5n-t8.) ) conductor. 
 See Impresario. 
 
 Intentio, Lat. (in-tdn-sM-O.') The word intentio 
 was used in the ancient music, to denote the pas- 
 sage of the voice from gi-ave to acute. 
 
 Intercal&re, It. (Gn-tSr-M-M-rS.) A verse in- 
 terlaced or often repeated; the burden of a song. 
 
 Interlude. A short musical representation, in- 
 troduced between the acts of any drama, or be- 
 tween the play and afterpiece; an intermediate 
 strain or movement played between the verses of 
 a hymn. 
 
 Interluder. A performer in an intertude. 
 
 Interlndium, Lat. (in-tir-lu-cH-tm.) ■) An In- 
 
 Intermede, Fr. (Snh-tSr-mad.) ( terlude ; 
 
 Interm^dio, It. (Sn-ter-ma-dg-0.) f inter- 
 
 Intermezzo, It. (Sn-ter-mai-sO.) j m e d 1- 
 
 ate, placed between two others; detached pieces 
 introduced between the acts of an opera. 
 
 Intermediate. A term applied to those flats 
 and sharps which do not form any part of the 
 original key of a composition, and which are 
 also called Accidentals. 
 
 Intermediate subject. Ideas not unlike the 
 principal, or counter subject in a fugue, intro- 
 duced for embellishment. 
 
 Intermediate tuning. That method of tun- 
 ing in which every key deviates a little itom per- 
 fect tune for the common good. 
 
 Intermezzi, It. pi. {Sn-ter-mattaS.) Interludes, 
 detached pieces or dances. 
 
 Intermedi^tto, It. (en-t6r-ma-dB-^^tO.) A short 
 interlude, or intermezzo. 
 
 Interrdtto, /^ (en-t6r-)'o<-to.) Interrupted, 
 broken, speaking of cadence, accent or rhythm. 
 
 Interrupted cadence. A cadence in which 
 the triad of the dominant is followed by some 
 chord which changes the progression of the har- 
 mony. V 
 
 InterruzKSne, It. (Sn-tSr-root-sS-S-ng.) Inter- 
 ruption. 
 
 Interval. The distance, or difference of pitch 
 
 between tones. 
 Interval, augmented. An interval which Is 
 a semitone, or half-step, greater than a major or 
 perfect interval. 
 Interval, consecutive. An interval passing 
 in the same direction in two parallel parts. 
 
 INTR 
 
 Interval, diminislied. An interval less than 
 a perfect interval by a half-step or semitone. 
 
 Interval, direct. An interval v?hich forms any 
 kind of harmony on the fundamental sound which 
 produces' it. 
 
 Interval, enharmonic. An interval which is 
 only nominal, as from GJ to Aj^. 
 
 Interval, extreme. A larger interval than the 
 major, or a smaller than the minor. 
 
 Interval, fUlse. .^n Incorrect interval, accord- 
 ing to the received rules. 
 
 Interval, imperfect. An interval that does 
 not contain its full number of degrees. 
 
 Interval, mi^or. An interval containing the 
 greater number of semitones under the same 
 denomination. 
 
 Interval, prepared. An interval changed from 
 large to small, and t)ice versa, by the aid of iiitiir- 
 mediate tones. 
 
 Interval, redundant. An interval greater than 
 that of the major by a minor semitone. 
 
 Interval, superfluous. See JKedundant Intm- 
 val. 
 
 Intervall, Ger. (}a-tSi-fdlt.) ■) 
 
 Intervalle, .Fr. (Snh-tSr-vall.) ( An in- 
 
 Interviillo, It. (en-tSr-ooHO.) ( terval. 
 
 Intervallum, Xa^ (In-tSr-w-lilm.) ) 
 
 Intervalle, Ger. pi. (Tn-tSr-eaMS.) Intervals. 
 
 Intervalli vietati. It. pi, (gn-tSr-raMs ve-a- 
 id-tB.) Forbidden intervals. 
 
 Intervening subject. An intermediate sub- 
 ject of a fugue. 
 
 Intimissimo, /*. (gn-tg-m?s-sB-mO ) Very e.\- 
 pressive, with great feeling. 
 
 Intimo, It. (?«-tg-mO.) Inward feeling. exprcK- 
 sive. 
 
 Intonare, It. (gn-tO-Tio-rg.) 1 To pitch the 
 
 XntTLon&re, It. (gn-twO-ua-rS.) (voice, to Sound 
 the key note; to begin. 
 
 Intonation. A word referring to the proper 
 emission of the voice so as to produce any re- 
 quired note in exact tune; the act of modula- 
 ting the voice. 
 
 Intonation, fillse. A variation in pitch from 
 what is understood to be the true tone. 
 
 Intonato, It. (gn-to-ra<i-to.) Tuned, set to music. 
 
 Intonatdre, It. (Sn-tO-na-M-rS.) I Male sing- 
 
 Intuonatdre. It. (Bn-twO-na-W-rS.) j er. 
 
 Intouatrf ce. It. (gn-tO-na-^j'S-tshg.) I Female 
 
 Intuonatrfce, It. (gn-twO-na-W-tshg.) j singer. 
 
 Intonatdra, It. (5n-t0-na-<oo-ra.) 1 Intona- 
 
 Intonazione, It. (gn-tO-na-tse-(!-nS.) f tion. 
 
 Intoniren, ffer, (gn-tO-nS-r'n.) To Intone, to 
 sound. 
 
 Intr&da, It. (6n-<ra-da.) ) A short prelude or 
 
 Intrade, Ger. (in-<ra-dg.) ) introductory m o v e- 
 ment. 
 
 Intrepidam^nte, It. (en-trg-pg-da -mdn-ti.) 
 Boldly, with intrepidity. 
 
 Intrepidezza, It. (en-tr&-pe-dat-sa.) Intrepid- 
 ity, boldness. 
 
 Intr^pido, It, (gn-(»'a-pg-dO.) Intrepid, bold. 
 
 In triplo. It. (gn-Wp-10.) An old term, signify- 
 ing a composition In three parts. 
 
 Introducim£nto, It. (Bn-trO-doo-tshe-mSn-tC.) 
 An introduction. 
 
108 
 
 PlsONOTJNCllfQ MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 S ale, S add, a arm, B eve, e end, I ice, 1 iZJ, oW, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl fa<«, ii J«<, 11 French sound. 
 
 INTR 
 
 Introduction. That movement in a compoBi- 
 tion, the design of which is to prepare the ear tor 
 the movements which are to follow. 
 
 Introdnctorio, It. (5n-trO-dook-io-r5-0.) Intro- 
 ductory, preliminary. 
 
 Introductory, A term proper to those move- 
 ments which arc preparatory. 
 
 Introduzione, It. (gn-tro-doo-tsg-a-ng.) An in- 
 trodaction. 
 
 Introduzione marzlale. It. (Sn-trO-doo-tsS-a- 
 n5 mar-tsB-B-lg.) An introduction in martial style. 
 
 Introit, Eng. I^n-tro-lt.) 
 Introit, Fr. (Snh-trwii.) 
 Intrdito, It. (Sn-trO-MO.) 
 lutroito. Spa. (Sn-trp-S-toO 
 Introitus, Lat. (Jn-trd-i-tMS.) 
 
 Entrance ; 
 hymn or anthem 
 sungwhile the 
 priest enters 
 within the rails 
 
 at the communion tahle ; also, the commencement 
 of the mass. 
 
 Inventio, Lat. (in-i^en-sM-o.) A name sometimes 
 given to a Tricinium. 
 
 Invention, Fr. (anh-vanh-si-5nh.) An old name 
 for a species of prelude or short fantasia. 
 
 Invenzione, It. (5n-vgn-tsS-5-nS.) Invention, 
 contrivance. 
 
 Tirvetraio, Lat. (in-f5r-eI-0.) Inversion; see that 
 word. 
 
 Inversio cancrizans, Lat. (In-var-sl-a !;Sn- 
 krl-«fos.) Metrograde, or crab-like inversion, or 
 imitation; hecause it goes backwards. 
 
 Inversio in octavam acutam, Lat. ( In-rar- 
 sI-0 In bk-ifif-vSm SrkU-t&m.) Inversion iu the oc- 
 tave above, the transposition of the Jower part 
 an octave above. 
 
 Inversio in octavam sravem, Lat. (,in-var- 
 sl-o in Ok-io-vSm ^/-a-vgm.) Inversion in the oc- 
 tave below; the transposition of the upper part 
 an octave below to form the bass, while the other 
 part remains stationary. 
 
 Inversion. A change of position with respect to 
 intervals and chords ; the lower notes being placed 
 above, and the upper notes below. 
 
 Inversion, first. A term given to a chord when 
 the written bass takes the tnird. 
 
 Inversion, retrograde. An inversion made 
 by commencing on the last note of the subject 
 and writing it backwards to the first note. 
 
 Inversion, second. Where the bass note takes 
 the fifth from the fundamental. 
 
 Inversion, simple. An inversion made by re- 
 versing the notes of a subject in its answer, so 
 that the ascending notes of the original passage 
 descend in the answer, and vice versa.- 
 
 Inversion, strict. The same as simple inver- 
 sion, yet requiring that whole tones should be 
 answered by whole tones, semitones by semi- 
 tones, etc. 
 
 Inversion, third. Name given to a chord when 
 the bass takes the seventh. 
 
 Invert. To change the position either in a sub- 
 ject or chord. 
 
 Inverted. Changed in 2>osition. 
 
 Inverted cliord. A chord whose fundamental 
 tone is not tts lowest. 
 
 Inverted counterpoint. Where the parts are 
 not only reversed toward each other, but are also 
 conducted, step by step, in an opposite direction. 
 
 I Angrily, 
 J ^ r passionately. 
 
 ISTE 
 
 Inverted turn. A turn which commences with 
 the lowest note instead of the highest. 
 
 Invitatorio, Spa. (gn-vS-ta-<o-rI-o.) Psalm or 
 anthem sung at the beginning of the matins. 
 
 Invitatoriuni,£a^ Qn-vi-tfi-w-ri-ilm.) The name 
 applied to the antiphnne, or response, to the 
 psalm "Venite Exultemus." 
 
 Invitatory. A part of the service snng in the 
 Komau Catholic church ; a psalm or anthem snng 
 in the morning. 
 
 Invocatis, Lat. (in-vO-ia-tls.) 1 An invo- 
 
 Invoc&to, It. (5n-vO-Aia-tO.) >■ cation, or 
 
 Invoeazione, It. (en-vO-karts5-S-nB.) ) prayer. 
 
 lo bacclie, Lat. (yO bilk-kS.) A'burden used in 
 the lyric poetry of the Romans. 
 
 lordan. Or, fl-3-nI-an.) I One of the ancient 
 
 Ionic, Gr. B-sra-ik.) (Greek modes. 
 
 Ionic music. A light, airy style of music. 
 
 lo triumplie, Lat. (yO trffim-fS.) A phrase of 
 exultation often found in the lyric poetry of the 
 ancient Komans. 
 
 Ira, It. (S-ra.) Anger, wrath. 
 
 Ir&ta, It. (e-ra-ta. 
 
 Xv&to, It. (g-ra-to.) 
 
 Iratam^nte, It. (g-ra-tS-moft-tS.) 
 
 Irish harp. An instrument having more strings 
 than the lyre, yet for a long time only used for 
 playing a simple melody or a single part. 
 
 Ii-isn tunes. Tunes peculiar to the Hibernians, 
 generally of a sweet, mellow character. 
 
 Iriandais, JPV. (gr-ianh-<io.j I An air or dance 
 
 Irliindisch, Ger. (Sr-lSn-dish.) f tune iu the Irish 
 style. 
 
 Ironicam^nte, It. (g-rBn-g-ka-mare-tg.) Iron- 
 ically. 
 
 Irdnico, It. (g-riin-g-ko.) Ironical. 
 
 Irreeolare, It. (Sr-ra-gO-Za-rS.) Irregular. 
 
 Irreg^ular cadence. An imperfect cadence. 
 
 Irregular period. A period in which a false 
 cadence Interrupts or suspends an expected final 
 close. 
 
 Irregular phrase. Any variation of the mel- 
 ody by whicn three measures are used Instead of 
 two; an extended phrase. 
 
 Irrelative chords. Any two chords which do 
 not contain some sound common to both. 
 
 Irrelative heys. I Those which are remote 
 
 Irrelative scales, f from each other, having 
 few tones in common. 
 
 Irresoliito, It. (gr-ra-zO-ioo-tO.) Irresolute, wa- 
 vering. 
 
 Ischnophony, Gr. (is-inii/'-O-ny.) Weakness of 
 the voice. 
 
 Isdegno, con, It. (Se-dSn-yO kSn.) With indig- 
 nation. 
 
 Ismania, con. It. (gs-ma-ng-S.) With wildness, 
 with madness. 
 
 Isochronal, Gr, I Uniform in time ; performed 
 
 Isochronous, f in equal time. 
 
 Isotonic system. A system of music consist- 
 ing of intervals in which each concord is tempered 
 aliKe, and In which there are twelve equal semi- 
 tones. 
 
 Ison. The name by which the first note of every 
 chant was formerly designated, and which note 
 indicated the key or tone of the melody. 
 
 Ist£sso, It. aSB-tOs-BO.) The same. 
 
PRONOTJlirCINa MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 109 
 
 S ale, S add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, l.ill, old, S odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, u Put, 11 French sound. 
 
 ISTE 
 
 Ist^SBO tempo, /^ (jSe-tSs-eO tSm-pS.) The same 
 
 time. 
 l8t£sso vaKSre ma nn pdco pin l£nto, It. 
 
 ^B-tas-BO v»-B-r§ irta oon po-ko pB-po iam-to.) 
 The notes to have the eame value, hut a little 
 more slowly. 
 
 Istrepito, con, /(. (Ss-tra-pE-to.) With noise 
 and Dluster. 
 
 Istrament&Ie, It. (Ss-troo-mSn-to-lS.) Instru- 
 mental. 
 
 IstnunentazKSne, It. (gB-troo-men-t&-tse.£-nS.) 
 Instrnmentation. 
 
 IstnuDi^nto, It. (Ss-troo-m^n-tO.) An inBtrn- 
 ment. 
 
 Istrldilica, It. (SB-trS-jn-e-k£.) Elstrlonic; the 
 theatrical art. 
 
 JODE 
 
 Xtalian mordent. A short shake, or trill, con- 
 sisting of the alternation of a tone with the next 
 tone above it. 
 
 Italian sixth. A name sometimes 
 given to a chord composed of a major 
 third and an augmented sixth. 
 
 Itali&no, It. (6-tSAS-d-nO.) 
 
 Itaiienisch, Get\ (it-a-li-5/i-ish.) V Italian. 
 
 Italienne, .??-. (St-WS-Snn.) ) 
 
 Ita missa est, Lat. ie-tH mis-sa Sst.) The ter 
 
 mination of the mass sung hy the priest to Gre 
 (B trO-va-W rB.) The troub» 
 
 gorian music. 
 1 trovatori. It. 
 
 dours. 
 
 J. 
 
 Jack. The quill which strikes the strings of a 
 harpsichord, or the upright lever in piano action. 
 
 Jaeger-cbor, Ger. (yo-ghSr-kOr.) Hunting cho- 
 rus. 
 
 Jagd-mf, Ger. iydgd roof.) Sound of the hngle 
 or hunting horn. 
 
 Jagd-liorn, Ger. (ydgd hOrn.) I Hunting horn, 
 
 Jagd-ztnk, Ger. (ydgd tsink.) ( bugle horn. 
 
 JTagd-sinfonie, Ger. {ydgd sin-fO-»B.) Hunting 
 symphony. 
 
 Jaga-stUck, Ger. (ydgd stuk.) A hunting piece. 
 
 JUser-chor, Ger. (j^o-ghSr-kOr.) See Jaeger 
 Chor. 
 
 jager-hom, ff«r. XyS-ghSr hOrn,) Hunting horn, 
 bugle horn. 
 
 JaiRage. (ySl-tSj.) The only musical instrument 
 of Tartary, consisting of a box of fir about four 
 feet long, and three inches wide, the upper part 
 of which is open, over which six wire strings are 
 stretched. It is played on with both hands, but 
 chiefly with the left, and produces both treble and 
 
 Jaleme, Gr. (ja-15-m8.) The song of lamenta- 
 tion ; so called by the ancient Greeks: 
 Jal€o, Spa. (fta-ia-0.) A national Spanish dance. 
 Jambe, Ger. (yam-bS.) See Iambus. 
 
 Jangle. To sound discordantly or inharmoni- 
 ously. 
 
 Janltscharen-mnsik, Ger. (ya-nlt-shsi-r'n 
 moo-zlk.) Janizary music, Turkish.music. 
 
 Jarftbe, iSpa. (hS-ra-bS.) A Spanish dance. 
 
 Jargon. The union of several discordant notes. 
 
 Jauclizenfl, Oer, (.you/ch-teini.) Shouting, joy- 
 All. 
 
 an instrument; also a register in an organ or nur- 
 monium. 
 
 Jen celeste, Fr. (zhUh sS-lSst.) The name of 
 a soft stop in an harmonium ; also, an organ stop 
 of French invention, formed of two dulciana 
 pipes, thfi pitch of one being slightly raised, giv- 
 ing to the tone a waving undulating character. 
 
 Jeu d'anclie, .JV. (zhilh d'Sneh.) A reed stop 
 in an organ. 
 
 Jen d'anges, Fr. (zhiih d'flnzh.) Soft stops. 
 
 Jen d'^chos, Fr. (zhilh d'a-ko.) Echo stop. 
 
 Jen de Antes, i'"?'. (zhfth diih floot.) Flute stop. 
 
 Jen d'orgnes, Fr. (zhah d'Org.) Eegister, or 
 row of pipes, in an organ. 
 
 Jen-parte, Fr. (zhiih part.) . Songs written in 
 the style of a dialogue. 
 
 Jenx, Fr. pi. (zhuh.) Stops or registers, in an 
 organ, or harmonium. 
 
 Jenx forts, Fr. (zhiih IBr.) Loud stops : forte 
 stops. 
 
 JeTF's-harp. A small instrument of brass or 
 steel, and shaped somewhat like a lyre * when 
 played, it is placed between the teeth, and struck 
 with the forefinger. 
 
 Jeivstrnmp. A term applied by old writers to 
 the j ewe-harp. 
 
 Jig. A light, brisk movement : an old species of 
 dance in 6-8 or 13-8 time; the name is supposed 
 to have been derived from Geig, a fiddle. 
 
 Jingles, Loose pieces of metal placed around a 
 tambourine to increase the sound. 
 
 Jocosns, Lat. (j'O-M-silB.) Jocose, merry, fanny, 
 
 Jodeln, Ger. (yS-d'In.) A style of singing pe, 
 culiar to the Tyrolese peasants, the natural voice 
 and the falsetto, being used alternately. 
 
110 
 
 PEONOCTNOING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 tt ale, S add, & arm, 8 eve, 8 end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 8 dove, oo moon, fl i«<e, ii Jm*, ii French sound. 
 
 JOIE 
 
 Jole, Fr. (zhwS.) Joy, gladness. 
 Jonglonrs, fr. pi. (zhSnh-gloor.) i An old 
 Jongleurs, Fr. pi. (zhOnh-gltlr.) (term for 
 
 the Itinerant musicians of the tenth and follow- 
 ing centuries. 
 Jtfta, Spa. (hO-ta.) A Spanish national dance. 
 Joner, Fr. (zhoo-a.) To play upon an instru-^ 
 
 ment. 
 JTouer de harpe, Fr. (zhoo-a diih harp.) To 
 
 play on the harp. 
 Jouer de la lyre, Fr. (zhoo-a di5h la ISr.) To 
 
 play the lyre. 
 Joner de la vlelle, Fr. (zhoo-a dtih la vs- 
 
 yilh.) To play on a hurdy giirdy. 
 Jouer du clialumeau, i")-. (zhoo-a dii sha-lii- 
 
 mO.) To pipe. 
 Joaer du luth, Fr. (zhoo-a dU lUt.) To play 
 
 the Inte. 
 Joner dn -violin, Fr. (zhoo-a dfl vg-o-lSnh.) 
 
 To play the violin. 
 Joneur de comemnse, Fr. (zhoo-ftr diih 
 
 kSr-na-miis.) A performer on the bagpipes. 
 Jonenr de flute, Fr. (zhoo-Ur diih floot.) A 
 
 flutist. 
 Jonenr de musette, Fr. (zhoo-Hr dfih mii-zSt.) 
 
 A bagpiper. 
 Jonenr d'instrnmens, Fr. (zhoo-iir d'Snh- 
 
 stril-manh.) A player upon musical instruments. 
 Jovlaliscli, Ger. (yO-fi-a-lish.) Jovial, joyous, 
 
 merry. 
 Jnbe, Gr. (jaA>6.) A harvest hymn of the Greeks 
 
 and Romans In honor of Ceres and Bacchus. 
 Jnbel-flSte, Ger. (i/oo-Vl-Jio-iS.) An organ stop 
 
 of the flute species. 
 Jnbel-gesang, Ger. (yoo-b'l gkS-zang.) I Song 
 Jnbel-Ued, (?er. (yoo-Vl ISi.) fof Ju- 
 
 bitee. 
 
 JUST 
 
 Jnbelnd. Ger. (i/oo-bSlnd.) Rejoicing. 
 
 Jubilant. Joyful, triumphant. 
 
 Jubilar, Ger. (yoo-Vl-ldr.) The recipient of a 
 Jubilee ; one in whose honor a public performance 
 is given. 
 
 Jubilee. A season of great public joy and festiv- 
 ity. Among the Jews, every fiftieth year was a 
 jubilee. 
 
 JuMllSso, It. (yoo-bS-M-zO.) Jubilant, exulting. 
 
 Juglaresa, Spa. (hool-ya-m-za.) A female buf- 
 foon, t 
 
 Jngnete, Spa. (hoo-yoo-3-te.) A carol ; a song 
 of joy and exultation. 
 
 Ju^um, Lat. (,7S-giira.) A contrivance affixed to 
 the lyre of the ancients to stretch or sicken the 
 strings. 
 
 Jnle, Gr. (.7S-I8.) See Jube. 
 
 Jurer, Fr. (zhu-ro) To jar, to render a discord- 
 ant sound. 
 
 Just. A term applied to all consonant intervals, 
 and to those voices, strings and pipes tliat give 
 them with exactness. 
 
 Juste, .Fr. (zhiist.) Accurate in time, tone, har- 
 mony and execution. 
 
 Jnstesse, Fr. (zhiis-ioss.) Exactness, correct- 
 ness or purity of intonation. 
 
 Jnstesse de la voix, Fr. {zhis-tass diih la 
 vwa.) Purity of voice. 
 
 Jnstesse de I'oreille, Fr. (zhiis-iiass diih 
 ro-rffl-yfih.) Correctness of ear. 
 
 Jnstini&na, It. (yoos-tS-nS-o-na.) I A rude 
 
 Jnstini&ne, It. pi. (yoos-tS-ne-a-nS.) j and loose 
 kind of song; now obsolete. 
 
 Justo, con. It. (yoos-to, kBn.) With exact pre- 
 cision. 
 
 Just relations, delations whose extremities 
 form consonant intervals. 
 
PRONOUNOING MUSICAL DIOTIONABT, 
 
 111 
 
 S ale, S add, il arm, S eve, S eiid, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, dove, oo moon, 11 ;«<«, u 6m*, u French sound. 
 
 KABA 
 
 Kabaro. (kS-io-rO.) A email dram, ueed in Egypt 
 
 and Abyssinia. 
 Kalia-snma, Tur. (kS-ba-soo-m&.) An oboe 
 
 used by the Turkish soldiers. 
 Kachapi, Jav. (ia-k&-pe.) A Javanese instru- 
 ment resembling a lute. 
 Kafo. An instrument used in Africa resembling 
 
 a small horn. 
 Kalamaika. (kSl-a-ma-kS.) A lively Hungarian 
 
 dance in 2-4 time. 
 Halando. A species of tambourine used by the 
 
 Africans. 
 M.allmikos. (kSl-2e-nI-kOs.) A.Grecian dance, 
 
 accompanied with singing. 
 Elammer, Oer. (Sam-rafir.) Chamber. 
 Hammer-concert, Gei: (tom-mSr kBn-toW.) 
 
 Chamber concert. 
 Kanimer-mnslk, Ger. {kdm-mHv moo-ztk.) 
 
 Chamber music ; music for private performance. 
 Kammer- musikus, Ger. (kdm-mir moo-zl- 
 
 koos.) Chamber musician ; member of a prince's 
 
 private band. 
 Kammer- sangerln, Ger. (kdm-m^T sang-St- 
 
 in.) Private singer to a prince or king. 
 Kammer-spief, Ger. (£am-m€r 8p€10 See Kam- 
 
 mer-Musik. 
 Kammer-styl, Ger. (iom-mSr stsl.) Style of 
 
 chamber music, as opposed to the ecclesiastical 
 
 and theatrical styles. 
 Rammer-ton, Ger. (katn-mSr: ton.) The pitch, 
 
 or lower tuning, of the instruments in chamber 
 
 music, opposed to the higher tuning of the organ 
 
 in church music. 
 Kamponl. (kam-ooa^.) A gong of small dimen- 
 sions used by the Mayhiys 
 liauAele. (kan-c2a-le.) A stringed instrument 
 
 used in Finland. 
 Kanon, Ger. (ta-nOn.) A canon. 
 Kanoon. A species of dulcimer. 
 Kanzel-lied, Ger. (kan-teSl ISd.) Hymn before 
 
 the sermon. 
 Kappelle, Ger. (kap-;)^WS.) Chapel. 
 Kappell-meister, 6-' « r. (k Up-pi I mi«-ter.) 
 
 Chapel master; musical director. 
 Karfreltag, Ger. (kSr/; j-tag.; Good Friday. 
 Karine, Per. (kit-rg-ng.) A Persian instrument 
 
 in the form of the tuba; the ancient ftoman horn 
 
 eight feet in length. 
 Kass, It. (kitss.) A species of drum used by the 
 
 negroes of Angola. 
 Kasside. Per. (kas-sEd.) An elegy of the Per- 
 sians. 
 Katachresis, Gr. (k&t-&-kra-elB.) The uss of a 
 
 discord contrary to the old rules. 
 Kathedrale, Ger. (kiit-S-dra-lg.) I 
 
 Kathedral-kirche, Oer. (kat-6-draZ Kr-khS.) ) 
 
 Cathedral. 
 Keck, Ger. (kgk.) Pert, fearless, bold. 
 Kecklieit, Ger. ikSk-hlt.) Boldness, vigor. 
 Keener^. Singers engaged by the Irish, to sing 
 
 lamentations over the dead. 
 Kehle, Ger. (ka-K.) The voice, the throat. 
 Hehl-lant, Ger. (kal lout.) A guttural sound. 
 Kehraus, (?«r. (*S-rous.) Sioeep dance; n-pecxL- 
 
 liar kind of dance, practiced at the conclusion of 
 
 an entertainment. 
 
 KETE 
 
 Keman. (JcSrm&a.) A Turkish violin with three 
 strings. 
 
 Kemangeh, Tur. QiH-m&n-gSh.) A stringed in- 
 strument of the Turks, played with a bow. 
 
 Kenet. (A:(fn-6t.) An Abyssinian trumpet. 
 
 Kenuer, Ger. {Jcln-u&r.) A connoisseur; a pro 
 fessor. 
 
 Kenner in der muslk, Ger. (Hn-nSr In dC-i 
 moo-zik.) Professor of music. 
 
 Kent bugle. A bugle having six keys, four <>] 
 which are commanded by the right hand and twd 
 by the left. 
 
 Kerana, Per. (kS-ra-na.) A wipd instrument, 
 forming a kind of long trumpet much used by the 
 Persians. 
 
 Keranim. (k£-ra-nlm.) The sacred trumpet of 
 the ancient Hebrews. 
 
 Keras, Gr. {klr-Sa.) The appellation given by 
 
 , Hedylus, and other writers, to the hydraulica oi 
 water organ of the ancients. 
 
 Keren, &6. -(kSr-En.) A horn: an instrument 
 first used by the Hebrews, formed of a ram's horn 
 and subsequently made of metal. 
 
 Keranlopnon, Ger. (k5-rou-lo-fOn.) An 8 feet 
 organ stop, of a reedy and pleasing quality of 
 tone ; its peculiar character being produced by a 
 small round hole bored in the pipe near the top. 
 
 Kerklenorgelen, Out. (kerk-U-nSr-gSln.) 
 Church organ. 
 
 Kern, Ger. (kSrn.) The languid, or langward, in 
 organ pipes. 
 
 Kerna, Gr. (Jclr-n&.) A kind of trumpet used 
 by Tamerlane, the sound of which it is said could 
 be heard several miles. 
 
 Keron-Jebel, jff«6. (Wr-iSn ya-b'l.) Jubilee horn. 
 
 Kerrena, It. (kSr-7'o-na.) An Indian trumpet. 
 
 Ketch. Name applied by old writers to a catch. 
 
 Ketten-triller, Ger. {klt-Vrx tril-lGr.) Chain 
 of shakes. 
 
 Kettle-tlrnm. A brass drum, of a cup-likes 
 shape, over which the parchment head is 
 stretched; used in pairs, one of which is tuned 
 to the keynote, the other to the fifth of the key. 
 
 Kettle-dmmmer. A performer upon the ket- 
 tle drum. 
 
 Key. The lever by which the sounds of a piano- 
 forte, organ or harmonium are produced. Also, 
 an arrangement by which certain holes are 
 opened and closed in Antes, hautboys and other 
 wind instruments. A key also means, a scale or 
 series of notes progressing diatonically, in a cer- 
 tain order of tones and semitones, the first note 
 of the scale being called the Key-note. 
 
 Key-board. The rows of keys of a pianoforte, 
 organ or similar instrument. 
 
 Key-board, chromatic. An attachment ap 
 plied to the keys of a piano for the purpose of 
 enabling players of moderate skill to execute! 
 chromatic scales and passages with facility and 
 correctness. 
 
 Key bogle. A Kent bugle. 
 
 Keyed. Furnished with keys. 
 
 Keyed cithara. An oblong box holding a aeries 
 of'strings in triangular form, struck by plectra 
 of quill affixed to the inner ends of the keys. 
 
 Keyed harmonica. An instrument with keys, 
 the hammers striking upon plates of glass. 
 
112 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S aU, a add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, 1 ill, oW, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, ti fa<e, u Sw<, u French, sound. 
 
 KEYE 
 
 Keyed instruments. All instrnments wliose 
 tones are produced by the pressure of the fingers 
 upon keys. 
 
 Keyed-stop 'violin. An arrangement which 
 may he attached to a violin, consisting of a fin- 
 ger-board made of ebony, with thirty-three stops, 
 called key stops, which stand above the strings 
 and act u^on them per{)endicularly. 
 
 Keyed violin. An instrument having forty 
 strings, arranged like those of a piano, and acted 
 upon by horsehair bows, under the pressm-e of 
 keys like those of an organ. 
 
 Key, fundamental. The original key. 
 
 Key, governing. The principal or original key. 
 
 Key harp. An instrument of recent invention, 
 resembling a piano externally, with a similar ar- 
 rangement of keys and pedals. It consists of an 
 adjustment of tuning itorks of various pitches, 
 over cavities of sonorous metal. 
 
 Key, mt^or. That scale or key in which the 
 third from the tonic is major. 
 
 Key, minor. That scale of key in which the 
 third from the tonic is minor. 
 
 Key, natural. That which has neither sharp 
 nor flat at the sigi; ■ Mire. 
 
 Key note. The tuuic, or first note of every scale. 
 
 Keys, authentic. Keys in the ancient system 
 of the Greeks, whose tones extend from the tonic 
 to the iilth and octave above. 
 
 Keys, chromatic. The black keys of a piano- 
 forte; every key in whose scale one or more so 
 called chromatic tones occur, and in which a 
 chromatic signature is requisite. 
 
 Keys, parallel. The major and its relative 
 minor. 
 
 Keys, pedal. That set of keys belonging to an 
 organ which are acted upon by the feet. 
 
 Keys, plagal. In the ancient Greek system, 
 those keys whose tones extended from the dom- 
 inant or fifth upward to the octave and twelfth. 
 
 Keys relative. Keys which only differ by hav- 
 ing in their scales one flat or sharp more or less, 
 or which have the same signature. 
 
 Keys, remote. Those which are at a distance 
 from each other as the keys of one sharp and six 
 sharps. 
 
 Key stops. The stops on a keyed-stop violin. 
 
 Key tone. The key note. 
 
 Key, transposed. A key removed or changed 
 from that in which a piece was originally written. 
 
 Key, tuning. An instrument for the purpose 
 of tightening or loosening the strings of a piano 
 or harp. — 
 
 Khasan, .HeA. (Uo-zSn.) The principal singer 
 in a synagogue. 
 
 Khumj, Si». The first note in the Hindoo mu- 
 sical scale. 
 
 Kielen, ffe?-. (M-l'n.) To quill the "jacks" of 
 the harpsichord, etc. 
 
 BLin Chi, (kin ke.) A Chinese musical instru- 
 ment possessing a body of thin wood, with five 
 strings of silk of difiterent sizes. 
 
 King Chi, / (king kee.) A Chinese instrument 
 consisting of a frame of wood with pendent stone, 
 graduated through sixteen notes and struck with 
 H hammer. 
 
 KLAR 
 
 Kink-hom, Cfer. (ifoi-hOrn.) Cornet, clarion. 
 See Zinke. 
 
 Kink-hiii-ner, Ger. pi. {kink hor-nSi.) Cor- 
 nets, clarions. See Zlnken. 
 
 Kinnor, Heb. (kin-ngr'.) A small harp held in 
 the hand and played upon while dancing. 
 
 Kirehen-componist, Ger. (ijc-kh'n-kOm-pO- 
 nist.) Composer of church music. 
 
 Kirchen-dienst, Ger. {kzr-kh'n dSnst.) Church 
 service ; form of prayer. 
 
 Kirchen-fei^t, Ger. (K?'-kh'n fSst.) Church fes- 
 tival. 
 
 Kirchen-gesang, Ger. (Hr-kh'n ghi-sang.) I 
 
 Kirchen-ued, Ger. (kir-kh'n 18d.) ) 
 
 Spiritual song, canticle, psalm or hymn. 
 
 Kirchen-ninsik, Ger. (ftjr-kh'n OTOO-zIk.) 
 Church music. 
 
 Kirchen-siinger, Ger. (Br-kh'n sdng-Sr.) A 
 chorister; a chanter. 
 
 Kirchen-stilck. &er. (Mr'-kh'n stilk.) Church 
 piece, or composition. 
 
 Kirchen-styl, Ger. (ktr-Tsh'n stSI.) ChurcOi 
 style, ecclesiastical style. 
 
 Kirchen-ton, Ger. (kir-Mi'n ton.) Church 
 mode, or tone. 
 
 Kirchen-tonai*ten, Ger. pi. (H;--kh'n t5n-it- 
 t'n.) The old church modes. 
 
 Kirchen-trio, Ger. (Hr-kh'n tri-a.) An obso- 
 lete species of composition for two violins and 
 bass. 
 
 Kirchen-weise, Ger. (kir-kh'n vl-zs.) A church 
 meloo^. 
 
 Kit. The name of a small pocket violin used by 
 dancing masters. Its length is about sixteen 
 inches, and that of the bow about seventeen, 
 
 Kitar, (M-tdr.) A musical instrument of the 
 Arabs. 
 
 Kithara, Gr. (ftjWi-S-ra.) A cithara. 
 
 Klage,ffcr. {kld-gjii.) Lamentation. 
 
 Klagend, Ger. («o-g'nd.) Plaintive. 
 
 Klage-gedicht. (Ka-ghe ghe-dikht.) I Elegy, 
 
 Klage-Ued, Ger. (kld-gh& led.) ( mourn- 
 
 ful song, lamentation. 
 
 Klage-ton, Ger. (kla-ghS ton.) Plaintive tunc, 
 or melody. 
 
 Klang, Ger. (klilng.) Sound; tune; ringing. 
 
 Klans-boden, Ger. (klSng bo-d'n.) Sound 
 boaroT 
 
 Kliinge, Ger. pi. (klang-S.) Sounds, melodies. 
 
 Klangeschlecht, Ger. (kldn-gh&shllk/it.) A 
 genus, or mode. 
 
 Klanglelire, Ger. (klang-lSrvi.) Acoustics. 
 
 Klanglos, Ger. ikldng-lBa.) Soundless. 
 
 Klangnachbildung, Ger. (kldng-ndkh-bil- 
 doong.) Imitation of a sound. 
 
 Klang-saal, Ger. (kldng-e&l.) Concert room; 
 music room. 
 
 Klang- stein, Ger. {kldng stin.) Sonorous stone. 
 
 Klappe, Ger. (*Za^-pg.) Key of any wind instru- 
 ment; a valve. 
 
 Klappen-flttgelhom, Ger. (kldp-^'n jZu-g'l- 
 horn.) The keyed bugle. 
 
 Klappen-taorn, Ger. (,klap-p'n horn.) A keyed 
 horn. 
 
 Klapp-trompetfe, Ger. (klap-trOm-i)^tS.) A 
 keyed trumpet. 
 
 Klor, Ger, (klar.) Clear, bright. 
 
PEONOUNOING MtrSIOAL DIOTIOlfAKY. 
 
 113 
 
 B ale, & add, & arm, S eve, & end, I tee, I ill, old, fi odd, 6 dove, oo moon, n lute, i. but, tl French sound. 
 
 KLAR 
 
 Klarhelt, 6er. (kldr-ilt.) Clearness, plainness. 
 
 Kliii'Iich, Ger. (JclSr-WA.) Clearly, distinctly. 
 
 Hiansel, ffer. (Jclou-zSl.) A close; a regular sec- 
 tion of a movement. 
 
 Klavier, Ger. (kia/S?'.) ^Pianoforte, harpsichord; 
 see Clamer. 
 
 Klairier-sonaten, Ger. {iiSrfir sO-mo-tSn.) Pi- 
 anoforte sonata. 
 
 Klavier- spieler, Ger. (Wa/Sr spS-lBr.) Piano- 
 forte player. 
 
 Klein, Ger. (ldln.> Minor; speaking of Intervals. 
 
 Kleln-tiass, Ger. (JcUn bSss.) ' I 
 
 Klein-bass-geise, Ger. (kiln bass ^AJ-ghg.) { 
 Violincello. 
 
 Kleine alt possaone, Ger. fJcR-u'i alt pOs- 
 sou-n^.) A small sackbut, the trombone piccolo 
 of the Italians. 
 
 Kleine lieder, Ger. (AB-ng Z5-d5r.) Little 
 
 Kleui-gedacht, Ger. (*S-nS ghS-(Jffi*M.) .A 
 
 small covered stop in an organ ; a stopped flute. 
 Kletnlaut, Ger. (.kiln-lout.) Smalt or low in 
 
 tone, or voice. 
 Kllngltar, Ger. (kling-hSi.) Besonant, sonorous. 
 Klinsel, Ger. (W^g'-gy A bell. 
 Klingeln, Ger. (kling-eln.) To ring or sound a 
 
 smallbell; to jingle. 
 Klingen, Ger. {kling-'n.) 1 Sonorous, reso- 
 Kllmgend, Ger. (kling-Sni.) j nant, ringing. 
 Kling-gedicht, Ger. (kling gM-dikht.) Sonnet. 
 Kling Klang, Ger. QiVrng kllng.) Tinkling, 
 
 bad music. 
 Klingspiel, Ger. (Mnjf-spBl.) The sound or 
 
 noise of instruments. 
 Klntter, Ger. Qcloot-Mdv:) A bird call. 
 Knalienstimme, Ger. (Ama-b'n-sijm-mg.) A 
 
 boy's voice; counter tenor. 
 Kaell. The tolling of a bell at a Heath or funeral. 
 Knle-seige, Ger. (*n5-ghI-ghS.) Viol da Gam- 
 
 ba, vimincello. 
 KnIe-rShre, Ger. (*n? rfl-rg.) A pipe or tube, 
 
 Knopf-regal, &er. (AraoE^rg-jroJ.) ^e& ApfeUBe- 
 
 gal. ' 
 
 Koan. One of the eight spieces of musical sounds 
 
 of the Chinese system, 
 Kodha, Cor. (ko-da.) Cadence. 
 Kollo, Jap. (kOl-10.) A Japanese instrument 
 
 somewhat resembling a harp. 
 Komiker, Ger. (Aora-i-kgr.) A writer of bnr- 
 
 lettas; also a comic performer. 
 Komisch, Ger. (*5m-Ish.) Comical. 
 Komma, Gr. (Mm-ma.) I Comma; a musical 
 Konuna, Ger. ikdm-vaS,.') f section or division. 
 KomSdiant, Ger. (kfi-m6-di-an^) Comedian, 
 
 actor, player. 
 KomSdiantlnn, Ger. (k0-m6-di-a)i-tin.) An ac- 
 
 Komifdie, Ger. (kO-JBO-dl-g.) Comedy, play. 
 
 Komponiren, Ger. (kOm-pO-»iS»--'n.) To com- 
 pose. 
 
 Homponist. Ger. (kOm-pO-«isJO A composer. 
 
 Komposltion, Ger^ (kOm-pO-zft-sI-a».) A com- 
 
 _posltion. 
 
 Konzert-meister, Ger. (kOn-Mr^mla-tgr.) See 
 Concert-Meister. 
 8 
 
 KTJRZ 
 
 Koons. A Persian drnm made of brass, two feet^ 
 in circumference. 
 
 Kopf-stinune, Ger. (.kSpf stlm-mg.) Falsetto, 
 head voice. 
 
 Koppel, (?er. (to^-p'l.) Coupler; coupling stop 
 in an organ. 
 
 Kor, Oer. (kOr.) \ Choir, chorus. Sea 
 
 KSre, Ger. pi. (Ao-rS.) ) Chor. 
 
 Koryphsens, Gr. (kO-rif-J-iis.) Chief, or leader 
 of the dancers. 
 
 Kos, Hun. (koz.) An Hungarian dance. 
 
 Kosabe. (kO-sS-kg.) A national dance of the 
 Cossacks. 
 
 Kraclizen, Oer. (Jcrdkh-VS'n..) To sing with a 
 croaking voice. 
 
 Kraft, Ger. (kraft.) Power, strength, energy. 
 
 Kraftig, ffer. (kraf-tlg.) I Powerful, vig- 
 
 KriiftigUch, Ger. (iri^f-tlg-llkh.) f orous, full of 
 energy. 
 
 Krilttig und knrz, Ger. (kr^-tlg oond koorts.) 
 Loud and detached. 
 
 KrakOTiak. (krS-kO-vI-ak.) I The Ora- 
 
 KrakOTienne,. Pr. (kra-ko-vl-gn.) f covienne, a, 
 Polish dance in 2-4 time. 
 
 Kreisfnge, Ger. (*?^-foo-ghg.) Circulating fu- 
 gue ; a canon. 
 
 Kieistanz, Ger. (A«^-tants.) Dance in a circle. 
 
 Krenz, Ger. (kroits.) A sharp. 
 
 Kreoz-doppeltes, Ger. (kroits (Z2!p-pgl-tgs.) A 
 double sharp, x or ^. 
 
 Kriegerisch, Ger. (krd-ghSi-Xeh.) Warlike, mar- 
 tial. 
 
 Krlegs-gesang, Ger. (.IcrSgs-gbS-sang.) 1 A.war 
 
 Krlegs-Ued, Ger. (,krigs-isa..) j song, 
 
 a soldier's song. 
 
 Kriegs-spieler, Ger. (Arggfa-spS-lgr.) A musi- 
 cian of a regiment. 
 
 Krome. See Groma. 
 
 Kronsta, Gr. (krous-tS.) A general name ap- 
 
 _plied by the ancients to all pulsatile instruments. 
 
 Kmmm, Oer. (kroom.) Crooked, curved, bent. 
 
 Krummliom, Oer. (ftroom-horn.) rooked 
 horn. The name of a portable wind instrument 
 formerly much In use, resembling a small cornet. 
 Organ builders corrupt this word into cremona, 
 and apply it to one of their organ stops. 
 
 Krustisclie instmmente, Oer. (kroos-tl-ehS 
 In-stroo-m^n-tg.) Instruments of percussion, as 
 the drum, cymbals, etc. 
 
 Knii-Iiom, Oer. (jkoo-hoin.) Cow horn, Swiss 
 horn, Alpine horn. 
 
 Ktthn, Ger. (kfln.) Short. 
 
 Knkreihen, Ger. (koo-m-Wn.) Banz des Vachea. 
 
 Knnst, Oer. (koonst.) Art; skill. 
 
 Kunstpfeifer, Ger. (*oons^pfI-fgr.) Street 
 musician. 
 
 Knnstwerk der zaknnft, Ger. (koonst-wHtk. 
 dgr tsoo-koonft.) Art work of the future. A 
 term given by Richard Wagner to his peculiar 
 theory of the music of the future ; musical com- 
 
 _position. 
 
 Kappel, Ger. (koop-p'l.) See Koppel. 
 
 Knrz, Oer. (koorts.) Short, detached, etacc&to. 
 
 Klirzen, Oer. (kUr-tsen.) To abridge. 
 
 Knrzer slngeaatz, Oer. (koort-aSi <i»-ghS-8Sts.) 
 Cavatlna, ' 
 
114 
 
 PEOI^'OUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 5 ale, & add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, S odd, 6 dove, oo moon, tl lute, xl but, ti French sound. 
 
 KRUZ 
 
 Knrz nnd rein, Oer. (koorte oond iTn.) Dis- 
 tinct and clear. 
 
 Kttrzung, Ger. (Wir-tsoong.) Abbreviation. 
 
 HUrzungszeichen, Ger. (^ur-tsoongs-fsS-kb'n.) 
 Sign of abbreviation. 
 
 K^nsslr, Fr. (kile-sSr.) A Tarkisli muBical in- 
 etrament. 
 
 LAND 
 
 Ktttzial-flSte, Ger. (kilt-si-ai /^-tS.) An organ 
 
 stop of the flute species. 
 Kynnor, Heb. (kIn-nBr.) The harp of David. 
 Ityrie eleison, Gr. (kS-rS a-lE-z8n.) Lord have 
 
 mercy won ut. The first movement in a mass. 
 KyrieUe, Fr. (ke-re-81.) Litany. 
 
 \a. Left hand. Notes, to be played with the left 
 
 hand or foot, are sometimes written with an L 
 
 over them. 
 Iia. A syllable applied in solfaing, to the note A; 
 
 the sixth sound in the scale of Guido. 
 Iia, /«. (la.) I m,,. 
 Ija^Fr. (la.) f J-i"- 
 
 Iia b^molj Fr. (la ba-mol.) The note A flat. 
 lia b^mol majeuT, Fr. (lil b3-m0l mfi-zhur.) 
 
 The key of A flat major. 
 Iia b^mol mlueujp, Fr. (la bS-mOl mS-nilr.) 
 
 The key of A flat minor. 
 Iiabial. Organ pipes with lips, called also Jlue 
 
 pipes. 
 Ijabial-stimmen, (?e?'. (Ifi-bl-ai s<jm-ni'n.) 
 
 Stops belonging to the flue work, not reed stops. 
 liabium, Lat. (M-bl-um.) The lip of an organ 
 
 pipe. 
 Iia chasse. Fr. (la shSss.) In the hunting style. 
 Iiacrimfindo,/^. (la-crS-mSn-dO.) I Sadly, in a 
 Iiaevtm6so, It. (IS-orS-mO-zO.) (mournful, pa- 
 thetic style. 
 Ijade, Ger. Ko-de.) Wind chest, in an organ. 
 Ija destra, It. QS, das-tra.) The right hand. 
 lia diese, Fr. (la Ai-as.) The note A sharp. 
 lia finale, Fr. (la ti-ndl.) The last figure of a 
 
 quadrille. 
 Iia flute douce, J"?-, (la floot dooss.) The flute 
 
 a bee, or common flute. 
 liase der linken band, Ger. {la-gbS dSr Hn.- 
 
 k^ hand.) Position of the left hand. 
 Iiasnoi^o, It. (lan-^a-zO.) Plaintive, doleful. 
 Iiagrimfindo, It. (la-grS-mare-dO.) I Weeping, 
 Iiajcpinidso, /^. ' (ia-grS-»JO-zO.) ) tearful, in a 
 
 sad and mournful style. 
 Mjaexa,, Lat. (le-va.) The left; the left hand. 
 lial, Fr. (la.) Lay, ditty, short plaintive song. 
 li'amiable vainq.ueur, Fr. Oa-ml-abl vanh- 
 
 kttr.) A French air and dance ; the louvre. 
 Xiaissant mourir le son pen a pen, Fr. 
 
 (las-sanh moo-rer lilh sbnh pirn a piih.) Dimin- 
 ishing the sound by degrees. 
 Iiali. A very large drum, used by the natives of 
 
 the Fiji Islands. 
 
 (la ma-zhfir.) The key of A 
 Sound post of a violin, vl- 
 
 lia majeur, Fr. 
 
 major. 
 
 Xi'ame, Fr. (ram.) 
 Ola, etc. 
 
 liament. An old name for harp music of the 
 pathetic kind; applied also to the pathetic tunes 
 of the Scotch. 
 
 Xianient&bile, It. (la-men-<a-bS-lS.) Lamenta- 
 ble, mournful. 
 
 liamentabilni^nte, It. (la-mSn-ta-bSl-maa-tS.) 
 Lamentably, mournfully. 
 
 Iiamentabondo, It. (la-mgn-ta- Jon-do.) Mourn- 
 ful, doleful. 
 
 Iiamentando. It. (la-mSn-iara-dO.) Lamenting, 
 mourning. 
 
 Iiamentations. The funeral music of the an- 
 cient Jews was called by this name. 
 
 Xiamentatrice, It. (la-mgn-t-arirg-tshS.) Fe- 
 male vocal performers, hired to chant over the 
 dead, and to sing dirges at funerals. 
 
 liamentazlone. It. (la-mSn-ta-tsS-^-nS.) A lam- 
 entation. 
 
 lianient^vole. It. (Ia-m5n-^a-v0-le.) Lamenta- ' 
 ble, mournful, plaintive. 
 
 liamente'volm^nte. It. (larmSn-ta-v51-maft-te.) 
 Mournfully, plaintively. 
 
 liamenttSso, It. (la-mgn-^-zS.) Lamentable, 
 mournful. 
 
 lia mineur, Fr. (la mi-nur.) The key of A mi- 
 nor. 
 
 liampadarius, Gr. (lam-pa-da-il-us.) The two 
 principal singers in the patriarchal church of 
 Constantinople. - ' 
 
 liampons, Fr. (lanh-pOnh.) Drinking songs. 
 
 JLanderer, Ger. (lan-ai-vSv.) I A country dance 
 
 Ijaadler, Oer. {Idnd-lSi.) ( or air in a rustic 
 and popular style, in 3-8or 3-4 time. 
 
 liiinderiscb, Ger. (ISn-i&T-lah.) In the manner 
 or measure of a country dance. 
 
 Xiandlicb, Ger. (land-likh.) Rural. 
 
 liand-Iied, Ger. (land led.) Rural song, rustic 
 song. 
 
 liandn. For. (lan-doo.) A Portuguese dance in 
 8-4 or a-3 time. 
 
PRONOUNCING MTJSIOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 115 
 
 S, ale, S add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, o2(2, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, u &u<, 11 French sound. 
 
 LAND 
 
 Iiandnms, For. (liln-dooinB.) A class of Portn- 
 
 guese music, of a sentimental, melancholy nature. 
 fiang, Ger. (Ifing.) Long. 
 Iianssam, &er. (Idng-s&m.) Slowly; equivalent 
 
 to Largo. 
 IJangsamer, Ger. {Idng-sSr-mSi.) Slower. 
 liangnase, meloAic. An expression of feel- 
 ings ana ideas by the aid of melodic expressions. 
 Ijanguase- 1 In an organ flue pipe, this is, the 
 Etangnid. f flat piece of metal or wood placed 
 
 honzontally just inside of the month. 
 I^angaemente, It. (Un-gug-man-tS.) Languish- 
 
 ingly. 
 liangn^ndo. It. QSin-gvSn-da.).) Languishing, 
 Eiangadnte./^ Qa,rt-guan-tS.) (-feebre; with 
 li&ngiiido. It. (lan-gae-diO.) ) languor. 
 Iiangnettes, Fr. (Iftnh-g'aW.) The brass tongues, 
 
 belonging to the reed pipes in an organ. 
 Iia parte dl vloUno, It. (13 piir-tS dE vS-O-le- 
 
 no!) Q'he part to be played by the violin. 
 Ija parte prima. It. (la par-tS pri-m&.) The 
 
 first voice or part; the leading part. 
 Iia pastonrelle, Fr. (la pie-too-ral.) One of 
 
 the five dance movements forming the quadrille. 
 Iia poule, Fr. (la pool.) The second figure in a 
 
 quadrille. 
 Ija prima intenzione. It. (la prg-ma €n-tan- 
 
 ts5-5-nS.) An expression applied by the Italians 
 
 to the form of any composition, as originally de- 
 signed by the composer, and distinguished from 
 
 the improved or altered copy. 
 I/a prima -rtf Ita ftfrte, la sectSnda pifino. 
 
 It. (la 7?rg-ma vol-tM. f5r-t6, la sa-^on-da pe-a-nO.) 
 
 The fii'st time loud, the second time soft. 
 Iiargam£nte, /£. (lar-ga-man-tS.) I Largely, 
 Jaargam^nto, It. (lar-ga-ma»-tO.) ) f n 1 1 y ; in a 
 
 fUlI7 free, broad style of performance. 
 liarge. The longest note formerly in use, in an- 
 cient music. It is equal to eight semibreves or 
 
 four breves: 
 Iiargement, Fr. (larzh-manh.) Full, free in 
 
 style : see Largamente. 
 I^arj^hetto, It. (lar-ffoj-to.) A word specifying 
 
 a time not quite so slow as that denoted by largo, 
 
 of which word it is the diminutive. 
 Irargliezza, It. Q&r-gat-tBii.) Breadth, largeness, 
 
 freedom. 
 Iiarghissimo, It. (Iar-ghgs-s8-m0.) Extremely 
 
 slow ; the superlative of largo. 
 liilrgo. It. (Idr-gO.) A slow and solemn degree 
 
 of movement. 
 liftrgo andante, It. {Idr-gC an-dara-tS.) Slow, 
 
 distinct, exact. 
 Ii&rgo assai. It. (Idr-gO as-sa-E.) I Very 
 
 Ii&rgo di mdlto. It. (lar-gO de m5l-tO.) ( slow. 
 I/firgo ma non tr<Sppo, It. (lar-go ma'nSn 
 
 trOp-pO.) Slow, but not too much so. 
 Ii&rgo un p4Sco, It. (lar-gO oon pO-kO.) Rather 
 
 slow. 
 Iiarigot, Fr. {Idr-l-gO.) Shepherd's flute or pipe ; 
 
 an organ stop tuned an octave above the twelfth; 
 
 the former named the flageolet. 
 Iiaringe, It. na-rJji-ghSO Larynx. 
 liarmioyant, Fr. (lar-mwa-yanh.) Weeping, with 
 
 a tearful expression. 
 Iiarynx. The upper part of the trachea. It is 
 
 composed of five annular cartilages, placed above 
 
 LAVO 
 
 one another and united by elastic ligaments, by 
 which it is so dilated and contracted, as to be 
 capable of varying the tones of the voice. 
 
 Icastlmosamente, Spa. (las-te-mO-za-mara-tg.) 
 In a doleful manner. 
 
 Ira stretta. It. (la strat-ta.) A term indicating 
 that a passage is to be played in quicker time. 
 
 liast sblft. On a' violin, the shirt on the twen- 
 tieth line, or B. 
 
 Iia trenise, Fr. (la tra-ngz.) The fourth figure 
 in a quadrille, also called pastorale. 
 
 liaud. To praise with words alone, or with words 
 and music. 
 
 Iiaiid, Spa. (laood.) A lute. 
 
 liduda, It. (la-oo-da.) Laud, praise; hymn of 
 praise. 
 
 Iiaudamns te, Lat. (law-d!a-miis ta.) We praise 
 Thee; part of the Gloria. 
 
 Iiandes, Lat. (law-dSs.) I Canticles, or hymns 
 
 Iidudl, It. pi. (la-oo-dE.) ( of praise, that follow 
 the early Mass. 
 
 IiaudecL Lat. (law-do-sB.) I The name applied 
 
 Iiaudisti, Lat. (law-dg«-ts.) (to the members of 
 & society, instituted in Florence about the year 
 1310, for the performance of those spiritual songs, 
 called Laudi. 
 
 Iiaudi spiritnali, Lat. (law-dS spir-lt-11-a-lE.) 
 Sacred songs and dialogues sung by the priests in 
 the oratory. 
 
 Iianf, ffen (louf.) Thatpart of a violin, etc., into 
 which the pegs are inserted; also, a rapid succes- 
 sion of notes ; a trill. 
 
 Jj&att>, Ger. pi. (loi-tS.)) Rapid divisions of 
 
 Iikafier, Ger. (loi-t&v.) | notes ; a flight or run of 
 rapid notes ; a roulade, a trill or shake. 
 
 Iiaunenstttck, Ger. (lou-nSn-stuk.) A volun- 
 tary. 
 
 Iiaonig, Ger. (lou-nlg.) Humorous. 
 
 Iians perennis, La(. (laws pSr-en-nls.) Name 
 given to the Perpetual Psalmody established in 
 &e early ages of Christianity at Antioch by an 
 order of monks. 
 
 Iiant, Ger. (lout.) Loud ; also, sound. 
 
 Iiante, Ger. (lou-t&.) The lute. 
 
 Iiauten, Ger. (loi-Vn.) To ring, to toll, to sound. 
 
 liantenbalken, Ger. {lou-Vn-bdl-Vn.) The 
 bridge of a lute. 
 
 Xiautenblatt, Ger. (?o«-t'n-biatt.) The table of 
 a lute. 
 
 Ijanten-fUtter, Ger. llou-Vn foot-t&i.) i Lute 
 
 lianten-kasten, Ger. (loti-Vn kds-Vn.) | case. 
 
 Iiantengriff, Ger. {lou-Vn-griS.) Touch of a lute. 
 
 Iiautenist, Ger. (lou-t'n-5s<.) Lute-player, lufa- 
 nist. 
 
 Iianten-macber, Ger. (lou-t'n ma-khSr.) Lute- 
 maker. 
 
 tauten-sclilager, Ger. (lon-t'n sft^a-ghgr.) I 
 
 lianten-spieler. Ger. (lou-t'n spM&i.) ) 
 
 Lute-player, lutanist. 
 
 Iiantenzug, Ger. (toa-t'n-tsoog.) Lute-register. 
 
 Iiautlos, Ger. (ioMi-lOs.) Soundless, mute. 
 
 Iia v<5ce. It. (la vO-tshe.) The voice. 
 
 JLa 'volta, It. (la «M-ta.) I A lively, animated 
 
 Iia ■volte, It. (la vbl-tM ) tune performed to an 
 old dance, the action of which consisted chiefly 
 of quick turns and high leaps. 
 
116 
 
 PROBTOTTNCING MUSICAL BIOTIONAET. 
 
 S ate, S add, & arm, e eve, S end, I ice, I Ul, old, 5 odd, 6 <2a«e, oo moon, 11 M«, u but, it French tound. 
 
 LAY 
 
 IJay. A song; a species of narrative poetry among 
 
 the ancient minstrels. 
 liay clerls. A vocal officiate in a cathedral, who 
 
 takes part in the services and anthems hut is not 
 
 of the priesthood. 
 Iiay, gfreater. One of the two classes of ancient 
 
 lays, consisting of twelve couplets of verses in 
 
 different measures. 
 Iiay, lesser. One of the two classes of ancient 
 
 lays comprising sixteen or twenty verses. 
 IJaymen. Those vocal officiates in a cathedral 
 
 who are not of the priesthood; the laity or people 
 
 in distinction from the clergy. 
 
 Ijc, It. pi. oi) M 
 
 lieader. The first or principal violin in an orches- 
 tra; a director of a choir. 
 
 Ijeaaing chord. The dominant chord. 
 
 JJeadin^ melody. The principal melody in a 
 composition of several parts. 
 
 Iieading note. The major seventh of any scale; 
 the semitone below the key note ; the major third 
 of the dominant. 
 
 lieantnsr note. See Appogiatnra. 
 
 I/eaps. A distance composed of several interme- 
 diate intervals. 
 
 lieben, Ger. (ZS-b'n.) Life, vivacity. 
 
 I^ebhaft, Ger. itSb-h&tt.) Lively, vivacious, quick. 
 
 liebhaftigUelt, Ger. (ZS6-haf-tig-kIt.) Liveli- 
 ness, vivacity. 
 
 lie bruit des tambonrs, Fr. (liih brt-e dS 
 tanh-boor.) The rattle of drums. 
 
 te chant royal, J'?'. (lUh shSnh rwa-ya?.) 
 Verses chanted by pilgrims on their return from 
 the Holy Land. 
 
 lie clavier bronmer, Fr. (Ifih kiarvi-S broo- 
 ma.) An instrument invented in Paris for the 
 purpose of strengthening the fingers of piano 
 players. 
 
 liC^on, Fr. (la-sBnh.) A lesson, an ezercise. 
 
 liCdger lines. I The short extra, or additional 
 
 liCger lines, pines drawn above or below the 
 staff, for the reception of such notes as are too 
 high or too low to be placed on or within the stafi'. 
 
 licera viola. A stringed instrument of the an- 
 cients. 
 
 licero. A lyre. 
 
 JLeft beat. A movement to the left in beating 
 time. 
 
 lieg&bile, /*. QS-ga-he-lS.) I (,„„ T,p„5tn 
 
 I^eg&ndo, It. (Ie-5fffi«-dq0 ) ^ i^egato. 
 
 lieg&re. It. (IS-g'o-rS.) To slur, or bind. 
 
 liCg&re le note, It. (IS-gra-rS IS mS-tS.) To join 
 the notes closely ; to play legato. 
 
 JLegatissiino, It. (15-ga-ies-se-mO.) Exceedingly 
 smooth and connected. 
 
 lies&to, It. (lS-</a-to.) In a close, smooth, grace- 
 ful manner ; the opposite to staccato. It is often 
 indicated by a sign called a tie, thus, ^. 
 
 liCgato assai. It. (Ig-g'a-to as-sa-S.) Very close 
 and connected. 
 
 liCsato touch. A sliding of the fingers on and 
 oft the keys, holding down one key until the fin- 
 ger is fairly on another. It is indicated by the 
 word legato, or by a curved line, ^. 
 
 liesatiira. It. (IS-gS-too-ra.) A slur, a ligature. 
 
 linger, Fr. Oa-zha.) Light, nimble. 
 
 LEIE 
 
 li^^erement, Fr. (la-zhar-manh.) Lightly, 
 nimbly, gaily. 
 
 linger et a,tnMa6,Fr. (li-zhBiit an-e-mS.) Light 
 and animated. 
 
 Li^geret^, Fr. (la-zAo-rS-tS.) Lightness, agility. 
 
 IJeggatisslmo, It. (l&g-ga-^^s-se-mO.) See Lega- 
 tissimo. 
 
 liegg^nda. It. (l^d-ja-ra-da.) A legend, a tale. 
 
 liCggeram^nte, It. (lSd-jer-a-mo?i-tS.) Lightly, 
 easHy. 
 
 Iieggeranza, It. (lSd-jSr-a«-t8a.) I Lightness 
 
 Iieggerezza, It. (led-jSr-a<-tSa.) | and agility. 
 
 lieggerissiinamente, It. (ISd-jgr-Ss-se-ma- 
 mdn-iS.) Very light and sprightly. 
 
 teggerissimo, /(. (16d-jer-5s-sS-mO.) Veryliyht 
 and sprightly. 
 
 Iieggermente, It. (18d-jgr-ma»-tB.) A light and 
 easy movement. 
 
 lieggiadra, It. (Igd-j5-a-dra.) Graceful, elegant. 
 
 IiCggiadramfinte, It. (ISd-jS-a-dra-man-tg.) 
 Gracefully, elegantly. 
 
 Iieggi&rdo, It. (18d-jS-a»'-dO.) Lightly, delicately. 
 
 liCggieram^nte. It. (ISd-j5-ar-ar»jo>s-tg.), 1 
 
 JOeggi^re, It. (Igd-j8-ffl-rg.) V 
 
 IieggiermSnte, It. (lgd-jS-gr-ma«-tg. ) 
 Easily, lightly, delicately. 
 
 Lieggler^zza, It. (lgd-jS-g-ra<-tsa.) Lightness, 
 delicacy ; in a light, elastic style. 
 
 lieggi^ro, It. (lld-jS-^rO.) Light, swift, delicate. 
 
 liegglerdcolo. It. (Igd-jS-S-roo-kO-lO.) Bather 
 light and delicate. 
 
 Iiegglo, It. (lgd-jE-0.) A chorister's desk, in a 
 church choir. 
 
 lieggfo di mnsica, It. (lgd-JS-0 do moo-ze-ka.) 
 A music stand. 
 
 li^gno. It. (lan-yo.) Wood; see Col Legno. 
 
 Ijehrer, Ger. (/a-rgr.) Teacher, master. 
 
 liChrenn, Ger. (Za-rSr-In.) Instructress, mis- 
 tress. 
 
 Iiehr-gedicht, Ger. JJar-^^-dHkht.) Diadactio 
 poem. 
 
 liChr-ode, Ger. (ISr 0-dg.) Diadactic ode. 
 
 lieib-stiickhen, Ger.- {lib stiik-kh'n.) Favor- 
 ite air or tune. 
 
 liCichen-gedicht, Ger. (H-kh'n ghi-dik/it.) 
 Funeral poem, elegy. 
 
 Ijeichen-gesang, Ger. (fl-kh'u gh&-sdng.) 
 Dirge, funeral song. 
 
 lieicheu-niusik, Ger. (S-kh'n moo-zlk.) Funer- 
 al music. 
 
 Lieichenton, Ger. (H-kh'n-ti3n.) A lugubrious 
 sound. 
 
 Iieicht, Ger. (likht.) Light, easy, facile. 
 
 lieichtheit, Ger. (likM-htt.) I Lightness, 
 
 Iieichtigkeit, Ger. (SAA-tig-klt.U facility. 
 
 lieichtfertig, Ger. (ilkht-mv-tig.) Lightly, 
 carelessly. 
 
 IJeid, SCO. (led.) A lay, a song, a ballad. 
 
 lieidenschaft, Ger. (i^d'n-shaft.) Passion. 
 
 lieidenschaftlich, Ger. (/M-gn-shaft-likh.) Im- 
 passioned, passionate. 
 
 lieier, Ger. {ll-Sr.) A lyre, a hurdy gurdy. 
 
 Jieierer, Ger. (^e-rSr.) A player on the lyre. 
 
 lielermildchen, Ger. (i5-5r-mS(2-kh'n.) A giA 
 who plays on a hurdy gurdy. 
 
 liCiermann, Ger, (fl-gr-mSn.) A player on a 
 hurdy gurdy. 
 
PEONOlJNCINa MUSICAL DICTIONABY. 
 
 Hi 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, n lute, ii &!/2, 11 French sound. 
 
 LEIE 
 
 Xieiern, Ger. (B-8rn.) To play on the lyre or 
 
 Hand organ ; 
 
 hnrdy gnrdy. 
 Iielerorgel, Ger. (i?-Br-5r-g'I.) 
 
 barrel organ. 
 lieierspieler, Ger. (Jl-Hr-epl-lSr.) 
 plays on a lyre. 
 
 One wlio 
 
 I^eiclit, Ger. Ol-ht.) Easy. 
 
 Liciela, Spa. (ISl-ya.) A Moorleh dance. 
 
 lieinuna. Spa. (IS-em-ma.) An interval. 
 
 lieine, Ger. (M-11&.) A line of the staff. 
 
 lieise, Ger. («-zS.) Low, soft, gentle. 
 
 Eicit-accord, Ger. lit &k-kSrd^ A chord or har- 
 mony leading instinctively to another, as the 
 chord of the dominant leading to the tonic. 
 
 Inciter, Ger. (2{-tgr.) Leader; also the scale of 
 any Icey. 
 
 lieitereigen, Ger. (H-t5r-J-g'n.) Such tones as 
 belong to the scale of any key ; the notes forming 
 the scale. 
 
 Iieiter-fremd, Ger. (B-tSr-frgmd.) Accidental 
 sharps or flats which do not belong to the key. 
 
 lieit-ton, Ger. (pit-tOji.) The leading tone, the 
 leading note. 
 
 Hiene. An oldf erm applied to a note sustained in 
 one of the harmonic pai'ts of a composition, whilst 
 the other parts are in motion. 
 
 Xiengua, Spa. (lan-gaa,.) The tongue of a bell. 
 
 Xiengnetas, Spa. (ISn-gng-^as.) Valves of wind 
 instruments. 
 
 Lengneteria, Spa. (Ian-gn5-<a-r5-a.) A collec- 
 tion of tubes with valves as in an organ. 
 
 Ii^no, It. (io-nO.) Weak, feeble, faint. 
 
 Lieut, Fr. Otoh.) Slow. 
 
 Iientam^nte, It. (I§n-ta-maa-t6.) Slowly. 
 
 liCntfindo, It. OSn-iara-dO.) With increased slow- 
 ness. 
 
 lientement, Fr. (lanht-manh.) 1 Slowly, leis- 
 
 Lientem^iite, /<.- (ISn-tS-ma/i-tS.) (urely. 
 
 Krentement, tres, Fr. (lanht-manh tra.) Very 
 slow. 
 
 liCutenr, Fr. (lanh-tiir.) Slowness, delay. 
 
 Iicmteur, avee, Fr. (lanh-tOr a-vek.) I With 
 
 Lent^zza, con, /£. (len-tat-tsa kOn.) (slowness 
 and delay. 
 
 Iientissimam^nte. It. (ISn-tSs-sE-ma-man-tS.) I 
 
 fientissimo. It. (Ign-^Ss-sS-mO.) f 
 
 Extremely slow. 
 
 li^nto, 7<. (iam-to.) Slow. 
 
 Ii£nto ass&i. It. (lan-to as-sa-g.) 1 Very 
 
 li^nto di molto. It. (lan-tO de mol-to.) V slow- 
 
 It^nto I^nto, It. (15n-to lan-to.) ) ly. 
 
 Ijeonine verses. So called from Leo, the in- 
 ventor. They are verses the end of which rhyme 
 with the middle. 
 
 lie pantaloii, Fr, (Ith panh-ta-lSnh.) The first 
 figure of a quadrille. 
 
 tie pins lent de tons les monvements, 
 Fr. (Ifih pltt lanht dtth too Ig moov-mSnht.) The 
 slowest kind of time. 
 
 Iiepsis, Gr. (.lip-sin.') The ascending scale, 
 
 JLes donze sammes majeures, Fr. (Ig dooz 
 - gam mSrZh&r.) The twelve major scales. 
 
 lies donze gammes minenres, Fr. (Ig dooz 
 gSm mg-nfir.) The twelve minor scales. 
 
 Iiesser apposeiatura. The short appoggior 
 tura. 
 
 LIBE 
 
 Iiesser barbiton. A name formerly given to 
 the kit, or small violin used by dancing masters. 
 
 liesser comma. The difference between the 
 comma and the enharmonic dieses ; the Diachie- 
 ma. 
 
 Iiesser lay. One of the two classes among the 
 ancients, comprising sixteen or twenty verses. 
 
 IJesser sixth. A minor sixth. 
 
 liCSSer tlilrd. A minor third. 
 
 liCSSOn. Formerly applied to exercises or piecer 
 consisting of two or three movements for the 
 harpsichord or pianoforte. 
 
 Iiessns, Lat. (Igs-sfls.) A word in the twelve 
 tables of the Romans, supposed by some to mean 
 a funeral song. 
 
 liestani^nte, It. (Igs-ta-man-tg.) Quickly, lively. 
 
 Iiest^zza, It. (Igs-^ai-tsii.) Agility, quickness. 
 
 IJestissimamente, It. (Igs-tgs-sS-ma-man-tS.) 
 Very quickly. 
 
 Eiesttesimo, It. (Igs-«?s-sg-m0.) Very quick. 
 
 Ii^Sto, It. (las-tO.) Lively, nimble, quick. 
 
 r<etane. See Litania. 
 
 Jj' 6t6, Fr. (ra-ta.) One of the five dance move- 
 ments in a quadrille. 
 
 lie ton d'ut, Fr. (Ifih tOnh d'oot.) The key of C. 
 
 liCtTilla, Spa. (lg-«rK-ya.) A song. 
 
 liCtters. The first seven letters of the alphabet, 
 A, B, C, D, B, V, (J, are used to form the letters 
 of the scale, and are repeated in every octave. 
 These letters serve to distinguish the notes and 
 determine their pitch. 
 
 lietters, doubled. Capital letters doubled, in- 
 dicating that the tone is an octave lower than 
 wlien the letters stand single. 
 
 Lietter&le, /<. (Igt-tg-rn-lg.y I Lit- 
 
 liCtteralm^nte, It. (lgt-tgr-ai-»!5n-tg.) f erally, 
 exactly as written. 
 
 liCttiSra^ It. (ISt-ioo-ra.) A reading, lecture ; an 
 instruction given by a master to his scholars. 
 
 liCttiira di niiisir.a. It. (IgWoo-ra ds moo-ze- 
 ka.) A musical lecture. 
 
 lient^ssa, It. (loo-tSs-sa.) A bad lute. 
 
 liedto. It. rioo-to.) A lute. 
 
 liev^, Fr. (IS-va.) The up-stroke of the baton. 
 
 lievet. A blast of a trumpet ; probably that by 
 which soldiers are called in the morning, (obso- 
 leteO 
 
 Ijevezza, It. (Ig-vat-tsa.) Lightness. 
 
 laeTier pneumatiuue, Fr. (Igv-I-a noo-ma- 
 tik.) The pneumatic lever; a series of small bel- 
 lows, or levers, placed on the wind chest of an 
 organ, containing air at ahigh pressure ; by means . 
 of this the touch of a large organ may be made 
 very light. 
 
 liC viole sole. It. 
 alone. 
 
 lie Toci, It. (Ig vO-tsh5.) The voices. 
 
 liCZzioni, It. pi. (lg^tsS-^-ng.) Lessons. 
 
 El. H. Initials indicating the use of the left hand 
 in pianoforte masic. 
 
 Iiiaison, Fr. (Ig-a^zOnh.) Smoothness of con- 
 nection ; also, a bind or tie., 
 
 liiaison de chant, Fr. (Ig-a-z6nh dfih shanht.) 
 The sostenHto style of singing. 
 
 riiberamCnte, Zi. (Ig-bgia-maw-tS.) I Freely, 
 
 Iiibrement, ^r. (Igbr-manh.) ( easily, 
 
 plainly. 
 
 (Ig vg-fl-18 ea-lg.) The viol 
 
118 
 
 PEOKOUNCING MUSICAL BICTIONAET. 
 
 9 ale, & add, & arm, S em, g end, I ice, i ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 1X lute, a iut, il French sound. 
 
 LIBE 
 
 Iilliero, It. (/?-bS-rO.) Free, unrestrained. 
 liibr^tto. It. (is-brdt-to.) The text of au opera 
 
 or otlier extended piece of music. 
 liicense. A deviation for tlie time being from the 
 
 received rules which form the established system 
 
 of harmony. 
 liie^nza i>o£tica. It. (IS-tshSn-tsit ]}0-^tg-kil.) 
 
 Poetic license; alterations or deviations from 
 
 common rules. 
 Iji6, Fr. (ll-a.) Smoothly; the same as Zs^aio. 
 liiebes-lied, Ger. (ffi-bes led.) Love-song. 
 lAeVhaher, Ger. (»SJ-ha-bSr.) Amateur; a lover 
 
 of music. 
 liieblich, Ger. {Ui-Wsh.) Lovely, charming. 
 Iiieblich-gedacht, Ger. (;?6-lIkh gh&-dakht.) 
 
 A stopped-diapason organ register of sweet tone. 
 TA6, coulant, Fr. (ll-a koo-lfinh.) Slurred, 
 
 flowing. 
 liied, Ger. (lEd.) A song, a ballad, a lay. 
 Iiledchen, Ger. (Z8ii-kh'n.) A short song or 
 
 melody. 
 Iileder, Ger. (ZS-dgr.) Songs. 
 IJieder-bncli, Ger. (/S-d6r bookh.) A song 
 
 book, a hymn book. 
 Ijieder-band, Ger. (iS-dSr boond.) A society 
 
 of song singers. 
 Lileder-dlcliter, Ger. {ll-iSr diJch-tSr.) A lyri- 
 cal poet, a song writer. 
 Iiieaer-liranz, Ger. (B-dSr krSnts.) Glee club. 
 Iiieder ohne worte, Ger. (iS-dSr 5-ng vBr-t&.) 
 
 Songs without words. 
 riieder-sammlang, Ger. (B-dSr som-loong.) 
 
 Collection of songs. 
 Iiieder-siinser, Ger. (?5-der sdnff-iv.) A song 
 
 singer, a ballad singer. 
 Xiieder- spiel, Ger. (?l-der spSl.) Au operetta, 
 
 consisting of dialogue and music of a light, lively 
 
 . character. 
 Ideder-sprache, Ger. (is-dgr spm-kh5.)' Words 
 
 or language adapted to, songs. 
 Iiieder-tafel, Ger. (Z2-dSr ta-tl.) Song-table; 
 
 German glee club, generally consisting of male 
 
 voices alone. 
 IJleder-tSifler, Ger. («-dgr <a-flgr.) Glee singers. 
 Iiieder- tanz. Ger. (/3-dgr tanLs.) A dance In- 
 termingled with songs. 
 IJiedep-vers, Ger. (iS-dgr fgrs.) Verse of a song 
 
 or hymn. 
 Iiieder-fonn, Ger, (,lS-6Sr form.) The form or 
 
 subject of a song. 
 Iiied ohne worte, Ger.) (ISd B-nS vor-ti.) See 
 
 Lieder ohne Worte. 
 Slied singen, Ger. (lEd stng-''n.) To sing a song. 
 Iiiep, Dut. (Igr.) A lyre. 
 Xiigare, It. (IS-jro-rg.) To bind, to tie, to join 
 
 together. 
 Liigato, It. (le-ga-ta.) See Legato. 
 Ijigatiir, Ger. (IB-gSrtoor.) See Ligature. 
 Ijigatura, It. QS-g&-too-iS,.) See Legatura. 
 fjigature. An old name for a tie or bind. 
 liight. A general term applied to any thin, airy 
 
 composition; also to the keys of any instrument 
 
 when they make little resistance to the pressure 
 
 of the fingers. Such an instrument is said to 
 
 have a ligAt touch. ^ 
 liisne, Fr. (,lanh.) A line of the staff. 
 
 LIRA 
 
 Iilsnenjn psalteriiun, Lat. (%-nS-fim sSl-tS- 
 rwim.) The wooden dulcimer, called In Germany 
 the straw fiddle. 
 
 liignes addition nelles, Fr. (Idnhs ad-ds-si- 
 On-nal.) Leger lines. 
 
 liilt, SCO. (lilt.) To sing or play merrily. 
 
 Iiimina, Gr. (Bm-ma.) An interval used in the 
 ancient Greek music, less by a comma than a 
 major semitone. 
 
 Xiinea, It. (IS-nS-S.) A line of the staff. 
 
 Iilne, continuous horizontal, A line indi- 
 cating that the different parts are to be played 
 or sung in unison. 
 
 Iiines. That portion of the staff on and between 
 which the notes are placed. At their first inven- 
 tion, the spaces between them were not used. 
 
 r^ines, added. Leger lines; lines added above 
 and below the staff. 
 
 lilnes, bar. Lines drawn perpendicularly across 
 the staff, dividing it into measures. 
 
 Iiines, horizontal. Lines placed after figures 
 
 ~ to signify that the same harmony is to be con- 
 tinued. 
 
 Iiines, ledger. I Lines added above or below 
 
 Iiines, leger. (the staff for the reception of such 
 notes as are too high or too low to be placed upon 
 or within it. 
 
 Iiinea, riga, /^ (Ig-nSrS ?'?-ga.) Thelinesof the 
 staff. 
 
 Iiines, waving. A line which when placed per- 
 pendicularly upon the staff indicates i P J ~ 
 that the notes of the chord are to bet^5i^3— 
 played successively one after another. ^^?3-~ 
 A waving horizontal line shows that the effect of 
 the 8va sign is to be continued as far as the line 
 extends. 
 
 Iiingua, It. (ISn-gua.) The tongue in organ stop 
 reeds. 
 
 Iiingual. Pertaining 'to the tongue ; a letter or 
 sound pronounced chiefly by the tongue. 
 
 Iiingulse, Gr. (lin-gO-le.) The tongues of Greek 
 flutes. 
 
 Iiinie, Ger. Oln-5.) A line of the staff. 
 
 Iiinien, Ger.pl. (B»-i-8n.) Lines of the staff. 
 
 Iiinien- system, Ger. (2t»-i-gn sis-^am ) A scale; 
 the lines of the staff. 
 
 Iiining. A term applied to a practice of reading 
 one or two lines of a hymn before singing them, 
 alternating reading and singing. 
 
 Iiink, Ger. (link.) I t „„ 
 
 liinks, (links.) f ■^®"- 
 
 JCiinke hand, Ger. (fc-kS hand.) The left hand. 
 
 Iiinon, Gr. (/g-nOn.) A string. 
 
 Iiinos, Gr. ((8-nBs.) A rustic air ; also a dirge. 
 
 liinto. A small lute; the mandoline. 
 
 Iiiotna, Bus. {loot-na..) A lute. 
 
 Iii<|uid. An epithet applied to the smooth suc- 
 cession of the sweet and mellow sounds of any 
 voice or wind instrument, also, to the tones them- 
 selves separately considered. 
 
 Iilra, It. (i?-ra.) A lyre. 
 
 Iiira da brficcio. It. (28-ra da &ra^tshS-0.) The . 
 Italian lyre, an obsolete instrument with seven 
 strings. 
 
 Iiira da g&mba. It. (1^t& da gam-hi.) An in- 
 strument similar to the Lira da brdccio, but held - 
 
PRONOtTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 119 
 
 a ale, & add, £ arm, e eiie, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H 2u<«, £ 2>u{, 11 French sound. 
 
 LIRA. 
 
 between the knees, and with twelve or sixteen 
 Btrinss. 
 
 lAra, doppia. It. (Ihia, dop-pB-Vi.) Boublo lyre. 
 
 Iitva, grande. It. ys-rS gmn-dS.) The viol di 
 gamba, a viol with six strings, formerly much 
 used in Germany. 
 
 liira rifstica. It. (ll-i'A roos-tS-kS.) A species 
 of lyre, formerly in use among the Italian peas- 
 ants. 
 
 Iitra tedesca, It. (li-rS, tS-dgs-k£.) The German 
 lyre. 
 
 Lire, Fr. (lEr.) To read. 
 
 lore la inasl4.ne, Fr. (ler U mtl-zSk.) To read 
 music. 
 
 Liir^ssa, It. (le-rSs-sa.) A bad lyre, or harp. 
 
 Iiirica, It. (JS-iS-ka.) I Lyric, lyric poetry; poetry 
 
 litrico. It. y?-r5-kO.) ( adapted for music. 
 
 Iiirdne, It. (IS-™ ng.l A large lyre, or harp. 
 
 liiscio. It. (M-ehe-6.) Simple, unadorned, smooth. 
 
 liispelnfl, Ger. (/t«-pelnd.) Lisping, whispering. 
 
 ]J'ist€sso, It. (I'es-tSs-BO.) The same. 
 
 Iilst^sso movtm^nto. It. (res-^^-sO mO- 1 
 vB-man-to.) J- 
 
 Ii'ist^sso tempo. It. O'Bs-tSs-sO tdm-pa.) ) 
 In the same time as the previous movement. 
 
 Ii'ist^sso tempo j>oi a poi di nnovo vl- 
 vente. It. (res-^os-sO <ffim-pO p6-S & pB-? ds 
 nwO-vO vB-t'ffiM-tS.) The same time, with grad- 
 ually Increasing animation. 
 
 Idtania, Lat. (lJ-(a-nI-a.) 1 
 
 Xiitanie, Fr. (11-ta-nS.) > A litany. 
 
 Iiitanel, Ger. (lit-S-nj.) ) 
 
 Iiitany. A solemn form of supplication used in 
 public worship. 
 
 lattle sharp-sixth. A name given by French 
 theorists to the second inversion of the dominant 
 seventh formed on the second degree of the scale, 
 and consisting of a bass note with Its minor third, 
 perfect fourth and major sixth. 
 
 liituo. Spa. (/g-too-0.) An ancient military In- 
 strument of music. 
 
 liltnrgla. It. (IS-toor-jg-a.) Liturgy. 
 
 Iiitursy. The ritual for public worship In those 
 churches which use written forms. 
 
 Eiitans, Lat. {tzi-U-ue.) An instrument of martial 
 music; a kind of trumpet making a shrill sound. 
 
 lAat&jo, It. QB-oo-tS-yO.) A lute maker. 
 
 liiatessa, It. <lg-oo-;^8-sS.) A bad lute. 
 
 Iiiatiere. It. (l§-oo-te-a-r5.) A lute maker. 
 
 liiiito, It. (18-oo-tO.) A lute. 
 
 liivre, Fr. (ISvr.) A book. 
 
 Iioh-sesang, Ger. (I5b-ghii-sang.)l A hymn 
 
 Jjob-lied, Ger, {tSb-lSi.) I or song of 
 
 praise. 
 
 liObpsalm, Ger. (ZSfi-psaim.) A psalm of praise. 
 
 I/Obsingen, Ger. (<o6-sIng-'n.) To sing praises. 
 
 liObsinger, Ger. (ioft-sing-Sr.) One who sings 
 praises. 
 
 Ii<Sco, It. (W-kO.) Place ; a word used In opposi- 
 tion to Qva-alta, signifying that the notes over 
 which it is placed are not to be played an octave 
 higher, but inst as they are written. 
 
 Eiocrense, Gr. (lO-Ar^n-sS.) One of the ancient 
 tones or modes. 
 
 Liocrtan, Gr. (W-kri-an.) 1 The hyper-Dorlan 
 
 Iiocrico, Gr. (2^-kri-kO.) {mode of the ancient 
 Qteeks. 
 
 LOWB 
 
 IiOdi, It. QO-de.) A name formerly given to cer- 
 tain sacred songs. 
 
 liOft, organ. That part of the gallery of a church 
 where the organ is placed. 
 
 liOgierian system. A Bystem of musical in- 
 struction. Introduced by John Bernard Logier, 
 which, with instruction on the pianoforte, com- 
 bines simultaneous performance in classes, and 
 also, the. study of harmony, modulation, etc. lu 
 connection with this system Logier invented and 
 employed the chiroplast. 
 
 Iiomb&rda, 7£. (LQm-iar-da.) A species of dance 
 used in Lombardy. 
 
 Iiong. A note formerly in use, equal to four 6em« 
 ibreves, or half the length of the large. 
 
 liOnga, Lat. (ISn-gS,.) A long. 
 
 liOns appoggiatora. An appoggiatura con- 
 sisting of a single note forming a part of the mel- 
 ody. It borrows half the length of the next note 
 
 Iiong, double. An old character equal in dura- 
 tion to four breves. 
 
 liOng drum. The large drum used in military 
 bands, carried horizontally before the performer 
 and struck at both ends. 
 
 Iiong metre. A stanza of four lines In Iambic 
 measure, each line containing eight syllables. 
 
 Iiong mordent. A mor- n„.'"';fi '"'""'■ 
 dent formed of four notes. ' " " '- 
 
 Iiong particular meter. A stanza of six 
 lines in Iambic measure, each line containing 
 eight syllables. 
 
 Iiong roll. A drum-beat calling the soldiers to 
 arms. 
 
 Iiong spiel. An ancient Icelandic instrument, 
 long and narrow, and played upon with a bow. 
 
 Xiongne pause, Fr. (lonh poz.) Make a long 
 rest, or pause. 
 
 Iiontfino, It. (ISn-to-uO.) Distant, remote, a great 
 way off. 
 
 IiOnt&no, da. It. (ISn-^a-nO da.) At a distance. 
 
 Kiorgnette, Fr. (lBrn-y«<.) An opera glass. 
 
 JiO stesso. It. (10 etlg-BO.) The same. 
 
 JDo stretto. It. (lo strlt-to.) A general term ap- 
 plied to that part of a composition designed to be 
 delivered in a quicker time than the rest. 
 
 Iioure, Fr. (loor.) A dance of slow time and 
 dignified character. It has sometimes three and 
 sometimes four crotchets in a bar, with the pecu- 
 liarity of the second crotchet of every bar being 
 dotted. 
 
 liOurr^, Fr. (loo-r8.) Smoothly, connectedly; 
 the same meaning as Leg&to. 
 
 Iionvre, Fr. (loovr.) A name applied to a French 
 air, called also '■'L'Amiable Yaingueur," for 
 which Louis XIV. had a remarkable predilec- 
 tion. This air has since formed a well known 
 
 liOve-song. A song the words and melody of 
 which are expressive of love. 
 
 IiOif. A word of relative signification and applied 
 to any part, passage or note situated beneath, or 
 lower m pitch than some other part, passage or 
 note ; depressed in the scale of sounds ; grav*. 
 
 I<ow bass. Second bass. 
 
120 
 
 PRONOrrNCING MrsiCAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 a ale, & add, & arm, 5 eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 fa/«, ii 6«<, 11 French sound. 
 
 LOWE 
 
 Iiovrer changing note. That note which de- 
 Bcends from the perfect op augmented fourth on 
 to the minor or major seventh. Little used. 
 
 XiOTfr soprano. Second soprano, second treble. 
 
 JLovr tenor. A species of voice half way between 
 bass and tenor ; a baritone. 
 
 liuctaosamente, Spa. (look-too-O-zS-mdn-tg.) 
 Mournfully. , 
 
 liUdi, Lat. (M-dl.) The name originally applied 
 to what are now called oratorios. 
 
 £indi maglster, Lat. (lu-di mSj-lB-Hit.) ) 
 
 Iindi moderator, Lat. {ISS "mOd-e-rii-tSr.) ) 
 Theatrical manager or director. 
 
 Jjudi spiritnales, Lat. (IS-H splr-lt-fl-ij-lga;) A 
 species of ancient dramatic oratorio, acted or ..he 
 stage. 
 
 Iiudns fldiciuns, Lat. {lH-dXiB ti-de-si-ntB.) A 
 music school. 
 
 TiusAhri,, It. (loo-t/oo-brS.) Lugubrious, sad, 
 mournful. 
 
 Iiuinig. A short, plaintive song much used in 
 the Hebrides and on the western coasts of Scot- 
 land. It is generally sung by the women at their 
 work and diversions. 
 
 lMit,Sut. (loit.) A lute. 
 
 liUlIaby. A song to quiet infants ; a soft, gentle 
 son^. 
 
 Iiundn, For. (loon-doo.) A Portuguese dance in 
 2-A or 3-2 time. 
 
 Jjiinga pdnsa. It. (looii-gS pS-oo-zil.) A long 
 pause or rest. 
 
 JLndgo, It. (loO'S-gO.) See Loco. 
 
 liuonator di Unto, It. (loo-0-nS-tOr de IS-oo; 
 to.) A player on the lute. 
 
 I/nsing. An abbreviation of Lusingdto. 
 
 Iiusing&ndo, It. (loo-zSn-^an-do.) ) Sooth- 
 
 JLnsing&nte, It. (loo-zgn-g'a?i-tS.) ( ing, 
 
 liusing&to. It. (loo-zSn-gfffl-tO.) f c o a x- 
 
 ]jusingIi€voIc, It. (loo-zSn-9'a-vO-lE.) ) ing; 
 persuasively, insinuatingly, in a playful, persua- 
 sive style. 
 
 Iinsinghe'volni^nte, It. (loo-zSn-gS-vOl-mara- 
 tg.) Soothingly, persuasively. . 
 
 Iinsinghi^re, It. (loo-zSn-ghS-a-rS.) i Flatter- 
 
 Xiusinglii^ro, It. {Ioo-z6n-ghe-a-r0.) j ing, fawn- 
 ing, coaxing. 
 
 linstig, Qer. (ioo«-Hg.) Merrily, cheerfully, gaily. 
 
 Iinstlied, &er. (/oosHSd.) A gay, merry song. 
 
 int, Dan. (loot.) I ,,^ 
 
 Liota,, Swe. Ooo-ta.)( a lute. 
 
 liUtanist. A performer upon the lute. 
 
 li'ut de poitriue, Fr. (I'oot duh pwS-trSn.) 
 C with chest tone. 
 
 Xinte. A very ancient stringed instrument, for- 
 merly much used, and containing at first, only 
 five rows of strings, but to whicn six or more 
 were afterward added. The lute consists of four 
 parts, viz., the table ; the body which has nine or 
 ten sides ; the neck which has as many stops, or 
 divisions; and the head or cross. In which the 
 screws for tuning it are-Inserted. In playing this 
 instrument, the performer strikes the strings 
 with the fingers of the right hand, and regulates 
 the sounds with those of the left. 
 
 Iiut. Fr. (loot.) A lute. 
 
 tute, arch. A stringed instrument resembling 
 
 LYRE 
 
 the theorbo, by some considered synonymous 
 with it. 
 Iiute, harp. An instrument having ten strings 
 and resembling the lute. 
 
 Inter.***' [ ■*■ Performer on the lute. 
 
 I<uth, 'Fr. (loot.) A lute. 
 
 Kinthier, Fr. (lll-ti-S.) Formerly a maker of 
 lutes ; at present a maker of stringed and wind 
 Instruments. 
 
 Iintlna. A small lute, or mandolin. 
 
 Iiutist. A player on the lute. 
 
 Iinttuosam^nte, It. XIo°t-too-c-za-m£n-tS.) 
 Sadly, sorrowfully. 
 
 IiuttatSso, It. (loot-too-a-zO.) Sorrowful, mourn 
 fnl. 
 
 Ijychanoldes, Gr. (li-kS-noi-dSs.) The name 
 given by the ancients to the middle sounds called 
 epicsi, by some of the Greek writers. 
 
 Iiyclianos, Gr. (li-io-nBs.) The third string of 
 the ancient diapason or octave. 
 
 Iiychanos hypaton, Gr. (li-ia-nBs hi-^o-tOn.) 
 The name given by the ancients to the third 
 sound of the lowest tetrachord in the diatonic 
 genus. 
 
 Iiychanos meson, Gr. (ll-ia-nOs ma-sBn.) The 
 name by which the ancients distinguished the 
 third sound of the meson or middle tetrachord. 
 
 liydlan. See Greek modes. 
 
 Iiydian chant. A chant of a sorrowful, melan- 
 choly style. 
 
 Kiyldh, Iri.. (U-Sdh.) A lay; a species of narra- 
 tive or descripti'on. 
 
 I/yra, It. (iS-ra.) I ,„, ivre 
 
 I-yra, ff«r. (lir-i..)^ ■'"^v™- 
 
 Iiyra barbarina. It. (iS-rS bSr-bB-j-J-na.) An 
 old instrument, resembling in shape the Spanish 
 guitar, having three double niches. 
 
 Xiyra doppla. It. {ll-ih dSjo-pe-it.) Double lyre, 
 not at present used, but supposed to be a kind 
 of viol da gamba. 
 
 Xiyra hexachordls, Or. {lir-'i !iSx-SrkSr-d3B.) 
 A lyre with six strings. 
 
 Iiyra mendicorum, Lat. (lir-& mSn-dl-M- 
 rilm.) A hurdy gurdy. 
 
 Iiyrasiinger, Ger. iHr-SrsSng-ei.) I A performer 
 
 liyraspieler, Ger. (lir-S.-spl-lir.) j on the lyre. 
 
 Iiyra- viol. An old instrument of the lyre or harp 
 species; it had six strings and seven frets. 
 
 JLyre. One of the most ancient of stringed instru- 
 ments, said to have been Invented by Mercury 
 about the year 2000 A. M., and formed of a tor- 
 -toise shell; a species of harp. 
 
 Iiyre JEolian. The .fflollan harp. 
 
 Iiyre, double. The lyra doppia ; an instrument 
 of the viol kind. 
 
 Ijyre, G-recian. A lyre of the ancient Greeks, 
 juite small and having but seven strings, and held 
 m the hand while being played upon. 
 
 Iiyre gnitar. An instrument of six strings, in 
 form resembling a lyre. 
 
 Iiyre gnitarre, Fr. (ISr ghit-ar.) See Lyre 
 Guitar. 
 
 Iiyre, lllercnrlan. One of the earliest musical 
 instruments, formed of the shell of a tortoise and 
 having seven strings. 
 
tROKOlTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONABf. 
 
 121 
 
 S ale, S, add, & arm, 6 eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, & &u^ 11 French tound. 
 
 LTEI 
 
 X<3rrlc. ) Poeixy adapted for singing. The 
 JLyrlcal. [word is borrowed fl'om tbe lyre, and 
 
 was originally confined to poetry meant to be 
 
 accompanied by that instrument. 
 liyric comedy. A comedy in which vocal music 
 
 forms a principal part ; comic opera. 
 lij^ic drama. Opera; acting accompanied by 
 
 singing. 
 Ijyrichord. Kame formerly given to an upright 
 
 Eaipsicboid. 
 
 MAES 
 
 IiTXicism, A lyric composition. 
 
 Ijjrric tragedy. Tragic opera. 
 
 Iiypicns, Lat. (Kr-!-kfis.) Pertaining to the lyre. 
 
 Iiyriker, Ger. «jr-I-k8r.) I t . i„Hoal 
 
 tyrisch, Oer. (Sr-Ish.) \ ^^'^' lyrical. 
 
 Aiyrist. One who plays upon tbe harp or lyre. 
 
 Iiyxodl, Or. (/Sr-O-dS.) Ancient vocalists who 
 
 accompanied themselves on the lyre. 
 I^ytiecse, Or. (lit-I-4?'-Be.) Song of the reapers. 
 
 l!/E. 
 
 91. This letter is nsed as an abbreviation of Mezzo, 
 also of various other words, as Metronome, Mano, 
 Main, and also in connection with other letters ; 
 as, M. F. for Mezzo Forte; M. P., Mezzo Piano; 
 M, v.. Mezzo Voce, etc. 
 
 91a, It. (mS.) But, as, Allegro ma non troppo, 
 quick, but not too much so. 
 
 9Iacluilath, Hei. (m£-k£-liith.) A kind o{ lute 
 or gnitar used by the Hebrews. 
 
 9[achicot, i^r. (ma-ahs-ko.) A chorister; a bad 
 singer. 
 
 Ulacnol, Heb. (mS-kool.) Instruments used by 
 by the Hebrews. This name is supposed to have 
 been given to two instruments, one of the string 
 and the other of the pulsatile species. 
 
 9Iacli-werl£, Ger. (match vark.) Made work; 
 music made up; merely the result of labor and 
 study without any mnsical inspiration, 
 
 Sladrifile, It. (ma-drg-a-16.) A madrigal; the 
 name formerly given by the Italians to the inter- 
 mezzi, or pieces performed between the acts of a 
 play or an opera. 
 
 9Iadrlal£tto, It. (mS-drS-a-iai-tO.) A short 
 madrigal. 
 
 Uladrisal. An elaborate vocal composition, in 
 three, Tour, five or six parts, without accompani- 
 ment, in the strict or ancient style, with imitation 
 and fugue; the parts or melodies moving in that 
 conversational manner peculiar to the music of 
 the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. The 
 madrigal is generally sung in chorus. 
 
 nadxigal, accompanied. A madrigal in 
 which the voices are sustained by a pianoforte or 
 organ. 
 
 9Iaarigfile, It. (mardrg-yo-lS.) A madrigal. 
 
 madrigaleeglAre, It. (mil-drg-ga-16d-jg-a-r6.) 
 To compose madrigals. 
 
 9Iadrigal£aco, It. (ma-drS-gWo-sko.) Of, 
 
 belonging to, a madrigal. 
 9[adTigal£ssa) It. 
 
 madrigal. 
 
 (ma-drS-gar/fis-sS.) A long 
 
 9IadrIsal€tto, It. (ma-drS-ga-Ia^tO.) I A short 
 
 BladrieaUno, /^ (ma-drS-ga-7g-nO.) f madrigal. 
 
 niadrigall concertati, II. (mardrS-ga-lg kOn- 
 tshar-£a-te.) Madrigals that have an accompani- 
 ment. 
 
 9Iadrlgalist. A composer of madrigals. 
 
 9l8esa. A mass. 
 
 9Isesta, /<.' (marSs-<a.) 1 Majesty, dignity, 
 
 9l9estfide, It. (ma-Ss-ia-dS.) Vgrandeur. 
 
 9Isest&te, It. (ma-es-2a-tg.) ) 
 
 9Isest€TOle, It. (ma-Ss-^o-vB-lS.) Majestic, ma- 
 Jestical. 
 
 9IsestevoU8Slmo, It. (ma-Ss-ta-vO-^es-sE-mO.) 
 Most majestically. 
 
 Slaestevolm^nte, It. (ma-Es-ta-vOl-mSn-t8.) 1 
 
 9IaestOBam£nte, It. (ma-Ss-tO-za-ma7i-iS.) ) 
 Majestically, nobly. 
 
 9IaeBtosissimo, It. (ma-Ss-tO-sSs-sS-mO.) Ex- 
 
 Majestic, stately, 
 An artiste, female per- 
 Masterly, 
 
 ceedingly majestic. 
 
 9IaeBt6BO, It. (ma-Ss-2^-zO.) 
 dignilied. 
 
 9Iaestra, It. (ma-^-ti-a.) 
 former. 
 
 9Iae8tr^vole, It. (ma-as-ir5-v0-16.) 
 highly finished. 
 
 9Iaesiri, It. (ma-a«-trS.) Masters. 
 
 llaestrfa, /2i (ma-Ss-M-a.) Mastery, skill, art, 
 ability. 
 
 9Iaestriiia, It. (mS-Ss-ij-S-na.) A learned lady 
 musician. 
 
 9Ia£BtTl secoldri. It. (ma-Sa-trS s5-k0-^a-r5.) 
 Teachers of secular, or instrumental music , teach- 
 ers of instruments at a coneervatorio. 
 
 HEa^stro, It. (ma-5s-tr0.) Master, composer, an 
 experienced, skilful artist. 
 
 9Iaestro al cembele./^ (ma-as-tro ai tshSm- 
 bSrVi.) A skilful pianist ; a master of the instru- 
 ment. 
 
 aia^atro del c<Sro. It. (ma-&-tro dgl kS-)ca.) 
 Master of the choir or chorus. 
 
122 
 
 PHOIfOUKCING MtlSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 & ale, & add, a arm, S eve, 5 end, I ice, 1 ill, oW, odd, 6 £?o»e, oo moon, U lute, u 6m<, ti French sound. 
 
 MAES 
 
 Maestro di camera. It. (m^os-trO ds Tcortai- 
 ra.) Leader or condactor of chamber music. 
 
 Maestro di canto. It. (m£-as-trO de kdn-i6.) 
 A singing master. 
 
 maestro di capp^Ila, It. (mS-oj-trO Ai k£p- 
 pdl~\&.) Chapel master; composer; director of 
 the musical performances in a church or chapel. 
 
 Magadis, Gr. (mS-g'a-dJa.) The name of an an- 
 cient Greek treble instrument, furnished with 
 double strings tuned in octaves, like those of a 
 three stop harpsichord. 
 
 Magadizing. A term in the ancient Greek mu- 
 sic, signifying a vocal performance in octaves, 
 when men and women, or men and boys, joined 
 in the same air. 
 
 Magas, (?r. (mo-gSs.) The bridge of stringed in- 
 struments. 
 
 Maggiol&ta, It. (mad-jS-O-ia-tS.) A hymn or 
 song in praise of the mouth of May. ' 
 
 Maggi<ire, It. (mad-jS-5-r6.) Greater, in respect 
 to scales and intervals; major; the major- key. 
 
 9[agisc4Sro, It. (mii-jes-io-rt).) The chief of a 
 choir. 
 
 niagnilicat, Lat. (mSg-7!4/-i-kat.) A part of the 
 vespers, or evening service of the Soman Catholic 
 church. 
 
 inCagodi, Gr. (ma-(?5-di.') Strolling musicians 
 amouK the Greeks who perambulated the streets 
 singing comic ballads. 
 
 9Iagodia, Or. (ma-g'S-dl-a) The lyric poems 
 sung by the Magodi. 
 
 Dlagodis, Gr. (ma-g'5-dis.) An ancient instru- 
 ment having two sets of strings. 
 
 niaidinarian. The lady of the May games in a 
 morris dance ; an old dance. 
 
 Main, Fr. (mSnh.) The hand. 
 
 Main droite, Fr. (mSnh drwSt.) Right hand. 
 
 Main gauche, (manh gOsh.) The left band. 
 
 Maitre, Fr. (matr.) A master, a director. 
 
 JIaitre de chapelle, Fr. (mstr dHh shS-pSU.) 
 Chapel master; director of the choir. 
 
 Maitre de niusique, Fr. (matr diih mtt-zSk.) 
 Musical director. 
 
 njaitre des inenetriers, Fr. (matr dg manh- 
 a-tri-Sr.) Master of the minstrels. 
 
 Maitresse, Fr. (ma-trSss.) Mistress, instruc- 
 tress. 
 
 Maitresse de chant, Fr. (ma-trSss dtih shanh.) 
 A singing mistress. 
 
 Majesta, /«. (ma-ySs-ta.) (.Maiestv diimitv 
 
 Majesty, JPr. (mfl-zhgs-ts.) f ^^^-l^^'^^' "'gn'ty. 
 
 Majestueux, Fr. (ma-zhSs-tfl-iir.) Majestic. 
 
 Maj CUT, i?'?'. (mi(/-zhiir) Major; major key. 
 
 Major. Greater, in respect to intervals, scales, etc. 
 
 Major, bob. A full peal upon eight bells. 
 
 Major diatonic scale. That scale in which 
 the semitones fall between the third and fourth 
 and seventh and eighth tones, both in ascending 
 and descending. 
 
 Major, dnun. The chief drummer of a regi- 
 ment. 
 
 Major, fife. An officer who superintends the 
 filers of a regiment. 
 
 Major fonrtn. Properly a perfect fourth r an 
 interval containing two whole tones and one sem- 
 itone. 
 
 MANI 
 
 Major Intervals. Those intervals containing 
 the greatest number of semitones under the same 
 denomination. 
 
 Maijor key. I That mode or scale in which 
 
 Msuor mode, (the third from the tonic is major. 
 
 Major-modus, Lat. (nzo-jfir' md-diis.) Major 
 mode. 
 
 Major semitone. A semitone which changes 
 its degree, or letter on the staff; thus, C-DK, A-J3|j. 
 etc. The distinction between major and minor 
 semitones is not usually regarded by late the- 
 orists. 
 
 Major seventh. An interval consisting of five 
 tones and a semitone. 
 
 Major sixth. A sixth composed of four tones 
 and a semitone. 
 
 Major third. An interval containing two whole 
 tones or steps. 
 
 Major tonic. A major scale. 
 
 Major triad. A anion of any sound with its 
 major third and perfect fifth. 
 
 MatJosis. (ma-i/o-sls.) A jovial dance of the Po- 
 lish Jews. 
 
 Mzyuscule, Lat. (7nff-jas-^M-16.) A name given 
 by the ancients to what is called now a semibreve. 
 
 Markirt, Ger. (ma-i5)'i.) Well marked. 
 
 Malanc.onia, 7<. (ma-lan-kO-nS-a.) I Melan- 
 
 Malencdnico, It. (ma-15n-Ao-nS-kO.) f choly, sad- 
 ness. 
 
 Malimba, Spa. (mil-iSm-ba.) A curious musical 
 instrument used by the Incas before the conquest 
 of South America. It is formed of slats of wood 
 from ten to fifteen inches in length, the pitch of 
 the note varying with the length of the slat. 
 
 Malincdlico, /<. (ma-15n-Ao-18-ko.) I Melan- 
 
 Malinconta, It. (ma-lsu-2:^ni-a.) (choly. 
 
 Malinconicam^nte, It. (mS-len-kO-nS-ka-niSf)- 
 tS.) In a melancholy style. 
 
 Malincdnico, It. (ma-lSn-/^d-ne-kO.) 
 
 Mallnconidso, It. (ma-lSn-kO-n5-5-2 ' 
 
 MalinconlSsa, It. (mWSn-ko-fi5-zO.) 
 In a melancholy style. 
 
 Malsonnant, Fr. (mal-sSn-nanh.) Ill sound- 
 ing, had toned. 
 
 Mama, It. (ma-ma.) In drum music, a term in- 
 dicating the right hand. 
 
 M&nca, It. (ma!i-kft.) The left. 
 
 Mancdndo, It. (man-Aa«-dO.) Decreasing, dy- 
 ing away. 
 
 Manche, Fr. (manh-sh.) The neck of a violin 
 or other instrument. 
 
 Mandola, It. (man-do-ia.) A mandoline, or 
 cithern, of the size of a large lute. 
 
 Mandoline. A Spanish instrument of the guitar 
 species, with fi-ets like a guitar and four strings, 
 tuned like the violin, and put in vibration with a 
 quill or plectrum. 
 
 Mandoline, It. (man-dO-/S-nO.) A mandolin. 
 
 Mandora. I A small kind of lute or guitar, with 
 
 Mandore. J frets and seven gut strings, three ol 
 which are duplicates. 
 
 Mandnra, It. (ja&a-doo-tS,.) The name of a 
 lesser kind of lute. 
 
 Manggang:, Jav. (mand-gang.) The most sim. 
 pie and ancient kind of music among the Javanese. 
 
 Mfinlca, It. (»>«-ne-ka.) Fingering. 
 
 i-zo.) \ 
 3) ! 
 
PRONOUNCING MtTSlOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 123 
 
 S ale, S, add, & arm, e eve, g end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, Q lute, & but, tl French sound. 
 
 MANI 
 
 Sl&nico, It. (ma-ne-ko.) The neck of the violin, 
 
 guitar, etc. 
 Manlo.hord. I Originally, an instrnment 
 lHaiiicliorflon. f with but one string; subse- 
 quently a stringed instrumentresembliugaspinet 
 
 or harpsichord. 
 jtfajiicliordion, Fr. (mS-ni-kOr-dl-Onh.) I 
 Dlanichorilinin, Lat. (m5n-i-Mr-di-ilm.) ( 
 
 See JIanlchord. 
 Slanioordiendraht, Ger. (ma-ni-*S?'-dI-gn- 
 
 diilht.) Wire for the manichord or clarichord. 
 llani^ra. It. (miUnS-o-ra.) I M.__p_ .f^i. 
 3iaiiiere, Fr. (mSn-g-ar.) f Planner, style. 
 :!}aiii€ra affett&ta. It. (mfi-ne-a-ra af.l'Et-<a-ta.) 
 
 An aft'ected style or delivery. 
 :Uani<=ra l&nsnlda. It. (ma-ne-o-rA lan-gaE- 
 
 dii.) A languid, sleepy style. 
 Slaiiiere d'attaque, Fr. {m&n-l-ar d'attak.) 
 
 Touch, manner, or style of playing the pianoforte. 
 9Iauieren, Oer. pi. (ma-n6-r'n.) Graces, embel- 
 lishments, ornaments. 
 Slanifold fugue. A fugue in which more than 
 
 one theme is elaborated. 
 9IS.nnersesanes-verelii, Oer. (man-nSr-ghS- 
 
 zdngs f5-7^n.) Men's vocal society. 
 Ufaiinerism. Adherence to the same manner; 
 
 the constant use of an ever-recun'iug set of phases ; 
 
 adherence to the same style without freedom or 
 
 variety. 
 Slaiinliche stimme, Ger. (man-likh-S. sdm- 
 
 mS.) A manly voice. 
 9I&no. It. (ma-nO.) The hand. 
 3Iano destra. It. (ma^no da»-tci,.) ) The 
 3I&no diritta. It. (marnO dg-rSi-ta.) }■ right 
 }I&no dritta, /*. (ma-nO drU-W..) ) hand. 
 9I&no manca. It. (ma-nO man-ka.) I 
 }I&no sinistra, It. (marnO sS-n^s-tra.) ) 
 
 The left hand. 
 ^ffannal. The key board; in organ music it means 
 
 thiit the passage is to he played by the hands 
 
 alone without using the pedals. 
 Itlannal, Ger. (ma-noo-d/.) 1 
 Manuale, Za^ (ma-nfl-»-16.) >• Manual. 
 Maiiu&le, It. (mS-noo-ffi-lS.) ) 
 :Uaiiualiter, Ger. (ma-noo-o-lI-tSr.) Organ 
 
 pieces to be played by the fingers alone without 
 
 the pedals. 
 ?ianualinente,/2. (ma-noo-Sl-man-tS.) Manually. 
 3Janaal-untersatz, Ger. (marnooo; oora-tSr- 
 
 i&tz.) An organ stop of 32 feet tone, with stopped 
 
 pipes; the tub bourdon. 
 jflaniilirlo. It. (ma-noo-bre-0.) I The han- 
 Mannbrinni, Lat. (ma-nS-bri-iim.) ( die or knob 
 
 by which a stop is drawn in an organ. 
 Ulannductor. Name given by the ancients to 
 
 one whose province it was to beat the time with 
 
 his hand at public performances. 
 llannscriptlun, Lat. (man-u-sMi)-tilm.) Man- 
 uscript. 
 Marcftndo, 7<. (m5r-*are-d0.) I Marked, ac- 
 Marc&to. It. (mar-Ao-tO.) (cented, well pro- 
 nounced. 
 maroatissimo. It. (mar-ka-<S«-sg-mO.) Very 
 
 strongly marked. 
 DIarcfito 11 pdllice. It. (mar-A;a-tO el pdUM- 
 
 tshS.) Mark or accent strongly the note played by 
 
 the tnnmb. 
 
 MARS 
 
 ntarcfito la melodia ed accell, It. (mar- 
 kSrVi la mSl-S-dg-a £d at-tshSl.) In a marked 
 style and the time accelerated. 
 
 IHarcli. A military air or movement especially 
 adapted to martial instruments; it is always writ- 
 ten in common -time, and an odd quaver or 
 crotchet at the beginning is often used. 
 
 marcha, 5^0. (mdr-ka.) Signal of the drum in 
 march. 
 
 ]|Iarchand de inasiaae,^r. (mar-shanh diih 
 mii-zek.) A music seller. 
 
 march, dead. A funeral march 
 
 Karche, Fr. (marsh.) A march ; in harmony, a 
 symmetrical sequence of chords. 
 
 Marche harmonique, Fr. (mjirsh har-mO- 
 nik.) Harmonic progression. 
 
 narche redonbl^e, Fr. (marsh r£-doob-0 ) 
 A double quick march. 
 
 Marche trlompliale, J'r. (marsh trS-finh-liil i 
 A triumphal march. 
 
 March, fOneral. A slow, measured march, 
 adapted to the movement of a funeral proces- 
 sion. 
 
 SIftrcia, It. (mar-tsh5-a.) A march. 
 
 M&rcia, con mdto. It. (ma/'-tshg-a kSn mS-tO ) 
 A spirited martial movement. 
 
 Mfircia flinebre. It. (mdV-tshg-a foo-«d-br6.) 
 Funeral march. 
 
 Harclal, Spa. (mar-thl-di.) In the style of a 
 march. 
 
 Marcidle, It. (mar-tshS-d-IE.) See Marziale. 
 
 niarcla lugubre. It. (mar-tshe-a loo f^oo-brS.) 
 A slow, mournful march. 
 
 Harcifita, It. (mar-tshg-di-ta.) A march 
 
 Marine band. A band employed on vessels of 
 war. 
 
 Marlona, Spa. (marrg-d-na.) A Spanish dance. 
 
 Marjnnee, .Bin. (mar-yoo-na.) A portion of the 
 Hindoo scale. 
 
 Mark, But. (markh.) K march. 
 
 Marked. Accented. 
 
 Mark, harmonic. A sign (O) used in music 
 for the violin, violincello, and harp, to indicate 
 that the notes over which it is placed are to be 
 produced on such parts of the open strings as 
 will give the harmonic sounds. 
 
 Markiren, Ger. (mar-A?-r'n.) ( To mark, to em 
 
 Marauer, J'?', (mar-ka.) fphasize. 
 
 Marks, abbreviation. Signs of abbreviation. 
 
 Marks, cadence. Short perpendicular lines 
 which indicate the cadence notes in chanting. 
 
 Marks, division. Figures with a curved line 
 above them showing the number of equal parts 
 into which notes are divided, when instead of i. 
 4, or 8, they are divided Into 3, 5, 7, 9, etc., Ti T, 
 
 Marks, metronomic. Figures appended to 
 music, referring to corresponding fig- J ^i— 1*1' 
 ures on a metronome. ( y= 80 
 
 Marks, staccato. Dots or small dashes placed 
 over notes to indicate that they are to be played 
 short and detached. 
 
 Marqnez an peu la melodic, Fr. (mSr-kl 
 tlnh pfih la morlo-dg.) The melody to be slightly 
 marked, or accented. , 
 
 Marscta, Ger. (marsh.). A march. 
 
124 
 
 PBONOUNOIITG MUSICAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 a ale, & add, S, arm, B eve, E end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 5 dove, oo moon, H lute, 11 6«<, tl French sound. 
 
 MARS 
 
 Harschartig, ffiJ?-. (ma?'sA-ar-tig.) In the style 
 of a march. 
 
 nilrsche, Ger.pl. (mar-shS.) Marches. 
 
 Marseillaise, Fr. (mar-sSl-ySz.) The Marseilles 
 hymn : a French national air. 
 
 Ulartel^. Fr. (mar-tB-ia.) 1 Bammer- 
 
 Martell&ndo, It. (mar-tSl-Zan-flO.) ) ire?, strong- 
 ly marking the notes as if hammered. 
 
 llartelUire, It. (mar-tSl-ia-rfi.) To hammer, to 
 strike the notes forcibly like a hammer. 
 
 niartell&to. It. (mar-tSWa-tO.) Hammered, 
 strongly marked. 
 
 martial music. Mnsic adapted for war and 
 warlike occasions. An expression applied to 
 marches, dirges, songs of triumph and all com- 
 positions, intended to stimulate to battle, excite 
 commiseration for the fallen, or celebrate heroic 
 deeds. 
 
 niartillo. Spa. (mar-(5/-yO.) A tuning hammer. 
 
 Martinete, Spa. (mar-tl-rea-tS.) A jack .in a 
 harpsichord. 
 
 IHartrtiza, It. (mftr-im-tsa.) A Spanish dance. 
 
 jHarzi&le. It. (mar-tsE-a-lg.) Martial, in the style 
 of a march. 
 
 ^lascliarada. It. (ma-ska-ro-dS.) 1 Music com- 
 
 jjlasclierfita, It. (mfi-sk8-ra-ta.) fposed for 
 grotesque characters ; masquerade music. 
 
 Klaschera, It. (ma-sk6-rfi.) A mask. 
 
 iilask. ) A species of musical 
 
 3Iaske, Ger. (mas-kg.) J- drama, or operetta, in- 
 
 Masque, Fr. (mask.) j eluding singing and 
 dancing, performed by characters in masks ; also, 
 an utensil used by the ancient Roman actors and 
 singers for the purpose of augmenting the power 
 of tlie voice. 
 
 Ilasrakitha. (mSs-ra-M-tha.) A pneumatic in- 
 strument of the ancient Hebrews, consisting of 
 pipes musically proportioned to each other, fitted 
 into a wooden chest, into which the wind was 
 conveyed from the lips by means of a pipe and 
 the sounds were produced by stopping and un- 
 stopping with the fingers, the apertures at the 
 upper extremity. 
 
 3Iass. A vocal composition, performed during the 
 celebration of High Mass, in the Eoman Catholic 
 church, and generally accompanied by instru- 
 ments. It consists of five principal movements, 
 the Kyrie, Gloria, Credo, Sanctus, and Agnus 
 Dei. 
 
 mass, Ger. (mass.) Measure, time. 
 
 mass bell. A small bell used in the service of 
 the Roman Catholic church to direct attention to 
 the more solemn parts of the mass. 
 
 mass book. The Missal, or Komau Catholic ser- 
 ' vice book. 
 
 mass, canonical. A mass in which the various 
 parts of th6 musical service of the church are fol- 
 lowed in their regular course, or in strict canon- 
 ical order. 
 
 mass, kigli. The mass celebrated in the Catho- 
 lic churches by the singing of the choristers ; dis- 
 tinguished fi'om the low mass, in which prayers 
 are read without singing. 
 
 mitssis, Ger. (mas-slgo Moderate, moderately. 
 
 miissig geSchw^ind, Ger. (mas-slg ghB- 
 shviiui.) Moderately playful. 
 
 MAZU 
 
 mUsslg langsam, Ger. (jnSs-sig Idng-B&m.) 
 Moderately slow. 
 
 mSiSSig sclmell, Ger. (mas-slg shnSU.) Moder- 
 ately fast and animated. 
 
 m&ssima, It. (mos-sS-ma.) A semibreve. 
 
 master. One eminently skilled in music, a 
 
 master, ballet. One who superintends the re- 
 hearsals and performances of the ballet. 
 
 master, choir. A chorister, a choir leader. 
 
 master of miislc. In the sixteenth century 
 this appellation was given to eminent practical 
 composers. 
 
 master of song. The name given in the six- 
 teenth century to the person appointed to teach 
 the children of the Chapel Koyal to sing and per- 
 form on the organ. 
 
 master-singers. A class of poets who flour- 
 ished in Germany during the fifteenth and part 
 of the sixteenth centuries. 
 
 masure, Ger. (ma-soo-rS.) \ A lively Pol- 
 
 masnreck, Ger. (ma-200-rSk.) ( ish dance, in 
 
 masurek, Ger. (marzoo-rfik.) f 3-8 or 3-4 time, 
 
 masnrka, Ger. (ma-soor-ka) ) quicker than 
 the Polonaise, and has an emphasis on one of the 
 unaccented parts of the bar; the Mazurka. 
 
 mataclun. Spa. (ma-ta-*5».) An old dance with 
 swords and bucklers. 
 
 matalant A small Indian flute, used to accom- 
 pany, the Bayadere dances. 
 
 matassins, J^>'. (ina-tSs-sSJi.) Amatachindance; 
 
 matelotte, Fr. (ma-tg-lOt.) A French sailor's 
 
 dance in 3-4 time. 
 , matinare. It. (ma-te-no-rS.) To sing matins. 
 matinata, It. (mSrte-nd-tS..) A song for the 
 
 morning; a serenade. 
 matinatore. It. (ma-t5-na-M-rS.) A morning 
 
 serenader. 
 matinee. Fr. (marti-«a.) An entertainment 
 
 given in the early part of the day. 
 matinee musicale, Fr. (ma-tl-nS m^-xe-kdl.) 
 
 A musical performance given in the daytime. 
 matines, i*"?". (ma-ten.) Matins, morning worship. 
 matins. The name of the first morning service in 
 
 the Eoman Catholic church. 
 mattntino delle tenebre, It. (mat-too-tS-nO 
 
 dal-16 tS-fta-brS.) The service of the Tenebrie. 
 manl-trommel, Ger. (moul trOm-mSl.) A 
 
 Jew's harp. 
 maxima, Lat. {maa;-I-ma.) The name of the 
 
 longest note used in the fourteenth and fifteenth 
 
 centuries ; see Large. 
 maximum immestatum, Lat. (niax-t-m\im 
 
 Im-mgs-(o-tiim.) The great system amon^ the an- 
 cients, consisting of four tetrachords and tne chord 
 
 named proslambanomenos. 
 maximns, bob. A full peal upon twelve bells, 
 
 comprising 4T9,001,600 changes. 
 mazourk, Ger. (mS.-tsoork.) \ A lively Pol- 
 mazourka, Ger. (mSt-tsoor-kS,.) I ish dance of 
 mazur, Ger. (iaS.-tsoor.) l a sentiment- 
 
 mazurca, Ger. (ma-feoor-ka.) ( al character, 
 mazurka, Ger. (mSrtsoor-kS..) I in 3-8 or 3-4 
 maznrke, Ger. (ma-<«oor-k6.) ; time, of a pe- 
 culiar rythmic construction, quicker than the 
 
 Polonaise or Policca ; see Masurka. 
 
PKONOTJNCING MTTSIOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 125 
 
 a ale, 3 add, S arm, e eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dovi, oo moon, U lute, & but, fl French sound. 
 
 M. D. 
 
 m. D. The initlalB of Uain Droit, the right hand. 
 9Iean. A term formerly applied to the tenor or 
 
 medium part in compositions for several parts, 
 
 male and female. cHw- 
 
 Hean clef. Tenor clef. fiS) z 
 
 Mean, hannonical. The third in the harmonic 
 triad. 
 
 Mean parts. Middle j>arts. 
 
 Measure. That division of time hy which the 
 air and movement of music are regulated; the 
 space between two bar lines on the suff. 
 
 Measure accent. The regular alternation of 
 strong and weak part in a measure. 
 
 Measure, common. A measure having an even 
 number of parts in a bar. ' 
 
 Measure, lonr-eisltt. A measure of the value 
 of four eighth notes, marked 4-8. 
 
 Measure, fourfold. A measure of four even 
 parts. 
 
 Measure, four-half. A measure of the value 
 of four half notes, marked 4-2. 
 
 Measure, four-quarter. A measure of the 
 value of four quarter notes, marked 4-4. 
 
 Measure, nine-eislith. A measure containing 
 nine eight notes or their equivalent, marked 9-8.- 
 
 Measnre, "passy. An old stately kind of dance ; 
 a cinque pas. 
 
 Measure, elx-elshth. A measure containing 
 the value of six eiSith notes, marked 6-8. 
 
 Measure, sixfold. A measure consisting of two 
 musical feet, each formed of ah accented and un- 
 accented notes ; a measure of six equal parts. 
 
 Measure, stx-qnarter. A measure of the 
 value of six quarter notes, marked 6-4. 
 
 Measure, three-eighth. A measure contain- 
 ing the value of three eighth notes, marked 3-8. 
 
 Measure, threefold. A measure divided into 
 three equal parts. 
 
 Measure, three-half. A measure containing 
 the value of three half notes, and marked 3-3. 
 
 Measure, three-q narter. A measure contain- 
 ing the value of three quarter notes, marked 3-4. 
 
 Measure, t-welve-eighth. A measure con- 
 taining the value of twelve-eighth notes, marked 
 13-8. 
 
 Measure, ttvo-eighth. A measure containing 
 the value of two ei^th notes, marked 2-8. 
 
 Measure, ttrofola. A measure of two equal 
 parts. 
 
 Measure, tiro-half. A measure containing ^ 
 the value of two half notes, marked 2-2 or sp 
 
 Measure, tTvo-quarter. A measure contain- 
 ing the value of two quarter notes, marked 2-4. . 
 
 Mechanically. A word applied to spiritless 
 styles of performance. 
 
 Med£simo, It. (mS-dd-zB-mO.) I rp^. .„„„ 
 
 Med^smo, 7<. (mg-Sas-mO.) f ^"esame. 
 
 Med^smo mdto. It. (me-dds-mO mS-ta.) I 
 
 Med^smo t^mpo. It. (raS-das-mO t^m-po.) ) 
 In the same time or movement as before. 
 
 Mediant, Lat. (ma-di-Snt.) I The third note 
 
 M^diante, Fr. (mSrSi-dn/it.) (of the scale ; the 
 middle note between the tonic and the dominant. 
 
 Meditatio, Lat. (mSd-I-^o-shl-O.) A word for- 
 merly nsed to signify the middle of a chant, or 
 
 MELO 
 
 the sound which terminates the first part of the 
 verse in the Psalms. 
 
 Medius harmonlcns, Lai. (ma-di-Cs hiir-mii/t- 
 I-kfis.) The third or middle note^f the funda- 
 mental common chord. 
 
 Medley. A mixture; an assemblage of detached 
 parts or passages of well known songs or pieces 
 so arranged that the end of one connects with the 
 beginning of another. 
 
 Meer-tronipete, Ger. (mSr trOm-j)a-te.) I 
 
 Meer-horn, Oer. (mSr horn.) f 
 
 Sea Trumpet. 
 
 Megalophonous, Gr. (mgg-S-2tS^-8-nous.) Hav- 
 ing a loud voice. 
 
 Menr, Ger. (mar.) More. 
 
 Mehr-stimmig, Oer. (mSr «(im-mig.) For 
 several voices. 
 
 Mehr stlmmlger sesang, Ger. (mSr sCim^m\- 
 ghSr ghg-affl^g.) A glee or part song. 
 
 Meister, Ger. (mJs-tSr.) Master, teacher. 
 
 Meister-gesang, Ger. (mjs-tgr ghS-zangr.) Mas- 
 ter's song, minstrel's song. 
 
 Meister-sSnger, Oer. (mJs-tSr sany-gr.) Mas- 
 ter singer, minstrel. 
 
 Meister-stttck, Ger. (m^-tgr sttlk.) Master 
 piece. 
 
 M^lancolie, Fr. (m^l£nh-kO-lg.) Melanchn]}-, 
 in a mournflil style. 
 
 Melange, i^r. (mirldmh.') A medley; a compo- 
 sition founded upon several popular airs. 
 
 Meleket, Aby.. An Abyssinian truippet. 
 
 Melisma, &i\ <me-/^-mii.) A vocal grace or em- 
 bellishment; several notes sung to one syllable. 
 
 Melismatilc, Ger. (mSl-is-ma-tlk.) I Florid 
 
 Mellsmatisch, Ger. (mel is-mo-tlsh.) f v o c a 11- 
 zation ; see Melisma. 
 
 Mellifluous. (mgl-^V-ld-ous.) Smoothly flowing, 
 very melodious. 
 
 Melloir. Soft, melodious. 
 
 Meltfde, It. (ma-2d-dg.) Melody, tune. 
 
 Melodeon. A reed instrument having a key board 
 like the pianoforte. It is supplied with wind by 
 a bellows worked with the feet of the performer. 
 
 Melodeon, double reed. A melodeon with 
 two sets of reeds. ' 
 
 Melodeon, organ. A melodeon having a regis- 
 ter of stops similar to those of an organ. 
 
 Melodistik, Ger. (m61-0-(25s-tIk.) The rules or 
 science of melody. 
 
 Melodf e. It. (mS-lO-dS-a.) Melody, tune. 
 
 Melodic. (mg-W-Ik.) Kelating to melody. 
 
 Melodica. An instrument invented by Stein, at 
 Augsburg, similar to the pianoforte. 
 
 Melodic llanguage. The language of melody or 
 song; ideas expressed by a melodious combina- 
 tion of sounds. 
 
 Melodic modulation. A change from one key 
 into another 
 
 Melodies. That department of vocal elementary 
 instruction which relates to the pitch of tones. 
 
 Melodic step. The movement of a voice or part 
 from one tone to the following one. 
 
 MeKSdico, It. (mS-10-dE-kO.) Melodious, tuneful. 
 
 Meloflicon. An instrument Invented by Eiffel, 
 in Copenhagen, the tones of which are produced 
 IVom bent metal bars. 
 
 M£lodie, Fr. (ma-lO-de.) Melody, tune. 
 
126 
 
 PEONOUNCING MUSICAL DIOTIONABY. 
 
 S ale, a add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, 1 ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, u 6m<, u French sound. 
 
 MELO 
 
 Melodies, authentic. MelocUea written prin- 
 cipally between the key note and its octave. 
 
 lleloiues, Ethiopian. Negro melodies. 
 
 Melodies, Hibernian. Irish songs and melo- 
 dies. 
 
 melodies, plasal. Melodies whose tones lie 
 between the fifth of the key and its octave or 
 twelfth. 
 
 M^lodie Men seratie, Fr. (mo-lo-dS M-iinh 
 sanh-ts.) The melody to be well expressed or ac- 
 cented. 
 
 9I61odiense, Fr. (ma-lo-dl-flz.) Melodious, 
 smooth. 
 
 M^lodieasement, Fr. (mS-lO-dl-iis-mSuh.) I 
 
 9Ielodiosani£nte, It. (ma-lo-de-O-za-man-tS.) f 
 Melodiously, sweetly. 
 
 Melodieux, J?"?-, (ma-lo-di-ilz.) I Melodious, 
 
 Ulelodik, &«r. (m6-«-dIk.) (tuneful. 
 
 ]Uelodi<Sso, It. (ma-lo-dS-a-zO.) ) Melodious, 
 
 Dlelodioso, Spa. (mS-lo-de-o-zO.) )■ musical, tune- 
 
 aielodisch, &er. (mi-lS-Aleh. ) ful. 
 
 jHelodiosissimo, Z^ (ma-lO-dS-o-sSs-sS-mO.) Ex- 
 tremely melodious. 
 
 Slelodiaus. Having melody, musical; a term 
 applied to a succession of pleasing sounds. 
 
 Melodious bass. The "bass cnantante;" the 
 singing bass. 
 
 Melodiously. In a melodious, musical manner. 
 
 Melodist. A composer, or singer of melodies. 
 
 Melodista, It. (rnSAO-die-ti.) 1 
 
 Melodista, Spa. (mS-lo-dSs-ta.) y Melodist. 
 
 Melodiste, Fr. (mi-lo-dZsi.) ) 
 
 Melodlum. A variety of the harmonium. 
 
 Melodize. To make melodious; to form a suc- 
 cession of sounds which shall produce an agree- 
 able effect. 
 
 Melodrama. I A modern species of drama of 
 
 Melodrame. j French origin, with music inter- 
 spersed, both vocal and instrumental, the latter 
 of a descriptive kind, serving to elucidate the 
 action and heighten the passion of the piece. 
 
 Melodram, Ger. (mS-lO-drdm.) 1 utoinflm 
 
 Melodrame, .JV. (m&-lo-dram.) V J"«ioara- 
 
 Melodr&mma, It. (ma-lO-dra-mS.) ) ™"- 
 
 Melodramm&tico, It. (mil-lo-dra-ma-tg-ko.) Me- 
 lodramatic. 
 
 Melody. A succession of simple sounds so ar- 
 ranged as to produce a pleasing effect upon the 
 ear; distinguished tvova. harmony by not necessa- 
 rily including a combination of parts. 
 
 Melody, chromatic. A melody consisting of 
 a series of tones moving by chromatic intervals. 
 
 Melody, diatonic. A melody whose tones move 
 by diatonic intervals. 
 
 Melody, leading. The principal part of a com- 
 
 . position containing several parts. 
 
 Melo^raph. A piano invented in 1837, connected 
 with which was machinery which recorded in 
 notes whatever was improvised on the piano. 
 The invention was not a complete success. 
 
 Melolosne. A combination^ of recitative and 
 music. 
 
 Meloman, Gr. (ma-lo-mSn.) I A passionate 
 
 M^lomane, Fr. (7na-10-mSn.) \ lover of music. 
 
 Melomanie, Fr. (mS-lo-miUnS.) I Excessive 
 
 Mel Oman j^. (mg-^sm-S-ny.) (love of music; 
 
 music mania. 
 
 MERC 
 
 Poetical, or rhetor- 
 
 Melop^a, It. (m5-10-p5-a.) I 
 
 Mdlop^e, Fr. (mS-lO-pa.) (leal melody; words 
 and music combined; the vocal declamation or 
 chant of the drama. 
 Melophare. A lantern, inside of which music 
 paper, previously soaked in oil is placed, so that 
 the notes can be read when alight is placed. in- 
 side ; used for serenades, at night. 
 
 Melopiano. fmS-lO-pl-a-nO.) A stringed instru- 
 ment invented in 1870, combining tones resem- 
 bling those of the pianoforte and organ. 
 
 Meloplaste. (m^i-O-piast.) An instrument for 
 teaching vocal music from a staff without either 
 clefs or notes. 
 
 Melojpoea, Gr. (mS-IO-p?-a.) A term in ancient 
 music signifying the art or rules of composition 
 in melody; melody. 
 
 Melopomenos, Gr. (mgl-o-piim-g-nbs.) Vocal 
 melody. 
 
 Melos, Gr. (ma-lOs.) Tune, song, melody. 
 
 Melothesia, Gr. (mgl-0-<Aa-zi-a.) The composi- 
 tion of a melody. 
 
 Melotheta, Gr. (mS-M-thg-tS.) Composer, mu- 
 sician. 
 
 Melpomene, Lat. (mgl-p(!»i-S-ng.) One of the 
 nine Muses. 
 
 Mf me, Fr. (mSm.) The same. 
 
 Meme mouvement,i^?\ (mSm moov-manh.) In 
 the same movement. 
 
 M£me monvement que pi*4c£deinent, ^r. 
 (mSm moov-manh kHh prg-sffrf-manh.) In the 
 same movement as the preceding. 
 
 M6n, 7^ (man.) Less; an abbreviation of.mereo. 
 
 M£n allegro. It. (man al-io-grO.) Less quick. 
 
 Mener le branle, Fr. (mg-na Ifih brSnhl.) To 
 lead the dance. 
 
 Men^strels, Fr. (mg-nSs-trgl.) Minstrels. 
 
 Men^trier, Fr. (mg-na-trI-o.1 A minstrel, a rus- 
 tic musician. 
 
 M€no, It. (ma-TiO.) Less. 
 
 M€no all^sro, It. (ma-nO Sl-lS-giO.) Less quick 
 
 M£no f<5rte. It. (ma-nO fdr-t&.) Less loud. 
 
 M^no ni4Ssso, It. (mo-nO 7nds-aO.) Less move- 
 ment. Blower. 
 
 M6no pi&no, It. (ma-no p5-a-no.) Not so softly. 
 
 M^^no presto. It. (ma-nO pras-ta.) Less rapid- 
 
 M6no Tfvo, /(. (mS-nO ve-yO.) Not so fast. 
 
 Menschen-sttmme, Ger. (mm-sh'n stim-mi.) 
 Human voice. 
 
 MensUr, Ger. (mi^n-soor.) Time, tune, measure- 
 ment of intervals ; also, the diameter, or scale of 
 organ pipes. 
 
 Mensnral-^esang, Ger. (mgn-soo-m7 ghS- 
 eang.) Florid vocalization. 
 
 Mensnral-noten, Ger. (mSn-eoo-rdl n5-t'n.) 
 Musical notation. 
 
 Mensural members. Notes of less value than 
 the mensural parts indicated at the beginning of 
 a piece. 
 
 Mensural signature. Fractions placed at the 
 beginning of a composition, Indicating the time 
 or measure. 
 
 Menuet, Fr. (mS-noo-g.> (^ A minuet, a slow 
 
 Menuetto, It. f ma-noo-e<-tO.)J dance in 3-4 time. 
 
 M€n tIto, It. (man ve-vO.) Less spirit. . 
 
 Mercurian lyre. One of the earliest musical 
 
PEONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 127 
 
 fi ale^ & addt fi arm^ 6 e«e, S end^ I ice^ I ill^ o oZd, 5 odd, 6 dov^, oo moon^ H ^wie, B. &m(, tl French sound. 
 
 MESA 
 
 instruments, formed of the shell of a tortoise and 
 having seven strings. 
 
 MesaiQlci, Gr. (mga-aw-S-shl.) Pieces per- 
 formed between the divisions of the Greelc drama. 
 
 Ulesanllon, Or. (mS-saw-li-Sn.) Symphonies or 
 ritomelli. 
 
 lEescal, Tur. (mgs-*ai.) A Tarkieh instrument, 
 composed of twenty-three cane pipes of unequal 
 length, each of which gives three different sounds, 
 from the manner of blowing it. 
 
 niescol&iizst. It. (mg8-k0-7an-tsa.) A medley, a 
 mixture of discordant sounds ; bad harmony. 
 
 nescolomento, Gr. (mSs-kO-10-»7i<f»-tO.) A 
 term used by the ancient Greeks, signifying that 
 branch of the melopora which gave the rules for 
 BO arranging the sounds of melody that the voice 
 or instrument might be kept within a certain 
 compass. 
 
 Slese, Gr. (ma-sS.) A term applied by the an- 
 cient Greeks to the sound that completed their 
 second tetrachord, and which was the centre of 
 their whole system. It was also the name given 
 to the central string of the lyre. 
 
 nesochori, Gr. pi. (mSrSO-^rS.) Musicians 
 among the ancients, who presided at public per- 
 formances, and by beating a desk in a regular 
 manner directed the time of the music. 
 
 Mesoides, Gr. (mS-soi-dSs.) A kind of melo- 
 pora in the ancient system of music, the sounds 
 of which were chiefly confined to the middle 
 chords. 
 
 Hesolabe, Gr. (mgs-0-/a-bg.) An instrument. 
 of the ancients, the use of which was to halve an 
 interval. 
 
 Hesoii, Or. (mS-«ffn.) The genitive plural of 
 meeis, the middle. A term applied by the ancient 
 Greeks to the second of their tetrachords. 
 
 IHesonjfcticon, Or. (m6-s8n-iA-ti-kOn.) Mid- 
 night singing of the early Christians. 
 
 Mesopjrcni, Gr. (m8s-8-^5ft-nS.) The second 
 sound in each tetrachord of the ancient Greek 
 system of music. 
 
 9I£ssa, It. (mos-sS.) A mass. 
 
 M^ssa bfissa. It. (mas-si bSs-sS.) A silent 
 mass whispered by the priest during a musical 
 performance. 
 
 SfSssa concert&ta. It. (mm-ii, kSn-tsher-2a- 
 ta.) A mass consisting of concerted music. 
 
 M^ssa di vdce. It. The gradual swelling and 
 diminishing of the voice. 
 
 nress&nzo. It, (mSs-<(iin-tsO.) See Meecoldnza. 
 
 Messe, Fr. (mSss.) I . ^.„. 
 
 Hesse, Gtr. (,tnes-e6.) f -*■ "'*^^- 
 
 Messe brevi. It. (mas-sS brS-v5.) A short mass. 
 
 HEesse concertati. It. (mos-sS kOn-tshSr-M-tB.) 
 Masses in which the recitation is intermixed with 
 choruses. 
 
 Ulessa di cappella, Jt. {mas-e& ds ^ap-pal- 
 la.) Masses sungby the grand chorus. 
 
 Messe, baate, I'r. (mSs-s'O.) Grand mass, 
 high mass. 
 
 Mease per sli desonti, It (mas-eS, p3r l-yg 
 dS-«ore-tS.) ATmass for the dead. 
 
 M£sto, It. (mSs-tO.) Sad, mournful, melancholy. 
 
 Hestdso, It. Ca^-td-zO.) SadJy, mournfiilly. 
 
 Mesore, Fr. ■ (m5-««ir.) The bar or measure ; the 
 species of time. 
 
 MBTR 
 
 Mesure a deux temps, Fr. (vi&-z^r & diih 
 
 t^nh.) Common time of two beats m a measure. 
 Mesure a trois temps, Fr. (mSrZur & trwi 
 
 tSnh.) Triple time of three beats in a measure. 
 Mesnre demi, Fr. (mS-zUr d6-m?.) Half 
 
 measure. 
 Mesymnlcon, Or. (m8-s5m-nI-kBn.) In ancient 
 
 poetry, a repetition at the end of a stanza; a 
 
 refrain. 
 Met. An abbreviation of Metronome. 
 Metal organ. The material of which some organ 
 
 pipes are made, composed of a mixture of tin and 
 
 lead in certain proportions. 
 Metal. Spa. (mS-tal.) Strength ; compass of the 
 
 voice. 
 Metfillico. It. {mSrtal-le-'kO.) ) Metallic, clear 
 Metfillo, It. {naSrtdl-lO.) fin tone; bel met- 
 
 dllo di voce means a voice clear, full and brilliant. 
 Meter. See Metre. 
 Method. A course of instruction ; classification ; 
 
 system. 
 Metbode, Fr. (mS-tod.) I A method, system, 
 M^todo, It. (ia&-to-6.0.) ) style ; a treatise or 
 
 book of instruction. 
 Metre. Measure; verse; arrangement of poetical 
 
 feet, or of long and short syllables in verse. 
 Metre, common. A stanza of four lines in 
 
 iambic measure, the syllables of each being in 
 
 number and order as follows : 8, 6, 8, 6. 
 Metre, common hallelujah. A stanza of 
 
 six lines in iambic measure, the syllables in each 
 
 being in number and order as follows : 8, B, 6, 8, 8, 6. 
 Metre, eishts. A stanza of four lines in ana^ 
 
 gestic measure, each line containing eight sylla- 
 les and marked thus, 8s. 
 
 Metre^ eis;hts and sevens. Consists of four 
 lines in trochaic measure, designated thus, 8s ahd 
 78, the syllables as follows : 8, 7, 8, 7. 
 
 Metre, eights, sevens and four. A metre 
 designatedthus, 8s, 7s, and 4s, containing six lines 
 in trochaic measure, the syllables being in num- 
 ber and order as follows : 8, 7, 8, 7, 4, 7. 
 
 Metre, elevens. Designated thus, lis, and con- 
 sisting of a stanza of four lines in anapestic meas- 
 ure, each line containing eleven syllables. 
 
 Metre, hallelujah. A stanza of six lines in 
 iambic measure, the syllables of each being in 
 number and order as follows : 6, 6, 6, 6, 8, 8. 
 
 Metre, long. Four lines in iambic measure, 
 each line containing eight syllables. 
 
 Metre, long particular. Six lines in iambic 
 measure, each line containing eight syllables. • 
 
 Metre, sevens. Consists of four lines in tro- 
 chaic measure, each line containing seven syl- 
 lables. 
 
 Metre, short. Consists of four lines in iambic 
 measure, the syllables in number and order as 
 follows: 6,6,8,6. 
 
 Metre, short particular. Consists of six 
 lines in iambic measure, the syllables in number 
 and order as follows : 6, 6, 8, 6, 6, 8. 
 
 Metre, tens and elevens. A metre desig- 
 nated thus, 10s and lis, consisting of a stanza 
 of four lines in anapestic measure, the syllables 
 in number and order thus : 10, 10, 11, 11 ; or of six 
 lines in iambic measure, as follows : 10, 10, 10, 10, 
 11, 11. 
 
128 
 
 PKONOUWCING MUSICAL DICTIOlSrAET. 
 
 S ale, S, add, S, arm, S eve, E end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, tl lute, fi but, tl French sound. 
 
 METR 
 
 Metre, t\relves. A metre designated thus, 12a, 
 consisting of a stanza of four lines in anapestic 
 measure, each line containing twelve syllables. 
 
 metrical. Pertaining to measure, or due arrange- 
 ment and combination of long and short sylla- 
 bles. 
 
 9Ietrlcally. In a metrical manner; according 
 to poetic measure. 
 
 Uletrlk, Oer. (mSt-Tik.) Metrical art. 
 
 IHetriscli, Oer. (ml*-rish.) Metrical. 
 
 Uletrometer, Ger. (mS-trSm-S-tSr.) I A metro- 
 
 Uletrometro, It. (ma-tro-ms-tro.) ) nome. 
 
 Metronom, Ger. (mSt-rO-nowi.) 1 A machine 
 
 Jlletronoine, Gr. (mft-rO-raS-mg.) f invented by 
 John Maelzel, for measuring the time or duration 
 of notes by means of a graduated scale and pen- 
 dulum, which may be shortened or lengthened at 
 pleasure. 
 
 Metronome, bell. A metronome with the addi- 
 tion of a small bell, which strikes at the com- 
 mencement of each bar. 
 
 Metronome, pocket. A metronome of the size 
 and form of a watch, on one side of which is 
 marked the number of vibrations, and on the 
 other the principal Italian musical terms. 
 
 Metronomic marks. Figures appended to 
 pieces of music, referring to correspond- 1 ^i— ISO 
 ing figures on a metronome: ex., | '^— 80 
 
 Meironomy. (mS-trSn-o-mj.) The measuring 
 of time by an instrument. 
 
 Metrnm, Oer. (mSt-ioom.') Measure, time. 
 
 Mette, Oer. (me(-tS.) Matins. 
 
 Mettere in musica, It. (mSt-^o-rg en moo-zg- 
 ka.) To set to music. 
 
 Mettre d'accord, Fr. (matr d'Sk-kOr.) To tune. 
 
 Mettre en muslqae, Fr. (matr anh mn-eSk.) 
 To set to music. 
 
 Mettre en repetition, Fr. (mstr knh ra-pg- 
 i?-8l-0nh.) To put in rehearsal. 
 
 Mez. An abbreviation of Mezzo. 
 
 Mez. V. An abbreviation of Mezzo Forte. 
 
 Mez. Pia. An abbreviation of Mezzo Piano. 
 
 M^zza, It. (mst-tsa.) i Medium, in the middle, 
 
 M^zzo, It. (maMsO.) j half. 
 
 M£zza bra~viira. It. (mdt-tB& brar«oo-ra.) A 
 moderately difficult song. 
 
 M^zza forza. It. (mai-tsa for-teS..) Moderately 
 loud. 
 
 M^zza mfinica. It. (ma^tsa ma-iie-ka.) The 
 half -shift, in playing the violin, etc. 
 
 Mezz&na, It. (mat-isa-na.) The middle string 
 of a lute. 
 
 M£zza orchestra, 7t. (mat-tsa 6r-kas-tra.) Half 
 the orchestra. 
 
 M^zza vdce. It. (mSt-tsO vO-tshg.) Half the 
 power of the voice; with moderate strength of 
 tone. 
 
 fH^Tim cardttere. It. (mat-tsO ka-rS-ta-rg.) A 
 moderate degree of expression and execution; 
 music of a.medium character. 
 
 M6zzo fdrte. It. (mat-ts3 /5r-tg.) Moderately 
 loud. 
 
 M6zzo fdrte plfino. It. (mat-tsO f5r-V& pE-o- 
 nO.) Rather loud, than soft. 
 
 M^zzo pi&no. It. (mat-tsO pS-o-nO.) Bather soft. 
 
 MINA 
 
 M^zzo soprfino. It. (mat-tsO sti-prSrun.) A 
 female voice of lower pitch than the soprano, or 
 treble, but higher than the contralto. The gen- 
 eral compass is il'om A under the lines to A above 
 them. 
 M£zzo-soprdno clef. The C clef when placed 
 on the second line of the staff, occurring in old 
 church music or madrigals. The treble or so- 
 prano clef now supplies its place. 
 M^zzo staccfito. It. (mat-tsO BtSk-ia-tO.) A 
 little detached. 
 
 M^zzo tenore. It. (mat-tsO tg-raa-rg.) A half 
 tenor voice, nearly the same as a baritone. 
 
 M^zzo tntino. It. (mat-tsO twS-na.) A semi- 
 tone, a half tone. 
 
 M^zzo vdce. It. (mat-tsB «o-tshg.) In a sub- 
 dued voice. 
 
 M. F. The initials of Mezzo Forte. 
 
 M. a. The initials of Main Gauche. 
 
 Mi, It. (mg.) A syllable used in solfaing to desig- 
 nate E, or the third note of the major scale. 
 
 Mi b^mol, Fr. (mS barmol.) The note E Hat. 
 
 Mi b^mol majenr, Fr. (mS Sa-mOl rat-zhur.) 
 The key of E flat major. 
 
 Ml b^mol minenr, Fr. (mg 6a-mol mi-Mtjr.) 
 The key of E flat minor. 
 
 Mi contra £&, Lat. (mg Tcdn-bia fa.) An ex- 
 pression used by old theorists meaning a false 
 relation. 
 
 Microcoustic. An instrument to increase the 
 intensity of small sounds, and assist in hearing. 
 
 Microfono, Spa. (me-krO/3-nO.) I An instru- 
 
 Microphone. (mj-kro-fon.) jment for the 
 
 augmentation of small sounds ; a microcoustic. 
 
 Microphonics. The science or art of increas- 
 ing the intensity of sounds. 
 
 Middle C. That C which is between the bass 
 and treble staves. 
 
 Middle part. Any parts that lie between the 
 outside voices. 
 
 Middle voices. Tenor and alto voices. 
 
 Mi diese, Fr. (mS di-az.) The note B sharp. 
 
 Mignon, Fr. (men-yOnh.) Favorite. 
 
 Mllltairement, Fr. (mil-S-iar-manh.) 1 
 
 Militdre, It. (ms-lg-ia-rg.) )■ 
 
 Militarm^nte, It. (mg-ls-tar-maji-tg.) ) 
 Military; in a warlike, martial style. 
 
 Military music. Music intended for military 
 bands, marches, Liuicksteps, etc. 
 
 Milote, Spa. (mS-W-tS,) An Indian dance. 
 
 Mi majeur, Fr. (mg mSrsh&r.) The key of E 
 major. 
 
 Mi minenr, Fr. (mS ml-niir.) The key of E 
 minor. 
 
 Mimes, (mg-mgs.) A kind of vocal, mimic actors, 
 formerly very numerous in Europe. 
 
 MinacccTOlm^nte, ' It. (mg-nat-tshg-vol-mon- 
 tg.) In a threatening, menacing manner, 
 
 Minacci^ndo. It. (me-nat-tshg-ara-do.) I 
 
 Mluacci^vole, /*. (mg-nat-tshg-a-vo-lg.) ) 
 Threatening, menacing. 
 
 Minacciosam^nte, It. (mB-nat-tshg-0-za-ma»- 
 tg.) Threatening, menacing, in a menacing man- 
 ner. 
 
 Minaccitiso, It. (mg-nat-tsh6-o-z0.) Threaten- 
 ing, menacing, in a menacing manner. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 129 
 
 & ale, & add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, 1 ill, a old, 8 odd, dove, oo moon, II lute, 4 but, fi French sound. 
 
 MINA 
 
 ninagnehtniin, Seb. (ml-nangd-gbl-nlm.) A 
 pulsatile instrument used by the Hebrews, con- 
 sisting of a square table of wood furnished with a 
 handle; over this table was stretched an iron 
 chain and a hempen chord which passed throngh 
 balls of wood or brass, and striking against the 
 table when the instrument was in motion, pro- 
 duced a clear, ringing sound. 
 
 MlndeF, Ger. (min-i&r.) Minor, less, not so 
 much. 
 
 ]|Iiiieiir, Fr. (mi-n^^.) Minor. 
 
 Mlntin. A half note ; a note equal to one-half of 
 a semibreve. 
 
 Mfntnia, It. (mS-nS-mS.) I A minim; liter- 
 
 Unnijua, S/iQ. (mS-ne-ma.) Vally, the least, be- 
 
 niinima, Lat. (ffijn-i-ma.) ) cause formerally the 
 minim was the shortest note. 
 
 imnlnie, Fr. (min-em.) A minim. 
 
 mnim rest. A mark of silence equal in dura- 
 tion to a minim ; made thus, ---. 
 
 Ministrellus, Lat. (mjn-is-WWiis.) Harpist. 
 
 IHinlstril, Spa. {miD-is-trel.) A minstrel. 
 
 ninistriles. Spa. (mln-Is-M-lSs.) Wind instru- 
 ments. 
 
 ninnedicbter, Ger. (rriirirnS-dJikh-tSr.) 1 
 
 IHuiiiesangrer, Ger. (mjn-nS-sSng-Sr.) > 
 
 minnesinger, Ger. (mUn-nS-stngSi.) ) 
 Minstrels of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, 
 who wandered from place to place singing a great 
 variety of songs and melodies. 
 
 ninnim, Heb. (min-nlm.) The strings of an in- 
 strument. 
 
 minor. Less, smaller, in speaking of Intervals, etc. 
 
 minor canons. Those clergymen of a cathedral 
 or chapel, who occasionally assist at the perform- 
 ance of the service and anthem. 
 
 minor diatonic scale. There are two kinds : 
 one where the semitones fall between the second' 
 and third and seventh and eighth, both in ascend- 
 ing and descending; in the other the semitone 
 fans between the second and third and seventh 
 and eighth ascending, and descending, between 
 the fifth and sixth and second and third. The for- 
 mer is the harmonic, the latter the melodic form. 
 
 mindre. It. (mg-nO-rS.) Minor. 
 
 minor key. I One of the modem modes, or 
 
 minor mode. \ scales, in which the third note is 
 a minor third from the tonic, 
 
 minor second. The smallest interval in practi- 
 cable use, consisting of five commas. 
 
 minor semibre've. A note among the ancients 
 having the value of one-third of a breve. 
 
 minor semitone. A semitone which retains its 
 place or letter on the staff; thus, C, CJ; A, A|, etc. 
 
 minor seventh. An interval consisting of four 
 tones and two semitones. r 
 
 minor sixtb. An interval composed of three 
 tones and two semitones. 
 
 minor tactns. Among the ancients, the act of 
 beating time ; consisting of a semitone in a bar. 
 
 minor third. A diatonic interval containing 
 three semitones. 
 
 minor threefold .chord, A threefold chord 
 having the interval of a small third between its 
 fundamental tone and its third. 
 
 minor triad. A union of any tone with its 
 minor third and perfect fifth. 
 
 MISS 
 
 minstrels. The wandering poets or musicians 
 of the tenth and following centuries. 
 
 minstrels, Ethiopian. Negro niiDStrels. 
 
 minstrel, sq^nlre. A title formerly given to a 
 professional minstrel, a character combining the 
 offices of poet, singer and musician. 
 
 minstrelsy. The art or profession of a minstrel. 
 
 minne. Spa. (mS-nooS.) A minuet. 
 
 minuet. An ancient slow and stately dance in 
 two strains, in triple 3-4 time, and supposed to be 
 of French origin; a movement of a quicker time 
 formerly used as the conclusion of overtures, 
 sonatas, etc. 
 
 minnettina, /^. (mSn-wSt-^S-na.) Aliltlc minuet. 
 
 minn^tto. It. (mg-noo-a(-to!) A minuet. 
 
 minu^tto, altemativo. It. (me-noo-a/l-to 81- 
 tgr-na-^g-vO.) Alternately perform the minuet and 
 trio. 
 
 minnee, 7^ (mg-KOO-jS.) Strings of instruments ; 
 catgut. 
 
 miniun. An old term for minim. 
 
 minute hell. A bell sounded regularly at inter- 
 vals of one minutb. 
 
 miring, Jav. (me-tlng.) Music of the Javanese 
 for accompanying their theatrical performances. 
 
 mirliton, Fr. (mSr-lI-tOnh.) A small pan reed. 
 
 misa. Spa. (mg-z%.) Mass. 
 
 misa del gallo, Spa. (mE-zS dSl gU-yO.) Mid- 
 night mass. 
 
 miscb-masch, Teu. (mlsh-mSsh.) A pot-pourri ; 
 a medley. 
 
 mise de voix, Fr. (mSz diili vwS.) See Mezza 
 V6ce. 
 
 miserere, Lat. (m5-sS-r5-r8.) Save mercy; a 
 psalm of supplication. 
 
 misericordia, Lat. (mS-sg-rI-J:£r-di-a,) A small 
 movable seat in the choir of a church ; a miserere. 
 
 mishrokltba, Cha. (mlsh-r^M-thft.) A flute, a 
 pipe. 
 
 miskin. A little bagpipe. 
 
 missa, Lat. (mSs-B'£) A mass. 
 
 missa brCTls, Lat. (mSs-sS brS-vIs.) A short 
 mass. 
 
 missa canonica, Lat. (mls-sS, kS-ndn-I-ka.) A 
 canonical mass. 
 
 missal. The Mass book. 
 
 missa pro defUnctis, Lat. (mSs-aS. pro d£- 
 fUnk-fis.) A Beguiem ; a Mass for departed souls. 
 
 nkissa solennis, Lat. (mSs-sa sO-Wn-nls.) A 
 solemn Mass, for l^igh festivals. 
 
 misseU.F?'. (mSs-sT.) Missal ; the Mass book. 
 
 missbiillig, Ger. (mi«8-hai-llg.) Dissonant, dis- 
 cordant. 
 
 misshmilgkelt, Ger. (m5«s-hsl-lig-klt.) Disso- 
 nance, discordance. 
 
 misshellig, Ger. ((rn?ss-hgl-llg.) See MisshilUig. 
 
 missklang, Ger. (mSse-klang.) Dissonance, dia- 
 
 missklilnge, Ger. pi. (mjs«-klang-8.) Discord- 
 ant sounds. 
 
 missklingen, Ger. (ffjjs«-kling-Sn.> To sound 
 discordant. 
 
 misslaut. Ger. (m&s-lout.) Unharmonious, dis- 
 cordant sound. 
 
 misslauten, Ger. (m5«e-lou-t'n.) To sound in- 
 barmonionsl^. 
 
130 
 
 PEONOtriTOINa MtrSIOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, S add, i arm, S eve, 8 end, Mce, I ill, old, 8 odd, dove, oo moon, Z lute, ii but, 11 French sound. 
 
 MISS 
 
 Misslantend, 6er. (miss-lovt ^gnd.) DlsBonantt 
 discordant. 
 
 Sliss-stimmeii, 6er. (misr-etlm-m'n.) To put 
 out of tune. 
 
 Miss-stlmmig, Ger. (.misr-stlm-iatg.) Dlscoi'd- 
 aut, dissonant. 
 
 Kiss-stimmung;, Cer. (7^t$8-sttm-mong.) Dis- 
 sonance, discord. 
 
 niss-stiininnng^, Ger. (m^s-stlm-moong.) I 
 
 lHi88-ton, Ger. (m5ss-tOr.) f 
 
 Biscord, dissonance. 
 
 Uiss-tSne, &er. pi. (mJss-tO-nS.) Discords, dis- 
 sonances. 
 
 Misteriosantente, '^t. (mSs-t^r-s-s-zS-man- ) 
 tS,) I 
 
 jHisteritfso, It. (mes-tSr-g-S-zO.) ) 
 
 Mysteriously; In a raysterious manner. 
 
 llistero, con, It. (mes-ta-rO.) Witli an air of 
 mystery. 
 
 ISisto, &r. (mss-toj Mixed; a term given by the 
 ancients to some of tlieir modes. 
 
 Ulistnrae. To tune incorrectly, to put out of tune. 
 
 Hlstanecl. Put out of tune. 
 
 nisif ra, Tt. (mS-«oo-ra.) A bar, a measure ; time. 
 
 Slisur&to, It. (mg-soo-ro-to.) Measured, in strict, 
 measured time. 
 
 Wit, Ger. (mit.) With, by. 
 
 Silt abiirechselnden manualen, Ger. 
 (mIt aft-vSlih-sgrn-dgn ma-noo-»-rn.) Alternate- 
 ly, from the ciioir to the great organ. 
 
 Mit begleitunt;, Ger. (mlt bS-g'^-toong.) With 
 an accompaniment. 
 
 MIt Ite'wegung, Ger. (mlt bg-jio-goong.) Sy- 
 nonymous with con moto. 
 
 Mit elnhelliger stimme, Ger. (mlt ira-hgl-ll- 
 gGr stim-m^.) With one voice. 
 
 Mlt ganz Bchwachen registem, Oer. (mlt 
 gants shvfi-kh'n rSg-is-tgrn.) With very soft stops. 
 
 Hit gedampfter stimme, Ger. (mit ghg- 
 ddm0'-tir «ram-mS.) With a voice moderately 
 loud. 
 
 Mit geftthl. Ger. (mit gh6-/S.) With feeling 
 and sentiment. 
 
 Mit kccklieit, Ger. (mlt kek-Tilt.) With vigor 
 and boldness: in the bravura, or dashing style. 
 
 Mit kecklieit Torsetragen, Ger. (mlt Ullc- 
 hlt/Br-ghS-ira-g'n.) In a bold and vigorous style 
 of performance. 
 
 Mit klinsendem spiele, Ger. (mlt iSny-gn- 
 dgm spMe.) With drums beating. 
 
 Mitlaat, Ger. (j?i5(-lout.) ) Concord, conso- 
 
 Mitlaater, Ger. (m5<-lou-tgr.) j nance. 
 
 Mitlaaten, Ger. (m?Mou-t'n.) To sound at the 
 same time, or in common with. 
 
 Mitleidsvoll, Ger. (mJMIds-fol.) Compassion- 
 ate. 
 
 Mit santten stimmen, Ger. (mXt-sanf-Vii sdm- 
 m'n.) With soft stops. 
 
 Mit sans nnd lilan^, Ger. (mlt sang oond 
 kliing.) With song and instrumental music. ■ 
 
 Mit starken stimmen, Ger. (mit stdi'-i.''a 
 stim-m'n.) With loud stops. 
 
 Mittel-cadenz, ffe;'. (mit-Vl 'kS.-dlnts.) A half, 
 or imperfect cadence. 
 
 Mittel-laut, Ger. (mit-Vl lout.) Middle sound. 
 
 Mittel-milaBia, Ger. (ntliJ-tl-mas-Blg.) Mid- 
 dling. 
 
 MODE 
 
 Mittel-stimme, Ger. (mit-Vl stim-mg.) The 
 mean or middle voice, or part; the tenor. 
 
 Mittel-stimnien, Ger. pi. (nAt-tl stim-m'n.) 
 The middle voices or parts. 
 
 Mittel-ton, Oer. (mU-t'l ton.) The mediant; 
 see that word. 
 
 Mit voller orsel, Ger. (mlt fol-lgr Or-g'l.) 
 With full organ. 
 
 Mixed cadence. An old name for a cadence 
 composed of the triad on the snb-dominant, fol- 
 lowed by that upon the dominant. 
 
 Mixed canon. A canon of many parts, in which 
 the parts begin at different intervals. 
 
 Mixolydian. See Oreel; modes. 
 
 Mixolydian sharp. The Hyper-Ionian of the 
 ancient Greek system. 
 
 Mixture stoj>. An organ stop, of a shrill and 
 piercing quality, consisting of two or more ranks 
 of pipes. 
 
 M. M. The initials of Maelzel's Metronome. 
 
 Mdl»Ue, It. (OTtf-bg-lg.) Movable. 
 
 Mobile, Gr. (mo-bl-le.) Name given by the 
 Greeks to the two middle chords of each tetra- 
 chord, because they varied, while the two extreme 
 chords, which they called stable, never changed 
 their tone or pitch. 
 
 MoMli, snoni, It. (mS-bi-lS swO-ng.) Mova- 
 ble sounds; the second and third sounds of every 
 tetrachord of the ancient system. 
 
 Mociafinga, Spa. imO-ihS-gan-gS,.) , A musical 
 interlude common in Spain. 
 
 Mode. A particular system or constitution of 
 sounds, by whicl the octave is divided into cer- 
 tain intervals, according to. the genus. 
 
 Mode, doric. The first of the authentic modes 
 in the system of the ancient Greeks, employed oh 
 martial and religious occasions. 
 
 Mode, major. That in which the third from the 
 key note is major. 
 
 Mode, minor. That which in the third degree 
 from the tonic forms the interval of a minor third. 
 
 Mode, orthiam. One of the ancient Greek modes. 
 
 Modera'mCnte, It. (mBd-g-ra-ta-man-tg.) ( 
 
 Moder&to, It. ,, (mBd-S-ra-tO.) f 
 
 Moderately, i-n moderate time. 
 
 ModeratfBSimo, It. (mOd-g-ra-Ss-sB-mO.) In 
 ven' moderate time. 
 
 Moderfito ass&i con m<SIto sentimento. 
 It. (m8d-g-ra-to as-sa-e kOn sen-t8-ma«-to.) A 
 very moderate degree of quickness with much ex- 
 pression. 
 
 Moderazidne, It. (mOd-g-ra-tsg-a-ng.^ Moderation. 
 
 Modere, Fr. (laO-dar.) Moderate. 
 
 Mode, relative. A relative key. 
 
 Modern. Not in the ancient style. 
 
 Moderna, alia. It. (mo-dar-na al-ia.) In the 
 modern style. 
 
 Modern music. Music composed within the 
 last half century. 
 
 Modes, ancient. The modes or scales of the 
 ancient Greeks and Homans. 
 
 Modes, authentic. Church modes, the melody 
 of wnich was confined within the tonic and its 
 octave. 
 
 Modes, church. The ancient modes called by 
 the following names: Dorian, Phrygian, Lydian. 
 Mizo-Lydian, .iSoliau, Ionian or lastian. 
 
PRONOUNCING MXTSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 131 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, S eve, S etid, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, il but, 11 French sound. 
 
 MODE 
 
 modes, ecclesiastical. The ancient chnrch 
 modes. 
 
 Modes, trregolar. Modes rnnning many de- 
 grees both above and below their octaves. 
 
 lllodes, plagal. Those modes in the Greek sys- 
 tem whose tones lay between the dominant and 
 octave and twelfth. 
 
 Dlodestamente, It. (mO-dgs-ta-mara-tS.) I 
 
 Modesto, It. (mO-das-ta.) | 
 
 Modestly, quietly, moderately, 
 
 Hodiftration. A term applied to the tempera- 
 ment of the sounds of those instruments whose 
 tones are fixed, which gives a greater degree of 
 perfection to one key than to another; as in 
 organs, pianofortes, and the like. 
 
 HlodiflcazilSni, It. pi. (mO-dS-fe-kfi-tse-^nS.) 
 Modifications, light and shade of intonation, 
 slight alterations. 
 
 Modiiilia, Por. (mO-dSn-a ) A short Portuguese 
 song. 
 
 Mod. An abbreviation of Moderate. 
 
 Mddo, It. (ma-do.) |. . „.,i. „ „„„,„ 
 
 Modo, Spa. ma-do.) f "*■ ™°''®' * ^''*'^- 
 
 Mddo niassidre. It. (piB-dO mSd-jS-a-rS.) The 
 major mode. 
 
 Mddo masgi6Te tmnerfetto. It. {md-do 
 mad-je-a-rfi Em-pSr/ai-toO In ancient music, two 
 lines across two spaces, showing that the large 
 contained eight semibreves. 
 
 Mddo majorc perfetto. It. (ma-do m'i-jB-vS 
 pSr/a^tO.) In ancient music, three lines across 
 three spaces, and three others across two only, 
 showing the large to contain three longs. 
 
 Mddo mindre. It. (ma-dO mS-na-rS.) The minor 
 mode. 
 
 Mddo mindre imperfetto, It. (ma-do mB-nS- 
 rg Sm-p6r-fgt-tO.) In ancient music, a line drawn 
 across two spaces, fixing the value of the long to 
 two breves. 
 
 Mddo mindre perfetto, It. (ma-do mS-na-rS 
 per-f6t-to.) In ancient music, a line across three 
 spaces, showing that the long contained three 
 breves. 
 
 Mod'to. An abbreviation of Moderato. 
 
 Modolfire, It. (mO-dO-Zo-rE.) 1 To modulate; 
 
 Modnldre, It. (mO-doo-Zo-re.) Vto accommodate 
 
 Modular, Spa.. (mO-ioo-ldr.) ) the voice or in- 
 strument to a certain intonation. 
 
 Modulacion, Spa. (mO-doo-la-thl-an.) Modula- 
 tion. 
 
 ModnKinte, It. (mO-doo-^an-tS.) Modulating. 
 
 Modulate. To move from one key to another in 
 a manner agreeable to the ear. 
 
 Modulation. A transition of key; going from 
 one key to another, by a certain succession of 
 ' chords, either in a natural and flowing manner, or 
 sometimes in a sudden and unexpected manner. 
 As applied to the voice, modulation means to ac- 
 commodate the tone to a certain degree of intens- 
 ity, or light and shade. 
 
 Modulation, abrupt. Sadden modulation into 
 keys which are not closely related to the original 
 key. 
 
 Modulation, deceptive. Any modulation by 
 which the car is deceived and led to an unexpected 
 harmony. 
 
 MOLO 
 
 Modulation, enharmonic. A modalation ef- 
 fected by altering the notation jf one or more in- 
 tervals belonging to some characteristic chord, 
 and thus changing the key and the harmony into 
 which it would naturally have resolved. The 
 chords which admit of these alterations are, first, 
 the diminished seventh and its inversions; sec- 
 ondly, the dominant seventh not inverted, and 
 the chord of the superfluous sixth and perfect 
 fifth. 
 
 Modulation, extraneous. A modulation into 
 some other than the original keyand its relatives. 
 
 Modulation, melodic. A change from one key 
 to another, produced by the result of successive 
 melodic intervals. 
 
 Modulation, note of. ^ note introducing a 
 new key; usually the leading note or major 
 seventh of the key introduced. 
 
 Modulation, passing. I A form of modnla 
 
 Modulation, transient, f tion which leaves a 
 key nearly as soon as entered upon. 
 
 Modulatore, It. (mO-doo-l^ta-rS.) Singer, tuner. 
 
 Modulazidne, It. (mO-doo-l&-tsS-a-ne.) Mod 
 nlation. 
 
 Moduliren, '&er. (mO-doo-JS-r'n.) To modulate. 
 
 Modulo, Lat. (ma-dii-lo.) To modulate, to com 
 pose. 
 
 Modus, Lat. (ma-dils.) A key, mode, scale. 
 
 Modus .iGolns, Lat. (mo-dus 6-a-lus.) The 
 .zSolian mode. 
 
 Modus Dorlus, Lat. (m^-diis dd-n-ne.) The 
 Doric mode. 
 
 Modus lonius, Lat. (ma-dQs !-a-n!-ils.) The 
 Ionic mode. 
 
 Modus mixo-!Lydins, Lat. (Tna-dGs mzx-o-Cid- 
 I-fis.) The Mixo-Lydian key. 
 
 Modus mixo-Plu'yslan, Lat. (ma-diis mix-o 
 frig-l-Siu.) The Mixo-Phrygian mode. 
 
 Modus mi^or, Lat. (ma-diis ma-jSr.) Major 
 mode. 
 
 Modus minor, Lat. (ma-d&s mS-nSr.) Minor 
 mode. 
 
 Modus Phryeius, ia^. (ma-dils /rtff-I-ils.) The 
 Phrygian mode. 
 
 Moerologists. Frofessional mourners, among 
 the ancients, whose office it was to accompany 
 funeral processions, singing dirges. 
 
 Mohinda. A short Portuguese love song. 
 
 Mohrentanz, Ger. (mO-t'n-tants.) Morisco, mor- 
 ris dance. ' 
 
 Moins, Fr. (mwa.) I/Css. 
 
 Moins lent que largo, Fr. (mwa lanh kQh 
 ISr-gO.) Less slow than iacffo. 
 
 Moll, ffer. (mOll.) Minor. 
 
 Mdlla, It. (mol-ia.) A key of the flute, etc. : for 
 raising, or lowering a note. 
 
 Molle, Fr. (mol.) Soft, mellow, delicate. 
 
 Mollem^nte, It. (m01-16-ma)i-tS.) Softly, gently, 
 delicately. 
 
 Mollis, £ci^. (maMIs.) Soft. 
 
 Moll-tonart, Ger. (mo2-tOn-art.) Minor key, or 
 
 Moloso, Spa. (mO-/a-zO.) A foot of Latin verse, 
 consisting of three long syllables. 
 
 Molossic rhythm. Three long, strongly ac- 
 cented syllables in succession. 
 
132 
 
 PBOIfOtrNCIN-G MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 5 ale, & add, a arm, B eve, S end, I ice, 1 ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 fe<«, ft ftwi, 11 French sound. 
 
 MOLD 
 
 Ilolossns, Gr. (mO Ws-sus.) In Greek and Latin 
 verse, a foot of ^hree long syllables. 
 
 Mtflta, It. (mdl-ta.) I Much, very much, exti'eme- 
 
 HKSlto, It. (mol-to.) I !y, a great deal. 
 
 DIoltison&nte. It. (mOl-t8-zO-«art-tg.) Resound- 
 ing ; very sonorous. 
 
 MtSlto ad&glo, It. (mol-to a-dii-je-O.) Extremely 
 slow. 
 
 Mdlto allegro. It. (mOl-tO Sl-la-grO.) Very quick. 
 
 IlfSlto carattere, con. It. (mol-to kSr-a^tS-rg, 
 kSn.) With chaaacter and emphasis. 
 
 l!I<Slto nitSsso, It. (mol-to mSs-sO.) Much move- 
 ment, much motion. 
 
 ]H<S!to passione, con. It. (mol-to paa-sS-S-ng, 
 kOn.) With passionate expression. 
 
 Ktilto eentimento, con. It. (mol-to sSn-te- 
 mtf/i-to, kOn.) With much feeling and sentiment. 
 
 Ullilto slars&ndo. It. (mol-to BlSr-i/oJi-do.) 
 Much extended; much slower. 
 
 Mdlto sosteniito, It. ^ (mol-to sSs-tS-noo-tO.) 
 Very sustained; very legato. 
 
 niSlto staccato con Ki'azla, It. (mol-to stak- 
 Ja-tO kOn jrra-tsg-a.) In staccato style and with 
 grace. 
 
 HlOlto vibrato, It. (mol-to v5-6ra-tO.) Very vi- 
 - olent or rapid. 
 
 SIdlto vivace. It. (mol-to ve-so-tshS.) Vei-y 
 lively. 
 
 uHoinentnliun, Lat. (mO-mlra-tQ-liim.) A semi- 
 quaver rest. 
 
 Slomentum, Lat. (mO-m^a-tiim.) A quaver rest. 
 
 jllonacordia. Spa. (mSn-a-ASr-dl-S.) Monochord. 
 
 nonanlos. Or. (»i(iffl-ou-16s.) An ancient flute, 
 played through the mouth-piece at the end like 
 the flageolet. 
 
 Mondinlias, For/. (mOn-den-a«.). Portuguese na- 
 tional songs. 
 
 Hlonferfna, It. (mOn-fS-i-S-na.) A lively Italian 
 dance in 6-8 time. 
 
 Monac<Srdo, It. (mOn-a-Afr-dO.) I An i n s t r n- 
 
 Hf onochord. (men-O-kOrd.) ) ment with one 
 
 string for measuring musical intervals or sounds. 
 
 monochord pedal. The one stringed pedal. 
 
 Monocorde, Fr. (mSn-o-kord.) I On one string 
 
 Monocdrdo, 7i, (m6n-0-Wr-dO.) j only : see also 
 Monochord. 
 
 Monodfa, It. (mO-nO-de-a.) 1 A composition for 
 
 Monodie, J^?'. (mOn-o-rfS.) Va single voice. The 
 
 IHonody, Eng. (mgre-O-dy.) ) term originally ap- 
 plied to church solos.- 
 
 Hlonodic. For one voice; a solo. 
 
 Hlonodlst. One who writes a monody. 
 
 Slonodram, Ger. (mon-o-drdm.) I A musical 
 
 Monodrama, 72. (mOn-o-dra-mii.) | d r a m a in 
 which only one actor appears; a monodrame. 
 
 jHonodrame, Fr. (mOn-D-drdm.) A drama per- 
 formed by a single individual. 
 
 Monologue. A soliloquy ; a poem, song, or scene 
 written and composed for a single performer. 
 
 Konomometer, Gr. (mSn-a-mSm-e-tir.) A 
 rythmical series consisting of but one meter. 
 
 lUonopiionic, Gr. (mOn-0-/o-nik.) In one part 
 only. 
 
 Blonoplithong. A letter having but one sound. 
 
 Blonoplitliongal. Consisting of or having a 
 single sound. 
 
 MORM 
 
 Monopody, Gr. (mS-Hop-o-dy.) A measure con- 
 sisting of a single foot. 
 Iflonorliyme, Gr. (m^n-o-i-S-mg.) Where all the 
 
 lines of a verse end in the same rhyme, 
 IHojiosticIi, Gr. (mOn-0-stlk.) A composition 
 
 cout^isting of one verse only. 
 Slonostroplie, Gr. (mdn-6-strd-K.) Having 
 
 one strophe only; not varied in measure. 
 SIonotOHe. Uniformity of sound; one and the 
 
 same sound. 
 monotonia. Spa. (m8n-0-iS-nI-a.) 1 Monotony, 
 nionotonie, Fr. (mOn-O-tO-nS.) [-sameness of 
 Ulonotonie, Ger. (mOn-o-tO-nS.) ) sound. 
 monotonous, Fng. (mO-«WQ-niis.) A epithet 
 
 applied to any instrument which produces but 
 
 one tone or note ; as the drum, tambourine, etc. 
 monotony. A wearisome uniformity of sound ; u 
 
 continued repetition of the same tone or notes. 
 monta. Spa. (mdn-t&.) A trumpet signal for 
 
 cavalry to mount. 
 montant, Fr. (m8nh-tSnh.) Ascending. 
 montant de cloclie, Fr. (mBnh-tanh diih 
 
 klosh.) A belil'y. 
 montr^, J"?-. (m8nh-<ra.) Mounted ; in front ; a 
 
 term applied to the organ pipes which are placed 
 
 in front of the case. 
 montr^ d'orgne, Fr. (mOnh-tra d'Org.) The 
 
 range of pipes in the ftont of an organ. 
 moorish drniu, A tambonrine. 
 morbidezza, con. It. (m8r-b5-(ia<-sa.) With 
 
 excessive delicacy. , 
 morceau, Fr. (mbT-sS.) A choice and select 
 
 musical piece or composition; a fine phrase or 
 
 WrlLtM 
 
 m 
 
 morceau d'ensemble, Fr. (m8r-sa d'anh- 
 
 siinhbl.) A piece harmonized for several voices. 
 mordante, It. (mOr-i2ara-t5.) See Mordente. 
 mord^nte. It. ImSr-dan-tS.) Transient shake or 
 
 beat; an embellishment formed by two or more 
 
 notes, preceding the principal note. 
 SJordente, long. The short mordente repeated. 
 mordente, short. An em- _ ^''""''- fwrf. 
 
 bellishment consisting off 
 
 the note over which the sign i 
 
 is placed and the note below 
 
 it; thus, 
 mordenten und doppel-sehlilger, Ger. 
 
 (mCir-dan-t&n oond ddp-pel shla-ghir.) Beats and 
 
 turns. 
 mor^ndo, It. (mo-rdn-io.) I Dying away, ex- 
 moriSnte, /(. (mO-re-are-tg.) j piring ; gradually 
 
 diminishing the tone and the time. 
 mor^sca. It. (mO-rSs-ka.) [ Moorish; morris- 
 moresque. It. (mo-r^sk.) ) dance, in which bells 
 
 are jingled at the ankles and swords clashed. 
 morgen-gesang, Ger. (mor-g^n ghS-edng.) I 
 morgen-lied, Ger. (mSr-g'n-Isd.) | 
 
 Morning song or hymn. 
 morgen-stHndchen, Ger. (rnSr-g'n stdnd- 
 
 kh'n.) Morning serenade. 
 morfsco. It. (mo-rSs-ko.) In the Moorish style ; 
 
 see Morisca. 
 morisk, (mo-rlsk.) The morris dance. 
 mormoramento. It. (m8r-mO-ra-mare-tO.) A 
 
 murmur, warbling, buzzing, purling. 
 
PEONOtJNOING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 133 
 
 S ale, it add, & arm, S eve, £ end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, do«e, oo moon, II ^u2e, ii iu^ tl French sound. 
 
 MORM 
 
 9Ioriuor&ndo, It. (mSr-mO-ran-dO.) i 
 
 Kormor^vole, /*. (m8r-mO-ra-vo-le.) v 
 
 Sloriiiordso, /^ (mor-mO-rff-zO.) ) 
 
 With a gentle, murmuring sound. 
 
 niorrice dance. 1 A peculiar kind of dance 
 
 niorrls danee. vpracticed in the middle ages. 
 
 Morriske dance. ) It is supposed to have been 
 introduced into England by Edward III. In the 
 morris dance bells were fastened to the feet of the 
 performer. 
 
 Sort. A tune sounded at the death of game. 
 
 BEtfSSO, It. . (7nds-80.) Moved, movement, motion. 
 
 9I6SSO, molto, It. (mos-ao mdt-tO.)_ Quick, 
 with much motion. 
 
 SKSstra, It. (mos-trS.) A direct, rW. 
 
 Mot, 2''r. (mO.) Literally, a tford; a note or brief 
 strain on -a bugle. 
 
 Hotet. .1 A sacred composition of the anthem 
 
 Slotett. f style, for several voices. The words are 
 not taken from the sacred Scriptures. 
 
 notette, Ger. (mo-tlt.) 1 
 
 Hotet, Fr. (mo-td.) > A motet. 
 
 Uot^tto, It. {mO-tat-tO.') ) 
 
 notetten^ Oei: (.mo-igt-Vn.) 1 Mntota 
 
 IHotetti, h. (mO-Wi-ts.) / Motets. 
 
 notetto per voci soi£. It. (.mo-tlt-ta par ro- 
 tshS so-lsT) A motet for voices without accom- 
 paniment; a motet each part of which is for a 
 single voice. 
 
 Motetns, Lat. (mO-tet-HiB.) A motet. 
 
 motif, Fr. {mO-t^f.) Motive, theme, subject. 
 
 notion. The movement of voices, or harmonic 
 parts. 
 
 lllotion, contrajry. The movement of one part 
 in an opposite direction to another. 
 
 notion, direct. The movement of two or more 
 parts in the same direction. 
 
 llotlon obliane. When one part ascends or 
 descends while the other remains stationary, it is 
 called oblique motion. 
 
 notion, similar. When two or more parts as- 
 cend or descend at the same time. 
 
 notive. The characteristic and predominant pas- 
 sage of an air; the theme or subject of a compo- 
 sition. 
 
 notivi. It. (mO-<S:v8.) The themes of a compo- 
 sition. 
 
 notivo,/{!. (mO-<?-vO.) 1 Motive; the theme or 
 
 notivo. Spa. (mO-tl-vO.) j subject of a musical 
 composition. , 
 
 ndto, 7^. (mS-tO.) Motion, movement; con moio, 
 with motion, rather quick. 
 
 ndto accelerate. It. (m3-tO at-tsha-IS-m-tO.) 
 Accelerated motion. 
 
 ntfto contrdrio. It. (mo-to k8n-<ra-rS-0.) Con- 
 trary motion. 
 
 ndto obliquo, /*. (md-ta Ob-i8-qnO.) Oblique 
 motion. 
 
 ndto precid^nte. It. (md-to pr5-tsh5-(?o»-t5.) 
 The same time as the preceding movement. 
 
 ntfto prtmo, //. (mS-tO pri-mO.) The same time 
 as the first. 
 
 ndto r^tto. It. (ff»5-tO rat-to.) Direct, or sim- 
 ilar motion. 
 
 nottegei&ndo. It. (m8t-tad-j5-5«-dO.) Jeer- 
 ingly, moclringly, jocosely. 
 
 nottetto, /<. (mOt-<oMO.) A motet. 
 
 MUSA 
 
 TItotus, Lat. {md-t^B.) Motion, movement. 
 
 notus contrarius, Zat. (»s5-tils kSn-^ro-ri-fis.) 
 Contrary motion. 
 
 notus obliquus, Lat. (mo-tils Ob-ffi-qufis.) Ob- 
 lique motion. 
 
 notus rectus, Lat. (ma-tiis rlk-Via.) Direct, 
 or similar motion. 
 
 noogik, Buss, (moo-jsk.) Music. 
 
 nounted cornet. An organ stop, usually con- 
 sisting of five ranks of pipes, of large scale, and 
 loudly voiced, placed upon a raised sound-board 
 of their own (hence the name.) It is only to be 
 met with in old organs. 
 
 nouth-piece. That part of a trumpet, horn, 
 etc., which is applied to the lips. 
 
 nouvement, Pr. (moov-mSnh.) I Motion, 
 
 novim^nto. It. (.-aiO-vS-mdn-Ui.) f m o v o m ent, 
 impulse ; the time of a piece. 
 
 nouvement de I'arcliet, Fr. (moov-manh 
 dilh rai-sha.) Bowing, the movement of the bow. 
 
 novement. The name given to any portion of a 
 composition comprehended underthe same meas- 
 ure or time; a composition consists of as many 
 movemevis as there are positive changes in time. 
 
 noTemcnt, organ. A system of levers with 
 their appendages, called trackers, rollers, etc., is 
 an organ, which serves to transmit the action oi 
 the keys to the wind-chest, pallets, and sound- - 
 board. 
 
 novim^nto contrario. It. (mO-vS-ma«-tO kOn 
 ird-rS-Oj) Contrary movement. 
 
 n. p. The initials of MSiizo Pi&no. 
 
 n. S. the initials of MSno Sinistra. 
 
 nn. A syllable applied to the fourth note of the 
 Hebrew scale in solfaing. 
 
 nuance, Fr. (mii-dnAs.) A change or variation 
 of notes; a division. 
 
 nnddhnni, Bin. (mood-hoom.) The name of 
 the fourth note in the Hindoo musical scale. 
 
 nnet, Fr. (mfl-a.y Mute. 
 
 nuffled tones. Deadened tones. 
 
 nnltisonous, Lat. (mu^tl-so-nilB.) Many sound 
 ing, loud sounding. 
 
 nund, Oer. (mooud.) The mouth. 
 
 nnnd-harmonica, Ger. (moond h^r-m^nl-ka.) 
 the Jew's harp; or, a mouth harmonica, 
 
 nund-stllck, Oer. (moond stuk.) Eeed, mouth- 
 piece. 
 
 mtundrica, Hin. (moore-drS-ka.) The third note 
 of the srootis into which the first note of the Hin- 
 doo scale is divided. 
 
 nundutee, IHn. The first of the srootis into 
 which the sixth note of the Hindoo scale is di- 
 vided. 
 
 minster, Ger. (miira-stgr.) Minster, cathedral. 
 
 nunter, Oer. (moon-tSr.) Lively, sprightly. 
 
 nunterUeit, Ger. (moo»-tSr-kIt.) Liveliness, 
 briskness, vivacity. 
 
 nurmein, Oer. (mooy-mSln.) To murmur. 
 
 nurmelnd, Ger. (moor-m61nd.) Murmuring. 
 
 nurmugear, Spa. (moor-moo-h5-d>.) To niur 
 mur, to utter a low sound. 
 
 nnrmnr. A low, indistinct sound. 
 
 nusa, Lat. (ma-sS.) A song. 
 
 nusors. Name given to itinerant musicians whff 
 performed on the musette, formerly much in 
 vogue in Europe. 
 
134 
 
 PEONOIJNCING MUSICAL DIOTIONAEY, 
 
 a aZe, a add, & arm, S eve, 8 ejid, I ice, I ill, oW, odd, Odove, oo moon, fi lute, fi but, tl J'«ncA sound. 
 
 MUS B 
 
 9Ins. Bac. An abbreviation of Bachelor of Mu- 
 sic. (Little used.) 
 
 3Iu9. Doc. An abbreviation of Doctor of Music. 
 
 >Suse. Name originally given to the muzzle or 
 tube of the bagpipe. One of the nine fabled god- 
 desses presiding over art, literature or music. 
 
 Itluses. In mythology, the nine sister goddesses 
 who presided over the fine arte. 
 
 Hnsetta, It. (moo-z5t-ta.) I 
 
 Musette, Fr. {mvL-sit.) f A species of small bag- 
 pipes inflated by means of bellows placed under 
 the arm of the performer; an air or dance com- 
 i)0sed for the musette. 
 
 Sfusie. The science of harmonical sounds, which 
 treats of the principles of harmony, or the prop- 
 erties, dependencies and relations of sounds to 
 each other. 
 
 ^'(Tiisica, It. (moo-zS-kii.) Music. 
 
 Miisica antiq.ua, Lat. (mtl-si-ka Sn-tl-qu^.) An- 
 cient music. 
 
 Miislca arlthmetica, Lat. (mfl-si-ka Srrlth- 
 mgt-I-kii.) That part of musical science which 
 considers sounds by the help of numbers. 
 
 Slilsica arrablii&ta, It. (mfl-si-ka Sr-rab-bS-S- 
 ta.) Burlesque music. 
 
 Mifsica, ai's, Lat. (mfl-sl-kil ars.) The art of 
 music. 
 
 lUiisica di g&tti. It. (mfl-s5-kS dE gilt-ts.)| Bur- 
 lesque music; caterwauling. 
 
 niiisica choralis, Lat. (mtl-sl-kii ko-i'o-lls.) 
 The music of a chorus or chant. 
 
 Slifslca chromatica, Lat. (m11-sl-k£ krO-m<!^ 
 i-ka.) Music in which there are many chromatic 
 signs. 
 
 niiisica colorata, Lat. (mfl-sl-kii kO-lS-nz-tS.) I 
 
 Sldsica ficlita, Lat. (mO-sI-ka/S*-ta.) ( 
 
 An old name for music which deviated from the 
 church modes. 
 
 Mdsica coreada. Spa. (moo-si-kit kSr-S-iii-da.) 
 Chorus music ; music lor two or more parts. 
 
 IQiisica da c&niera. -It. (moo-ze-ka da ka-mS- 
 ra.) Music for the chamber. 
 
 Kliislca da olii€sa. It. (moo-zS-ka da kS-^za.) 
 Church music. 
 
 JUiislca da gatta, It. (moo-ze-ka da ^^^ta.) 
 Discordant music. 
 
 Miisica da te&tro, It. (moo-ze-ka da te-o-trO.) 
 Dramatic music. 
 
 nidsica didactica, Lat. (mtl-sl-ka &\-ddlc-t\- 
 ka.) That department of music which treats of 
 the quantity, proportions and difl'erent qualities 
 of sounds. 
 
 Uliisica dramatica, Lat. (mtl-sI-ka dra-ma-ti- 
 ka.) Dramatic music. 
 
 Ulifsica ecclesiastica, Lat. (mO-sI-ka gk-kla- 
 zi-a8-tl-ka.) Church music. 
 
 Miisica enliarmoniea, Lat. (mfl-sl-ka Sn-har- 
 m5rt-i-ka.) That system of music wherein the en- 
 harmonic diesis was frequently used. 
 
 Mifsiea hyporchemata, Lat. (mfl-sl-ka hf- 
 pOr-kS-ma-ta.) Music suitable for ballads and 
 dancing. 
 
 Uliisica tnstrnmentalis, Lat. (mfl-sl-ka In- 
 stroo-m5n-ta-li8.) Instrumental music. 
 
 Miisicfile, It. (moo-zS-ka-lS.) Musical, belong- 
 ing to music. 
 
 MUSI 
 
 Dlnsical androides. Automaticflgnres so con- 
 structed as to play on musical instruments. 
 
 musical brachygraphy. The art of writing 
 musical notation in an abbreviated style by means 
 of signs, characters, etc. 
 
 Musical clocks. Clocks containing an arrani;e- 
 ment similar to a barrel organ, moved by weights 
 and springs and producing various tunes. 
 
 SInsical convention. A gathering of ihori.s- 
 ters and teachers for the study and pruciiiu! of 
 music. 
 
 ninslcal design. The invention and conduct 
 of the subject; the disposition of every part; the 
 general order of the whole; counterpoint. 
 
 mfasical director. A conductor; one who has 
 charge of public musical performances. 
 
 Musical drama. Opera, lyric drama. 
 
 Musical ear. The ability of determining by the 
 sense of hearing the finest gradation of souncl. 
 
 Mnsicalement, Fr. (mii-zS-kai-manh.) [ 
 
 Musicalm^nte, It. (moo-zS-kal-man-tl.) I 
 Musically, harmoniously. 
 
 Musical glasses. Drinking glasses so tuned in 
 regard to each other, that a wet nnger being iiassed 
 round their brims, they produce tne notes of the 
 diatonic scale, and are capable of giving the 
 successive sounds of regular tunes or melodies. 
 
 Musical grammar. The rules of musical com- 
 position. 
 
 Musical kaleidoscope. An arrangement of 
 cards upon each of which a bar of an air is placed 
 according to a eertain key, from four packs of 
 which, mingled together, cards are drawn, thus 
 producing an original air. 
 
 Musically. In a musical, melodious manner. 
 
 Musical nomenclature. The vocabulary of 
 names and technical terms in music. 
 
 Musical pandect. A treatise comprehending 
 the entire harmonic science. 
 
 Musical pantomine. A dramatic performance, 
 the ideas and sentiments of which are expressed 
 by music and gestures. 
 
 Musical scale, Chinese. A scale consisting 
 of five notes without semitones, the music being 
 written on five lines in perpendicular columns, 
 and the elevation and depression of tones indi- 
 cated by distinctive names. 
 
 Musical science. The theory of music, in con- 
 tradistinction from the practice, which is an art ; 
 the general principles and laws of harmonic rela- 
 tions. 
 
 Musical soiree. An evening musical entertain- 
 ment, public or private. 
 
 Musical terms. Words or phrases appended 
 to passages of music, indicating the manner in 
 which they should be performed. 
 
 Musica melismatica, Lat. (mfi-sl-ka mei-Is- 
 maH-ka.) Correct arrangement of music accord- 
 ing to the rules of melody. 
 
 Musica melodica, Lat. (ma-si-ka mS-Za-dl-ka.) 
 Correct arrangement of music, according to the 
 rules of melody. 
 
 Musica melopoetlca, Lat. (mu-si-ka mSl-a-pO- 
 ^^i-ka.) Correct arrangement of music, accord- 
 ing to the rules of melody. 
 
PEONOUNCING MUSICAL DlOTjONABY. 
 
 135 
 
 S ale, S add, & arm, S eve, 6 end, I ice, I eW, oW, odd, 6 do«e, oo moon, (1 tote, ft Sai, tt French lound. 
 
 MUSI 
 
 jHuslca mensurabilis, £a^ (>n<2-Bl-kn mgn- 
 
 sll-ra-bUis.) Music the notes of wnich, controlled 
 
 by certain timcB, are unequal. 
 llusica imensurata, Lai. (m^-sI-kS mgn-eil-ra- 
 
 ta.) Music the notes of wMcn, controlled by cer- 
 tain times, are equal. 
 Mnslca mlsnrata, Lat. (m'S-si-'kS, rala-ti-rd-tS,.) 
 
 Music the notes of which, controlled by certain 
 
 times, are unequal. i 
 
 rtlnsica moderna, Lat. (mfl-sI-M mG'<2^«'-n%.) 
 
 Modern music. 
 Musica odica, Lat. (mfl-sl-k!l S-dS-kS.) Music 
 
 suitable lor dancing. 
 9Iusica patlietica, Za2. (miz-sl-ks, p^tA^M-kS.) 
 
 Pathetic music ; a style of music of a moving and 
 
 affecting kind. 
 Tlnsica plana, Lat. (mfi-sl-kil pIo-tlH.) Plain 
 
 chant,'or song. 
 ISnsio.a nrattlca. It. (moo-ze-ka prdt-1i-k&.) 
 
 Jfractical music. 
 Mnsica profona, Lat. (m^U-ei-kS, prO/o-nS ) 
 
 Secular music. 
 Mnstea ratonera. Spa. (moo-ze-ka TSrto-nS-T&.) 
 
 Harsh music. 
 3Iasic&re, It. (moo-zg-*a-r6.) To sing or to play, 
 
 to perform music. 
 Slusica recltativa, Lat. (ma-sl-ka rS-si-tS-iS- 
 
 v&.) Recitative music. 
 Mnsica scenica, Lat. (mfi-si-ka se«-5-ka,) 
 Musica theatra, Lat. (mU-Bi-kS, thg-St-ra.) 
 SEuslca tbeatralls, Lat. (mS-si-M, tb&Si-trd- 
 
 lis.) 
 
 Music suited to theatrical performance. 
 Mnsleatlieoretica, Lat. (mS-si-ka thg-o-rgtlcS.) 
 
 The theory of music. 
 IKnsica tragica, Lat. (m^-si-ka ira-ji-ka.) Trag. 
 
 Ic, moiumfnl music. 
 Hasica Toealis, Lat. (j»S-sI-ka vO-Aa-!Is.) Vo- 
 cal music. 
 Itasic, Bachelor oi. The first; music degree 
 
 conferred at the universities. 
 Knsic box. A small box producing various tunes 
 
 by the revolution of a cylinder. 
 nnsic. barlesqne. A ludicrous representation 
 
 of music, comic music. 
 Jlnsic, calathumpian. A combination of dis- 
 cordant sounds upon various instruments out of 
 
 tune and non-musical. 
 Music, choral. Music written and performed 
 
 in the style of a choral. 
 Htusic, chnrch. Music suited to church service. 
 mnsic classical. Music of the highest order; 
 
 constituting the best model or authority. 
 Slusic compositor. One who sets up music 
 
 type. 
 MUSIC, concerteiL Instrumental music with 
 
 various parts in whiob all the instruments ' are 
 
 equally required. 
 Music, dance. A general name for all kinds of 
 
 music suitable for dancing. 
 Music, didactic. Scales and exercises for in- 
 struction and practice. 
 Music, Doctor of. A degree conferred by the 
 
 universities. t 
 
 Music, elementary. The first principles or 
 
 rudiments of music. 
 
 MUSI 
 
 Music, enharmonic. Music that proceeds by 
 Intervals smallerthan the diatonic and chromatic. 
 
 Music, field. Martial music 
 
 Music folio. A case for holding loose sheets of 
 music ; a wrapper used in a music store for the 
 convenience of a classified arrangement of th& 
 stock. 
 
 Music, Gregorian. Those chants and meIodie> 
 introduced into the Eoman Catholic service bj 
 St. Gregory in the sixth century. 
 
 Music, hunting. Music suited to the chase. 
 
 Music, hypocritic. All music suited as an Ob 
 Gompaniment to scenic performance. 
 
 Mnsich^tto, It. (moo-ze-kSt-tO.) A little mv 
 sician. 
 
 Mnsich^vole, /<. (moo-z5-M-vO-lS.) Musical. 
 
 Musich£no, It. (moo-zg-M-no.) A little musL 
 cian. 
 
 Musician. One who understands the science of 
 music, or who sings or performs on some instru- 
 ment according to the rules of art. 
 
 Musician, practical. One whose regular busi- 
 ness is to sing or perform on some musical In- 
 strument. 
 
 Musician, scientific One. who is versed In 
 the theory or science of music. 
 
 Mnsicien, Fr. (mil-z5-si-anh.) Musician. 
 
 Mnsicienne, Fr. (mii-zS-si-Snn.) A female mu- 
 sician. 
 
 Musiriens par excellence, Fr. (mtt-zs-sl- 
 anh par gx-sel-ianhs.) Musicians of great excel- 
 lence; superior performers. 
 
 Music. Ionic. An airy, light species of music. 
 
 Musics, martial. I Music composed for mill- 
 Music, military, f tary bands ; warlike music. 
 
 Music, Moravian, The music of the Moravian 
 chnrch, in which the congregation unite, the tune 
 being some o}d German Choral. 
 
 Mdsico, It. (moo-zS-kS.) A musician; a pro- 
 fessor or practitioner of music. The name was 
 also applied to those male vocalists who formerly 
 sang soprano parts. 
 
 Music of the future. A term applied to the 
 music of Bichard Wagner and others of his school. 
 
 Musicography, Or. (mu-sl-kdg-i&-ty.) The sym- 
 bolical writing of music; the writing of the notes 
 of music. 
 
 Musicomania, It. (moo-zS-kO-ma-nS-a.) A mo- 
 nomania in which a passion for music absorbs 
 every other feeling of the soul. 
 
 Musictfne, It. (moo-zS-M-nS.) A great musician 
 or composer. 
 
 Mnsico pratico. It. (m3o-zS-ko ^m-ts-ko.) A 
 practlcalmusician. 
 
 Music, passion. Music used during Passion 
 week in the Catholic church. 
 
 Music, pastoral. Music in a simple and rural 
 style. , 
 
 Music, plaintive. Music expressive of sadness 
 and grief. 
 
 Mnsi<ep^1pbe, Cfer. {moo-zlk-prS-hH.) A musical 
 rehearsal. 
 
 Music, profnne. A general term formerly used 
 for all music not adapted to the service of tha 
 church; secular music. 
 
136 
 
 PEOKOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, & add, S, arm, S eve, 6 end, i ice, 1 ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl fafe, ii 6«i, ii French sound. 
 
 MUSI 
 
 Mnsic recorder. An instrument to be attached 
 to a pianoforte for tlie purpose of recording upon 
 paper the notes that are played. 
 
 music timeliLeeper. An English instrument 
 designed to enahle a performer to keep time in 
 any measure in which a piece of music is written. 
 
 Slusic trade-marh. A mark adopted by the 
 United States Board of Music Trade, being a star 
 enclosing figures denoting the retail price of the 
 work upon which it is printed, the figures repre- 
 senting the number of dimes at which it is sold. 
 
 Ulnsicns, Oer. (moo-zi-koos.) A musician, 
 
 Musiker, Ger. (moo-zi-kgr.) A musician. 
 
 Mnsikfest, Ger. (moo-zik-fSst.) A musical fes- 
 tival. 
 
 Slusikfiio, Ger. (moo-zi-i2-nO.) A little musician. 
 
 Musib-lelirer, Ger. (moo-zik la-iir.) Teacher 
 of music. 
 
 Musikkenner, Ger. (moo-zik-Afe-ner.) 1 
 
 Musililiebliaber. Ger. (moo zik-iSft-hBrbSr.) ( 
 A lover of music, an amateur. 
 
 Slusikmeister, Ger. (moo-zlk-mis-tSr.) A music 
 master. 
 
 ninsik-saal, Ger. (moo-zik-sal.) I 
 
 Muslk-zimmer, Ger. (moo-zik-<8«»i-nigr.) j 
 Music hall, music room. 
 
 Masik stunde, Ger. (moo-zik stoon-iS.) A mu- 
 sic lesson. 
 
 9Iasikimterricht, Ger. (moo-zik-oora-t'r-rlkht.) 
 Instruction in music. 
 
 Musik-vereln, Ger. (moo-zik tS-rin.) A musical 
 society. 
 
 Ilusik-zeitung, Ger. (moo-zik i^l-toong.) A mu- 
 sical paper. 
 
 Musique, Fr. (mfl-zSk.) Music. 
 
 Musiaue d'eglise, J")-. (mfl-zSk d'a-glgz.) 
 Church music. 
 
 ninslqine de gnitare, Fr. (mii-zgk dSh ghi- 
 idr.) Guitar music. 
 
 Ulnsiaue vocale, Fr. (mfl-zek yo-kal.) Vocal 
 mnsic. 
 
 MYST 
 
 Hasnrsas, Lat. (mfl-slir-gils.) A musician or 
 composer. 
 
 Ulif ta. It. (moo-ta.) Change ; in horn and trum- 
 pet music it means to change the crooks : in drum 
 parts it means that the tuning of the drum is to 
 be altered. 
 
 mutation. Change, transition; the transforma- 
 tion of the voice occurring at the age 6t puberty. 
 
 mutation. Fr. (mil-ta-si^nh.) I Mutfttinn 
 
 mutazidne, It. (moo-tartsg-o-nS.) f •"'•"™on, 
 
 mutation, or filling up Stops, ai-e those which 
 do not give a sound corresponding to the key 
 pressed Qown ; such as the quint, tierce, twelfth, 
 etc. 
 
 mute. A small instrument of brass, ivory, or 
 wood, sometimes placed on the bridge of a violin, 
 viola, or violincello, to diminish the , tone of the 
 instrument by damping or checking its vibra- 
 tions. 
 
 mute, .Slolian. A combination of the "A" 
 jEolian pitch-pipe and the mute for the violin. 
 
 mute, folding violin. An article imparting 
 to a violin a soft, pure tone, 
 
 muthlg, Ger. (moo-tjg.) Courageous, spirited. 
 
 mutli'vrillig, Ger. (moo<-vil-lIg.) Mischievous, 
 lively. 
 
 mutiren, Ger. (moo-<S-r'n.) To change the voice 
 from soprano, to tenor baritone, or bass. 
 
 mykterophonie, Gr. (mik-tSr-^-O-nS.) I To 
 
 mykterophonie, Ger. (mik-tSr-Of-0-nS.) j sing 
 nasally, to sing through the nose. 
 
 myriologist. (mIr-i-oZ-O-jist.) One who com- 
 poses or sings a myriologue, usually a woman. 
 
 myriologue. (mir-i-O-lSg.) An extemporary 
 funeral song composed for and sung at the funeral 
 of a friend. 
 
 mysteres, Fr^ (mis-tSr.) I A species of sacred 
 
 mysteries. (drama with music, 
 
 which was practiced In many of the European 
 choicbes before the Beformation. 
 
PEONOUNCIKG MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 137 
 
 a ale, & add, S, arm, S eve, S end, I ice, 1 ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, t^but, 11 French sound. 
 
 NABL 
 
 HTabla, Eeb. (n5-bla.) The nebel, a ten-stringed* 
 instrument of the ancient Hebrews ; the harp of 
 the Jews, sometimes written Nebel Nasar. 
 
 "SiBX-saxe, Fr. {n^-kdr.) i A brass drum with 
 
 Nacara, /£. (na-£a-rS.) y& loud metallic 
 
 Nacarre, It. pi. (nS-Aa-rS.) ) tone, formerly much 
 used in France and Italy. 
 
 Sf&cchera, It. (nak-ka-ra.) Kettle drums. 
 
 Nacclier^tta, It. (nSk-kS-ra^ta.) A small kettle 
 drum. 
 
 Kacclierfno, It. (uak-ka-r5-nO.) A kettle drum- 
 mer. 
 
 Kaccherdne, It. (nak-kS-ro-nS.) A large pair of 
 kettle drums. 
 
 Nacliabninng, Ger. (na-kS-moong.) Imitation. 
 
 Kacb dem tact sin^en, Ger. (nakh dSm takt 
 szng-^n.) To sing in time. 
 
 Kach dem tact spielen, Ger. (nakh dSm takt 
 spi-Vn.) To play m time. 
 
 HTach dex" reilie, Ger. (nakh dSr )•»-§.) In suc- 
 cession. 
 
 IVaclidmck, Ger. (naM-drook.) Emphasis, ac- 
 cent. 
 
 NacIidrUckUcli, Ger. (no*A-druk-likh.) 1 
 
 IVacIidrucksvoU, Ger. (na*A-drooks-fol.) j 
 Bnergetic, emphatic, forcible. 
 
 Waclirolse, Ger. (mSA-fol-ghS.) Imitation. 
 
 SfaclLklang, Ger. (naAA-klang.) Resonance, 
 echo. 
 
 Hrachklingen, Ger. (MiA-kling-Sn.) I To ring, 
 
 Kachschalleii, Ger (na^A-shai-ru.) jto echo, 
 to resound. 
 
 Nach-hall, Oer. {nakh hall.) Eeverberation, echo. 
 
 Nacliinittassgelaiite, Ger. (naM-m it-tag s- 
 gh6-i08-t6.) Einging for vespers. 
 
 Kach noten singen, Ger. (nakh no-t'n sing- 
 En.) To sing by note. 
 
 Naclischlag:, Oer. (naM-shiag.) Additional, or 
 after note. 
 
 Kaclisingen, Ger. (jidkhsing-in.) To repeat a 
 song, to sing after. 
 
 HTachspiel, Ger. (JiiiJA-spSl.) After play ; a post- 
 lude or concluding piece. 
 
 BTaclistTemraiiate tSne, Oer. {nakhst-t&i- 
 vand-tS iS-nS.) The nearest relative keys. 
 
 HTacht-gloclce, Ger. (nakht glo-'k.&.) Night bell, 
 curfew. 
 
 IVaebt-bom, Ger. {nakht horn.) Night-horn; 
 an organ stop of 8 feet tone, nearly identical with 
 the Quintation but of larger scale and more horn- 
 like tone. 
 
 Bfacht-miislk, Oer. {nakht moo-zik.) Night 
 music, serenade. 
 
 Kaeht- Sanger, Ger. {ndkht sang-Sr.) A night 
 singer, a serenader. 
 
 Slacht-schlilzeT, Ger. {nakht shla-gSr.) [ Night- 
 
 Nachtlgall, Ger. (n«*A-ti-gail.) i ingale. 
 
 STacbtstandcben, Ger. (naAA^-stand-kh'n.) A 
 serenade. 
 
 Kaebstttck, Ger. (nakht-stUck.) A serenade, a 
 nocturne. 
 
 Ifach nnd nacb, Ger. (nakh oond nakh.) By 
 little and little, by degrees. 
 
 STach nnd naeh immer rascher, schnel- 
 lep, Ger. (nakh oond nakh m-mer ra-Bb&i, 
 shnSl-\Si.) By degrees, continually Increasing in 
 rapidity. 
 
 ITAY 
 
 Wafle. (na-fS.) A Persian trumpet. 
 
 STaflri. (na-fS-rS.) An Indian trumpet. 
 
 STagarab, Per. (na-9'a-ra.) The kettle drum of 
 the Persians. 
 
 Tiaif,Fr. (na-Sf.) 1 
 
 STaiv, Ger. (ntt-?/'.) \ Simple, artless, natural. 
 
 Waive, Fr. (na-Sv.) ) 
 
 IVaivement, Fr. (nS-Sv-manh.) Simply, nat- 
 urally. 
 
 Kaked. A term significantly applied by modem 
 theorists tofourths, fifths and other chords when 
 unaccompanied. 
 
 Nakokns. (na-*5-kiis.) The name of an instru- 
 ment much used by the Egyptians in their Coptic 
 churches, and in their religious processions and 
 consisting of two brass plates suspended by 
 strings, and struck together by way of beating 
 time. 
 
 Kanlen, Ger. (n»-ni-§n.) A dirge, an elegy. 
 
 Warrfinte, /<. (nar-ran-t6.) In a narrative style. 
 
 Xarrator. A name formerly given to the chief 
 performer in an oratorio. 
 
 Narrentanz, Ger. (nar-r'n-tants.) A foolish 
 dance ; a foors dance. 
 
 Kasallant, Ger. (na-2aMont.) Nasal sound, or 
 tone. 
 
 Kasal tone. That reedy unpleasant tone pro- 
 duced by the voice when it issues in too great ii 
 degree through the nostrils. 
 
 Kasard. ) 
 
 IVasat. I An old name for an organ stop, 
 
 STassat. ( tuned a twelfth above the diapasons. 
 
 Slasardo, 5i)a. (na-ao>-dO.) One of the registers 
 
 of an organ. 
 Hlasenbancb, Ger. (Ms-z'n-houkh.) \ Nasal 
 Kasenton, Ger. (raa-z'n-tOn.) (sound, or 
 
 tone. 
 STason. A very quiet, and sweet toned flute stop, 
 
 of 4 feet scale, sometimes found in old organs. 
 Kfasntus, Lat. (nS-sfi-tfts.) A wind instrument 
 
 formerly in use, so called on account of its thick, 
 
 reedy or nasal tone. ^ 
 
 National-lied, Ger. (na-tsi-O-mai led.) National 
 
 song. 
 National mnsic. I Music identified with the 
 National song, f history of a nation, or the 
 
 manners and customs of its people, either by 
 
 means of the sentiment it expresses or by long 
 
 use. 
 Natural. A character marked t|, used to contra- 
 dict a sharp or fiat. 
 Natur&le, It. (nS-too-ra-lS.) Natural, easy, free. 
 Natural harmony. The harmony of the triad 
 
 or common chord. 
 Natnrali snoni. It. (na-to.o-ra-lS sw5-nS.) 
 
 Sounds within the compass of the human voice ; 
 
 natural sounds. 
 Natural keys. Those which have no sharp or 
 
 fiat at the signature as, C major, and A minor. 
 Natnralm^nte, It. (nartoo-ral-man-tS.) Nat- 
 urally. 
 Natural modulation. That which is confined 
 
 to the key of the piece and its relatives. 
 Naublum, Heb. (naw-bloom.) See Nabia. 
 Nautical songs. Songs relating to 'the sea. 
 ' Nay Tur. (n5.) A Turkish flute: the Nei; 
 
138 
 
 PEONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIOKAEY. 
 
 a ale, S add, & arm, e eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, dove, oo moon, II lute, & i>ut, 1i French sound. 
 
 NEAN 
 
 Keanes, Gr. (nS-a-n§s.) One of the eight modee 
 used by the modern Greeks in their intonations 
 of church modes. 
 
 Neapolitan sixth. A chord composed of a 
 minor third and minor sixth, and occurring on 
 the sub-dominant, or fourth degree of 
 the scale. In the Itey of C (major or 
 minor) this chord is really the same as 
 the first inversion of the triad of Dk. 
 
 IVebcl,^«i. (nSrbSl.) I The 
 
 Sfebel nassor, Heb. (na-b51 nSs-sBr.) ( n a ra e 
 given by the ancient Jews to their ten stringed 
 harp, supposed to have been triangular in form 
 and used in religious worship. 
 
 STeben-gedanlcen, Ger. (na-b'n ghS-doni-'n.) 
 Accessory and subordinate ideas. 
 
 Bfeben-note, Oer. (raa-b'n n5-t§.) Auxiliary note. 
 
 Neben-register, Ger. (no-b'u rS-yAjs-ter.) I 
 
 Xeben-zttge, Ger. (na-b'n tsii-ghi.) ( 
 
 Secondary, or accessory stops in an organ, such 
 as couplet's, tremulant, belle, etc. 
 
 ^eben-stimmen, Ger. (»ia-b'n stim^mSn.) Sub- 
 ordinate harmonic parts; also, secondary or mu- 
 tation stops, such as the quint, twelfths, etc. 
 
 Xecessario, It. (nS-tshSs-ffo-rS-o.) A term indi- 
 cating that the passage referred to must not be 
 omitted. 
 
 ^>,chiloth, IZeb. (»eM-10th.) A wind instrn- 
 inent of the Hebrews, formed of a double set of 
 pipes. 
 
 Neclt. That part of a violin, guitar, or similar in- 
 strument, extending from the head to the body, 
 and on which the finger-board is fixed. 
 
 Si^eghinoth, Heb. («a-ghi-nOth.) I A word fixed 
 
 Kesinoth, iTei. (nffl-ghl-noth.) fat the head of 
 certain of the psalms, and supposed to announce 
 the particular tune to which they were to be sung; 
 answering to the modern giving out. Neginoth 
 was also the name given to ancient stringed in- 
 struments. 
 
 Keglig^nte, /^ (nSl-yS-jan-tS.) Negligent; un- 
 'constrained. 
 
 NegU^entem^iite, It. (n51-yS-j5n-t6-ma«-tS.) 
 Negligently. 
 
 Neglig^nza, It. (nal-ye-jare-tsa.) Negligence, 
 carelessness. 
 
 Xegli, It. pi. (nal-ys.) I j .^ . .^ 
 
 Xei, It. pi. (na-B.) f ^" "'^' ^^ ^'^^■ 
 
 Xei, Tur. (na-5 ) A fashionable musical instru- 
 ment of the Turks, being a flute made of cane. 
 
 IKehiloth, Heb. (na-hl-Ioth.) Ancient wind in- 
 struments. 
 
 USeikeb.Heb. (na-kSb.) A wind instrument of the 
 ancient Hebrews, formed of a single tube. 
 
 aiel,7i!. (nal.) l 
 
 NcUa, /«. (nal-ia.) 
 
 Kelle, It. pi. (nfil-lS.) [ In the, at the. 
 
 WeUo,7i!. (nfil-lo.) 
 
 BTell'./^. (nan.) J 
 
 Wei battere. It. (nal bat-<a-r6.) In the down 
 beat of the measure. 
 
 Welle narte <li softTa, It. (nal-18 par-t5 d3 sO- 
 pra.) In the higher or upper part. 
 
 IVello stesso tempo, It. (nal-ls etSs-sS'tam- 
 pO.) In the same time. 
 
 A'el stilo antfco. It. (nal stHO S.n-ti-'kO.) In 
 the ancient style. 
 
 ) Neatly, 
 > clearly, 
 1 plainly. 
 
 NINA 
 
 JVel t^mpo, //. (nal tam-po.) in time, in the 
 previous time. 
 
 Wenia, Lat. (n^n-I-a.) ) A funeral song, an 
 
 jVenien, Ger. («^»-i-en.) f elegy. 
 
 Hervio, Spa. (nor-vi-o.) String of an Instrument. 
 
 Wesso, Lat. (nSs-sO.) One of the fourth parts into 
 which Euclid divided the Melopoea. 
 
 IBete, Gr. (na-tB.) The last or most acute string 
 of the lyre; the name given by the ancient Greeks 
 to the fourth, or most acute chord of each of the • 
 three tetrachords which followed the first two or 
 deepest two. 
 
 Kete diezeugmenon, Gr. (na-tS is-zoog-mi- 
 nQn.) The final or highest sound of the fourth 
 tetrachord, and the first or gravest of the fifth. 
 
 ISTete Jjypepbolaeoii, Gr. (na-tS AS-p6r-M-l5- 
 On.) The last sound of the hyperbolceon, or high- 
 est tetrachord, and of the great system or diagram 
 of the Greeks. 
 
 !Wcte sjitemmenon, Gr. (na-tg sl-nta-mg-nOn.) 
 The fourth or most acute sound of the third te- 
 trachord, when conjoint with the second. 
 
 Ketoides, Or. (na-toi-dSs.) Name given by the 
 ancients to the sounds forming the higher portion 
 of their scale or system. 
 
 Set, Fr. (na.) 
 
 STett. Ger. (nSt.) 
 
 Srettain^nte, It. (nSt-ta-m^n-tS.) 
 
 mette, Fr. (nat.) 
 
 HTettete, JJ**'. (nat-ta.) 1 •»!„„._„._ .,..,, 
 
 Hlettheit, Ger. (:nSt-m.) Lesf Sness 
 
 Settigfeeit, Ger. (n«-tig-Mt.) ) ness,, plainness. 
 
 'S6tto, It. (nat-ta.) Neat, clear; quick, nimble. 
 
 IVen, Ger. (noi.) New. 
 
 Sreumse, Lat. (nfi-mS.) An old name for divis- 
 ions : which see. 
 
 IVenn, Ger. (noin.) Nine. 
 
 HTenn-acIitel takt, Ger. (noin dkhtH takt.) 
 Measure In nine-eighth time. 
 
 IVennte, Ger. (noin-ti.) A ninth. 
 
 IVeunzehnte, Ger. (noinAeln-iS.) Nineteenth. 
 
 Weiitrallzliis sign. The sign of a natural, t;. 
 
 nienvieme, Fr. (nUh-vMrn.) The interval of a 
 ninth. 
 
 Nexus, Gr. (n&-ils.) An old term for a phrase 
 or a sequence. 
 
 Nexus, anacamptos, Gr. (ra^a^fis &n-&-Mmp- 
 t5s.) Descending. 
 
 Nexus, circumstans, Gr. (nlx-ia «^r-kfim- 
 stans.) Descending and ascending. 
 
 Nexus, rectus, G?'. («ea:-fis rfA-tiis.) Ascend- 
 ing. 
 
 Ni. (nSO A syllable applied to the seventh note 
 of the Hindoo scale in solfaiug. 
 
 Nicbt, Ger. (nikht.) Not. 
 
 Nicbt sclireientl,e stlmmen, Ger. (nikht 
 shn-Sn-d& stim-m'n.) I^ot shrill stops, in organ 
 playing. 
 
 Nlcbt za geschvrind, Ger. (nikht tsoo gh§sh- 
 v'ind.) Not too quick. 
 
 Nieder-se.hlag, Ger. («?-dSr shiag.) The down 
 beat or accented part of the bar. 
 
 Niedrig, Ger. (nS-drie.) Low or deep in voice. 
 
 Niggeritopc, It. (nSd-j5-rS-W-rS.) The prompter. 
 
 Nikhad, Hin. (nSk-ad.) The name of the seventh 
 note in the Hindoo musical scale. 
 
 Nlua,/2. (reS-utt.) A lullaby. 
 
PEONOtJNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAKY. 
 
 139 
 
 S ale, S add, & arm, e eve, g end, I ice,-l ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, Q lute, i but, tt French sound. 
 
 NINE 
 
 Itfine-eishth measure. A measnre containing 
 nine eighth notes or tlieir equivalent, marked 9-8^ 
 
 Kineteenth. An interval compriBing two octaves 
 and a fifth; also, an organ stop, tuned a nine- 
 teenth, above the diapnsonS; see Larigot. 
 
 Ulnnare. It. (nSn-na-rS.) To sing children to sleep. 
 
 Ninth. An interval consisting of an octave and 
 a second. 
 
 Ndbile. It. (n5-h5-18.) Noble, grand, impressive. 
 
 Slobilita, con, It. (nO-6M5-ta kBn.) With nobil- 
 ity; dignified. 
 
 IVoMIm^nte, It. (n0-bsl-man-t§.) I Nobly, 
 
 IVoblement, Fr. (no-bl-raanhj i grandly. 
 
 Nobilm^nte ed animato. It. (nO-bBl-man-tg 
 6d an-e-mo-to.) With grandeur and spirit. 
 
 N.octnm. I A composition of a light and ele- 
 
 Xocturne. f gant character suitable for evening 
 recreation ; also, a piece resembling a serenade to 
 be played at night in the open air. 
 
 STor.tume, F>'. (nOk-turn.) I . _„.»,,„„„ 
 
 Wocturnc/i!. (nOk-toor-nO.) \ ^ noct»™e- 
 
 Sfodal points. I In music, the fixed points of a 
 
 Xodes. (sonorous chord, at which it di- 
 
 vides itself, when it vibrates by aliquot parts and 
 produces the harmonic sounds; as the strings of 
 the jBolian harp. 
 
 IVoSl, Fr. (nO-Sl.) A Christmas Carol, or hymn. 
 
 'Xoire,Fr. (nwar.) £lack note ; acTotchel. 
 
 Noire point^e, Fr. (nwSr pwanh-ta.) A dotted 
 crotchet. 
 
 Nomenclature, musical. A vocabnlarjr of 
 names and technical terms employed in music. 
 
 Nomes, Or. (nd-mSs.) Certain airs in the ancient 
 mnsic sung to Cybele, the mother of the gods, to 
 Bacchus, to Pan and other divinities. The name 
 nome was also given to every air, the composition 
 of which was regulated by certain determined and 
 inviolable rules. 
 
 Nomion, 6r. (nd-ml-on.) Among the ancient 
 Greeks, a species of love song. 
 
 Nomo, It. (nB-mO.) Nome. (See Nomes.) 
 
 Nomodictai, Lat. (ng-mO-dik-<a-8.) The umpires 
 at the sacred games and musical contests of the 
 ancient liomans. 
 
 Nomos, Gr. (nS-m8s.) I A tune, melody; ame- 
 
 Nomns, Lai. (nd-m^s.) f Iodic sequence. 
 
 Non, It. (nOn.) Not, no. 
 
 Nona, It. (nO-nS.) The interval of a ninth. 
 
 Nona chord. The dominant chord with a third 
 added to it. 
 
 Non^tto. It. {nO-ndi-iO.) A composition for nine 
 voices or instruments. 
 
 Non nuSlto, It. (nOn mOl-tO.) Not much. 
 
 Non m<>lto all^sro, //. (nBn mol-to al-lS-grO.) 
 Not very quick. 
 
 Non racconrcir, Fr. (nBnh rSh-koor-sSr.) Un- 
 abridged. 
 
 Non t&nto. It. (nBn-2an-tO.) Not so much, not 
 too much. 
 
 Non t&nto allegro. It. (nBn tdn-to Sl-^a-gro.) 
 Not so quick, not too quick. 
 
 Non tropptf, It. (nBn trop-po.) Not too much, 
 moderately. 
 
 Non troppo allegro, It. (nBn trOp-pO Si-la- 
 
 ^^■'- 
 
 on troppo presto. It. (nBn trOp-pO prSs-tO. 
 Hot too quick. 
 
 
 NOTA 
 
 Nonupla, Lat. (n^n-fl-pia.) A quick species of 
 
 time, consisting of nine crotchets, or nine quavers 
 
 in a bar. 
 Nouupla di crome, It. (nS-noo-pU ds krd- 
 
 m€.) A species of time wherein nine quavern 
 
 make a bar, instead of eight as in common timi'. 
 Nonupla dl semi-crome. It. (nB-noo-p]& de 
 
 sgrn-g-ArS-mS.) Where nine semiquavers make n 
 
 bar, instead of sixteen as required in common 
 
 time. 
 Nonupla di semi-minime. It. (n^-noo-plii 
 
 dg sgm-€ mg-ng-mg.) A species of time in which 
 
 nine crotchets are in the bar, of which four make 
 
 a semibreve in common time. 
 Normal musical Institute. A school, the 
 
 object of which is to afford instruction to persons 
 
 desirous of becoming qualified to teach music. 
 Normal-ton, Ger. (nOr-ma7-tOn.) The norniil 
 
 tone, the note A. the sound to which instruments 
 
 are tuned in an orchestra. 
 Nornial-tonleiter. Ger. (nOr-mSl tSn-ll-tiSr.) 
 . The natural scale, the scale of C, the open key. 
 Ndta, 7i!. (no-ta.) I . „„»„ 
 Nota,ia<. (nO-ta.) f ■*"<"«■ 
 Nota abbi^tta. It. (nO-ta ftb-bg-at-ta.) I A use- 
 Nota abjecta, Zat. (nO-ta ab-jgk-tS.) ilesB can- 
 celled note. 
 Nota anticipata. It. (nfl-ta an-ts-tshs-pa-ta.) .V 
 
 note in anticipation, or a note that is sounded in 
 
 a chord previous to that to which it belongs. 
 Nota butfna. It. (nS-ta boo-O-na.) A strong, or 
 
 accented note. 
 Nota cambifita, It. (nS-ta kam-bg-a-ta.) A 
 
 changed, or irregularly transient note, a passing 
 
 note. 
 Nota caratterjCstica, It. (nO-ta kar-at-tgr-es- 
 
 tg-ka.) A characteristic, or leading note. 
 Nota cattlva. It. (no-ta kat-tg-va.) A weak, or 
 
 unaccented note. 
 Nota contra notam, Lat. (nc-ta kSn-trS. nS- 
 
 tam.) Note against note ; see Counterpoint. 
 Nota coronata. It. (nO-ta kB-rO-na-ta.) A note 
 
 marked with a hold. 
 Nota d'abbellim^nto. It. (nO-ta d'ab-bgl-lE- 
 
 man-Ui.) A note of embellishment, an ornamental 
 
 note. 
 Nota di passfiegio. It. (nfi-ta dg pSta-sad-jS-O.) 
 
 A passing note, a note of regular transition. 
 Nota di piac^re. It. (nO-ta dg pe-&-tshS-r&.) 
 
 An optional grace note, an ad libitum embellish. 
 
 ment. 
 Nota intiera. It. (nO-ta gn-tg-a-ra.) A whole 
 
 note. 
 Nota senslbile. It. (nO-ta egn-«8-bg-16.) I 
 Nota sensibilis, Lat. (nO-ta sgn-s^-bil-Is.) | 
 
 The sensible, or leading note of the scale. 
 Nota signata, Lai. (nO-ta sig-na-ta.) A noti 
 
 marked with a sign. 
 Nota sosteniita. It. (nO-ta sBs-tg-nao-ta.) A 
 
 sustained note. 
 Notation, The art of representing by notes, 
 
 characters, etc., all the diflferent musical sounds. 
 Notation, numerical. A system of notation 
 
 first introduced by Bousseau, in which the first 
 
 eight of the numerals are substituted for the eight 
 
 notes, and points, cyphers, etc., for such charac- 
 ters as represent pauses, time, etc. 
 
140 
 
 PEONOtTNOlNG MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, it add, & arm, 5 eve, 6 e.Ad, I Ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 douc, oo moon, 11 faie, fi 6m<, 11 French, sound. 
 
 NOTA 
 
 STotazione mnsiciile. It. (nO-t^-tsS-S-ng moo- 
 zS-ftt^lS.) Musical notation. 
 
 Note. A character, whicli by its formation indi- 
 cates the duration of a tone, and by its situation 
 upon the staff Ita proper pitch. 
 
 Note, characteristic. A leading note. 
 
 Note, clef. The note upon which the clef is 
 placed. 
 
 Note, connecting. A note held in common by 
 two chords. 
 
 Note, crowned. A note marked with a 
 hold. 
 
 Note d'asrement, Fr. (not d'a-gra-milnh.) An 
 
 ornamental note. 
 Note de passage, Fr. (not diih pSs-sazh.) A 
 
 passing note ; a note of regular transition. 
 Note di^s^e, Fr. (not di-a-za.) Note marked 
 
 with a sharp. 
 
 Note, double. The ancient breve. | )t :|| 
 
 Note, double dotted. A note whose I " 
 length is increased three-fourths of its original 
 value, by the dots placed after it. 
 
 Note, double stemmed. A note having i — r- 
 two stems, one upward and the other down rj— 
 ward, the one showing the length of its 't~~ 
 duration and the other its relative value towards 
 other notes in the measure. 
 
 Note, eighth. A quaver. 
 
 Note, fore. An appoggiatura. 
 
 Note, fundamental. The lowest note of a fun- 
 damental chord. 
 
 Note, grace, A note of embellishment. 
 
 Note, half. A minim. 
 
 Note, key. A note to which all the other notes 
 of a piece bear a distinct and subordinate relation, 
 which usually commences a composition and with 
 which it generally closes. 
 
 Note, leading. The major seventh of any scale ; 
 the semitone below the key note j the major third 
 of the dominant. 
 
 Note, leaning. An appoggiatura, or fore note. 
 
 Noten auf den 5'linien, Ger. (no-t'n ouf dSn 
 5VSra-i-gn.) Notes upon the five lines. 
 
 Noten-blatt, Oer. (m5-t'n blat.) A sheet of 
 music. 
 
 Noten-dmcker, 
 music printer. 
 
 Noten-buch, Ger. 
 note book. 
 
 Noten-dmck, Oer. (nS-t'n drook.) 
 printing music; printed music. 
 
 Noten-gestell, Ger. (ng-t'n ghSs-<^/.) 
 stand. 
 
 Noten- handler, Ger. (reS-t'n hand-Mr.) A mu- 
 sic seller. 
 
 Noten-handlnng, Ger. (»!a-t'n Ad'red-loong.) 
 Music store. 
 
 Noten in den 4 zwischenr, Ger. (ns-t'n In 
 
 ^^dSn 4 feu5sA-gnr.) Notes between the four spaces. 
 
 Ger. (nS-Vn drooMi.) A 
 (rea-t'n bookh.) Music book. 
 The art of 
 Music 
 
 Noten-kopf, 
 Noten-linien, 
 
 lines. 
 Noten-papier, 
 
 paper 
 Noten-plan, Ger. 
 
 scale. 
 
 (nO-Vn kopf.) Head of a note. 
 Ger. (nd-t'n K-nl-gn.) Music 
 
 Ger. (ne-Vn pa-p2r.) Music 
 
 (nO-Vn plfin.) The staff, the 
 
 NOTE 
 
 Noten-pult. Ger. (nd-Vn poolt.) A music desk. 
 Noten-schreiber, Ger. {nS-Vn «A?^bSr.) Music 
 
 copyist. 
 Noten-schwaraz, Ger. (nS-Vn shvants.) The. 
 
 stem of a note. 
 Noten-stecher, Ger. (nS-Vn stSkh-ii.) An en, 
 
 graver of music. 
 Noten-stossen, Ger. (nS-Vn sM-s'n.) To play 
 
 or sing staccato. 
 Noten-stttck, Ger. (reo-t'n stUck.) A piece of 
 
 music. 
 Noten-system, Ger. (nB-t'n mB-iam.) The staif. 
 Note of modulation. A note which introduces 
 a new key, usually applied to the leading note or 
 sharp seventh. 
 Note of prolation. A note, the original and 
 nominal duration of which is extended by the 
 addition of a dot or hold. 
 No^e, open. A note produced on the strings of a 
 violin, guitar, etc., when not pressed by the Inger. 
 Note, pedal. A note held \>y the pedal while the 
 harmony forming the remaining parts is allowed 
 to proceed. 
 Note, quarter. A crotchet. 
 Noter, Fr. (no-ta.) To write out a tune or air. 
 Note raddoppiate. It. (no-t& rad-dOp-p§-o-t8.) 
 
 Repeated notes. 
 Note, radical. The fundamental note. 
 Note, reciting. The note in a chord upon which 
 
 the voice dwells ttntil it comes to a cadence. 
 Notes, accented. Notes upon which emphasis 
 is placed: in common time the first and third 
 notes, and in triple time the first note. 
 Notes, accessory. Notes situated one degree 
 above and one degree below the principal note of 
 a turn. 
 Notes, accidental. Chromatic tones that do 
 
 not belong to the harmony; passing tones. 
 Notes, added. Notes written upon ledger or 
 
 added lines. 
 Note, scolte. It. (nO-tS skol-tS.) Staccato note. 
 Notes coulees, Fr. (not koo-la.) Slurred notes. 
 Notes dans les interlignes, Fr. (not danh 
 
 la sanh-tar-lSn-yg.) Notes in the spaces. 
 Notes de gout, Fr. (not diSh goo.) Notes of 
 
 embellishment. 
 Notes, passing. When one or more notes of a 
 harmonic chord move to a tone foreign to the har- 
 mony, the chord otherwise remaining unchanged, 
 these notes are called Passing Notes. 
 Note sensible, Fr. (not sanh-sBbl.) The lead- 
 ing note of the scale ; the seventh of the scale. 
 Notes, essentiaL The notes of a chord which 
 constitute its real componant parts in distinction 
 from accidental and ornamental notes. 
 Note, sixteenth. A semiquaver S 
 Note, sixty-fourth. A hemidenusem- E 
 iquaver. g 
 
 Notes liees, Fr. (not IS-a.) Tied notes. - 
 Notes, ornamental. Appoggiaturas, grace 
 notes, all notes of embellishment, not forming 
 an essential part of the harmony. 
 Notes, stopped. In music for the violin, violin- 
 cello, and similar Instruments, those notes that 
 are sounded while the string is pressed. 
 Notes, subsidiary. Accessory notes. 
 
PEOJSrOUNCING MtrSIOAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 141 
 
 S ale, & add, S, arm, S eve, S end, I ice, i ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, II lute, U iu^ Q French sound. 
 
 NOTE 
 
 Notes snr les Usnes, Fr. (not slir la ISn-j'Sli.) 
 Notes on the lines. [copated notes. 
 
 Notes syncopees, Fr. (not sSn-kO-pS.) Syn- 
 Hffotes, tied. Notes having a tie over them denot- 
 ing they are to be slured. fl on the same degree of 
 the staff the tone mnst he snstained thron!;hout. 
 
 Note, thirty-second. A demisemlqnaver, g 
 
 Note, tonic. The first note of any scale, the key 
 note. 
 
 Note, triple dotted. A note whose value is 
 increased seven-eighths, by three dots after it. 
 
 NoteuT, Fr. (no-<a»'.) Music copyist. 
 
 Note, frl&ole. A semihreve, ^ 
 
 Nothus, Gr. (na-thHs.) A name applied hy the 
 ancient Greeks to the Hyper-jBolian and Hyper- 
 Phrygian modes. 
 
 Notte Manche o nere. It. (nd-tg bS-an-kS 
 wo-rS.) White and black notes. 
 
 Notte oscnrate. It. (no-tE Bs-koo-ro-tS.) I 
 
 Notte piene, /t. (nS-tS pE-o-ng.) ) 
 
 Black notes. 
 
 Notte vacne. It. (n5-tS v5-4oo-E.) White notes. 
 
 Nottnmi, It. (nOt-toor-ng.) Nocturnes. 
 
 Nottomo, /t. (nOt-<ooJ--nO.) A nocturne; alight 
 elegant composition suitable for an evening per- 
 formance; a serenade. 
 
 Nonxrir le son, Fr. (noo-rtr ISh sBnh.) To 
 commence or attack a note in singing, forcibly, 
 and sustain it. 
 
 OBOE 
 
 Nonrrissons, Fr. (noor-rgs-sfinh.) Bards, poets, 
 Nova, It. (no-va.) A species of small flute oi 
 
 pipe. 
 Nouvelle metliode, Fr. (noo-vdl mM5d.) A 
 
 new method. 
 Novemole. A group of nine notes, to be per- 
 
 lormed in the same time as &ix of equal value. 
 Novice, (n^w-is.) A beginner, one unskilled. 
 Nrit-ndhyay, llin. (nrst-ood-ya.) The fourth 
 
 division of Hindoostanee music, comprising the 
 
 music of the dance. 
 Nuances, Fr. pi. (nu-Snh-s.) Lights and shades 
 
 of expression, variety of intonation. 
 Nnmerical notation. A system of notation 
 
 first introduced by Eousseau, in which the first 
 
 eight of the numerals are substituted for the 
 ■ eight notes, and points, cyphers, etc., for such 
 
 other characters as represent pauses, time, etc. 
 Numero, It. (noo-ma-rO.) I Number, used to 
 Nnmerus, Lai. (nu-mg-riis.) f denote musical 
 
 time, rhythm, harmony. 
 Nunnia, Gr. (7?w»-ni-a.) The name given by the 
 
 Greeks to asong peculiar to the nurses. 
 Nndvo, It. (noo-o-vo.) New; di nuovo, newly, 
 
 again. 
 Nnptial songs. Wedding songs, marriage 
 
 songs. 
 Nnt. The small bridge at the upper end of the 
 
 finger board of a guitar, over which the strings 
 
 pass to the pegs or screws. 
 
 O. This letter, forming a circle or double C, was 
 used by the ancients as the sign of triple time 
 il-om the idea tliat the ternary or number three, 
 being the most perfect of all numbers, would be 
 best expressed by a circle the most perfect of all 
 figures. The imperfect, or common time was 
 designated by a C, or semicircle. 
 
 ©.before a consonant. It. K.) I q gij^^r. 
 
 Od, before a vowel. It. (Bd.) j 
 
 Obblis&to, 7J. (Bb-blS-g'tt-to.) ") IndUpen- 
 
 Obbllsfiti, It. pi (Ob-blg-s'd-tg.) ( sable, neces- 
 
 Oblis^, Fr. (Bh-li-aAa.) Csary; a 
 
 Obligat, Ger. (oMi-gat.) 1 p ar t , or 
 
 parts which cannot be omitted, being indispen- 
 ably necessary to a proper performance. 
 
 Ober, Ger. (a-bgr.) Upper, higher. 
 
 Ober manual, Cfer. (o-bgr mi-noo-a/.) The 
 upper manual. • m . , 
 
 Ober -stimme, Oer. (g-bgr »<»m-mg.) Treble, 
 upper voice part, 
 
 Ober-tasten, Ger. (3-bgr tds-Vn.) The black 
 keys. 
 
 Ober-theil, Ger. (o-bgr til.) The upper part. 
 
 Obertara, Spa. (O-bgr-ioo-ra.) Overture. 
 
 Ober-werlc, Ger. (o-bgr vSrk.) Upper work, 
 highest row of keys. 
 
 ObMgato accompaniment. An accompani- 
 ment that must be used. 
 
 Oblique motion. When one part ascends or 
 descends, whilst the others remain stationary. 
 
 Oblfq.uo, It. (Ob-iS-quO.) Oblique. 
 
 Oboe, Ger. (0-bO-g.) I A hautboy ; also, the 
 
 Oho6, It. (0-bO-a.) S name of an organ stop. 
 
 Oboe d'amdre. It. (0-bO-a d'a wiS-rg.) I A spe- 
 
 Obo£ liingo. It. (0-bO-a loon-gO.) f cies of 
 oboe, longer than the ordinary oboe, with a thin- 
 ner bore and lower pitch. 
 
 Obo€ da caccia. It. (0-bO-a da Mt-iBhS-& ) A 
 larger species of oboe with tb? wusic wiitteu in 
 the alto clef, 
 
142 
 
 PEONOXJNCING MTJSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, S add, S. arm, 8 eve, 6 end, I ice, 1 ill, old, 8 odd, 6 (io»«, oo moon, fl faie, fi 6i«<, 11 French sound. 
 
 OBOE 
 
 Obo€ lliiighl, It. ((i-hO-S. loon-ghs.) See Oboe 
 L&ngo. 
 
 Oboen, Ger. pi. (0-bO-6n.) HautbovB. 
 
 Oboe-nnte. An organ stop of small 4 feet scale ; 
 the tone ie very delicate and reedy. 
 
 O1io€ OBla clarlnetto. It (O-bO-S S-ze-&lcl'Ar- 
 B-nHi-to.) The oboe or clarionet. 
 
 OI>o£ tacente, It. (O-bO-a tS.-ts?iln-tS.) The 
 oboe is silent. 
 
 Obol, It. (O-bO-g.) Hantboys. 
 
 Obol all'unlsono del viollni, It. (0-bO-S ai- 
 Too-nB-zO-nO vg-0-lS-ng.) The oboes in unison 
 with the violins. 
 
 Oboist. A performer on the oboe or hautboy. 
 
 Obofsta, It. (o-bO-Ss-tit.) An oboist. 
 
 Obsistente, Spa. (Ob-sis-iaa-tS.) Kesonant, re- 
 sounding. 
 
 Obne, iSpa. (5-hoo-5) Hautboy; a player on the 
 hautboy. 
 
 Oclo, Spa. (5-thg-O.) I Adagio, slowly ; with 
 
 Ocio, Port. (0-thS-O.) ( ease and grace. 
 
 Octachord. An instrument or system compris- 
 ing eight sounds or seven degrees. 
 
 Octacborde, I'^r. (5k-tiUk0rd.) An octachord. 
 
 Octachordnm Pythagorse, Lat. 0k-tSrkSr- 
 d&m pI-MagJ-0-rS.) The ancient Pythagorean lyre, 
 a stringed instrument tuned to the eight degrees 
 of the diatonic scale. 
 
 Octapbonic. Composed of eight voices. 
 
 Octava, Lat. (flk-^a-va.) Octave; applied to 4 
 feet organ stops. 
 
 Octava acnta, Lat. (Sk.-td-\S. IrkU-tS,.) Tlue 
 octave raised by transposition. 
 
 Octava alta. It. (Ok-<a-v& dl-tH. Flay the pas- 
 sage an octave higher. 
 
 Octava grave, Sp. (Bk-ia-vil gra-vS.) Octave 
 below. 
 
 Octava gravis, Lat. (Ok-<B-va grd-vls.) The 
 octave lowered by transposition. 
 
 Octavar, Spa. (Ok-ta-«a»'.) To form octaves on 
 stringed instruments. 
 
 Octave. An interval of eight diatonic sounds, or 
 degrees ; also the name of an organ stop. 
 
 Octave, augmented. An interval consisting 
 of thirteen half steps or semitones. 
 
 Octave clarion. A two feet reed stop in an 
 organ. 
 
 Octave, diminished. An interval consisting 
 of eleven half steps or semitones. ' 
 
 Octave, double. An interval of two octaves, or 
 fifteen notes in diatonic progression. 
 
 Octave fifteenth. An organ stop of bright, 
 sharp tone, sounding an octave above the flfteenth. 
 
 Octave flute. A small fiute an octave higher 
 than the German or ordinary flute; a piccolo. 
 
 Octave-gang, Ger. 0k-tS,t giing.) See Mule of 
 the Octave. 
 
 Octave hautboy. A 4 feet organ reed stop ; the 
 pipes are of the hautboy species. 
 
 Octave, large. The third octave, indicated in 
 the German tablature by capital letters. 
 
 Octave, large, once-marked. The second 
 octave, indicated by capital letters having a sin- 
 gle line below. 
 
 Octave, large, twice-marked. The first oc- 
 tave, Indicated by capital letters having two lines 
 below tbe». 
 
 OCTB 
 
 Octave, perfect. An interval of twelve half- 
 steps or semitones. 
 
 Octaves, consecutive. Two parts moving In 
 unison or octaves with each other. 
 
 Octaves, covered. Certain apparent consecu- 
 tive octaves which occur in harmony, in passing 
 by similar motion to a perfect concord. 
 
 Octaves, disallowed, j. Progressions of two 
 
 Octaves, false, (parts in similar motion 
 
 by octaves. 
 
 Octave, small. The fourth octave, so-called be- 
 cause indicated by small letters in the German 
 tablature. 
 
 Octave, small, Ave times marked. The 
 ninth octave, represented by small letters with 
 four lines above them. 
 
 Octave, small, four times marked. The 
 eighth octave, represented by small letters with 
 four lines above them. 
 
 Octave, smtall, once-marked. The fifth 
 octave, indicated by small letters with one line 
 above them. 
 
 Octave, small, six times marked. The 
 tenth octave, indicated by small letters with six 
 lines above them. 
 
 Octave, smalt, thrice-marked. The seventh 
 octave, indicated by small letters with three lines 
 above them. 
 
 Octave, small, tw^ice-inarked. The sixth 
 octave, indicated by small letters with two lines 
 above them. 
 
 Octaves, short. Those lower octaves of an 
 organ the extreme keys of which, on account of 
 the omission of some of the intermediate notes, lie 
 nearer to each other than those of the full octave. 
 
 Octave stair. A system of notation introduced 
 by a Mr. Adams of New Jersey, which consists of 
 three groups of lines combined, comprising three 
 octaves of ordinary vocal music, dispensing with 
 flats and sharps, and giving to each tone its own 
 position. 
 
 Octave stop. An organ stop an octave above 
 corresponding stops. 
 
 Octave, triple. The tri-diapason of the Greeks ; 
 a twenty-second. 
 
 Optave trumpet stop. An organ stop an oc- 
 tave higher than the ordinary trumpet stop. 
 
 Octave ttvelfth stop. An organ stop the scale 
 of which is an octave above the twelfth. 
 
 OctavHiitchen, Ger. (ok-taf-flflt-kh'n.) An oc- 
 tave flute ; a flageolet. 
 
 Octavfliite, Ger. (ok-t&t-fld-tS.) Octave flute, 
 flageolet; also an organ stop of fourfeet scnle. 
 
 OctavflStlein, Ger. (pk-t&t-JldiAin.) An octave 
 flute. 
 
 Octavilla, Spa. (Ok-ta-uSZ-ya.) An octave. 
 
 Octavin, i'r. (ok-ta-vSnh.) An organ stop of 2 
 feet scale. 
 
 Octavina, Lai. (Si-ta-uS-na.) An old stringed 
 instrument resembling a spinet, about three oc- 
 taves in compass and tuned an octave higher than 
 the spinet and harpsichord. 
 
 Octavine, Fr. (<ik-t&-ven.) The small spinet. 
 Octavilla supra, Sp. (Ok-ta-vSl-ya.) An octave 
 higher. 
 
 Octet. I A composition for eight parts, or foi 
 
 Octett. ) eight voices. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 143 
 
 S ale, & add, S arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, (I toi«, 1i 4m<, tt French sound. 
 
 OCTE 
 
 OcMtto, J^ (Sk-tdt-tO.) An octet. 
 
 Octlphonlum, Lat. (Ok-tS:/S-nI-iim.) A vocal 
 composition in el^bt parts. ' 
 
 Octo-bass. A stringed Instrnment Invented by 
 M. Vuillaume, of Paris,— the low octave of the 
 violincello. It is of colossal size, with three 
 strings, and for the left hand there are moveable 
 keys, by which the string is pressed on the frets 
 placed on the finger-board, with seven other pedal 
 keys for the foot of the player. The sounds are 
 full and strong, of great power without roughness. 
 
 Octochord, Lat. (iA-to-k6rd.) An instrument 
 like a lute, with eight strings. 
 
 Octosenary. (Ok-tO-je-nS-ry.) An instrument 
 of eight strings. 
 
 Octosilabico, Spa. (Ok-tO-sWa-bl-kO.) Consist- 
 ing of eight syllables. 
 
 Octnor, Fr. iSk-twSr.) A piece in eightjparts, or 
 for eight voices or instruments. 
 
 Ode. A Greek word signifying an air or song; a 
 lyrical composition, of greater length and variety 
 than a song, resembling the cantata. 
 
 Odelet. A short ode. 
 
 Odem, ffCT'. (o-d8m.) The breath; see ^(Aem. 
 
 Od^oii, Ger. (O-dS-On.) I A circular building in 
 
 Odeum, Lat. (S-dS-ilm.) I which the ancient 
 Greeks and Ttomans held their festivals; a con- 
 cert room or hall for musical performance. 
 
 Oder, ffe?'. (5-d8r.) Or, or else;/«?'«feod«»'zwei 
 Claviere, for one or two manuals. 
 
 Odicnm, Or. (5-dl-kilm.) Name given by the 
 ancient Greeks to that part of practical music 
 which concerned vocal performance. 
 
 Odlsche mnsik, Ger. (a-di-shS moo-zlk.) Vo- 
 cal music. 
 
 QEuvre, Fr. (Ovr.) Work, composition, piece— 
 a term used in numbering a composer^s pablished 
 works in the order of their publication. 
 
 OEnvre premier, Fr. (ilvr prg-ml-o.) The first 
 work. 
 
 OtFen-nSte, Ger. (df-t'n fio-tS.) An open .flute, 
 organ stop ; see also ClarabSlla. 
 
 Ofertorio, Spa. (0-t6r-i5-ri-0.) Offertory. 
 
 OIKrtoiTe, Fr. (Of-f6r-toar.) ' ) A hymn, 
 
 Offertdrlo, Tt. (Of-f6r-«-i'S-0.) ( prayer, 
 
 Ottertorinja, Lat. (Of-fSr-^o-ri-iim.) (anthem. 
 
 Offertory, Eng. (^-fEr-tO-ry.) ) or instru- 
 
 mental piece sung or played during the collection 
 of the offertory. 
 
 Officinm, Lat. (fit-fl-ehl-nm.) The mass. 
 
 Oflicinm defUmctorum, Lat. (Of/2-shI-nm 
 d6-funk-?^rtim.) A requiem or mass for the dead. 
 
 Oflicinm diurnnm, Lat. (Sf/S-shl-nm dl-Hr- 
 niim.) The horie, the day service in the Catholic 
 chnrch. 
 
 Offlciam divinnm, Lat. (Sf/g-shl-um Al-vi- 
 nhm.) High mass. 
 
 Oflicinm matntinnm, iMt. (Sf/S-ghl-um mS- 
 iS-tl-nttm.) Early mass. 
 
 Oflicinm boctnrnum. Lot. (Bf/8-shl-um nOk- 
 t&r-nim.y The Bora sang at night. ' 
 
 Officinm vespertinum, Lai. (9f/?-shI-um 
 v8s-p6r-<5-nOm.) Vespers, evening service. 
 
 OaeleiAa, It. (0-(E-kla-da.) I Theophicleide; a 
 
 Oflelelde, It. (O-fe-kia-dS.) | French bass horn 
 
 Ogdoastich, Ger. (Og-dO-£B-tIkh.) ', A poem of 
 «jht lines. H 
 
 OPER 
 
 Ohne, Ger. (8-ng.) Without. 
 Oline be^Ietiungen, Ger. 
 
 g'n.) Without accompaniments. 
 Ohne pedale, ~ - - 
 
 (3-nS bS-yfl-toon- 
 
 , Ger. ' (S-n6 pg-'da-lS.) Without 
 
 the pedals. 
 Olitave, Ger. (Ok-td-iS.) Octave, eighth. 
 Olio. A miscellaneous collection of musical pieces. 
 Olivettes, Fr. (0-lI-rft.) The dances of the 
 
 peasants in Province after the olives are gathered. 
 Ollapodrida, Spa. (ol-ia-po-dr-S-da.) An olio. 
 Olmos, Gr. (Sl-mQa.) The mouth of the bombix, 
 
 an ancient wind instrument. 
 Omerti; Hin. (p-mSr-tB.) One of the earliest 
 
 bowed instruments. 
 Omnes, Lat. 
 Omnia, Lai. {or, 
 Once marked octave. The jpame given in 
 
 l^nltl^ All;seeTutti 
 
 Germany to the notes between 
 inclusive ; these notes are ex- 
 pressed by small letters with 
 one short stroke. 
 
 Onde^giam^nto, It. (On-dad-je-a-man-to.) 
 Waving; an undulating or tremulous motion of 
 the sound; also a close shake on the violin. 
 
 Ondegj^dnte, It. (On-dfid-js-are-te.) Waving, 
 undnTating, trembling, 
 
 Ondeggiare, It. (On-dad-jS-a-rg.) Wave the 
 voice. 
 
 Ondegglare la m&uo, It. (On-dad-je-a-rg la 
 mo-no.j An expression signifying that the hand 
 in beating time must be waived to mark the last 
 part of the measure. 
 
 Ondnl^, Fr. (8nh-dil-iB.) Waiving, trembling. 
 
 Ondnllren, Ger. (On-doo-^-r'n.) A tremulous 
 tone in singing or in playing the violin, etc. 
 
 Ongarese, It. (0T\-g&-rS-zS7} ] ti„„„„,.„„ 
 
 Ongherese, It.^ (On-ghg-ro-z5.) f Hungarian. 
 
 Onglenr, Fr. (Onh-glfir.) An old term for a per- 
 former on the lyre, harp, etc. 
 
 Onzleme, Fr. (6nh-zhl-am.) Eleventh. 
 
 Open diapason. An organ stop, generally made 
 of metal, and thus called because the pipes aru 
 open at the top. It commands the whole scale, 
 and is the most import.ant stop of the instrument. 
 
 Open Karmoiiy. See Dispersed Harmony. 
 
 Open note. A note on the open string of a viu- 
 fin, etc. 
 
 Open pedal. The right hand pedal of a piano- 
 lorte; that which raises the dampers and allowt< 
 the vibrations of the strings to continue. 
 
 Open stop. That which regulates the open pipei<. 
 
 Open string. The string of a violin, etc., when 
 not pressed by the finger. 
 
 Open tone. A tone produced on an open string. 
 
 Open nnlson stop. The open diapason stop. 
 
 Oper, Ger. (5-pgr.) ( A drama set to music, for 
 
 Opera, It. tfl-pg-ra.) j voices and instruments, 
 airs, choruses, etc., and with scenery, decora- 
 tions and action. The term is also applied to 
 any work, or publication of a composer; see 
 also Opus. 
 
 Opera bdffe. It. (5-pg-rft boof-fg.) Comic opera. 
 
 Opera, comic. An opera interspersed witli 
 fight songs, amusing incidents, dances, etc. 
 
 ■Opera dfcftmera,7<. (o-pg-i-a d6-*o-mg-ra.) A 
 short opera to be performed in a room. 
 
144 
 
 PEOWOUNCING MUSICAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 "i ale, S. add, S, arm, 5 eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, il 6m<, U French sound. 
 
 OPER 
 
 Oper-diehter, Ger. (5-p6-ra dttA-tSr.) , An 
 
 operatic poet; writer of operatic librettos. 
 Opera ^lass. An optical instrument of low 
 magnifying power designed to enable a person 
 to see with more distinctness at the opera, the- 
 atre, etc. 
 Opera, g;rand. An opera consisting of a deep 
 and intricate plot and a great variety of inciden- 
 tal events. 
 
 Opem-sncker. Ger. op-&vn gookSr.) An op- 
 era glass. 
 
 Opem-bans, Ger. (Sp-Sin hous.) Opera house. 
 
 Opera house. A building erected with special 
 regard to musical effects with all the scenes and 
 appliances required for operatic performances.' 
 
 Op£i*a li^roiqne, Fr. (O-parra ha-rO-5i.) An 
 heroic opera. 
 
 Opera libretto. The text of an opera ; a small 
 book containing the words of an opera. 
 
 Opera prima, It. (O-pa-ra pre-ma.) Mrst pro- 
 - auction. 
 
 Operu-saal, Ger. (j-pgru sal.) An opera saloon. 
 
 Opern-san{S;erln, Ger. (S-pern sdn-ghi-rin.) An 
 
 opera singer- 
 Opera season. The period during which ope- 
 ratic performances take place. 
 
 Opera seeonda, It. (5-pa-ra sS-kOn-da.) Second 
 production. 
 
 Opera s^mi s^vla,. It. (o-ps^rii sst-ms sS-rS-a.) 
 A semi-serious opera of a romantic cast,-neither 
 comic nor tragic. 
 
 Opera s^.ria. It. (o-pa-ra sd-rB-&.) i A s e- 
 
 Op^ra s^rieux, Fr. (S-pa-ra sa-ri-ah.) j r i o u s , 
 or tragic opera. 
 
 Operatic. In the style of an opera. 
 
 Operatic concert. A performance of music 
 selected from the opera. 
 
 Opera troupe, A company of singers associated 
 together for the purpose of giving operas. 
 
 Opem-zettel, Ger. 0-p6m tsSt-t'l.) A play 
 bill of an opera. 
 
 Operetta, It. (0-p6-rat-ta.) I A s h o r t opera, 
 
 Operette, Ger. (0-p6-ret-t6.) f sometimes inter- 
 spersed with dialogue. 
 
 Operist, Ger. (a-pS-rist.) An opera singer. 
 
 Oper-mS,dc1ien, Ger. (0-p6r mad-MiSr^) Opera 
 girl, opera singer. 
 
 Opern-baus, Ger. (o-pgrn hous.) Opera house. 
 
 Opem-sanger, Ger. (a-pgrn sang-&r.) Opera 
 singer. 
 
 Ophicleide. (^-i-klld.) A large bass wind in- 
 trument of brass, of modern invention, some- 
 times used in large orchestras, but chiefly in mil- 
 itary music. It has a compass of three octaves 
 and the tone is loud and of deep pitch. 
 
 Ophicleide stop. The most powerful manual 
 reed stop known, in an organ, of 8 or 4 feet scale 
 and is usually placed upon a separate sound- 
 board, with a great pressure of wind. 
 
 Ophicleidist. A performer on the ophicleide. 
 
 Opus, Lat. (O-pUs.) I Work; composition : as. 
 
 Opus, Ger. (5-poos.) ( Op. 1, the first work or pub- 
 lication of a composer. 
 
 Opuscnlmn, Lat. (S-pis-kS-l'im.) ■ A «bort, or 
 little work. 
 
 OREO 
 
 Opus postumnm, Lat. (o-piis p9s-2^-miim.) A 
 posthumous work, published after the death of a 
 composer. 
 Oracion, Spa. (0-ra-thS-5».) Oration : a part of 
 
 the mass. 
 Ora,sc,Fr. (O-razh.) A siorm,' the name of an 
 organ stop intended to imitate the noise of a 
 storm, 
 Oratoire, Fr. (Sr-'i-twdr.) Oratorio. 
 Oratorio. A species of musical drama consisting 
 of airs, recitatives, trios, choruses, etc. It is 
 foundednpon some Scriptural narrative, and per 
 formed' vrithout the aid of scenery and action. 
 Orat<Srio, It. (Or-a-M-ii-O,) ) 
 
 Oratorinni, Lat. (fir-S.-to-ri-'am.) J- Oratorio. 
 
 Oratorinm, Ger. (or-a-^o-rl-oom.) ) 
 
 Orchestra. That portion of a theatre or concert 
 room where the musicians play ; the term is als</ 
 applied to the performers themselves, collectively. 
 
 Orchester, Ger. (Or-khSs-tSr.) ) 
 
 Orchestra, It. (Or-kas-tra.) \. The orchestra. 
 
 Orhchestre, Fr. (8r-kSstr.) ) 
 
 Orchester- verein, Ger. (Or-i^s-t§r vSr-rto.) 
 An orchestral society ; instrumental association. 
 
 Orch^sographie, Fr. (rb-io-so-graf-g.) I The 
 
 Orcbestrik, Ger. (Or-/:^s-trik.) fart of 
 
 scientific dancing for the ballet. 
 
 Orchestique, Fr. (8r-kSs-«?A;.) An old term, 
 meaning the art of dancing; belonging to dancing. 
 
 Orchestra, full. A general combination of 
 stringed and wind instruments. , 
 
 Orchestral. Belonging to the orchestra. 
 
 Orchestral concert. A 'performance of mis- 
 cellaneous music by an orchestra. 
 
 Orchestral music. Music composed for a 
 number of instruments. 
 
 Orchestra, stringed. An orchestra formed 
 exclusively of stringed instruments. 
 
 Orchestration. The performance of an orches- 
 tra; the arranging of music for an orchestra; 
 scoring; instrumentation. 
 
 Orchestrer, Fr. (Or-kes-irS.) To score. 
 
 Orchestrina. .(Or-kSs-^rS-na.) I An instrument 
 
 Orchestrion. '(or-Hs-tri-On.) (combining the 
 power and variety of a fall orchestra with cre- 
 scendo and diminuendo. 
 
 Orden de epistola, Spa. (Or-dSn dg &-pds-to- 
 la.) The office of singing the epistles at the mass. 
 
 Ordiniirio, It. (Or-dS-no-rS-0.) Ordinary, usual, 
 common ; a tempo ordindrio, in the usual time, 
 
 Ordine, It. (Or-(i5-ng.) The arrangement of 
 many parts to make a whole. 
 
 Ordine di quatro corde. It. (Or-(i5-ng de 
 qua-tYQ kor-de.) A term in ancient mnsic applied 
 to a tetrachord, and signifying a whole one, com- 
 posed of, and divisible by, four chords. 
 
 Ordines, Lat. (tSr-dl-nes.) The register, or stop, 
 in an organ. 
 
 Or^cchia, /*. (O-ra-kS-a.) I mx,^ „„, 
 
 Or^ccbiol It. . (0-m-kB-o.) \ ^^^ ^^^ 
 
 Orecchia musicale. It. (0-rat-kS-a moo-ze-i:a- 
 IS.) A musicalear. 
 
 Orecchiante, It. (o-ra<-ks-an-tg.) Singing by 
 ear. 
 
 Or^cchi, It. pi. fo-ro^-ks.) j 
 
 Or^cehie, It: pi. (o-ra^-k?-?.) j 
 
 The ears. 
 
PRONOUNCING MTTSICAL DICTIONAKY. 
 
 145 
 
 S ale, & add, a arm, B eve, & end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, C dove, oo moon, H lute, u but, 11 French sound. 
 
 OREI 
 
 Oreille mnslcale, Fr. (o-ra-yiih mfl-zl-iai.) 
 A musical ear. 
 
 Or^a, Spa. (0-i«-hg.) The ear. 
 
 Orndigh, Iri. (Oi'-fS-deh.) Musicians of the or- 
 chestra. 
 
 Organ, The largest and most harmonious of wind 
 instruments of music, of very ancient origin, used 
 in churches and large concert halls. It contains 
 numerous pipes of various kinds and dimensions 
 and of multifarious tones and powers ; in solem- 
 nity, grandeur, and rich volume of tone it stands 
 preeminent over every other instrument. 
 
 Organarii, Lat. (Or-gSn-a-r[-S.) Among the an- 
 cients, those' who performed on the hydraulic 
 organ, and controlled it by means of Iceys and 
 stops. 
 
 Organ, barrel. A hand organ. 
 
 Organ bellows. A machine for supplying the 
 pipes of an organ with wind. 
 
 Organ bloiver. One who works the bellows of 
 an organ. 
 
 Organ, bulTet. A very small organ. 
 
 Organ, cabinet. An improvement on the reed 
 organ, designed fc^ the* parlor and for small 
 churches. 
 
 Organ, choir. In an organ with three rows of 
 keys, the first or lower row, usedj to accompany 
 the choir, solos, duets, etc. 
 
 Organe, J"?". (Or-jyan.) An organ. 
 
 Organ, enliarnionic. I An instrument of 
 
 Organ, enharmonic, f American origin, con- 
 taining three or four times the usual number of 
 distinct sounds within the compass of an octave, 
 furnishing the precise intervals for every key, the 
 tones comprising the scale of each key being pro- 
 duced by pressing a pedal corresponding to its 
 key note. i 
 
 Organ^tto, It. (Br-gSn-ai-tO.) A small organ. 
 
 Organ, fnll. An organ performance with all the 
 registers or stops in use. 
 
 Organ, great. In an organ with three rows of 
 keys, usually the middle row, so called because it 
 contains the greatest number of stops, and the 
 pipes are voiced louder than those in the swell or 
 choir organ. ■ 
 
 Organ, hand. A common wind instrument car- 
 
 • ■ ried about the street, consisting of a cylinder, 
 turned by hand, the revolution of which causing 
 the machinery to 'act upon the keys, produces a 
 
 . number of welKknown airs and tunes. 
 
 Organ, harmonium. A reed instrument, the 
 reeds of which are voiced to imitate organ stops. 
 
 Organ, hydranlic. An invention of Ctesibius, 
 of Alexandria. Its construction is unknown. 
 
 Organic. Epithet applied by the ancients to that 
 part of practical music which concerned instru- 
 mental performance. 
 
 Organtcal. Belating to the organ. 
 
 Organillo, Spa. (Or-gan-?i-yO.) A chamber or- 
 gan, a parlor organ. 
 
 Organl^ne, Fr. QiT-gija..ik.) Eelating to the 
 organ. 
 
 Orgel masilx, Ger. (or-gh'l moo-zlk.) Organ 
 music 
 
 Organist. A playier on the orgaio. 
 
 Organf E«ta. It. iot-gaa-it ii.) I . _ o,~«irt 
 
 ORGA 
 
 Organlstlc. An epithet applied to music com- 
 posed for the oi;gan. 
 
 Organi trocfili. It. pi. (Cr-g's-nS vO-^lS.) The 
 vocal organs. 
 
 Organizar, Spa. (Or-gSn-WAar.) To tme an 
 organ. 
 
 Organizare, Lat. (Or-gSn-I-eo-rS.) To organize, 
 to sin^ in parts. 
 
 Organized lyre. An instrument by which the 
 performer can imitate the lyre, harp, pianoforte, 
 etc., the instrument being fingered like the guitar 
 lyre. 
 
 Organized pianoforte. An instrument con- 
 sisting of an organ and pianoforte, so conjoined 
 that the same set of keys serve for both, or for 
 either singly, at the pleasure of the performer. 
 
 Organizing. Arranging in parts. 
 
 Organ lofC That part of the gallery of a church 
 where the organ is placed. 
 
 Organ melodeon. A melodeon having a reg- 
 ister of stops similar to those of an organ. 
 
 Organ, mouth. The shepherd's pipe; Pandean 
 pipes. 
 
 Organ movement. The complex machinery 
 ofthe interior of an organ. 
 
 Organ music. Voluntaries, anthems, chants, 
 etc., composed for the organ, or which require 
 the organ to accompany them. 
 
 Organo, It. (OMo-nO.) j. ^ 
 
 Organo, S2)a. (Or-ffa-no.) f ■»■" ™„an. 
 
 Organo-chordiuni, Lat. (Sr-f^a-ns kdr-SLVtm.) 
 An instrument invented by Vogler, at Stockholm, 
 in 179T. 
 
 Organo-lyricon, It. (Or-g'a-nO llr-S-kOn.) A 
 French instrument similar to an organ but more 
 complex, and giving the tones of a greater num- 
 ber of instruments. 
 
 Organo di campfina. It. (pr-gd-nO dg kilm- 
 j)a-na.) An organ. with bells. 
 
 Organographie, Lat. (Br-gSn-O-g'r^/'-S.) A de- 
 scription of an organ and all its various stops. 
 
 Organologie. Lat. (Br-gSn-0-/d-jS.) Instructions 
 for using all the various organ stops. 
 
 Organo picciolo. It. (oi-gd-no pgt-tshg-^-lo.) 
 A small or chamber organ. 
 
 Organo pi^no. It. (Dr-ga-iiO pB-o-nO.) j. The 
 
 Organo pl^no, Lat. (pr-ga-nO pla-no.) ) full or- 
 gan with all the stops drawn. 
 
 Organo portfttUe, It. (Or-ga-nO pOr-tar«5-lS.) 
 A portable organ. 
 
 Organo simplex. Lat. (Br-g'a-nO sim-plSx.) A 
 term occurring frequently in the writings of the 
 mnsical monks.and seems to mean the unisonous 
 accompaniment of a single voice in the versicles 
 of the service. 
 
 Organorum intabulaturse, Lat. (5r-gS-n;- 
 rum in-t&-hi.-\&-tu-rS.) The general name formerly 
 given to voluntaries, preludes and all composi- 
 tions for the organ. 
 
 Organ, parlor. An organ adapted by its size 
 and tone to a parlor. 
 
 Organ, partial. A series of pipes collected in 
 one group and forming a part, though complete in 
 itaolf, of the entire organ. 
 
 Onpui point. A long pedal note, or etationaiy 
 bsBS, upon which la formed a secies of cbatit, <x 
 heumonic i*Dgr68BionB. 
 
146 
 
 PRONOTTNCING MTTSIOAL DICTIONABT. 
 
 i ale, & add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, 1 ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 tei«, ft ftwi, tt French sound. 
 
 ORGA 
 
 Organ, nneumatlc An organ moved by wind, 
 60 called by the ancients to distinguish it from 
 the hydraulic organ, which is moved by water. 
 
 Organ, reed. An organ of small size, the keys 
 of which open valves that allow the wind from 
 the bellows to act upon reeds. 
 
 Organ stop. A collection of pipes of like tone 
 and quality, passing through the whole or a 
 greater part of the compass of an organ ; a reg- 
 ister. 
 
 Organ, swell. In an organ with three rows of 
 keys, usually the upper row, controlling one or 
 more sets of pipes enclosed by a set of sliding 
 shutters, the opening or closing of which by the 
 swell pedal increases or diminishes the tone by 
 degrees, at the pleasure of the performer. 
 
 Organ-tone. A tone that commences, contin- 
 ues, and closes with an uniform degree of power. 
 
 Organum. A word used in various senses by the 
 ancient composers. Sometimes it meant the or- 
 gan itself; at other times it meant that kind of 
 choral accompaniment which comprehended the 
 whole harmony then known, also, a brazen vessel 
 forming a principal part of the hydraulic organ. 
 
 Organdto, It. (Or-ga-noo-tO.) Organical. 
 
 Orgel, Ger. (Br-ghil.) An organ. 
 
 Orgel-biilge, Ger. (Sr-ghgl 6a^gh8.) Organ bel- 
 lows. 
 
 Orgel-bank, Ger. (Sr-ghSl bank.) Organist's 
 seat. 
 
 Orgel-baner, Ger. (dr-ghU ftOM-Er.) Organ 
 builder. 
 
 Orgel-biiline, Ger. (5/--ghSl 6u-nS.) I Organ 
 
 Orgel-clior, Ger. (or-ghel kor.) (loft. 
 
 Orgel-geliiluse, Ger. (5r-gh81 ghS-hoy-ze.) Or- 
 gan case. 
 
 Orgel-kasten, Ger. (Sr-ghSl Ws-t'n.) A cabi- 
 net organ; organ case. 
 
 Orgel-Klang, Ger. (Sr-ghel kldng.) Sound or 
 tone of an organ. 
 
 Orgel-kunst, Ger. (or-ghSl koonst.) The art 
 of organ playing ; art of constructing an organ. 
 
 Orgefn, Ger. (or-gSln.) To play on the organ. 
 
 Orgel-pfeife, ffisr. (5r-gSl ;^/ 5-fg.) Organ pipe. 
 
 Orgel-platz. Ger. (or-ghel iMts.) Organ loft. 
 
 Orgel-pnnlct, Ger. (or-g'l poonkt.) Organ 
 point. 
 
 Orgel-sciinle, Ger. (Sr-gl shoo-]S.) School or 
 method for the organ. 
 
 Orgel-spiel, Ger. (5r-g'l spil.) Playing on an 
 organ; piece played on an organ. 
 
 Orgel-spieler, Ger. (or-g'l «pe-16r.) An organ 
 player. 
 
 Orgel-stein, Ger. (dr-g'l stln.) Pan's pipes. 
 
 Orgel-stimme, Ger. (ar-g'l s<5m-mg.) How of 
 pipes in an organ. „,..,, s „ 
 
 Orgel-stttcke, Ger. (Sr-g'i s<!i-kS.) Organ pieces. 
 
 Orgel-treter, Ger. (Sr-g'l tret-Sr.) Organ 
 ireaaer, bellows tender, or bellows blower. 
 
 -Orgel-'virtuose, Ger. (5r-g'l vlr-too-^zB.) An 
 accomplished organ player. 
 
 Orgel-:zag, Cfer. (l>r-g'i tsoog.) Organ stop, or 
 row of pipes. 
 
 <(»i'gne,-PT. rorgi) An orgaoi , 
 
 Ar^ie a tbiinii«W, ^V. prg S. tob-Sha.) Finger 
 
 KfflDH. 
 
 ORQU 
 
 Orgne de salon, Fr. (Org dth s3-1Snh.) I 
 
 Orgne expressif, Fr. (org 6gz-prS-s5f.) j 
 The harmonium, 
 
 Orgue hydranliqne, Fr. (Org hi-dr0-15k.) Hy- 
 draulic organ; water organ. 
 
 Orgue plein, Fr. (OrgplJnh.) Full organ; all 
 the stops drawn. 
 
 Orgne portatif, Fr. (Org pOr-ta-tSf.) ) 
 
 Orgue portatif de barbarie, Fr. (Org pOr- >• 
 ta-tef duh bUr-bii-rS.) ) 
 
 A portable organ, a barrel organ, a street organ. 
 
 Orgue positif, Fr. (Org p6-zi-tef.) The choir 
 organ in a large organ ; also a small fixed organ, 
 thus named in opposition to a portative organ. 
 
 Orgues a eau, Fr. (Org sa 0.) Water organs. 
 
 Orgues de barbarie, Fr. (Org dQh bar-ba-r5.) 
 Barbarian organs — an epithet applied by the 
 French to street organs. 
 
 Oricalco, It. (O-tB-kal-'ko.) Trumpet. 
 
 OriHcio, /<. (0-rg-/«-tshe-0.) I The orifice of or- 
 
 Oriflzio, It. (O-re/e-tsg-o.) j gan pipes, in front 
 and at the top. 
 
 Originalitat, Ger. (0-rig-i-nai-I-tat.) Originality 
 in composition. , 
 
 Original key. The key in which a composition 
 is written. 
 
 Originell, Ger. (O-rig-I-n^/^.) Original. 
 
 Oricus. The name of one of the ten tones used in 
 the middle ages. 
 
 Orlo, S2KI. (Or-lO.) A wind instrument. 
 
 Ornamental counterpoint. A kind of coun- 
 terpoint admitting the use and mixture of every 
 kind of note. 
 
 Ornamental notes. Appoggiaturas, grace 
 notes; all notes not forming an essential part of 
 the harmony, but introduced as embellishments. 
 
 Ol*nam€nti, It. pt. (Or-na-man-tc.) Ornaments, 
 graces, embellishments, as the appoggiatura, 
 turn, shake, etc. 
 
 Ornatam^nte, It. (Or-na-ta-man-tS.) ) r n a- 
 
 Orn&to, It. (Or-na-tO.) (me nted, 
 
 adorned, embellished. 
 
 Ornate. (Or-nSt.) A style of music, or musical 
 execution, highly ornamental. 
 
 Ornements, Fr. (Orn-manh.) Graces, embell- 
 ishments. 
 
 Orotund. A mode of intonation directly from the 
 larynx, which has a fullness, clearness, smooth- 
 ness, and ringing quality which form the highest 
 perfection of the human voice. 
 
 Orpharion. (Or/a-ri-On.) An old instrument of 
 the lute species, with more strings and frets than 
 the lute; the strings were of wire. 
 
 Orph^on, Fr. (8r-fa-8nb.) I S p e c i es of 
 
 Orpli^oron. Fr. (Or/a-O-rBnh.) (musical instru- 
 ments, of which nothing is now known. 
 
 Orpheus. XSr-fa-ue.) A poet in Greek mythology, 
 said to have the power of moving inanimate bodies 
 by the music of his lyre. 
 
 Orphens-harmonie. An instrument of the 
 piano and harpsichord class. ^ 
 
 Orphlca. Certain mystic poems, incorrectly 
 ascribed to Orphans. 
 
 ertalning to Orpheoi^ 
 As brOheetMk 
 
PRONOTJITOING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 147 
 
 & ale, S add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, Q lute, & iu<, 11 French sound. 
 
 ORRI 
 
 OrrlBOnante, It. (Or>rS-zO-na»-tg.) Horrid 
 sounding. 
 
 Orthian, Or. (8r-thl-an.) A term applied by the 
 ancients to a dactylic nome or song. 
 
 Orthian mode. In the Orthian style; one of the 
 Greek musical modes. 
 
 Orthlsch, Gr. (oc-thish.) { „, , . 
 
 Orthlsch, Ger. (Sr-tish.) f ^igh, acute. 
 
 Orthoepik, GV. (Or-tho-S-pik.) I Theartofcor- 
 
 Orthoeplk, Ger. (Or-tO-S-pik.) (rect verbal 
 declamation in singing. 
 
 Orthophony. (jiT-thQf -O-Jiy.) A systematic cul- 
 tivation of the voice. 
 
 Orthotonie, Gr. (Br-W5-tO-nB.) I Correct ac- 
 
 Orthotonie, Ger. {Or-to-tO-ni.) J centuation in 
 singing. 
 
 Os&nna, It. (G-z^n-nil.) Hosauna. 
 
 Osannare, i<. (o-ziln-na-rS.) Tosingbosannas. 
 
 Oscillation. The vibration of tones in organ 
 tuning, etc. 
 
 Oscnro, It. (iSs-J;oo-rO.) Obscure? a term ap- 
 plied to black notes. 
 
 OsaerT&nza, It. (Os-sSr-iian-tsii.) Observation, 
 attention, strictness in keeping time. 
 
 olM'. %Sli)\ Or, otherwise, or else. 
 
 Ossfa pin f&cile. It. (Os-se-S p5-oo /a-tshs-lS.) 
 Or else in this more easy manner. 
 
 Ostin&to, It. {Os-iM-na-tO.) Obstinate, contin- 
 noas, unceasing; adhering to some peculiar mel- 
 odial figure, or group of notes. 
 
 Otacoustic. Assisting the sense of hearing 
 
 Oter ce oui assonrdit, Fr. (o-ta silh kS Ss- 
 soor-dg.) To unmuffle a bell. 
 
 Otez les anches, Fr. (0-tS IS sfinhsh.) Re- 
 move, or push in the reeds. 
 
 Othem, Ger. (o-tSm.) The breath. 
 
 Otinm, Lat. (5-shi-um.) Adagio, slowly, with 
 
 frace and ease. 
 tardo,/2. (8t-tiir-d0.) Octachord ; a system of 
 eight sounds. 
 Ottdva, It. (Bt-^o-vS.) An octave, an eighth. 
 Ott&va dita. It. (ot-fo-va M-t&.) The octave 
 
 above, an octave higher; marked thus-, 8va. 
 OttdiVa bfissa, It, Kt-td-vS, bSs-sii.) The octave 
 below, marked thus, 8va bSssa. 
 
 OXYT 
 
 OttaTarima, It. fB^ta-va-rg-ma.) Italian stan- 
 zas of eight-rhymed verses. 
 
 Ottawa supra. It. (Ot-ta-vS soo-prS.) The octavo 
 above. 
 
 Ottavfna, It. (8t-ta-«5-na.) The higher octave. 
 
 Ottavfno, It. (Bt-ta-D?-nO.) The Jldttto piccolo, 
 or small octave flute. 
 
 Ottemole. A group of eight notes, marked with 
 the figure 8. 
 
 Ott^tto, It. (pt-tat-to.) A composition in eight 
 parts, or for eight voices or instruments. 
 
 Ottupia, 7^. (ot-^oo-pG-a.) An expression imply- 
 ing common time, or a measure of four times, 
 marked with a C, or semicircle placed at the be- 
 ginning of the movement. 
 
 On, Fr. (00.) Or. 
 
 Ongab, Heb. (oo-gab.) An ancient instrument 
 formed of reeds of unequal lengths bound to- 
 gether. 
 
 Oule, J'r. (oo-S.) The hearing; Vouie d'vn in- 
 strument; the sound-hole of an instrument. • 
 
 Outer voices. The highest and lowest voices. 
 
 Out of tune. Want of tune ; discord. 
 
 Ouvert, Fr. (oo-vdr.) Open. 
 
 Ouverture, Fr. (oo-vSr-tlir.) ) An introduc- 
 
 Overtdra, Jt. (O-vSr-ioo-ra.) ( tory symphony 
 
 Overture, Ger. (O-fSr-too-rg.) f to an oratorio. 
 
 Overture, .E'ng'. (a-vgr-tshOr.) J opera, etc., gen- 
 erally consisting of three or four different move- 
 ments ; also an independent piece for a full band 
 or orchestra, in which case it is called a concert 
 overture. 
 
 Overtdra di b&llo. It. (O-vfir-too-ra da bai-lo.) 
 An overture composed upon or introducing dance 
 melodies. 
 
 Overstrung pianoforte. Where the strings 
 of at least two of the lowest octaves are raiseci, 
 running diagonally in respect to the other strings 
 above them. 
 
 Ovraggio, It. (p-vrdd-ie-O.) Opus, work. 
 
 Oxipycni, Gr. (Bx-i-pi«-ng.) Name given by the 
 ancient Greeks to high sounds. 
 
 Oxyphonos, Gr. (Bx-5/-0-nB3.) The person who 
 sung a high part- 
 
 Oxyphony. Acuteness or shrillness of voice. 
 
 Oxytone. An acute sound. 
 
148 
 
 PEONOTJNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 i ale, & add, a arm, S eve, S end, i ice, i ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, u but, t French sound. 
 
 PACA 
 
 Pacatam^nte, It. (pa-ka-ta-mara-tS.) Placidly, 
 quietly, calmly. 
 
 Pteaii. 1 Among the ancients a song of rejoicing 
 
 Pean. jin honor of Apollo; a loud and joyous 
 song ; a song of triumph. 
 
 Pages, dancing. Boys who take part in the 
 services of the cathedral at Seville, dancing with 
 castanets in their hands and singing with the 
 orchestra. 
 
 Pagina, It. (pa-jS-nS.) A page or folio. 
 
 Paisana, Spa. (pa-i-sa-na.) A Spanish country 
 dance. 
 
 Palco, It. (piil-ko.) The stage of a theatre. 
 
 Palillo, Spa. (pa-Z8Z-yD.) A drumstick. 
 
 Pallet, A spring valve in the >vind chest of an 
 organ covering a channel leading to a pipe or 
 pipes. 
 
 Palinadilla, Spa. (pai-ma-tfSi-ya.) A Spanish 
 dance. 
 
 Palmeiodicon. An instrument similar to the 
 harmpnica, played upon by the friction of the fin- 
 gers of the performer. 
 
 Palmula, Lat. (pai-mt2-la.) The keys of an in- 
 strument. 
 , Falote, Spa. (pa-Za-tS.) A drnmstick. 
 
 Paloteado, Spa. (pa-lo-tS-o-do.) Bustic dance 
 performed with sticks. 
 
 Pamlie. A small Indian drum. 
 
 Famnla, Lat. (pa-mH-U.) An old name for the 
 manual keys of an organ, etc. 
 
 Fan. One of the deities in Grecian mythology, so 
 called because he exhilirated the minds of all the 
 gods with the music of his pipe which he in- 
 vented, and with the cithern, which he played 
 'skilfully as soon as he was born. 
 
 Panarmion, &r. (pa-«ar-mi-On.) A wind instru- 
 ment used by the ancient Greeks, consisting, as 
 far as known, of an assemblage of pipes, each 
 hole being capable of emitting three and some- 
 times more sounds. 
 
 Panathenae, Gr. (pd-nSrt!ia-ne.) An Athe- 
 nian festival at which contests in singing and 
 playing ou the flute and cithera were held. 
 
 Panajylon, Gi: (pa-na-lOn.) The G flute, a new 
 species of flute invented by Prof. Bayr„which has 
 flfteen keys and five whole tones below added to 
 its compass; the inventor produced from it 
 double notes, as thirds, fourths, sixths, etc., 
 which in the softer keys sound like musical 
 
 Pandean. An epithet formed from the name of 
 Pan, and applied to any music adapted to the 
 FistulOB Panis, or Pipes of Pan. 
 
 Pandean pipes. ) One of the most ancient 
 
 Pan's pipes. f and simple of musical instru- 
 ments ; it was made of reeds or tubes of diffterent 
 lengths, fastened together and tuned to each 
 other, stopped at the bottom and blown into by 
 the mouth, at the top. 
 
 Pandect, musical. A treatise comprising the 
 entire harmonic science. 
 
 Panderada, Spa. (pan-d5-ra4a.) A number of 
 timbrels joined in concert. 
 
 Pandereiear, Spa. (,pSn-iSlS-iSriS.dr.) To play 
 on the timbrel. 
 
 Vaauleifo,Spa. (paa>dil-io>) A timbrel. 
 
 PARA 
 
 Pandoran, &?■. (pJn-tig-rSn.) "i An ancient 
 
 Panddra, It. (pan-tiS-ra.) stringed instru- 
 
 Fandore, Ger. (pan-do-rS.) y ment r e s e m - 
 
 Panditra, It. (pan-doo-ra.) bling a lute, a 
 
 Fandure, Fr. (p'Anh-dUr.) J small Polish 
 lute, a Bandore; see Bandora. 
 
 Panharmonicon. An automatic instrument in- 
 vented by Maelzel, which produced the sounds of 
 a variety of instruments. 
 
 Fantaleone. (paffl-ta-16-S-nS.) An old instrument 
 invented by Hebenstroit, and much celebrated in 
 the beginning of the eighteenth century. 'It was 
 more than nine feet long, nearly four feet wide 
 and had one hundred and eighty-six strings of 
 gut, which were played on with two small sticks 
 like the tulcimer. 
 
 Pantalon, Fr. (panh-ta-lSnh.) One of the move- 
 ments of the quadrille; also, the name of an old 
 instrument of the dulcimer species, but larger; 
 see Pantaleone. 
 
 Fantalpnnade, Fr. (panh-ta-lOnh-nad.) A pan- 
 taloon dance; a merry dance of buifoons. 
 
 Fantomima, It. (^jcsB-tO-mS-ma.) Pantomime. 
 
 Pantomime. An entertainment in which not a 
 word is spoken or sung, but the sentiments are 
 expressed by mimicry and gesticulation accom- 
 panied by instrumental music. 
 
 Fantomimist. One who acts in a pantomime. 
 
 Fantomiuio, It. (^jan-tO-mS-mO.) A pantomime 
 player. 
 
 Pantomimns, Lat. (;;an-tO-m3-mQs.) Panto- 
 mime. 
 
 Papageno-flSte, Ger. (pa-pa-ghSn-o flfit.) Pan's 
 pipe, mouth organ. 
 
 Para, Gr. (po-ra.) Near. 
 
 Paracontacion. (pa-ra-k8n-<«-si-8n.) Alter- 
 nating singing, formerly much in vogue in the 
 Greek church. 
 
 Paraerostic. A poetical composition, in which 
 the first verse contains in order, all the letters 
 which commence the remaining verses of the 
 poem. 
 
 Parademarscli, Ger. (pa-ro-dS-mairsA.) Grand 
 march. 
 
 Faradetas, Spa. (parrardS-^os.) A kind of Span- 
 ish dance. 
 
 Paradiazeuxis, Gr. (pa-)'a-dl-a-zfla;-is.) The 
 name given by the ancients to an interval be- 
 tween two tetrachords consisting of one tone. 
 
 Faradiddle. A drum beat. 
 
 Faradis, Fr. (pSr-a-dS.) The upper gallery of a 
 play house. 
 
 Paradoxus, Gr. (pSr-a-diiaj-iis.) The winner of 
 the prize in the musical Olympic games of the 
 ancients. 
 
 Parafoni suoni. It. (par-a/d-n€ swo-nS.) Sounds 
 having between them the interval of a fourth or 
 fifth, or their double, and therefore concordant. 
 
 Para hypate, Gr. (pa-ra hi-^a-tS.) The next 
 sound above the gravest of the lowest of the an- 
 cient diapason or octave. 
 
 Pa4.*allel intervals. Intervals passing in two 
 parallel parts in the same direction ; consecutive 
 ii^tervate. 
 
 Parallctl keys. The major ajid its relative 
 
PRON0UN0IN& MUSICAL DICTXOWAKY. 
 
 149 
 
 S ale, S add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, fi odd, 6 dove, oo moon, n lute, i but, 11 French sound. 
 
 PAEA 
 
 Parallel motion. When the parte continue on 
 
 the Bame degree, and onl^ repeat the same sounds ; 
 
 also, two parts continuing their course and still 
 
 remaining at exactly the same distance A:om each 
 
 other. 
 Paramese, Or. (pSr-S-mS-zS.) The fifth string 
 
 of the lyre ; see Bypate. 
 Paranete, Gr. (par-a-nffi-tS.) The sixth string 
 
 of the lyre ; see Hyjiate. 
 Parapbonoi, Gr. (pS-ra-iB-noi.) Certain com- 
 
 hinations in ancient music, which were neither 
 
 concords nor discords, but between both. 
 Paraphrase. An explanation of some text or 
 
 passage in a more clear and ample manner than 
 
 IS expressed in the words of the author. 
 Parat, Wei. (pa-rSt.) To sing. 
 Paratretos, Gr. (pa-7a-tra-tos.) A kind of flute 
 
 for playing mournful airs. 
 Paratripemata, Gr. (po-ra-trS-pS^mo-tS.) Name 
 
 given by the ancients to the side apertures of 
 
 their flutes. 
 Pardessns de viole, Fr. (pSr-das-stt dtth vg- 
 
 Sl.) The treble viol. 
 Parfoit, Fr. (pSr/a.) Perfect, as to intervale, etc. 
 Parhypate, Or. (par-M-7>a-te.) The second string 
 
 of the ly'6; see Hypate. 
 Parisienne, Fr. (pS-rS-zI-Sn.) A patriotic song 
 
 of the French revolution of 1830. 
 Parlfindo, /t. (pSr-iare-dO.) I Accented; in a 
 Parlfinte, It. (,pS,r-ldn^t6.) | declamatory style ; 
 
 in a recitative or spealcing style. 
 Parlor organ. A small organ suited to a private 
 
 dwelling. 
 Parnassns. A mountain in Greece, celebrated 
 
 in mythology as sacred to Apollo and the Muses, 
 
 and famous, also, for the Castilian spring and the 
 
 temple of Apollo. 
 Parodia, It. (pS-rC-dS-a.) A parody; music or 
 
 words slightly altered, and adapted to some new 
 
 purpose. 
 Parodiare, It. (p5-rO-dS-a-rS.) To parody, to 
 
 burlesque. 
 Parodiste, Fr. (pH-iO-dest.) Author of a parody. 
 Parodos. (pSr-0-dtSe.) The commencement of an 
 
 ancient Greek chorus, in which the whole chorus 
 
 used to join. 
 Parody. Music or words slightly altered and 
 
 adapted to some new purpose. 
 Paroles, .fr. (,pS,-rol.) Words for setting to music. 
 Part. The music for each separate voice or instru- 
 ment. 
 Parte, clarlno. It. (kia-rS-nO.) The highest or 
 
 first trumpet part. 
 Parte, complimentary. That part of a fligne 
 
 additional to the subject and counter subject. 
 P&rte, It. (pftr-tS.) A part or portion of a com- 
 position ; a part or r61e in an opera. 
 Plirte cant&nte. It. (pSr-tS kfin-tSn-tS.) The 
 
 singing or vocal part; the principal vocal part, 
 
 having the melody. 
 Pfirte con, parte senza vioUni, It. (par-tg 
 
 k5n, par-t£ ean-tsa vS-0-lS-n8.) Fart with and part 
 
 without violins. . 
 Parthenia, Gr. (p'iT-tAlnA-i.) Songs by a cho- 
 rus of virgins at festivals among the ancient 
 
 Greeks. 
 Parterre, Fr. (pSi-tSrr.) The pit of a theatre. 
 
 PASS 
 
 Partie, Fr. (par-«2.) See P4rte. 
 Partial turn. A turn consisting 
 
 of the chief note and three small 
 
 notes, the leading note of which 
 
 may be either a large or small second 
 
 princigal. 
 
 Participating tones. Accessory tones. 
 Particular systems. Among the ancient 
 
 Greeks, those systems which were composed of at 
 
 least two intervals. 
 Parti d>acoompagnam€nto, It. (par-te d'ak- 
 
 kOm-pan-ya-maw-tO.) Accompanying voices. 
 Parti di ripieno. It. (par-tg ds rS-p5-s-nO.) 
 
 Parts not obligato ; supplementary parte. 
 Partie du violon, Fr. (par-ts dil v8-o-16nh.) 
 
 A violin part. 
 Partien, Oer. (pSr-ti-Sn.) Instrumental pieces 
 
 deeigned to be performed by viole, lutes, etc. 
 Parties de rempllssage, Fr. (par-te dab 
 
 ranh-pjfe-sazh.) Parts which fill up the middle 
 
 harmony between the bass and upper part. 
 Partimignti, It pi. (par-tS-mSn-tS.) Exercises 
 
 for the study of harmony and accompaniment. 
 Partim^nto, It. (pSx-te-man-tO.) An exercise, 
 
 figured bass ; see Partimenti. 
 Partita, It. (par-^g-ta.) An old term synonymous 
 
 with variation. 
 Partition, Fr. (par-tE-si-Onh) ■) A score, a 
 Partltur, Oer. (■p&r-U-toor.) [full score, 
 
 Partitiira, It. (par-tS-«oo-ra.) f or entire 
 Partlzitfne, It. (par-tg-tee-5-nS.) ) draft of a 
 
 composition for voices or instruments, or both. 
 Partito, It. (pSr-iS-to.) Scored, divided into 
 
 parts. 
 Partitur-spiel. Oer. (pSr-tg-toor spgl.) Play- 
 ing from the score. 
 Pairt songs. Songs for voices in parts, intro- 
 duced in Germany in the present century. 
 Pas, Fr. (pa.) A step, a dance. 
 Pasage, Spa. (pa-so-hS.) A transition or change 
 
 of voice ; a passage. 
 Pas courant, Fr. (pa koo-ranh.) The conrant 
 
 step. 
 Pas de bourrfie, Fr. (pa dilh boo-ra.) The 
 
 bouree step. 
 Pas de danse, Fr. (pa dilh danbs.) A step, iu 
 
 dancing. 
 Pas de deux, Fr. (pa diib dilh.) A dance by 
 
 two performers. 
 Pas de gaillarde, Fr. (pa dUh gS-yard.) The 
 
 galliard step. 
 Pas de bacbe, Fr. (pS dah hash.) Axe or 
 
 hatchet step ; a warlike dance. 
 Pas de menuet, Fr. (pS dSh mS-noo-a.) The 
 
 minuet step. 
 Pas de q.uatre, Fr. (pa dah katr.) A dance 
 
 by four performers. 
 Pas de trois, Fr. (pa dah trwa.) A dance by 
 
 three performers. 
 Pas grave, Fr. (pa grav.) The courant step. 
 Paspie, Spa. (pas-pI-S.) A kind of dance. 
 Paspy. See Passepied. 
 Pasionero, Spa. (pa-sI-0-na-rO.) One who sings 
 
 the passion. 
 Paso de gargante. Spa. (pa-aO dg gar-^an- 
 
 ta.) Trill ofthevoice ; to J^uaver. 
 
150 
 
 PRONOtTNCING MUSICAL 1>I0TI0NARY. 
 
 & al6i S add, S arm^ 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, o^tf, & odd, 6 dove, oo moon, II ^w^e, ft 6w^, ii French sound. 
 
 PASR 
 
 Pas redouble, 2''r. (pa rg-doo-bla.) A qnick- 
 
 atep ; an increased, redou'bled step. 
 Paseac&slio, It. (pas-sa-AaZ-yS-O.) ( A species 
 Passacaule, Fr. Qpas-sa-kal.) (of ohacone, 
 
 a slow dance witti divisions on a ground bass in 
 
 3-4 time and always in a minor key. 
 Pas8ag;e. Any phrase, or short portion of an air, 
 
 or other composition. Every member of a strain 
 
 or movement is a pasmge. 
 Passages, pedal. Those parts of a composition 
 
 in which the pedals are used. 
 Passfissio, It. (pSs-sad-jB-O.) A passage or 
 
 series of notes. 
 Passaggi Tietati, It. (pas-sad-js vs-a-<a-t5.) 
 
 Forbidden passages. 
 Passam^zzo, It. (pSs-sa-ma^sO.^ An old slow 
 
 dance, little differing from the action of walking. 
 Passepied, Fr. (pass-pi-a.) A sort of jig; a 
 
 lively old French dance in 3-4, 3-8, or 6-8 time ; a 
 
 kind of quick minuet, with three or more strains 
 
 or reprises, the first consisting of eight bars. 
 Pas senl, Fr. (pa sfil.) A dance by one per- 
 former. 
 Passing modulation. A transient modulation. 
 Passing notes. Notes which do not belong to 
 
 the harmony, but which serve to connect those 
 
 which are essential, and carry the ear more 
 ' smoothly from one harmony to another. 
 Passing tone. Passing note. 
 Passion&ta, 11. (pas-se-O-na-ta.) l 
 
 Passionatam^nte, It. (pas-sS-0-na-ta- 
 
 man^ta.) \ 
 
 Passionfite, It. (pas-8g-o-«a-tS.) 
 Passion&to, It. (pas-s5-0-n<i-tO.) J 
 
 Passionate, impassioned, with fervor and pathos. 
 Passidne, /*. (pas-sS^o-ng.) Passion, feeling. 
 Passidne, It. (pSs-sS-o-nS.) The Passion, or 
 
 seven last words of the Savior on the cross, set to 
 
 solemn and devotionalmusic. 
 Passiones, Lat. (pSs-si-o-ngs.) Passion music. 
 Passion music. Music composed in Koman 
 
 Catholic countries, expressly for Passion week. 
 Passions-musik, Ger. (pas-si-ons moo-zik.) 
 
 Passion music. 
 Passo innanzi passo. It (pas-so Sn-nan-tsS 
 
 pas-sO.) By degrees, gently. 
 P&sso-mezzo, It, (pas-so mlt-aa.) See Paesa- 
 
 mewo. 
 Passy measure. An old, stately kind of music; 
 
 a cinque pace. 
 Pastfcio, /i!. (pas-ffi<-tshe-0.) i A medley, an 
 Pastiche, .Fr. (pas-^gsA.) J opera made up 
 
 of songs, etc., by various composers; the poetry 
 
 being written to the music, instead of the mtfsic 
 
 to the poetry. 
 Pastoral. A musical drama, the personages and 
 
 scenery of which are chiefly rural. A pastoral is 
 
 also any lyrical production, the subject of which 
 
 is taken from rural life ; and the Italians give the 
 
 same name to an instrumental composition writ- 
 ten in the pastoral style. 
 Pastorfile, /i. (pas-to-ro-IS.) i Pastoral, rural, 
 Pastorelle, Fr. (pas-to-r^/.) ( b e 1 o n g ing to a 
 
 shepherd, a soft movement in a pastoral and rural 
 
 style. 
 Pastoral flute. Shepherd's flute. 
 
 m.} ) 
 
 PAVA 
 
 Pastoral music. Music the style of which is 
 
 rustic or rural. 
 Pastorello, It. (pas-tO-r?HO0 A pastoral. 
 Pastourelle, Fr. (vas-too-rell.) One of the 
 
 movements of a quadrille. 
 Pataletilla, Spa. (pa-ta-lS-iSi-yS.) A kind of 
 
 Pat^tica, It. (pa-«a-t5-ka.) Pathetic. 
 
 Pateticam^nte, It. (pa-ta-tS-ka-ma«-t6.) Pa- 
 thetically. 
 
 Pat^tico, It. (pa-(a-tg-kO.) i 
 
 Path^tiQue, Fr. (pa-ta-l5k.) }■ Pathetic. 
 
 Pathetisch, Oer. (pa-iei-ish.) ) 
 
 Pathetic. Applied to music when it excites emo- 
 tions of sorrow, pity, sympathy, etc. 
 
 Pathetica, Lat. (par^rt^d-l-ka.) Pathetic. 
 
 Patim^nto. It. (pa-ts-mdn-to.) Affliction, grief. 
 Buffering. 
 
 Patriotic. Songs having for their theme love of 
 country. 
 
 Pauan. A peculiar species of old Spanish dance ; 
 also, a tune adapted to the movements of the 
 dance. 
 
 Pauke, Oer. (pow-kS.) A kettle drum. , 
 
 Pauken, Ger. pi. (i>o«-k'n.) Kettle drums. 
 
 Pauken-fell, Ger. (po«-k'n fiSU.) The leather 
 or skin of the kettle drum. 
 
 Panken-klang, Ger. {pou-Vrs. klang.) The 
 clang of kettle drums. 
 
 Pauken-klOpfel, Ger. (pow-k'n klop-iSl.) 
 
 Pauken-schliigel, Oer. (pow-k'n sA/5-g'l 
 
 Pauken-stock. Oer. (^jow-k'n stok.) 
 Kettle drum stick. 
 
 Pauken-scliliiger, Ger. (pou-k'n sA/d-gSr.) i 
 
 Pauker, Ger. (pou-k§r.) | 
 
 Kettle drummer. 
 
 Paulatinam^nte, It. (pon-ia-^2-na-m d n - 1 e.) 
 Gently, slowly. 
 
 Pansa, 7^ (pou-za.) 1 
 
 Pausa, Spa. (pon-za.) J- A pause. 
 
 Pausa, Lat. (paw-za.) ) 
 
 P&usa generAle, It. (pou-za jS-nS-rd-lS.) I 
 
 Pause g^nCrale, Fr. (pOz zha-n5-ra-16.) | 
 A pause or rest for all the performers. 
 
 Pause, Fr. (pOz.) A semibreve rest; also, a 
 whole bar's rest in any species of time. 
 
 Pause, Ger. {pou-z&.) A rest. 
 
 Pause, F/ng. A character (/^) which lengthens 
 the duration of a note or rest over which it is 
 placed, beyond its natural value, or at the pleasure 
 of the performer. When placed over a double 
 bar, it shows the termination of the movement 
 or piece. 
 
 Pause, demi, Fr. (pOz dS-mS.) A minim rest. 
 
 Pause, general. A general cessation or silence 
 of all the parts. 
 
 Pause, initial. A character of silence, so called 
 when placed at the beginning of a piece. 
 
 Pausen, (?er. (poM-z'n.) ) To pause, to 
 
 Pauser, Fr. (p0-z3.) S-rest, to keep si- 
 
 Pausiren, Ger. (pou-z2-rSn.) ) lence. 
 
 Pavan, i?rag'. ) A grave, stately dance, 
 
 Pav&na, It. (pa-f d-na.) >• which took its name 
 
 Pavane, Fr. (pa-sdnA.) ) from pavo, a peacock. 
 It was danced bj^ princes in their mantles and 
 ladies in gowns with long trains, whose motions 
 resembled those of a peacock's tail. It was in 
 
pJioNouNcii^G MtJsicAL DicTiolCARir. 
 
 151 
 
 fi ale, & add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, S odd, (2ow, oo moon^Ulute, <i Au2, U French sound. 
 
 PAVE 
 
 3-4 time and generally in three strains, each of 
 which was repeated. 
 
 Pavent&to, It. (pa-v5n-<o-tO.) I Fearful, tim- 
 
 Paventdso, It. (pa-vSn-<5-zO.) ) orous, with anx- 
 iety and embarrassment. 
 
 PaVUlon, Fr. (pS-vS-ybnh.) The hole of a horn 
 or other wind instrament. 
 
 PaTillOn chinoiS, Fr. (pS-ve-yOnh BhB-nwS.) 
 An instrument with numerous little bells, which 
 impart brilliancy to lively pieces, and pompous 
 military marches. 
 
 Peal. A set of bells tuned to each other; the 
 changes rung npon a set of bells. 
 
 PcKJi. A pEean ; a song of praise. 
 
 Peana, Tl. (pS-a-na.) A pean, a hymn, or song of 
 praise. , 
 
 Pectfs, Gr, (p6k-tis.) An ancient stringed in- 
 strument resembling a harp, used by the Greeks. 
 
 Ped. An abbreviation of pedal. 
 
 Pedal. An appliance for the foot, under a piano- 
 forte, by the nse of which the dampers are raised 
 from- the strings, thus allowini; them their full 
 vibration. On the organ see PewcUe. 
 
 Pedal, damper. See Pedal. 
 
 Pedal-claves. Ger. (p6d-ai kld-fia.) 1 
 
 Pedal-claviatur, Ger. cpiA-dl kla-yl-i-toor.) ) 
 The pedal key board, in an organ. 
 
 Ped&le, It. (pS-dfi'-lB.) A pedal bass, or a sta- 
 tionary bass; Bee Pedal. 
 
 Pedal point. In pianoforte music this word 
 means that the pedal which takes off the dampers 
 must be pressed down. 
 
 Pedale, Ger.pl. (pS-dd-lS.) The pedals, or that 
 set of keys in an organ, which are played by the 
 feet; in organ music, it means that the notes or 
 passage must be played by the feet. 
 
 Pedfile a <ienl battiita. It. (p3rdS-lS & On-yS 
 ba-too-ta.) Use the pedal at each beat or division 
 of time. 
 
 Pedale doppelt, Ger. (pS-(2a-lS (?op-p61t.) I 
 
 Pedfile dtfppio. It. (pa-da-18 (2o;}-pS-o.) ( 
 Double pedals, in organ playing; playing the 
 pedals with both feet at once. 
 
 PedAle d'<Srgano, It. (pS-do-lS 'd'ar-gS-nO.) 
 The pedals of an organ. 
 
 P^dales, Fr. pi. (p5-rfd^.) The pefiUs. 
 
 P^dales de combinaison, Fr. Combination 
 of pedals. 
 
 Pedal extension. Th^loud pedal of a piano- 
 forte ; that by which the 'suund is increased and 
 extended. 
 
 Pedal harmonies. The chords formed by plac- 
 ing the dominant seventh, diminished seventh, or 
 seventh of a leading note, on the tonic or on the 
 dominant treated as a temporary key note. 
 
 Pedal-harfe, (rer. (pSd-dV ftdr-fS.) i A harp 
 
 Pedal-barp, Eng. (pSd-Sl harp.) (with ped- 
 als, to produce the semitones. 
 
 Ped&Ii, It. pi. (pg-(ZdJS.) The pedals. 
 
 Pedali^ra, It. (pS-da-le-a-ra.) The pedal keys 
 of an organ. 
 
 Pedal keys. That set of keys belonging to an 
 organ, or similar instrument, which is played by 
 the feet. 
 
 Pedal ia<MM«k*rd. Tha on* atrisgsd psdol. 
 
 PERC 
 
 Pfedal note. A note held by the pedal while the 
 harmony formed by the otheir parts proceeds inde- 
 pendently. 
 
 Pedal open. Loud pedal ; that which raises the 
 dampers and allows the full vibration of the 
 strings to continue. 
 
 Pedal passages. Passages in which the pedals 
 are employed. 
 
 Pedal pianoforte. A pianoforte having pedals 
 suitable for organ practice, the pedal strings of 
 which are in the rear and extend lengthwise of 
 the instrument. 
 
 Pedal pipes. Pipes In an organ which sound 
 only when the pedals are pressed. 
 
 Pedal point. A sustained bass, or pedal note, 
 held on or sustained for several bars, while a 
 variety of chords are introduced. 
 
 Peiteagll, Iri. (pl-t6-ah.) A general name for 
 the tunes of the ancient poems and songs of Ire- 
 land. 
 
 Pelak. A Javanese musical instrument of limited 
 scale. 
 
 Penaylon, Gr. (pS-na-18n.) See Panaylon. 
 
 Penoryon, Fr. (pS-nOr-sOnh.) ( An ancient in- 
 
 Penorkon, Gr. (p6-ni)r-k0n.) jstrumcnt re- 
 sembling a Ghittern. 
 
 Pensdso, It. (pSn-sa-zO.) Pensively, mournfully. 
 
 Pentachoninm, Gr. (pgn-ta-ko-nl-iim.) A com- 
 position in five parts. 
 
 Pentachord. An instrument with five strings ; 
 a scale or system of five diatonic sounds. 
 
 Pentachordns, Lat. (pSn-ta-W/'-dils.) Five- 
 stringed; a general name for all instruments of 
 five strings. 
 
 Pentacrostlc. A set of verses so disposed as to 
 have five acrostics of the same name in five divi- 
 sions of each verse. 
 
 Pentameter. In ancient poetry, a verse of five 
 feet, the first two of which may be either dactyls 
 or spondees, the third always a spondee, and the 
 last two anapests. 
 
 Pentametro, It. (pSn-ta-ma-trO.) Pentameter; 
 verse of five feet. 
 
 Pentastlch, Gr. (pSn-ids-tik.) A composition 
 in poetry of five verses. 
 
 Pentatonon, Gr. (pSn-ta-W-n8n.) The name of 
 that interval in the ancient music which corres- 
 ponds with our superflous sixth, consisting of 
 five tones, hence it receives the name of • Penta- 
 tonon, mjive tones. 
 
 Pentatonic scale, 
 A scale of five notes, 
 sometimes called the _ 
 
 Scotch scale, and similar to the modern diatonic 
 major scale, with the fourth and seventh degrees 
 omitted. 
 
 Penultleme, Fr. (pS-nill-tl-dm.) Penultimate. 
 
 Penultimate. (pS-nSMi-mat.) The last syllable 
 but one. 
 
 Per, It. (p5r.) For, by, through, in. 
 
 Per Mscantnm, Lat. (pSr ois-Mn-tilm.) An 
 old term for music in two parts. 
 
 Perf ant, Fr. (p8r-sanhO Piercing, shrill. 
 
 Perces, Fr. (per-sS.) Holes of musical instru- 
 ments. 
 
 Percotlm^nto, It. (pfir-kO-tS-m(!n-to.) Fercos- 
 slon. 
 
 
152 
 
 PEONOUNCIKG MtrsiCAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, S, add, & arm, S eve, 6 end, lice, i ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 late, 6 but, ii French sound. 
 
 PERC 
 
 Percussion, ^»s?. (pSr-Ji&A-Bn.) I Striking, 
 
 Fercussitfne, /*. (pSr-koos-sS-o-nS.) f as applied 
 to instruments, notes or chords ; or tlie touch on 
 tlie pianoforte. 
 
 Fercnssional. A general name for all instrn- 
 ments that are struck, as a gong, drum, bell, 
 tabor, etc. 
 
 Perdas, Per. Cpir-dde.) The musical modes or 
 systems of the Persians. 
 
 Perd^ndo, /*. (pSr-dara-dO.) I Gradually 
 
 Perdenddsi, It. (pSr-dSn-do-zS.) (decreasing 
 the tone and the time; dying away, becoming 
 extinct. 
 
 Perftect. A term applied to certain intervals and 
 chords. 
 
 Perfect cadence. Dominant harmony followed 
 by that of the tonic; a close upon the key-note 
 preceded by the dominant. 
 
 Perfect close. A perfect cadence. 
 
 Perfect concords. I These are, the uni- 
 
 Perfect consonances, f son, the perfect fourth, 
 perfect fifth, and the octave. 
 
 Perfect fifth. An Interval containing three 
 whole tones and one semitone. 
 
 Perfect fourth. An interval containing two 
 whole tones and one semitone. 
 
 Perfect octave. An interval containing five 
 whole tones and two semitones. 
 
 Perfect period. A complete termination satis- 
 factory and agreeable to the ear. 
 
 Perfect prolationf. In the music of the an- 
 cients, that prolation comprising three minims 
 in a semibreve. 
 
 Perfect time. Among the ancients a measure 
 consisting of three beats in a measure and desig- 
 nated by the letter O. 
 
 Perfect triad. A fundamental note with its 
 major third and perfect fifth. 
 
 Perf(6tto, It. (p6r-/aM0.) Perfect, complete. 
 
 Performer. A practical instrumental or vocal 
 musician. 
 
 Pergolo, It. (pSr-gO-lB.) A box in a theatre ; a 
 stage for operatic performance. 
 
 Perielsis, Lat. (p5r-I-e^si8.) A term formerly- 
 used in church music, signifying the interposi- 
 tion of one or more notes in the intonation, to 
 Indicate the approach of the Jlnale and to apprise 
 the choir that they were to take up the theme. 
 
 Per il violino. It. (par SI yS-B-lS-nO.) For the 
 violin. 
 
 Perigourdine. (pSr-I-goor-dgn.) A French 
 dance in 3-8 time. 
 
 Period, Sng. ) A complete and per- 
 
 P^riode, Pr. (pa-rl-Od.) J-fect musical sentence, 
 
 Periode,/^. (pa-rS-O-dS.) ) containing several 
 phrases and bringing the ear to a perfect conclu- 
 sion or state of rest. 
 
 P^riode mnsicale, Fr. (pa-ri-od mtl-zg-kai.) 
 A musical period. 
 
 Periodenhan, Ger. (pS-rl-O-d'n-bou.^ Composi- 
 tion; the construction of musical periods. 
 
 Period, imperfect. A close not satisfactory to 
 the ear. 
 
 Period, irregular. Where an imperfect ca- 
 dence interrupts or suspends an expected final 
 close. 
 
 PEU 
 
 Period, perfect. A termination agreeable to 
 the ear. 
 
 Perl6, Fr. (p§r-ia.) Pearled, brilliant; cadence 
 perlSe, brilliant cadence. 
 
 Per ogni tempi, II. (par Sn-yS tam--pS.)_ A 
 term sometimes introduced in a motet, signify- 
 ing that it is suited to any time and occasion. 
 
 Perpetual ftague. A canon so constructed 
 that its termination leads to its beginning, and 
 hence may be perpetually repeated. 
 
 Perpetual psalmody. See Laus Perennis. 
 
 Perpetni suoni, It. j,pSr-pa-too-s swO-ng.) Per- 
 petual sounds; the hi|:hest and lowest in the 
 tetrachords of the ancient Greek system. 
 
 Per recte et retro, Lat. (p8r rek-tS St re- 
 tro.) Forward, then backward; the melody or 
 subject reversed, note for note. ' 
 
 Personse dramatis, Lat. (plr-aO-nS drdm-&- 
 tis.) The characters of an opera or play. . 
 
 Personaggio, It. (pSr-sOn-ad-je-O.) One of the 
 characters of a play. 
 
 Pes, Lat. (pSs.) Foot, measure, species of verse; 
 rhythm, time; also, a kind of ground, or burden, 
 the basis for the harmony in old English music. 
 
 Pes&nte, It. (p5-san-t6.) Heavy, ponderous; 
 with importance and weight, impressively. 
 
 Pesantem^nte, It. (pS-zan-tS-more-tS.) Heavily, 
 forcibly, impressively. 
 
 Pestalozzian system. A system of induction, 
 presenting the rudiments of music in their nat- 
 ural progressive order. It was first applied to 
 music by a wealthy Swiss gentleman by the name 
 of Pestalozzi. 
 
 Petit, i??-. (pB-«?.) Little, small. 
 
 Petit choeur, Fr. (pS-ti klir.) Little choir; a 
 sacred composition in three parts. 
 
 Petite flute-a-bec, Fr. {-pS-tU flut a bSk.) A 
 flageolet. 
 
 Petite mesure a deux temps, Fr. (pS-tlt 
 mS-zilr a dii tanh.) Two-crotchet time, marked 
 3-4. 
 
 Petites flutes, J?"?'. (pS-tW mt.) The small 
 fiutes ; the octave or piccolo flutes. 
 
 Petites notes breves, Fr. (.pS-tM not brav.) 
 Short small notes. 
 
 Petitee notes doubles,. J'r. (pg-igi not doo-bl.) 
 Double small notes. 
 
 Petites notes longnes, Fr. ipS-tU not Idnh- 
 gfih.) Long small notes. 
 
 Petites notes vives, Fr'. (pS-iit not vsv.) Short 
 grace notes. * 
 
 Petit piano droit, Fr. (pS-iS pi-a-no drwS.) 
 Semi-cabinet piano. 
 
 Petits morceanx, Fr. (p5-«2 mOr-sS.) Short 
 pieces. ^ 
 
 Petits pieces, Fr. (pS-^2 pl-as.) Little pieces, 
 short and easy compositions. 
 
 Petits, riens.Jf?". (p8-(§ ri-Enh.) Light; trifling 
 compositions. 
 
 Petits violins, Fr. (pB-iS v5-o-ianh.) Small 
 violins. 
 
 Pettela, Gr. (pS-<5-a.) Among the ancients the 
 art of ascertaining the sounds which ought, or 
 ought not to be used. 
 
 P^tio, It. Ipat-m.) The chest, the breast; voce 
 di petto, the chest voice. 
 
 Pen, Fr. (pih.) Little, a little. 
 
PEONOTTNCINQ MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 153 
 
 S ale, i add, & arm, S eve, g end, I ice, i ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, a lute, i but, Q French sound 
 
 PEUA 
 
 Pen a pen, Fr. (pill & pfih.) Little by little, 
 by degrees. 
 
 V6x3^,It.pl. (pSt-eS.) Fragments, scraps; select, 
 detached pieces. 
 
 P^zzi concertantl. It. pi. (pSt-sS kBn-tsligr- 
 ^n-tg.) Concertante pieces, in which each in- 
 strnment has occasional solos. 
 
 P^zzi di bravnra. It. (pat-se de br£-i;oo-ra.) 
 Compositions for the display of dexterity or rapid 
 execution. 
 
 Pezzo, /£. (p5t-s0.) Aftagment; a detached piece 
 of mnsic. 
 
 Pfeife, ffer. (»/^^^.) Pipe, fife, flute. 
 
 Pfeifen, ffsr. (p/j-f'n.) To play on a fife or flute. 
 
 Pfeifien-deekel, Ger. (pfl-Va dlk-S[.) The 
 stopper, or covering of an organ pipe. 
 
 Pfeifer, Ger. (J^/■^f8^.) A flfer, a piper. 
 
 Phantasle, Qer. (fSn-tiirSS.) See Fantasia. 
 
 Phantasiren, Ger. (fan-ta-zS-r'n.) Improvising. 
 
 Phantastrte, Ger. (ffin-ta-eSMS.) Improvised. 
 
 PUantasy. A fantasia. 
 
 Pheateah. See Peiteagh. 
 
 Philharmonic, Gr. (fH-har-miire-Ik.) Music- 
 loving. 
 
 Phllomelia, Gr. (f n-o-ma-U-a.) A style of hymn 
 sung by the ancient Greeks in honor of Apollo. 
 
 Philoinonsos, Gr. (fI-lo-»io«-B08.) A lover of 
 music. 
 
 Phllomnsical. Loving music. (Not used.) 
 
 Phisharmonica. (f is-har-mora-I-ka ) , A kind 
 of octagonal accordeon. 
 
 Plionascos, Gr. (tO-nos-kOs.) The name given 
 by the ancients to one who taught the manage- 
 ment of the voice. 
 
 Phonascetlcs, Gr. (fS-n£s-s^2-Iks.) The art or 
 method of restoring the voice. 
 
 Phonagosos, Or. (fO-nS-^o-gSs.) The leading 
 voice or subject in a fugue. 
 
 Phonaskia. Gr. (fO-nos-ld-a.) Practice in vocali- 
 zation. ^ 
 
 Phonaskos, Or. (ftJ-nos-kSs.) I Teacher of 
 
 Phonascns, Lat. (f8-»iz8-kils.) ) s i n g i n g and 
 declamation 
 
 Phone. Or. (/o-n6.) The voice ; a sound or tone. 
 
 Phonetic. Vocal, representing sounds. 
 
 Phonetik, Gr. (iH-nit-ik.) System of singing, 
 or of notation and harmony. 
 
 Phonetics, l The doctrine or science of sounds, 
 
 Phonics, f especially those of the human voice. 
 
 Phonocamptic, ffS-nS-kSmp-tik.) Having the 
 power to inflect sound, or turn it from its 
 direction and thus alter it. 
 
 Phonolosy. The theory or doctrine of the ele- 
 mentary sounds of the human voice. 
 
 Phonometer. A monochord with its wire 
 stretched by a weight capable of very accurate 
 apportionment, designed as an aid in tuning. 
 
 Phonomino, Or. ^8-n3m-I-n6.) To imitate the 
 human voice. 
 
 Phonomine. An instrument invented in Vienna, 
 the tones of which, produced by means of pipes, 
 are similar to those of the human voice. 
 
 Phonoscope, electro-magnetic. Ariinstra- 
 ment of recent English Invention, the motive 
 power of which is produced by a Voltaic battery, 
 and which upon being put in communication with 
 
 PIAN 
 
 a piano, organ, etc.. prints the music as it is 
 played. 
 
 Phorbeia, Or. (f6r-H-a.) A- bandage used by 
 vocal performers; called also a Capisirum. 
 
 Phorminx, Ger. (Jdr-mbax.) A stringed instru- 
 ment of remote antiquity, resembling the lyre. 
 
 Photlnx, Gr. (/g-tinx.) Name given by the 
 ancients to their crooked flute. 
 
 Plirase. A short musical sentence; a musical 
 thought or Idea. 
 
 Phi'ase, extended. I Any variation of a mel- 
 
 Phrase, irregular. ( ody by which three meas- 
 ures are used instead of two. 
 
 Phrases manqu^es, Fr. (traz- mftnh-ka.) 
 Certain Imperfect and unsymmetrical passages or 
 phrases, sometimes introduced by injudicious 
 composers, by which the melody is maimed, and 
 the expression destroyed or weakened. 
 
 Pluraser, Fr. (fra-zS.) To form phrases, to mark 
 the phrases. 
 
 Phrasing. Dividing the musical sentences into 
 rhythmical sections. 
 
 Plirygian. One of the ancient Greek modes. 
 
 Phrygieehe tonart. Ger. (fWg-I-sh6 to-nart.) 
 The Phrygian mode. 
 
 Phthongometer, Or. (/<A<!re-gO-ma-t6r.) An 
 Instrument with which to measure vocal sounds. 
 
 Fhthoggos, Gr. (fth6n-g<lia.) A tone, or sound. 
 
 Physhairmonica, Gr, (fis-har-m<i»-I-ka.) An 
 instrument, the tone of which resembles that of 
 the reed pipes in an organ, and is produced by 
 the vibration of thin metal tongues, of a similar 
 construction to those of the harmonium; the 
 name is also applied to a stop in the organ with 
 free reeds, and with tubes of half the usual length. 
 
 Piac^re, It. (pS-a-teAS-rS.) Pleasure, inclination, 
 fancy; a piacer^, at pleasure. 
 
 Piac6yole, It, (pS-a-tsha-vO-15.) Pleasing, grace- 
 ful, agreeable. 
 
 Place vol^zza, /(. (pS-a-tsha-vO-ZtZ^-zS.) . Grace- 
 fullness, sweetness. 
 
 PiacevolmCnte, It. (p5-a-tshS-v81-ma«-tg.) 
 Gracefully, delicately. 
 
 Piacim6nto, /^ (pS-a-tsh5-«iSra-tO.) SeePiacere, 
 
 Piagn^'FOle, It. (pe-Sn-ya-eS-lS.) Mournflil, 
 doleful, lamentable. 
 
 Pianam£nte, It. (p8-a-na-WM»-tg.) Softly, gent, 
 ly, quietly. 
 
 Pian^ttO, It. (pS-a-no<-tO.) Very low, very soft. 
 
 Piag^ndo, It, (pS-a-ffSn-dO.) Plaintively, sor- 
 rowfully. 
 
 Piang^vole, It. (p5-an-!73-vO-IS.) Lamentable, 
 doleful. 
 
 Piangevolm^nte, It. (p5-an-ga-v01-man-tg.) 
 Lamentably, dolefhlly. 
 
 Pianino, It. (pS-a-ng-nO.) A small pianoforte. 
 
 Pianissimo, It. (pg-an-Ss-se-mO.) Extremely 
 soft. 
 
 Pianissimo qnfinto possible, It. (pg-an-Ss- 
 sg-mO quan-tO pOs-sg-ble.) As soft as possible. 
 
 Pianist. An amateur or professional player on 
 the pianoforte. 
 
 Planlste, Fr. (pg-an-5s<.) Pianist. 
 
 Piano, It. (pg-a-nO.) Soft, gentle. 
 
 Piano a queue. Fr. (pe-a-no a kiih.) A grand 
 pianoforte. 
 
154 
 
 l*llONOtrNctNG UttfSlCAL DlCtlONARY. 
 
 a ale, & add, S, arm, 6 em, S end, I ice, i ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, tl lute, t but, 1i French sound. 
 
 PIAN 
 
 Piano assai. It. (pS-o-nO Ss-so-g.) As Eoft as 
 possible. 
 
 JPlano carr^, Fr. (pS-a-nO kar-rg.) A square 
 pianoforte. 
 
 Piano droit, Fr. (pE-a-nO drwS.) An upright 
 pianoforte. 
 
 Planofoi-te. A stringed and keyed instrument 
 of German origin, so called from its equal com- 
 mand botli of softness and strength. It was in- 
 vented about 1746 by Christopher Gottlieb SchrO- 
 ter, and is a great improvement upon the spinet 
 and harpsichord,- which instruments it has en- 
 tirely superseded; improvements are constantly 
 being made in it and it is the most agreeable and 
 popular instrument now in use. 
 
 Pi&n-pi&no, It. (pS-an pS-a-nO.) Very softly, 
 with a low voice. (See Piano-piano.) 
 
 Plan-pianissimo, It. (p8-an pS-an-2s-sS-mO.) 
 Exceedingly soft and gentle. 
 
 Pianoforte action. The mechanism of a piano- 
 forte. 
 
 Pianoforte action, double. That in which 
 two hammers are employed, the second or under 
 one multiplying the velocity of the first. 
 
 Pianoforte. .i^BoIian. A pianoforte so united 
 with IX reed instrument that the same set of keys 
 serve for both, or for either singly at the pleasure 
 of the player. 
 
 Pianoforte, compensating. An English 
 piano 60 made as to allow of the use of heavy 
 strings, by which the full power of a grand is ob- 
 tained from a cottage or small piano. 
 
 Pianoforte, concert grand. The largest 
 sized grand pianoforte. 
 
 Pianoforte, cottage. An upright pianoforte. 
 
 Pianoforte, dumb. A key-board arranged for 
 the practice of pupils without producing sound. 
 
 Pianoforte, electric. A pianoforte invented 
 in 1851, the wires of which are vibrated by elec- 
 tro-magnetism. 
 
 Pianoforte, grand. A pianoforte in which 
 most of the octaves have for each note, three 
 strings tuned in unison and struck at once by 
 the same hammer. 
 
 Pianoforte hammer. That part of the mech- 
 anism of a pianoforte which strikes the wires. 
 
 Pianoforte, melographlc. A piano con- 
 nected with which was a clock movement, by 
 which the improvisation of a composer was re- 
 corded. 
 
 Pianoforte, OTerstmng. An arrangement 
 by which the strings of at least two of the lowest 
 octaves are raised, running in respect to the other 
 strings, diagonally above them. 
 
 Pianoforte, parlor grand. A grand piano- 
 forte of the smallest size. 
 
 Pianoforte, piccolo. A small upright piano- 
 forte. 
 
 Pianoforte school. A book of instruction for 
 the pianoforte. 
 
 Pianoforte score. A score in which every part 
 has been so arranged that it may be played on a 
 pianoforte. 
 
 Pianoforte, upright. A pianoforte whose 
 strings run obliquely or vertically upward. 
 
 Pianographe. An ingenious machine, invent- 
 ed by H. Gu^rin, which, on being attached to the 
 
 PIFF 
 
 pianoforte, indicates on paper prepared for the 
 purpose, any thing playecl by the pianist. 
 
 Piano, mezzo, 11. (p8-a-n0 mat-zO.) Moderate- 
 ly soft. 
 
 Piano-piano, It. pE-fi-nO pS-S-nO.) Very soft. 
 
 Piano, sempre staccato e marcato II 
 basso, It. (pE-a-iiO sam-prS stak-ia-to mar-M- 
 to El 6ffis-s0.) Soft, with the bass always well 
 marked and detached. 
 
 Piano solo. For the pianoforte only. 
 
 Piano-Tlolino, It. (pe-a-no vS-o-i?-nO.) A new 
 and curious Instrument invented in 1837. It is a 
 common piano containing a violin arrangement 
 inside of it, which is set in motion by a pedal. 
 When this instrument is played upon it gives the 
 sound of both violin and piano. 
 
 Piatti, It. pi. (pE-atte.) Cymbals. 
 
 Pib, Wei. (pSb.) A pipe, a flfe. 
 
 Plbcom, or hornpipe. The name given by 
 the Welsh to a wind instrument consisting of a 
 wooden pipe with holes at the sides and a horn 
 at each end, the one to collect the wind blown 
 into it by the mouth and the other to carry off the 
 sounds as modulated by the performer. 
 
 Pibe, Ban. (pE-bS.) A pipe. 
 
 Pibroch. (^8-br8k.) A wild, irregular species 
 of music, peculiar to the Highlands of Scotland; 
 performed on the bagpipe. 
 
 Picchiett&to, It (ps-kE-gWci-tO.) Scattered, 
 detached: in violin playing it means, that sort ol 
 staccato indicated by dots under a slur. 
 
 Picciolo, It. (pBt-tshE-o-lo.) I 
 
 Piccoliuo, /<. (pB-kO-«-nO.) V Small, little. 
 
 Piccolo,/*. (p?-ko-]0.) ) 
 
 Piccolo. A 2 feet organ stop, of wood pipes, 
 producing a bright and clear tone in unison with 
 the fifteenth. 
 
 Piccolo flute. A small flute.. 
 
 Piccolo pianoforte. A small upright piano- 
 forte. 
 
 Pi*chett<ito, It. (pE-k8t-<a-tO.) See Picchietldto. 
 
 Piece, Fr. (pI-os.) A composition or piece of 
 music; an opera or drama. 
 
 Pieces, fngitive. Short compositions of no 
 permanent value. 
 
 Pleds, Fr. pi. (pl-a.) The foot; avec lee pieds, 
 with the feet, in organ playing. 
 
 Pi^na, It. (pB-a-naT) I -c,,,,, 
 
 Pi6no, /«. (pg-a-no.) f "^"■ 
 
 Pienam£nte, It. (pE-a-narmSn-tg.) Pnlly. 
 
 Pi^no ctfro. It. (pE-a-nO io-rO.) A full chorus. 
 I, /<.--- " • -~ """ 
 
 (pg-g-nO Br-ya-nO.) With 
 
 4 
 
 Pi^no organo, 
 
 the full organ. 
 
 Pierced gamba. An organ stop of the gamba 
 species. 
 
 Pieta, It. (pE-a-ta.) 
 
 Pietosam^nte, It: (pg-a-to-za-m3n-tS.) 
 
 Pietdso, It. (pg-a-«-zO.) 
 Compassionately, tenderly ; implying also a 
 rather slow and sustained movement. 
 
 Pifano, Spa. (pE-/a-nO.) ) 
 
 Pifaro, Bpa. (pS-/a-rO.) J- A flfe, a flfer. 
 
 Plf^ra, It. (pE/a-ra.) | 
 
 PilTeriire, It. (pEf-fS-TO-rS.) To play upon the 
 fife ; also a piper, such as, in Italy, play pastoral 
 airs in the streets at Christmas, One of these 
 
PEONOUNCING MTTSICAL DICTIOKARY. 
 
 165 
 
 S ale, H add, £ arm, B eve, & end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, Q lute, & but, 11 French sound. 
 
 PIFP 
 
 airs forms the tasis of Handers Pastoral Sym- 
 phony, in the *• Messiah." 
 
 Plffcr&rl, It. pi. (pSf-lS-ra-re.) Pipers ; see 
 Pifferare. 
 
 Pifflterina, It. (pEf-fg-r'S-nS.) A little flfo. 
 
 Plffero, It. (p»'-fE-rO.) A fife or small flute; also 
 an organ stop oi4 feet. 
 
 PifTeriine, It. (pef-K-r«-ng.) A large fife. 
 
 Piuef, Fr. (pSnh-sS.) Pinched; see Pizzicato. 
 
 Fiisoer, Fr. (pSnh-sa.) To play upon a musical 
 iutrtrument. 
 
 rinces, Fr. (pSnh-s.) A general name for 
 .«tringed instruments. 
 
 £' Inching;. A practice by which bagpipers gain 
 one or two notes by half covering the thumb hole. 
 
 Pindaric. An ode in imitation of Pindar; an 
 irregular ode. 
 
 Pi«l», Oae. (pl-Ob.) A pipe. 
 
 i'ioliaireaclid, Gae. Pipe music. 
 
 Piobamala, Jii. (pl-o-ftd'-ma-la.) The harp of 
 the ancient inhabltants.of Ireland. 
 
 Pip. A pipe. 
 
 Pipa. Spa. (pS-pa.) A pipe. 
 
 Pipe. Any tube formed of a reed, or of metal, or 
 of wood, which, being infiated at one end, pro- 
 duces a musical sound. The pipe, which was 
 originally no more than a simple oaten straw, was 
 one of the earliest instruments by which musical 
 sounds were attempted. 
 
 Pipeau, Fr. (pS-pO.) A pipe. 
 
 Piper. A performer on the pipe; pipers were for- 
 merly one of the class of itinerant musicians, and 
 performed in a variety of wind instruments, as the 
 b.itrpipe, musette, etc. 
 
 Pipes of pan. A wind instrument consisting of 
 i\ range ofpipes bound together, side by side, and 
 gradually lessening with respect to each other in 
 length and diameter; Pandean pipes. 
 
 Pipef«, organ. Square and cylindrical tubes in 
 an organ, from which proceed the sound of the 
 instrument. 
 
 Pipes, pandean. Pan's pipes. 
 
 Papitana, Spa. (parp5-<a-na.) Flute made by 
 boys of green cane. 
 
 Piqu^, Fr. (pl-ta.) I To play on the violin, 
 
 Pinuer, Fr. (pi-/ai.) (etc., a series of notes a 
 little stacc&to, and with a light pressure of the 
 bow to each note. 
 
 Pitancero, Spa. (pS-<on-thS-rO.) Superintend- 
 ent of a choir in a cathedral. 
 
 Pitar, Spa. (pS-tdr.) To play on a pipe. 
 
 Pitch. The acuteneas or gravity of any particular 
 sound, or of the tuning of any instrument. 
 
 Pitch, concert. The pitch generally adopted 
 for some one given note and by which every other 
 note is governed. 
 
 Pitch-pipe. An instrument formerly tised to 
 sound the keynote of any vocal composition. 
 
 l\!^%l!"'U^f-'°-^ Apipe,afiute. 
 
 Pitofcro, Spa. (pg-tO-S-rO.) Piper, flutist. 
 
 Pittorico. It. (pst-to-rs-ko.) Embellished, pic- 
 torial or figured. ~ 
 
 Pin, It. (pg-oo.) More. 
 
 Piu all^sro. It. (p5-oo ai-^a-gro.) A little 
 quicker, more lively. 
 
 PLAN 
 
 Pin che lento. It. (pS-oo kS Idn-tO.) Slower 
 than lento. 
 
 Pin fdrte, It. (.vS-oo Jdr-tS.) Louder. 
 
 Piu l£nto, /(. (pS-oo lan-Vi.) More slowly. 
 
 Piu mdsso, //. (pS-oo mds-aO.) t More motion. 
 
 Piu ni<Sto, It. (pe-oo mS-tO.) (quicker. 
 
 Pin pifino, It. (pS-oo pe-a-no.) Softer. 
 
 Pin piii. It. (pE-oo p8-oo.) Somewhat more. 
 
 Pin jtr^sto. It. (pS-oo pr3s-Ui.) Quicker, more 
 rapidly.. 
 
 Pin posto, It. (pS-oo pBe-tO.) Rather, inclined 
 to ; it also means quicker. 
 
 Pin pdsto allegro. It. (pe-oo pds-to Sl-^o-grO.) 
 Hatner quicker. 
 
 Piu pdsto l^nto. It. (p6-oo pSa-Ui Mn-tO.) 
 Rather slower. 
 
 Pin ■vi'vo. It. (pE-oo vE-vO.) More lively, more 
 animated. 
 
 Viva, It. (p5-vfi.) A pipe, a bagpipe. 
 
 Pizzlc&ndo, It. (pEt-sE-ia/i-do.) I Pinched ; 
 
 Pizzic&to, It. (pst-ss-ia-to.) (meaning that 
 the strings of the violin, vioiincello, etc., are not 
 to be played with the bow, but pinched, or 
 snapped with the fingers, producing a staccato 
 efl'ect. 
 
 Placebo, Lat. (p2a-sS-bO.) In the Roman Cath- 
 olic church, the vesper hymn for the dead, com- 
 mencing, "Placebo Domino." 
 
 Placenterani^nte, It. (pia-tshSn-tSr-ii-man-tS.) 
 Joyfully. 
 
 Placidam^nte, It. (pia-^sAS-d^-mSn-tS.) Calmly, 
 placidly, quietly. 
 
 Pl&cido, It. {pld-tBhS-dli. ]Placid, tranquil, calm. 
 
 Plagal. Those ancient modes, in which the mel- 
 ody was confined within the limits of the domi- 
 nant and its octave. 
 
 Plagal cadence. A cadence in which the final 
 chord on the tonic is preceded by the harmony of 
 the sub-dominant. 
 
 Plagalisch, Ger. (plft-^a-llsh.) Plagal. 
 
 Plagi&rio, It, (plS-jS-o-rE-O.) I Aplagiarism; 
 
 Plaglat, Ger. (pld-ghi-S,t.) ( ideas borrowed or 
 imitated from the works of another composer. 
 
 Piagiarist, musical. A com;>oser who pur- 
 loins or borrows from the productions of others. 
 
 Plain chant, Fr. (plSnh eh&nh.) The plain 
 song: see Canto Firmo. 
 
 Plain shake. A shake , 
 ending without a turn. 
 
 Plain song. The name given to the old eccle- 
 siastical chant when ' in its most simple state and 
 without those harmonic appendages with which 
 
 ' it has since been enriched. 
 
 Plalnte, Fr. (plSnht.) A complaint, a lament. 
 
 Plaintif, Fr. (plSnh-tEf.) Plaintive, doleful. 
 
 Plaintive music. A stylo of music expressive 
 of grief. 
 
 Plaisant. Fr. (plS-zSnh.) Pleasing. 
 
 Plaisant'eries, Fr. (plS-zSnh-t'rS.) Amusing, 
 light compositions. 
 
 Planxty. Old barp maslc of a lively, tuneful 
 Und. 
 
156 
 
 PEONOXTKCIN"G MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, a lute, i but, Q French sound. 
 
 PLAQ 
 
 Plaqn^, Fr. (pia-M.) Struck at once, without 
 any arpeggio, or embelliBhment. 
 
 Plaq^ner, Fr. (pld-ka.) To strike at oncejspeak- 
 ing of chords. 
 
 PlHrren, &er, {pldr-T''n.) To sing monotonously; 
 to sing with a hoarse or cracked voice. 
 
 Plasma, ffr. (plSs-ma.) A term used by the an- 
 cients, meaning sometimes a Horid, and at other 
 times a soft and delicate modulation of the voice. 
 
 PIat4a, It. (pia-t5-a.) The pit, in a theatre. 
 
 Plates, mnsic. Quadrilateral sheets of copper, 
 or pewter, on which music is stamped or engraved 
 in order to be printed. 
 
 Plauso, It. (plou-zo.) Applause. 
 
 Play. To perform on a musical instrument; to 
 take a part in an operatic performance. 
 
 Players on Iiisli and low^ instruments. 
 A title assumed Dy the French minstrels of the 
 fourteenth century when the laws of counterpoint 
 were forming and began to give exercise to bass 
 and treble instruments in concert. 
 
 Playliouse tnneg. The general name by which, 
 in the seventeenth century all melodies first in- 
 troduced to the public by the theatres were desig- 
 nated. 
 
 Plectrum, Lat. {pllk-trlan.) A quill, or piece 
 of ivory or hard wood used to twitch the strings 
 of the mandoline, lyre, etc. 
 
 PIcgaria, Spa. (pla-g'a-rl-S.) Bell rung at noon 
 for prayers. 
 
 Plein jeu, Fr. (plSnh zhil.) Full organ; the 
 term is also applied to a mixture stop of several 
 ranks of pipes. 
 
 Plein jeu harmonique, Fr. (plKnb zhil h^r- 
 m5nhn-gA;.) A mixture stop in an organ. 
 
 Pleno orsano, Lat. {pld-nD Br-j/a-no!) Full organ. 
 
 Plettro, H. (pl^t-trO.) A bow, a fiddlestick ; also, 
 a plectrum. 
 
 Plico, Lat. (p^J-ko.) A kind of ligature used in 
 the old music, as a sign of hesitation or pause. 
 
 Plus, Fr. (plil.) 
 
 Plus anim£, Fr. (plil sS-nS-mS.) With more 
 animation. 
 
 Pins lentement, Fr. (pill lanht-mSnh.) Slower, 
 more slowly. 
 
 Pneumatic, (nfl-maWk.) Relating to the air or 
 wind : a term applied to all wind instruments col- 
 lectively. 
 
 Pneumatic action. I Mechanism intended to 
 
 Pneumatic lever, j lighten the touch, etc., in 
 large organs: see Levier Pneumatique. 
 
 Pneumatic organ. An organ moved by wind, 
 so named by the ancients to distinguish it from 
 the hydraulic organs moved by water. 
 
 Pocetta, /t. (po-tstiat-ta.) I A kit, a small vio- 
 
 Poche, Fr. (posh.) win used by dancing 
 
 Pochette, Fr. (pO-shSt.) ) masters. 
 
 Pochettf no. It. (pO-kgt-<e-nO.) ) A little ; as, 
 
 Poch^tto, /<. (pO-*aMO.) yretard un po- 
 
 Pochino, It. (pO-i5-nO.) ( chettros, a little 
 
 slower. 
 
 Poch^sslmo, It. (pO-Ms-sS-mO.) A very little, 
 as.little as possible. 
 
 Pocket metronome. An English' metronome 
 of the size and form of a small wafch, on one side 
 of which is marked the number of vibrations, and 
 on the other the principal Italian musical terms. 
 
 POET 
 
 P«Sco, 7<. (p3-kO.) Little. 
 
 Pdco addeio. It. (pS-'ka il-dn-jS-O.) A little 
 
 slower. 
 Pdco allegro. It. (ija-ko ai-ls-gro.) A little 
 
 faster. 
 Pdco animflto. It. (j)B-kO Sn-S-ma-tO.) A little 
 
 more animated. 
 Pdco a pdco. It. (piT-kO S po-ko ) By degrees, 
 
 little by Tittle. 
 Pdco a pdco crescendo. It. (ps-ko ii pG-ko 
 
 krg-s/ia«-dO.') Gradually louder and louder. 
 Pdco a pdco diminndndo. It. (pO-kO it pO- 
 
 ko dg-mS-noo-an-dO.) Gradually diminishing. 
 Pdco a pdco, piu di ftaoco. It. (pO-kO & pO- 
 
 ko pg-oo dg foo-o-ko.) With gradually increasing 
 
 fire and animation. 
 Pdco a pdco, piu Idnto, It. (pO-kO a pO-kO 
 
 pg-oo lan-to.) Gradually slower ana slower. 
 Pdco a pdco, pin mdto. It. (po-ko a pO-ko 
 
 pg-oo mo-to.) Gradually increasing the time. 
 Pdco a pdco rallentando, It. (po-ko a po- 
 
 ko rai-Ien-tan-dO.) Gradually diminishing. 
 Pdco fdrte. It. (pd-'ko /ar-tS.) Moderately 
 
 loud, a little loud. 
 
 Pdco l&rgo. It. (joa-ko Idr-ga.) I Moderately 
 Pdco l^nto. It. (pa-ko iffln-to.) (slow. 
 Pdco m£no. It. (pS-TUi m3-n0.) A little less, 
 
 somewhat less. 
 Pdco pi&no. It. (pff-ko p5-a-nO.) Somewhat 
 
 soft. 
 Pdco piu. It. (i)3-kO pg-oo.) A little more, 
 
 somewhat more. 
 Pdco pin alldgro. It. (pa-ko pg-oo ai-io-gro.) 
 
 A little quicker, 
 Pdco pin Che allegretto. It. (;)a-ko pg-oo 
 
 kg al-lg-grra^to.) A little quicker than allegrgtto. 
 Pdco piu Che andiinte. It. (pa-ko pg-oo kg 
 
 an-f^;i-tg.) A little slower than andante. 
 Pdco piu forte, It. (po-ko pS-oo fdr-V&.) A 
 
 little louder. 
 Pdco piu l&rgo. It. (pO-ko pg-oo Idr-ga.) I 
 Pdco piu Idnto, It. (pO-kO pg-oo Idn-Vi.) ( 
 
 A little slower. 
 Pdco pin mdsso. It. (pO-kO pg-oo mOs-sO.) 
 
 A little faster. 
 Pdco piu pifino. It. (pO-kO pg-oo pg-o-nO.) A 
 
 little softer. 
 Pdco presto. It. (po-ko prde-to.) Rather quick. 
 Pdco prdsto accelertindo. It. (po-ko pras- 
 
 to at-tshgl-a-ran-do.) Gradually accelerate the 
 
 time. 
 Poemetto, It. (pO-g-mat-tO.) A short poem. 
 Poesia, It. (po-g-zg-a.) Poetry. 
 Poesie legere, Fr. (po-S-z? K-zhar.) Light 
 
 poetry. 
 Poesie sacr£e, Fr. (pO-e-z? sa-kra.) Sacred 
 
 poetry. 
 Poesies diverses, Fr. (po-g-sS dg-vars) Fugi- 
 tive poems ; minor poems. 
 Poeta, It. (pO-g-ta.) A playwright. 
 Poetare, It. (pO-S-<a-rg.) To write poetry. 
 Poete lyrlque, Fr. <po-gt llr-lk.) A lyric poet, 
 
 a song writer. 
 Poetessa, It. (po-g-tas-sa.) A poetess. 
 Poetic. A term applied by the ancients to the art 
 
 of accommodating melody to verse. 
 
PRONOTJNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 157 
 
 S ale, S add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, o2(2, 5 ocici, <2oti«, oo moon, a lute, & &u2, t French sound 
 
 POET 
 
 Poetical overture. A descriptive ipecies of 
 
 overture. 
 Poetino, It. (pO-S-<5-nO.) A little poet. 
 Poetiqne, Fr. (pO-St-Sk.) Poetic. 
 Poet musicians. Bards and lyrists of former 
 
 times who sang tlieir poetry to melodies of their 
 
 own composing. 
 Posgi&to, It. (pOd-jS-a-tO.) Dwelt upon, leaned 
 
 upon. , 
 
 Pdl, It. (p5-S.) Then, after, afterwards : j)ia»o 
 
 pdifdrte, soft, then loud. 
 Pdi a p«Si, It. (pO-e a pO-6.) By degrees. 
 Pdi a pdl tiitte le c4Srde, It. (pO-e a po 
 
 too-tg le kOr-dg.) All the strings one after another. 
 Point, Fr. (pwSnh.) A dot. 
 Point de repos, Fr. (pwanh dtih rS-pd.) A 
 
 pause. 
 Point d'orgne, Fr. (pwanh d'Org.) See Organ 
 
 point. 
 Point^e, Fr. (pwSnh-ta.) Dotted : blanche 
 
 pointee, a dotted minim. 
 Point final, Fr. (pwSnh tl-ndl.) A final or 
 
 concluding cadence. 
 Point of repose. A pause ; a cadence. 
 Point, organ. A long or stationary bass note, 
 
 upon which various passages of melody and har- 
 mony are introduced. 
 Pdi s^gue. It. (pO-S sa-gwE.") I Then 
 
 Ptfi sesn^nte. It. (pO-8 65-guan-tS.) ( f o 1 1 ows, 
 
 here follows. 
 Pdi s^gne il rondo. It. (pO-e s5-gw6 el r5n- 
 
 dO.) After this the rondo. 
 Polficca, It. (pO-M*-ka.) A Polish national 
 
 dance in 3-4 time ; a dance tune in which an em- 
 phasis is placed on the first unaccented part of 
 
 the measure. 
 Polficca alia. It. (pO-mi-ka al-ia.) In the style 
 
 of a PolScca. 
 Poliphant. An instrument supposed to he a 
 
 species of lute, or cither, strung with wire. Queen 
 
 Elizabeth is said to have been a good performer 
 
 upon it. 
 Polka. A lively Bohemian or Polish dance in 2-4 
 
 time, the first three quavers in each bar being ac- 
 cented, and the fourth quaver unaccented. 
 Polka maaEorlsa. (;)i5;-ka mS-zfir-ka.) A dance 
 
 in triple time, played slow, and having its accent 
 
 on the last part of the measure. 
 Polka redo-wa. (?;5i-ka rM-O-S.) A dance 
 
 tune in triple time, played faster than the polka 
 
 mazurka, and having its accent on the fii'st part 
 
 of the measure. 
 Pdllice, It. (pSWS-tshS.) The thumb. 
 Polonaise. (pOl-0-nas.) I A movement of three 
 Polonese. ) crotchets in a measure, 
 
 the rhythmical pause coming on the last crotchet 
 
 of the bar. 
 Polonolse. Apolacca, 
 Polnischer bock, Cfer. (p01-nl-6h5r bok.) The 
 
 bagpipe. 
 Polyaconstic (pOU-a-*oo8-Hk.) Aninstrnment 
 
 to multiply sounds. 
 Polycephale. A kind of air in the ancient 
 
 Gveek music ptoibtmed by flutes U kcwor of 
 
 ApbUo. 
 
 PORT 
 
 Polychord, Or. (pW-J-kBrd.) Having many 
 strings; an instrument with a great number of 
 strings. 
 
 Polynymnia, Gr. (joW-I-Mm-nl-a.) The muse 
 of song or of vocal music. 
 
 Polyninastic, Gr. (pOl-im-nos-tlk.) The epithet 
 by which the ancients distinguished certain fliite.-. 
 invented, some authors say, by Polymneste. 
 
 Polymorphous, Gr. (p51-I-»»8»'-foos.) Of many 
 forms, a term generally used in reference to 
 canons. 
 
 Polyodla, Gr. (pOl-i-5-di-a.) A term applied by 
 the Greeks to any conjunction or combination of 
 sounds, whether rude or dissonant, unisonous or 
 in octaves. 
 
 Polyplionia, Gr. (pBl-i^/B-ni-a.) A combination 
 of many sounds; a composition for many voices. 
 
 Polypliony. (pO-i!/-o-nyO (. Multiplicit.v 
 
 Polyphonism. (pO-^-o-nism.) (of sounds, as 
 in the reverberation or an echo. 
 
 Polyphonic. (pOl-I/dn-ik.^ I Full voiced, fur 
 
 Polyphonons. (pO-/5/-o-nu8.) jmany voices. 
 
 Polyplectrum, Gr. (p61-I-pl8k-tr11m.) A kind 
 of ancient spinet, said to have been invented by 
 Guid9 ; so called from its strings being agitated 
 by a number of quills. 
 
 Polythongum, Lat. (p01-I-iA8re-giim.) An in- 
 strument used by the ancients and so named from 
 its containing many strings. 
 
 PompJSs, (?«»■. (■pOza-pSs.) Pompous, majestic. 
 
 Pomposam^nte, It. (pBm-po-za-mara-tg.) Pom- 
 pously, stately. 
 
 Pompdso, It. (pBm-^3-zO.) Pompous, stately, 
 grand. 
 
 Ponderdso, It. (pBn-dS-r^-zO.) Ponderously, 
 maesively, heavily. 
 
 Pontic^Ilo, /<. (pBn-tq-is/taHO.) The bridiie ■:f 
 the violin, guitar, etc. 
 
 Pont-nenf, Fr. (pOnh-nuf.) A street b^iljl. ,i 
 vulgar song. 
 
 Porrectus, Lat. (pBr-reS-ttis.) The name uf oiio 
 of the ten notes I'sed in the middle ages. 
 
 Portamento, It. (pOr-ta-man-tO.) A term a:i- 
 plied by the Italians to the manner or habit ul' 
 sustaining and conducting the voice. Asingtr 
 who is easy, and yet firm and steady in the execu- 
 tion of pa'ssages and phrases, is said to have a 
 good portamento. It is also used to connect two 
 notes separated by an interval, by gliding the 
 
 ■ voice from one to the other, and by this means 
 anticipating the latter in regard to Intonation. 
 
 Portamento di v6ee.lt. (por-ta-mgn-to de vd- 
 tshg.) Carrying the voice; the blending of one 
 tone into another. ■ , • 
 
 Portfindo la vdce. It. (pOr-«aa-dO IS sa-tshS.) 
 Carrying the voice, holding it firmly on the 
 notes. 
 
 Portftr la battdta. It. (pDr-tSr la bat-too-ta.) 
 To beat the time. 
 
 Port&re' la vdce. It. (pOr-ta-rS la vO-tshe.) To 
 sustain the voice. 
 
 Portati*fe. A portable organ. 
 
 Port&to, It. (por-<a-to.) Sustained, drawn out. 
 
 Porte de voix, Fr. (pOrt diili vwi.) An ap- 
 pogglatura, or beat. 
 
 ]^ri^#r. CpOr-taO Tte stuff. 
 
158 
 
 PEOIfOtrNOI]S-& MUSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 ft ale^ S, add^ & arm^ S eve, S end, lice, ! ill, old, 6 odd, C dove, oo moon, ^ lute, n but, 11 French sound. 
 
 PORT 
 
 Porter la voix, Fr. (pOr-ta la vwa.) To carry 
 tlie voice. 
 
 Porte-vent, Fr. (port-vanh.) The pipe which 
 conveys the wind from the bellows into the sound 
 board of an organ. 
 
 Porte- voix, .Fr. (pOr-vwa.) A speaking trum- 
 pet. 
 
 Portez la voix, Fr. (p0r-t5 IS vwS.) See Por- 
 t&udo la Voce. 
 
 Portanal-flaut, Ger. (pOr-too-nal.) An organ 
 stop of the clarabella species, the pipes of which 
 are larger at the top than at the bottom and pro- 
 duce a tone of clarionet quality. 
 
 Posa, (Spa. (7ja-za.) The passing bell; pauses 
 made by the clergyman at a funeral to sing a 
 responsary. 
 
 Pos&to, It. (pO-Z(i-tO.) Quietly, steadily. 
 
 Posaune, Ger. (pO-20M-ne.) A trumpet; also, a 
 trombone, a sackbut; also, an organ stop; see 
 Trombbne. 
 
 Posaunen, Ger. (po-ajst-nen.) To sound on the 
 trombone. 
 
 Posannen-Maser, Ger. (pO-s£u-ngn A2a-zar.) ) 
 
 Posanner, Ger. (pO-saw-ner.) f 
 
 A trombone player, a trumpet player. 
 
 Posaunenzng, Ger. (pO-sSu-ngn-isooff.) 'A sack- 
 but. 
 
 Pos^ment, Fr. (pO-zo-raanh.) Without hurry, 
 moderately, gravely, slowly. 
 
 Positif, Fr. (pO-ze-<?/.) I The choir organ, or 
 
 Positiv, Oer. (pO-zi-ft/.) (lowest row 61 keys 
 with soft toned stops in a large organ; also, a 
 small fixed organ, thus named in opposition to 
 a 'portative organ. 
 
 Position. A shift on the violin, tenor, or violin- 
 cello; the arrangement or order of the several 
 members of a chord. 
 
 Position, close. A term given to a chord when 
 its tones are near together. 
 
 Position, dispersed. A term given to a chord 
 when its tones are remote from each other. 
 
 Position, fundamental. A term applied to 
 an uninverted chord, its root forming the lowest 
 note of the chord. 
 
 Positive. An appellation formerly given to'the 
 little organ placed in front of the full or great 
 organ. 
 
 Possibile, It. (pBs-sS-be-lg.) Possible; il piu 
 firle possibile, as loud as possible. 
 
 Post-horn, Ger. (pOst-hOrn.) A species of bugle. 
 
 Postlnde, ia«. (pSsWflde ) I After-piece, 
 
 Fostlndium, Lat. (pOst-2u-dI-Qm.) f concluding 
 voluntary. 
 
 Post position. The putting a discord upon tbe 
 accented part of a bar, followed by a concord 
 upon the next unaccented part, but not prepared 
 and resolved according to the rules for discords. 
 
 Post, sound. A small post within a violin, 
 nearly under the bridge. 
 
 Potenza, It. (pO-tent-sa.) A natne applied by 
 the ancients to the notes and sign; of music; 
 any sonnd produced by an insiruiaeBt, 
 
 Pot^ppueri, (j)Bfcpoor-re.) J^ medley; a ca- 
 pnecio, or J5b*«»» in whi.<ai jS>»ri|B airs and 
 ft^msntS ot, mttdt'al pife(^ arfe swing DBgtoe* 
 
 PREC 
 
 Ponce, i^'r. (pooss.) The thumb; a term used in 
 guitar music, indicating that the thumb of the 
 right hand must be passed lightly over all the 
 strings. 
 
 Poule, Fr. (pool.) One of the movements of a 
 quadrille. 
 
 Pour, Fr. (poor.) For. 
 
 Pour lUire passer dessous le pouce, Fr. 
 (poor far pas-sa dfis-soo liih pooss.) To pass the 
 thumb under the fingers. 
 
 Pour finir, Fr. (poor tl-ner.) To finish; indi- 
 cating a chord or bar which is to terminate the 
 ■ piece. 
 
 Pour la harpe, Fr. (poor la harp.) 
 
 Pour la premiere fois, Fr. (poor la prSm- 
 1-ar fwa.) For the first time, meaning that on the 
 repetition of the strain this passage is to be 
 omitted. 
 
 Four reprendre an commencement, Fr. 
 (poor re-pranhdr kSm-manhs-mSnh.) To go 
 back £* the beginning. 
 
 Pousse, Fr. (poos-sa.) Pushed; meaning the 
 up-bow. 
 
 Poyn, Buss. To sing. 
 
 Practice. The frequent repetition of a perform- 
 ance for the purpose of improvement; the actual 
 performance of music, as distinguished from a 
 mere theoretical knowledge. 
 
 Prseambulam, Lat. (prS-am-bU-iam.) I A pre- 
 
 Prsecentio, Lat. (pre-s^«-shi-o.) (lude. 
 
 Prsecentor, in*. (prg-si?«-t8r.) Precen'tor, 
 leader of the choir. 
 
 Praefectus. Lat. (prS/^4-tQs.) A president. 
 
 Prsefectus chori, Lat. (prg/i?A-tua kO-rS.) 
 Master of the choristers. 
 
 Prsesciae, Lat. (prSs-65-5.) Females hired by the 
 ancients to sing over the dead at funerals. 
 
 Pralt-trillei-, Ger. U'rSlt MWSr.) Atransieht 
 or passing shake. 
 
 PrHludien, Ger. pi. (pra-?oo-di-8n.) "Preludes. 
 
 Pr9,ludiren, Ger. (dra-loo-de-r'u.) To prelude, 
 to play a prelude. 
 
 PriUudium, Ger. (prS-Zoo-dl-oom.) I A prelude, 
 
 Friiludium, Lat. (pra-^M-di-um.) (an intro- 
 duction. 
 
 Frastaiiten, ff«r. (i)m-stan-t'n.) Pipes beloujg- 
 ing to the Prestant, or open diapason, placed m 
 the front of an organ case. 
 
 Priitico, It. (^I'dj-tS-kO.) Practical, skillful, ex- 
 perienced. 
 
 Preeenteur, Fr. (prS-sanh-tur.) A precentor. 
 
 Precentor. The appellation given formerly to 
 the master of the choir. 
 
 Precentore, It. (pra-tsh5n-to-rS.) A precentor. 
 
 Preeettdre di mnsica. It. (pra-tshet-2o-rg d3 
 moo-zg-ka.) A teacher of music. 
 
 Precipitam^nte, It. (pra-tshe-pS-ta-man-tS.) I 
 
 PrecipitAto, It. (pra-tshs-pg-io-to.) ) 
 
 In a precipitate manner, hurriedly. 
 
 Precipitando, It. (pra-tshg-pS-tan-dO.) Hurry- 
 ing. 
 
 PrecipitazitSne, It. (pra-tahS-pS-tat-sg-d-nS.) 
 Precipitation, haste, hurry. 
 
 Pr^lpit€, .Tr. (pra-e&pl-to.)' Hunl^, aocelet- 
 ,ated. 
 
 Firie(dnit<SsD, It. OpiaHWh»i<&«0«O.) Hmrryini;, 
 pre<a^t<Juei 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY, 
 
 159 
 
 & ale, S, add, S arm, B eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, a lute, tt 6m<, tl French sound 
 
 First. 
 
 PEEC 
 
 Precisldne, It. (prSt-tehS-ze-d-ng.) Precision, 
 exactness. 
 
 Precfso, It. (prS-<sA8-zO.) Precise, exact, ex- 
 actly. 
 
 Preetee, Bin. (prs-ts.) The third of the srovtis 
 into which the fourth note of the Hindoo scale is 
 divided. 
 
 Freflacion, Spa. (pra-fa-thg-flB.) I Preface, in- 
 
 Prefbzitfne, It. (pra-ia-tsS-S-n6.) f troduction. 
 
 Pre^hi£ra^ It. (pra-ghS-o-rS.) Prayer, suppli- 
 cation. 
 
 Prelnde. A short introductory composition, or 
 extempore performance, to prepare the ear for the 
 succeeding movements. 
 
 Prelndiare, It. (prS-loo-de-o-rS.) To perform a 
 prelude. 
 
 Prelndio, Bpa. (prg-ioo-de-O.) j A prelude, 
 
 Preludio, If. tprS-loo-de-O.) J-or introdnc- 
 
 JPrelufUuin, Lat. (prS./«-dl-iim ) ) tion. 
 
 Premier, Fr. (prSm-I-a.) I 
 
 Premiere, Fr. (prem-I-ffir.) j 
 
 Premiere dessns, Fr. (prSm-I-gr das-sii.) First 
 treble, first soprano. 
 
 Premiere fois, Fr. (prSm-i-or fwS.) First 
 time. 
 
 Premiere vaxtie,Fr. (prSm-I-Sr pSr-tS.) First 
 part. 
 
 n^eparation. That disposition of the harmony 
 by which discords are lawfully Introduced. A dis- 
 cord is said to he prepared, when the discordant 
 note is heard in the preceding chord and in the 
 same part as a consonance. 
 
 Preparative notes. Appogglaturas or leaning 
 notes. 
 
 Ppreparazione, /i!. Cpr6-p5-ra-ts5-o-nS.) Preper- 
 ation. 
 
 Prepared. Arranged in conformity to the rules 
 of preparation. 
 
 Prepared fliscord. That discord the discord- 
 ant notes of which have heen heard in a concord. 
 
 Prepared intervals. Intervals changed from 
 lar^ce to small, and from small to large, by the aid 
 of intermediate tones. ^^-^ 
 
 Prepared shake. A shake .^^^^ f")- 
 preceded by two or more intro- 
 ductory notes. Prepared shake 
 or trill. 
 
 Pres de la table, Fr. (pra duh IS tabl.) Near 
 the sound board. 
 
 Pressante, Fr. (prSs-sanfti.) Pressing on, hur- 
 rying. 
 
 Pressnre tone. A sudden ere- 
 ecendo, ex. 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Prestam^nte, It. (prSs-tS-mare-tS.) Hurriedly, 
 rapidly. ■• 
 
 Prestant, Fr. (prgs-tSnh.) The open diapason 
 stop in an organ, of either 33, 16, 8, or 4 feet scale ; 
 see Prdstanien. 
 
 Prest^zza, It, (prSs-^-sa.) Quickness, rapid- 
 ity. 
 
 Prestlsstmaui^te, It. (pree-tes-se-mS- I 
 
 Ft'eBtafsBlmo, li. i;pr?B-«8«-tB-rao.) S 
 
 Vets miaaf, mfiJOT'aS MBiJlWS. 
 
 PRIN 
 
 Pi'^StO ass&l. It. (pras-tS Ss-so-S.) Very quick, 
 with the utmost rapidity. 
 
 Presto, ma non trdppo, J^ (prda-ta mS nSn 
 trBp-pO.) Quick, but not too much so. 
 
 Priire, Fr. (prS-or.) A prayer, supplication. 
 
 Priests, cliantry. Stipendiary priests whose 
 particular object it was to sing mass in the chan- 
 tries. 
 
 Prima, If. (prS-ma.) First, chief, principal. 
 
 Prima biiffa. It. (pi-e-ma boof-fa.) The princi- 
 pal female singer in a comic opera. 
 
 Prima ddnna. It. (pre-ma d8n-na.) Principal 
 female singer in a serious opera. 
 
 Prima ddnna assolilta. It. First female sing- 
 er in an operatic establishment : the only one who 
 can claim that title. 
 
 Prima opera. It. (prS-ma Op-S-ra.) First pro- 
 ductions. 
 
 Prima ptirte, /£. (prS-ma »ar-tS.) First part. 
 
 Prima p&rte repetita. It. (pre-ma pdr-t$ iSr 
 pE-ta-tSo Bepeat the first part. 
 
 Primarii, Xa^ (prs-mo-rl-s.) Of the first rank— 
 a term applied to the first and second tones by old 
 writers. 
 
 Primary chord. The common chord; the first 
 chord. 
 
 Prima vista. It. (pri-mS. vls-t'i.) At first sight. 
 
 Prima v<Slta, /«. (prS-mS. vdt-tS..) The first time. 
 
 Prime, Ger. (prsm.) First note, or tone of a scale. 
 
 Prime donne. It. pi. (pri-mi ddn-aS.) The 
 plural of prima donna. 
 
 Primes. Two notes placed on the same degree 
 of the stafl". and having the same pitch of sound. 
 
 Primes, perfect. Piimes uninfluenced in their 
 tones by sharps or flats. 
 
 Prime, superfluous. An interval arising from 
 the flatting or sharping of one of the two notes 
 denominated primes. 
 
 Primicerio, Spa. (prS-mg-Wio-ri-o.) Precentor. 
 
 Primitive chord. That chord the lowest note 
 of which is of the same literal denomination as 
 the fundamental bass of the harmony. 
 
 Primo, It. (prS-mO.) Principal, first. 
 
 Primo hiiiro. It. (prg-mO boof-fo.) First male 
 singer in a comic opera. 
 
 Primo miisico. It. (prg-mO moo-ze-ko.) Prin- 
 cipal male singer. 
 
 Primo t^mpo. It. (pr5-mO tam-pO.) The first, 
 or original time. 
 
 Primo tendre, J«. (prg-mO iS-nB-iS.) I The first 
 
 Primo ndmo, It. (pre-mO wd-taO.) ) t e n or 
 singer. 
 
 Primo vlolino, It. (prg-mO vg-O-lS-nO.) The 
 first violin. 
 
 Prim-tone. Ger. pi. (prim-tS-nS.) Fundamen- 
 tal tones, or notes. 
 
 Principal, or octave. An important organ 
 stop, tuned an octave above the diapasons, and 
 therefore of four feet pitch on the manual, and 
 eight feet on the pedals. In German organs the 
 term Principal is also applied to all t£e open 
 diapasons of 32, 16, 8 and 4 feet. 
 
 Principal bass. An organ stop of the open 
 diapason species on the pedals. 
 
 Kriaolpal eltifie. The nau^ cedence lii.tt« 
 srlfieiml kl97,.») ealltfdbjetia'asB tfen^raUy Qbciu> 
 Hmi at tiib clOEiB 6t a pikc&. 
 
160 
 
 PEONOTTNCING MTTSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 a ale, & add, a arm, Sevs, 8 end, I ice, i ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, n lute, ii but, U French sound. 
 
 PRIN 
 
 Princlp&Ie, It. (pr6n-tshe-pS-16.) Principal, 
 chief: viol^no principdle, the principal violin. 
 
 Frincipalm^nte, It. (prSn-tsM-pai-man-tS.) 
 Principally, chiefly. 
 
 Principal octave. An organ stop ; see Princi- 
 pal. 
 
 nrincipal 'violin. The first or leading violin 
 in a performance. 
 
 Principal voices. The highest and lowest; 
 the soprano and bass. 
 
 Frincipiante, It. (pr5n-tshe-pS-an-t5.) A be- 
 ginner. 
 
 Prtncipien, Ger. (^r5n-tsIp-i-Sn.) Bndiments; 
 elements. 
 
 Probe, Ger. (prS-bS.) Proof, trial, rehearsal. 
 
 Proceleasmatic, Gr. (_prd-sel-oos-mdt-ik.) A 
 metrical foot in poetry consisting of four short 
 syllables. 
 
 Proc£lla', It. (prO-isA5Ma.) A storm, musical 
 delineation of a storm. 
 
 Froclucente, It. (prO-doo-isAe)i-t8.) Fifth tone 
 of the scale. 
 
 Proline mnsic. A term formerly applied to 
 all music not adapted to church service; secular 
 music. 
 
 Professenr de chant, Fr. (prO-fSs-siir diih 
 shS,nh.) A professor of vocal music ; a singing 
 master. 
 
 Professenr de ninsiq.ne, Fr. (prO-fSs-sur 
 d&h mii-sSA.) 
 
 Professdre dl mdsica, It. (prO-fgs-s^rS.de 
 moo-zS-ka.) 
 
 Professor of mnsic. In the universities, the prO' 
 fessor of music enjoys academical rank, confers 
 musical degrees, lectures on harmonic science, 
 etc. 
 
 ProgpL'Anime, It. (j^rO-gram-mS.) A programme. 
 
 Programme. An order of exercises for musical 
 or other entertainments. 
 
 Pregressio harmonica, Lat. (pro-g'r^s-sl-s 
 har-mfo-S-ka.) A. mixture stop in German or- 
 gans, commencing with two ranks at the bottom, 
 and increasing to three, four, or five ranks, in the 
 upper part of the manual. 
 
 Progression. A succession of triads or perfect 
 chords, which are confined to the tonic. 
 
 Progressidne, It. (prO-gr6s-sS-0-ne.) Progres- 
 sion. 
 
 Progressive. A term' applied to exercises, or 
 lessons, arranged especially for practical perform- 
 
 . ance, commencing with the elementary and ris- 
 ' , ing by slow grades to the most dilHcult style of 
 
 J '.performance. - 
 
 Progression, triple. In old music, a series 
 of fifths; 
 
 Progressive notes. Those notes which suc- 
 ceed each other, either in ascent or descent, by 
 those degrees, the settled order of which consti- 
 tutes the key of the composition or of the passage 
 in which they are found. 
 
 Prolatlo, Lat. (prO-Zrz-shi-O.) Adding a dot, to 
 increase, or lengthen, the value of a note. 
 
 Prolation. A method used in old music of de- 
 termining the value of semibreves and minima. 
 
 PnUA^wne', It. (prO^iartsS-^nS.) Prolation. 
 
 Fcotogli^tto, It. lipiO-lo-gat-a.) A short pro- 
 logue. 
 
 PROV 
 
 Prologo, Spa. (prO-W-go.) A prologue. 
 Prologue, mnsical. The preface or introduc- 
 tion to a musical composition or performance ; a 
 prelude. 
 
 Prolonged sh^^ke. A shake which can be 
 opened or closed at pleasure. 
 
 Proloqnium, Lat. (pro-io-ijul-ilm.) An intro- 
 ductory excess of words or syllables which pro- 
 ceeds the first bar of a chant. 
 
 Promenade concert. A vocal or instrumental 
 concert during which the audience promenade the 
 hall instead of being seated. 
 
 Promptement, Fr. (prdnht-manh.) I Eeadily, 
 
 Prontam^nte, It. (prOn-ta-mara-tS.) (quickly, 
 promptly. 
 
 Prdnto, It. (prSn-tO.) Eeady, quick. 
 
 Pronunzidre, It. (prO-noon-tsS-a-rS.) To pro- 
 nounce, to enunciate. [nounced. 
 
 9*ronnnziato. /*. (pro-noon-tsE-a-to.) Pro- 
 Prophet. Name given in remote times to bards 
 and rhapsodists. 
 
 Proportion, rhythmical. The proportion in 
 relation to time or measure between the notes 
 representing duration. 
 
 Propdsta, It. (prO-^Ss-ta ) Subject or theme of 
 a fugue. 
 
 Prosse setinentiSR, Lat. (pr5-sS ei-quen-shX-S.) 
 Hymns sung at the festivals of Easter and Pente- 
 cost. 
 
 Proscenlo, It. (pr0s-sAa-n5-0.) I ■p,.r,.-„,;„„ 
 
 Proscenio, Spa. hiOs-thd-nl-o.) f I^rospenmm. 
 
 Proscenium. (pros-s^«^i-ilm.) The front part 
 of the stage where the drop scene separates the 
 stage from the audience. 
 
 Proscorda, Gr. (prZs-kor-da,.) An instrumental 
 and varied accompaniment to 'the ancient vocal 
 music, invented by the Greek musician Crexus, 
 before whose time the accompaniment was in uni- 
 son, or note for note. 
 
 Proslamhanomenos, Gr. (prBs-lSm-bS-reiim-S- 
 nSs.) The lowest note in the Greek system, equiv- 
 alent to A on the first space in the bass of the 
 modern. 
 
 Prosodia, Gr. (prQ-so-dl-a.) A sacred song, or 
 hymn, sung by tlie ancients in honor of the gods. 
 
 Prosodiac. (prS-s5-di-Sk.) An epithet by which 
 the ancient Greeks distinguished a species of 
 Tzome or air sung in honor of Mars. 
 
 Prosody. A terih, partly grammatical and partly 
 musical, relating to the accent and me^-rical quan- 
 tityof syllables, in lyrical composition. 
 
 Protagonista, It. (prO-tft-gO-mes-ta.) The prin- 
 cipal character of a drama. 
 
 Protesis, Gr. (prdt-&-Bls.) A certain pause in 
 ancient Greek music. 
 
 Prothalamion, Gr. (prO-thS-Ja-ml-Bn.) A nup- 
 tial song. , 
 
 Protopsaltes, (prO-tS-peaZ-tSs.) The name of 
 that one of the two principal singers in the 
 patriarchal church of Constantinople who is sta- 
 tioned on the right side of the choir. 
 
 Prdva, It. (prB-\S,.) Proof, trial, rehearsal; 
 
 Prdva generate, It. (pro-va j&n-B-ra-lg.) The 
 last rehearsal previous to a public performance. 
 
 Froven^ales. (prO-vSn-sa-lSs ) Poets, or trou- 
 Ijadourii, in the eleventh century. 
 
PKONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 161 
 
 S ale, & add, a arm, B eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 9 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl Ju^e, & Au^ U French sound. 
 
 PROV 
 
 Prowisatdre, /J. (prOv-ve-ea-<S-r8.) See Im- 
 provvieatore. 
 
 Prusarunee, Hin. (proo-sa-roo-nS.) The sec- 
 ond of the Srootis into which the Mnddhum or 
 fonrth note of the Hindoo scales is divided. 
 
 Psallette, Fr. (psSl-lgt.) Singing-place, choir. 
 
 Fsallo, Gr. (saAo.) To play on, or to sing to, 
 a stringed instrument. 
 
 Psalm. A sacred song or hymn. 
 
 Psalm-bncb, Ger. {psalm bookh.) A psalter, 
 a hook of psalms. 
 
 Psalmen, Ger. {psai-ra&n.) To sing, to chant 
 psalms. 
 
 Psalm-gesans, Oer. (psalm ghS-zSng.) Psalm- 
 ody. 
 
 Psalmist. A composer, writer, or singer of 
 psalms or sacred songs. 
 
 Fsalmistae, Za^ (sSl-mls-tg.) Certain canonical 
 singers in the primitive chnrch. 
 
 Psaun-lied, Oer. (psSlm ISd.) Psalm, sacred 
 song or hymn. 
 
 Psaunodle, Fr. (psSl-m8-dE.) Psalmody. 
 
 Psalmodier, Fr. (psSl-mO-di-a.) To chant 
 psalms. 
 
 Psalmodist. One who sings sacred songs or 
 psalms. 
 
 Psalmody. The practice or art of singing psalms ; 
 a style or collection of music designed for church 
 service. 
 
 Psalmody Island. An island, formerly in the 
 diocese of Hismes, France, which had its name 
 flrom a monastery founded there ahout the end of 
 the fourteenth century, the constitution of which 
 enjoined the preserving of a perpetual psalmody, 
 called by the monkish writers Laus Perennia. 
 
 Psalmody, perpetual. The La'm Perennie. 
 
 Psalmographlst. A writer of psalms, or divine 
 Bongs and hynins. 
 
 PsaUnograpIiy. (sai-mB-grSf-y.) The art of 
 writing, or composing psalms or hymns. 
 
 Psalmsamiiiliing, Ger, (salm-sam-loong.) Col- 
 lection of psalms. 
 
 Psalm-'san^er, Ger. (psSlm sSng-Er.) Psalmo- 
 dist, psalm singer. 
 
 Psalm-sinsen, Ger. (psalm sing-gn.) Psalmody. 
 
 Psalter. The book of Psalms. 
 
 Psalter, Ger. (7)«ffl-tgr.) Psaltery. 
 
 Psalter- spiel, Ger. (psiU-tir spU.) Playing 
 on the psaltery. 
 
 Psalterion, Fr. (psai-t5-rl-8nh.) 1 A stringed 
 
 Psalterimn, Lat. (saWo-ri-iim .Hinstrument 
 
 Psaltery, Mng. ) much used by 
 
 the Hebrews, supposed to be a species of lyre, 
 harj), or dulcimer. 
 
 Psaltes, Gr. (sdl-tse.) A player on, or singer 
 to, a stringed instrument. 
 
 Psaltrise, Zat. (s«-trI-5.) Female singers and 
 players on the' psalterium, who entertained the 
 ancient Eomans at their banquets. 
 
 Psanme, Fr. (psOm.) A psalm. 
 
 Psaome des morts, Fr. (psOm dS m8r.) 
 Death psalm, funeral hymn. 
 
 PYTH 
 
 Pseautler, Fr. (psO-H-a.) A Psalter, or book 
 
 of psalms. 
 Pn. A syllable applied to the fifth note of the Hin- 
 doo scale in solfaing. 
 Pnente, Spa. (poo-a>i-tS.) The bridge of a 
 
 stringed instrument. 
 Pulcna, Mils, (pool-ka.) A Bussian dance, the 
 
 original of the polka. 
 Pulcher, Lat. (pfil-kSr.) Beautiful, gay. 
 Pulsatile. {pm-eSi-tel.) Striking ^ instruments 
 
 of percussion, as the drum, tambounne, etc. 
 Pulsatilla, Lat. (pul-sa-t^-I-a ) Pulsatile in- 
 struments. 
 Pnnchum. The name of the fifth note in the 
 
 Hindoo musical scale. 
 Punctum contra pnnctum, Lat. (punk- 
 
 ttxa kt^ttS, punk-ttra.) Point against point; see 
 
 Counterpoint. 
 Ponctus, Lat. (piink-Via.) A dot, a point. 
 Pnnctns candatus, Lat. (^pUnk-tta 'k.&vi-dd- 
 
 ttls.) In ancient music, a character otherwise 
 
 called point of alteration or division. 
 Pnnkt, Ger. (poonkt.) A dot. 
 Punkte, Ger. (poonte-tS.) Dots. 
 Punktirt, Ger. (poonk-w<.) Dotted. 
 Pnnktirte noten, Ger, (poonk-&-tg no-t'n.) 
 
 Dotted notes. 
 Ptirata, It. (,poon-t&.) The point, the top ; also, 
 
 a thrust, or push. 
 Fifnta d'arco. It. (^oon-ta' d'ar-ko.) I 
 
 Piinta del'arco, It. (poon-U, dSl ar-ko.) j 
 
 The point or tip of the bow. 
 Punt&to, It. (poon-2a-tO.) Pointed, detached, 
 
 marked. 
 Fnntear, Spa. (poon-tS-ar.) To pinch the 
 
 strings of a guitar. 
 Plinto, It. (poon-to.) A dot, a point. 
 PlSnto d'organo, It. (poon-to d'Or-gS-nO.) Or- 
 gan point. 
 Plinto d'accresslm^nto. It. (poon-to d'ak- 
 
 kr8s-sB-ma?j-tO.) The point of augmentation. 
 Plinto dl divisione. It. (poon-tO dS dg-v5- 
 
 zS-O-nS.) Point of division. 
 Plinto per pdnto. It. (poon-to pSr poon-tO.) 
 
 Note for note. 
 Fapitre, Fr. (pii-pgtr.) A music desk. 
 Pycnos, Gr. (pIk-nOs.) A name given by the 
 
 ancient Greeks to two of their genera of music, 
 
 the chromatic and enharmonic. 
 Fyp, Out. (pip.) A pipe. 
 Pyramidal flute. An 8 feet organ stop of wood. 
 Pyramidon, Or. (pi-ram-I-dOn.) An organ 
 
 stop of 16 or 32 feet tone, on the pedals, invented 
 
 by the Rev. F. A. G. Ouseley. The pipes are four 
 
 times larger at the top than at the mouth, and the 
 
 tone of remarkable gravity, resembling that of a 
 
 stopped pipe In quauty. 
 Pyrrhics, Gr. (pir-iSkB.) Ancient military 
 
 dances in which the dancers are armed. 
 Pyrrliique, Fr. (pIr-A5*.) A military dance. 
 Pythasorian lyre. An instrument said to 
 
 have been invented by Pythagoras. 
 
162 
 
 PEONOUNCIITG MUSICAL DICTIONART. 
 
 S ale, & add, a arm, S eve, & end, I ice, 1 ill, O old, odd, dove, oo moon, 1i lute, u but, u French sound. 
 
 h.) I 
 
 QUAD 
 
 (tnadrat, &<>*. (qn&d-ra^) The marked called a 
 
 natural, jj. 
 ^aadr&to. It. (quad-m-tO.) The note Bin the 
 
 natural or diatonic scale. 
 Qnadriciniuin, Lat. (quad-rl-sjn-I-am.) I 
 Huadripartite, Fr. (,Kad-ri-par-<S(.) ) 
 
 A quartet, a composition In four parts. 
 
 anadrisUo, It. (quad-cgi-yg-OO Quadrille. 
 uadriUe, Fr. (fea-rtr?Z.) A French dance, or 
 set of five consecutive dance movements, called 
 La Pantalon, La Poule, L'Ete, La Trenise (or La 
 Pastourelle), and La Finale. 
 
 Quadrillen, Ger. (quSd-iil-rn.) Quadrilles. 
 
 ^uadripartire, li. (quM-re-joar'-tS-rS.) To 
 divide into four parte. 
 
 Quadriplicato, It. (quad-rS-pIS-M-tO.) Quad- 
 ruple. 
 
 QaadrtTlum, Lat. (quM-rtf-I-iim.) The gen- 
 eral term in the ninth and tenth centuries for the 
 four sciences, music, arithmetic, geometry and 
 astronomy. 
 
 Qntidro, It. (quardro.) The' mark called a nat- 
 ural, t|. 
 
 Ouadraple. Fourfold. 
 
 Huadruple counterpoint. Counterpoint in 
 four parts, all of which may be inverted, and each 
 of them taken as a bass, middle, or high part. 
 
 Onadruple croche, Fr. (kS.d-rttpl krOsh.) 
 
 Hnadraple quaver, Fng. (_lcwad-in- 
 g'MS-vSr.) 
 
 Four-hooked; a half-demisemiqnaver, or semi- 
 deraisemiquaver. 
 
 Ou&druplo, It. (s«a(i-roo-plo.) I In four 
 
 Wnadmplo, Lat. {gudd-ioo-iilo.) | p a r t s. 
 
 Quantity. The relative duration of notes or syl- 
 lables. 
 
 Ou&rta, J^. (qnSr-tSi.t) A fourth; also the fourth 
 
 ^liarto. It. (quar-to.) (voice, or Instrumental 
 part. 
 
 Oiiarta mddi. It. (qudr-ta, mMS.) I The sub- 
 
 Qifai^a tdni. It. (quar-ta <o-nS.) j dominant, 
 or fourth note of the scale. 
 
 ttuart de son, Fr. (kSr dilh sOnh.) I A quarter 
 
 Onart de ton, Fr. (kar dUh tonh.) f tone. 
 
 Hnart de sonplr, Fr. (kSr dilh soo-pSr.) A 
 semiquaver rest. 
 
 Ouarte, Fr. (kilrt.) I . fnnrth 
 
 Ouarte, Oer. (quar-Vi.) \ ^ ^omtti. 
 
 Quarte augmentee, Fr. (kart Og-mSnh-<d.) 
 Sharp fourth. 
 
 <tuarte dlminnee, Fr. (kSrt dl-me-noo-S.) 
 Minor fourth. 
 
 Quarte de nazard, Fr. (kart diih na-sanJ.) 
 Fourth above the nazard, an organ stop identical 
 with the fifteenth. 
 
 (tuarte da ton, Fr. (kart dil tOnh.) The fourth 
 note of the scale. 
 
 Quarter note. A crotchet. 
 
 Quarter rest. A pause equal in duration to a 
 quarter note. 
 
 Quarter tone. A small interval, or deviation in 
 pitch, which, in the mathematical theory of music 
 18 found to exist, approximately, between Dg and 
 E|j, Gg and Afe, etc. 
 
 Quartet, strmged. A quartet, or composition 
 arranged for four stringed instruments, consisting 
 of first and second violins, viola and violincello. 
 
 tnartes, Fr. 
 {nartet, " 
 
 QUIE 
 
 (kart.) Fourths. 
 (aa&c-tit.) 
 
 A composition 
 
 fuartett, Ger. (quar-Sw.) Mor four voices or 
 
 Qnart^tto, It. (quar-tSt-tS.) ) instruments. 
 
 Quartettfno, It. (qnar-t8t-«?-nO.) A short quar- 
 tet. 
 
 Quartet, trood. A quartet consisting of the 
 flute, oboe, clarionet and bassoon. 
 
 Quart-fagott, Ger. (quart t&-gdt.) ) An old 
 
 Quart-fastftto, It. (quftrt fi-gst-to.) (sort of 
 bassoon, lormorly used as a tenor to the hautboy; 
 called also, Dulcino and Dulzain. 
 
 Quart-flSte, Ger. (quart fld-li.) A flute sound- 
 ing a fourth above. 
 
 Qu&rto, It. (qnar-to.) The fourth ; the quarter 
 note. 
 
 Qu&rto d'asp^tto, It. (quar-to d'as-p5M0.) A 
 semiquaver rest. 
 
 Qu&rto di tudno, 72. (qnar-to de twd-no.) Qiinr- 
 ter tone. 
 
 (quar-to v5-0-ZS-nO.) The 
 
 In the manner of, in the 
 It. (qud-zS ai-lg-ymi-to.) 
 (qud-zS S,ii-ddn-t&.) In the 
 (qud-zS ijras-to.) Like a 
 
 Quftrto violino. It. 
 
 fourth violin. 
 Qu&si, It. (qud-zB.) 
 
 style of. 
 Qn&si allegretto, 
 
 Like an AUegrHto. 
 Qu&si and&nte,7;. 
 
 style of an Andante. 
 Qu&si presto. It. 
 
 Presto. 
 Qn&si recltativo. It. (gud-zS ra-tshS-ta-K-vO.) 
 
 Resembling a recitative. 
 Qu&si una fantasia, It. (qua-ze oo-na fin-ta- 
 
 ze-a.) As if it were a fantasia. 
 Quatrain. A stanza of four lines rhyming alter- 
 nately. 
 Quatre, i?'r. (katr.) I Vonv. a quatremaint, 
 Qu&ttro, It. (quat-trO.) ) or. a gudttro mdni, for 
 
 four hands; a pianoforte duet. 
 Quatricinium, Lat. (quat-rS-ssre-I-iim.) A short 
 
 pi6ce for four horns or trumpets. 
 Quattricdma, It. (quat-tre-*5-ma.) ■ A deml- 
 
 seraiquaver. 
 Qu&tuor, Lat. (gwa-tii-Br.) A quartet. 
 Quaver. A note equal to half a crotchet. 
 Quaver rest. A mark of silence equal in value 
 
 to a quaver. 
 Quedo, Sim. (4a-d0.) Softly, gently, in a low 
 
 voice. 
 Querstriche, Ger. (jwor-sW-khg.) Ledger lines. 
 Quer-fliite, Ger. (guar ^o-tS.) German flute; 
 
 see Ftduto Traversa. 
 Querimonia, Lat. (qugr-l-m5-nl-a.) A religions 
 
 cantata of a dolorous cast; in the manner or the 
 
 Quer-pfeiife, Ger. (guSr pfl-SS.) A fife. 
 Qner-stand, ffer. (guS?' stand.) False relation; 
 
 in harmony. 
 Qn^sta, It. (guSs-t&.) 1 mv, -.^ -. 
 Qn^sto, It. IquOs-to.) \ ^'^^^' °'^ *"*'• 
 Queue, Fr. (kiih.) The tail, or stem, of a note; 
 
 also, the tail-piece of a violin, etc. 
 Quickstep. A lively march, generally in 3-4 
 
 time. 
 Quieltro, Spa. (kS-fl-brO.) A shake, or trill. 
 Qai£to, It (que-S-to.) Quiet, calm, serene. 
 
PKON'OtJWCING MUSICAL DICTION ABT. 
 
 163 
 
 a ale, & add, i arm, B eve, & end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, dove, oo moon, Z lute, & but, ii French tound. 
 
 QUIL 
 
 (^uillsina, £at. (qiiUt^-ma.) The name of one 
 
 -of the ten notes used in the middle ages. 
 Quills, The plectrums, or instruments formerly 
 
 nsed instead of the fingers in playing upon the 
 
 harp, gaitar, etc. 
 Qninaue, Lat. (qain-qng.) Five. 
 Onint, Za^ (quint.) ^ A fifth: also, the 
 tfulnta, /t. (quen-til.) ( name of an organ stop 
 Unlnte, Fr. (kSnht.) ( sounding a fifth (o r 
 QHlnte, &er. (quIn-tS.) j twelfth) above the 
 
 foundation stops. 
 Qnluta acuta, I-at. 
 
 above. 
 
 Qninta d^cima. It (qnSn-ta da-tshg-m£.) I 
 tiuintns decimns, Lat. (guin-tiiB dls-l-mie.) f 
 
 The Jift/i above the tenth, an organ stop identical 
 
 with the fifteenth. 
 
 (S«5»-ta il-ftfi-ta.) Fifth 
 
 Oulntadena, ) An organ stop: see 
 Q;uinta-ed-una. ) tion. 
 
 Qofnta mddi. It. (suin-ta, md-AS.) I The dom- 
 
 ^u£]ita tdni, It. {quen-ia ^-nS.) finant or 
 fifth fi-om the tonic. 
 
 Qulnta pars, Lat. (guin-tSi p&n.) An expres- 
 sion applied by the ecclesiastical musicians of 
 the fourteenth century to the fifth or additional 
 part of the choral seiTice. The established num- 
 ber was four; the caritus, or treble; altus, or coun- 
 ter tenor; the tenor and the bass. When an ad- 
 ditional part was employed it was called the 
 Quinta Pars. 
 
 Qnintaton, Ger. (qnfn-ta-^d7>.) A manual organ 
 stop of eight feet tone ; a topped diapason of 
 rather small scale producing the twelftli, as well 
 as the ground tone ; it also occurs as a pedal stop 
 of thirty-two and sixteen feet tone. 
 
 Onint-bass. An organ pedal stop; see Quint. 
 
 Qulnte, Fr. (kfinht.) Interval of a fifth. 
 
 outnte cachee, Fr. (kinjit kd-sha.) Hidden 
 fifth. 
 
 QUON 
 
 <lninte de Tiole, Fr. (kSnht diih vS-Sl.) The 
 viola. 
 
 Qulnte octaviante, Fr. (kSnht Sk-t^\l-dnht.) 
 Octave quint, the twelfth. 
 
 Qulnterne. An obsolete Italian Instrument, re- 
 sembling a lute. 
 
 Ctuintes, Fr. (kSnht.) Fifths. 
 
 (tuintet. A composition for five voices or instru- 
 ments. 
 
 Qnlnt^tto, It. (qusn-tawo.) I . nuinfet 
 
 Quintette, Fr. Ckanh-t6t.) f ^ Qumtet. 
 
 Qnint-ffigott, It. (qnent fa-gOt.) The small 
 Dassoon, or fagoitina, sounding a fifth higher than 
 the common bassoon. 
 
 Quint-gedacht, Oer. (quint ghS-dakht.) An 
 organ stop of the stopped diapason species, sound- 
 ing the fifth above. 
 
 Qumtilla, Spa. (,ken-iU-y&.) A metrical com- 
 position of live feet in each line. 
 
 Qufnto, It. (quEn-tO.) A fifth. 
 
 Quintoire, Fr. (kSnh-twar.) An old French 
 term applied to a species of descant consisting 
 chiefly of fifths. 
 
 Quintole,.Za^ (g«5ra-to-lE.) A group of five notes, 
 naving the same value as four or the same species. 
 
 Qulnt-saite, Ger. (quint sl-tS.) Treble string. 
 
 Quintuple. A species of time now seldom used, 
 containing five parts in a bar. 
 
 Quire. A choir, a body of singers; that part of a 
 church where the choristers sit; see Choir. 
 
 Quirister. A chorister (little used). 
 
 Qui tolliS, Lat. (que ^^MIs.) A part of the 
 Gloria. 
 
 Quodlibet. Lat. (gwM-li-bgt.) A medley of airs, 
 etc., out of different works, or by various com- 
 posers; a musical pot-pourri. 
 
 Qaoniam tu solus, Lat. (quo-nl-am tfl sa-Ilis.) 
 Part of the Gloria, 
 
164 
 
 PKOBTOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIOIirAET. 
 
 a ale, S, add, S, arm, S eve, g end, I ice, J ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, 1i ftwi, ii French sound. 
 
 E 
 
 B, or K H, indicates the right hand in piano- 
 forte playing. 
 
 Rabani. (ra-Sa-ne.) 1 A species of tamhourine 
 
 Kabbana. (rii-6a-na.) j u sed by the negroes. 
 
 B&bbla, It. (?'»6-bS-a.) Rage, fury, madness. 
 
 Kabel, Spa. (ra-6a/.) An ancient musical instru- 
 ment of three strings played with a bow. 
 
 Baccourcir, Fr. (rii-coor-sBr.) To abridge. 
 
 Racleur. Fr. (ra-kl6r.) A poor player. 
 
 Raddolc^ndo, It. (rad-d01-*sAa'ft-dO.) I With 
 
 Ra<ldolc6nte, It. (rad-dOl-te/jSn-tS.) j" increas- 
 ing softness ; becoming softer by degrees. 
 
 Baddoppiam^nto, It. (rad-dOp-pS-a-mara-to.) 
 Augmentation; reduplication; the doubling of an 
 interval. 
 
 Baddoppi&te ndte. It. (rad-dOp-pS-o-tS nO-tS.) 
 Repeated, or reiterated notes. 
 
 Raddoppi&to, It. (rad-dop-ps-o-to.) Doubled, 
 increased, augmented. 
 
 Radical bass. The fundamental bass, the roots 
 of the various chords. 
 
 Raggitfne, It. (rad-jE-S-nS.) Eatio; proportion. 
 
 Ragoke. A small Russian horn. 
 
 Raflentam^nto, It. (rai-lSn-t^ma»-tO.) 1 
 
 Rallent&ndo, It. (rai-i5n-<am-do.) 1- 
 
 Rallent&to, It. (ral-lSn-<a-to.) J 
 
 The time gradually slower and the sound- grad- 
 ually softer. 
 
 Ballent&ndo assai. It. (rai-len-Mn-dO as-sa-S.) 
 A slackening of the time. 
 
 Bans des Taches, Fr. (ranh dS vash.) Pas- 
 toral aire played by the Swiss herdsmen, to assem- 
 ble their cattle together for the return home. 
 
 Rapidam^nte, It. (ra-pe-da-mffi«-tS.) Rapidly. 
 
 Rapidam^nte e brillante. It. (ra-pg-diir 
 »ian-te a brel-Mn-t5.) Rapidly and brilliantly. 
 
 Bapidita, It. (^ra-pS-dS-^a.) Rapidity. 
 
 B&pido, It. (ra-pB-dO.). Rapid. 
 
 Bappel. A noisy Egj-ptian instrument, some- 
 thing like a drum. 
 
 Bapsodie, Fr. (rSp-sO-d?.) I A caprieeio, a 
 
 Rapsody, Eng. (m^-sO-dy.) [ fragmentary piece, 
 a wild, unconnected composition. 
 
 Bascli, Ger. (rash.) Swift, spirited. 
 
 Base-;^esang, Ger. (ra-zS ghg-sonc.) I A wild 
 
 Base^lied, Ger. {rd-z& lid.) fsong, a 
 
 dithyrambic. 
 
 Basg&do, Spa. (ms-ga-Aa ) Drawing the thumb 
 over the strings of a guitar, so as produce an 
 arpeggio effect. 
 
 Bastral, Lat, (ras-trai.) I A littl? instru- 
 
 Bastrnm, Za^ (ras-tiilm.) ( ment for drawing 
 music lines on staves. 
 
 Batten^ndo, It. (rat tB-«o)i-do.) I Holding 
 
 Batteniito, It. (rat-tS-reoo-tO.) (back, r e- 
 straining the time. 
 
 Batt^zza, It. (rat-<a(-sa.) Swiftness, rapidity. 
 
 Bancedlne, It. (ra-oo-tshg-(?5-n6.) Hoarseness. 
 
 Bauco, It. (ra-oo-ko.) Hoarse, harsh. 
 
 Bauh, Ger. (ra-ooh.) I p„,,„v 
 
 Bauauc-J?-?-. (rOk.) f ^°^^^^- 
 
 Bansch-pfeife, Ger. (roush-pfl-fS.) 1 Rustling 
 
 Bansch- quint, Ger. (roush quint.) ] flftli ; a 
 mixture stop in German organs, the 18th and 15th 
 on one slide. 
 
 Bavanastron. A very simple form of bow in- 
 etroment among the Hindoos of ancient origin. 
 
 RECI 
 
 Ravrlvdndo, It. (rav-vB-mn-dO.) R e v i v i ii g, 
 quickening, accelerating. 
 
 Ravviv&ndo 11 t^mpo. It. (rav-vB-san-dO Bl 
 tam-vH.') Accelerating the time. 
 
 Re. i(ra.) A syllable applied in solfaing, to the 
 note D. 
 
 Reading music. The act of singing or playing 
 music at sight. 
 
 Real^o, Spa. (ra-a-^a-ho.) A chamber organ. 
 
 Rebec. r A Moorish word signifying an mstru- 
 
 Rebecca. f ment with two strings played on with 
 a bow. The Moors brought the Rebec into Spain, 
 whence it passed into Italy, and after the addition 
 of a third string obtained the name of Rebecca, 
 whence the old English Rebec, or fiddle with three 
 strings. 
 
 Rebecchino, It. (ra-bBt-^S-nO.) Small rebec 
 guitar. 
 
 Be b^mol, .Fr. (ra ba-mol.) The note D-flat. 
 
 Be bfimol niajeur, Fr. (ra ba-mOl ma-zhto.) 
 The key of D-flat major. 
 
 Bechanter, Fr. ■ (ra-shanh-iS.) To sing again. 
 
 Beebeat. An old term for a series of notes which 
 huntsmen sound on a horn to recall the dogs fl:om 
 a false scent. 
 
 Bebab. I. . „ j.. 
 
 Bebeb. f ^ ^^''^''■ 
 
 Becherche, Fr. (ri-sharsh.) Research? name 
 formerly given by the French to an extempora- 
 neous prelude introducing a piece. 
 
 Becbercli^, i''/'. (rB-shSr-sAa.) Rare, affected, 
 formal. 
 
 Becbt, Ger. (rSkht.) Right. 
 
 Bechte hand, Ger. (rSkht hand.) Right hand. 
 
 Beeitado, Spa. (ra-tshs-ta-do.) Recitative. 
 
 Becltd.ndo, It. (ra-tBhB-<a»j-dO.) I Declamatory, 
 
 Beclt&nte, It. (ra-tshs-te'ra-tg.) ( in the style of 
 a recitative. 
 
 Becitative. (rg-sl-ta-i!?j).) A species of musical 
 declamation in which the performer rejects the 
 rigorous rules of time and endeavors to imitate 
 the inflections, accent and emphasis of natural 
 speech. 
 
 Becltatif, J'?'. (rg-sB-ta-<?/.) ] 
 
 Becltatlv, Ger. (rgt-sl-tii-tif.) V Recitative. 
 
 Recltatfvo, It. (rB-tshg-ta-^?-vi5.) ) 
 
 Recitative accompanied. A recitative is 
 said to be accompanied when, besides the bass, 
 there are parts for other instruments, as violins, 
 flutes, hautboys, etc. 
 
 Becltatlvo Instroment&to, It. (rg-tshB-ta-tc- 
 vO Bn-strO-mgn-ta-tO.) Accompanied recitative. 
 
 Beoltativo paplftnte. It. (rg-tshg-ta-te-vo 1 
 par-/are-tg.) 
 
 Becitativo sficco. It, (rS-tshS-ta-tB-vO sak-'ka,) , 
 Unaccompanied recitative: also, when accompa- 
 nied only by the violincello and double bass, or 
 the pianoforte or organ. 
 
 Becitativo stromentfito. (i-B-tshB-ta-tB-vO 
 strO-mgn-<(Z-t5.) Recitative accompanied by the 
 orchestra : see Recitative Instromentato. 
 
 Bedtatlvzug, Ger. (rBt-si-ta-tif-tsoog.) Recita- 
 tive stop. 
 
 Berltatore, It. (rg-tshB-ta-M-rS.) One who re- 
 cites. ^ 
 
 Becltazlone, It, (rg-tshe-ta-tse-o-ng.) Recita- 
 tion. 
 
 e. 
 vo) 
 
 i,)S 
 
PRONOtTNCINa MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 165 
 
 is ale, it add, S, arm, S else, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, a lute, fi 6m<, il Frencli sound 
 
 RECI 
 
 B^citer, Fr. (iS.-Bl-tS.) To recite. 
 
 Reciting note. The note in a chord upon which 
 the voice dwells until it comes to a cadence. 
 
 Reclame, Fr. (rS-kiam.) The song of a bird. 
 
 B^clamer, Fr. (ra-klii-ma.) To sing in imita- 
 tion of a bird. 
 
 Reeomposed. Composed again ; reset. 
 
 Record. Among bird fanciers this verb is used to 
 signify the first essays of a bird In singing. 
 
 Recorder. An old wind instrnment somewhat 
 resembling a flute, but of smaller bore and shriller 
 tone. 
 
 Recorder. An instrument which, when attached 
 to a pianoforte, will record upon paper the notes 
 that are played. 
 
 Recreation. A composition of attractive stjle, 
 designed to relieve the tediousness of practice ; 
 an amusement. 
 
 Recreations mnsicales, Fr. (rgk-rSi-a-sI-Onh 
 ZDU-zi-kdl.) Musical recreations. 
 
 Recte, Lai. (rfft-t8.) Kight, straight, forward. 
 
 Recte et retro, Lat. (rgk-tS 6t TO-trO.) For- 
 ward, then backward; the subject, or melody, 
 reversed, note for note. 
 
 Rector choii, Lat. (xlk-t6i ko-n.) The leader 
 of choral performances. 
 
 Recneil d'hynmes, Fr. (rg-kil-e d'emn.) 
 Hymn book. 
 
 Reddita. /£. (rSd-dS-ta.) ) Return to the subject; 
 
 Redita, /<. (re-dS-ta.) f repetition of a melody. 
 
 Redoble, Spa. (r6-dS-bl8.) A repetition, a double 
 beat on a. drum. 
 
 Redondilla, 5;7a. (rg-dOn-del-ya.) A roundelay; 
 a stanza of four lines of eight sj^llables each. 
 
 Redoabled. An epithet applied to an^ simple 
 interval carried into its octave; as the thirteenth, 
 composed of a sixth and octave, is a redoubled 
 sixth. 
 
 Redonblement, Fr. (rS-doobl-manh.) See Sad- 
 doppiamento. 
 
 Redo'tra. (rta!-8-wft.) ) A Bohemian 
 
 R^dowak. (rfd-B-wak.) 1-dance, in 2-4 
 
 RedOTrazka. (rld-6-vi&tB-kS,.) (and .3-4 time 
 alternately. 
 
 Rednblic&nte, It. (rS-doob-lS-iffi?i-t5.) Redoub- 
 ling. 
 
 RedabUciito, It. (rS-dooh-lE-Sa-tO.) Redoubled. 
 
 Rednciren, Ger. (r^-ioo-tsir-Sn.) To reduce, or 
 arrange, a full instrumental score, for a smaller 
 band, or for the pianoforte or organ. 
 
 Reductlo, Lat. (rS-duk-ebl-O.) Reducing, or 
 bringing back augmented intervals to their orig- 
 inal value; see, also, Seduciren. 
 
 Rednndant chord. A chord which contains a 
 greater number of tones or half tones than it has 
 m its natural state, as from C to sharp 6. 
 
 Redundant fourth. An augmented fourth. 
 
 Rednndant intervals. See Augmented Inter- 
 vals. 
 
 Reed. The flat piece of cane placed on the beak 
 or mouthpiece of the clarinet and and basset- 
 horn; this is called a single reed.' The double 
 reed is the, mouthpiece of the hautboy, English 
 horn and bassoon, formed of two pieces of cane 
 joined together. The term reed is also applied 
 to the smfll metal tube through which the wind 
 passes, in some organ pipes. 
 
 REGU 
 
 Reed Hfth. I A stopped quint register in an 
 
 Reed Kasat. I organ, the stopper of which has a 
 hole or tube in it. 
 
 Reed, £ree.- When, in an organ reed pipe, the 
 tongue vibrates in the middle of the tube, without 
 striking against its sides, it is called &,f'ree reed. 
 
 Reed instrnments. Instruments whose sounds 
 are produced by the action of air upon reeds 
 formed of metal or wood. 
 
 Reed organ. An organ of small size in which 
 the keys open valves and allow the wind from the 
 bellows to act upon reeds. 
 
 Reed pipe. A pipe formed of reed, used singly 
 or in numbers, as the pipes of Pan, in ancient 
 times, or in conn^tion with other kinds of pipes, 
 as in the organ. 
 
 Reed stops. Those stops in an organ, the pecul- 
 iar tone of which is produced by the wind having 
 to pass through a reed placed at the bottom of the 
 pipe and putting the tongue into vibration. 
 
 Reed, striking. When in an organ reed pipe, 
 the wind passing through causes the. tongue to 
 strike against the tube, it is called a striking jeed. 
 
 Reed triunnet. An instrument invented in 
 18^2, consisting of a trumpet enclosing thirty-six 
 small pipes, each having a brass tongue or reed, ar- 
 ranged in a circle and pointing toward the centre 
 so that by turning the circle each pipe could be 
 brought in succession between the mouthpiece 
 and the bell of the instrument. 
 
 Reedy-toned. Partaking somewhat of the tone 
 of the reed. 
 
 Reel. A lively Scotch dance. Originallj; the term 
 Shay, or Seel, was applied to a very ancient Eng- 
 lish dance, called " the Hay " ; see Shay. 
 
 R^iiechir, Fr. (rS-fla-shSr.) To throw back, to 
 
 Reforzada, Spa. (rg-for-ifta-da.) The bass chord 
 of a stringed instrument. 
 
 Refrain. The burden of a song, a ritornel ; a re- 
 peat;^ see Burden. 
 
 Regal. A portable organ, used in former times in 
 rengious processions. 
 
 Regalia, Spa. (rs-oo-ll-a.) In an organ a pipe 
 whose tones resemble the human voice. 
 
 Regens chori, Lat. (ra-jSns *g-rl.) The choir 
 master in German churches. 
 
 Regimental band. . A company of musicians 
 attached to a regiment: a military band. 
 
 Regina coeli, Lat. (rS-jS-nii se-li.) Queen of 
 Heaven; a hymn to the Virgin. 
 
 Register. The stops, or rows of pipes in an 
 organ; also applied to the high, low, or middle 
 parts, or divisions, of the voice ; also the compass 
 of a voice or instrument. 
 
 Registering. The proper management of the 
 stops in an organ. 
 
 Registerstimme, Ger. (r5-ff/«s-tSr-shm-m6.) 
 Tone produced by a register or stop on the organ. 
 
 Registre, Ji'r. (rSg-Ss??-.) I Register, draw 
 
 Registro, /;. (rg-jga-trO.) ( s t o p. 
 
 Regie, Fr. (rSgl.) / Rule, or precept, for 
 
 R^gola, /^ (rS-gO-ia.) (composition or perform- 
 ance. 
 
 Regie de I'octave, Fr. (rSgl dtih l'Ok-ia».) 
 See Rule of the Octave. 
 
 RegnlS'i ^o*- i.rig-^-\^.) A rule. 
 
166 
 
 PRONOtrNOING MUSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 & ale, S, add, & arm, € eve, € end, I ice, X ill, old, 6 odd, Q dove, oo moon, H lute, ii but, H French sounds 
 
 REGIT 
 
 JReenlse, Lat. (rUg-H-le.) The registers or stops 
 in an organ. 
 
 Jtesnlar. Alike appllcaUe to any clef, motion, 
 phrase or section. 
 
 Kegalar motion. Similar motion. 
 
 Keliabeli. A viol with one string, used by the 
 Arabians. 
 
 Rehearsal. (rS-A<fr-sSl.) A trial, or practice, 
 previous to a public performance. 
 
 Rcihen, Ger. (rt-Sn.) Song, dance. 
 
 KeUien-taiiz, Ger. ()^-en tdnis.) Circular 
 dance. 
 
 Rein, &er. (rin.) Pure, clear, perfect: kurzund 
 rein, distinct and clear. 
 
 Reiiie stimme, Ger. (n-n5 silm-m^.) Clear 
 voice. 
 
 Reiselied, Ger. {ri-zS-lld.) A traveling song; 
 a pilgrim^s hymn or song. 
 
 Reiteracion, Spa. (ra-E-tSr-arthS-Sm.) Eepeti- 
 tion, reiteration. 
 
 ttclacion. Spa. (rS-la-thS-on.) A ballad. 
 
 Reiao.ionero, Spa. (rS-la-the-O-reo-ro.) A ballad 
 singer. — 
 
 ICelated. A term applied to those chords, modes, 
 or keys, which, by reason of their affinity and 
 close relation of some of their componant sounds, 
 admit of an easy and natural transition from one 
 to the other. 
 
 Relation. That connection which any two sounds 
 have with one another in respect of the interval 
 which they form. 
 
 Relatio non harmonica, Lat. (rg-2a-shi-0 
 nOn har-md«-i-ka.) False relation. 
 
 Relation, false. That connection which any 
 two sounds have with one another when the inter- 
 val which they I'orm is either superfluous or dimin- 
 ished. See Jahe relation. 
 
 Relative keys. Keys which only differ by one 
 sharp or flat, or which have the same signatures. 
 
 Religlosam€nte, It (rg-ls-jg-o-za-mcin-tg.) I 
 
 Religi<>so, It. (rg-le-jS-a-zO.) ) 
 
 Religiously, solemnly, in a devout manner. 
 
 Relish, donble. One of the old English graces. 
 
 Re majenr, :Fr. (ra ma-zhiir.) D major. 
 
 Re minenr, Fr. (ra mS-nSr.) D minor, 
 
 Remlssio, Lat. (rg-mis-si-o.) The passage of the 
 voice from the acute to the grave; the reverse of 
 intentio. 
 
 Reminiscenz, Ger. (rS-Tnl-nia-tsents.) Eem- 
 iniscence ; see Plagiat. 
 
 Remote keys. Those keys whose scales have 
 few tones in common, as the key of C and the key 
 ofDt 
 
 Bemplissage,i^r. (ranh-pU-sazh.) Filling np; 
 the middle parts ; also, a term applied to the dec- 
 orative flourishes introduced in concertos and 
 bravura airs. 
 
 Bendre un ton, Fr. (ranhdr ijnh tfinh.) To 
 yield or give a sound. 
 
 Rentr^e, Fr. (ranh-tra.) Seturn; re-entry of 
 the subject or theme. 
 
 Benverdie, Fr. (ranh-vgr-de.) Songs celebrating 
 the return of verdure and spring time. 
 
 Renversement, Fr. (ranh-vfrs-manh.) An In- 
 version. 
 
 BeiiTerser, .T'r. (ranh-vSr-sa.) To invert. 
 
 REQU 
 
 (rSnh-vwa.) A repeat; the mark of 
 A Danish peasant dance very 
 
 SipD ur Rpi' 
 
 BenTOi, Fr. 
 
 repetition. 
 
 Beol, jDaw. (ra-Ol.) 
 similar to the reel. 
 
 Bepeat. A character indicating that 
 certain measures or passages are to 
 be sang or played twice. 
 
 Bepeat 8va. Kepeat an octave higher. 
 
 Bepercotim^nto, It. (rS-par-kO-t8-»ia«-to.) ' 
 
 Bepercusslo, Lat. (rSp-6r-ifis-sI-o.) f 
 
 Repercussion ; the answer, in a fugue. 
 
 Bepercnssion. A frequent repetition of the 
 same sound. This happens in the harmonic 
 triad, the essential sounds of whose three chords 
 are repeated oftener than the others; i e., the 
 final and the dominant, which are properly the 
 repercussions of each mode. 
 
 B^percnter, Fr. (rS-pSr-kii-ta.) To repercuss, 
 to reverberate. 
 
 Bepetatnr, Lat. (rSp-S-(a-tiir.) Let it be re- 
 peated. 
 
 Bepetent, ff«r. (r6p-S-Wn<.) A teacher who con- 
 ducts the rehearsals. 
 
 B£p€ter, Fr. (ra-pa-ta.) To repeat. 
 
 Bepetim^nto, It. (r6-pa-ts-ma«-to.) I Repeti- 
 
 Bepetizidne, 7^ (re-pa-t6-tse-5-n60 (tion. 
 
 B^p^tat^ur, Fr. (rO-pa-ta-tiir.) Private music 
 teacher. 
 
 B^p^tition, Fr. (ra-pa-t5-si-0nh.) Rehearsal; 
 repetition. 
 
 Bepetitious. Containing repetitions. 
 
 Bepetitdre, It. (rgp-a-tg-ilS-rS.) The director of 
 a rehearsal. 
 
 B^pertoire de I'opera, Fr. (ra-pgr-twSr dtth 
 rsp-fi-ra.) A collection of pieces from an opera. 
 
 Bepicar, /Spa. (rS-pi-A:d>.) To chime; to ring a 
 merry peal. 
 
 Bepiqne, Syja. (ra-^5-k8.) A merry peal rung on 
 festive occasions. 
 
 Bepitatore,/^. (rSp-E-ta-M-rg.) Aprivateteacher; 
 the director of a rehearsal. 
 
 B^plica, It. (ra-ple-ka.) Reply, repetition ; see, 
 also, Bepercussio. 
 
 Beplicate. irlp-li kat.) A repetition. 
 
 Beplication. A return or repercussion of sound. 
 (iSeldom used.) 
 
 Beplicdto, It. (rSp-lS-*a-tO.) Repeated. 
 
 Beplicazidne, It. (rgp-le-ka-tsS-d-nS.) Repeti- 
 tion. 
 
 B^pondre, Fr. (rS-pOnhdr.) To respond, to an- 
 swer. 
 
 R^ponse, Fr. (rarpfinhs.) 'The answer, in a 
 fugue. 
 
 Repos, Fr. (ra-pO.) A pause. 
 
 Reprise, .fr. (rSirprgz.) The burden of a song; 
 a repetition, or return, to some previous part; in 
 old music, when a strain was repeated, it was 
 called a reprise. 
 
 Benrise d'nn op^ra, Fr. (ra-prgz d'ilnh n'B- 
 pe-ra.) The reproduction- or revival of an opera. 
 
 Beqnarta, Spa. (rg-Aar-ta.) One of the chords 
 of a guitar. 
 
 Bequiebro, Spa. (rg-kS-a-brO.) A trill of the 
 voice. 
 
 Beqniem, Lat. (j-iJ-qui-gm.) A Mass, or musical 
 service for the dead. 
 
PRONOUNCINa MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 167 
 
 ft ale, S, add, S arm, e eve, & end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, n lute, ft but, II French sound 
 
 REQU 
 
 Re^nlntar, Spa. (rS-kSn-tSr.) To raise or lower 
 the tone. 
 
 Resilience. (rS-sIl-I-gns.) The return or re- 
 boaud of :i eooud. 
 
 Kessina, It. (ra-se-nS,.) Besin, rosin. 
 
 Besolutio, Lat. (rSz-o-2^-shI-0.) Besolution. 
 
 Resolution. Eesolving a discord into a concord 
 according to the rules of harmony. 
 
 Itesoluzione, It. (rSs-O-loo-tsS-3-ng.) fiesolu- 
 tion, decision, firmness; also, the progression 
 from a discord to a concord. 
 
 Resolved canon. Formerly a canon was said 
 to "be resolved, or written in resolution, when, in- 
 stead of being comprised in a single staff, all the 
 parts were given in separate staves. 
 
 Kesolving a discord. Passing a dissonance 
 into a concord, usually after it has been heard in 
 the preceding harmony. 
 
 Resonacion, Spa. (rSs-0-n5-thg-5n.) Resounding. 
 
 Resonance. Sound, reverberation, echo. 
 
 Resonancia, Spa. (rgs-O-nan-thi-a.) Besonance, 
 consonance, harmony. 
 
 Resonant. Besounding, returning sound. 
 
 Resonanz-boden, Ger. (j:&-aB-ndnt8-bS-i'n.) The 
 sonnding board, of a pianoforte, etc. 
 
 R^sonnement, i^r. (ra-sSnh-manh.) Besonance. 
 
 R^sonuer, Fr. (ra-sSnh-nS.) To resound, to 
 echo. 
 
 Respiration, Eng. (rSs-pI-ra-shiin.) 1 Taking 
 
 Respirazl6ne, It. (r6s-pS-ra-tse-0-n6.) y breath 
 
 Respiro, It. (rgs-pS-rO.) ( in sing- 
 
 ing. 
 
 Respiro, It. (rgs-pS-rO.) A semiquaver rest. 
 
 Response. ) Besponse or 
 
 Responsidne,/^. (rg-spSn-sg-o-nS Vaiiswer of the 
 
 Respdnso. (te-spon-BO.) ) choir. 
 
 The name of a kind of anthem sung in the Boman 
 Catholic church after the morning lesson, and 
 which concludes in the form of a rondo. In a 
 fugne the response is the repetition of the given 
 subject by another part. 
 
 Responsoilen, Lat. (rg-spSn-s^-rl-gn.) | 
 
 Responsariam, Lat. (r£-spOn-s^ri-iim.) y 
 
 Responsmm, Lat. (rg-spdn-sum.) ) 
 
 See response. 
 
 Responsive, It. (rg-spBn-«3-vO.) Eesponsive. 
 
 Resserrement, J"?-. (rgs-eSr-mSnh.) SeeStrgtto. 
 
 Rest. A character indicating silence. 
 
 Rest, crotchet. A rest equal in duration 
 to the length of a' crotchet or quarter note. 
 
 Best, demisemiqnaver. A rest equal 
 in duration to a demisemlquaver or thirty- 
 second note. 
 
 Rest, dotted. A rest having a dot alBxed, by 
 which its value is increased one-half. 
 
 Rest, double dotted. A rest with two dots 
 after it, which increase its value by three-fourths. 
 
 Rest, eiehth. See Quaver Best. 
 
 Rest. half. See Minim Best. 
 
 Best, hemidemisemiqnaver. A rest 
 equal in value to a hemidemisemiquaver. 
 
 Best, minim. A rest equal in length to a 
 
 Bestoration. The restoring a note made flat or 
 sharp to its primitive sound. 
 
 RH 
 
 Rest, q^narter note. See Crotchet Best. 
 Rest, quaver. A rest equalling in length c 
 a quaver. 
 
 Rest, semibreve. A rest equal in Jura-c 
 tion to a semibreve. t 
 
 Rest, semiquaver. A rest equal in dura- f 
 tion to a semiquaver. 
 
 Rest, sixteenth. See Semiquaver rest. 
 
 Rest, sixty-fourth. See Hemidemisemiquaver 
 rest. 
 
 Rest, thirty-second. See Demisemlquaver 
 rest. 
 
 Rest, Avhole. See Semibreve rest. 
 
 Retard. To holdback, to diminish the time. 
 
 Retard&ndo, /£. {.rH-tSft-ddn-AO.) A retarding 
 of the movement. 
 
 Retardation. Slackening, or retarding the 
 time ; also, a suspension, in harmony, prolonging 
 some note of a previous chord into the sncceeding 
 one. 
 
 Retentir, Tr. (ra-tanh-t5r,) To resound. 
 
 Retentlssement, Fr. (r5rtiinh-tes9-m£nh.) 
 Peal, loud sound, re-echoing. 
 
 Retinte, Spa. (rS-<8n-tg.) A tinkling sound. 
 
 Retintin, Spa. (rS-^Sn-tgn.) An anected tone 
 of the voice, a tinkling sound. 
 
 Retralte, J*?-. (iS-trat.) Eetreat; tattoo, in mil- 
 itary music. 
 
 Retro, Lat. (ra-trO.) Backward, the melody re- 
 versed, note for note. 
 
 Retrograde. (rf«-r0-gr5de.) Going backward. 
 
 Retro^'ade imitation. Where the answer, or 
 imitating part, takes the subject backward. 
 
 Retroerade inversion. An inversion made 
 by commencing on the last note of the subject, 
 and writing it backward to the first note. 
 
 Retroerfido, It. (ratrO-jrTO-dO.) Eetrograde, 
 going backward. 
 
 Rdtto, It. (rat-to.) Bight, straight, direct. 
 
 Retumbante, Spa. (ra-toom-&an-tg.) Besonant, 
 sonorous. - 
 
 Retnmbo, Spa. {rS-toomAiB.) Besonance, echo. 
 
 Return. A repetition. ■ 
 
 Retusa, £a^ (T(i-tU-e&.) An old term for stopped 
 organ pipes. 
 
 Reveille, Fr. (rS-vS-yi.) Awaking, a military 
 morning signal; also horn music played early in 
 the morning, to awake the hunter. 
 
 Reverberate. (rg-ti?r-bg-rst.) To throw back a 
 sound ; to echo. 
 
 Reverberiren, (?«?. (r2f-gr-bg-rg-r'n.) To rever- 
 berate. 
 
 Reversed C. A sign in old music signifying 
 a diminuation of one-half of the value of the ffl 
 notes. 
 
 Reversed retroerade imitation. A form 
 of imitation in which the subject is commenced 
 backward in the answer, and in contrary motion. 
 
 Reversed motion. Imitation by contrary mo- 
 tion, in which the ascending intervals are changed 
 into descending and vice versa. 
 
 Re-voice. To repair an organ pipe so as to re- 
 store its proper quality of tone. 
 
 Rey, Spa. (ra.) A Spanish dance. 
 
 R. H. In pianoforte mneic used to indicate tti^ 
 right hand. 
 
168 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAKT. 
 
 5 ale, S. add, & arm, S eve, S end, t ice, J ill, old, odd, Q dove, oo moon, H lute, t. but, ii French sound. 
 
 KHAP 
 Kbapsodie, Ger. (r&p-sS-di.) I q„ p.„„„j;„ 
 
 Jthapsodi, ffr. (rSp-sO-da.) PerBOns among the 
 ancients whose profession it was to sing or recite 
 the verses of Homer and other celebrated poets. 
 
 Rliay. An old Anglo-Saxon name for the dance 
 called " the Hay " ; see Seel. 
 
 Kliytlun, Mng. (rithm.) ■) The division 
 
 Kbythmas, 6y. (rith-mtB.) (of musical 
 
 Rhytlunns, Lat. (/•jWj-miis.) ' ( ideas or sen- 
 
 Khytlunns, Oer. (rith-moos.) ) t e n c e s into 
 regular metrical portions; musical accent and 
 cadence as applied to melody. 
 
 Jlliythme, Fr. (rtthm.) Hhythm. 
 
 Bhythmical. Conformable to rhythm. 
 
 Bhythmically. In a rhythmical manier. 
 
 Bhytlimiq.ae, I'r. (rith-mej:.) I n-h,,ty,-^i^„i 
 
 Rhythmisch, eer. (rti-mish.) f Khythmical. 
 
 Biltattere, /(.- (r8-6oY-ta-r5.) To reverberate. 
 
 Bibattlm^nto, It. (rg-hat-tS-ma)i-tO.) Eeper- 
 cuesion, reverberation. 
 
 Bibattdta, It. (rS-bSt-ioo-ta.) A beat, a passing 
 note. 
 
 Kib^ba, It. (iS-bd-M.) A Jew's harp. 
 
 Bib^ca, It. (re-Sa-kii.) See Bebec. 
 
 Bibeccbfno, It. (rS-bSk-AS-nO.) A small JSebec. 
 
 Bibible. An old instrument supposed to be of 
 the ghittern, or fiddle species; see Eebeo. 
 
 Bicantare, II. (r5-kan-ia-r§.) To sing again. 
 
 BicejrcAre, J*. (rg-tshgr-Aa-r5.) ") Sought 
 
 Bicerc&rl, It. pi. (r5-tshSr-*a-rg.) ( after; this 
 
 Bicerc&ta, It. (rS-tshSr-Ja-tS.) f term is ap- 
 
 Bicerc&to, It (r5-tshgr-*a-tO.) J plied to 
 every kind of composition wherein researches of 
 musical design are employed. It is suitable to 
 certain figures replete with contrapuntal artifices, 
 also to madrigals, and the term was formerly ap- 
 plied to solfSggi, and also to instrumental exer- 
 cises, when of considerable difficulty. 
 
 Bicb. An epithet applied to those compositions, 
 the parts of which ai'e elaborately and ingeniously 
 conibined, and which in performance produce an 
 elegance and fullness of effect. 
 
 Bicbiam&re, It. (rS-ke-a-wa-rS,) To sing with 
 a shrill tone of voice ; to warble, or whisfle, in 
 imitation of a bird. 
 
 Bicbtig singen, Oer. (r«iA-tIg sjny-Sn.) To 
 sing in tune. 
 
 Blcominciamo, Jj. (rs-ko-msn-tshs-a-mo.) Let 
 us commence again. 
 
 BicordS.nza, It. (rS-kSr-doji-tstt.) Bemem- 
 brance, recollection. 
 
 Bidtlone, It. (rSd-da-nS.) A roundelay, a village 
 dance. 
 
 Bideau d'emtp'acte, fr. (rs-dO d'Snh-tr'akt.) 
 
 Drop scene. 
 Bidevolm^nte, It. (r5-dS-v01-m5»i-tg.) Ludi- 
 crously, pleasantly. 
 Bldictm^nto, It. (rE-de-tshS-Treara-tO.) Eepeti- 
 
 tion, repeating. 
 Bfdicolosam^nte, It. (rg-dS-ko-lo-za-mara-tS.) 
 
 Eidiculonsly. 
 Bid4Stto, It. (rg-dai-to.) Reduced; arranged or 
 adapted from a'fuU score ; also, an entertainment 
 consisting of singing and dancing; a species of 
 opera. 
 
 RIPR 
 
 Biesen-harfe, Ger. (rJ-z'n harS.) j3i!olian 
 harp. 
 
 Biesen-stimme, Ger. (?'S-z'n sSm-mS.) Sten- 
 torian voice. 
 
 Bifocim^nto, It. (re-ffir-tshS-wjara-tO.) Eecon- 
 struction of a work in order to improve it. 
 
 Biflormenti, It. pi. (re-fS-iSr-ma»»-te.) Orna- 
 ments, embellishments. 
 
 BlKadoon. A lively old French or Provencal 
 dance in triple time. 
 
 Bigodon, fr. (rs-go-donh.) A Hgadoon. 
 
 Bigol^tto, It. (rB-gO-Zffli-tO.) A round dance. 
 
 Blgoll. An old instrument consisting of several 
 sticks placed by the side of each other, but sepa- 
 rated by beads. It was pla;fed by being struck 
 with a ball at the end of a stick. 
 
 Bl^tfre, It. (rS-^o-rg.) Eigor, strictness: al 
 ngove di tempo, with strictness as to time. 
 
 BigortSso, It. (rS-gO-ro-zO.) Eigorous, exact, 
 strict. 
 
 BilasciAndo, It. (rS-larShS-an-dO.) Eelaxing the 
 time, giving way a little. 
 
 BUcb. A Eussian lute. 
 
 Bima, It. (r5-ma.) Verse, poem, song. 
 
 Bimaillenr, Fr. (r5-m5-yilr.) Arhymster. 
 
 Bimbombamento, It. (rSm-bSm-ba-man-tO.) 
 Eesounding, booming. 
 
 Bindermasen, Ger. (?'ii?i-d5r-»ia-ghSn.) Psal- 
 ter; psalm book. 
 
 Blnforz&ndo, /<, rSn-fOr-fefflra-dO.) ") Strength- 
 
 Bmsorz&re, It. (rBn-fBr-tea-rS.) { enedrein- 
 
 Binforz&to, It. (rSn-fOr-feo-tO.) f forced; a 
 
 Binfdrzo, It. (rSn;/'i5r-tsO.) J repeated 
 
 reinforcement of tone or expression; indicating 
 that several notes are to be played with energy 
 and emphasis. 
 
 BingelstUck, Ger. (nn-g'l-stllle.) Eondeau, 
 roundelay. 
 
 Btnscn, Ger. (fingJ&n.) To ring or sound. 
 
 Bintoccdre, It. (rSn-tok-/!:a-rS.) To toll a bell. 
 
 Bintficco. It. (rgn-io J-kO.)- Tolling ; a knell. 
 
 Blntroii&to, /^ (rSn-trO-?»o-tO.) Eesounded; re- 
 echoed. 
 
 Bipetitlira, Ji!. (rB-pS-t5-<oo-rS.) 1 Eepeti- 
 
 Bipetizidne, /i. (re-p5-tS-tsS-o-nB.) ) tion ; the 
 burden of a song; a refrain. 
 
 Btplenlst. A player of the repieno or tutti parts, 
 in an orchestra. 
 
 Bipi^ni, It, pi. (rS-pS-S-nS.) 1 The t4tti, or full 
 
 Bipi^no, 7^. (rg-pS-o-nO.) J parts which fill up 
 and augment the effect of thfi full chorus of voices 
 and instruments. In a large orchestra all the 
 violins, violas, and basses, except the principals, 
 are sometimes called Bipieni. 
 
 Bipt^no di cfnque, It. (rg-pg-a-nO ds tshgu- 1 
 qu8.) ■ 
 
 Binlenr de cinqwe, i^'r. (rlp-I-iiA)' diih silnhk.) 
 Mixture stop of five ranks in Italian organs. 
 
 Bipl^no di dne. It. (rS-pg-o-nO dg doo-S.) Mix- 
 ture stop of two ranks. 
 
 Blpi^no di qnftttro. It. (rg-pg-^nO de qudt- 
 
 trO.) Mixture stop of four ranks. 
 Blpi^no di tre, It. (rs-pg-o-no dS trS.) Mix- 
 stop of three ranks. 
 Bipoata, It. (rg-pas-ta.) Eepeat. 
 Blpr^sa, It. (xS-prSrzS,.') 1 Eepetltlon, reltera- 
 Bipr£se, It. (rg-^r^zS.) f tion. 
 
 n.. 
 
PKOKOUNOING MUSICAL BlOTIOlJAItT. 
 
 169 
 
 B ale, & add, & arm, 6 eve, 8 end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, fi but, ti Wrench sound. 
 
 KISE 
 
 Rlsentitam^nte, It. (rS-sSn-ts-til-mSn-tS.) I 
 
 Btsentfto, /<. {te-a&n-ti-W.) ) 
 
 Marked, distinct, forcibly, firmly. 
 
 Risolutam^nte, J<. (rE-zO-loo-tS^m^n-tS.) Beso- 
 Intely, boldly. 
 
 Rlsolut^zza, It. (vB-zB-loo-tSt-BS,.) Eesolution, 
 boldnoBg. 
 
 Risolutissimo, It. rS-zO-loo-^Ss-se-mO.) Very 
 resolutely, as boldly as possible. 
 
 Risoliito, It. (iS-zD-loo-tO.) Hesolyed, resolute, 
 bold. " , 
 
 Rlsolnzldne, It. (rS-zO-loo-tsS-S-nS.) Besolution, 
 determination ; also, the resolution of a discord. 
 
 Rlson&nte, /^ (rS-zO-nB«-t8.) Resounding, ring-' 
 ing, sounding. 
 
 Rfssonfinza. It. (rS-zO-ndn-ts&J) Besonance. 
 
 Rison&re, /2. (rS-zO-na-rg.) To resound, to ring, 
 or ecbo. 
 
 Rlspdsta, It. (iS^-pSs-tii.) The answer, in a fague. 
 
 Ristr^tto, It. (iS-strdt-tO.) The Stretto, the re- 
 striction, orcontraction, of the subject, in afngue. 
 
 RiSTe|;Ii&re, It. (rgs-Yai-yS-&-rS.) To wake up, 
 to revive, to reanimate. 
 
 Risvegll&to, It. (rgs-vai-yS-fi-to.) Awakened, re- 
 animated. 
 
 RitaiTd. f •^l3te6^''tions of mtaridndo. 
 
 Ritartfindo, It. (jcS-tSi-ddn-dO.) £etarding, de- 
 laying the time gradually. 
 
 Ritardftto, It. (rS-tSr-dartO.) Betarded, delayed. 
 
 Rit^rdo, It. (rg-tar-do.) Betardation, gradual 
 delay ; in harmony, prolonging some note of a 
 previous chord into the succeeding one. 
 
 Rltfirdo im pochettino. It. (rS-<ar-dO con 
 pO-k§W5-nO.) Slacken the time a little. 
 
 Rlten. An abbreviation of Sitenuto. 
 
 TBtiXeninAo, It. (rg-tS-«aTC-dO.) 1 Detaining, hold- 
 
 Riten^nte, It. (rg-tg-reare-tS.) jingback the 
 time. 
 
 Rlten^nto, /^ (rS-tS-nan-tO.) ) Detained, slow- 
 
 Rlteniito, It. (rS-tg-reoo-tO.) f er, keptback ; the 
 effect differs from Bitarddndo, by being done at 
 once, while the other is effected by degrees. 
 
 Ritmo, It. (rgt-mO.) I Bhythm, cadence, meas- 
 
 Ritmo, S»a. (rSt-mO.) ( ure. 
 
 Ritmo a ire battnte. It. (rgt-mO a trS bat-<oo- 
 tg.) Bhythm in three beats. 
 
 Ritom^I. /«. (rS-tCr-naZ.) 1 The burden of 
 
 Rltorn^llo, /<. (rg-tOr-nsWO.) }-a song; also, a 
 
 RitonrnelIe,i^r. (rg-toor-nai.) (short symphony 
 or introduction to an air; and the symphony 
 which follows an air: it is also applied to t&tti 
 parts, introductory to, and between, or after, the 
 solo passages in a concerto. 
 
 Rlverberam^nto, /^. (rS-vgr-bg-ra-mS>i-to.) Be- 
 verberation. 
 
 Riv^rso, It. (iB-var-BO.) I o.. R„v*spin 
 
 Riv^rscio, /*/ (rg-«a7'-shg-0.) f ^^® Kovescio. 
 
 Rlvolgimento, It. (rS-rOl-yB-man-tO.) Inver- 
 sion of the parts, in double counterpoint. 
 
 Rlvolt&rc, /<. (rS-vBl-<^rg.) To change. 
 
 Rivolt&to,/< (rB-vOWo-tO.) ) Inverted, in coun- 
 
 Rivdlto, /«. (rg-i,*tO.) fterpoint. 
 
 Rob&tO, It. (rO-6a-tO.) Bobbed, borrowed. 
 
 Rdcbe, It. (r5-kg.) I Hoarse, rough sounding, 
 
 B4Sco,It. (ra-kO.) [jarring. 
 
 Roch^zza, /^.^ (TO-Kat-B&.) Hoarseness. 
 
 EOKZ 
 
 Roccoco. (rO-kO-kO.) I ni;if.,.i,i„«„>i ^A/t 
 
 Rococo, (ro-ko-ko.) ' f O^d fashioned, odd. 
 
 Roehr-qnint, Oer. (rfih'r-qulnt.) / Beed-Jlfth ; 
 
 Rohr-qnlnt, Oer. (ror-qulnt.) fan organ 
 stop, sounding the fifth above the diapasons. 
 
 Rohr, 6er. (ror.) Bead, pipe. 
 
 RShre, ffcr. pi. (r^-rg.) Beeds. 
 
 Rolir-nStc, Ger. (rSr-flS-tS.) Beed-flute, a stop- 
 ped diapason in an organ. 
 
 Rohr-nasat, Qer. {ror u&sat.) See Beed-Nasat. 
 
 Rohr-pfeife, Oer. (rSr pfl-tHi) Beed-pipe. 
 
 Rohr-werli, Oer. (ror vilrk.) Beed-work; the 
 reed stops in an organ. 
 
 Rol des -violons, Fr. (rwS dg vI-0-lOnh.) King 
 of the violins. 
 
 Role, Fr. (roll.) A part or character performed 
 by an actor in a play or opera. 
 
 RoU&ndo, It. (rOWan-do.) Boiling on the drum 
 and tambourine, 
 
 Rollins. A term applied to that rapid pulsation 
 of the drum by which the sounds so closely suc- 
 ceed each other as to beat upon the ear with a 
 rumbling continuity of effect. 
 
 Roll. long. A prolonged roll of drums signal- 
 izing an attack by the enemy, and for the troops 
 to place themselves in line of battle. 
 
 Rdllo, It. (fSl-K.) The roll on the drum and tam- 
 bourine. 
 
 Romaika. A dance tune of the modem Greeks 
 to accompany a dance of the same name. 
 
 Romance, J^r. (ro-manhs.) 1 Formerly the 
 
 Romfinza, It. (rO-Tna/i-tsa.) Vname given to the 
 
 Romanze, 6«r. (rO-man-tsg.) tlong lyric tales 
 sung by the minstrels ; now a term applied to an 
 irregular, though delicate and refined composi- 
 tion. 
 
 Romandsca, It. (rO-mS-nos-ka.) I A favorite 
 
 Romanesque, Fr. (ro-man-gsk.) jEoman, or 
 Italian, dance of the sixteenth century, resem- 
 bling the Galliard. 
 
 Romantlqne, .??'. (rS-manh-tgk.) I Bomantic, 
 
 Romanzesco, It. (ro-man-tsgs-ko.) ) 1 m a g i n a- 
 tive, faly-like. 
 
 RSmigcner gesang, Oer. (co-ml-shgr ghg-ean;/.) 
 Gregorian plain chant. 
 
 Roncon, Spa. (rOn-kOn.) The drone of a bag- 
 pipe. 
 
 Ronde, Fr. (rond.) A semibreve. 
 
 Rondeau, Fr. (,r6n/i^d0.) I A composition, vocal, 
 
 Rdndo, It. {rSn-do.) ) or instrumental, gener- 
 ally consisting of three strains, the first of which 
 terminates in a cadence on the tonic and is re- 
 peated several times during the movement. 
 
 Rondean mlenon, Fr. (iSnh-dS me-y8nh.) 
 A favorite rondo. 
 
 Rondeaus, Fr. (i6ntL-dS.') Bondos. 
 
 Ronde pointee, Fr. (rfinhd pwanh-ta.) Dotted 
 semibreve. 
 
 Rondil^tta, It. (iBn-A^lat-tS,.) ■) A s h o r t 
 
 Rondin^tto, /*. (rOn-dg-noi-tO.) ( and easy 
 
 Rondino, It. (rOn-(2S-nO.) f rondo. 
 
 Rondoldtto, It. (xOn-dO-lSt-tO.) } 
 
 Rondo form. In thg style of a rondo. 
 
 Ronquedad, Spa. (rSn-kg-(2a({.) Hoarseness, 
 roughness of voice. 
 
 Ronzam^nto, It. (rOn-tsa-»u!n-tO.) Humming, 
 bujszing. 
 
170 
 
 PEOKOtJNClNG MtJSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, S, add, & arm, 5 eve, 8 end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, ii 6m<, tl French sound. 
 
 BOOT 
 
 Root. The fundamental note of any chord. 
 
 Rosalia, Lat, (rosal-yi.) The repetition of a 
 pasBage several times over, each time on a differ- 
 ent degree of the staff. 
 
 Rossignoler, Fr. (rO-s6n-yO-lS.) To imitate 
 the Bong of the nightingale. 
 
 Kostral, Oer. (roe-tral.) A music pen. 
 
 Rdta, It. (rff-ta.) A wheel ; applied to a canon, 
 or a round. 
 
 Rote. Name formerly applied to the hnrdy-gnrdy. 
 
 Rote, singins by. The act of singing, not 
 from a knowledge of music, but from listening to 
 the singing of others. 
 
 Rotdndo, It. (rO-M«-do.) Eound, full. 
 
 Rotmenges. (ra-trfl-Sn-jSs.) Songs, resembling 
 catches, of the ancient minstrels or troubadours. 
 
 Rtftte, It. (rOt-tS.) Broken, interrupted. 
 
 Rotulse, Lat. (rS-tO-IS.) Christmas roundelays. 
 
 Roulade, Fr. (roo-ldd.) A florid vocal passage ; 
 a division, or rapid series of notes, using only one 
 syllable.- 
 
 Rouconler, Fr. (roo-koo-ia.) To coo, to trill, 
 to quaver. 
 
 Roulades anx firais de I'antenr, Fr. (roo- 
 Idd-a'O frs diih VO-tHr.) Roulades in bad taste, 
 such as injure the melody of the composer. 
 
 Roulement, Fr. (rool-mSnh.) A roll, or shake, 
 upon the drum or tambourine ; prolonged reitera- 
 tions of one note, upon the guitar, etc. 
 
 Round. A species of canon in the unison or oc- 
 tave ; also a vocal composition in three or more 
 parts, all written in the same clef, the performers 
 singing each part in succession. They are called 
 rounds because the performers follow one another 
 in a circulatory motion. 
 
 Roundel. (. From the French word roracJsie^/ 
 
 Roundelay. ) a species of antique rustic song or 
 ballad, common in the fourteenth century, and so 
 called on account of form, by which it constantly 
 returned to the first verse and thus went round. 
 
 Rov^rsclq, It. (rO-var-shS-O.) I q.„ p„&rf„ 
 
 Bov«Blo.r^ (rO-va-sB-0.) f aeeHoeaao. 
 
 RTTH 
 
 Rovesciam^nto, It. (r0-va-shs-a-m3»-t0.) I 
 
 RoTdscio, It. (rO-rS-shS-o.) f 
 
 Reverse motion, the subject backward, in double 
 counterpoint. 
 
 Rnb&to, It. (roo-io-to.) Robbed, stolen; taking 
 a portion of the duration tiom one note and giv- 
 ing it to another ; see Tempo Subdto.. 
 
 Rlickung, Ger. (rt«i-oong.) Syncopation. 
 
 Rudiments. The first elements or principles of 
 music. 
 
 Ruf, Oer. . (roof.) Call, cry, voice ; to wind a horn ; 
 to sound a trumpet call. ' 
 
 Rnhepnnct, Ger. (,roo-h^poonkt.) I Pause, 
 
 Ruliepiuikt, Ger. (mo-h8-poore*«.) ( p o i n t of 
 rest or repose ; a cadence. 
 
 Rubestelle. Ger. (roo-W-stllAS.) I A pause, 
 
 Ruhezeichen, Ger. (roo-hS-isi-k'n.) ( a rest. 
 
 Rule of the octave. The art of accompanying 
 the scale, either ascending or descending, when 
 taken in the bass, with the proper chords or har- 
 mony. 
 
 Rullfindo, /^ (rool-2an-d0.) I Rolling on the 
 
 RnllUnte, It. (xool-ldn-tS.) (drum or tambour- 
 ine. 
 
 Run. A rapid flight of notes introduced as an em- 
 bellishment; a roulade. 
 
 Rundgedlclit, Ger. (roond-gbH-dlkht.} t Bon- 
 
 Rundsesang, ff«>'. (rond-gSi-sdng.), jdeau, 
 roundelay, a convivial song. 
 
 Running passages. Divisions ; series of notes 
 appropriated to a single syllable. 
 
 Rnsse, Fr. (rlisB.) Russian ; a la Susse, in the 
 Russian style. 
 
 Russian bassoon. A deep-toned instrument 
 of the serpent species, sometimes used in military 
 bands. 
 
 Riistico, It. (roos-ts-ko.) Rural, rustic. 
 
 Batscher. {roots-kir.) The dance called a Gal- 
 opade. 
 
 Byttamns, Ger. (rU-moot.) See Bhythmus. 
 
PEOlTOmTCING MUSICAL 1)ICTI0NAEY. 
 
 171 
 
 S ate, S add, S. arm, S eve, S end, t ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, & but, tl French sound 
 
 SABE 
 
 Sabeca. (sit-liS-kil.) Sackbnt. 
 
 Sacabuche, Spa. (s&-k&-2>oo-k£.) A sackbnt. 
 
 Saccade, Fr. (sak-tad.) A firm pressure of the 
 violin bow against the strings, enabling the player 
 to produce two, three, or four notes at one stroke. 
 
 SacKbnt. An old bass wind instrument, resem- 
 bling a trombone. 
 
 Sack-seise, Ger. isak ghi-gh(5.) A pocket fid- 
 dle, a, Kit. 
 
 Sack-pfeife, Ger. {sdk pfl-t&.) A bagpipe ; 
 see Cornamma. 
 
 8aek-pf eifer, Ger. leak pfl-t&i.) Plaj'er on the 
 bagpipe. 
 
 SacK-plpe. A bagpipe; see Comamtisa. 
 
 (iacqnebnxo. For. (siik-boo-sho.) A sackbat. 
 
 Sacred music. Music composed for public re- 
 ligious worship or private devotion; oratorios, 
 psalmody, etc. 
 
 Sacrij4t. A person employed in a cathedral, whose 
 office it is to copj^ out the music for the uhc of the 
 cfioir, and take care of the books. 
 
 Saengerftest, ffcr. {sang-iir-fest.) A festival 
 among the Germans of a musical and social char- 
 acter. 
 
 S&sfsio, It. (sdd-jS-a.) An essay, a trial. 
 
 Salson, Fr. (s^sSnh.) The musical season. 
 
 Salte, Ger. (si-tS.) A string of a musical Instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Saiten, Ger. (si-t'n.) Timbrel ; strings of a vio- 
 lin. 
 
 Saiten-biindiger, Ger. (sl-t'n 6Sre-dI-ghgr.) A 
 musician. 
 
 Saiten-bezus, Ger. (sl-t'n \>&-tsoog.) Set of 
 strings. 
 
 Saiten-drakt, Ger. (s^t'n drat.) Wire string. 
 
 Saiten-balter, Ger. (si-t'n hal-tir.) The tail- 
 piece of a violin, etc. 
 
 Saiten-instrument, Ger. (s^t'n In-stroo-m^n^) 
 A stringed instrument. 
 
 Sattea-Klang, Ger. (sj-fn klang.) The sound 
 or vibration of a string. 
 
 Saiten-spiel, Ger. (sl-t'n spSl.) Stringed in- 
 strument, music of a stringed instrument. 
 
 Saiten-spieler, Ger. (si-t'n s^MSr.) Player on 
 a stringed instrument. 
 
 Saiten-spielerinn, Ger. (sj^t'n sp5-]S-rinn.) 
 Female performer on a stringed instrument. 
 
 Saiten-toa, Ger. («5-t'n tOn.) The tone of a 
 stringed instrument. 
 
 Saitig, Ger. (s^tig.) Stringed. 
 
 Salamanie. An Oriental flute. 
 
 Salclonal, iiV. (sSl-sI-o-na/.) 1 An eight or 
 
 Salicet, Fr. (eS.-li-sS.) V sixteen fleet or- 
 
 SaUcional, Fr. (sa-lS-sI-O-noZ.) )gan stop of 
 small scale and reedy tone. 
 
 Salll. Lat. pi. (so-li-e.) The name given by the 
 Romans to the young men, twelve In number, ap- 
 pointed out of the patricians, as dancers and 
 singers of hymns in praise of the god of war. 
 
 Salle de concert, Fr. (sail dlih kQah-sdrt.) A 
 concert room. 
 
 Salle de mnsiane, Fr. (sitll d&h mii-zU.) A 
 music room. 
 
 Salm, Ger. (sSlm.) 1 
 
 Sftlmo, It. (sM-mO.) V A psalm. 
 
 Salmo, Spa. (sai-mo.) ) _ . 
 
 Maimeax, Spa. (sai-mS-ar.) To amg psalms. 
 
 SANP 
 It. 
 
 (sill-mSd-je-a-m 3 »-t o.) 
 (sfil-m5d-jE-a-rS.) To sing 
 
 _ . am^nto, 
 
 Psalmody. 
 Salmegsiare, It. 
 
 psalms. 
 
 Salmeggiatore, II. (sM-mSd-jS-a^t^rg.) Psalm- 
 ist, singer. 
 
 Salmi concertati. It. pi. (sSl-me cOn-tshSr-/>>- 
 te.) Psalms accompanied with instrumental mu 
 sic. 
 
 Salmi di terza. It. pi. (sal-me ds tdr-teii > 
 Psalms in three parts. 
 
 Salmista, ;S;>a. (pU-mU-tS,.) I A writer of 
 
 Salmista, It. {e&l-mis-tS,.) ) psalms, a chantui- 
 of psalms, a psalm book. 
 
 Salmodia, It. (sai-ma-dg-S.) Psalmody. 
 
 Salmografo, Spa. (sai-mO-g'?'d-iO.) A writer dI 
 psalms. 
 
 Salpinx. The ancient Greek trumpet. 
 
 Salt&ndo, It. (sai-iare-do.) Leaping, proceeding 
 by skips, or jumps. 
 
 Saltar^lla, It. (sai-ta-»'aMa.) I AEomanor 
 
 Salter^lla, /<. (sal-t6-7'aHS.) (Italian dancf, 
 very quick, and in 3-4 time. 
 
 Sa,lta,t6xt, It. pi. (eai-ta-<S-rE.) Jumpers, or 
 dancers of very great agility. 
 
 Salter, Ger. (sd7-ter.) Psalter, book of psalms. 
 
 Salter^tto. It. (sSl-tS-raMO.) A musical flguri! 
 in 6-8 time, the first and fourth quavers being din- 
 ted; very usual in movements dtta Siciliana. 
 
 Salterio, 7^ (sai-«a-r«-o.) I Peal ter, book of 
 
 Salt^ro, /*. (sai-ia-ro.) (psalms. 
 
 SaltCro,/*. (a&l-ta-TO.) Psaltery, instrument 
 with ten strings. 
 
 S<tlto, It. (edl-to.) A leap, or skip, from one note 
 to a distant one; also, a dance. 
 
 Salve Resina, Lat. (8dl-vS ra-.;'S-na.) // o / / 
 Queen. ^ a hymn to the Virgin Marj;. 
 
 Sambdca, It. (sSm-ftoo-ka.) An ancient stringed 
 instrument used by the Greeks, the peculiar struc- 
 ture of which is unknown. 
 
 Sambucistria, Lat. (sSm-bO-sis-tri-a.) A playt-i- 
 on the Sambiica. 
 
 Sambncns. An ancient wind instrument resem- 
 bling a flute; supposed to be so called from its 
 being made of elder wood, the Latin name lor 
 which is samiucUB. 
 
 Sambnqne, Heb. (sam-book.) An old Hebrew 
 instrument of the harp kind. 
 
 Samlnng, Ger. (sam-loong.) A collection of 
 airs, etc. 
 
 Sampdgna, /f. (sam-pjn-ya.) A species of pipe, 
 see Zampogna. 
 
 Sampnnia. A pneumatic instrument used by the 
 ancient Hebrews, resembling the modern bagpipe. 
 
 Sanctns. Lat. (sdnk-iia.) Holy; a principal 
 movement of the Mass. 
 
 Saraft, Ger. (sSnft.) Soft, mild, smooth; mlt 
 sanften stimmen, with soft stops. 
 
 Santt-flSte, Ger. (sanft flO-tS.) Soft-toned flute. 
 
 Sanftheit. Ger. («a«/<-Mt.) Softness, smooth- 
 ness, gentleness. 
 
 S&nftis, Ger. (sdnf-ag.) Soft, gentle. 
 
 Sanftmnth, Ger. (tmft-moot.) I 
 
 SanftmUthlekeit, Ger. (sdiift-rai.-tlg-'iat.) ) 
 Softiiess, gentleness. 
 
 San<ti61iuas, Sir. {tdiift-zM-Vlg.) Softly, 
 gentl;'. 
 
172 
 
 PRONOUNCING MTTSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, -fi add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 ciow, oo moon, tl tete, tt 4«i, ti French sound. 
 
 SANG 
 
 Sang, 0er. (sang.) Song. 
 
 iSSiiger, &er. (sarsg'-Sr.) A singer; 
 
 Silngerbund, Ger. (sang-Si-boond.) A league, 
 or brotherhood of singers ; a convention of sing- 
 ing societies. 
 
 Silnserinn, &er. (sang-Si-mji.) A female singer, 
 a songstress. 
 
 Siingervereim, Ger. (sang-&i-SS-rm.) Singers' 
 union. 
 
 Sang-meister, Ger. (sarag'-mis-tSr.) Singing 
 master. 
 
 Sans, Fr. (sanh.) Without. 
 
 Sans frapn^, Fr. (sinh Mp-pa.) Without 
 striking: play the notes without striking them 
 hard or forcibly. 
 
 Sans p^dales, Fr. (sfinh pS-dSl.) Without the 
 pedals. 
 
 Saciuebute, Fr. (sSk-hflt.) The sackhut. 
 
 Santoral, Spa. (Ban-to-ra7.) A church choir 
 book. 
 
 Santnr, Tur. (san-toor.) A Turkish stringed 
 instrument; the psaltery. 
 
 Saraband, Fng. (sar-a-bSnd.) ) A dance 
 
 Sarabftnda, It. (sar-a-6are-dtt.) (said to he 
 
 Sarabande, Fr. (sSr-a-bSnd.) f originally 
 
 Sarabande, Ger. (sftr-a-ban-dS.) J derived 
 from the Saracens, and danced with castanets ; it 
 is in slow 3-4or3-2 time, and characterized by the 
 second note of the measure being lengthened 
 which gives gravity and majesty to the movement. 
 
 SartarSua, It. (sar-ta-raMii.) I A Neapolitan 
 
 Sartar^llo, It. (sar-ta-raZ-10.) ( dance ; see Sal- 
 tar&lla. 
 
 S'attficca, 11. (s'St-iai-ka.) See Attdcca. 
 
 Sattel, Ger. (sat-t'l.) The nut of the fingerboard 
 of the violin, etc. 
 
 Satz, Ger. (satz.) Musical passage, composition, 
 theme. 
 
 Sant, Fr. (sO.) See Saito. 
 
 Sautereau, J^'r. (sO-tS-ro.) Thejaclcof the spinet. 
 
 Savoyardc, Fr. (ea-vwa-yard. See A la Savoy- 
 arde. 
 
 Sawlry. A term used in olden time for psaltery, 
 
 Sax-liom. A brass instrument introduced by M. 
 Sax, with a wide mouthpiece and 3, 4, or 5 cylin- 
 ders, and much used in military bands ; the tone 
 is round, pure and full. 
 
 Saxophones. A new family of brass wind-lnstm- 
 ments invented by M. Sax. The body of these 
 instruments is a parabolic cone of brass, provided 
 with a set of keys ; their tones are soft and pene- 
 trating in the higher part and full and rich in the 
 lower partof their compass. The Saxophones are 
 six in number, the high, the soprano, the alto, the 
 tenor, the baritone and the bass ; they are played 
 with a single reed and a clarinet mouthpiece. 
 
 Saxotromba. A brass instrument introduced by 
 M, Sax, with a wide mouthpiece and 3, 4, or 5 cyl- 
 inders; the tone is of a shrill character, partaking 
 of the quality both of the trumpet and the bugle. 
 
 Sax- tuba. A brass instrument introduced by M. 
 Sax, with a wide mouthpiece and 3 cylinders ; the 
 tone is very sonorous. 
 
 Sbfilzo, It. (s&i22-tsS.) Skip, or leap, in melody. 
 
 Sbfirra ddppla It. (sbar-T& dSp-pB-&.) A 
 double bar 
 
 SCAL 
 
 Sca^n^Uo, It. (skan-j^SMO.) The bridge of the 
 violin, etc. 
 
 Sc&Ia, It. (sJa-la.) A scale, or gamut. 
 
 Sc<Ua crom&tica. It. (s!ca-lS, kro-ma-ts-ka.) 
 The chromatic, scale. / 
 
 Scald. The name given by the ancient Scandi- 
 navians to their bards, whose employment it was 
 to compose odes and songs which were chanted at 
 their public festivals. 
 
 Scale. From the Latin word scala. The denom- 
 ination first given to the arraiigement made by 
 GSuido, of the six syllables, ut, re, mi fa, sol, la; 
 also called the gamut. A series of lines a'nd 
 spaces on which notes are placed; the regular 
 gradations of sound limited to an octave, or ex- 
 tended to the compass of any voice or instrument; 
 compass. 
 
 Scale, accompaniment of the. The har- 
 mony assigned to the series of notes forming the 
 diatonic scale, ascending and descending. 
 
 Scale, bell. A scale employed to determine the 
 size, weight, and tone of bells. 
 
 Scale, Cninese. A scale consisting of five notes 
 without semitones, the music being written on 
 five lines in perpendicular columns, and the ris- 
 ing and falling of tones indicated by distinctive 
 names. 
 
 Scale, cluromatic. A scale consisting entirely 
 of semitones, there being twelve in an octave. 
 
 Scale, diatonic. A melodic representation of 
 the seven gradations of tone arranged in conform- 
 ity with,some particular key. 
 
 Scale, enharmDnic. A scale proceeding by it- 
 tervals less than the diatonic and chromatic. 
 
 Scale, Crcrman. A scale of the natural notes 
 formed of A, H, C, D, B, F, G, the B being re- 
 served to express B fiat. 
 
 Scale, Onioo's. The syllables ut, re, mi, fa, sol, 
 la, used by Guido dArezzo, called also the Aretin- 
 ian scale; the syllable S2 was introduced afterward. 
 
 Scale, major diatonic. A scale in which the 
 semitones fall between the third and fourth and 
 seventh and eighth notes, both in ascending and 
 descending. 
 
 Scale, minor diatonic. A scale in which the 
 semitones fall between the second and third and 
 seventh and eighth in ascending and between the 
 fifth and sixth and second and third in descending. 
 
 Scale, natural. The scale of C, called natural 
 because it does not require the aid of flats or 
 sharps. 
 
 Scalen-schnle, Ger. (sio-l'n sAoo-lS.) School 
 for scale playing; exercises on the scales. 
 
 Sc&Ie rotte. It. pi. (sAra-lg rSt-iH.) Broken 
 scales, imperfect, or unequal scales. 
 
 Scale of A flat major. A scale having for its 
 key note A fiat, and for its signature A, B, D, and 
 Bflat. 
 
 Scale of A major. A scale having D for its 
 key note,, and for its signature F, C, and G sharp. 
 
 Scale of B-flat me^or, A scale havingB-flat 
 for its key note, and for its signature B anoE fiat. 
 
 Scale of B major. A scale having B for its 
 key note, and for its signature F, C, G, D, and A 
 sharp. 
 
 Scale of C major. The natural scale, having 
 no flats or sharps in its signature. 
 
PEONOUJSrOING MtrSIOAL DICTIONAKY. 
 
 173 
 
 S ale, S add, S, arm, B eve, £ end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, u but, u French sound. 
 
 SCAL 
 
 Scale of D-flat major. A Bcale having for its 
 
 key note D-flat, and tor its signature 6, A, B, T>, 
 
 and E-flat. 
 Scale of I> major. A scale in which D is the 
 
 key note, having for its signature F, and C sharp. 
 Scale of E-flat major. A scale having for Its 
 
 key note E-flat and for its signatvire E, A, and B 
 
 flat. 
 Scale of E major. A scale having E for its 
 
 key note, and for its signature F, Gf, C, and D 
 
 sharp. 
 Scale of W major. A scale having F for its key 
 
 note, and for its signature B-flat. 
 Scale of G-flat major. A scale having G flat 
 
 for its key note, and for its signature G, A, B, C, 
 
 D, and E flat. 
 Scale of G ms^or. A scale in which G is the 
 
 key note, having for its signature P sharp. 
 Scale of A minor. A scale having its key note 
 
 a minor third below its relative major C, and hav- 
 ing the same signature. 
 Scale of B minor. The relative of D Major, 
 
 having the same signature and its key note a 
 
 minor third below. 
 Scale of B-flat minor. The relative of D-flat 
 
 major. 
 Scale of C minor. The relative of E-flat major. 
 Scale of C-starp minor. The relative of .E 
 
 major. 
 Scale of D minor. The relative of F major. 
 Scale of E minor. The relative of G major. 
 Scale of E flat minor. The relative of G-flat 
 
 major. 
 Scale of P minor. The relative of A-flat ma- 
 
 jor. 
 
 The relative; of A 
 
 Scale of F sharp minor. 
 
 major. 
 
 Scale of G minor. The relative of B-flat major. 
 
 Scale of <ir-sbarp minor. The relative of B 
 major. 
 
 Scale of nature. The scale from which our 
 modern scales arise. It is a gradual succession 
 of fixed sounds, which nature produces from a 
 string when divided into equal parts. Theicsists 
 have made three grand divisions, viz., the dia- 
 tonic, the chromatic, and the enharmonic. 
 
 Scales, relatiTC. A major and minor scale hav- 
 ing the same signature; as C major and A minor. 
 
 Scampanare, It. (skam-pa-na-r§.) To chime 
 bells. 
 
 Scampanio, /*. (skam-jjo-nS-O.) Christmas 
 
 Scanneilo, 7^ (skfin-ra^Mo.) 1 The bridge of a 
 
 Scannetto, It. (skan-«e<-to.) f violin, violincel- 
 lo, etc. 
 
 ScarabiUfire nn VioUno, It. (skar-a-bsl-<a- 
 rS oon vS-0-i?-nO.) To scrape a flddle. 
 
 Scavezze, It. (ska^v5t-s6.) Divisions within the 
 compass of the sixth, so called because, never 
 extending to the octave, the compass becomes 
 broken or cat short. 
 
 Scem&ndo, It. (shS-mo»-dO.) Diminishing, de- 
 creasing in force. 
 
 Sc4na, It. (sAo-na.) A scene or portion of an 
 opera or play, 
 
 SCHB 
 
 Sc£na da camera, It. (ghd-Ti& dii M-me-rfl.) 
 Chamber music; compositions not designed for 
 the church or theatre. 
 
 Scenario, It. (shg-na rS-o.) Actor's guide-book, 
 a programme; scenes, decorations. 
 
 Scene. Part of an act, portion of an opera; an 
 act generally comprises several scenes. 
 
 Scenic music. Music adapted to dramatic per- 
 fortnapces. 
 
 Sp]ikfer-gedic]it,(7«r. (s/io-fSr-ghS-tfiiAi.) Idyl, 
 eclogue, pastoral. 
 
 SchKfer-lled, Ger. {shd-iev-lM.) Pastoral song, 
 
 .-Shepherd song. 
 
 Schfifer-pfeife, Oer. {sha-iir pfi-K.) Shep- 
 herd's pipe. 
 
 Sctaall, Ber. (shall.) Sound. 
 
 SchKUe, Ger. pi. (.shal-li.) Sounds. 
 
 Sciiallen. Ger. (s/idl-Vn.) To sound, to echo. 
 
 Schall-beclcen, Ger. (^shdll-bgk-6n.) Cymbal. 
 
 Schall-bret, Ger. (shall-'biit.) Sound-board. 
 
 Scball-horn, Ger. (sAaM-hOrn.) Horn, cornet, 
 trumpet. 
 
 Schall-locli, 6er.' (shall lokh.) Sound-hole. 
 
 Schall-rohr, Ger. {shail ror.) Speaking trum- 
 pet. 
 
 Schall-stilck, Ger,. (shall stilk.) The bell of a 
 trumpet, bugle, horn, etc. 
 
 Schalmay, Ger. (shall-ml.) I A shawm ; also, 
 
 Scbalmei, Ger. (shall-mi) fan eight feet reed 
 organ stop ; the tone resembles that of the Cre- 
 mona, or clarinet. 
 
 Scbalmeier, Ger. (shSU-mi-Sr.) A player on the 
 pipe ; a hautboy player. 
 
 Scharf, Ger. (eharf.) Sharp, acute ; a shrill mix- 
 ture stop, of several ranks of pipes. 
 
 Schanspiel, Ger. (sAou-spSl.) Drama, dramatic 
 piece. 
 
 Schanspieler, 'G-'^r. (Bhou-sp?-18r.) Actor, player. 
 
 Schauspielerinn, Ger. (shou-e7)S-16-rinn.) Ac- 
 
 Schanspielhaus, (?«)'. (shou-s pel-bo us.) A 
 
 Scbelle, e«J-. (sA?M6.) A bell; a jingle. 
 Schellen, Ger. (shB-Vn.) To ring. 
 Scbellentronimel, Oer. (sA^M'n-Wm-mSl.) A 
 
 tambourine, a timbrel. 
 Scbeme. A term used in ancient music to ex- 
 press the varieties arising from the different posi- 
 tions of tones and semitones in a consonance. 
 Scberzandissimo, It. (Bkgr-tsan-(i(2«-s6-mO.) 
 
 Exceedingly playyful and lively. 
 Scherzftndo, It. (skgr-«s8n-dO.) ") Playful, 
 Scberz&nte, It. (skSr-^san-tS.) ( lively, 
 Scberz^vole, It. (gkSr-<«a-vO-lE.) f sportive, 
 Scherzhaft, Ger. (shgrts-haft.) ) merry. 
 Scherzevolm^nte, It. (skgr-tsS-vol-mare-tg.) 
 
 PlaytuUy, merrily. 
 Seherzhaftigkeit, Ger. (shgrts-haf-tlg-klt.) 
 
 Playfulness, sportiveness. 
 Scberz, Ger. (shgrts.) I Play, sport, a jest; a 
 Scherzo, It. (sWr-tsO.) (piece of a lively, sport- 
 ive character, and marked, animated rhythm ; also 
 one of the movements in a symphony. 
 ScherzUch, Ger. (sA^ris-likh.) I 
 
 Scherzosam^nte, It. (sk6r-te0-za-mart-td.) j 
 Merrily, playfully, iportively. 
 
174 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, & add, £ arm, B eve, e end, I ice, 1 ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, Q lute, U iu<, 11 French sound. 
 
 SCHE 
 
 Scherztfso, It. (BkSr-tsB-zO.) Merry, playfal, 
 jocose. 
 
 Schiettam^iite, /^ (ske-3t-ta-ma»-tg-) Simply, 
 unadorned. 
 
 Schi6tto, It. (ske.S^tO.) Simple, plain, neat. 
 
 Schisma, Cfer. (shls-m£.) A very minute differ- 
 ence between the eoand of intervals. In ancient 
 music, a small Interval equal to the half of a com- 
 ma, or the eighteenth part of a tone. 
 
 SchlacIit-geBans, Ger. (shlakht gtiS-sang.) I 
 
 Schlacht-Iied, Ger. (shlakht led.) ( 
 
 War song. 
 
 Schlag, Oer. (shlSg.) Stroke, blow ; a beat, as 
 regards time. 
 
 Schlagen, Ger. (shlS-g'n.) To strike, to beat; 
 to warble or trill. 
 
 (ScJileifen, Ger. («A/J-f 'n.) To slide, to glide. 
 
 Schleifer, Ger. (shll-Ki.) Slurred note, gliding 
 note. 
 
 Schleife-zelcheiL Ger. (shllrts tsl-'khin.) A 
 slur, a mark of the legato style. 
 
 Schleppend, ff«r. (shllprpini.) Dragging, 
 drawling. 
 
 Schlnss, Ger. (shlooss.) The end, conclusion. 
 
 Schlttssel, Ger. (shliis-a'l.) A clef. 
 
 Schlnss-fiiU, Ger. (shloos mil.) A cadence. 
 
 Schlnss-reim, Ger. (shloos rim.) The burden, 
 or refrain, of a song. 
 
 JSchluss- Stuck, Ger. (shloos stiik.) Concluding 
 piece, finale. 
 
 Schniaditend, Ger. (shmdkh-tini.) Languish- 
 ing. 
 
 Schmelzend, Ger. (shmit-taind.) Diminishing, 
 dying away. 
 
 Schmelzkessel, Ger. (shm^lts-kh-sl.} A pit 
 employed by organ builders in which to smelt tin 
 and lead for pipes. 
 
 Schmerz, Ger. (shm£rts.) Grief, sorrow. 
 
 Schmerzhaft, Ger. (shmlrts-h'itt.) Dolorous, 
 sorrowful. 
 
 Schmerzhaftigkeit, Ger. (shm^rts-hS.t-t!g- 1 
 kit.) "^ [ 
 
 Schmerzllch, Ger. (shmerts-\lkh.) ) 
 
 In a dolorous style. 
 
 Schnarr-bass. Ger. (shndrr-'bSss.) The drone 
 bass. 
 
 !!ichnarr-])feifen, Ger. (shndrr-pf i-Vji.) i 
 
 8chnarr-werk, Ger. (shndrr-ySik.) ) 
 Reed pipes, reed work, or stops, in an organ. 
 
 SckneU, G^er. (shngU.) Quickly, rapidly; «<wa« 
 bewegter schnell, a little quicker. 
 
 ScIineUe, Ger. (shnll-le.) I Qnick- 
 
 Schnelligkeit, Ger. (shnll-'Bg-TsIt.) ) n e s s , 
 swiftness, rapidity. 
 
 Schneller, Ger. (shnll-lSi.) Quicker, faster. 
 
 Schnell- waltzer, Ger. (shnil va7<-tsSr.) Quick 
 waltzes. 
 
 Schoenlon, Or. (sJS-ni-8n.) A term used In an- 
 cient music signifying a kind of nome, or scien- 
 tific air, composed for flutes. 
 
 Schola cantomm, Lat. (skd-Vk k^n.^d-rfim.) 
 Name given by St. Gregory to a body of chanters. 
 
 SchoUrohr, Oer. (shWl-rOr.) Trumpets, bugles, 
 brass wind instruments. 
 
 Schottiscli, Oer. (shbt-iWii.) A modern dancs, 
 rather slow, in iM time. 
 
 SCOL 
 
 JSchreibart, Oer. (shrib-Sxi.) Style, manner of 
 composing. 
 
 Shreilier, Ger. (shrVait.") A music copyist. 
 
 IScIireiend, &er. (sAr!-gnd.) Acute, shrill, 
 screaming. 
 
 Schreiwerk, Ger. (sArJ-vSrk.) Shrill-work; 
 acute, or mixture stops. 
 
 SclirittmS.ssig, Oer. (shrit-md.s-sl%.) Slow 
 time, andante. 
 
 Schoif-tromppet, Dut. (shwlf-tram-p£t.) A 
 eackbut. 
 
 Scliule, Ger. (sAoo-18.) A school, or method for 
 learning any instrument; also, a peculiar style of 
 composition, the manner or method, of an emi- 
 nent composer, performer, or teacher. 
 
 SchulsKnger, Oer. (shool-sdngJii.) A school 
 singer; a chorister. 
 
 iSclialgerecht, Oer. (shool-ghi-rlkht.) Eeg- 
 ular, in due form; written correctly, in accord- 
 ance with the rules and principles of musical art. 
 
 Schusterfleck, Ger. (shoos-x&e-Jlik.) See £o- 
 
 Schiracli, Oer. (shvSkh.) Piano, soft, weak. 
 
 Sch'wiiclier, Oer. (shva-k§r.) Fainter, softer, 
 more piano, 
 
 Schwache stimme, Oer. (shvdkh-i siim-mS.) 
 A weak voice. 
 
 ScIiTrebnne, Oer. (shv8-boong.) Waving; a 
 lighter species of tremulant, for the more deli- 
 cate stops, such as the vox hnmana, etc. 
 
 Schweige, Oer. (sAri-ghS.) A rest. 
 
 Schweigen, Oer. (sA«j-gh8n.) Silence, being 
 silent. 
 
 Sch-weizer-fllite, Ger. (shvl-teSr ^^-tS.) ( 
 
 Schweizer-pfeife, Ger. (shiH-te&r pfi-tS. f 
 Swiss flute or pipe. 
 
 Schwer, Oer. (shvSr.) Heavily, ponderously. 
 
 Sch^vermilthig, Ger. (shvfir-mM-tig.) In a pen-- 
 sive, melancholy style. 
 
 Sch-wiegel, Ger. (shvl-gl.) An organ «top of 
 the flute species, of metal, pointed at the top. 
 
 Schwinguiig, Ger. (shving-oong.) Vibfatlon 
 of a string, etc. 
 
 Scialnmo, Fr. (aS-a-lU-mO.) A word employed 
 in clarionet music, signifying that the notes are 
 to be played an octave lower than written. 
 
 Science of ninslc. The theory of music, in 
 distinction from its practice, the latter being the 
 art of music. 
 
 Scientlflc musician. One who is thoroughly 
 acquainted with music in theory, without regard 
 to the practice. 
 
 Scllla, Lat. (sil-Vi.) Small bells, formerly used 
 to hang upon the tail of the ermine, upon royal 
 ermine robes; an heraldic term. 
 
 Sciolist. One who professes to understand and 
 teach,- or perform upon, many difi'erent instru- 
 ments, but who is not a thorough master of any. 
 
 Scloltam^nte, It. (shS-ol-ta-maw-tS.) With free- 
 dom, agility; easily, the notes being rather de- 
 tached than legdto. 
 
 Sciolt^zza, It. (8hg-0)-<5<-sa.) Freedom, ease, 
 
 li&lltll6BS- 
 
 Scfdlto, 7^ (shS-aMO.) Free, light; see 5aoi«(fc 
 
 mente. 
 Scoccobrlno, It. (skOk-iff-brg-nO.) A buffoon, 
 Scol&ro,/<. (eSithldrra.) A scholar. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 175 
 
 S ale, S add, S arm, B eve, S end, I ice, I ill, o^d, S odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, i. but, U French sound. 
 
 SCOL 
 
 Scolia, Cfr. (ekS-M-S,.) Among the ancients, songs 
 in general, but more especially those of a festive 
 kind. 
 
 IScord&re, It. (skOr-d!a-rS.) To be ont of tune ; 
 to grate upeu the car with discordant notes. 
 
 Scord&to, It. (ek&r-cfa-to.) Out of tune, false, 
 untuned. 
 
 Scordatiira, It. (skSr-da-£0o-r£.) Tuning a vio- 
 lin differently, for the more easily performing cer- 
 tain peculiar passages. 
 
 Score. The whole instrumental and vocal parts 
 of a composition, written on separate staves, 
 placed under each other. 
 
 Score, fnll. A complete score of all the parts 
 of a composition, either vocal or instrumental, or 
 both. 
 
 Score, instrumental. A score in which the 
 instrumental parts are given in fnll. 
 
 Score, piano— A score in which the orchestral 
 accompaniments are compressed into a piano- 
 forte part; an arrangement of music for the 
 piano. 
 
 Score, vocal. The notes of all the voice parts 
 placed in their proper order under each other for 
 the use of the conductor. 
 
 Scoring. The forming of a score, by collecting 
 and properly arranging, the detached parts of a 
 composition. 
 
 Scorr^ndo, It. (skSr-ran-dO.) Gliding from one 
 sound into another. 
 
 Scotch scale. A scale differing from that of the 
 other nations of Europe by its omission of the 
 fourth and seventh; see Pentatonic Scale. 
 
 Scotch snap. A peculiarity in Scotch tunes, 
 and those written in imitation of the Scotch 
 character; it is the lengthening the time of a 
 second note at the expense of the one before it, 
 placing a semiquaver before a dotted quaver; it 
 gives emphasis and spirit to dance tunes, and, 
 when well applied, has a lively effect. 
 
 Scozz€se, It. (skBt-sS-zg.) In the Scotch style. 
 
 Scrape. To make a harsh noise; t« play awk- 
 wardly and harshly on a violin or similar instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Scriva,/^. (skrS-va.) Written ; si ecriva, as it is 
 written, without any alteration or embellishment. 
 
 Scndla, It. (skoo-^U.) A school; a course of 
 study. 
 
 Scn<Sla dicftnto. It. (skoo-a-ia de-A^n-tO.) A 
 singing school. 
 
 SdegnSnte, /<. (ed&n-yan-tS.) Angry, passionate. 
 
 Sd€gno, It. (edan-yO.) Anger, wrath, passion. , 
 
 Sdegnosam^nte, It. (sdan-yo-za-man-tg.) 
 Scornfully, disdainfully. 
 
 SdegniSso, It. (adSn-yd-zO.) Furious, passion- 
 ate, fiery. 
 
 .^drncciol&ndo, it. (sdroot-tshS-O-^n-dO.) Slid- 
 ing, Slipping. 
 ' SimieclolAre, /<. (sdroot-tshS-O-io-rg.) To slide 
 the hand, by turning the finger nails toward the 
 keys of the pianoforte, and drawing the hand 
 lightly, and rapidly, up or down. 
 
 Sdmcciolam^nto, It. (edroot-tshe-0-lS-man- 1 
 to.) f 
 
 Sdrucciolfito, It. (sdroot-tshS-O-^o-tO.) ) 
 
 Sliding the fingers along the strings, or the keys 
 of an {nstrument. 
 
 SECT 
 
 Se, It. (sS.) If, in case, provided, as, so, etc. 
 Sea trumpet. A marine trumpet formerly much 
 
 used on ship board. 
 Se bisdgua. It. (sS he-iSn-y&.) If necessarj', i r 
 
 required. 
 Sec, Fr. (s£k.) I Dry, nnomamented, cold- 
 Sdcco. It. (sSk-kO.) ) ly; the note, or chord, to be 
 
 struck plainly, without ornament or arpeggio. 
 Seccar&ra, /2. (sSk-kil-ra-ril.) A Neapolitan 
 
 dance. 
 Sechs, Ger. (sSkhs.) Six. 
 Sechs-achteltact, Ger. (sSkhs Skh-Vl-takt.) 
 
 Measure in t>-.8 time. 
 Sechs-saitis, Ger. (sSkhs sX-llg.) Instrument 
 
 with six strings. 
 Sechs-theilie, Ger. (slkhs U-\i%.) In six parts. 
 Sechste, Ger. (slkhe-ti.) A sixth. 
 Sechzehn, Ger. (sSkh-tsSn.) Sixteen. 
 Scchzehnte, Ger. (sekh-ts£n-t&.) Sixteenth. 
 Sechzehntel, Ger. (sSkh-tsgn-t'I.) Semiquavers. 
 Sechzehntelpause, Ger. (s£kh-tsen-t'l-pou-zS.) 
 
 A semiquaver rest. 
 Sechzehntheil-note, Ger. (sekh-tsSn-tll-n^-tS.) 
 
 A semiquaver. 
 Second. An interval of one degree, as fVom A to 
 
 B, B to C, etc. 
 Sec<Snda, It. (sa-tSn-dS.) Second, a second. 
 Secdnda ddnna, It. (sS-i5n-da dSn-ia&.) Sec- 
 ond female singer. 
 Seconflary tones. Tones introduced between 
 
 the principal tones wherever laree seconds occur 
 
 denoted by adding to the letters sharps or flats. 
 Second, augmented. An interval containing; 
 
 three half steps. 
 Sec<inda viSlta, It. {sl-kdn,i& vSl-t&.) The sec- 
 ond time. 
 Secdnda vdlta molto crescendo, It. (bS- 
 
 l:dn-&& vdl-\,& mOI-tO kra-shSn-dO.) Much louder 
 
 the second time. 
 Second-dessus, Fr. (sS-kSnhd dgs-sil.) The 
 
 second treble. 
 Seconde, Fr. (sa-kOnhd.) Second. 
 Seconde fois, Fr. (sa-kOnhd fwS.) Second time. 
 Second inversion. A term applied to a chord 
 
 when its fifth is the lowest tone. 
 Second, major. An interval consisting of two 
 
 half steps. 
 Second, minor. An interval measured by one 
 
 half step. 
 Secdndo, It. (sa-kOn-dO.) Second, a second. 
 Secdndo partito, It. (s5-k0n-d0 pir-tS-to.) The 
 
 second part, or voice. 
 Second soprano. The low soprano. 
 Second subject. The counter subject of a fUgnu 
 
 when it remains unchanged in all the parts. 
 Second tenor. Low tenor. 
 Second treble. Low treble. 
 Sectio canonis, Lat. (8?*-shI-0 kS-nS-nis.) The 
 
 name given to that celebrated division of a chord, 
 
 by which the portions of its several sounds are 
 
 precisely ascertained. It was invented by Euclid. 
 Section. A complete, but not an independent 
 
 musical idea; a part of a musical period, com- 
 posed of one or more phrases. , 
 Section, cadence. A section concluding with 
 
 a perfect cadence. 
 
176 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, S eve, B end, I ice, I ill, old, B odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, fi but, il French sound. 
 
 SECT 
 
 Section, contracted. A section containing 
 not over three bars. 
 
 Section, dominant. A section ending on tlie 
 chord of the dominant, 
 
 Section, extended. A'sectlon containing from 
 five to eight bars. 
 
 Section, tonic. A section terminating on the 
 common chord of the tonic. 
 
 Secular music. Music which is composed for 
 the theatre or chamber; an expression used in 
 opposition to sacred music, which is • for the 
 church or worship. 
 
 Seculars. Unordained officiates of any cathe- 
 dral or chapel, whose functions are confined to 
 the vocal department of the choir. 
 
 Secunde, Ger. (sS-*oon-dS.) Second. 
 
 Secundiren, Ger. (86-koon-d5r-Sn.) To play the 
 second part. 
 
 Secundum "ai'tem, Lat. fsg-ife-dum dr-t&m.) 
 According to art or professional rule ; with skill 
 and accuracy. 
 
 Seelen-amt, ffs)-. (sa-Vi^-amt.') I Requiem, 
 
 Seelen-messe, Ger. («o-rn-mes-s§.) ) o r m a s e 
 for departed souls. _ 
 
 Seer. The ancient name for a bard or rhapsodist. 
 
 Seen&re, It. (san-2/«-rS.) To beat time. 
 
 S^sno, It. . (sare-yo.) A sign, %: al segno, return 
 to the sign; dal segno, repeat from the sign. 
 
 Segue, It. (sffl-gwS.) I Follows, now follows, 
 
 Seguito, /<. (sa-STMS-tO.) ( a s follows; it also 
 means, go on, in a similar, or like manner, show- 
 ing that a passage is to be played like that which 
 precedes It. 
 
 Segue cdr«>. It. (sS-gng M-rO.) I The cho- 
 
 Segue il coro,/<. (sa-guS el A5-r0.) frus fol- 
 lows, go on to the chorus. 
 
 Segue il duetto, It. (sS-guS Bl doo-a«-to.) The 
 duet follows. 
 
 Segue il menn^tto. It. (sa-gug gl mg-noo-5<- 
 tO.) The minuet follows. 
 
 Segue la Hn&le, /*. (s5-gug la fB-na-16.) The 
 finale now follows. 
 
 Seg^^ndo, J«. (sg-gnan-dO.) 1. pniiQwinff next 
 
 Segn^nte, /«. (sg-gwaii-tg.) j-J^oiiowing, next. 
 
 Segu^nza, It. (sg-gMon-tsS.) A sequence. 
 
 Segue s£n2a interruzidne. It. (s^gug sdn- 
 tsa 27i-tgr-roo-tsS-5-n6.) Go on without stopping. 
 
 Segue snbito s^nza cambiare il tempo. 
 It. (sa-gug 800-bg-tO san-tsa kam-be-a-rS gl tem- 
 po.) Proceed directly, and without changing the 
 time. 
 
 Seguidilla, S^a. (ea-gug-dSZ-ya.) A favorite 
 Spanish dance in 3-4 time. 
 
 Seguidillera, Spa. (sa-gug-(iSi-yg-ra.) A person 
 who sings and dances seguidillas. 
 
 Seguf to. It. (s5-5"M?-tO.) Followed, imitated. 
 
 Segundilla. Spa. (sa-goon-dgZ-ya.) A small bell 
 used for certain acts of devotion. 
 
 Segundo,5pffi. (sa.g'oon-do.U g„„o„fl 
 
 Segundo, Por. (sa-fcooji-dO-H ^^^o""- 
 
 Sehnsucht, Ger. (san-sookht.) Desire, longing; 
 ardor, fervor. 
 
 Selinsilclitig, Ger. (saw-sfikh-tig.) Longingly. 
 
 Selir, Ger. (sar.) Very, much, extremely. 
 
 Sehr lebhaft, Ger. (sar llb-'hMi.) Very lively; 
 extremely animated and vivacious. 
 
 »eL,It. (sM.) Six, 
 
 ,of 
 
 SEME 
 
 'Seis, Spa. ft5-ge.) Six ; sixth ; a boy who sings 
 in a choir of a cathedral. 
 
 Seisillo, Spa. (sa-E-sgl-yO.) Union of six equal 
 notes. 
 
 Seintenbart, Oer. (sv-Vn-bdrt.) The ear or mouth 
 of an organ pipe. 
 
 Seiten-bewegnng, Ger. ( si-t'n-bg-'O^-goong.) 
 Oblique motion. 
 
 Seizieme de supir,.F?'. (sg-ze-am diih soo-pgr.) 
 Semidemisemiquaver rest. 
 
 Sekunde, Ger. (sg-Aoo»-dg.) Second. 
 
 Selali, Beb. (sa-la.) A term anciently used to 
 indicate the interlude, in which the priests should 
 blow the trumpets, to carry up the sentiments ex- 
 pressed for a memorial before God. 
 
 S'6lever, Fr. (s'al-g-va.) To ascend In tone. 
 
 Semeioteclinie, Fr. (sS-ma-O-tgk-ng.) A sys- 
 tem of musical characters. 
 
 Se mettre a I'unisson de, Fr. (suh matr a 
 rU-ng-sCnh diih.) To be iri unison with. 
 
 Semi, Lat. (sgm-I.) Half. 
 
 Semibreve, Eng. (s^m-i-brgv.) 
 
 Seuiibrdve, It. (egmrg-bra-vS.) 
 
 Semibrevis, Lat. (sgm-l-6m-vls.) , 
 Balfa breve; the longest note now in gen- 
 eral ase. ■ 
 
 SemlbrcTe rest. A rest equal in dura- ^=i=: 
 tlon to a semibreve. — "— 
 
 Semicadenza, It. (sgm-g-ka-<2an-tsa.) Semi- 
 cadence. 
 
 Semi-chorus. A chorus to be sung by half or 
 only a few of the voices. 
 
 Semicon. An instrument used by the ancients, 
 of which, at present, little more is known than 
 that it resembled the harp, and contained thirty- 
 five strings. 
 
 Semicorcliea, Spa. (sgm-g-isr-kg-a.) A semi- 
 quaver. 
 
 Semi-croma, Gr. (sgm-I-to-5-ma.) 1 A s e m i- 
 
 Semi-crdma, /<. (sgm-g-^rd-ma ) j quaver. 
 
 Semi-demisemiqnaver. A half demisemi- £ 
 quaver; sixty-four of them being equal to a g 
 semibreve. 5 
 
 Semi-demisemiq.ua-Fer rest. A rest equal 3 
 in duration to a semi-demisemiquaver. q 
 
 Semi-diajtason, Gr. (sgm-i-dl-a-^a-sOn.) An 
 octave diminished by a semitone, 
 
 Semi-dlapente, Lat. (sgm-I di-a-pan-tS.) Di- 
 minished, or imperfect fifth. 
 
 Semi-diatessaron, Xa^ (s6m-i dl-a-ilas-sa-rOn.) 
 Diminished fourth. 
 
 Semi-ditone, Lat'. (sgm-I dl-to-ng.) I 
 
 Semi-dittfno, It. (sgm-g dS-^S-nO.) f 
 A minor third. 
 
 Semi-flredon, Fr. (sEm-I frardOnh.) A demi- 
 quaver. 
 
 Semi-nisa^, Lat. (sem-I /«it-sa.) A semiquaver. 
 
 Semi-minun, Lat. (sgtn-i m«n-Im.) \ A half 
 
 Semi-minima, It. (sgm-B »i§-ng-ma.) f minim, 
 a crotchet, a quarter note. 
 
 Seminima, Spa. (sgm-I-nS-ma.) A crotchet, a 
 quarter note. 
 
 Semioctava, Spa. (sgm-i-Ok-^a-va.) A poetical 
 composition of four verses in alternate rhymes. 
 
 Semlographie, Gr. (sim-l-a-gra-Vi:) \ The art 
 
 Semeiographle, Gr. (s^mS-Ti-grd-K^ fof nota- 
 tion, or writing music in notes; 
 
PEONOtJNCING MTTSICAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 177 
 
 5 ale, & add, a arm, B eve, S end, ! ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, tl lute, U but, iX French sound. 
 
 SEMI 
 
 Semiped, Lat. (s^m-i-pSd.) In poetry, half a foot' 
 
 Semlauaver. A note equal to half a qiiavor; S 
 a sixteenth note. P 
 
 Semiquaver rest. A rest equal in duration a 
 to a semiquaver. ^ 
 
 Semisospfro, 2i. (sS-mS-sOs-pS-rO.) A pause 
 equal to an eighth of a bar in common time. 
 
 Semitone, Bng. (s^m-i-ton.) I A half- 
 
 Semitoninni, Lat. (sSm-i-M-ni-ilm.) ( tone. 
 
 Semitone, major. A semitone produced by 
 asceudinp; a degree, as from G to A flat. (This 
 distinction of major and minor semitones is un- 
 called for, and not usually accepted.) 
 
 Semitone, minor. A semitone produced by 
 passing from a note to its sharp or flat. 
 
 Semltoninm modi, Lat. (fiSm-i-tB-nl-im md 
 di.) The leading note or major seventh. 
 
 Seuiitntino, It. (sS-me-iwo-nO.) A semitone. 
 
 Seniper contrarins esto, Lat. (sSm-p6r kOn- 
 tra-ri-iis es-to.) A term in enigmatical canons of 
 the seventeenth century, indicating that the con- 
 sequent should imitate the antecedent by a retro- 
 grade movement. 
 
 S^mplice, It. (sam-ple-tshS.) Simple, pure, 
 plain. 
 
 SempUcem^nte, It. (sSm-plB-tshg-m«n-tO.) 
 Simply, plainly, without ornament. 
 
 Sempllcisslmo, It. (s5m-ple-<8A?-sS-mO.) With 
 the utmost simplicity. 
 
 Sempliclta, It. (sam-plS-tshe-ta.) Simplicity, 
 plainness. 
 
 S^mpre, It. (_sam-^vi.) Alvirays, evermore, con- 
 tinually. 
 
 S^mpre forte. It. (sam--pTS fdr-U.) Always 
 loud. 
 
 S^mpre leg&to, It. (sam-prS Ig-jro-tO.) Always 
 smooth. 
 
 S^mpre pi&no, It. (som-prS pS-a-nO.) Always 
 
 BOit. 
 
 S^mpre pin aflirett&ndo 11 t^mno. It. 
 
 (sffim-pre p8-oo af-fr6t-^(?«-do 81 iam-po.) Con- 
 tinually increasing the time. 
 
 S^mpre plu ftfrte, It. Continually increasing 
 in power. 
 
 Sempre pin prCsto, It. (aam-prS p5-oo prSi- 
 to.) Continually quicker. 
 
 S^mpre ritard&ndo, /*. (sam-prS rS-tar-cten- 
 do.) Always slower, slower and slower. 
 
 Sempre stacc&to. It. (sam-pr5 stak-Aa-tO.) 
 Always detached, staccato throughout. 
 
 Sena, Spa. (so-naO A sign. _ . 
 
 Senario, Spa. (s«-»ia-ri-0.) A verse of six iam- 
 bic feet. 
 
 Sensfbile, It. (sSn-se-be-lS.) Sensible, espres- 
 sive, with feeling. „ , 
 
 Sensililllta, It. (sEn-se-bS-le-to.) Sensibility, 
 expression, feeling. 
 
 Sensibilm^nte, It. (aSn-sS-bSl-man-tO.) Sensi- 
 bly, expressively, in a feeling manner. 
 
 Sensible, Fr. (sanh-«2S?.) The leading note, or 
 major seventh of the scale. 
 
 Sentences. Certain interlude strains sometimes 
 introduced into the service of the established 
 church, especially of particular chapels; short 
 anthems. • , ,, ., 
 
 gentle, i^r. (aanh.*.) Felt, expressed j«««o^ 
 Men sentiB, Che melody well expressed or accented. 
 12 
 
 SERE 
 
 Sentimentfile, /<. (BSn-te-min-tct-lS.) I Feel. 
 
 Sentim^nto, It, (sSn-tS-mara-tO.) | ing, sen- 
 timent, delicate expression. 
 
 S£nza, It. (san-tsa.) Without. 
 
 S^nza accompagnam^nto, It. (san-tsa ak 
 kOm-pan-yarman-to.) Without accompaniment. 
 
 S£nza battiita. It. (san-tsa ba-too-ta.) At the 
 pleasure of the performer as regards the beat or 
 time. 
 
 S^nza fifSrl, It. (san-tsa tSS-vS.) I 
 
 S^nza ornam^nti. It. (san-tsa i!it-n&-mSn-tS.) f 
 Without ornaments, without embellishments. 
 
 S^nza Interruzione, It. (san-tsa €n-tSr-roo- 
 tsS-0-n6.) Without interruption. 
 
 S^nza ODo€, It. (san-tsa 0-bO-a.) Without the 
 hautboy. 
 
 S^nza OTSBno, It. (san-tsa Oi-gd-nO.) Without 
 the organ. 
 
 S^nza ped&le, It. (san-tsa pe-<2a-lg.) Without 
 the pedals. 
 
 S^nza pl&no. It. (san-tsa pS-a-nO.) Without 
 the piano. 
 
 S^nza repetlzldne^j. (san-tsa ra-pS-tS-tsg- 1 
 S-n6.) y 
 
 S^nza replica, It. (san-tsa m-ple-ka.) ) 
 
 Without repetition. » 
 
 S^nza rigdre. It. (san-tsa iS-gd-iS.) Without 
 regard to exact time. 
 
 Sdnza sordini. It. pi. (san-tsa s8r-d5-ng.) With- 
 out the dampers, in pianoforte playing, meaning 
 that the dampers are to be raised from the strings. 
 
 Sdnza sordino. It. (san-tsa s8r-<2g-nO.) With- 
 out the mute, in violin playing, etc. 
 
 Sdnza strom^ntl. It. pi. (san-tsa BttO-man-tS.) 
 Without instruments. 
 
 Sdnza tdmpo. It.- (san-tsa tam-pO.) Without 
 regard to the time ; in no definite time. 
 
 Se pi&ce, It. (sa pg-a-tshg.) A will, at pleasure. 
 
 Septet, .B7iff. (sSp-tH.) I A composition for 
 
 Sept^tto, It. (sep-iai-to.) (seven voices or in- 
 struments. 
 
 Septleme, Fr. (sgt-I-am.) 1 The interval of a 
 
 Septime, Ger. (sgp-<?-mS.) f seventh. 
 
 Septlmen-accord, Ger. (sgp-tl-mgn ak-kord.) 
 A chord in which the seventh' is an important 
 sound; the chord of the seventh, comprising tho 
 root, the third, fifth and seventh. 
 
 Septlmole, Lat. (8e»-H-m5-le.) i A group of 
 
 Septiole, Xa^ (sep-t!-a-Ig.) [seven notes, 
 having the value, and to be played in the time of 
 four, pf the same species. 
 
 Sequence, Eng. (sg-quSns.) ■) A series, or 
 
 S^anence, Fr. (sSrkanJiss.) [ progression, of 
 
 Seqnenz, Ger. (ei-quSnts.) f similar chords, 
 
 Seandnza, /^ (eS-gwa»-tsa.) ; or intervals, in 
 succession. 
 
 Seraphine. («^r-a-fgn.) A species of harmonium. 
 
 Scrb&no, It. (sSr-io-nO.) The serpent, a b a s s 
 wind instrument. 
 
 Sdrdnfide, .Fr. (8gr-S.7ta(?.} I Night music; an 
 
 SeFen&ta,7<. (ser-S-na-ta.) f evening concert in 
 the open air and under the window of the person 
 to be entertained. Also, a musical composition 
 on an amorous subject; also, any light, pleasing 
 instrumental composition comprising several 
 movements. 
 
178 
 
 PRONOUNCING MTTSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 5 ale, S, add, a arm, C eve, 8 end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, u but, ii French sound. 
 
 SERE 
 
 Ser^uo, It. (se-ra-nO.) Serene, calm, tranquil, 
 cheerful. 
 
 S^ria, It. (sa-rS-S,.) 1 Serious, jgrave, in a 
 
 SerlOso, It. (sS-rS-5-zO.) ( eerions, sedate style. . 
 
 S^ria, opera. It. (sa-rc-a i3-pe-ra.) Serious, or 
 tragic opera. 
 
 S^riensciuent, Fr. (sa-ri-iis-manli.) Seriously, 
 gravely. 
 
 Sertnette, Fr. is6t-e-nSt.) A bird organ. 
 
 Serlnghi, Hin. (s8->'?«-ghS.) A Hindoo instru- 
 ment of the violin class. 
 
 Serio,S/)a. (sa-ri-O.)) Seuous, giave. 
 
 Serio-comic. A song combining the grave with 
 the ludicrous, or humorous. 
 
 Serpeggld,ndo, It. (sSr-pSd-jg-oji-dO.) Gently 
 winding, sliding, creeping. 
 
 Serpent, Eng. (s^r-pentO 1 A bass wind 
 
 Serp^nte, It. (aST-panr-te.) >-ln s t r ument, 
 
 (Serpenttfno, It. (ser-pSn-^S-nO.) \ o f d e e p , 
 coarse tone, resembling a serpent in form. It is 
 chiefly used in military bands, though nearly su- 
 perseded by the ophicleide: the name is some- 
 times given to a reed stop in an organ. 
 
 Serpent bliiser, Ger. (s^r-pSnt bla-z&r.) A 
 player on the serpent. 
 
 Serr<ita, It. (sSr-rd-ta.) A concluding perform- 
 ance. 
 
 Service. A musical composition adapted to the 
 services of religious worship. 
 
 Service book. A Missal ; a book containing the 
 musical service of the church. 
 
 Service, choral. Aformof religious service in 
 which the priest sings in response to the choir. 
 
 Servi sympbouiacl. Lot. pi. (sfr-ve sim-/o-ni- 
 rt-se.) Among the Romans, a band of musicians 
 kept by a person of rank for his own amusement, 
 or that of his guests. 
 
 Sesftul, Lat. (sSs-qai.) A Latin particle, signify- 
 ing a whole and a half, and which, when joined 
 with altera, terza, quarta, etc., expresses a kind 
 of ratio. 
 
 Sesquialtera, Lat. (sSs-quI-aMe-ra.) The name 
 given by the ancients to that ratio which includes 
 one and a half to one. An organ stop, comprising 
 two or more ranks of pipes, of acute pitch. 
 
 Sesaul-alterate. The greater Perfect. A triple 
 in the old music, in which the breve is three meas- 
 ures, or semibreves, and that without having any 
 point, or dot, annexed to it. 
 
 Sesanl-alt crate. Lesser Perfect. That in which 
 the semibreve contains three measures, or min- 
 ims, independent of any dot. 
 
 Seaqni-alterate. The greater Impeifect. Where 
 the breve, when dotted, contains three measures, 
 or semibreves, and when without a dot, two. 
 
 Sesq.ai-alterate. Lesser Imperfect. Where the 
 semibreve, when dotted, contains three measures, 
 or minims, and when without a dot, two. 
 
 Ses<iiiitertla, Lat. (s6s-qn8-<^r-shl-a.) A musi- 
 cal ratio is said to be sesquitertia when it is as 
 four to three. 
 
 Ses^ultone, Lat. (sSs-qug-io-nS.) A minor third, 
 or interval consisting of three semitones. 
 
 S(6"^a,7?. (Sfls-tii.) r The interval of a gixth; see 
 
 S^sto, It. («as-tO.) i also Seoete. 
 
 SBXT 
 
 A composition for 
 Sest^tto, It. csSs-tat-'tO.) f six voices or instm- 
 
 Sestet, .Ems'. (sgs-<^<.) I 
 ments. 
 
 Sestina, It. {s6s-t5-n».) 1 . f,p.f„,„ 
 
 Sestiila, It. (sgs-i!o.ia.) f "*■ ^e^o'e- 
 
 Set to music. An expression applied to any 
 language to which music is adapted. Such a 
 composition is said to be set to music. 
 
 Sette, It. (sai-t5.) Seven. 
 
 S^ttlma, /£. (saM5-ma.) I The interval of a 
 
 S^ttimo, It. (sai-te-mo.) f seventh. 
 
 S^ttima maggKire, It. (sat-ts-m^ mad-jS-^rg.) 
 Major seventh. 
 
 S^ttlma minore, It. («a^tg-ma mg-nd-rg.) Mi- 
 nor seventh. 
 
 Settlm<Sl2i, It. (sgt-tE-ma-la.) A septimole. 
 
 Setz-art, Oer. (sais-art.) Style, or manner of 
 composition. 
 
 Setzen, Oer. (sa(-tsSn.) To compose. 
 
 Setzer, Ger. ^a^tsgr.) A composer. 
 
 Setz-fennst, Ger. (ssts koonst.) The art of mu- 
 sical composition. 
 
 Seventeentb. An organ stop : see Tterce. 
 
 Seventh. An interval containing six diatonic 
 degrees. 
 
 Sevens and eights metre. A metre consist- 
 ing of a stanza of eight lines in trochaic measure 
 and designated thus, 7s and 8s. 
 
 Sevens and Hves metre. Consists of a stanza 
 of four lines in trochaic measure and designated, 
 7s and 5s. 
 
 Sevens and sixes metre. A metre desig- 
 nated thus, 7s and 6s, consisting of a stanza of 
 .eight lines in trochaic and iambic measure. 
 
 Sevens, eights, and sevens metre. A 
 metre designated thus, 7s, Ss, and 7s, consisting 
 of a stanza of eight lines in iambic measure. 
 
 Sevens metre. A stanza of four lines in tro- 
 chaic measure, each line containing seven sylla- 
 bles. 
 
 Sevens, sixes, and eights metre. A metre 
 designated thus, 7s, 6s, and 8s, consisting of eight 
 lines in trochaic and iambic measure. 
 
 Seventh, diminished. An interval measured 
 by nine half-steps. 
 
 Seventh, major. An interval measured by 
 eleven half-steps. 
 
 Seventh, minox*. An interval measured by ten 
 half-steps. 
 
 Sevcram^nte, It. (se-vgr-a-mam-tg.) Severely, 
 strictly, rigorously. 
 
 Severlta, It. (sS-vg-rS-M.) Severity, strictness. 
 
 Sexta, Lat. {sSx-ta,.) Sixth. 
 
 Sextain. A stanza of six lines. 
 
 Sexta pars, Lat. (six-& pars.) When two parts 
 were added to the four parts to which church mu- 
 sic was usually limited in the fifteenth century, 
 the second part was denominated sexta pars. 
 
 Sexta tonl, Lat. (sSx-tS, io-n6.) The sixth inter- 
 val from the tonic. 
 
 Sexte, Ger. (s^K-tS.) A sixth ; also, the name of 
 an organ stop with two ranks of pipes, sounding 
 the interval of a major sixth, a twelfth and tierce 
 on one slide. 
 Sextetto. See Sestetto. 
 
 SextUla, Spa. (s5x-tl?-ya.) A Spanish metrical 
 composition of six feet. 
 
PKONOUWCING MUSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 179 
 
 a ale, S, add, a arm, S eve, 8 end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, S dove, oo moon, a Zuis, ft Swi, ii French sound. 
 
 SEXT 
 
 Sexto, Spa. (elx-Ui.) A sixth. 
 
 Sextole, Lat. (*^!c-to-lg.) I A group of six 
 
 Sextuplet, Zat. (slx-tH-pllt.) ) notes, having 
 the value, and to be played in the time, of four. 
 
 Sextuple measure. The name formerly given 
 to measures of two parts, composed of six equal 
 nxites, three for each part. This is more generally 
 called, now, compound common time. 
 
 Sfogato, It. (slTJ-ffo-tO.) A very high soprano. 
 
 Sfdrza, /*. (^r-tsS.) Forced, with force and 
 energy. 
 
 SJterzftndo, /«. (sit5r-teon-dO.) 1 Forced, one 
 
 SforzAto, /«. (sfOr-faa-tO.) j particular chord, 
 or note, is to be played with force and emphasis, 
 
 Sforz&re la voce. It. (sfOr-ted'-rg la vO-tshS.) 
 To overstrain the voice. 
 
 Sforzatam^iite, It. (stOr-tsa-ta-»ia«-t6.) Im- 
 petuously, energetically. 
 
 StagsttO, It. (sfood-j?-tO.) Avoided, shunned; 
 rambling; see Cadenza SJuggila. 
 
 Ssalllnacciftre, It. (sgal-le-naM8hg^^-rS.) To 
 crow; a bad method of singing. 
 
 Shake. An ornament produced by the rapid al- 
 ternation of two successive notes, comprehending 
 an interval not greater "'i'""- '"'"•''■ 
 than a whole tone, nor 
 less than a semitone. 
 Plain shake or trill. 
 
 Shake, douhle. Two simultaneous shakes on 
 notes which are ""^ 
 either sixths or , , , , , . . 
 thirds to each other. r\ LLMsJ 
 Double shake. 
 
 Shake, iiassing. A short trill made in flowing 
 passages of quavers or semiquavers without 
 breaking the time, or interfering with the natural 
 course of the melody. 
 
 Shake, prepared. A shake PS;^i^5i;^=B 
 
 Srecededbytwoormoreintro- J. T T f T U T ^ 1 
 uctory notes. ri-t-n i --i u 
 
 Shalishlm. A triangle, invented by the Syrians. 
 Triangular rods were used, of metal, charged with 
 rings. 
 
 Shalm. A shawm. 
 
 Sharp. A character which raises a note one sem- 
 itone, J. 
 
 Sharp, accidental. An occasional sharp placed 
 before a note in the course of a piece, but not 
 the same letter found sharp in the signature. 
 
 Sharpen. To make higher ; to render more acute ; 
 to sharp, or to make sharp. 
 
 Sharp, donble. A double sharp is equivalent 
 to two sharps, raising a note a whole tone instead 
 of a semitone; expressed thus, #(■ or x ■ 
 
 Sharp sixth. In the first inversion of the minor 
 chord of the seventh ; by sharping the fundamen- 
 tal tone we obtain the chord of the Sharp Sixth, 
 or, as some writers call it, the German Sixth 
 
 Shaivii^. A wind instrument of the ancient He- 
 brews, supposed to be of the reed or hautboy 
 species. 
 
 SICC 
 
 Shell. An ancient musical instriment consisting 
 of the shell of a tortoise, over which strings were 
 drawn, forming the lyre of early times. 
 
 Sheminith, lleb. («A^m-i-nith.) A stringed in- 
 strument. It was also sometimes usedtoaenote 
 a species of music, and also a particular part of a 
 composition. 
 
 Shepherd's flute. A pastoral flute, shorter 
 than the transverse flute, and blown through a 
 lip-piece at the extremity. 
 
 Shift A change of position of the left hand, in 
 playing the violin, etc. See violin shifts. 
 
 Shift, donhle. A shift on the violin to D in alt. 
 
 Shift, flrst. A violin shift on the fifth line, also 
 called the half shift. 
 
 Shift, half. See First Shift. 
 
 Shift, last. In violin playing, the shift nearest 
 the bridge. 
 
 Shift, second. ) A violin shift on the eighth 
 
 Shift, whole, (line, or A. 
 
 Sliis^oth, Hei. (sAS-ghI-o-n8th.) According to 
 variable tunes. 
 
 Shophar, Heb. (shO-fSr.) A trumpet, or bent 
 horn, so called because it gave a brilliant, clear, 
 ringing sound. 
 
 Short appoggiatura. An appoggiatura con- 
 sisting of one or more notes played without re- 
 gard to the value of the next note, though gov- 
 erned somewhat by the character of the piece; 
 the lesser appoggiatura. 
 
 Short hallelii,iah metre. A stanza of six lines 
 in iambic measure. 
 
 Short metre. A stanza of four lines in iambic 
 measure. 
 
 Short moi'dent. A Mordent consisting of two 
 notes, viz., that haying the sign over it and that 
 below or above it, before the principal note. 
 
 Short octaves, A term applied to the lower 
 notes in old organs, where some of the notes 
 were omitted. 
 
 Short particular metre. A stanza of six 
 lines in iambic measure. 
 
 Short shake. An embellishment formed by 
 two or more notes preceding the principal note. 
 
 Shrill. An epithet applied to those acute sounds 
 which form the upper part of the scale of soprano 
 voices and treble instruments. 
 
 Shur,fl«S. (shilr.) To sing. 
 
 Shnshanednth, Heb. (shfl-sAare-e-dooth.) I 
 
 Shoshamnim, .?«&. (sliO-«Affi»i-nim.) f 
 
 A musical instrument somewhat resembling the 
 lily. It 18 possible the cymbal is meant as.that 
 instrument resembles the lily. 
 
 Si, Fr. (sg.) Applied in solfding to the note B. 
 
 Si b^mol, Jfr (sg barmOl) I The note B-flat. 
 
 Si bemoUe, It. (sg ba-mol-le.) ( 
 
 Si hSmol majeur, Fr. (se ba-mol ma-aMr.) 
 The key of B-flat major. 
 
 Si hdmol mlneur, Fr. (sg ba-mOl me-niir.) 
 The key of B-flat minor. 
 
 Sibilate. (s«6-I-15te.) To sing with a hissing 
 sound. 
 
 SihUio, /*• (sB-SS-lS-0.) -\ hiss ; a hissing sound. 
 
 Sibilns, Lat. (s56-I-ias.) A little flute or flag- 
 eolet used to teach birds to sing. 
 
 Siccama flute. A diatonic flute. 
 
180 
 
 PEONOTTNCING MtTSICAL DIOTION^AET. 
 
 & ale, H add, a arm, e eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, u but, ii French sound. 
 
 SICI 
 
 SlclIKina, It. (sS-tshS-lS-a-nS.) I A dance of the 
 
 Slcili^no, /^ (sS-tshS-lB-a-iiO.) i Sicilian peas- 
 ante, a graceful movement of a slow, soothing 
 pastoral character, in 6-8 or 13-8 time. 
 
 Side-drnm, The common military drum, so 
 called from its hanging at the side of the drum- 
 mer when played upon. 
 
 Si diese, Fr. (sS dl-Sz.) The note B sharp. 
 
 Sieben, Ger. («8-b'n.) Seven. 
 
 ^letien-hlang, Oer. (s5-b'n klang.) Hepta- 
 chord, a scale of seven notes. 
 
 Slebente, Ger. (s5-b6n-t6.) Seventh. 
 
 Slebenzehnte, Cfer. (se-bSn-tsSn-tS.) Seven- 
 teenth. 
 
 Siegessesans;, Ger. (s^-gWs-gVi-sang.) I 
 Siegeslied, Ger. (sS-gnSs-iScJ.) ( 
 
 A triumphal song. 
 
 ■gh&s-lSd.) 
 (sS-ghEs-marsA.) A tri- 
 
 (sS-ffl-gwS gl kd-rO.) The 
 
 Siegesmarsch, Ger. 
 
 nmphal march. 
 Siegue. See Segue. 
 Siegue U cdro. It. 
 
 chorus follows. ' 
 
 Siegae U menu^tto, It. (sg-a-gwS SI mS-noo- 
 dt-tO.) The minnet follows. 
 
 Siegne I'Hria, /*. (sg-a-gwS ro-rg-a.) The air 
 follows. 
 
 Siegne siiMto I'all^gro, It. (sg-a-gw5 soo- 
 bs-to rai-/a-grO.) The allegro follows immedi- 
 ately. 
 
 Siff-fliite, Ger. (sifffld-tH.) An organ stop of 
 2 or 1 foot scale, of the hohl-fiute species. 
 
 Siffler, Fr. (sif-fla.) To make a hissing noise. 
 
 SUHer un air, Fr. (sif-fla iinh n'5r.) To whis- 
 tle a tune. 
 
 Sifllet, Fr. (sBf-fla.) A cat-call, a squeaking in- 
 strument used in play-houses to condemn a per- 
 formance. 
 
 Slgnalist, Ger. (6»?-nal-Ist.) A military trum- 
 pet player. 
 
 Signatnr, Oer. (sig-na-toor.) j Name given 
 
 Signatura, Spa. (sSn-ya-too-ra.) Uo the sharps 
 
 Signature, Fng. (sig-nSrtsh^.) ) or flats placed 
 at the beginning of a piece, and at the commence- 
 ment of each staff, to indicate the key in which 
 it is written. 
 
 Signature, time. Figures, in the form of a frac- 
 tion, placed at the beginning of a piece to indi- 
 cate the time. 
 
 Sign,. canceling. A natural. 
 
 Sign, da capo. A mark placed before a bar, 
 indicating that the piece or movement is to be 
 repeated from that point. 
 
 Sfgne, Fr. (sgn.) The sign, :R:; see Segno. 
 
 Signes accidentelfs, Fr. (sen Sksl-ddnh-Vl.) 
 Accidental sharps, flats, or naturals. 
 
 Signes de ,8ilences, Fr. (sSn dS el-ldnhs.) 
 Rests. 
 
 Sign, neutralizing. A cancelling sign ; a 
 natural. 
 
 Signs. A general name for all the different char- 
 acters used' in music, such as flats, sharps, dots,etc. 
 
 Signs of abbreviation. Strokes, wavinglines, 
 dots, and figures, employed to denote a repetition 
 of notes, continuation of rests, etc. 
 
 Signs of sfttrz&ndo. Certain characters show- 
 ing that atone is to be emphasized stronger than 
 its rhythimcal accent r^niies, > V A- 
 
 smc 
 
 Signs of the organ tone. Two parallel lines 
 indicating that the tone is to commence, con- 
 tinue, and close with a uniform degree of 
 power, =z;. 
 
 Signs of the pressure tone. Signs indicat- 
 ing a very sudden increase of the tone, > > >. 
 
 Signidflla, Spa. (.sS-gaS-dil-ya.) See Seguidilla. 
 
 Siibador, Spa. (e&-VArtMr.) One who whistles. 
 
 Silbar, Spa. (sgl-ftar.) To whistle. 
 
 Silbern. ffer. («ii-bSrn.) Of a silvery tone. 
 
 Silberton, Ger. (sjZ-bSr-Mn..) Silvery tone, sil- 
 very sound. 
 
 Silboso, Spa. (sS^bO-zS.) Whistling, hissing. 
 
 Silence, Fr. (sg-ianhs.) 1 
 
 Silencio, Spa. (sW^n-thI-0.) \ A rest. 
 
 Sil^nzio, /;. (se-2£«-tsg-o.) ) 
 
 Silences pointes, Fr. pi. (sg-ianhs pwanh-ta.) 
 Dotted rests. 
 
 Sllenciosaniente, Spa. (sg-lgn-thg-(5-za-m5ra- 
 tg.) Quietly, softly. 
 
 Si lent&ndo, /<■ (sg 15n-<a?i-dO.) A term denot- 
 ing a slackening of the time. 
 
 Sll^nzio perfetto. It. (sg-Zara-tsg-o pgr/a^-to.) 
 Perfect silence, general rest. 
 
 Si leva il sordino. It. (sg /S-va gl sBr-(i?-nO.) 
 Take off the mute. 
 
 Si levdno i sordino. It. (sg lg-«a-nO S sSr- 
 dl-aH.) Baise the dampers. 
 
 Silver trumpet. The chatsoteroth of the an- 
 cient Hebrews, straight, a cubit long, with a bell- 
 shaped mouth. 
 
 Si inajeur, Fr. (sg mil-zhar.) The key of B 
 major. 
 
 Similar motion. Where two or more parts 
 ascend or descend at the same time. 
 
 Simile, It. (sg-mg-IS.) Similarly; in like man- 
 ner. 
 
 Si mlnenr, Fr. (sg roi-nur.) The key of B 
 mineur. 
 
 Simple counterpoint. That counterpoint in 
 which note is setagainstnote,andwhich is calle'd 
 simple, in opposition to more elaborate counter- 
 point which IS known ti.& figurative. 
 
 Simple fugue. 1 That styla of composi- 
 
 Slmple imitation, f tion in which a single sub- 
 ject is employed. 
 
 Simple intervals. Those which do not exceed 
 an octave. 
 
 Simple inversion. An. inversion made by re- 
 versing the notes of fugal,' or other subject in its 
 answer, so that the ascending notes of the original 
 passage descend in the answer, and vice versa. 
 
 Simple recitative. A recitative with the ac- 
 companiment of a bass part only; a plain recita- 
 tive. 
 
 Simple times. Those which contain but one 
 principal accent in a bar; as 2^, 3-4, 3-8, etc. 
 
 Simplicity. In composition, a natural, una- 
 dorned melody; or a natural, simple . arrange- 
 ment of parts. In performance, a chaste, unaf- 
 fected style. 
 
 Simplified. Bendered free from difficult pas- 
 
 Sfn "ai line. It. (egu al fS-nS.) To the end, as 
 far as the end. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 181 
 
 S ale, S. add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 Zaie, u fiwi, 11 French sound. 
 
 8INP 
 
 SlnA>nf a, It. (eSn-fO-nS-S.} (. An orchestial com- 
 Sinfonie, Fr. (BSnh-iO-nS.) ) position in many 
 
 parts ; a symphony. 
 Sinfoiifa a pittorlca. It. (sSn-fo-nS-S it pSt- 
 
 tO-r6-ka.) A symphony descriptive of scenes and 
 
 events. 
 j^infonfa concertfinte. It. (sen-fB-ng-S kSn-' 
 
 tshgr-(an-t6.) 
 ^inftonia concert&ta, It (sSn-fS-ne-S kSn 
 
 tsher-ia-ta.) 
 Sinfonla concertfite, It. (sSn-fo-ng-il kSn 
 
 t6h6r-^a-tg.) 
 
 A concerto for many instruments; a concerto 
 
 symphony. 
 SiiifORla da c&mera. It. (sSn-fo-ng-Ji AB. kd- 
 
 mS-ra.) Symphonies composed for chamber use, 
 
 as quartets, trios, etc. 
 isiiafonia ertfica. It. (s5n-iB-nS-a S-rS-S-kS.) A 
 
 symphony in the heroic style. 
 Sinfonia fas&ta,/^ (6gn-fO-nS-£ loo-gd'tS,.) In 
 
 the style of a fugue. 
 ^infonie, Oer. («5re-fl!-»2.) A symphony. 
 ^ins. To ntter sounds with various inflections or 
 
 mcmulations of the voice as fancy may dictate, or 
 
 according to the notes of a song or tune. 
 Sing-akadamie, Ger. (sing &-iirda-me.) Yocal 
 
 academy. 
 Hlng-anstalt, Ger. (sing SLu-stdlt.) Singing club. 
 Sing-art, Ger. (sing art.) Manner, or style of 
 
 singing. 
 S^ingbar, Ger. (fiing-b&r.) That may be sung. 
 Ming-bass, O'er. (««)?? bass.) A vocal bass. 
 Sing-chor, Ger. (sing kOr.) Singing choir, a cho- 
 rus. 
 Singen, Ger. (sing-&a.) Tosing, to chant; sing- 
 ing, chanting. 
 tSiiiigend, Ger. (sing-Sni.) See Cantabile. 
 Sing-geilicht, Ger. (s%ng ghS-cKJAi.) Hymn, 
 
 poem intended to be sung. 
 Minghiozz£indo, It. (sSn-ghS-Ot-san-dO.) Sob- 
 
 bingly. 
 Sing-knnst, Ger. (sing-koonst.) The art of 
 
 singing. 
 Mingle-action harp. A harp vpith pedals, by 
 
 which each string can be raised one semitone. 
 Single chant. A simple harmonized melody, 
 
 I'xtending only to one verse of a psalm, as sung 
 
 in cathedrals, etc. 
 Ming-mUhrchen, Ger. (fmg-mar-^Vn.) A 
 
 btiilad. 
 Sing-meister, Oer. (sfogr-mis-tSr.) Singing 
 
 master. 
 Sing-pnlt, Ger. (sing-poolt.) Singing desk. 
 Ming-sang, Ger. (sing-sSng.) Sing-song. 
 Sing-schanspiel, Oer. (sinff-shous-pSl.) Sing- 
 
 ins;-drama, a drama with songs, etc. interspersed. 
 Sing-schule, e«r. (sing-shoo-Vi.') Singing 
 
 school; a school, or method, for the voice. 
 Sing-schliler. Ger.(,sUg-sh,ilrlei.) Singing-pupil. 
 Ming-spiel, Ger. (sing-spgl.) An opera, melo- 
 drama, a piece interspersed with sotigs. 
 Ming-stimme, Ger. (sing-stim-mS:) Singing 
 ■ voice ; a vocal part. , , _, 
 
 Ming-stimmen, Ger.pl. (smg-stim-mSn.) The 
 
 voices ; the vocal parts. 
 Stng-stttck, &<jr. (sing-stUk.) Air, melody. 
 
 SIXE 
 
 Ming-stnnde, Ger. (sing-stoonriS.) Singing- 
 lesson. 
 
 Ming-tanz, Ger. (sing-tSnts.) Dance, accompa- 
 nied by singing. 
 
 Ming-verein, Ger. (szng-yS-Hn.) A choral so- 
 ciety. 
 
 Ming-'weise, Ger. (smg-vi-B^.) Melody, tune. 
 
 Miniestra, Spa. (sE-nl-as-trft.) im,^ , „ ^ , 
 
 Ministra, Xa«. (s!n-is-tra.) j-ihe Jelthana. 
 
 Ministrse, Let. (sin-is-trS.) Left-handed flutes; 
 see Dextrce. 
 
 Ministra ni&no. It. (sS-7J?s-tra md-nO.) I The 
 
 Ministra manu, Lat. (sln-Is-tra ma-n1I.) {left 
 hand. 
 
 Mino, It. (s5-nO.) i To, as far as, until ; con/uSco 
 
 Sin, It. (sSn.) ) sin "alfine, with spirit to the 
 end. 
 
 Mino al fine pianissimo. It. (sS-nO ai fe n& 
 pS-an-Se-sE-mO.) Pianissimo to the end. 
 
 Mino Al s^gno. It. (eS-nO £1 sSn-yO.) As far as 
 the sign. 
 
 MilSng, Swe. (si-Ong.) Song. 
 
 Mipario, It. (aS-pd-ie-a.) The curtain of a theatre. 
 
 Si pifice, It. (sS pS-ffl-tsh6.) At pleasure, as you 
 please. 
 
 Ml raddtfppia il t^nipo, It. (se iM-ddp-pS-S. 
 61 tdm-T^o.) Redouble the time; as fast again. 
 
 Miren. In ancient mythology, a goddess who en- 
 ticed men into her power by the charms of music, 
 and devoured them. 
 
 Mirene. An instrument used for ascertaining the 
 velocity of afirial vibration, corresponding to the 
 different pitches of musical sounds. 
 
 Mirenion. (sl-r^«-l-0n.) An instrument of the 
 piano and harpsichord class. 
 
 Siren song. A song of a bewitching, fascinat- 
 ing style. 
 
 Mirenen-gesang, Ger. (sjr-S-nSn ghg-sarag'.) Si- 
 ren-song; a soft, mscious, seductive melody. 
 
 Mi replica, /*. (sg ra-plg-ka.) A repeat ; to be 
 repeated. 
 
 Mi replica una vdlta. It. (sg rS-plg-ka oo-na 
 vol-ta.) Play the part over again. 
 
 Mi scriva. It. (sg scr?-va.) As written, without ' 
 any alteration or embellishment. 
 
 Si segue. It. (se sa-guS.) Go on. 
 
 Mlstema; It. (s5s-tg-ma.) System. 
 
 Sistrnm, Lat. («fe-triim.) An instrument of 
 
 Sercussion of very great antiquity, supposed to 
 ave been invented by the Egyptians, and was 
 much used by the priests of Iris and Osiris in sac- 
 rifice. It consisted of a rod ot iron, bent into im 
 oval or oblong shape, or square at two corners aii'l 
 curved at the others, and furnished with a number 
 of movable rings, so that, when shaken, or struck 
 with another rod of iron, it emitted the sound 
 desired. 
 
 Mi tAce, It. (sg <a-tshg.) Be sileflt. 
 
 Mi v4Slga, It. (sg vdl-g&.) Turn over the leaf. 
 
 Sixain, Fr. (sez-anh.) Stanza; strophe of six 
 
 Six-eighth measnre. A. measure having the 
 
 value of six eighth notes, marked 6-8. 
 Sixes and nves metre. A metre consisting 
 
 of a stanza of eight lines in iambic or trochaic 
 
 measure, designated thus, 6a & 53. 
 
182 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAEY. 
 
 S ale, & add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, oW, odd, 6 (Jow, oo moon, fl fai«, ii &«*, ii S'rench sound. 
 
 SIXE 
 
 Sixes and four. A metre designated thus, 6s 
 & 4, consisting of a stanza of fourlines in iambic 
 measure. 
 
 Sixes and. tens. A metre designated tlius, Ss 
 & 10s, consisting'of a stanza of six lines in iambic 
 measnre. 
 
 Sixes metre. A metre designated thus, 68, con- 
 sisting of a stanza of eight lines of six syllables 
 each, in iambic measure. 
 
 Sixes and sevens, and eights metre. A 
 metre designated thus, 6s, 7s, & 8s, consisting of 
 a stanza of eight lines in iambic measure. 
 
 Sixfold measure. A measure consisting -of 
 two trochees, or musical feet, each formed of a 
 long and a short note, or of an accented and unac- 
 cented one; a measure of six equal parts. 
 
 Sixieme, Fr. Uey.-1-dm.) A sixth. 
 
 Six pour qnatre, Fr. (sSz poor kStr.) A 
 double triplet, or sextnplet; six notes to be played 
 in the time of four. 
 
 Six quarter measure. A measure having 
 the amount of six quarter notes, marked 6-4. 
 
 Six semibreve rest. A rest having the 
 duration of six semibreves : 
 
 Sixte, Fr. (sSkst.) A sixth. « 
 
 Sixteenth note. A semiquaver, ^. 
 
 Sxteeuth rest. A pause eqnal in duration to a 
 sixteenth note. 
 
 Sixtes, Fr. (sekst.) Sixths. 
 
 Sixth. An interval comprising six sounds, or five 
 diatonic degrees. 
 
 Sixth augmented. An i«terval measured by 
 ten half-ateps. 
 
 Sixth diminished. An interval measured by 
 seven half-steps. 
 
 Sixth sharp. An interval obtained from the 
 first inversion of the minor chord of the seventh, 
 by sharping the fundamental tone. 
 
 Sixth Grerman. See Sharp Sixth. 
 
 Sixth Ttalian. An interval obtained by sup- 
 pressing the original seventh in the chord of the 
 sharp sixth. 
 
 Sixth major. An interval measured by nine 
 half-steps. 
 
 Sixth minor. An interval measured by eight 
 half-steps. 
 
 Sixty -fourth note. A hemidemisemi'quaver. 
 
 Sixty -fourth rest. A pause equal in point of 
 duration to a sixty-fourth note. 
 
 Shalde, Ger. (skal-6.^.) A scald; ancient Scan- 
 dinavian bard. 
 
 Skene manuscript. This manuscript existed 
 during the reign of James VI., and is supposed to 
 have been noted in great part betvpeen 1615-and 
 1620. It contained in all one hundred and five 
 tunes, most of them Scottish, and some of them 
 familiar, a number of dancing tunes, etc. ; it be- 
 longed to John^kene, of Hallyards. 
 
 ^kip. A term applied to any transition exceeding 
 that of a whole tone step. 
 
 H\tixxea, Ger. pi. (sfais-tsSn.) Sketches; short 
 pieces. 
 
 Skolien, Swe. (sko-Z?n.) Drinking song. 
 
 ii^largfindo, /i!. (slSr-^an-do.) I Extend- 
 
 Slargandlisi, It. (slar-gan-a3-z5.) (ing, enlarg- 
 ing, widening; the time to become gradually 
 slower. 
 
 SOLE 
 
 Slentfindo, It. (slSn-ian-dO.) Kelaxing the 
 time, becoming gradually slower. 
 
 Slide. See Glisser. 
 
 Slide, tuning. An English instrument produc- 
 ing thirteen semitones, and used for pitching the 
 key note. 
 
 Slogan. The war-cry or gathering word of a High- 
 land clan in Scotland. 
 
 Slur. A curved line over two or more notes, to 
 show that they must be played smoothly. 
 
 Sluri'ed. Notes or passages performed in a 
 smooth and gliding manner, are said to be slurred. 
 
 Sluri'ing. Performing in a smooth, gliding style. 
 
 Small octave. The name given in Germany to 
 the notes included between O'pn the second space 
 of the bass staff and the B above, these uotes be- 
 ing expressed by small letters, as a, b, c, d, etc. 
 
 Smanicfire, It. (smSn-g-Mj-rS.) To shift, or 
 change the position of the hand in playing the 
 violin, guitar, etc. 
 
 Smanifinte, 7^ (smSn-S-ara-tS.) 1 Furious, ve- 
 
 Smani&to, It. (sma-ne-a-to.) vhement, fran- 
 
 Smani<tso, It. (sma-ns-a-zo.) j tic ; with rage. 
 
 Sminu^ndo, It, (smS-noo-aM-dO.) J Diminish- 
 
 Sminuito, It. (sm5-noo-?-t0.) Mng, decreas- 
 
 Smor^ndo, /<. (smo-mn-do.) ling, grad- 
 ually softer. 
 
 SmorfKSso, It. (smOr-iS-g-zO.) Affected, coquet- 
 tish, full of grimaces. 
 
 Smorz. An abbreviation of Smorzdndo. 
 
 Smorz&ndo, /*. (smOr-tean-dO.) I Extinguish- 
 
 Smorz&to. It. (sm8r-isa-t0.) ) ed, put out, 
 gradually dying away. 
 
 Snare drum. The commonly used small drum, 
 so named on account of strings of raw hide drawn 
 over its lower head, and to distinguish it from the 
 large or bass drum. 
 
 So&ve, It. (sO-a-v8.) A word implying that a 
 movement is to be played in a gentle, soft and 
 engaging style. 
 
 Soavem^nte, It. (sO-arvS-mSn-tS ) Sweetly, 
 agreeably, delicately. 
 
 Sochantre, Spa. laO-kSn-trii.) Subchanter. 
 
 Soci^t^ chantante, Fr. (sO-sT-a-ia shanh-tanht.) 
 Singing society. 
 
 Soeck-pipe. The appellation given by the an- 
 cient northern poets to the bagpipe. 
 
 Sogg^tto, It. ieOA-jat-tO.) Subject, theme, mo- 
 tive. 
 
 Sog^^tto di fdga. It. (sod-jat-to ds foo-g&.) 
 Subject of the fugue. ' 
 
 Sogg^tto invariato, It. , (sod-jdt-to Bn-vS-rc-ir- 
 to.) The invariable subject— a term applied to 
 the subject of counterpoint when it does not 
 change the figure or situation of the notes. 
 
 Sog^^tto variato. It. (eOA-jat-tO va-re-a-to.) 
 Variable subject — a term applied to the subject 
 of a counterpoint when it changes the figure or 
 situation of the notes. 
 
 Soiree music&le, Fr. (swa-i-a mu-zS-kdl.) A 
 musical evening. 
 
 Sol. (sol.) A syllable applied by the Italians to 
 G, the fifth sound of the diatonic scale or octave 
 of C. 
 
 Sdla, It. (s6-ia.) Alone ; see Solo. 
 
 Sol h£mol, Lat. (sol ba-mol.) The note G-flat. 
 
PliONOUNOlNtt MUSICAL DiOTlONARY. 
 
 183 
 
 a ale, a add, & arm, B eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, dove, oo moon, fl ?«<«, il 6m<, 11 French sound. 
 
 SOLB 
 
 Sol b^mol majenr, Fr. (eol ba-mol mS-zhllr.) 
 The key of G-flat m^or. 
 
 Sol b£mol nitnenr, Fr. (scl-ba-mol mS-ulir.) 
 The key of Q-flat minor. (Not in use.) 
 
 Sol diese, Fr. (sol dJ-Sz.) The note G-sharp. 
 
 Sol diese minenr, Fr. (sol-dl-az mS-nlir.) The 
 key of G-sharp minor. 
 
 Sol^nne, It. (sO-/an-nS.) Solemn. 
 
 Sole]uiein£iite,/i(. (sO-16n-n6-man-tS.) Sol- 
 emnly. 
 
 SoldtiiiS. Singing the notes of the scale to the 
 monosyllables applieij to them by Guido. 
 
 Solfeador, 5pa. (B01-f£-ar(2or.) Asinger; a mu- 
 sic master. 
 
 Solfege. J?"?-. (BOlf Bz/i.) 1 Exercises for the 
 
 Solfeggi, It. pi. (BOl/od-jS.) >■ V o i c e according 
 
 SoUSgsio, /«. (BOJ-fdd-jB-O.) ) to the rules of BoF 
 raization. 
 
 Solfesglam^utl, It. (sOl-fSd-je-il-man-tS.) Sol- 
 feggi. 
 
 Solfeggi&re, It. (sOl-fSd-jS-a-rg.) To practice 
 Solfeggi. 
 
 Solfeggiren, Ger. (sOl-fgg-gM-r'n.) 1 ™ ,, 
 
 Solller, Jf-y. (BOl-fE-a.) (^iosolla. 
 
 Solflsta, Spa. (BOl/Ss-ta.) Musician; a person 
 skilled in music. 
 
 Sdii, It. (sS-lE.) A particular passage played by 
 principals only, one performer to each part. "• 
 
 Stilito, It. (so-lg-to.) Accustomed; in the usual 
 manner. 
 
 Soll^cito, J<. (sO-Za-tshS-tO.) ■ Careful, solici- 
 tous ; meaning an attentive and careful style of 
 execution. 
 
 Sol majenr, Fr. (sol mS-zhilr.) The key of G 
 major. 
 
 Sol mtnenr, Fr. (sol ms-nlir.) The key of G 
 minor. 
 
 Solmlsfire, It. (s01-mS-«a-rS.) ) The prac- 
 
 Solmlzfire, 7^. (sOl-mS-^so-re.) vtice of the 
 
 Solmlsiren, Ger. («di;-mI-«5»"-en.) (seal es, ap- 
 plying to the different tones their respective syl- 
 lables, do, re, mi, fa, sol, la, si ; to this kind of 
 vocal exercise the practice of Solf§ggi is added. 
 
 Solmfzation. See Solfeggi and Solmisare. 
 
 Solmization a la Oree, Fr. {& lit grSk.) A 
 species of solmization formerly practiced, in 
 which the old Greek system of tetrachords was 
 adhered to, so far as to use but four characters, 
 which were repeated from tetrachord to tetra- 
 chord as we now repeat from scale to scale. 
 
 iolS'^r %J01 i A composition for a single 
 %fu;,Ger. Ts5°0.) [voice or instrument. 
 Solomanle, Tur. (so-lo-mfi-ng.) The Turkish 
 
 flute, entirely open and without any reed. 
 Solo, piano. A solo for the pianoforte. 
 Solo-siinger, Ger. {sd-lO-sdng-Si.) A solo-singer, 
 
 principal, singer. 
 Solo-spieler, Ger. («o-10-8p?-rer.) Solo player. 
 S<ilo-sopr&no, It. (85-10 eO-prd-nO.) For soprano 
 
 only. 
 Sol post T-esperas decltnat, Lat. (sol post 
 
 t'^e-pS-rSs d8-*i?-nfit.) In old enigmatical canons, 
 
 a term implying that at each repeat the canon 
 
 should be lowered tfne tohe. 
 Sdmiua, It. (sQfn-ma.) Extreme, exceeding great. 
 
 SONN 
 
 Stfmma espressidne. It. (sOm-mil gs-prSs-sS- 
 S-n&.) Very great expression. . 
 
 Sommeils. (sOm-mal.) The name by which the 
 French distinguished the airs in their old serious 
 operas, because they were calculated to tranqnil- 
 ize the feelings and induce drowsiness. 
 
 Sommerlied, Ger, (sOm-mgr-lEd.) A song in 
 praise of summer. 
 
 Sommier, Fr. (sO-ml-5.) The sound board. 
 
 Sommier d'orgne, Fr. (sO-ml-a d'Org.) Sound 
 board of an organ. 
 
 Son.J"?-. (sOnh^) I o„„nfl 
 Son, Spa. (sou.) \ ''°^'^^' 
 
 . . (sou-) 
 
 Son&bile, /^. (sd-na-bg-lg.) I a„-™™„ — » * 
 
 Sonable, Spa. (sO-«a-blg.) f S™°™°«- "»°"«"' 
 
 Sonagli&re, It. (sO-nai-yg-d-rS.) To jingle, to 
 ring a small bell. 
 
 SonAglio, It: (80-nffl-yg-O.) A small bell. 
 
 Son aign, Fr. (sOnh a-gil.) A sharp, acute sound. 
 
 Sonajero, Spa. (sO-na-aa-rO.) I A small tabor 
 
 Sonajica. Spa. (sO-nS-AS-ka.) j or timbrel. 
 
 Sonajor, Spa. (sO-na-ASf.) A timbrel. 
 
 Sonam€nto, It. (sO-nft-man-tO.) Sounding, 
 ringing, playing. 
 
 Sonante, Spa. (sO-na»i-tg.) Sounding, sonorous. 
 
 Sondre, It. (sO-rea-rg.) To sound, to have a 
 sound, to ring, to play upon. 
 
 Sonfire Alia mente. It. (sO-na-rg dl-VSk mdn- 
 tg.) To play extempore, to improvise. 
 
 Sonfire il violino, It. (sO-na-rg gl ye-d-lt-na.) 
 To play upon the violin. 
 
 Sonfita, //. (sO-raa-ta.) I An instrumental com- 
 
 Sonate, J")', (so-na^.). (position, usually of three 
 or four distinct movements, each with a unity of 
 its own, yet all related so as to form a perfect 
 whole. It commonly begins with an allegro, 
 sometimes preceded by a Blow introduction. 
 Then come the andante, adagio,-, or largo; then 
 the minuet and trio, or schertzo; and lastly the 
 finale in quick time. 
 
 Sonata da c&mera. It. (sO-na-ta da kd-mZ- 
 ra.) A sonata designed for the chamber or parlor. 
 
 Sonata da chi^sa. It. (sO-na-ta da kg-a-zS.) 
 A church sonata, an organ sonata. 
 
 Sonata di braTdra, It. (so-na-ta dg brft-voo- 
 ra.) A brave, bold style of sonata. 
 
 Sonata form. In the s(yle of a sonata. 
 
 Sonata, grand. A massive and extended sonata, 
 consisting usually of four movements. 
 
 Sonata per il cembalo s<SIo, It. (so-na-ta 
 par gl tSfidm'h&-\0 so-lO.) A sonata for the harp- 
 sichord without accompaniment. 
 
 Sonata per il violfno. It. (so-na-ta par gl 
 vg-0-lg-nO.) A sonata for the violin. 
 
 Sonate, Ger. (sO-na-tg.) A sonata. 
 
 Sonatina, It. (sO-na-i?-na.) I A short, easy 
 
 Sonatine, Fr. (sO-nar/Sn.) f sonata. 
 
 SonattHo, It. (sO-na-M-hO.) A sounding board. 
 
 SonatOT dl vioUno, It. (BD--D&-tSr dg \e-0-li- 
 nO.) A fiddler, violin player. 
 
 Sonatdre, It. (sO-ua-M-rg.) An instrumental 
 performer. 
 
 Sonatrice, It. (sO-nfi-M-tshg.) A female per- 
 former. 
 
 Son doux, Fr. (sOnh doo.) Soft sound. 
 
 Sonnecillo, Spa. (sOn-ni-tMl-lo.) A short tune; 
 a slight sound. 
 
184 
 
 PEONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 B. ale, a add, S arm, S eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, oM, odd, 6 dOTO, oo moon, 11 Z«J«, 1i 8m<, ii French sound. 
 
 SONE 
 
 Sonetazo, Spa. (sO-ng-<«-thO.) A loud sound.- 
 
 Sonett&nte, It. (sO-nSt-ioTs-tg.) A eingei- of 
 sonnets. 
 
 Son^tto, It. (Bd-nai-to.) A sonnet:. 
 
 Son^vole, It. (sO-na-vB-lS.) Sonorous, ringing, 
 sounding, 
 
 iSong. A short lyric poem set to music ; a short 
 musical composition, either with or without 
 words; a hymn; poetry. 
 
 Song:, Bacchanalian. A song which either in 
 sentiment or style relates to scenes of revelry. 
 
 (Song, boat. A song sung by the rowers ; gondo- 
 lier song. 
 
 ISong, erotic. A love song. 
 
 Hong, florid. A term applied by musicians of 
 the 14th century to figured descant, in order to 
 distinguish it from the old chant or plain song. 
 
 Song form. In the style of a song. 
 
 Song, four-part. A song arranged for four voices. 
 
 Song, gondolier. A song sung by the Venetian 
 gondoliers; a barcarolle. 
 
 Song, hunting. A melody set to words in praise 
 of the chase. 
 
 Song, martial. A song, the subject and style 
 of which are warlike. 
 
 Song, national. A song identified with the his- 
 tory of a nation, on account of the sentiments it 
 expresses, or from long use. 
 
 Song, nautical. A song relating to the sea. 
 
 Song, nuptial. A song celebrating marriage. 
 
 Song, patriotic. A song intended to inspire a 
 love of country. 
 
 Song, plain. The old ecclesiastical chant, with- 
 out any of the harmony which now enriches it. 
 
 Song, rustic. A plain, simple melody, suitable 
 to rural themes. 
 
 Song, sacred. A devotional song, a hymn. 
 
 Song, secular. A song not designed for relig- 
 ious worship. 
 
 Songs of the ivells. The fountain hymns of 
 the ancients, and still common in the Greek isles. 
 
 Songs -without tvords. Pianoforte pieces, 
 consisting of a melody with an accompaniment. 
 
 Songs, table. Songs for male voices, formerly 
 much in vogue among German glee clubs. 
 
 Sonido, Spa. (sO-«S-thO.) Sound. 
 
 Sonido agudo, Spa. '(sO-nS-thO ^goo-tho.) An 
 acute sound. 
 
 Soniferous. Frodncing sound. 
 
 Soni mobiles. Or. (sa-nS mo-bi-lss.) The name 
 by which the ancients distinguished the interme- 
 diary sounds of tjieir tetrachords. 
 
 Soni stabiles, Gr. (sS-nB sta-bl-lee.) I The ex- 
 
 Soni stantes, Cfr. (so-nB simirtes.) ) tremes of 
 the Greek tetrachords. 
 
 Sonnant, Fr. (soo-nanh.) Sounding. 
 
 Sonner, Fr. (sOnh-na.) To sound, to ring, to 
 blow. 
 
 Sonner a toute TOtx, Fr. (sOnh-nS fi toot 
 vwa.) To ring a full peel. 
 
 Sonner eie la trompette, Fr. (sOnh-na diih 
 la trOnh-pat.) To sound the trumpet. 
 
 Sonner du comet, Fr. (sSnh-na dtl kor-ns.) 
 To sound a horn. 
 
 Sonner la doehe, Fr. (sSnh-na la klosh.) 
 To ring a bell. 
 
 SOPIi 
 
 Sonnet. A short poem of fourteen lines, two 
 stanzas of four verses each and two of three each, 
 the rhymes being adjusted by a particular rule. 
 
 Sonneteer. A composer of sonnets or small 
 poems ; usually a term of contempt. 
 
 Sonnettier, Fr. (sOnh-n8t-ti-a.) Bcll^maker or 
 seller. 
 
 Sonnettucciaccio, It. (sUn-nU-toot-tehe-dt- 
 tshS-0.) A poor sonnet. . 
 
 Sonnenr, .Fr. (sOnh-nlir^ A bell ringer. 
 
 Sonometer. (sO-nSmS-ter.) . An instrument for 
 measuring intervals or the vibrations of sounds. 
 
 Sonoram^nte, It. (s6-nO-ra-m««-tS.) Sono- 
 rously, harmoniously. 
 
 Sonora, Spa. (sd-nO-ra.) A cithern. 
 
 Sonore, Fr. (so-nSr.) t Sonorous, harmonious, 
 
 Sondro, /<. (80-«o-r0.) j resonant. 
 
 Sonorldad, Spa. (so-nO-rMarf.) Sonorousness. 
 
 Sonoriflc. {sO-nO-r5/-Ik.) Producing sound. 
 
 Sonorita, Ii. (so-no-rs-ia.) 1 TJ„rmnTiv onimfi 
 
 Sonority, Fr. (sO-nO-rS-(a.) ^SSess ' 
 
 Sonorite. Spa. (sO-nO-r2-tS.) ) sonorousness. 
 
 Sonoroso, Spa. (so-no-rg-zo.) Sonorous, pleas- 
 ing. 
 
 Sonorous. (sO-nS-rous.) An epithet applied to 
 whatever is capable of yielding sound; full or 
 loud in sound; rich-toned, musical. 
 
 Son. per^ant. Fr. (sttnh par-sanh.) A shrill, 
 piercing sound. 
 
 Sons «tonir«s, Fr. pi. (sSnhs'S toof-fa.) Sti- 
 fled, or mnflled tones. 
 
 Sons haiMnoniques, Fr. pi. (sBnhs' hSr-mOnh- 
 ?4.) Harmonic sounds. 
 
 Sons pleins, Fr. pi. (sOnhs' pianh.) In fiute 
 music, this means that the notes must be blown 
 with a very full, round tone. 
 
 Sonns, Hat. (so-nHs.) Sound, lone. 
 
 Sonus exclusus, Lat. (sS-nQs Bx-cIH-svlS.) Ex- 
 cluded sound; one of the three radical sounds 
 composing the harmonic triad ; the fifth. 
 
 Sdpra, It. (so-pra.) Above, upon, over, before. 
 
 S<Spra dominfinte. It. (s5-pra dO-mS-nare-tS.) 
 The fifth or upper dominant. 
 
 Sopr&ni, It. pi. (so-gra-ne.) Treble voices. 
 
 Sopran, Ger. (eO-prdn.) I The treble, the high- 
 
 Sopr&no, It, (BO-prd-nB.) f est kind of female 
 voice ; a treble, or soprano singer. 
 
 Soprfino aemo. It. (eO-prd-nO a-Joo-tO.) High 
 soprano. 
 
 Soprano clef. The treble or G clef. 
 
 Soprano clef. The C clef on the first line 
 of the staff for soprano, instead of using, i 
 the G clef on the second line for that " ttj - 
 part. "-ffij- 
 
 Soprano clef^ mezzo. The C clef when placed 
 on the second line of the stafl', formerly 
 used for the second treble voice, and for 
 which the soprano clef is now substituted. 
 
 Sopr&no concertAto,/^. (aB-pra-nO kfin-tshSr- 
 <a-tO.) The soprano solo part, the part for a solo 
 treble voice in a chorus. 
 
 Soprano concertina. A concertina having the 
 compass of a violin. 
 
 Sopr&na cdrda,'/^. (sO-pra-nO kSr-AS,.) The E 
 string of a violin. 
 
 Soprano mdzzo. It. ■ (sB-prd-nB mdt-aB.) A spe- 
 cies of female voice between soprano and alto. 
 
PEONOTTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 185 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, e eve, § end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, & 6m<, u French, sound. 
 
 SOPR 
 
 Soprano, second. Low soprano. 
 
 Soprfino seed ndo od filto. It. (ao-pra-no b3- 
 koon-io Od al-tO.) The second soprano or alt^. 
 
 Sopran-stinune, Ger. (ao-pran s(im-mS.) A 
 soprano voice. 
 
 Sdpra qninta, It. (80-prS guSn-tS..) TTpper dom- 
 inant. 
 
 SiSpra i!na cdrda, It. (eS-^rS, 00-aS, kdr-i&.) 
 On one string. 
 
 Sdrda, It. (s6r-dS.) Muffled, veiled tone. 
 
 Sordani^nte, It. (sOr-dS-mare-tS.) Softly, gen- 
 tly; also, damped, muffled. 
 
 SordelUna, It. (sOr-d61-/3-na.) A species of bag- 
 pipe. 
 
 !Sordlna,£i>a. (sOr-dS=na.) f ^ sordine. 
 
 Sordet. I A small instrument or damper in the 
 
 iSordine. } mouth of a trumpet, or on the bridge 
 of a violin or violincello, to make the sound more 
 faint and subdued. 
 
 Sordxni, It. pi. (sOr-eZS-ng.) Mutes in violin play- 
 ing; and' the Pampers In pianoforte music; see 
 CoH Sordini, and SSma Sordini. 
 
 Sordini levati. It. (sOr-d?-nE 15-t;a-t6.) The 
 dampers removed. 
 
 Sordino, It. (sOr-rfe-nO.) A sordine. 
 
 Ndrdo, II. (sSr-AO.) Muffled, veiled tone. 
 
 Sorsfaltie, Ger. {soiy-tsl-tlgh.) Carefully. 
 
 Sorgfaltis gebunden, Ger. (sorg'-fal-tigh ghS- 
 6oon-d'n.) very smoothly. 
 
 Sortita, It. (sOr-iS-tii.) The opening air in an 
 operatic part, the entrance aria. 
 
 Sospensidue, It. (sOs-pgn-sg-o-nS.) A suspen- 
 sion. 
 
 Sospensivam^nte, It. (sOs-pSn-sB-vS-man-tg.) 
 Irresolutely, waveringly. 
 
 Sospir&ndo, It. (sOs-pe-ra«-dO.) ) Sighing. 
 
 Sospir&nte, It. (sOs-pS-ran-tS.) ( very sub- 
 
 Sospirfivole, /<. (sOs-pS-ro-vO-lS.) f dued, 
 
 Sospirdso, It. (sOs-pS-rS-zO.) J doleful. 
 
 Sospiro, It. (sOs-^)2-rO.) A crotchet rest. 
 
 Sostenendo, It. (sOs-tg-ram-do.) I Sustaining 
 
 Sostendto, It. (sBs-ti-noo-tO.) fthe tone, 
 keeping the notes down their full duration. 
 
 Sostcndto mdlto. It. (sOs-tg-»oo-tO mol-tO.) In 
 a highlv sustained manner. 
 
 Sdtto,/*. (sot-to.) Under, below. 
 
 Sdtto bdce. It. (sOt-to Jo-tshg.) I Softly, in a 
 
 Sdtto vdce. It. (sOt-to fo-tshg.) f low vo i e in 
 an undertone. 
 
 Soubrette, Fr. (Boo-brStt.) A female singer for 
 a subordinate part in a comic opera. 
 
 Son-cliantre, Fr. (soo-shantr.) A sub-chanter. 
 
 Sonfllerle, Fr. (soof-flS-rS.) The machinery be- 
 longing to the bellows in an organ. 
 
 Sonfller I'oreue, Fr. (soof-ia I'Org.) To blow 
 the bellows ofan organ. 
 
 Soufllear, .F'r. (soof-flur.) I Bellows -blower ; 
 
 Sonfllease, Fr. (soof-fliiB.) j also a prompter In 
 
 Sonffleni* d'orsues, Fr. (soof-fliir d'Orgh.) 
 Bellows-blower of an organ. 
 
 Sound-board. I The thin board over which 
 
 Sonndine-board. fthe strings of the pianoforte 
 and similar instniments are distended. 
 
 Sound post. A small post or prop within a vio- 
 lin, nearly nnder the bridge. 
 
 SPIE 
 
 Sound register. An apparatus invented in 
 Paris in 18B8, by means of which sounds are made 
 to record themselves, whether those of musical in- 
 struments or of the voice in singing or speaking. 
 
 Sounds, accessory. I Those sounds which 
 
 Sounds, concomitant, fin a secondary man- 
 ner assist in producing an effect. 
 
 Sounds, harmonical. Those sounds produced 
 by the higher parts of the chords, which vibrate a 
 certain number of times while the lowest ftin- 
 damental tone of the chord vibrates but once. 
 
 Soupir, Fr, (soo-pSr.) A crotchet rest. 
 
 Soupir de croche, Fr. (soo-pgr dQh krosh.) 
 See Semi-soupir. 
 
 Soupir de double croclie, .Tr. (soo-pgr dQh 
 doobl krOsh.) See Quart de soupir. 
 
 Soupir de triple croche, Fr. (soo-pgr dfih 
 trgpl krOsh.) See Semi^uart de soupir. 
 
 Sourdeline, Fr. (soor-dl-lgn.) An Italian bag- 
 pipe, or musette. 
 
 Sourdement, Fr. {soord-mS,nh.) In a subdued 
 manner. 
 
 Sourdet, Fr. (soor-dS.) The little pipe of a 
 trumpet ; a sordine. 
 
 Sourdine, Fr. (soor-dSn.) ,The name of a har- 
 monium stop ; see also Sordini. 
 
 Sous, Fr. (soo.) Under, below. 
 
 Sous-cliantre, Fr. (soo shdnhtr.) A sub- 
 chanter. 
 
 Sons-dominante, Fr. (soo dO-mi-nanht.) The 
 sub-dominante, or fourth of the scale. 
 
 Sous-mddlante, Fr. (soo mSril-dnht.) The 
 sub-mediant, or sixth of the scale. 
 
 Sous-toniq^ue, Fr, (soo ton-ilc.) The seventh 
 of the scale, or snb-tonic. 
 
 Sontenlr, Fr. (soo-tg-reJr.) To sustain a sound. 
 
 Souvenir, Fr. (soo-vS-nlr.) EecoUectlon, rem- 
 iniscence. 
 
 Spaces. The intervals between the lines of the 
 staff. 
 
 Spanisch, Ger. (spSn-Isb,) ) In the 
 
 Spasnol^sco, It. (sp&a-jO-lSs-iO.) fSpanish 
 style. 
 
 Spagnol^tta, It. (spSn-yO-2at-t£.) A Spanish 
 dance, a species of minuet. 
 
 Spagrnuola, It. (spSn-yoo-a-lfi.) The guitar. 
 
 Spassapensi^re, It. (spiiB-sa-pgn-sg-a-rg.) The 
 Jew's harp. 
 
 Spasshaft, Ger. (spass-hSit.) Sportively, play- 
 fully, merrily. 
 
 Spassliaftigkeit, ffer. (spass-haf-tlg-klt.) 
 Bportiveness, playfuUness. 
 
 Spasshaftlicli, Ger. (siJoss-haft-likh.) Sport- 
 ively, merrily, playfully. 
 
 Spatium, Xa^ (spil-shl-iim.) 1 A space between 
 
 Sp&zlo, It. (spd-tes.0.) fthe lines where 
 
 music is written ; a distance, an interval. 
 
 Spian&to, It. (spg-a-na-to.) Smooth, even; 
 legato. 
 
 Spiccatam^nte, It. (spBk-ka-ta-mSn-tS.) Bril- 
 Hantly. 
 
 Spiccfito, It. (spBk-Ja-tO.) Separated, pointed, 
 distinct, detached; in violin music it means that 
 the notes are to be played with the point of the 
 bow. 
 
 Spiel, Ger. (spgl.) Play, performance. 
 
186 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, S. ada, a arm,S-eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 lute, a but, il French loundi 
 
 SPIE 
 
 Spiel-art, 6er. (spel art.) Manner of playing, 
 style of performance. 
 
 Spielen, Ger. (sjjS-l'n.) To play on an instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Spieler. Ger. («pS-18r.) Performer. 
 
 Spiel-leate, Ger. pi. (epll loi-t6.) Musicians. 
 
 Spiel-mann, Ger. (spsl man.) A musician. 
 
 Spinoe, Lat. (sp?-nS.) Horns; a name formerly 
 applied to the quills of the spinet. 
 
 Spinet. Sng. (spin-it.) ) A stringed instru- 
 
 Splnett, Ger. lapl-nlt.) >ment formerly much 
 
 Spin^tta, It. (spS-nSi-ta.) ) in use, somewhat 
 similar to the harpsichord, and, like that, consist- 
 ing of a case, sounding board, keys, jacks, and a 
 bridge. It was evidently derived from the harp, 
 and was originally called the couched harp, though 
 since denominated spinet, from Its quills, which 
 resemble thorns, called in Latin spin(e. 
 
 Spinett-draht, Oer. (spin-^< driit.) Virginal, 
 or spinet wire. • 
 
 Spirito, It. («p5-r5-tO.) Spirit, life, energy. 
 
 Spiritosam^nte, /*. (spS-re-tO-zS-mare-te.) I 
 
 Splrittfso, It. (spS-rg-M-zO.) f 
 
 Lively, animated, brisk, spirited. 
 
 Spiritudle, It. (spg-rS-too-a-lS.) 1 Sacred, spir- 
 
 Splritnel. Fr. (spir-s-too-a^) fitual. 
 
 SpirltnlSso, It. (spi3-r5-too-o-zO.) See Spiritdso. 
 
 Sulssl ^ravissimi, Lat. (spzs-ae grS-tits-sI-me.) 
 Hypatotdes — the deep or bass sounds of the an- 
 cient Greek system. 
 
 Spissns, Lat. (spis-sfis.) Thick; full, refering 
 to intervals. 
 
 Spitz, Oer. (spitz.) Pointed. 
 
 Spitz-fliSte, Ger. (spitz fl6-t&.) I Pointed- 
 
 Spltz-llate, (?«r. (spitz .;!oo-t6.) (flute; an or- 
 gan stop of a soft, pleasing tone, the pipes of 
 which are conical, and pointed at the top. 
 
 Spitz-quinte, Ger. (spitz quin-tS.y An organ 
 stop with pointed pipes, sounding a fifth above 
 the foundation stops. 
 
 Spoiulanla. Gr. (spOn-daw-lS.) Name given by 
 the ancients to a performer on the ilute, or some 
 similar instrument, who, while the sacrifice was 
 oft'ering, played to the priest some suitable air, 
 to prevent him from listening to anything that 
 might interfere with his duty. 
 
 Spondee, Lat. (sp8n-ds.) A musical foot con- 
 sisting of two long notes or syllables, . 
 
 Sponfliasm. An alteration in the harmonic 
 
 fenus, by which a chord was elevated three 
 ieses above its ordinary pitch, so that the spon- 
 diasm was precisely the opposite of the eclysis. 
 Spondeo, It. (spdrt-ii-^.) A spondee. 
 SpottUed, Ger. (sp0t-15d.) A satirical song. 
 Spring. An enibeUishiaent. The German spring 
 consists of two small notes before a principal, 
 similar to the Italian mordente, but very distinct; 
 thus: 
 
 Writwn, PIkT.4. 
 
 t I I — _j^ J I ^ I — ^ 
 
 Spruehs;esansr. Ger. (sprookh-gliti-saiig.) 
 
 an them . 
 Square B. Name formerly given to B natural on 
 
 account of the shape of its signature. 
 
 STAN 
 
 Sanilla, It. (sgull-\&.) A little bell; a shrill- 
 sounding bell ; the clang of a trumpet. 
 
 SaulUfinte, It. (squel-/a»-t5.) Clear, plain, 
 sounding, ringing. 
 
 Sgnillantein<!nte, It. (squel-l£n-tg-man-t£.) 
 Clearly, loudly, shrilly. 
 
 Sqnlll&re, It. (sqnEl-2a-rS.) To sound loud and 
 shrill. 
 
 Srootls. A general name for the twenty-two mi- 
 nor subdivisions of the octave of the Hindoo 
 scale; 
 
 Sta, It. (sta.) This, as it stands ; to be played as 
 written. 
 
 Stabat mater, Lat. (sta-'b&t md-t&i.) The 
 Mother stood — a hymn on the crucifixion. 
 
 St&bile.J^. (sJd'-bS-lS.) Firm. 
 
 Stabili suiini. It. pi. (s<a-bS-lS swS-ne.) The 
 highest and lowest sounds of every tetrachord, so 
 named because their places could not be changed. 
 
 Stac. An abbreviation of Staccato. 
 
 Staccatlssimo, It. (stak-kS-^Se-sS-mrf.) Very 
 much detached, as staccato as possible. 
 
 Stacc&to, It (stak-*a-tO.) Detachedr distinct, 
 separated from each other. 
 
 Stacc&to delicatam^nte. It. (atSk-kd-tO dSI- 
 S-ka-ta-m»n-t§.) In staccato style, lightly and 
 delicately. 
 
 Staccato marks. Small 
 
 en lifting up of tl 
 
 dots or dashes placed over 
 or under the notes, thus : 
 
 Staccato touch. A sudden lifting up of the 
 fingers from the keys, giving to the music a light, 
 detached, airy effect. 
 
 Stacc&re, It. (stak-feS-rS.) To detach, to sep- 
 arate each note. 
 
 Stadt-mnsikus, Ger. (stddt moo-sI-kHs.) I 
 
 Stadt-pfeifer, Ger. (stddt pfl-iit.) f 
 
 Town musician. 
 
 Staff. The five horizontal and parallel lines on, 
 and between which, the notes are written. 
 
 Staff of four lines. In the earlier ages of the 
 Christian church, the monks frequently used mu- 
 sic written on four lines with treble and bass 
 clefs. It was entirely for the voice, and consisted 
 of loose themes without any attempt whatever at 
 artistic effect. 
 
 Staff, bass. The staff marked with the bass clef. 
 
 Staff, tenor. The staff marked with the tenor 
 clef. 
 
 Staff, treble. The staff marked with the treble 
 clef. 
 
 Stagltine, It. (sta-j8-5-n6.) The season, the mu- 
 sical season. 
 
 StagitSne di cart^llo, It. (sta-jS-a-nS dS kar- 
 tdPia.) The operatic season. 
 
 Stantbnzfire, It. (stam-boo-tea-rS.) To beat the 
 drum. 
 
 Stamm-accord, Ger. (stam ak-kOrd.) A rad- 
 ical, or fundamental chord fTom which others are 
 derived. 
 
 Stammentin-pfpe. An organ stop: see 
 
 Stampita. It. (stam-p2-ta.) An air, a tune, a 
 
 song. 
 Stance, Fr. (stanhts.) A stanza. 
 StKndchen, Ger. (stUnd-Tshin.) A serenade. 
 
PRONOUNCING MTTSIOAL DICTIONARY, 
 
 187 
 
 5 ale, S. add, a arm, s eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, dove, oo moon, 11 lute, a but, 11 French sound. 
 
 STAN 
 
 Standhaft, Ger. l^stdnd-hUt.) Steadily, firmly, 
 resolutely. 
 
 ^itandhaftigkelt. O'er, (s tdnd-h &it-tlg-Ht.) 
 Firmness, resolution. 
 
 Stand, music A light frame designed for hold- 
 ing sheets or hooks Tor the convenience of per- 
 formers. 
 
 ^taiieh£tta. It. {Bt&n-gat-tS,.) A 
 bar Jine. The fine line drawn across 
 and perpendicular to the staff. 
 
 HtAnxst^ It. (gifln-tsa.) A verse of a song or hymn. 
 
 s^tai-k, Ger. (stSrk.) Strong, loud, vigorous. 
 
 i->tarke, Oer. («<o/'-kSJ Vigor, force, energy. 
 
 W-.ai'ke stimmen. Ger. (s^ar-ke eijm-mSn.) 
 Loud stops; Mit Starken Stimmen, with loud 
 sroiis. 
 
 ^tat, Lat. (stSt.) This, as it stands. 
 
 ::<tation. This word is sometimes used hy ancient 
 iiiusic-al authors for any fixed pitch or degree of 
 (iound, whether produced hy intension or remis- 
 sitm. 
 
 Stave. Name formerly given to the staff. 
 
 Stes. Ger. (stBgh.) The bridge of a violin, etc, 
 
 Stegreif spielen, Oer. (stSgh-rlf spl-Vn.) To 
 play at sight. 
 
 fStem. The thin stroke which is drawn from the 
 head of a note. 
 
 Stem, double. A stem drawn both upward and 
 downward from a note, indicating that the note 
 belongs to two parts, in one of which it has its 
 
 ' natural and appropriate length, while in fd^ 
 the other it is shorter, corresponding to the "ffz j 
 
 notes that follow it. 
 
 Stent&ndo, It. (st6n-/on-dO.) Delaying, retard- 
 ing. 
 
 Striitato, It. (stSn-io-tO.) Hard, forned, loud. 
 
 Steiiter^.lIo, It. (st8n-tg-raH0.) A buffoon. 
 
 Stentor. A herald, in Homer, having a very loud 
 voice - hence, any person having a powerful voice. 
 
 Stentorian. Extremely loud. 
 
 Stentoroplionic. Speaking or sounding very 
 loud, from Stentor, a herald in Homer, whose 
 voice was said to be as loud as that of fifty other 
 men. 
 
 Stentorophonic tn1>e. A speaking trumpet, 
 so called from Stentor. The stentorophonic horn 
 of Alexander the Great is famous; it was so pow- 
 erlnl that he could give orders at a distance of 
 one hundred stadia, which is about twenty Eng^ 
 lish miles. 
 
 Step. A degree upon the staif. Americans use 
 the terms step and half-step in place of tone and 
 semitone. 
 
 Step, lialf. A semitone. 
 
 Sterbe-gesang, Ger. (8<^r-b6 gja&sdng.) I 
 
 Sterbe-lled. Ger. Cstlr-hS lid.) ) 
 
 Funeral hymn. 
 
 Sterbe-ton, Ger. (elSr-hi tSn.) A tone dimin- 
 ishing, dying away insensibly. 
 
 St^so, It. (sta-zo.) Extended, diffused, large. 
 
 St^so mdto, It. (sta-zo mB-tO.) A slow move- 
 ment. 
 
 St^sso, It. (sias-ao.) The same : ristesso tempo, 
 in the same time. 
 
 Sth£noc]ilre. A machine for strengthening and 
 Imparting flexibility to tie finders; being a com- 
 pound ofihe dactytion and the Aand guide. 
 
 STOP 
 
 Stlbaccliifito, It. (sts-b&k-ks-a-to.) Belaxing, 
 retarding the time. 
 
 Sticcfido, 7^ (stek-Jo-dO.) I An Instrument 
 
 Sticcfito, It. (stek-J^tO.) {consisting of little 
 bars of wood rounded at the top and resting on 
 the edges of a kind of open box. They gradually 
 increase in length and thickness, are tuned to the 
 notes of the diatonic scale and are struck with a 
 little ball at the end of a stick. 
 
 Sticli, Gr. (stikh.) A dot or point. 
 
 Sticker. A portion of the connection, in an or- 
 gan, between the keys or pedals and the valve; a 
 short link attached to a key or pedal, and acting 
 on the backfall. 
 
 Stfle, It. (stg-lg.) Style. 
 
 Stfle a capp£lla. It. (sts-lS & kSp-paMa.) In 
 the chapel style. 
 
 Stfle grandldso. It. (^ste-lS gran-dS-^-zO.) In 
 a^rand style of composition or performance. 
 
 Stile rigordso. It. (stS-lS rS-gO-ra-zO.) In a 
 rigid, strict style. 
 
 Stilt, ffec. (stift.) Thejackof a spinet, etc. 
 
 Still, Ger. (stni.) Calmly, quietly. 
 
 Still-gedaoht, Ger. (still gaS-dakt.') A stopped 
 diapason, of a quiet tone. 
 
 Stilo, It. (st5-10.) Style, manner of composition 
 or performance. 
 
 Stilo alia capp^lla. It. (sts-lo d7-ia 'kSrp&l- 
 la.) In the church or chapel style. 
 
 Stilo dl recitatlvo. It. (ste-lc de ra-tshe-ta- 
 <S-vO.) A tedious, monotonous style of composi- 
 tion, in the manner of recitative, formerly much 
 adopted in Italy, and sometimes extending 
 through a whole narrative or drama, without the 
 least change of measure or mixture of air, except 
 now and then a formal close. 
 
 Stimm-deckel, (rer. (sttm d^i-El.) Sound- 
 board. 
 
 Stlmme, Ger. (8<5m-mS.) The voice, sound; 
 also, the sound-post in a violin, etc. ; also a part in 
 vocal or instrumental music ; also an organ stop 
 or register. 
 
 Stinunen, Ger. pi. («<5m-m'n.) Parts, or voices ; 
 also organ stops. 
 
 Stimmer, Ger. (s*5m-mSr.) Tuner; also a tun- 
 ing hammer. 
 
 Stimm-gabel, Ger. (s<im ffa-b'l.) Tuning fork. 
 
 Stimmi-hammer, Oer. (stim hdm-mir.) Tun- 
 ing key, tuning hammer. 
 
 Stlmmig, Oer. (stim-mlg.) Having a sound. 
 
 Stimm-pfeife, Ger. (stim p/M6.) Wooden 
 fife, pitch-pipe. 
 
 Stimm-stock, Ger. (stIm stok.) The sound- 
 post of a violin, etc. 
 
 Stimmnng, Oer. (nitm-moong.) Tuning, tune, 
 tone. 
 
 Stlngu£ndo, It. (BteTi-gtidn-ao.) Dying away, 
 becoming extinct. 
 
 Stiracchifito, It. (st5-rak-k5-a-t0.) / Stretched, 
 
 Stirftto, It. (ets-rdrto.) f forced, r o- 
 
 tarded ; see Allargdndo. 
 
 Stonfinte, It. (sto-na>!-tS.) Discordant, out of 
 tune. 
 
 Stop. A register, or row of pipes, in an organ ; on 
 the violin, etc., it means the pressure of the finger 
 upon the string. 
 
188 
 
 PEONOTTNCHSTG MTTSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 a ale, a add, a arm, S em, S end, I ice, i iW, oW, 8 odd, 6 dOM, oo moon, H lute, ii 6«^ fl French sound. 
 
 STOP 
 
 Stop, bassoon. A reed stop in an organ resem- 
 bling tlie bassou in quality of tone. 
 
 Stop, clailltel. A stop similar to the clarinet 
 stop. 
 
 Stop, clarion op octave ti-nmpet. A stop 
 resembling the tone of a trumpet, but an octave 
 higher than the trumpet stop. 
 
 Stop, cornet. A stop consisting of five pipes to 
 each note. 
 
 Stop, cremona. A reed stop in unison vrith the 
 diapasons. 
 
 i^top. double diapason. An open set of pipes 
 tuned an octave below the diapasons. 
 
 S>itop. double trumpet. The most powerful 
 reed stop in the organ, the ))ipes being of the 
 same length as the double diapason, to which it 
 is tuned in unison. 
 
 i!4top, dulciana. A stop of peculiar sweetness 
 of tone, which it chiefly derives from the bodies 
 of its pipes being longer and smaller than those 
 
 . of the pipes of other stops. 
 
 Stop, fagotto. The bassoon stop. 
 
 Stop, Itfteenth. A stop which derives its name 
 from its pitch, or scale, being fifteen notes above 
 that of the diapason. 
 
 Stop, flute. An organ stop resembling in tone a 
 flute or flageolet. 
 
 Stops, foundation. The diapasons and prin- 
 cipal, to which the other stops, be they few or 
 many, are tuned, and which are absolutely re- 
 quired in an organ. 
 
 Si op. hautboy. A reed stop havin'g a tone in 
 hnitation of the hautboy. 
 
 Stop, larisot, or octaire twrelfth. A stop 
 the scale of which is an octave above the twelfth. 
 It is only used in the full organ. 
 
 Stop, mixture, or furniture. A stop com- 
 prising two or more ranks of pipes, shriller than 
 those of the sesquialiera, and only calculated to 
 be iised together with that and other pipes. 
 
 Stop, nazard. Twelfth stop. 
 
 Stop, open diapason. A metallic stop which 
 commands the whole scale of the organ, and 
 which is called open in contradistinction to the 
 stop diapason, the pipes of which are closed at 
 the top. - 
 
 Stop, organ. A collection of pipes similar iu 
 tone and quality, running through the whole, or 
 a great part, of the compass of the organ ; a reg- 
 ister. 
 
 Stop, stopped diapason. A stop the pipes 
 of which are generally made of wood, and its 
 bass, up to middle C, always of wood. They are 
 only half as- long as those of the open diapason, 
 and are stopped at the upper end with wooden 
 stoppers, or plugs, which render the tone more 
 soft and mellow than that of the open diapason. 
 
 Stopples. Certain pings withwhich the ancients 
 stopped or opened the holes of a flute, before the 
 performance began, in order to accommodate its 
 scale, or range of sounds, to some particular 
 mode or genus. 
 
 Stop, principal, A metallic stop, originally 
 distmgnished by that name, because holding, in 
 point of pitch, the middle station between the 
 diapason and the fifteenth, it forms the standard 
 for tuning the other »iop(. - 
 
 STRA 
 
 Stop, salcional. The dulcima stop. 
 
 Stops, compound. An assemblage of several 
 pipes in an organ, three, four, five, or more to 
 each key, all answering at once to the touch 'of 
 the performer. 
 
 Stops, dra^v. Stops in an organ placed on each 
 side of the rows of keys in front of the instru- 
 ment, by moving which the player opens or closes 
 the stops within the organ. 
 
 Stop, sesqulaltera. A stop resembling the 
 mixture, running through the scale of the instru- 
 ment, and consisting of three, four, and some- 
 times five ranks of pipes, tuned in thirds, fifths, 
 and eighths. 
 
 Stops, mutation. In an organ, the twelfth, 
 tierce, and their octaves. 
 
 Stop, solo. A stop which may be drawn alone, 
 or with one of the diapasons. 
 
 Stops, reed. Stops consisting of pipes upon the 
 end of which are fixed thin, narrow plates of 
 brass, which, being vibrated by the wind from 
 the bellows, produce a reedy thickness of tone. 
 
 Stop, stopped unison. The stopped diapa- 
 son stop. 
 
 Stop, tierce. A stop tuned a major third higher 
 tlian-the fifteenth, and only employed in the full 
 organ. 
 
 Stop, treble forte. A stop applied to a melo- 
 deon, or reed organ, by means of which the treble 
 part of the instrument may be increased in power, 
 while the bass remains subdued. 
 
 Stop, tremolo. A contrivance, by means of 
 which a fine, tremulous eiTect is given to some of 
 the registers of an organ. 
 
 Stop, trumpet. A Hop so called, because its 
 tone is imitative of a trumpet. In large organs 
 it generally extends through the whole compass. 
 
 Stop, t-welftli. A metallic stop so denominated 
 from its being tuned twelve notes above the dia- 
 pason. This stop on account of its pitch, or tun- 
 ing, can never be used alone; the open diapason, 
 stopped diapason, principal and fifteenth are the 
 best qualified to accommodate it to the ear. 
 
 Stop, Tox-humana. A stop, the tone of which 
 resembles the human voice. 
 
 Stdrta, It. (stor-ta.) A serpent ; see that word. 
 
 Stortfna, It. (BtOt-te-nS,.) A small serpent. 
 
 Straccin&to, It. • (stra-tshg-no-to.) See Strasci- 
 nato. 
 
 Stradivari. The name of a very superior make 
 of violin, so called from their makers, Stradiva- 
 rius (father and son), who made them at Cremona, 
 Italy, about A. D. 1650. 
 
 Strain. A portion of music divided off by a 
 double bar. 
 
 Strasclc&ndo, It. (etrt-shB-kan-dLO.) Dragging 
 the time, trailing, playing slowly. 
 
 Strascic&to, It. (stra-shs-Aa-tO.) Dragged, 
 trailed, played slowly. 
 
 Strascin&ndo, It. (strarshE-reara-dO.) Dragging 
 the time, playing slowly. 
 
 Strascinfindo I'drco. (stra-shS-reara-do I'ar-kO.) 
 Keeping the bow of the violin close to the strings, 
 as in executing the tremoiando, so as to slur or 
 bind the notes closely. 
 
 Strascin&to, It. (s t r il-s h 5-» a-t. 0.) Dragged 
 along, played slowly. 
 
PEONOTTNCING MUSICAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 189 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, § eve, S end, I ice, I ill, o old, odd, 6 dow, oo moon, H ^ute, Q iuj, tt French sound. 
 
 STRA 
 
 Strascinfo, 7<. (stra-sAS-nS-o.) Dragging, play- 
 ing slowly. 
 
 Strascino, /^ (s t r S-s A e-n 0.) A drag. This 
 grace, or embellishment is chiefly confined to 
 vocal music and only used in slow passages. It 
 consists of an unequal and descending motion, 
 and generally Includes from eight to twelve notes 
 and requires to he introduced and executed with 
 great taste and judgment. 
 
 Strathspey. A lively Scotch dance, in common 
 time. 
 
 Stravas&nte, It. (strS-va-i/an-tS.) Extravagant, 
 odd, fantastic. 
 
 Stravag&nza, It. (stra-va-ffan-tsa.) Extrava- 
 
 fance, eccentricity. 
 reet organ. Hand organ. 
 
 Strens, Ger. (strSng.) Strict, severe, rigid. 
 
 Strenge sebimden, Oer. (sW»-gh8 gE6-ioo»i- 
 d'n.) Strictly legato, exceedingly smooth. 
 
 Streng im tempo, Oer. (strgng Im iem-pO.) 
 Strictly in time. 
 
 Str^pito, It. («<m-pS-tO.) Noise. 
 
 Strepitosam^nte, It. (strS-pS-tO-sa-man-tg.) 
 With a great noise. 
 
 Streplttfso, /<. (stra-pS-M-zO.) Noisy, boisterous. 
 
 Str^tta, It. (strat-ta.) A concluding passage, 
 coda, or finale, in an opera, taken in quicker time 
 to enhance the effect. 
 
 Str^tto, It. (s*ra-tO.) Pressed, close, contracted ; 
 formerly used to denote.that the movement indi- 
 cated was to be performed in a quick, concise 
 style. In fngue writing, that part where the sub- 
 ject and answer succeed one another. 
 
 fStriccifindo, It. (strgMshS-an-dO.) See Stras- 
 dcdndo. 
 
 Strich, Ger. (strlkh.) Stroke, the manner of 
 bowing. 
 
 Stricli-arten, Ger. (strikh ar-t'n.) Different 
 ways of bowing. 
 
 Strict canon. A canon in which the rules of 
 this form of composition are closely followed. 
 
 Strict composition. A composition in which 
 voices alone are employed; that which rigidly ad- 
 heres to the rules of art. 
 
 Strict ftigne. Where the fugal form and its laws 
 are rigidly observed. 
 
 Strict Inversion. The same as simple inver- 
 sion, but requiring that whole tones should be 
 answered by whole tones, and semitones by semi- 
 tones. . , I 
 
 Strictly inverted imitation. A form of 
 imitation in which half and whole tones must be 
 precisely answered in contrary motion. 
 
 Strict style. A style in which a rigid -adher- 
 ancB to the rules of the art is observed. 
 
 Strident, Fr. (stre-danh.) 1 Sharp, shrill, 
 
 Strldente, It. (strg-dan-te.) Vacute. 
 
 Stridevole, /(. (strS-dg-oS-lS.) ) , . . 
 
 Striking reed. That kind of reed pipe m an 
 organ, m which the tongue strikes against the 
 tube in producing the tone. . 
 
 StrHlare, /i. (strel-«-rg.) To scream, shriek, 
 
 StrUlo, It. {str?l-la.) Alcmd scream, shrill cry, 
 
 Strins iKund. A band of etiinged iostiumeats 
 only. 
 
 *?— 
 
 STRO 
 
 Stringed instmments. Instruments whose 
 Bounds are produced by striking or drawing 
 strings, or by the fricion of a bow drawn across 
 them. 
 
 String£ndo, It. (strSn-ySn-dO.) Pressing, ac- 
 celerating the time. 
 
 String onartet. A composition for four instru- 
 ments of the violin species, as, two violins, a 
 violo, and violincello. 
 
 String pendulum. A Weber chronometer. 
 
 Strings. Wires or chords used in musical instru- 
 ments, which, upon being struck or drawn upon, 
 produce tones; the stringed instruments in a 
 band or orchestra. 
 
 Strings, latten. Wires made of a composition 
 consisting of copper and zinc. 
 
 Strings, open. The strings of an instrument 
 when not pressed. 
 
 Strisci&ndo, It. (str5-shS-«n-dO.) Gliding, slur- 
 ring, sliding smoothly from one note to another. 
 
 iijfet [t^rtlUl A strophe, stanza. 
 Strofaccia, It. (strO/a<-tshB-a.) A bad strophe 
 or stanza. 
 
 Strofetta. It. (etTO-fat-tS..) A little couplet. 
 
 Stroke. A dash. 
 
 Stroke, diagonal. A transverse heavy stroke 
 having a dot each, side of it, denoting that the 
 previous measure or the previous group of 
 notes in the same measure is to be re- 
 peated. 
 
 Stroke, double. Two strokes or dashes drawn 
 over or under a semibreve or through the stem of a 
 minim or crotchet, implying that such note must 
 be divided into as many semiquavers as are equiv- 
 alent to it in duration. 
 
 Stroke, single. A stroke or dash drawn over or 
 under a semibreve, or through the stem of a min- 
 im or crotchet, implying that such a note must 
 be divided into as many quavers as are equivalent 
 to it in duration. 
 
 Stroke, transverse. A heayy stroke placed 
 above a fundamental note to indicate the intervals 
 of changing notes, and also used for anticipation 
 in an upper part. 
 
 Stroke, triple. Three strokes or dashes placed 
 over or under a semibreve, or through the stem of 
 a minim or crotchet, implying that such note 
 must be divided into as many demisemiquavers 
 as are equivalent to it in duration. 
 
 Strombazz&ta, It. (strOm-bat-isa-ta.) I The 
 
 Strombett&ta, It. (strOm-bSt-<a-ta.) f sound 
 of a trumpet. 
 
 Strombettftre, It. (strOm-bgt-idt-re.) To sound, 
 or play on the trumpet. 
 
 Strombetti^re, It. (strOm-bet-tg-a-rS.) A trum- 
 peter. 
 
 Stromentftto, It. (strO-mSn-<a-tO.) I n s t r u- 
 mented, scored for an orchestra. 
 
 Strom^nti, It. pi. (stvD-mdn-tS.) Musical in- 
 struments. 
 
 Strom£nti d'arco. It. pi. (BttO^mSnAS d'ar-ko.) 
 Instruments played with the bow. 
 
 Strom^nti da fl&to. It. pi. 
 da fe-o-tO.) 
 
 Strom^itte di T^nto, It. pi. 
 de V(Sn-t0.7 Wiud inetromeuts. 
 
 (strO-mSn-to 1 
 (striUnan-te ) 
 
190 
 
 PRONOUNCIJN-G MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S, ate, S. add, S. arm, S «««, E end, 1 ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 lute, u but, 11 French sound. 
 
 STRO 
 
 Strom^nti dl rinfdrzo, /<. i)<. (sM-maft-tS 
 ds rSn;fiir-tsO.) Instruments employed to sup- 
 port or strengthen a performance. 
 
 Strom^nto, It. (strO-nian-tO.) An instrnment. 
 
 i^trophe. In the ancient theatre, that part of a 
 song or dance around the altar which was per- 
 formed by turning from the right to the left. It 
 was succeeded by the antistrophe, in a contrary 
 direction. Hence, in ancient lyric poetry, the for- 
 mer of two stanzas was called the strophe and the 
 latter the antistrophe. 
 
 Strophicus, Or. (sfr^-I-klis.) One of the ten 
 notes forming the musical system in the middle 
 ages. 
 
 Stroecifire, It. (strO-she-o-rS.) To sound like 
 the dash of waters ; to murmur, to purl, to boom, 
 
 Strument&jo, It. (stroo-m6n-(a-yO.) A musical 
 instrument maker. 
 
 8truineut<lle, It. (stroo-mSn-<a-lS.) Instru- 
 mental. 
 
 Htrument&re, It. (stroo-mgn-<a-rS.) To per- 
 form on an instrumeut. 
 
 !!itramentazl(Sne, It. (stroo-mSn-ta-t^-S-n?.) 
 Instrumentation. 
 
 iiitrnin^jnti, con, /*. pi. (stroo-mSft-tS.) With 
 instruments. 
 
 Strumentlno, It. (stroo-m5n-«2-nO.) A small 
 instrument. 
 
 ^tram^nto. It. (stroo-man-to.) See Stromento. 
 
 tSktrun^, liigli. Stining to a full tone or high 
 pitch. 
 
 SStuben-orgel, Oer. (stoo-b'n Or-g'l.) Small 
 portable organ. 
 
 Stuck, Qer. (stlik.) Piece, air, tune; musical 
 entertainment. 
 
 iStucken, Ger. (stuh-in.) Little airs or tunes. 
 
 Studien, Ger.pl. (s<oo-aI-6n.) Studies. 
 
 Stiidlo, It. (jstoo-AB-o.) I A study, an exer- 
 
 StadLiam, Ger. (s<o5-Ql-um.) j cise intended for 
 the practice of some particular difficulty. 
 
 Stufe, ffer. (stoo-tS.) Step, degree. 
 
 Stnfe dcr tonleiter, Ger. (stoo-tS dSr 0n-K- 
 tSr.) A degree of the scale. 
 
 Stnren, Ger. pi. (stoo-Tn.) Steps or degrees. 
 
 Stufenweise, Ger. (s*oo-f n-*sS.) By degrees. 
 
 Stnonfinte, /^ (stoo-o-»are-t8.) I Dissonant, 
 
 Stuonfito, It. Cstoo-B-ra(?-tO.) f out of tune. 
 
 Stuonfire, 7^ (stoo-0-wa-rS.) Tosingoutof tune. 
 
 ^tnrm-drominete, Ger. (stoom drOm-mS-tS.) 
 The alarum trumpet. 
 
 Stnrm-glocke, Ger. {stoom grio-kg.) The toc- 
 sin ; the alarm bell. 
 
 Stlinniscli, Ger. {sturm-lsh.) Impetuously, 
 boisterously, furiously. 
 
 !i$tyle. That manner of composition or perform- 
 ance on which the effect chiefly, if not wholly, 
 depends. 
 
 Style, ballad. In the manner of a ballad, 
 
 Style d^consn, Fr. (still da-koo-su.) Loose, 
 unconnected style. 
 
 Style, free. A style deviating somewhat from 
 the rules of music. 
 
 Style, legato. A close, connected, gliding man- 
 ner of performance. 
 
 Style, Staccato. A manner of execution in 
 which the notes are played distinct, short, and 
 detached from one another. 
 
 8UBT 
 
 style, strict. A style in which a rigid adher- 
 ence to the rules of music is observed. 
 
 Stylo, It. (ste-10.) Style. 
 
 Stylo choraico, It. (sts-lo ko-ra-e-ko.) A style 
 suitable for dances. 
 
 Stylo dramatico. It. (ste-lo dra-mo-t-B-kO.) In 
 dramatic style. 
 
 Stylo ecclesiastico. It. (sts-IO 8k-kla-zg-as- 
 te-ko.) In church style. 
 
 Stylo fantastico. It. (ste-10 fan-<as-t5-ko.) An 
 easy, humorous style ; fi:ee from all restraint. 
 
 Stylo rappreseiitatlvo, It. (st5-10 rfip-ra-z5n- 
 ta-ts-vo.) A term applied to recitative music, be- 
 cause almost e.xclusively adapted to the drama. 
 
 Stylo recitatfvo, It. (st5-10 ra-tshS-ta-^S-vO.) 
 In the style of a recitative. 
 
 Su, It. (soo.) Above, upon. 
 
 Sna1>e-nnte. An organ stop of clear, liquid tone, 
 not so loud as the wald-fiute,' it was invented by 
 William Hill, of London. 
 
 Sn&ve, It. (swd-yt.) J Sweet, mild, agreeable, 
 
 Snave, Spa. (swa-vg.) ^-pleasant. 
 
 Suave, Fr. (swav.) ) 
 
 Snavemente, Spa. (swa-vS-ma»-tg.) 1 Sauvlty, 
 
 Suavem^nte, /<. (swa-vS-mad-tS.) }-sw,eet- 
 
 Snavita, It. (swa-v8-«B,) ) ness, del- 
 
 icacy. 
 
 Sub, Lat. (siib.) Under, below, beneath. 
 
 Sub-bass, Ger. (soob bass.) Under-bass; an 
 organ re^ster in the pedals, usually a double- 
 stopped bass of 33 or 16 feet tone, though some- 
 times open wood pipes of 16 feet, as at Haarlem ; 
 the ground bass. 
 
 Sub-bourdon. An organ stop of 32 feet tone, 
 with stopped pipes. 
 
 Sub-cantor, Spa. (soob kan-Mr.) Sub-chanter. 
 
 Sub-chanter. The percenter's deputy in a cathe- 
 dral choir. 
 
 Snb-diapente, Lat. (sQb dl-ft-p^ji-tg.) Sub- 
 dominant. 
 
 Sub-dominant. The fourth note of any scale or 
 key. 
 
 Subitam^nte, It. (soo-be-ta-mara.-tS,) I Sudden- 
 
 Sdbito, 72. (soo-bs-to.) fly, imme- 
 
 diately, at once. 
 
 Subject. A melody, or theme ; a leading text or 
 motivo. 
 
 Subject, counter. The first part of a fugue 
 when continued along with the subject. 
 
 Sub-mediant. The sixth tone of the scale. 
 
 Sub-octaye. An organ coupler producing the 
 octave below. 
 
 Sub-principal. Under principal ; that is, be- 
 low the pedal diapason pitch; in German organs 
 this is a double open bass stop of thirty-two feet 
 scale. 
 
 Sub-semifnsa, Lat. (siJft-sgm-I/a-sS.) A demi- 
 semlquaver. 
 
 Sub- semitone. The semitone below the key 
 note, the .sharp seventh of any key. 
 
 Snb-semltoninm modi, Lat. (B\0>-BSm-i-td- 
 nl-lim mO-di.) The leading note. 
 
 Subsidiary notes. Notes situated one degree 
 above and one degree below the principal note of 
 
 ■ a turn. 
 
 Sub-tonic. Under the tonic; the semitone im- 
 mediately belbw the tonic. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 191 
 
 a ale, & add, & arm, S eve, & end, I ice, I ill, old, S odd, 3 dove, oo moon, n lute, ti but, 11 French sound. 
 
 succ 
 
 Succession. A word applied to the notes of a 
 
 melody, in contradistinction to those of barmony, 
 
 which are given in combination. 
 Succession, conjunct^ A succession of sonnds 
 
 proceeding regularly upward or downward, 
 
 through the several intervening degrees. 
 Succession, dii^nnct. Where the sounds pass 
 
 from one degree to another without touching the 
 
 intermediate degrees. 
 Sudden modolation. Modulation to a distant 
 
 key, without any intermediate chord to prepare 
 
 the ear. 
 Suirolamento, It. (soof-fO-ia-ma«-t"0.) Hiss, 
 
 whistle, murmur. 
 SuiToIo, It. (soof/a-10.) A little flute or flageolet 
 
 used to teach birds to sing certain tunes. 
 Suggeritore di teatro, It. (sood-jS-rE-W-rS 
 
 de ta-o-trO.) The prompter of a theatre. 
 Suggetto, It. (BOoA-jat-Vi.) The subject or theme 
 
 of a composition. 
 Suite, J'r. (swSt.) A series, a succession; une 
 
 suite de piices, a series of lessons, or pieces. 
 Suivez, Fr. (swS-va.) Follow, attend, pursue ; 
 
 the accompaniment must be accommodated to 
 
 the singer or solo player. 
 8ulet,JT. (sU-zha.) A subject, melody, or theme. 
 Sdl.i«. (sool.) 1 
 
 Siill',/;. (sool.) J-On, upon the. 
 Siilla,/^. (sool-la.) ) 
 Sdl A. On the A string. 
 Sul D. On the D string. 
 Stilla m^zza cdrda. It. (sooMa mSt-e'i kSr-. 
 
 da.) On the middle of the string. 
 SdUa t&sti£ra. It. (sooHa tas-tS-a-ra.) Upon 
 
 the keys, upon the finger board. 
 Sdl ponticello. It. (sool pOn-te-teA^MO.) On, 
 
 or near, the bridge. 
 Sumara. A species of flute having two pipes, 
 
 common in Turkey; the shorter pipe is used for 
 
 playing airs, and the longer for a continued bass. 
 Sumpuntjali, Heb. (soom-poon-2/aA.) The dul- 
 cimer of the ancients. It was a wind instrument 
 
 made of reeds ; by the Syrians called sambovjah, 
 
 and by the Italians zampogna. 
 Sumsen, Cter. (soom-s'n.) To hum. 
 Sdo l<ico. It. (800-0 10-kO.) In its own, or usual 
 
 place. 
 Suonantina, It. (swO-nan-tS-nS.) A short, easy 
 
 sonata. 
 Suon&re, It. (swO-no-re,) To play upon an in- 
 strument. 
 Suonftre il cdrno, It. (swO-na-re el *«r-nO.) 
 
 To wind the bom. 
 Suon&r sordam^nte, 7£. (swO-nar sBr-da-man- 
 
 tS.) To play softly. 
 Suon&re le campfine, It. (swO-na-rS IE kSm- 
 
 pa-nS.) To ring the bells. 
 Suonfita, It. (swo-na-ta.) A sonata. 
 Snonfite di chi^sa. It. pi. (swo-na-tg ds ke-o- 
 
 za.) See Soneta da ChUsa. 
 Suonattfre, It. (swO-na-W-rg.) A musical per- 
 
 Suonatdre di idolino, It. (swO-na-«-r6 de vg- 
 8-i5-nO.) A violin player. , „ „ . j, ^ 
 
 Snonatdre di flauto. It. . (swO-n8-M-r8 de floo- 
 to.) A performer on the flute. 
 
 »lt:6ia, ft. pi. (SMJ-ne.) Sotlndi. 
 
 SUPE 
 
 Sudni alteratl, It. pi. (swO-nB ai-tg-r*ts.) 
 
 Notes raised or lowered by flats or sharps. 
 Sudni amidnichi, It. pi. (swO-ng ar-md-ng-kE.) 
 
 Harmonic sounds. 
 Sudni barlpieni. It. pi. (swO-ng ba-rg-pg-a-ng.) 
 
 Fixed sounds. 
 Sudni chromatid. It. pi. (swO-ng krO-mo-tg- 
 
 tshg.) Chromatic tones. 
 Sndni consoni. It. pi. (swO-ng kSn-sS-ng.) Con- 
 cords. 
 Sudni diafonl, It. pi. (swO-ng dg-a/g-ne.) I 
 Sudni dissoni. It. pi. (swO-ng rfZ«-so-ng.) ) 
 
 Siscords. 
 Sudni diatonici. It. pi. (swO-ng dga-tO-uE- 
 
 tshg.) Sounds within the compass of the human 
 
 voice. 
 Sudni^ecmeli, It. pi. (swO-nE gk-ma-lg.) Un- 
 
 melodlous sounds. 
 Sudni emmeli. It. pi. (swO-nS gm-ma-le.) 
 
 Melodious sounds. 
 Sudni enarmonici. It. pi. (swO-ng Sn-ar-mo- 
 
 ng-tshg.) Sonnds raised above their natural pitch 
 
 by means of the enharmonic diesis. 
 Sudni equi. It. pi. (swO-ng a-qug.) Equal sounds. 
 Sndni mobili, I(. pi. (swO-ng mO-bg-lg.) Mova- 
 
 ble-sounds; the second and third sounds of every 
 
 tetrachord of the ancient system; 
 Sudni music&ll. It. pi. (swO-ng moo-sg-M-lg.) 
 
 Musical sounds. , 
 
 Sndni naturdll. It. pi. (swO-ng na-too-ra-lg.) 
 
 Natural sounds. 
 Sudni parafoni. It. pi. (swO-ng par-S-fO-ng.) 
 
 Sounds having between them the Interval of a 
 
 fourth or fifth, or their double, and therefore con- 
 cordant. 
 Sudni perpetui. It. pi. (swO-ng pgr-pa-too-g.) 
 
 Perpetual sounds; the highest and lowest sounds 
 
 of every tetrachord In the ancient system. 
 Sudni stabili, It. pi. (swO-ng sta-be-le.> See 
 
 Sudni Perpetui. 
 Sudni unisoni. It. pi. (swo-iig oo-ng-sO-ng.) 
 
 Unisons. 
 Sudni vaganti, It.pl. (swO-ne vSrgdn-tS.) See 
 
 Suorti Mobiles. 
 
 tudno. It. (swO-nO.) Sound, tone, music ; a song. 
 udno argentino. It. (swO-nO ar-j8n-<S-nO.) 
 Silver tone ; soft, clear tone. 
 
 Sudno armonidso, /{. (swO-nO ar-mO-ng-2-zO.) 
 Harmonious sounds. 
 
 Sudno ddlle campdne. It. (swO-nO dal-\'& 
 kam-;)a-ng.) The sound of bells. 
 
 Super, Lat. (««-pgr.) Above, over. 
 
 Superano, Spa. (soo-pSr-a-nO.) Soprano. 
 
 Super-dominant. The note in the scale, next 
 above the dominant. 
 
 Superfluous intervals. Those which are one 
 semitone more than the perfect, or major, inter- 
 vals; see Augmented Intervals. 
 
 Snperius, Lat. (sfl-yS-ri-Hs.) The name by 
 which the contrapuntists of the 15th and 16th 
 centm-ies distinguished the' upper part of any 
 composition. 
 
 'Supernumerary. The la^t chord added to the 
 
 ' ancient Greek system. 
 
 Super-octave. An organ stop tuned two oc- 
 taves, at a fifteenth, above the diapasons ; also, a 
 coupler producing the octave above. 
 
192 
 
 PKONOUNCING MtrSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 a ale, S add, S, arm, S eve, S end, I ice, i ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dose, oo moon, U lute, il 6m<, ii French sound. 
 
 -\ 
 
 8UPE 
 
 Snpersns, iai. (sfl-ijfr-sfis.) Name formerly 
 
 given to trebles when their station was very high 
 
 m the scale. 
 Snper-tonic. I 
 
 Sapertouiqne, Fr. (sii-pSr-tOnh-SJ.) f 
 
 The note next ahove the tonic, or key note ; the 
 
 second note of the scale, 
 Suppllch^vole, It. (soo-pls-iij-vo-lg.) 
 Sapplichevolm^nte, It. (soop-pls-ka-vOl- 
 
 man-ti.) 
 
 In a supplicatory manner. 
 Supposed bass. A term applied to any bass 
 
 note when it is not the fundamental note of the 
 . chord, 
 Sopposition. The use of two successive notes 
 
 of equal value as to time, one of which bein|3; a 
 
 discord supposes the other to be a concord. 
 
 iS?:i^k1^Sf;^f on, upon, over. 
 
 (Sordellne. The old Italian bagpipe, a large and 
 rather complicated instrument, consisting of 
 many pipes and conduits for the conveyance of 
 the wind, with keys for the opening of the holes 
 by the pressure of the fingers, and inflated by 
 means of bellows which the performer blows with 
 his arm, at the same time that he fingers the pipe. 
 
 Sorsuin, Hin. fsoor-giim.) The gamut. 
 
 Surlgx, Gi: (sfl-rigs.) The pipes of Pau. 
 
 Sur la guatrieme corde, Fr. (siir la kSt-ri- 
 am kBrC) On the fourth string. 
 
 Snr la seconde corde, Fr. (silr lit sa-kSnhd 
 kOrd.) Upon the second string. 
 
 SoT-sharp. The fifth tetrachord above, added by 
 (Juido, was called the tetrachord of the sur.sharp. 
 
 Snr dna ctSrda, It. (soor oo-na kSr-AS,.) 1 
 
 Sur une corde, Fr. (sttr iinh kOrd.) ) 
 Upon one string. 
 
 Suspended cadence. See Interrupted Ca- 
 dence. 
 
 Suspension. A theoretical expression applied 
 to the retaining in any chord some note or notes 
 of the preceeding chord. 
 
 Suspension, double.. A suspension retaining 
 two notes and requiring a double preparation and 
 resolution. 
 
 Suspension, single. A suspension retaining 
 but one note and requiring only a single prepara- 
 tion andresolution. 
 
 Suspension, triple. A suspension formed by 
 suspending a dominant or diminished sSventh on 
 the tonic, mediant, ordominant of the key. 
 
 Sliss, Ger. (siiss.) Sweetly. 
 
 SiissflSte, Gfer. (auss-fio-te.) In organs, the soft 
 flute. 
 
 Sussur&ndo, It. (eoos-soo-ran-do.) I Whisper- 
 
 Sussurdnte, It. (soos-soo-ran-tg.) f ing, mur- 
 muring. 
 
 Snsurra, Spa. (soo-soor-ra.) To purl, as a stream. 
 
 Susurration. A whispering; a soft, murmuring 
 sound. 
 
 Susurro, Spa. (soo-soo-rO.) Humming. 
 
 Sutoniiine, Fr. (sil-tBnh-SA.) Supertonic. 
 
 Sustained. Notes are said to be sustained when 
 their sound is continued through their whole 
 tbae or length; see 8oeien6to. 
 
 SvesliAto, It. (svai-ye-«-to.) Brisk, lively, 
 epnghtly. 
 
 SYMP 
 
 STCgliatojo, It. (svSl-yS-a-M-yO.) An alarm bell. 
 
 Sv^ito, It. (sval-tO.) Free, light, easy. 
 
 Snrell. A gradual increase of sound. 
 
 Swell organ. In organs having three rows of 
 keys, the third, or upper row, controlling a num- 
 ber of pipes enclosed in a box, which may be 
 gradually opened or shut, and thus the tone iu- 
 creased or diminished by degrees. 
 
 S^rell pedal. That which raises the dampers 
 from the strings. 
 
 StvIss flute. An organ stop, of agreeable tone, 
 something like that of the gdmba. 
 
 Sword dance. An ancient Spanish melody, 
 played on solemn occasions. 
 
 Syllable, flxed. Syllables which do not change 
 with change of key. 
 
 Syllables, Cruidonian. The syllables ut, re, 
 mi, fa, sol, la, used by Guido for his system of 
 tetracnords. 
 
 Syllabic, song. A melody in which every sylla- 
 ble has its distinct note; the recitative belongs to 
 this species. 
 
 Symbal. See Cymbal. 
 
 Symbols. The musical name given by the Greeks 
 to the twenty-four letters of their alphabet, all of 
 which they employed as characters indicative of 
 sounds. 
 
 Sympathetic Strings. Strings which were 
 formerly fastened under the flnger-board of the 
 viola d^amore, beneath the bridge, and, being 
 tuned to the strings above, vibrated with them 
 and strengthened the tone. 
 
 Symphonia, Or. (sim/o-ni-a.) A pulsatile in- 
 strument of the ancients, made of a hollow tree, 
 closed at each end with leather, and struck with 
 sticks, producing tones of varied pitch. 
 
 Symphonice, (Pr. (sim:/3-ni-e.) An epithet ap- 
 plied to music in parts or counterpoint; see that 
 word. 
 
 Symphonial. Said of tones agreeing in quality. 
 The tones of the violin and violincello, or of the 
 hautboy and bassoon, are symphonial. 
 
 Symphonlale. A word frequently prefixed to 
 the old canons or perpetual fugues, to indicate 
 that they are in unison; i. e., that the second part 
 is to follow the flrst in the same intervals, and the 
 third to observe the same rule in regard to the 
 second. 
 
 Symphonic. In the style or manner of a syin- 
 phouy; harmonious; agreeing in sound. 
 
 Symphonic poem. A style of composition of 
 recent invention, partaking of the character both 
 of the opera and symphony, but more elevated iii 
 its style and character than the former. 
 
 Symphonic, Fr. (sSnh-fo-n5.} J A grand com- 
 
 Symphonie, Ger. (sim-fO-nS.) J-position of sev- 
 
 Symphony, Eng. ) e r a 1 m o v e - 
 
 ments, for a full orchestra. The symphony, in its 
 present form, was introduced by Haydn, and gen- 
 erally consists of an adagio, allSgro, andinte, min- 
 uetto (or scherizo), trio, and finale. The term is 
 also applied to the introductory and concluding 
 instrumental parts of a song, or other vocal com- 
 position. 
 Symphonienseser, Ger. (slm-fo-ni-Sn-^g-Bgr.) 
 Symphonist; a composer of symplioiuee. 
 
PKOlTOtTITOING MUSICAL DIOTIONAEY. 
 
 193 
 
 S ale, fi addy fi arm, g eve, S end, I ice, 1 122, o2i2, fi odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 41 2u2e, tl iu^ U French sound. 
 
 SYMP 
 
 Symphonion. An instrument invented by Fi- 
 Kaulmann, resembling the orchestrion, and com- 
 bining the tone of a pianoforte with that of the 
 flute, clarinet, etc. 
 Symphonions. Harmonious, a^eeingin sound. 
 Symphonlsche dicbtnne, Ger. (slm/d-nl- 
 
 BhS dlkh-toong.) Symphonic poem. 
 Symphonlst. A composer of symphonies. In 
 France the term symphonist is also applied to a 
 composer of church music. 
 Symplionoi, Gr. (sIm-Ki-noy.) A name givdn 
 by the ancients to concords and those sounds 
 which so mix and unite that the tone of the lower 
 is scarcely distinguishable from the upper. 
 Symposia. An epithet generally applicable 
 to cheerful and convivial compositions, as catches, 
 glees, rounds, etc. 
 Synaphe, Gr. (m-nd-iS.) A term applied by the 
 ancients to the conjunction of two tetrachords; 
 or, more properly, it is the resonance of the hom- 
 ologous chords of two conjoint tetrachords. 
 Synanlia, Gr. {sl-wau-ll-a.) In the ancient mu- 
 sic, a concert of flute who answered^ each other 
 alternately without any unison of the voice. 
 Synr.op&ta, It. (sen-ko-po-ta.) ) Contracted, 
 Syncop&te, It. (S5n-k0-^o-t6.) (bound to- 
 Syncopftto, It. (sgn-ko-pffl-to.) f gether; con- 
 Syncopated, Eng. ) traction of a 
 note by cutting off part of its value and giving it 
 to the following note. 
 Syncopation, Eng. 1 An un- 
 Syncopatio, Lat. (sto-kO-iJO-sM-O.) Vequal divi- 
 Syncope. Fr. (sSnh-kOp.) ) sion of the 
 time or notes; irregular accent; binding the last 
 note of one bar to the first note of the next ; ac- 
 cented notes occuring on the unaccented part of 
 a bar. 
 Syncope. The division of a note. Introduced 
 when two or more notes of one part answer to a 
 single note of another, as when the semibreve of 
 the one corresponds with two or three notes of the 
 other. 
 Syncoper, Fr. (sSnh-kO-^JO.) I To synco- 
 Syncopiren, Ger. (sire-kO-pS-r'n.) ( pate. 
 Synnemnon, Gr. (8ln-n?m-n5n.) The united, 
 or conjunct. The appellation given by the an- 
 cients to their third tetrachord, from its beginning 
 with the last note of the second tetrachord. 
 Synneninon diatonos. Gr. (8ln-n^»i-n8n dl- 
 S-<S-nOs.1 This was, in the music of the ancients, 
 the third chord of the tetrcuihord synnemnon in 
 diatonic genus. 
 
 SYZY 
 
 Syntonic. The epithet by which Aristoxenus and 
 other ancient musical writers distinguish a species 
 of the diatonic genus, which was nearly the same 
 with our natural diatonic. 
 
 Syntono-Iiydlan. One of the modes in the an- 
 cient music. 
 
 Syren. Siren. 
 
 Syringa, Lat. (sI-»^»-gfi.) Pandean pipes. 
 
 Syringe. A kind of fistula, or pipe, used by the 
 ancient Bomans to regulate the voice in oratory 
 and singing. 
 
 Sysigla. (sI-«?-gM-a.) A Greek term signifying 
 aay combination of sounds so proportioned to 
 each other as to affect the ear with pleasure. 
 
 Systaltic. An epithet applied by the ancients 
 to that of the subdivisions of their meloposa which 
 constituted the mournful and pathetic. 
 
 System. An interval compounded, or supposed 
 to be compounded, of several lesser ones, as the 
 fourth, the fifth, the sixth, the octave, etc ; a 
 method of calculation to determine the relations 
 of sounds, or an order of signs established to ex- 
 press them; the code of harmonic rules drawn 
 tiom those common principles by which they are 
 computed. : 
 
 Systema participato. It. (,sis-tS-m^ pitr- 
 tg-tshS-i)a-to.) 
 
 Systema jiarticipatnm, iMt. (sls-t 
 pSr-tis-i-pa-ttim.) 
 
 A division of the octave or diapason into twelve 
 semitones. 
 
 Systema temperatnm, Lat. (sts-iH-mi tSm- 
 p5-m-tam.) The attempered system. 
 
 System, cipher. An old system of music, in 
 which the notes were represented by numerals. 
 
 'Hysteme, Fr. (siB-tdm.) A system. 
 
 System, isotonic. A system consisting of in- 
 tervals in which each concord is alike tempered, 
 and in which there arc twelve equal semibreves. 
 
 System, logleran. See Logieran System. 
 
 System, pestalozzian. See Pestalozziau Sys- 
 tem. 
 
 Sj;zygia, Gr. (sl-aS-jI-S.) A pleasing combina- 
 tion of sounds. 
 
 Syzygla, compound. A combination of sounds 
 in which one or more of those of the harmonical 
 triad are doubled, or raised one or more octaves. 
 
 Syzygla, simple. A combination of sounds in 
 which two concords at least are heard together. 
 
 na pSr- y 
 ^-te-m£ r ' 
 
 13 
 
194 
 
 PBONOUKOlWa MTTSIOAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, & add, S, arm, S eve, B end, I ice, 5 ill, Oold,G odd, 6 dove, oo moon, II lute, fl but, 11 French sound. 
 
 TA 
 
 Ta, ffr. (ta.) One of the four syllables need by 
 the ancient Greeks in sotfaing their music, an- 
 swering to the hyphate, or first sound of their 
 tetrachord. 
 
 Tabal, Spa, (t&-baL) A tambour ; a tabor. 
 
 Tab&llo, It. (ta-6aM0.) A kettle-drum. 
 
 Tabar, It. (ta-bar.) A small drum ; a tabor. 
 
 Tablatiira, It. (tab-la-ioo-ra.) ■) A term for- 
 
 Tablatnre, Fr. (tiUbia-M)'.) (_ m e r 1 y a p- 
 
 Tablatore, Eng. (<ffii)-la-t8h0r.) ( plied to the 
 
 Tabulatur, ffer.Ctii-boo-la-toor.) ; totality or 
 general assemblage of the signs used in music; so 
 that to understana the notes, clefs, and other nec- 
 essary marks, and to be able to 8in»at sight, was 
 to be skilled in the tablature. The method of 
 notation for the lute, and other similar instru- 
 ments, was also distinguished by this appellation. 
 
 Table. A portion of the lute, also of the violin. 
 
 Table d'harmonie, Fr. (titbl d'ar-mO-«.2.) A 
 table, or diagram of chords, intervals, etc. 
 
 Table d'mstrnment. Fr. (tabl d'anh-stril- 
 mSnh.) The belly of an instrument. 
 
 Table songs. Songs for male voices formerly 
 much in vogue in German glee cli'bs. 
 
 Table, time. A representation of the several 
 notes in music, showing their relative lengths or 
 or durations. 
 
 Tabor. A small drum, generally used to accom- 
 pany the pipe or flfe in dances. 
 
 Taboret. A small tabor. 
 
 Tabourin, Fr. (ta-boo-rSnh.) A tabor or tam- 
 bourine — a shallow drum Witt but one head. 
 
 Tabret. A kind of drum used by the ancient 
 Hebrews. 
 
 Tacet, Lat. (ia-s8t.) ) Be silent: mean- 
 
 Tdee, It. (io-tshS.) ( ing that certain in- 
 
 T&ei, It. (tOrtahe.) C struments are not 
 
 tafi&si. It. (ta-tshS-oi-zS.) ) to -play; s.b, violino 
 tacet, the violin is not to play; 6boe tacet, let the 
 oboe be silent. 
 
 Taet, Ger. (takt.) Time, measure. 
 
 Tact- art, ffe)'. (takt art.) Species of time ; com- 
 mon, or triple. 
 
 Tactfest, Cfer. {tdkt-iist.) Steadiness in keep- 
 ing time. 
 
 Tact-«lhre», Oer. (tak^fOh-r^^.) A conductor; 
 loader. 
 
 Tact-llnie, Ger. (takt Sm-g-g.) I A bar-line, 
 
 Tact-stricn, Oer. (tdkt strikh.) (the lines 
 which mark the bars. 
 
 Tactmilsslg, Ger. (talct-md-slg.) Conformable 
 to the time. 
 
 Tactmesser, Ger. ^takt-mls-aSi.) A metronome. 
 
 Tact-note, ff«7'- (takt na-t5.) A semibreve. 
 
 Tact-pause, Ger. (takt pou-zi.) Bar rest. 
 
 Tact-schliiger, Ger. (takt ihld-gbii.) Time- 
 beater. 
 
 Tact-stock, (takt stock, A bdton, for beating 
 time. 
 
 Tactns, Lat. (tak-tQs.) In the ancient music, 
 the stroke of the hand by which the time was 
 measured or beaten. 
 
 Tactns major. When the time consisted of a 
 breve in a bar, the time ttroke was called iaetua 
 major. 
 
 TANZ 
 
 Tactns minor. When the time consisted of a 
 
 semibreve in a bar, the time stroke was- called 
 
 iactus minor. 
 Tact-zeichen, Ger. (takt tej-kh'n.) The figures, 
 
 or signs, at the beginning of a piece, to show the 
 
 time. 
 Tafel-mnsite, Ger. (ta-Vl moo-zTk.) Table 
 
 music, music sung at the table'; as, part-songs, 
 
 Tagli&to, It. (tai-yS-a-tO.) Clef. 
 
 Tallle, i'V. «o-iih.) The tenor part; the viola. 
 
 Taille de violon, Fr. (td-ili dflh v5-o-10nh.) 
 The viola, or tenor violin. 
 
 Tail-piece. That piece of ebony to which the 
 strings of the violin, viola, etc., are fastened. 
 
 Takt, Ger. (takt.) See Tact. 
 
 Talabalilcco, /^ (ta-la-ba-/cj^k0.) A species of 
 Moorish drum. 
 
 Talon, i^?'. (ta-lOnh.) The Aeei of the bow; that 
 part nearest the nut. 
 
 Tambor. Spa. (tam-Sar'.) A tambour. 
 
 Tamborilero, Spa. (tam-bO-re-Za-ro.) One who 
 beats the tabor, taboret, or tambourine. 
 
 Tambour, Fr. (tanh-boor.) Drum; the great 
 drum ; also, a drummer. 
 
 Tambour de basque, Fr. (tanh-boor dHh 
 bask.) A tabour or tabor; a tambourine. 
 
 Tambonret, Fr. (tanh-boo-ra.) 1 A timbrel, a 
 
 Tambourine, .£'ng'. f small instru- 
 
 ment of percussion, like the head of a drum, with 
 little bells placed round its rim to increase tlie 
 noise. 
 
 Tambourine, Fr. (tanh-boo-rgn.) A species of 
 dance, accompanied by the tambourine; also, a 
 tambourine. 
 
 Tambourinenr, Fr. (tanh-boo-rg-niir.) Drum- 
 mer, tambourine player. 
 
 Tambour major. See Drum-Major. 
 
 Tambur&cclo, /^ (tam-boo-rai-tshS-O.) A large 
 old drum ; a tabor. 
 
 Tambur^llo, It. (tSm-boo-raMO.) 1 A tambour- 
 
 Tambur^tto, 72. (tam-boo-mi-to.jfine; a little 
 drum. 
 
 Tamburlno, It. (tam-boo-rJ-nO.) A little drum ; 
 also, a drummer. 
 
 Tambdro, It. (tam-ftoo-rO.) A drum. 
 
 Tamburdne, It. (tam-boo-?S-n6.) The great 
 drum. 
 
 Tam-tam. An Indian instrument of percussion, 
 a species of drum, or tambourine. 
 
 TUndelnd, Ger. (tdn-dJUnA.) In a playful man- 
 ner. 
 
 Tanedor, Spa. (tSrnS-tfiBr.) Flayer on a musical 
 instrument. 
 
 Tangent, Ger. (tdn-ghSnt.) The jack of a harp- 
 sichord. 
 
 Tanido, 5pa. (ta-ra?-ao.) Played, touched; tune, 
 sound. 
 
 T&nto, It. (tan-to.) So much, as much ; allegro 
 non tanto, not so quick, not too quick. 
 
 Tantum ergo, Lat. (tan-tum ar-go.) A hymn 
 sung at the benediction in the Homan Catholic 
 service. 
 
 Tanz, Ger. Xt^nts.) A dance. 
 
 Tiinze, Ger. pi. (tdn-taS.) Dances. 
 
 TKnzer, Ger. (tanAsSr.) A dancer. 
 
 Tilnzeruui, ffen (^n-tsSr-In.) A female dancer. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 195 
 
 S alf, a add, a arm, S eve, S end, I ice, 1 ill, oW, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, a foic, a fiM<, H French sound 
 
 TANZ 
 
 TanK-kanst, Ger. (t£nts koonet.) The art of 
 dancing. 
 
 Tanz-stilck, Ger. (tants stock.) A dance tune. 
 
 Tap. A drnm beat of a single note. 
 
 Tapatan. jS^a. {t&-p&-idn.) Tlie sound of a drum. 
 
 Tarabouk. A musical instrument used by the 
 Turks, formed by drawing a parchment over the 
 bottom of a large earthern vessel. . 
 
 Tarantella, if. (tai-r&n-tdlAii.) A swift, deliri- 
 ous sort of Italian dance in 6-8 time. The form 
 has been adopted by many of the modern com- 
 posers, as Listz, Chopin, etc. 
 
 Tarantula dance. A peculiar tune, so called 
 from its reputed power in curing the effects of the 
 poisonous bite of the tarantula. 
 
 Tardani^nte. It. (tar-da-man-tS.) Slowly. 
 
 Tard&ndo, li. (tar-ddn-da ) Lingering, retard- 
 ing the time. 
 
 T&rdo, It. (tar-AO.) Tardy, slow. 
 
 Tarrenas, Spa. (t&T-rS-nds.) Small castanets. 
 
 Tast&me, It. (tSs-ta-me.) ") The keys, or 
 
 Tastatnr, t/er. (W«-ta-toor.) ( key-board of 
 
 Tastatdra, Oer. (tas-ta-*oo-rS.) f a pianoforte, 
 
 Tasti^ra, It. (tas-te-a-ra.) ) organ, etc. 
 
 Taste, Ger. (to-tS.) I The touch of any Instru- 
 
 TAsto, It. (tas-to. f ment ; hence, also, a key or 
 thing touched. 
 
 Tasten-brett, Ger. (tas-Vn irit) Key-board 
 of a pianoforte, etc. 
 
 Tfisto sdlo, J<. (<ffl«-to «o-10.) One key alone; in 
 organ or pianoforte music, thiemeansanote with- 
 out harmony, the base notes over or under which 
 it is written are not to be accompanied with 
 chords. 
 
 T&tto, It. (<a-tO.) The touch. 
 
 Tattoo. I The beat of a drum at night calling the 
 
 Tapto. 1 soldiers to their quarters. 
 
 Tautology. A tiresome repetition of the same 
 passage or passages. 
 
 Te, Gr. (ta.) Oae of the syllables used by the an- 
 cient Greeks in solfaing their music. 
 
 Teatrmq, It. (ta-a-irS-nO.) A little theatre. 
 
 Te&tro, It, (ta-o-tro.) A theatre, play house. 
 
 Te&tro di sp-an cart^Uo, It. (ta-a-tro dS 
 gran 'k&v-tal-lO.) Lyric theatre of the first rank. 
 
 Tefttro dldmo. It. (ta-OrtrO dS-oor-nO.) A 
 theatre in which performances take place by day. 
 
 Technik, Ger. (<^M-nIk.) Technical terms. 
 
 Technlsch, Ger. (fSkli-rasla..) Technical; this 
 word is also used to indicate mechanical profi- 
 ciency, as regards execution. 
 
 Tecla. Spa. (fdkAS..) The key of a pianoforte or 
 harpsichord. 
 
 Tedd^o, It. (tSd-da-0.) Te Deum. 
 
 Ted^sca, It. (tS-fios-kS.) I German : aia tedfisca, 
 
 Ted^sco, It. (te-dos-ko.) (in the German style. 
 
 Te Denin landamns, Lat. (t6 da-Um law-da- 
 mlis.) We praise Thee; a canticle, or hymn of 
 praise. ,. . 
 
 Telemann's curve. A curve indicating a di- 
 minished triad and distinguishing It from the 
 minor third. 
 
 Telephonic. Far sounding; tpat which propels 
 sound a great distance. 
 
 Tell-tale. A movable piece of metal, bone, or 
 Ivory, attached to an organ, indicating by Its posi- 
 tion tb? amount of wlna supplied by webellowB. 
 
 TEMP 
 
 T4ma, It. (fa-ma.) A theme, or subject; a mel. 
 ody. 
 
 Temperament. The accommodation or adjust- 
 ment of the imperfect sounds of the scale, by 
 transferin;! a part of the defects to the more per- 
 fect ones, in order to remedy, in some degree, the 
 false intervals of the organ, pianoforte, and simi- 
 lar instruments, whose sounds are fixed; that 
 equalization of the intervals, in tuning, which 
 brings their whole system as near as possible to 
 that of the diatonic scale. 
 
 Temperament, eq.nal. That equalization or 
 tempering of the twelve sounds included in an 
 octave, which renders all the scales equally in 
 tune ; the imperfection being divided equally 
 amongst the whole. 
 
 Temperament, unequal. That method of 
 tuning the twelve sounds included in an octave, 
 which renders some of the scales more in tune 
 than the others. 
 
 Temperatur, Oer. (tEm-pS-rS-toor.) Tempera- 
 ment. 
 
 Tempered. Having a perfect adjustment of 
 sounds; tuned. 
 
 Tempestosam^nte, It. (t6m-pSs-tc-za-man-te.) 
 Furiously, impetuously. 
 
 Tempest<i8o, It. (t5m-p5s-<5-zO.) Tempestuous, 
 stormy, boisterous. 
 
 Tempete, Fr. (tSnh-pai.) A boisterous dance 
 in 3-4 time. 
 
 Templador, /Spa. (tiSm-pia-dSc.) ICey for tuning; 
 a tuner. 
 
 Templar, Spa. {tim-pldr.) To temper; to tune 
 an instrument. 
 
 Tempo, It. (io»n-pO.) Time ; the degree of move- 
 ment; a tSmpo, in time. 
 
 Tempo alia bi^eve. It. (tam-y>0 d'wa i/vS-vS.) 
 In a quick species of common time. 
 
 Tempo a piacere. It. (iam-pO S, pS-a-<sAa-rg.) 
 The time at pleasure. 
 
 Tempo assimil&ndo al movimento se- 
 qnente. It. (tdmrpo as-se-ms-(a»-d0 ai mo-ve- 
 man-to sB-gwa«-t5.) Assimilating' in time to the 
 following movement. 
 
 Tempo Bndno, It. (lam-pO bwo-nO.) Good time 
 
 Tempo cdmodo. It. (fam-pO *5-mO-dO.) Con- 
 venient time ; an easy, moderate degree of move- 
 ment. 
 
 Tempo di b&llo, It. (iam-pO dS bdt-la.) In 
 dance time; rather quick. 
 
 Tempo dl cappeUa, It. (tdm-pO de kHp-pdl- 
 la.) In the Church-time; see Alia Brfive. 
 
 Tempo di gavdtta. It. (tdm-po de ga-cot'a.) 
 In the time of a gavot. 
 
 Tempo di mfircia. It. (fam-pO dS-maV-tshg-a.) 
 In the time of a march. 
 
 Tempo di menuetto. It. (,tam-pO de mS-noo- 
 Sf-tO.) In the time of a minuet. 
 
 Tempo «li pol&cca. It. (tdm-po ds po-iai-ka.) 
 In the time of a polacca. 
 
 Tempo di prima p&rte, /(. {tdm-pd de pri- 
 ma pdr-Vi.) In the same time as the first part. 
 
 Tempo di valse, It. Ifdm-pO dS «d7-sS.) In 
 waltz time. 
 
 Tempo Irettevole, It. «am-pO frSt-f5-vO-lg.) I 
 
 Tempo frettoldso, It. (tamrpo (rSt-to-lS-zO.) ) 
 In quicker time, hturrylng, hastily. 
 
196 
 
 PEONOrrNCING MUSICAL DIOTIONART. 
 
 S ale., a add, & arm, 5 eve, E end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 iute, ft 6«i, 1i French, found. 
 
 TEMP 
 
 T^mpo eilSsto. It. (<am-pO jg-oos-to.) In just, 
 exact, strict time. 
 
 T^nipo ma^gidre, /^. (tam-pO m&i je-S-iH.) In 
 a quick species of common time, 
 
 TCnipo ordiiidrio, Jt. (<am-pO Or-dS-na-i'S-o.) 
 Ordinary, or moderate time. 
 
 T^inpo perdiito. It. (iam-po par-doo-to.) Lost, 
 interrupted, irregular time. 
 
 TiSnipo prfmo. It. (tam-^O pri-mO.) First, or 
 original time. 
 
 Teniporegsi&to. It. (t5m-pO-red-jS-a-to.) The 
 time is to De accommodated to tlie solo singer or 
 player. 
 
 T^mpo rnb&to, It. (tam-po roo-6o-tO.) Bobbed, 
 or stolen time ; irregular time : meaning a slight 
 deviation to give more expression, by retarding 
 one note, and quickening another, but so that the 
 time of each bar is not altered in the. whole. 
 
 T^mpo Tvie vorlier, Ger. (tgm-po vB /3-rSr.) 
 The time as before. 
 
 Temps, i^'r. (tilnh.) ) Time; also, the various 
 
 Terns, i^r. (tanhO [ parts or divisions of a bar. 
 
 Temps foible, Fr. (tanh fwabl.) The weak, or 
 unaccented parts of a bar. 
 
 Temps fort, Jfr. (t&nh fBr.) The strong, or ac- 
 cented parts of a bar. 
 
 Temps trappfi, S'r. (tanh trSp-pa.) The down- 
 beats, or accented parts. 
 
 Temps lev6, Fr. (tanh IS-va.) The up-beats, 
 or unaccented parts. 
 
 Teinpus imperfectnm, io<. (ito-pQs Im-p6r- 
 /^A-t&m.) Imperfect time; a term used by old 
 writers, meaning common time of two in a bar. 
 
 Tempus perfectum, Lat. (<em-ptts y>^x-fik- 
 tilmO Perfect time; a term used by old writers, 
 meaning time of three in a bar. 
 
 Tendada se^na. It. (tSn-da-da sAo-na.) Cur- 
 tain of a theatre. 
 
 Tendre, Fr. (tanhdr.) Tender. 
 
 Tendreiuent. Fr. (tanhdr-manh.) Tenderly, 
 affectionately. 
 
 Tenebrse, Lat. (<lra-S-bra.) Darkness; a name 
 given to the Roman Catholic evening service, 
 during Holy Week, in commemoration of the 
 darkness which attended the crucifixion. 
 
 Ten^ndo il c&nto. It. (tS-nan-do SI ian-to.) 
 Sustain the melody. 
 
 Teneram^nte, It. (tBn-S-ra-«ia?i-t6.) Tenderly, 
 delicately. 
 
 Tener^,zza, It. (tSn-g-TOi-tsa.) Tenderness, soft- 
 ness, delicacy. 
 
 Tfinei'O, /i.O((a-n8-rO.) Tenderly, softly, delicately. 
 
 Ten^te stno &lla fine del sutfno. It. (tS- 
 «a-t5 eS-nO a7-la f5-nS dal swS-nC.) Keep down 
 the keys as long as the sound continues. 
 
 Tenir, Fr. (tB-mgr.) To hold, a violin bow, etc. 
 
 Tenir I'accord, Fr. (t&-nMr I'Sk-kOr.) To keep 
 in tune. 
 
 Tenor. That species of male voice next above the 
 barytone, and extending from the C upon the sec- 
 ond space in the bass, to G on the second line in 
 the treble. 
 
 Tenor C. The lowest C in the tenor voice ; the 
 lowest string of the viola, or tenor violin. 
 
 Tenor clef. The C clef, when placed upon the 
 fourth line. 
 
 TERC 
 
 Tenor comet. A style of cornet in ase about a 
 century ago, formed of a curved tube three feet in 
 length, its diameter increasing from the mouth- 
 piece to its end. 
 Tendre, 7<. (tB-nJ-rB.) Tenorvoice; a tenor 
 
 singer; see, also, Viola. 
 Tendre biiffo, It. (ti-nS-vi boof-to.) The second 
 tenor sineer of an opera company for comic parts. 
 Tendre dl gr&zia, /*. (tg-na-rg dS grd-tsS-i.) 
 A delicate and graceful tenor. 
 
 Tendre less^^ro. It. (U-nB-ii ISd-jg-o-rO.) A 
 tenor voice of a light quality of tone. 
 
 Tendre prfmo. It. (t S-n S-tS pr S-m 0.) First 
 tenor. 
 
 Tendre ripi^no. It. (tS-nS-rS rS-pS'-a-nO.) Tenor 
 of the grand chorus. 
 
 Tendre roblisto. It. (tS-nS-rS rO-boos-to.) A 
 strong tenor voice. 
 
 Tendre secdndo. It. (tB-nd-rg aS-kSn-dO.) Sec- 
 ond tenor. 
 
 Tendre Tidla,/^. (tg-raj-rg vB-a-ia.) Tenor viol. 
 
 Tenorist, Oer. (tgn-0-rIst.) i » i._„, „,•„„„ 
 
 Tenorl8ta./«. (tSn-B-rlsA) \ A tenor singer. 
 
 Tenoroon. The old tenor hautboy, the compass 
 of which extended downward to tenor C. The 
 name is sometimes applied to an organ stop. 
 
 Tenor-posaune, Oer. (fSn-Sr po-zou-nS.) The 
 tenor trombone. 
 
 Tenor-schltissel, Cfer. (tgn^r ihlUs-B^l.) The 
 tenor clef. 
 
 Tenor, second. Low tenor. 
 
 Tenor-stlmme, Cfer. (tgn-gr «ffm-mB.) Tenor 
 voice ; a tenor. 
 
 Tenor trombone. A trombone having a com- 
 pass from the small c to the one-lined g, and 
 noted in the tenor clef. 
 
 Tenor-vlole, Oer. (tBn-3r-vi-a-lg.) |.mi,«„i„i. 
 
 Tenor- violin, Fng. f '■ "^ ^'°'*- 
 
 Tenor voice, counter. The male voice next 
 above the tenor voice ; the lowest of the female 
 voices. 
 
 Tenor-zeichen, Oer. (tSn-ar <s^kh'n.) The 
 tenor clef. 
 
 Tensile. A term applied to all stringed instru- 
 ments on account of the tension of their strings. 
 
 Tentellare, It. (tBn-tSl-ia-rg.) To jingle. 
 
 Tentb. An interval comprising an octave and a 
 third; also, an organ stop tnned a tenth above 
 the diapasons, called, also, decima and double 
 tierce. 
 
 Tenne, Fr. (ta-ntl.) See TenHto. 
 
 Teniite, It. (ta-noo-tB.) 1 Held on, sustained, 
 
 Tenifto, It. (ta-»oo-tO.) ) or kept down the full 
 time. 
 
 Teodia, It, (ta-O-dg-S.) A song in praise of the 
 Beity. 
 
 T^orbe, Fr. (ta-Orb.) See Theorbo. 
 
 Teordtico, It. (ta-0-r3-tS-kO.) Theoretical. 
 
 Teorfa,/«. (ta-O-rg-a.) Theory. 
 
 Teorfa del e&nto. It. (ta.G-re-a dgl kdn-to.) 
 The theory, or art, of .singing. 
 
 Tepldam^nte, /^ (ta-pe-dl-m3n-tg.) Coldly, 
 with indifference. 
 
 Tepidita, It. (ta-pS-dB-<a.) Coldness, Indiffer- 
 ence. 
 
 Tcr, Lat. (tgr.) Thrice, three times. 
 
 Tercero, Spa, (tgr-^Ao-rO.) Third, 
 
PEONOUNCIKG MUSICAL DIOTIONAET. 
 
 197 
 
 S ale., & add, & arm, S eve, § end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H 2utc, b bm, k Frcn,\>i<, twmM. 
 
 TERC 
 
 Tercet, Pr. (tSr-sa.) A triplet. 
 
 Terceto, Spa. (tgr-iAo-to.) A triplet. 
 
 Termlnt tectanici. Lat. (<fr-mI-nS Wi-nl-sB.) 
 TecliDical teriuB. 
 
 Terms, musical. Words and eenteuces applied 
 to passages of music for the purpose of indicating 
 the style in which they should he performed. 
 
 Ternario t^mpo. It. (t6r-rea-rg-o <a»s-pO.) 
 Triple time. 
 
 Ternary measure. Threefold measure; triple 
 time. 
 
 Terpodion. An instrument invented hy Busch- 
 mann, of Hamburg, resembling the liarmonium 
 in appearance, the tone being produced from 
 sticks of wood; the name is also given to an 
 organ stop of eight feet tone, 
 
 Terpsichore. In classical mythology, the muse 
 of choral dance and song. 
 
 Terpslcborean. Belating to Terpsichore, the 
 muse who presi ^d over dancing. 
 
 Tertia,i/at. (fer-shl-a.) ( Third, tierce; also an 
 
 Tertasia, Ger. (^^r-tsi-S.) J organ stop, sounding a 
 third, or tenth, above the foundation stops. 
 
 Tertian, Xa^ (i^r-shl-Sn.) An organ stop com- 
 posed of two pipes, tierce and larigot, on one 
 slide, sounding the interval of a minor third. 
 
 Ter unca, Lai. (tSr &»i-ka.) Three-hooked ; the 
 old name of the demisemiquaver. 
 
 Terz, Ger. (tSrts.) 
 T^rza, It. Ifar-tsS,.) 
 Terze, Ger. {<Sr-tsS.) 
 Terzie, Ger. (<ar-tsI-8.) 
 T^rzo. It. (<or-tsO.) 
 Terz decimole, Ger. 
 
 A third, the Interval 
 of a third; also, an 
 - organ stop sounding 
 a third above the fif- 
 teenth: see Tierce, 
 (tarts da-tsi-m5-lS.) A 
 
 group of thirteen notes having the value of eight 
 similar ones. 
 
 T^rza maggidre. It. (tdr-taSi mad-j6-8-rS.) Ma- 
 jor third. / 
 
 Terza mlnilre. It. (tdr-taSi me-nS-rg.) Minor 
 third. 
 
 Terzen, Ger. (tdr-ts^n.) Thirds. 
 
 Terzetto. It. (i&r-tsSt-Ui.) A short piece or trio 
 for l^tipfifi volcGS 
 
 Terz-flOte, Ger. (tarts Jld-tS.) A flute sounding 
 a minor third above ; also, an organ stop. 
 
 Terzfna, It. (tHr-tsS-nS, ) A triplet. 
 
 T^sto, It. (tas-to.) The text, subject, or theme 
 of any composition. A word applied by the Ital- 
 ians to the poetry of a song; when the words are 
 well written, the song is said to have a good testo, 
 
 Testudo, Lat. (tSs-Ffl-dO.) Name given by the 
 Komans, in imitation of the Greeks, to the lyre 
 of Mercury, because It was made of the back or 
 hollow of a sea tortoise. 
 
 Tetartos. Gr. (Ig-<ar-t8s.) Fourth; the epithet 
 applied by the ancients to the one of their authen- 
 tic modes called the Mlxolydian. 
 
 Tetraehord, Or. (W^-rS-kBrd.) ) A fourth ; also, 
 
 Tetracorde, .Pr. («o«-ra-kBrd.) J-a system of four 
 
 Tetractfrdo, It. (tSt-rS-AiJr-dO.) ) sounds among 
 the ancients, the extremes of which were fixed; 
 but the middle sounds were varied according to 
 the mode. 
 
 Tetrachords, conjoint. Two tetrachords, or 
 fourths, where the same note Is the highest of one 
 and the lowest of the other. 
 
 Tetrachordio, 5i)a. (tSt-rfi-kOr-dS-O.) Tetrachord. 
 
 A theme, or subject. 
 
 THIR 
 
 Tetradiapason. The Greek appellation of the 
 quadruple octave, which we also call the twenty- 
 ninth. 
 
 Tetratonon. The Greek name for an interval of 
 four tones, called at present, the superfluous flfth. 
 
 Tlie, Gr. (thS.) One of the four words used by 
 the ancient Greeks in solfaing, answering to the 
 lychanos, or third sound of the tetrachord. 
 
 Theatre. A house for the exhibition of dramatic 
 performances, as operas, tragedies, comedies, 
 farces, etc. 
 
 Theatre de la nation, Fr. (ta-£tr dfih IS na- 
 si-5nh.) The Grand Opera House. 
 
 Theatre de la r^publique, Fr. (ts-atr dHh 
 13, rtt-piib-l§k.) Theatre Fraufais. 
 
 Theatre de la montansier. Fr. (ta-atr dHh 
 la manh-tanh-ser.) Formerly the Palais Eoyal. 
 
 Theatrical music. Compositions designed for 
 the orchestra of a theatre: dramatic music. 
 
 Theile, Ger. pi. (S-IS.) Parts, divisions of the 
 bar; also, strains, or component parts of a move- 
 ment or piece. 
 
 Thema, Gr. (tha-ma.) 
 
 Thema, Lat. (ths-ma.) 
 
 Thema, Ger. (ta-ma.) 
 
 Theme, Fr. (tam.) 
 
 Theme. The subject of a composition. 
 
 Theorhe, (rfr. (tS-or-bS.) ( An ancient inatru- 
 
 Theorbo, Eng. (thS-iSr-bO.) ) ment of the lute 
 species ; see Arch-lute. 
 
 Theoretical musician. One who- is acquaint- 
 ed with the essence, nature, and properties of 
 sound as connected with the laws of harmony, 
 melody, and modulation. 
 
 Theoretlker, Ger. (tS-O-rfM-kSr.) I A theoret- 
 
 Th^oricien, i?"?". (ta-0-re-sI-anh.) (leal musi- 
 cian, a theorist. 
 
 Theoria, Lat. (thg-5-ri-a.) 1 The science of mu- 
 
 Th^orie, Fr. (ta-O-rS.) Vsic ; the principles of 
 
 Theory, Eng. (thS-O-ry.) ) s o u n d, as regards 
 concords and discords ; the system of harmonical. 
 and melodial arrangement. 
 
 Thep, Heb. (thap.) An instrument resembling 
 the flute or hautboy, but having fewer holes, and 
 possessing a more limited range of notes. 
 
 Thesis, Or. (tha-sis.) Downbeat, the accented 
 part of the bar. 
 
 Theurgic hymns. Songs of incantatioii, such 
 as those ascribed to Orpheus, performed in the 
 mysteries upon the most solemn occasions. These 
 hymns were the first of which we have any account 
 in Greece. 
 
 Thin. An epithet applied to harmony which is 
 meagre and scanty. All tones, both of voices and 
 instrumentSgthat are not round and full are called 
 thin. 
 
 Third. An interval comprising three diatonic 
 
 Th&d, diminished. An interval measured by 
 
 two half-steps. 
 Third inversion. A name given to an Inverted 
 
 chord of the seventh when Its seventh is the low- 
 
 TUbrd, ms^or. An interval measured by four 
 
 half-steps. 
 Tlilrd, minor. An Interval measured by three 
 
 half-steps. 
 
198 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, i add, & arm, e em, S end, lice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moo», 11 lute, t but, fl French sound. 
 
 THIR 
 
 Third shift. The double shift In violin playing. 
 Thirteenth. An interval comprising an octave 
 
 and a sixth. It contains twelve diatonic degrees, 
 
 L e,, thirteen sonnds. 
 
 TUirty-second note. A domisemiqiiaver, E 
 
 Thirty-second rest. A rest or pause equal 
 III the length of a thirty-second note, ? 
 
 Tho, or to. One ol the four words used by the 
 uncient Greeks In solfaiug, answering to the 
 lourth sound of the tetrachord. 
 
 Thorough bass. Figured bass; a system of 
 harmony which is indicated by a figured bass. 
 
 Three-eighth measure. A measure having 
 the value of three eighth notes, marked 3-8. 
 
 Tiiree fold. A chord consisting of three tones, 
 comprising a tone combined with Its third and 
 tilth. 
 
 Tlirenodla, £a^. (thre-«5-di-a.) I An elegy, a 
 
 Threnodie, ff?'. (thrS-raa-d5.) (funeral song. 
 
 Threnody. Lamentation, a song of lamentation. 
 
 Thrice marked octave. The name given in 
 Germany to the notes between the C on the 
 second added line above the treble staff and the 
 next B above, inclusive ; these notes are expressed 
 by small letters, with three short strokes. 
 
 Thumb rattles. A term applied by Germans 
 to castanets. 
 
 Thnrmgeliiute, Ger. (ioorm-ghS-loi-ti.) Set 
 or peal of bells in a tower; ringing of the bells. 
 
 Thiirner, Ger. Kiir-nSr.) Town musician. 
 
 Tibia, Lat. ^tib-i-S,.) The ancient name of all 
 wind instruments with holes, such as the flute, 
 pipe, and fife; originally the term was applied to 
 the human leg-bone made into a flute. 
 
 Tibia major, Lai. (fib-i-i mS-jOr.) An organ 
 stop of sixteen feet tone, the pipes of which are 
 stopped or covered. 
 
 Tibise pares, Lat.pl. (tib-VS, pa-ree.) Two 
 flutes, one for the right hand, and the other for 
 the left, which were played on by the same per- 
 former. 
 
 Tibia otricnlaria, Lat. {db-i-a, ii«-ri-kfl-ia-ri-a.) 
 Name by which the bagpipe was known among 
 the ancient Komans. 
 
 Tibicen, Lat. (rtS-l-sSn.) The ancient flute player, 
 or piper. 
 
 Tibicina, Lat. (tib-i-s?-na.) A female flute player, 
 or piper. 
 
 Tibicene, It. (tS-bS-tshS-ng.) A fl u t e player, 
 piper, minstrel. 
 
 Tie. A slur; a curved line placed over notes on 
 same degree of staff requiring a connected tone, 
 
 Tief, Ger. (tSf.7 Deep, low, profound. 
 
 TIefer, Ger. (ffi-fgr.) Deeper, lower: 8va titfer, 
 octave below. 
 
 TicftSnend, Ger. (t^-tS-ninA.) Deep toned. 
 
 Tierce, .Fr. (tgrs.) A third; also, the name of an 
 organ stop tuned a major third higher than the 
 fifteenth. 
 
 Tierce de picardie, Fr. (tsrs dUh pl-ia^'-ds.) 
 Tierce of Picardy; a term applied to a major 
 third, when introduced in the last chord of a 
 composition in a minor mode; the custom was 
 supposed to have originated in Picardy,. and for- 
 merly was quite common. 
 
 TINT 
 
 Tierce maxime, Fr. (tgrs ra&^-lm.) Aug- 
 mented third, containing five semitones ; as, from 
 F to A«. 
 
 Tiercet, Gr. (tEr-sSt.) A 'triplet. 
 
 Timbal, Spa. (tim-6a/.) i 
 
 Timbale, J'n (tanh-6a/.) V A kettle drum. 
 
 Timb&Uo, It. (tBm-6aM0.) \ 
 
 Tlmbalear, S2ia. (tlm-ba-lg-ar.) To beat the 
 kettle drum. 
 
 Tlmbalero, Spa. (tim-ba-la-ro.) I A kettle drum- 
 
 Timballer, J'?'. <tanh-barli-a.) fraer. 
 
 Timballes, Fr. pi. (tSnh-bSl.) Kettle drums. 
 
 Timbre, Fr. (tSnhbr.) Quality ot tone, or sound, 
 
 Timbrel. An ancient Hebrew instrument, sup- 
 posed to have been like a tambourine. 
 
 Time. The measure of sounds in regard to their 
 continuance or duration. 
 
 Time, common. A time having an even num- 
 ber of parts in a measure. 
 
 Time, compound. Measures containing two or 
 three principal accents. 
 
 Time, compound common. Measures of two 
 times, composed of six equal notes, three for each 
 time; sextuple measure. 
 
 Time, compound triple. A time having nine 
 quarter or eighth notes in a measure. 
 
 Time, double. A time having two parts or mo- 
 tions in each and every measure. 
 
 Time, ottupla. It. (ot-too-pia.) Common time. 
 
 Time, simple. Measures containing but one 
 principal accent. 
 
 Tune table. A representation of the several 
 notes in music, showing their relative lengths or 
 durations. 
 
 Time, triple. A time in which each bar con- 
 tains three measures of equal parts, the first two 
 of which are indicated by a downward beat, the 
 third by an upward ; or, down, l^t, up. 
 
 Timldezza, con. It. (tS-mg-dffl-sS.) With timid- 
 ity. 
 
 Timist. A performer who preserves a just and 
 steady time. 
 
 Timorosam€nte, It. (tS-mO-rO-;sa-man-tS. Tim- 
 idly, with fear. 
 
 Timor<Sso, It. (tS-mO-rS-zo.) Timorous, with hes- 
 itation. 
 
 Timpan^tto, It. (tSm-pa-jiai-tO.) A small drum, 
 or timbrel. 
 
 Timpani, It. pi. (tSm-pa-nE.) I The kettle- 
 Timpani, Spa. pZ. (tSm-pa-nS.) (drums. 
 
 Timpani scordati. It. (tSm-pa-nS skSr-(2a-tS.) 
 Kettle drums out of tune. 
 
 Timpani sovAi, It. (tSm-po-nS sdr-dS.) Drums 
 having dampers. 
 
 Timpanlsta, It. (tSm-pil-nes-tEt.) A performer 
 on the kettle drums. 
 
 Timpano. /<. (<«m-pa-nO.) 1 Drum, timbrel. 
 
 Timpano, Spa. (tSm-pa-nO.) ) labor. . y ^ yy 
 
 Tiutement, Fr. (tanh-t-manh.) Tingling of a 
 bell ; vibration, or ringing sound. 
 
 Tinter, J?"/. (tSnh-ta.) To toll a bell; to jingle. 
 
 Tlntermell. An old dance. 
 
 Tintinnabulnm, £aj. (finMn-ndb-11-Vlaa.) I 
 
 Tlntinn&bolo, It. (tEn-tEn-no-bO-lO.) V 
 
 Tintinnfibulo, It. (tEn-tEn-na-boo-lD.) i 
 
 A little bell. 
 
PKOJSfOUNCING MUSICAL DIOTIOJSAR'r. 
 
 199 
 
 a ale, & add, S, arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, dove, oo moon, fl lute, (i iui, <1 French sound. 
 
 TINT 
 
 Xintiiuiabulary. Having or making the sound 
 of a bell. 
 
 Tintinnalogia, Lat. (iin-tIn-nS-2o-jI-fi.) The art 
 of ringing bells. 
 
 'rintinnaiii^iito, /^ (tSn-tSn-nS-man-tC.) Tink- 
 ling of small bells. 
 
 Tlntljmlre, It, (tSn-tSn-n?-rE.) To tinkle; to 
 resound. 
 
 Tintiiuio, It. (tBn-«»-nO.) Vibration, ringing 
 of a bell. 
 
 Tidrba, It. (tS-Sr-ba.) 1 -pi,„o,i,o 
 
 Tiorba, Spa. (ts-Sr-bS.) \ ^neorDo. 
 
 Tlorbista, It. {tg-Or-Ms-tii.) A player on the 
 theorbo. 
 
 Tlple, Spa. (<8-plS.) Treble; one who sings 
 treble; a species of small guitar. 
 
 'Pippins. A distinct articulation given to the 
 tones of a flute by placing the end of the tongue 
 on the roof of the mouth ; see Double-tonguemg. 
 
 Tiramantici. It. (ts-rarman-ts-tshs.) An organ 
 bellows blower. 
 
 Tir&nna, It. (tS-ran-nS.) A Spanish national air 
 or song accompanied by the guitar. 
 
 Ttrsmt, Fr. (tS-ranh.) I Rpn<-pnf n drum 
 
 Tirante, Spa. (tS-rar^iS.) f ^™'='' °'^ *■ ""'"• 
 
 Tirasse. Fr. (H-r-oss.) The pedals of an organ 
 which act on the manual keys, by pulling, or 
 drawing them down. 
 
 Ttr&ta, It. (ts-ra-ta.) A term formerly applied 
 to any number of notes of equal value or length, 
 and moving in conjoint degrees. 
 
 Tirfita di semiminime. It. (ts-r^ta d5 slm- 
 e-me-ne-mS.) When many crotchets follow one 
 ' another, moving upward or downward in conjoint 
 degrees. 
 
 Tirfita legatnra, It. (t s-r a-t S, 1 5-g S.-t o o,-r a.) 
 When among many notes of the same value, the 
 last of one bar and the first of the next are tied. 
 
 Tirfito, It. (tg-j-o-to.) Drawn, pulled, stretched 
 out; a down-bow; see, s,\BO,.Tirasse. 
 
 Tlra tiitto. It. («S-ra toot-W.) A pedal or mech- 
 anism in an organ, which, acting upon all the 
 stops, enables the performer to obtain at once the 
 full power of the instrument. 
 
 Ttv6,F7: (tg-ra.) Drawn, pulled; a &ovin-\>ovr. 
 
 Tir6-lirer, J?r. (te-ra le-ra.) To sing like a lark. 
 
 Tirolese, It. (te-rO-la-zS.) A kind of dance. 
 
 Tirotear, Spa. (te-rO-te-o>.) To blow wind in- 
 struments. 
 
 Tlroteo, Spa. (te-rS-ta-O.) Blast or sound of a 
 
 wind instrument. 
 ' To, Gr. (to.) One of the four words used by the 
 ancient Greeks in solfaing, answering to the 
 fourth sound of the tetrachord. 
 
 Tobend, 6er. («-bSnd.) Blusteringly, violently. 
 
 VocaAoT, Spa. (to-ka-ttac.) A tuning key. 
 
 Tocar la retirada, jSpo. (to-kar la rg-ts-ro-da.) 
 To sound a retreat. 
 
 Tocc&ta. It. (tO-Aa-ta.) An obsolete form of com- 
 position for the organ or pianoforte, something 
 like our capriocio or fantasia; a piece requiring 
 brilliant execution. ■ 
 
 Toecattna, /<. (tOk-kSriJ-na.) A, short ioccato. 
 
 Tocsin. An alarm bell ; ringing of a bell lor the 
 purpose of alarm. 
 
 TONE 
 
 W5-dBs-ghS-so?iff.) 1 A dirge, 
 '^ ■-*.) fa funeral 
 
 (M(i-t'n-g'ii5A-kh'n.) 
 
 Funeral song or 
 
 Todesgesang, Oer. 
 Todeslied, 9er. {td-SHi-l 
 
 song. 
 TodteuKlocbcben, Oer. 
 
 Funeral bell. 
 Todtenlied, Oer. (tSd-VTi-lM.) 
 
 anthem. 
 Todten-marscli, Oer. {tSd-Va marsh.') Funeral 
 
 march. 
 Todten-mnslk, Oer. (fSd,Vn. moo-zOs..) Funeral 
 
 music. 
 Toeten, Z>»<. (t6-tSn.) To play upon a horn. 
 Toet-hom, Dut. (tOt-hOrn.) A bugle-hprn. 
 Tolling. The act of ringing a church bell in a 
 
 slow, measured manner. 
 Tome, Fr. (tOm.) Volume, book. 
 Tom-tom. A sort of drum used by the natives 
 
 in the East Indies. 
 
 Ton, Fr. (tOnh.) 
 Ton, Oer. (ton.) 
 Tiine, Oer. pi. (tS-nS.) 
 Tono, Spa. (to-no.) 
 Tons, Fr. pi. (tOnh.) 
 
 Tone, sound, voice, 
 melody ; also, a c c e n t, 
 ' stress; also, the pitch 
 of any note as to its 
 
 ,_..^.. ^ , acuteness or gravity; 
 
 also, the key or mode ; le ion d'ut, the key of ; 
 see also Tone. 
 
 Ton-abstaud, Oer. (<on-a6-stand.) An interval. 
 
 Ton-aehte, Oer. (.tSn dkh-tS.) A quaver. 
 
 Tonada, Spa. (to-no-tha.) A tune. 
 
 Tonadica, Spa. (tO-na-dS-kS.) I Asongofa 
 
 Tonadllla, Spa. (tO-nS^dSZ-ya.) [lively and 
 cheerful character, generally with guitar accom- 
 paniment. 
 
 Tonart, Oer. (tO-nSrt.) Mode, scale, key. 
 
 Tonatflla, Sp. (to-na-S^ya.) 1 Spanish na- 
 
 Tonatlllas, 5j». (tis-na-tsi-yos.) Jtional airs, or 
 dances; see Tonadilla. 
 
 Ton-ansireiehang, Oer. (tan ous-i*-khooag.) 
 Modulation. 
 
 Ton bas, Fr. (t5nh bS.) A low, deep tone. 
 
 Ton, deml, Fr. (tBnh dS-m?.) A semitone. 
 
 Ton de voix, .Fr. (tOnh dQh vwS.) Tone of 
 voice. 
 
 Ton-dichter, Oer. (tSn dtJeh-tSr.) Poet of sound, 
 a composer of music. 
 
 Ton-dlehtnng, Oer. (tSn cKift-toong.) Musical 
 composition of a hi^ character. 
 
 Tdndo, It: (i!5ra-dO.) Hound or full, as regards tone. 
 
 Ton donx, Fr. (tSnh doo.) Soft, sweet tone. 
 
 Tone. A given, fixed sound, of certain pitch : It 
 is used to signify a certain degree of distance or 
 interval between two sounds, as in the Major 
 tone and Minor tone; also, the particular quality 
 of the sound of any voice or instrument. 
 
 Tone-art. A name given by the Germans to mu- 
 sical art. 
 
 Tone artist. A practical musician. 
 
 Tone, explosive. A tone produced by striking 
 a note suddenly and with great force, and as saa- 
 denly causing it to cease, > V 
 
 Tone master. A composer of music. 
 
 Tone measurer. Amonochord; an instrument 
 used by the Greeks for determining the relations 
 of tones and intervals. 
 
 TSnen, ffer. (i(^-n6n.) To sound; to resound. 
 
 TSnend, Oer. (<^-nSnd.) Sounding. 
 
 TBnen des era, Oer. (<d-n8n dSs ilrts.) Sound- 
 ing br»ss, 
 
200 
 
 PROWOtrNCING MirsiCAL t)IOTIONAKT. 
 
 5 ale, S add, & arm, S eve, 8 end, I ice, i ill, old, 8 odd, (ioDC, oo moon, IS jMie, u 6«/, tt French sound. 
 
 TONE 
 
 Tone, open. A tone produced on an open string. 
 
 Tone piece. A name applied ty the Germans to 
 a musical composition. 
 
 Tone, pressure. A very sudden crescendo. 
 
 Tone, Quarter. A small interval, which, in the 
 mathematical theory of music, is found to exist 
 between DJ and E|j, GJ and A|j, etc. 
 
 Tones, accessory. Harmonics; tones faintly 
 heard in the higher octaves, as the principal tone 
 dies away. 
 
 Tones, chest. The lowest register of the human 
 voice. 
 
 Tones, Crregorlan. The chants used for the 
 Psalms in the Roman Catholic service; the an- 
 cient modes or tones on which the Gregorian 
 chants are based. 
 
 Tones, Iiead. The upper tones of the human 
 voice. 
 
 Tones, passing. Whenever one or more of the 
 parts constituting an harmonic chord moves to a 
 tone foreign to the harmony, the chord otherwise 
 remaining unchanged, such movements arc called 
 Passifig Tones. 
 
 Tone,' ifhole. An interval consisting of two 
 half-tones. 
 
 Ton-fall, Oer. (ton fail.) A cadence. 
 
 Ton-fiirbe, Ger. (,t5n fdrAyS.) Character of tone. 
 
 Ton-folge, Ger. (tdn fBl-gh&.) Tune, melody. 
 
 Ton-fUhrnng, Ger. (tBn fiirroong.) Modulation; 
 also, succession of melody or harmony. 
 
 Ton-fuss, Ger. (tan foos.) Metre. 
 
 Ton-gang, Oer. (ton gang.) Tune, melody. 
 
 Ton-gattnng, Oer. (tOn gdt-toong.) I 
 
 Ton-gescUeclit, Ger. (idn s^S-shlUkht.) f 
 The individuality of the two modes, the major 
 and minor; Ton-geschlecht is the more correct 
 term. 
 
 Ton-g£n€rateur, Fr. (tBnh zha-nS-rS-tflr.) The 
 ruling, or principal key in which a piece is writ- 
 ten. 
 
 Tongue. In the reed pipe of an organ, a thin 
 elastic slip of metal, somewhat bent and placed 
 near the reed. 
 
 Tongnlng, double. A mode of articulating 
 quick notes, used by flutists. 
 
 Ton haut, Fr. (tSnh n'o.) A high, acute tone. 
 
 Toniseum, Or. (tO-nI-;-iim.) In the ancient mu- 
 sic, one of the divisions of the chromatic genus. 
 
 Toiilc. The key-note of any scale ; the chief, fun- 
 damental ground-tone, or first note, of the scale. 
 
 Tunica, It. (M-nS-kS.) 1 
 
 Tonica, Ger. (W-nS-ka.) V Tonic. 
 
 Toniq.ue, Fr. (tOnh-?*.) ) 
 
 Tonic pedal. A continued bass note on which 
 chords foreign to its harmony are given. 
 
 Tonic section. A sectibn closing on the com- 
 mon chord of the tonic. 
 
 Tonic sol fiu A system of writing and teaching 
 music, in which the letters of the alphabet, and 
 other signs, are used, instead of the usual nota- 
 tion on the staff. In this system do is always 
 applied to the tonic. 
 
 Ton-kunst, Oer. (tSn-koonst.) Music; the art 
 and science of music, 
 
 Ton-kttnstler, Oer. (fUn Mnat-lir.) Musician. 
 
 ToD-kttnstUcli, Oer. {tSn kumt-VOii.) Mnsical. 
 
 TOQU 
 
 Ton-knnstschule, Ger. (tCn koonst-shoo-lS.) 
 School of music. 
 
 Ton-lehre, Ger. (ton IS-rS.) Acoustics; tones. 
 
 Ton-lelter, Oer. (ton fl-tSr.) Scale, gamut. 
 
 Ton-majexa, Fr. (tfinh ma-zhiir.) Major key. 
 
 Ton-mass, Ger. (tan mass.) Measure, time. 
 
 Ton-meisterinn, Oer. (tdn mls-tSv-lnn.) A vir- 
 tuoso. 
 
 Ton-messer, Oer. (tSn m?s-sSr.) A monochord. 
 
 Ton mineur, Fr. (tOnh mS-nfif .) Minor key. 
 
 Tono, ;SjOO. (to-no.) Tone. 
 
 Tonorinm, Lat. (tO-nS-ri-iim.) A kind of pitch- 
 pipe used by the ancient Romans to regulate the 
 voices of orators, actors, and singers. 
 
 Tonos, Or. (<5-n0s.) Tone. 
 
 Tonoteclinie, Fr. (to-nO-<^*-nB.) The art of 
 marking the notes on the cylinder of a barrel 
 organ. 
 
 Ton patlietique, Fr. (tSnh pa-tgt-Sk.) A plain- 
 tive, or pathetic tone. 
 
 Ton per^ant, i^'r. (tSnh pSr-sanh.) Shrill tone. 
 
 Ton jeelatit.Fr. (tiSnh t&\-'irtif.) A relative tone. 
 
 Ton relatif mineur, Fr. (tOnh r61-a-<§^ mS- 
 nUr.) Relative minor key. 
 
 Ton-satz, Ger. (iSn sale.) A musical composi- 
 tion. 
 
 Ton-sclilnss, Ger. (ton shloos.) A cadence. 
 
 Ton-schlUssel, Ger. (tSn sA/Ss-s'l.) The key; 
 key-note. 
 
 Toa-sehvitt, Ger. (ton shrift.) Musical notes. 
 
 Tons de reglise, J^r. (tOnh dUh I'a-glez.) 
 Church modes or tones. 
 
 Tons de la trompette, Fr. (tSnh d!lh IS 1 
 trOm-pat.) >■ 
 
 Tons dn cor, Fr. (tSnh dQ kor.) ) 
 
 The additional crooks of the trumpet and horn, 
 for raising or lowering the pitch. 
 
 Ton-setzer, Ger. (ton slt-teiv.) A composer; a 
 less flattering term than tonrdichter. 
 
 Ton-setzei-KUnst, Ger. (ISn slt-ta&r koonst.) 
 The art of musical composition. 
 
 Ton-setzung, Oer. (tSn 8^^tsoong.) I A musical 
 
 Ton-stUck, Ger. (ton-stiik.) (piece or 
 
 composition. 
 
 Ton-silbe, Oer. (tdn «»^b8.) Accented. 
 
 Ton-spiel, Oer. (ton spSl.) Music, a concert. 
 
 Ton-spleler, Ger. (tin s^jg-lSr.) Musical per- 
 former. 
 
 Ton-stnfe, Ger. (ton 8too-t&.) A degree of the 
 stair. 
 
 Ton-sylbe, Ger. (tSn «W-b6.) Accented syllable. 
 
 Ton-system. Oer. (ten eis-tSm.) System of tones 
 or sounds; the science of harmony; the system- 
 atic arrangement to musical tones or sounds in 
 their regular order. 
 
 Ton-veritnderung, Oer. (ton fg-ran-dS-roong.) 
 Modulation. 
 
 Ton-verhalt, Ger. (tSn fSr-halt.) Rhythm. 
 
 Ton-Tverk, Oer. (ton vSrk.) A musical compo- 
 sition. 
 
 Ton-wlssensctaaft, Ger. (tSn-vis-B''n-&hi.tt.) 
 The science of music. 
 
 Ton-zeiclten, Ger. (tdn ^J-kh'n.) Accent. 
 
 Topli, Heb. (tof.) An instrument like the tam- 
 bourine, which was known to the Jews before 
 they left Syria. 
 
 Toque, Upa. (t9-ke.) Rinsing of bella. 
 
PRONOtTNCING MUSICAL DIOTIONAEY. 
 
 201 
 
 S ale, S, add, & arm, B eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 lute, t but, U French sound 
 
 ^m 
 
 TOQU 
 
 Toque a mnerto. Spa. (fo-ke a moo-Sr-to.) 
 PasBing bell. 
 
 Torek aance. A dance of former times in which 
 the dancers carried torches. 
 
 Torloroto, Spa. (tOr-lo-rg-tO.) A shepherd's pipe 
 or flute. 
 
 Torrente, ^^a. (t8r-r'3ra-t8.) A strong, coarse 
 voice. 
 
 Tostain^nte, /^ (tOs-ta-m5»i-t5.) Quickly, rap- 
 idly. 
 
 Tostissimam^nte, It. (tOs-tes-sE-mS-man-tS.) ) 
 
 Tostf sslmo. It. (tOs-iJs-se-mO.) J 
 
 Extremely quick, with great rapidity. 
 
 Tdsto, It. (fSs-tO.) Quick, swift, rapid : see, also, 
 Piu Tosto. 
 
 Tonch. Style of striking or pressing the keys of 
 an organ, pianoforte, or similar instrument; the 
 resistance made to the fingers by the keys of any 
 instrnmeut, as, when the Keys are put down with 
 difficulty, an instrument is said to have a hard or 
 heavy touch.' when there is little resistance the 
 touch is said to be soft or light. 
 
 Touch, demi legato. A touch indicated by dots 
 under a slur, and played by gently raising the 
 hand, with a motion from the wrist, -~" 
 
 and pressing the keys, carefully de- 
 taching the notes. 
 
 Touch, demi staccato. The striking the key 
 and raising the hand quickly, re- 
 
 taining the note not more than half 
 its full value, 
 
 Touche, Fr. (toosh.) The touch ; also, a key of 
 the pianoforte, etc. 
 
 Touche d'orgue,.P'r. (tooeh d'org.) Key of an 
 organ. 
 
 Toucher, i^r. (too-sha.) To play upon an Instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Toucher la £n>itare, Fr. (too-sha Ifi ghl-tar.) 
 To play on the guitar. 
 
 Touches, Fr. pi. (toosh.) The keys of a piano- 
 forte, organ, etc. 
 
 Touch, legato. A sliding of the fingers on and 
 off the keys ; holding down one key until the flu- 
 
 fer is fairly on to another. It is In- " ' 
 icated by a curved line over or 
 under the note. 
 
 Touch, organ. The manner of pressing the keys 
 of an organ ; playing passages of single notes as 
 well as of chords in such a smooth, legato style 
 that one note follows the other without any inter- 
 ruption of sound. 
 
 Touch, piano. The manner of striking the keys 
 of the pianoforte. 
 
 Touch, staccato. A short and sudden striking 
 of the keys with the ends of the fingers, making 
 the notes very detached. 
 
 Touquct. J"?". (too-kS.) A term formerly given 
 to the lowest trumpet part. 
 
 Tonrne boute. Fr. (toorn boot.) A musical in- 
 strument similar to the flute. 
 
 Tours de force, Fr. (toor diih fors.) Bravura 
 passages, roulades, divisions, etc. 
 
 Tout ensemble, Fr. (too t'anh-sanhbl.) The 
 whole together; the general effect. 
 
 To^vn pipers. Certain performers on the pipe, 
 ooe of whom was formerly retained by most of the 
 
 TRAN 
 
 principal towns in Scotland, to assist in the cel- 
 
 ' ebration of par.ticular holidays, festivals, etc. 
 
 Toys. A name formerly given to little trifling airs' 
 or dance tunes. 
 
 Trab^Jar, Spa. iti&-\>&-hdr.) A professional 
 singer; one who performs in an opera. 
 
 Tr.abattere, It. (trS-bat-ta-rg.) To beat. 
 
 Trachea, Lat. (ira-ks-a.) The wind-pipe. 
 
 Tracto, Spa. (trak-to.) Ycrsicles sung at mass 
 between the Spistlc and the Gospel. 
 
 Tradolce, 7^. (tra-dSMshS.) Very soft; sweet. 
 
 Traddtto, It. (tra-<JS-tO.) Translated, arranged, 
 adapted, fitted to. • 
 
 Trag^die en musique, Fr. (tra-zA^de anh 
 mti-z€k.) A serious, or tragic opera. 
 
 Tragedy. A dramatic poem representing some 
 signal action performed by Illustrious persons, 
 and generally having a fatal issue. 
 
 Tragedy, lyilc. S. tragedy accompanied by 
 sinking; tragic opera. 
 
 Traine, Fr. (tra-na.) Slurred, bound ; lingering, 
 drawn along. 
 
 Trait, .P'r. (trS.) Passage, run; a phrase. 
 
 Trait de chant, Fr. (tii dAh shanh.) A melo- 
 dic passage, or phrase. 
 
 Trait d'harmonie, Fr. (tra d'ar-mo-ne.) Suc- 
 cession of chords, a sequence. 
 
 Trait d'octavc-fr. (trS d'Ok-tav.) See Rule of. 
 the Octave. • 
 
 Traits, Fr. (tra-^.) A treatise on the practice, 
 or the theory of music. 
 
 TrilUern, 6er. {trdl-Km.) To trill, to hum a 
 tune. 
 
 Tramoya, Spa. (tra-moi-a.) Scene; operatic 
 decoration. 
 
 Tranqulllam^nte, It. (tran-qnSl-ia-mcln-tS.) 
 Quietly, calmly, tranquilly. 
 
 TranquiU€zza,/<. QaS,Ti-<inSl-ldt-s&.) I 
 
 TranquilUta, It. (tran-qnSl-lWo.) V 
 
 Tranquillo, It. (tran-gaJMO.) ) 
 
 Tranquility, calmness, quietness. 
 
 Transcription. An arrangement for the piano- 
 forte, of a song or other composition, not origin- 
 ally designed for that Instrument; an adaptation. 
 
 Transient. An epithet applied to those chords 
 of whose harmony no account is meant to be 
 taken, but which are used as passing chords. 
 
 Transitio, Lat. (tran-sS-shl-o.) I Passing sud- 
 
 Transition, Eng. l denly out of one 
 
 key into another, without preparation for, or hint- 
 ing at another key; or without making use of 
 chords common to both keys. 
 
 Transitus, Lat. {trdn-el-tts.) A passing note. 
 
 Transitus irregularis, Lat. {tran-Bl-Vis Ir- 
 iSg-H-ld-TiB.) Irregular passing notes ; see Chang- 
 ing notes. 
 
 Transitus regnlaris, Lat. (tr&n-el-ita rSg-O- 
 Id-iiB.) Passing notes placed on the unaccented 
 parts of the bar. 
 
 Transportar, Spa. (trans-pOr-iar.) To change 
 the key; to transpose. 
 
 Transposed. Bemoved, or changed into another 
 key. 
 
 Transposer, Fr. (tranhs-pO-za.) I Change 
 
 Transponlren, Cfer. {irdns-pa-nl-iSn.) )of key,' 
 removing a, piece into another key. 
 
iH)2 
 
 PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 ;i II le, S add, & arm, 8 tve, 8 end, lice, I ill, oW, odd, 6 dow, oo moon, (I to^e, ft 6«<, 11 French sound. 
 
 TRAN 
 
 Transverse flute. The German flute; theflau- 
 
 to traverso. 
 Ti-aaneiiard, Fr. (tra-kS-nSrd.) A brisk sort of 
 
 dance. 
 'i'rascinfindo. It. (tril-sliS-nare-dO.) Dragging 
 
 ihe time. 
 Trascrjttto, It. (trft-sAr5<-tO.) Copied, transcribed. 
 Traste. Spa. (<ra«-tS.) A fret. 
 Ti-attAto, It. (trat:<a-tO.) See Traiti. 
 'fi-auer-gesang, Ger. (<?'0«-Er-gli8-i!d!«()'.) 
 
 Mourning song, dirge. 
 Ti-auer-lant, Ger. (trou-ir-lout.) A mournftal 
 
 sound. 
 Trauer-marsch, ^e)'. {trouJit marsh.) Funeral 
 
 niarcb. 
 Traner-mnsili:, Oer. (trou-ir moo-zlk.) Funeral 
 
 innsic. 
 Ti-auer-etimme, Ger. {trou-Sr siim-mS.) A sad, 
 
 doleful voice. 
 Trauer-ton, Ger. (trou-Er tOn.) A doleful tone. 
 TraiiriSj ^^''- itrou-rig.) Heavily, Fadly. mourn- 
 fully. 
 'I'raversiere, i^r. (tra-v8r-se-(7c.) i Cross, across ; 
 Traverso, /(. (.ttSrVar-sO.) )' applied to the 
 
 framverse, or German flute, to distinguish it from 
 
 the fiUte & bee. 
 Travestie, Ger. (ira-fSs-ffl.) Parody. 
 Travestiren, Ger. (trd-KB-(ir-in.) To parody. 
 'i's-f:. It. (trS.) Three; d ire, for three voices or 
 
 instruments. 
 ii^eaeadle, harp. The pedal of a harp, by the use 
 
 '.)f which the tone of the instrument is elevated a 
 
 :-^niall second. 
 'a"'!;eble. The upper part, the highest voice, the 
 
 .soprano, that which generally contains the mel- 
 
 ndy. 
 'S'l-eble clef. The G clef, the soprano clef. 
 Fi'eble note. That note which in the treble 
 
 staff is placed on the line with the clef; i. e., the 
 
 second line. 
 Tceble, cornet. An old style of cornet, con- 
 sisting of a curvilineal tube about three feet in 
 
 length, gradually increasing in diameter from the 
 
 mouth-piece to the lower end. 
 Treble, flrst. The highest treble, or soprano. 
 Treble forte stop. A stop recently applied to 
 
 cabinet organs, by means of which the treble part 
 
 of the instrument may be increased in power, 
 
 while the bass remains subdued. 
 Treble, second. Low soprano. 
 Treble stalf. The staff upon which the treble 
 
 clef is placed. 
 Treble viol. An instrument invented before the 
 
 modem viol, furnished with six strings tuned 
 
 chiefly by/o«rtAs. 
 Treble voice. The highest species of the female 
 
 voice. 
 Tre c<Srde, It. (trS kdr-AS.) Three strings; in 
 
 pianoforte music this means that the pedal which 
 
 moves the keys, or action, must no longer be 
 
 pressed down. 
 Tremfindo, It. (trS-man-dO;) See Tremoldndo. 
 Tremblant, Fr. (trSnh-blSnh.) Shaking: see 
 
 Tremulant. 
 Tremblement, Fr. (tr£nhbl-manh.) A trill or 
 
 shake. 
 
 TRIA 
 
 Trembler, J"?-, (tranh-bla.) To tremble, to shake. 
 
 Tremblotant.J'r. (tranh-blO-tanhO Quivering. 
 
 Trembloter, Fr. (tranh-blo-ta.) To »quiver, to 
 shake. 
 
 Trem^ndo, 7^ (trg-man-do.) Terrible, dreadful. 
 
 Tremolfindo,/^ (trSm-o-ian-dO.) j Trembling, 
 
 Tremolfite, /^ (trSm-o-Za-tS.) [quivering; 
 
 Tremolo, It. f<»'a-mO-10 ) ( a n o t e, or 
 
 Tr^niulo,/^. (<ra-moo-10.) ; chord, reit- 
 
 erated with great rapidity, producing a tremulous 
 kind of effect. 
 
 Tremolant. I An organ stop which gives to the 
 
 Tremnlant. ftone a waving, trembling, or undu- 
 lating effect, resembling the iiibrdio in singing, 
 and the tremoldndo in violin playing; also, a har- 
 monium stop of the same kind. 
 
 Tremdre, It. (tra-mj-rg.) I Tremor, trem- 
 
 Tremordso, It. (trB-mO-»'a-zO.))bUng; see also, 
 Tremoldndo. 
 
 Trenchmore. An old dance, supposed to have 
 been of a lively species. 
 
 Trenise, Fr. (tra-uEz.) One of the movements 
 of a quadrille. 
 
 Trenodia, It. (trS-n^dS-a.) A funeral dirge. 
 
 Trental. An office for the dead in the Koman 
 Catholic church, consisting of thirty masses. 
 
 Tr^B, Fr. (tra.) Very, most. 
 
 Tres-anim^, Fr. (tra san-E-mS.) Very animated, 
 very lively. 
 
 Tr^sea, It. (^ms-ka,) A country dance. 
 
 Trescher^IIa, It. (trSs-kfi-j-aMa.) A little dance. 
 
 Trescdne, It. (trs-*S-nE.) A species of dance. 
 
 Tr«s fort, Fr. (tra fOr.) Very loud. 
 
 Trfes lentement, Fr. (tra lanht-manh.) Very 
 slow. 
 
 Tres piano, Fr. (tra pS-S no.) Very soft. 
 
 TrSs vif, Fr. (tra vEf.) Very lively, very brisk. 
 
 Tres vlte et Impetnenx, Fr. (tra vst a Snh- 
 pfit-oo-iiz.) Very quick and impetuous. 
 
 Treter, Ger. (trE-tSr.) Tr'eader, of the bellows, 
 in German organs. 
 
 Tre vdlte. It. pi. (tra vOl-tS.) Three times. 
 
 Triad. The common chord, consisting of a note 
 sounded together with its third and fifth. 
 
 Triad, extreme. A triad consisting of a {hnda- 
 mental tone, a major third, and an extreme fifth. 
 
 Triad, imperfect. The chord of the third, fifth, 
 and eighth, taken on the seventh of the key, con- 
 sisting of two minor thirds. 
 
 Triad, major. A union of any sound with its 
 major thiroTand perfect fifth. 
 
 Triad, minor. A union of any sound with its 
 minor third and perfect fifth. 
 
 Triad of the dominant. A triad on the dom- 
 inant or major fifth. 
 
 Triad, perfect. The harmonic division of the 
 fifth into two thirds, of which the greater third is 
 lowest. 
 
 Triad, tonic. A triad on the tonic, in major or 
 minor. 
 
 Triangle. A small three-sided steel frame, which 
 is played upon by being struck with a rod. 
 
 Triangolo, It. (trS-Sn-gO-lO.) 1 
 
 Triangnlo, Spa. (trg-an-goo-JO.) [• A triangle. 
 
 (trl-dfn-gfl-lilsO t 
 Trias deflciens, Lat. (trS-Ss de-fB-sI-Sns.) Th« 
 
 Triangnlns, Lat. 
 "Was deflciens, 
 
 imperfect chord, or triad. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 208 
 
 jl alp, & add, & arm, 8 eve, E end, I ice, 1 iU, old, 6 odd, dove, oo moon, lute, il 6wi, 11 French sound. 
 
 TRIA 
 
 Trias harmonica, Lat. (trS-Ss hSr-mSn-l-kfi.) 
 See Triad. 
 
 Xribon, Spa. (tre-boa.) A triangnlar musical in- 
 strument. 
 
 Tribrach, Lai. ftrS-brilk.) A tiisyllabic muei- 
 cal fool, comprising tliree short notes or sylla- 
 bles, v^.-'. — 
 
 Tribune d'orgn^, Fr. (trS-bttn d'Org.) An 
 organ loft. 
 
 Trichord. The name given to the three stringed 
 lyre, supposed to have been tlie invention of Mer- 
 cury. 
 
 Trichordls, Lat. (trI-Jor-dis.) Three stringed. 
 
 Trichordon, Lat. (tri-kSr-d)in.) A colachon with 
 three strings. 
 
 Tricdrde, It. (trS-tSr-dS.) With three strings. 
 
 Tricininm, Lat. (trg-s$/i-I-tlm.) -\ composition 
 in three parts. 
 
 Tri- diapason. Or. {tri dl-a-pd'-son.) A triple 
 octave, or twenty-second. 
 
 Trigon, A three-stringed instrument, resembling 
 the Ivre used by the ancient Greeks. 
 
 Trigonuni or triangnlar harp. 'An instru- 
 ment supposed to have been of Phrygian inven- 
 tion, resembling the Theban harp. 
 
 Trihemitone. Gr. (tri-A^m-i-M-ng.) A minor third. 
 
 Trill A shake 
 
 Trillkndo, It. (trSl-?a/i-do.) A succession or 
 chain of shakes on different notes. 
 
 Trill&re, It. (trSl-id'-rg.) To shake, to trill. 
 
 Trille. i^r. (trelU ) 
 
 Triller, Oer. (fa-jMSr.) )- A shake, a trill. 
 
 Trillo./i. (trSl-lO.) j 
 
 Triller-kette. G«r. {tril-V&v W«-tS.) A chain or 
 succession of shakes. 
 
 Trillern, Ger. («7-W-lBrn.) To trill, to shake. 
 
 S'HlSii*' ^r- «W-^'»-^ I A short trill, or 
 Trill^tta, /^. (trgl-to-ta.) >-„v,„vp 
 Trill^tto. It. (trgl-<a<-to.) \ ^naxe. 
 Trillettf no. It. (trgl-lgt-«8-uO.) A soft shake, a 
 
 soft trilling. 
 Trill, imperfect. A trill, or shake without a 
 
 turn at the close. 
 TrUlo caprlno. It. (trSl-lO ka-prg-nO.) A false 
 
 Trail, It. (trgl-lg.) Trills, shakes. 
 
 Trill, perfect. A quick alternation of two notes 
 
 ending with a turn. 
 Ti-imeles. A kind of nome in the ancient music 
 
 performed on flutes. 
 Trimeres. A nome of the ancient Greeks which 
 
 was executed in three consecutive modes, viz., the 
 
 Phrygian, the Doric, and the Lydian. 
 Trimeters. Ancient lyrical verses of a six-feet 
 
 measure. 
 Trinado, Spa. (trS-nd-dO.) A trill, a sliake, a 
 
 tremulous sound. 
 Trinar, SiJO. (trg-na?'.) To trill, to quaver. 
 Trink-gesang, Ger. (trlnk eW-zdng.) 1 A Bac- 
 Trink-Iied, Ger. (trlnk Igd.) i chanal- 
 
 ian, or drinking song. 
 Trlno, Spa. (trg-nO.) A trill. ..,, , „ 
 
 Trinona. An organ stop, of open eight feet small 
 
 scale, and pleasant, gamba-like tone. 
 Trio It. (tre-O.) A piece for three instruments : 
 
 in England the word is also applied to a piece for 
 
 three voices, but incorrectly, terzetto being the 
 
 TEXT 
 
 proper appellation. A trio is also the second 
 movement to a menuUto, march, waltz, etc., and 
 always leads back to a repetition of the first or 
 principal movement. 
 
 Triole, Oer. (tr!-g-lS.) ( A triplet, a group of 
 
 Triolet, Fr. (trI-O-ia.) j three notes to be played 
 in the time of two. 
 
 Triomphale, -^r. (trg-8nh-fai.) I TH,„„nhRl 
 
 Trionfaie, 7<. (trg-0n-/a-18.) f '"umphal. 
 
 Triomphant, Fr. (trB-8nh-fflnh.) I rpriiimnhaTit 
 
 Trionfdnte, It. (trS-0u-/dn-t6.) \ inumPhan'- 
 
 Tripai'tite. Divided into three parts; scores in 
 three parts are said to be tripartite. 
 
 Triphony. Three sounds heard together. 
 
 Triple. Three-fold, treble. 
 
 Triple counterpoint. Counterpoint in three 
 parts, invertible; that is, so contrived that each 
 part will serve indifferently for either bass mid- 
 dle, or upper part. 
 
 Triple croche,.^r. (kro-sha.) A demisemiquaver. 
 
 Triple dotted note. A note whose length is 
 increased seven-eighths of its original value by 
 three dots placed after it. 
 
 Triple dotted rest. A rest whose value is in- 
 creased seven-eighths by three dots placed after it. 
 
 Triple octave. See Tri-diapason. 
 
 Triple progression. An expression in old 
 music, implying a series of perfect fifths. 
 
 Triple suspension. A suspension formed 1>y 
 suspending a dominant, or diminished seventh, 
 on the tonic, mediant, and dominant of the-key. 
 
 Triplet. A group of three notes, played in the 
 usual time of two similar ones. 
 
 Triplet, double. A sextole. 
 
 Triple time. Such as has an odd, or uneven 
 number of parts in a bar^ as three, nine. 
 
 Triplice, It. (trS-plg-tshe.) Triple, treble, three- 
 
 fora. 
 
 Trlplum, Lat. (trip-\^ra.) Formerly the name 
 of the treble or highest part. 
 
 Tripodian, Gr. (tri-»S-di-Sn.) An ancient stringed 
 instrument, said to nave been invented by Pjth- 
 agoras. 
 
 Trlsagion, Gr. (tri-sa-gh6-Bn.) I A hymn in 
 
 Trisaglum, ia<. (tri-sa-ghg-ilm.) ) w h i t h the 
 word Holy is repeated three times in succession. 
 
 Trisemitonium, Lat. (W-sSm-i-iS-nl-um.) The 
 lesser or minor third. , 
 
 Trist^zza, It. (tris-tat-sa.) Sadness, heaviness, 
 pensiveness. 
 
 Trite. A Greek term signifying three, or third. 
 
 Trite- dlezeugmenon. Gr. (trg-tS-dS-feoo^-mSn- 
 On.) The third string of the dlezeugmenon, or 
 fourth tetrachord of the ancients, reckoning from 
 the top, the sound of which corresponds with our 
 C above the bass clef. 
 
 Trite-hyperbolSBon, Gr. (trS-tghi-pgr-M-lg-8n.) 
 The third^string of the hyperboliEon, or fifth tetra- 
 chord, answering to our G on the second line of 
 ■the treble. 
 
 Trite-synemmenon, Gr. (trg-tS sl-nlm-mg-nOn) 
 The third string, reckoning li:om the top of the 
 third, or synemmenon, tetrachord, corresponding 
 with our B-flat above the fifth line in the bass. 
 
 Trito-dactylo-gymnast. An instrument de- 
 signed to render the third finger equal in power 
 and pliancy to the others in piano playing. 
 
i04 
 
 PRONOTTN'CINa MTTSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, S add, il arm, S eve, 6 end, lice, I Ul, oW, odd, 6 <2ot>e, oo moon, 11 Inte, ft d«<, fl French sound. 
 
 TRIT 
 
 Triton, iof. (tr5-t8n.) Of the third rank ; a term 
 given oj old writers to the fifth and sixth modes 
 or tones of their plain song. 
 
 Triton, Fr. (trS-tOnh.) ■) A superfluous, 
 
 Tritone, Eng. (tri-ton.) ( or a u g ni e u t e d, 
 
 Trittfno, /<. (tre-«-nO.) j fourth, contain- 
 
 Tritonus, Xot (trS-M-niis.) J ing three whole 
 tones. 
 
 Triton aTis, Lat. (irS-tOn-a-vis.) The name of 
 a West Indian bird, remarkable for its musical 
 powers, having three distinct notes, its tonic, or 
 lower note, and the twelfth and seventeenth of 
 that note, and capable of sounding them all at 
 the same time. 
 
 Tritos, (?r. (W-tOs.) Third; one of the four au- 
 thentic modes of the ancients called the .£oliau. 
 
 Tritt, Ger. (tritt.) Step, tread, tread'e. 
 
 Tritt-brett, Oer. (tritt brStt.) I The board upon 
 
 Tritt- Iioltx, Oer. (tritt holts.) (which the bel- 
 lows-treader steps, in blowing an organ. 
 
 Triuniphirend, Ger. (<?-8-oom/8-r 8 n d.) Tri- 
 umphant. 
 
 Triuuiplilied, Ger. {tri-oomi-Ud.) Song of tri- 
 umph. 
 
 Triva^nm. A hymn of the. early Christians, 
 likewise called the cherubical hymn. 
 
 TrocJiaiscli. Ger. (irO-M-ishO a?rochalc. 
 
 Trocliaus, Ger. (trO-kS-fls.) Trochee. 
 
 Trochee, Lat. (tro-ks.) A dissyllabic musical 
 foot, containing one long and one short sylla- 
 ble, — -^. 
 
 Trdniba,/^ (irffwi-ba.) A trumpet; also an eight 
 feet reed organ stop. 
 
 Trombacenoclyae. A B-flat ophicleide. 
 
 Trtfmba cromfitica. It. (trom-ba krO-ma-tS- 
 ka.) The modern valve trumpet, upon which 
 semitones can be produced. 
 
 Trdmba dl b&sso, It. (trom-b^ dS ios-sO.) The 
 bass trumpet. 
 
 Trombadore, It. (trOm-ba^(?5-r8.) A trumpeter. 
 
 Tr<>niba marina, It. (trOm-ba miUrJ-na.) See 
 Trumpet Murine. 
 
 Trdinba prima. It. (trOm-ba prl-ra&.) First 
 trumpet. 
 
 Tronibare,7<. (trOm-6o-r6.) To sound the trum- 
 pet. 
 
 Trdmba secdnda. It. (trOmr-hS, BSr/cdn-AS..) 
 Second trumpet. 
 
 Trdmbe 8<5rde, It. pi. (Mm-bS sSr-A6.) Trum- 
 pets having dampers. 
 
 Trdmba spezzato. It. (trdm-hS, spEt-so-ta.) An 
 obsolete name for the bass trombone. 
 
 Trombatdre, It. (trOm-ba-W-rS.) A trumpeter. 
 
 Trdmba ventile. It. (trOm-bS, v6n-ffl-lS.) See 
 TrSmba Cromdtica. 
 
 Ti'omb^tta, It. (trOm-6S(-ta.) A small trumpet. 
 
 Troinbettino, It. {trOm-b6t-ffi-nO.) A trumpeter. 
 
 Trombdne, It. (trOm-6S-nS.) I A very power- 
 
 Ti'Ombone, ii"?'. (trOnh-bOn.) (ful and rough- 
 toned instrument of the trumpet species, but 
 much larger, and with a sliding tube ; also, a very 
 povHerful, and full-toned reed stop in an organ, of 
 eight feet scale on the manual, and sixteen, or 
 thirty-two feet on the pedal. 
 
 Trombone, alto. A trombone having a com- 
 pass from the small c, or e, to the one-lined a, or 
 two-lined c, and noted is the alto clef. 
 
 TROM 
 
 Trombone, bass. A trombone with a compass 
 from the great C to the one-lined c and noted in 
 the F clef. 
 
 Trombone, tenor. A trombone having a com- 
 pass fi'om the small c to the one-linea g, and 
 noted in the tenor clef. 
 
 Tromboni, It. (tr8m-b0-n5.) Trombones. 
 
 Trombono piccolo. It. (trOm-bO-nO p5-k0J0.) 
 A small sackbut. 
 
 Tromlo, It. (trSm-lO.) Trumpet. 
 
 Trommel, Ger. (trBm-m'l.) The military drum. 
 
 Trommel-boden, ffen (trBm-m"! 63-d'n.) Bot- 
 tom of a drum. 
 
 Trommler, Ger. (<ram-lSr.) A drummer. 
 
 Trommel-kasten, Ger. (trBm-m'l. Ms-Vn.) The 
 body of a drum. 
 
 Trommel-klSpfel, Ger. itrdm^m'l klSp-!B.] I 
 
 Trommel-scliiagel, Oer. (Wm-m'l sA/3-g'l.; f 
 Drumstick. 
 
 Trommel- schlilger, Oer. (trSm^m^l shld-ghet.) 
 Drummer. 
 
 Trommel-sttick, Oer. (trom-m'l stUk.) A tam- 
 bourine T a tabor. 
 
 Trommeln, Oer. (trdm-mSln..) To drum ; drum- 
 ming, beating the drum. 
 
 Trompa, Lat. (tr8m-pa.) 1 
 
 Trompa, Spa. (trom-pa.) >■ A trumpet. 
 
 Trompe, Fr. (trOnhp.) ) 
 
 Trompe de b^arn, Fr. (trOmhp diib bS-Srs.) 
 The Jew's harp. 
 
 Trompeta, Spa. (trOm-pS-ta.) A small trumpet. 
 
 Trompete, Oer. (trOm-jja-tS.) A trumpet; also, 
 a reed stop in an organ. 
 
 Trompetear, Spa. (trOm-pS-ta-ar.) To sound a 
 trumpet. 
 
 Trompeten, Oer. (trOm-pa-t'n.) To play upon 
 the trumpet. 
 
 Trompeten-blaser, Oer. (trOm-pS-Vn bld-zir.) 
 A trumpeter. 
 
 Trompeten-pfelfe, Ge?: (trom-pa-t'n pfi-t6.) 
 Trumpet stop.' 
 
 Trompeten-register, Ger. (trOm-joS-t'n rS- 1 
 ghis-wr. > 
 
 Trompeten-zug, Ger. (trOm-pS-t'n tsUg.) ) 
 Trumpet stop or register in an organ. 
 
 Trompeten-schall, Oer. (tr0m-p3-t'n shall.) 
 Sound of the trumpet. 
 
 Trompeten-sttlck, Ger. (tr0m-p5-t'n etuk.) A 
 piece~of music for the trumpet. 
 
 Trompeten-ton, Ger. (trOm-po-t'n ton.) 
 
 Trompeter, ffer. (trOm-pa-tSr.) / . trnmnetBr 
 
 Trompeteur.Jf'r. (trBnh-pa-tfir.) f A trumpeter 
 
 Trompeter-stilckchen, Oer. (trOm-^a-tgr 
 «M(i-kh'n.) Flourish of a trumpet ; a short piece 
 of music played on the trumpet. 
 
 Trompetllla, Spa. (trOm-p5-«i-ya.) A small 
 trumpet. 
 
 Trompette, .Fr. (tronh-pat.) A trumpet; also, 
 a trumpeter; also, a reed stop in an organ. 
 
 Trompette a clefb, Fr. (trOnh-pSt « kla.) The 
 keyed trumpet. 
 
 Trompette a pistons,. .Fr. (trOnh-pat a pSs- 
 tOnh.) The valve trumpet. 
 
 Trompette liarmonlqne, Fr. (trSnh-pat har- 
 mSnh-Sk.) Harmonic trumpet, a reed stop In an 
 organ of eight or sixteen feet : see Harmonic Flate. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DIOTIONAEY. 
 
 205 
 
 B ale, S add, & arm, e eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, & but, 1i French sound. 
 
 TROM 
 
 Trompette marine, Fr. (trOnh-pat ma-rgn.) 
 See Trnmpet Marine. 
 
 Trompette parlante, Fr. (trOnh-pat pSx- 
 ISnhQ A speaking trnmpet. 
 
 Tronco, It. (tron-ko.) An intimation tliat the 
 Bounds are to be cnt sliort. 
 
 Xronco per grazla. It. (trOn-ka par ^ra^tse-S.) 
 A term indicating tliat tlie voices as well as in- 
 struments, are not to draw out tbe sound to its 
 natural length. 
 
 Troop. A quick march, a march in quick time. 
 
 Troper. A book formerly used in the church, 
 containing the sequences or chants sung after 
 the recital of the epistle. 
 
 Trdppo, It. (trop-po.) Too much: non trdppo 
 allegro, not too quick. 
 
 Trdppo caricfita. It. (trOp-pO ka-rg-^M-ta.) Too 
 much loaded, or overburdened; as, a melody with 
 too much or too heavy accompaniment. 
 
 Troqneo, Spa. WrS-ka-O.) A trochee. 
 
 Troubadours, J'r. pi. (troo-ba^door.) ) The 
 
 lionveree, Fr. pi. (troo-var.) V bards, 
 
 Trouvenrs, Fr. pi. (troo-vilr.) (and 
 
 poet-musicians, of Provence, about the tenth cen- 
 tury. 
 
 Troape, opera. A company of musicians asso- 
 ciated for tne purpose of giving operas, generally 
 traveling from place to place. 
 
 TTrovatore. It. (trO-va-to-r§.) A minstrel. 
 
 nrras-sclilnsH, Oer. (troog-shloos.) Interrupted, 
 or deceptive cadence; an unexpected, or inter- 
 rupted resolution of a discord. 
 
 Tnunma, 8we. (troom-ma.) A drum. 
 
 Tmm-marsch, Swe. (troom marsh.) A drum 
 march. 
 
 Tnunmscheit, Ger. (troom-shlt.) A rude mu- 
 sical instrument, with one or more chords. 
 
 Tramp. A trumpet; to blow a trumpet. 
 
 Trampet. The loudest of all portable wind in- 
 struments, consisting of a folded tube, generally 
 made of brass, but sometimes of silver; it is used 
 chiefly in martial and orchestral music. 
 
 Tnunpeter. One who sounds or plays the trum- 
 pet. 
 
 Tmmpet, Jiarmonical. An Instrument, the 
 Bonnds of which resemble those of a trumpet, 
 differing from that instrument only in being 
 longer and having more branches; the sackbut. 
 
 Trumpet marine. An ancient species of mon- 
 ochord, played with a bow, and producing a sound 
 resembling that of a trumpet. 
 
 Trumpet, reed. An instrument consisting of a 
 tmmpet, within which were enclosed thirty-six 
 brass-reeded pipes, arranged in a circle, so that 
 in turning the circle each pipe could, in turn, be 
 brought between the mouth-piece and the bell of 
 the instrument. . ' , . 
 
 Tmmpet stop. A stop in an organ having a 
 tone similar to that of a trumpet. 
 
 Trumpet stop, octave. A stop in an organ 
 soundine an octave higher than the trumpet stop. 
 
 Trumpet, valve. A trumpet the tones of which 
 are changed by the use of valves. 
 
 T S. The initials of Tasto Solo. 
 
 Ta^tsel Heb. An ancient instrument, consist- 
 ing of broad and large plates of brass of a convex 
 tonn, like cymbals. 
 
 TURB 
 
 Tuba, Xai. (iU-'hSi.) A trnmpet; also the name of 
 a powerful reed stop in an organ : see Ophicleide. 
 
 Tuba clarion, Lat. ((fl-ba Ba-n-6n.) A four feet 
 reed stop of the tuba species. 
 
 Tuba communis, Lat. (tU-hS, kOm-mu-nls.) An 
 ancient instrument of the trumpet kind; so called 
 in contradistinction to the tuba ductilis. 
 
 Tuba ductilis, Lat. (tu-h& diik-iW-is.) An an- 
 cient trumpet of a curvilinear form. 
 
 Tnbare, Lat. (tu-ba-rg.) To blow the trumpet. 
 
 Tuba major, Lat. (<S-ba m»-j8r.) | 
 
 Tuba mirabilis, Lat. {tU-hH mi-ra-bl-lls.) f 
 An eight feet reed stop, on a high pressure of 
 wind, first introduced into the Birmingham Town 
 Hall organ, and invented by William Hill ; see 
 Ophicleide. 
 
 Tuba stentorofonica, It.itooAiS, st6n-tOr-0:^«- 
 S-ka.) The name given by Sir Samuel Morehead 
 and other writers to his invention of the Speaking 
 Trumpet. 
 
 Tnbatore, It. (too-ba-<8-rS.) A trumpeter. 
 
 Tubiccn, Xa^ (iiZ-bl-sSn.) A trumpeter; one who 
 plays on a trumpet. 
 
 Tubular instruments. Instruments formed 
 of tubes, straight, or curved, of wood or metal. 
 
 Tudel, 5^0. (ioo-dal.) A m^tal pipewith areed, 
 put into a bassoon. 
 
 Tniau d'orgue, Fr. (twS-o d'Org.) See Tuyau 
 (Torgue. 
 
 Tnmultudso, It. (too-mool-too-ff-zO.) Tumul- 
 tuous, agitated. 
 
 Tunable. An epithet given to those pipes, 
 strings, and other sonorous bodies which, from 
 the equal density of their parts, are capable of 
 being perfectly tuned. 
 
 Tune. An air, a melody; a succession of meas- 
 ured sounds, agreeable to the ear, and possessing 
 a distinct and striking character; to bring into 
 harmony. 
 
 Toned. Put in tunc. 
 
 Tnneftal. Harmonious, melodious, musical; as 
 
 tuneful notes, tuneful birds. 
 I Tuneless. Unmelodious, unmusical. 
 
 Tune, psalm. A melody adapted to a psalm or 
 hymn. 
 
 Tuner. One whose occupation is to tune musical 
 instruments. 
 
 Tuning. Putting in tune ; rendering the tones of 
 an instrument accordant. 
 
 Tuning fork. A snjall steel instrument, having 
 two prongs, which upon being struck, gives a cer- 
 tain iixed tone, used for tuning instruments, and 
 for ascertaining or indicating the pitch of tunes. 
 
 Tuning hammer. A steel or iron utensil used 
 by harpsichord and pianoforte tuners. 
 
 Tuning key A tuning hammer. 
 
 Tuning slide. An English instrument for pitch- 
 ing the key note, producing thirteen semitones — 
 from C to C. 
 
 Tndni ecclesi&stici, It. pi. (two-ns 6k-klS-zS- 
 as-tS-tshS.) Ecclesiastical modes or tones. 
 
 Tntfno, /^ (twd-nO.) Atone, a sound; a tune. 
 
 Tutfno, m£zzo. It. (twS-nO mat-sO.) A semi- 
 tone. 
 
 Tuorbe, Fr. (twOrb.) See Theorbo. 
 
 Turbo, Or. (mr-bo.) A sea shell anciently em- 
 ployed as a trumpet. 
 
206 
 
 PKONOTJITCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 S ale, & add., S arm, S eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, oW, 8 odd, do™, oo moon, H lute, il 6m<, u French sound. 
 
 TURC 
 
 •4 
 
 Tnrkish ; ilia 
 T&rca, in the 
 style of Turkiah 
 
 Tdrca, It. (toor-TaS,.) 
 Tarch^sco, /c. (toor-2:ae-kO, 
 Titrco, /*. (toor-^0.) 
 
 music. 
 
 Tttrhisch, Ger. (Mr-klsh.) See Turka. 
 Turkisli music. See Janitscharen-mugik. 
 Turdiou, Spa. (tooi-dlSn.) An ancient Spanish 
 
 dance. 
 Turn. An embellishment formed of appoggia- 
 
 turas, consisting of the note on which the turn 
 
 Is made, the note above, and 
 
 the semitone below it. 
 
 Si^^ 
 
 Turn, back. A turn commencing on the semi- 
 tone below the note on which the turn is made. 
 
 Turn, common. A turn commencing on the 
 note above the note on which the turn is made. 
 
 Turn, inverted. An emhellishment formed by 
 prefixing three notes to a principal note; viz., the 
 semitone below the principal note, the principal 
 note, and the note above it. 
 
 Turn, regular. A turn consisting of the note 
 above the principal note, the principal note and 
 the semitone below it. ' 
 
 Tusch, Ger. (toosfi.) A flourish of trumpets and 
 kettle drums. 
 
 Tute, Ger. (<oo-t8.) A comet. 
 
 Tnten, Ger. (too-Vn.) To blow the cornet. 
 
 Tuter, Ger. («oo-tSr.) A cornet player; a cow- 
 herd blowing his horn. 
 
 Tnthorn, Ger. (toot-hOrn.) The horn of a cow- 
 herd. 
 
 Tutrice, miisica, It. (too-Jr?-tshS moo-zE-kS.) 
 A female music teacher, 
 
 Tiitta, It. (too-ta.) I All, the whole ; entirely, 
 
 Tdtto, It. (too-tO.) i quite. 
 
 Tiitta fdrza, /«. itoo-tS. fSr-tBH.) I The 
 
 Tdtta la t6rxa,It. (too-tS, la/sr-tsa.) f whole 
 power, as loud as possible, with the utmost force 
 and vehemence. 
 
 TYRO 
 
 Tiitte,/*. (too-tS.)l 
 
 ' ■ i-tS.Kr 
 
 All, the entire band or cho- 
 Tiitti,' It. (toot-ts.) f rus ; In a solo, or concerto it 
 
 means, that the full orchestra is to come in. 
 Tiitte c«5rde, /*. {too-tS kSr-d&.) All the strings ; 
 
 in pianoforte music this means that the pedal 
 
 which shifts the action, or movement, must no 
 
 longer be pressed down. 
 Tiftti nnf soni, It. pi. (toot-tS oc-nE-zO-nS.) All 
 
 in unison. 
 Tdtto <lrco. It. (toot-to ar-ko.) With the whole 
 
 length of the bow. 
 Tuyau d'orgue, Fr. (tU-yO d'Org.) An organ 
 
 pipe. 
 Twelfth. An interval comprising eleven con- 
 junct degrees or twelve sounds; also, an organ 
 
 stop tuned twelve notes above the diapasons. 
 Twelftli-stop, octave. A stop of an organ 
 
 sounding an octave higher than the twelfth stop. 
 Twenty- second. See Octave-fifteenth. 
 Twice-marked octave. The name given In 
 
 Germany, to the notes ^ -a — H ^ 
 
 between (^) y~ 1 and 
 
 elusive; these are ex- ~r-' — 
 
 pressed by small let- ^ 
 
 ters with two short strokes. 
 Tw^itter. To make a succession of small, trem- 
 ulous, intermitted tones. 
 Tye. See Tie. 
 Tymbale. See Timiale. 
 Tymbres. Little bells used to hang upon royal 
 
 ermine robes: see ^dWa. 
 Tympani, It. pi. (<5m-pa-ne.) Kettle drums. 
 Tympanista. See TimpanUta. 
 TympanLse. To act the part of a drummer. 
 Tympano, It. See Timpano. 
 Tympauon, Fr. (tSnh-pa-nSnh.) Dulcimer. 
 Tympanum, Lat. (iim-pS-niim.) Timbrel, tabor; 
 
 old name for the drum. 
 Type, music. Notes of music cast in metal, or 
 
 cut in wood, for the purpose of printing. 
 Tyrolienue, Fr. (ti-rO-li-6n.) Songs, or dances, 
 
 peculiar to the Tyrolese. 
 
 It 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAKY. 
 
 207 
 
 S ale, S, add, S arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, dove, oo moon, (1 lute, ti Jui, tt French sound 
 
 UEBE 
 
 rrebel-klanz, Cfer. (fi-hSl-Uang.) I Cacophony, 
 llebel-laut, Ger. (it-ytil-lout.) f dissonance, a 
 
 discord. 
 Veberelnstiminaiic Ger. (u-bgr-In-s^m- 
 
 moong.) CoDBonance, harmony, accordance. 
 Uebergans, Ger. iu-\>Sr-gang.) Transition, 
 
 change of key. 
 Uebermassig, Ger. (M-b6r-ma«-8ig.) Augmented, 
 
 saperfluons. 
 I'ebimg, ©«?•. (M-hoong.) An exercise; a study for 
 
 the practice of some peculiar difficulty. 
 SJebansen, Ger. pi. (fl-boon-ghgn.) Exercises. 
 ViUtiL,lt. (oo-dJ-tfi.) I Heard; the Bense of hear- 
 5;dito, II. (oo-d?-tO.) fine. 
 I.'<lltdre, It. (oo-de-<5-r8!) An auditor, listener, 
 
 hearer. 
 Ugab. Heb. (oo-gab.) An organ. 
 I'gn&le, It. (oo-gwa-lS.) Equal, lilce, similar. 
 Ugnalm^nte, /<■ (oo-gwal-min-t£.) Equally, 
 
 alilce. 
 ITm&na, It. (oo-md'-nit.) I Human ; voce umana, 
 Vm&ao, It. (oo-ma-nO.) J the human voice. 
 Umfluig, Ger. (oom-fang.) Compass, extent. 
 Ilmfang der stlmine, &er. (oom-fang dSr 
 
 Titim-me.) Compass of the voice. 
 UmlxebTung, Ger.^ (oom-kSriooug.) Inversion. 
 Umsctareibnn^, Ger. (oom-shn-boong.) Cir- 
 cumscription, limitation. 
 Un, /«. (oon.) I 
 Una, It. (oo-na.) > A, an, one. 
 Vno, It. (oo-no.) ) 
 Una altera -vfilta. It. (oo-ni o2-ta-ra vl>l-t&.) 
 
 Play it over again. 
 Unaccented. A term applied to those parts of a 
 
 measure which have no accent. 
 Unaccompanied. A song or other vocal com- 
 position without instrumental 'accompaniment. 
 Unaccordant. Inharmonious. 
 Unacknowledged note. A passing note, a 
 
 note foreign to the chord in which it occurs. 
 Una cdrda. It. roo-na kSr-di.) One string, on 
 
 one string only; in pianoforte music it means 
 
 that the sott pedal is to be used. 
 Unbezo^en, Ger. (oon-bS-teS-ghgn.) Unstrung, 
 
 not fbrnished with strings. 
 Unca, Lat. (Sn-ka.) The old name for a quaver. 
 Un cfinto splanatd. It. (oon kan-a spS-a-no- 
 
 to.) A vocal composition, tlie notes of which are 
 
 peculiarly distinct from one another. 
 Und, Ger. (oond.) And ; Aria und Chor, air and 
 
 chorus. 
 I'nda marls, 2^at. (to-dS ma-rls.) Wave of the 
 
 sea; an organ stop tuned rather sharper than the 
 
 others, and producing an undulating or waving 
 
 effect, when drawn in conjunction with another 
 
 stop ; this effect is sometimes produced by means 
 
 of a pipe with two months, the one a little higher 
 
 than the other. 
 Undecima, Lat. (fia-dis-l-ma,.) The eleventh. 
 Under part. The part beneath, or subordinate 
 
 to the other part or parts. 
 Under song. In very old English music this was 
 
 a kind of ground, or drone accompaniment to a 
 
 song, and which was sustained by another singer; 
 
 called also burden and foot. 
 Undolation. That ablation in the air caused 
 
 UNMB 
 
 by the vibration of any sonorous body. So called 
 because it resembles the motion of waves. 
 
 Undnlazidne, It. (oon-doo-ia-tsS.^-n6.) Undu- 
 lation, the expressive, tremulous tone produced 
 by a peculiar pressure of the Unger upon the 
 strings of the violin. 
 
 Unequal connterpolnt. Compositions 
 in notes of unequal duration. 
 
 Unetinal temperament. That method of 
 tuning the twelve sounds included in an oc- 
 tave, which renders some of the scales more in 
 tune than the others ; see Equal Temperament. 
 
 Uneaual -roices. Male and female voices both 
 employed in the same piece. 
 
 Unessential notes. Those which do not form 
 an essential part of the harmony; passing, auxil- 
 iary, or ornamental notes. 
 
 Une suite de pieces, Fr. (ilnh swgt dah pl- 
 «««.) A series of lessons. 
 
 Uugar^ Ger. (oon-gar.) ) ^ Hungarian ; in 
 
 Ungansch, Ger. (oon-ga-rlsh.) f CLe/ Hungarian 
 style. 
 
 Ungerade takt-art, Ger. (oon-ghS-ra-dS takt- 
 art.) Triple time ; uneven time. 
 
 Ungestfim, Ger. (oon-ghSs-tiiin.) Impetuous. 
 
 Ungez^Knongen, ff«r. (oon-ghSfa-caon-g'n.) Easy, 
 natural. 
 
 Unharmonlons. Dissonant, discordant. 
 
 Unharmonischer qnertttand, Ger. (oon-1 
 har-mOnlsh-gr quSr-stand.) ' I 
 
 Unharmonischer umstand, Ger. (oon-hHr- [ 
 m0-nlsh-6r oom-stand.) J 
 
 A false relation. 
 
 Unison. An accordance oi- coincidence of sounds 
 proceeding itom an equality in the number of 
 vibrations made in a given time by a sonorous 
 body; a string that has the same sound with an- 
 other. 
 
 Unlsonance. Accordance of sounds. 
 
 Unisonant. I Bein£,innni8on; having the same 
 
 Unisonous. ) degree of gravity or acuteness. 
 
 Unisonancia, Spa. (oo-nS-zH-n&a-thi-a,.) Uni- 
 formity of sound. 
 
 Unison, augmented. A semitone on same de- 
 gree of staff. 
 
 Unisoni, It. pi. (oo-nB-zO-nE.) Unisons ; -tvio, 
 three, or more pares are to J)lay, or sing, in uni- 
 son with each other; or, if this be not practicable, 
 in octaves. 
 
 Unisono, It. (oo-n€-zO-nO.) ) A unison, in 
 
 Unisonus, Xac. (n-nl-sd-nus.) ) unison, two or 
 more sounds having the same Jpitch. 
 
 Unltam^nte, It. (oo-nS-ta-man-tS.) Together, 
 jointly, unitedly. 
 
 Unite, JfJ-. (a-net.) Unity. 
 
 Unity. Such a combination of parts as to consti 
 tute a whole, or a kind of symmetry of style and 
 cliaracter. 
 
 Univalvo, It. (oo-nS-»S-vO.) Of one value. 
 
 Univocal. The epithet applied by Ptolemy to 
 the octave and its replicates. 
 
 Unlvoco, It. (oo-nS-vO-kO.) Consisting of one 
 voice or sound. 
 
 Unmeasured recitatives. Kecitatives witl>. 
 out definite measure. 
 
 Uumelodious. Wanting melody. 
 
208 
 
 PBONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 S ale, 5 add, & arm, E eve, S end, lice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, VL lute, ii but, fl French sound. 
 
 UNMF 
 
 Uninasical. Hot musical, not harmonious, or 
 
 agreeable to the ear. Unmnsical sounds are those 
 
 produced by irregular vibrations. 
 Vno a lino. It. (oo-no a oo-nO.) One by one, 
 
 one after another. 
 Un pen, Fr. (flnh puh.) A little. 
 Un pen lent, Fr. (tlnh pilh lanh.) Rather slow. 
 Un pen plus vite on 'andante, Fr. (Qnh 
 
 pah pill TBt k'iinh-danfit.) A little quicker than 
 
 andante. 
 ITn pochettino. It. (oon pO-k£t-^-nO.) ) A lit- 
 ITn poclifna. It. (oon po-^i-nS.) f tie, a 
 
 very little. 
 Un pochlna pin mdsso. It. (oon po-%;-na pS- 
 
 oo-raOs-sO.) A very little more lively. 
 Un pdco. It. , (oon j;3-ko.) A little. 
 Un pdco allegro. It. (oon p5-ko fil-^S-grO.) A 
 
 little quick, rather quick. 
 Un pdco piu. It. (oon pa-ko pl-oo.) A little 
 
 more. 
 Un p4$cO pin presto. It. (oon pS-ka pS-oo pras- 
 
 to.) A little quicker. 
 Un p6co riteniito. It. (oon ^a-ko rS-t6-»oo-tO.) 
 
 Gradually slower. 
 Un recitatfvo spian&to,/^ (oon rS-tsbE-ta-^g- 
 
 vO spE-a-na-tO.) A recitative having notes dis- 
 tinct from each other. 
 Unslngbar, Ger. (oon-s5n.g'-bar.) Impossible to 
 
 be sung. 
 Unstrnns. Belaxed- in tension; an instrument 
 
 from which the strings have been taken. 
 Un style ais^, Fr. (ttnh stEl S-za.) A free, easy 
 
 style. 
 Unter, Ger. (oon-tSr.) Under, below. 
 Untep-bass, Ger. (oon-tEr iass.) The double bass. 
 Unterbrechnne, Ger. {oon-ter-brl-Ts. h o o n g.) 
 
 Interruption. 
 Unterhaltnnes-stticlc, Ger. (pon-tir-hdl- 
 
 toongs stuk.) Entertainment, short play, short 
 
 piece of music. 
 Untertasten, Ger. (oore-tEr-<os-t'n.) The white 
 
 keys. 
 Unterricht, Ger. (oon-iSi-rikht.) Instruction, 
 
 information. 
 UntersatK, Ger. (oori-tSr-sate.) Supporter, stay; 
 
 a pedal register, double stopped bass of thlrty- 
 
 UTSU 
 
 two feet tone, in German organs ; see Sub-Bour- 
 don. 
 
 Un t^rzo dt battiita. It. (oon tar-tso dE bat- 
 too-ta.) A third part of the bar. 
 
 UntSnend, Ger. (oon-£d-nSnd.) Hot sonorous; 
 void of tone. 
 
 Untnnable. Incapable of being tuned. 
 
 Untnne. To put out of tune; to make discordant. 
 
 Untnned. Hot tuned ; discordant. 
 
 Up beat. The raising of the hand, or baton, in 
 beating or marking time. 
 
 Up bow sign, A mark used in violin music, 
 showing that the bow is to be carried up, A. 
 
 Upinge, Ger. (tl-pln-gh6.) The name of a song 
 consecrated by the ancient Greeks to Diana. 
 
 Upper voice. A designation applied to the per- 
 son who sings the higher part. 
 
 Upright pianoforte. ' A pianoforte, the strings 
 of wnxch are placed obliquely or vertically up- 
 ward. 
 
 Uranion. An instrument in make similar to a 
 harpsichord or pianoforte. 
 
 Uscir di tn<Sno, It. (oos-tshsr dS twS-nZ.') To 
 get out of tune. 
 
 Usns, Gr. (S-sils.) That branch of the ancient 
 meloposia which comprehended the rules for so 
 regulating the order or succession of the sounds 
 as to produce an agreeable melody. 
 
 Ut, Fr, (oot.) The note C ; the syllable originally 
 applied by Guido to the note C, or do. 
 
 Ut b^mol, Fr. (oot ba-mol.) The note C-flat. 
 
 Ut diese, Fr. (oot dl-az.) The note C-sharp. 
 
 Ut diese mlneni-. Fr. (oot dl-az mS-nfir.) The 
 key of C-sharp minor. 
 
 Ut minenr, Fr. (oot mE-niir.) C minor. 
 
 Ut qneant laxis, Lat. (Ut quor&at l&x-ls,) The 
 commencing words of the hymn to St. John the 
 Baptist, from which Guido is said to have taken 
 the syllables, ut, re, mi, fa, sol, la, for his system 
 of solmisation. It was composed about the year 
 770. 
 
 Utricnlaris tibia, Lat. (fl-Mi-H-io-ris fiS-ta.) 
 The name given by the Eomans to the bagpipe. 
 See that word. 
 
 Ut supra, Lat. (Ut sQ-pra.) As above, as before ; 
 see Come Sopra. 
 
 V 
 
PBONOTTNCITfG MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 209 
 
 a ale, & add, & arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, odd, doiie, oo moon, H lute, H but, fl French sound 
 
 VA 
 
 Va, It. (va.) Go on. 
 
 Taceto. (va-tsha-to.) ' Qnick. 
 
 VaccU&nclo, It. [y&t-tshe-ldn-AO.) Wavering, un- 
 certain, irregular in tlie time. 
 
 Va con spirit©. It. (vS kOn sp5-rS-tO.) Con- 
 tinue in a spirited style. 
 
 Va crescendo. It. (va krS-sAan-dO.) Go on in- 
 creasing the tone. 
 
 Vaganti sn<Snl, It. (y&-gdn-tS swS-nB.) Mov- 
 able sounds ; the second and third sounds of every 
 tetraehord in the ancient system. 
 
 Vfigo, It. (va-gO.) Vague, rambling, uncertain, 
 as to the time or expression. 
 
 Vftlce, It. (raMshe.) I A waltz, a dance in 3-4 
 
 Valse, ^)'. (vals.) (time. 
 
 Valeur, Fr. (va-lttr.) I The value, length, or 
 
 Valdre, It. (va-W-rg.) f duration of a note. 
 
 Valse a deux temps, Fr. (vals ft dfl tanh.) 
 A modern quick waltz, in which the, dancers 
 make two steps in each measure. 
 
 Valse de I'oiseau, Fr. (vals duh VwS-eO.) A 
 waltz in Imitation of the warbling of a bird. 
 
 Valve. A close lid or other contrivance designed 
 to retard or modify the sound of an organ pipe or 
 any wind instrument. 
 
 Valve horn. A horn in which a portion of the 
 tube is opened or closed by the use of valves, 
 whereby a higher or lower pitch is obtained. 
 
 Valve trumpets, whose tones are varied by the 
 use of valves. 
 
 Va rallentdndo. It. (va raUSn-tan-dB.) Go on 
 dragging the time, continue to drag the time. 
 
 Variam^nte, It. (va-r5-a-man-tS.) I In a varied, 
 
 Variam^nto, It. (va-r8-a-»jam-tO.) ) free style of 
 performance, or execution. 
 
 Variations. Eepetitlons of a theme or subject 
 in new and varied aspects, the form or outline of 
 the composition being preserved while the differ- 
 ent passages are ornamented and ampliiled. 
 
 Variationen, Oer. pi. (fa-rS-a-tS-O-ngn.) I Vari- 
 
 Variazidni, It. pi. (va-re-a-tsS-S-ne.) ) ations. 
 
 Varlazitfne, It. (varrS-a-tse-S-nS.) Variation. 
 
 Vari&to, 7^ (va-rs-o-to.) I Varied, diversified, 
 
 Vari^, Fr. (vft-rB-a.) ' f with variations. 
 
 Vaudevil. A ballad, a song, a vaudeville. 
 
 Vaudeville, Fr. (yO-dS-vU.) A country ballad 
 or song, a roundelay : also, a simple form of op- 
 eretta; a comedy, or short drama, interspersed 
 with songs. 
 
 Vedel, Z>M<. ()a-dSl.) A fiddle. 
 
 Veem^nte, It. (va-mo«-t6.) Vehement, forcible. 
 
 Veem^nza, It. (ya-»»o»-tsa.\ Vehemence, force. 
 
 Velftta,/^. (va-te-ta.) ' Veiled; a voice sound- 
 
 Vel&to, It. (fSrld-tO.) i ing as if it were covered 
 with a veil. 
 
 Vellntfita. (vSl-loo-io-ta.) 1 In a velvety manner; 
 
 Vellut&to. (v61-loo-*o-tO.) (in a soft, smooth, and 
 velvety style. , ..,,.., 
 
 VeUiee,It. (vS-?S-tsh5. ) Swiftly, 
 
 Velocem^nte. (vS-lo-tsh8-«»S»-lS.) )<inlckly,in 
 a rapid time. _ , 
 
 Telocissiinain€nte,/<. (vg-lo-tshes^se-mft,! 
 
 Veloolsstmo,/^. (ve-lo-«sA«8-B^mO.) ) 
 
 • Very swiftly, with pXtrermB rapidiby. 
 TeIocita.A (w&.10-&A8-ta.) Bwlftneeu »|iiaity.. 
 14 
 
 VERS 
 
 Venezifina, It. (vS-na-tse-o-na.) Venetian, the 
 Venetian style. 
 
 Ventil, Ger. (fln-tJl.) 1 Valve, in modern 
 
 Ventile, It. (vSn-M-lS.) f wind-instruments, for 
 producing the semitones ; also, a valve for shut- 
 ting off the wind in an organ. 
 
 Venifsto, It. (vS-»oos'-tO.) Beautiful; sweetly, 
 
 V gracefully. 
 epres, Fr. (vapr.) Vespers, evening prayers. 
 
 VerKndemngen, Gr. pi. (fg-rara-dg-roong-Sn.) 
 Variations. 
 
 Verbindnng, Ger. (fgr-Siw-doong.) Combina- 
 tion, union, connexion. 
 
 Vergellen, Ger. (t&i-gMl-Vn.) Tfo diminish grad- 
 ually. 
 
 Verger. The chief ofBcer of a cathedral ; a pew 
 opener or attendant at a church. 
 
 Vergette, /<. (y&i-gat-tS.) I The tail or stem 
 
 Verghetta, It. (vgr-?a<-ta.) f of a note. 
 
 Vergliedern, Ger. (f gr-offi-dgrn.) To articulate. 
 
 Vernallen, 6er. (fgr-AaV-l'n.) To diminish grad- 
 ually. 
 
 Vernallend, Ger. (f gr-AoMgnd.) Dying away. 
 
 Verilay. Eustic ballad, a roundelay : see Vaude- 
 ville, and also. Freemen's songs. 
 
 Verlagsrecht, Ger. (t&i-ldgs-rHht.) Copyright. 
 
 Verloscliend, Ger. (f gr-Z^-shgnd.) Extinguish- 
 ing. 
 
 Vermindert, &er. (fgr-mSn-dgrt.) Diminished; 
 diminished interval. 
 
 Vers, Ger. (fSrs.) Verse, strophe, stanza. 
 
 Verschen, Ger. (flrs-ehin.) A small verse. 
 
 VerscMebnng, Ger. (fgr-gftS-boong.) Delay; 
 mit Yerschiebung, with delay, lingering, retard- 
 ation. 
 
 Verse. That portion of an anthem, or service, 
 intended to be sung by one singer to each part, 
 and not hy the flill choir in chorus. In secular 
 music, as a song or ballad, each stanza of the 
 words is a verse. 
 
 Verse, acatalectic. A verse having the com- 
 plete number of syllables, without defect or ex- 
 cess. 
 
 Verse, adonic. A verse consisting of one long 
 and two short and two long syllables. 
 
 Verse, alcaic. A form of verse employed by 
 the poet Alcseus, consisting of two dactyls and 
 two trochees. 
 
 Verse, alexandrlan. A form of verse consist- 
 ing of twelve syllables, or twelve and thirteen 
 'alternately, first introdueed in a poem entitled 
 the Alexandriad. 
 
 Verse, anapestic. A verse each metrical foot 
 of which contains two short syllables and one 
 long one. 
 
 Verse and chorus anthem. An anthem com- 
 posed of verse and chorus, but commencing with 
 chorus. 
 
 Verse anthem. An anthem which contains a 
 solo, duet, etc., or one or more veraea : see Verse, 
 and FvU Anthem. 
 
 Verse bringen, Ger. (fSr-eS brIng-Sn.) To ver- 
 sify. 
 
 Vercm,,catalectie. Ye»:ss wanting a syllable at 
 
 V« 
 
 the end I ^rminating wl<^ an imperfect Iboi. 
 'etpb, aalBty^(!. A. vbrse enaisg with a daot^l 
 Instm of a eptiiiaee. 
 
210 
 
 PKONOUNCING MTTSICAL DIOTIONABY. 
 
 a ale, S, add, S arm, S eve, & end, I ice, I ill, oM, odd, 6 (io»«, oo moon, U lute, & &u<, 11 French sound. 
 
 VERS 
 
 Verse, epic. Hexameter verse used in the epic 
 poetry oftlie Greeks and Komans. 
 
 Verse, heroic. Tliat in wliicli acts of lieroism 
 are commemorated; in Greelc and Latin, tiie iiex- 
 ameter; in Italian, German, and Euglisli, tlio 
 iambic of ten syllables; in French, the iambic of 
 twelve syllables. 
 
 Verse, hexameter. A verse having six feet, 
 of which the first four may be either dactyls or 
 spondees, the fifth must be a dactyl, and the sixth 
 a spondee. 
 ■ Verse, iambic. A verse consisting of a short 
 syllable follo\»ied by a long one, or of an unac- 
 cented syllable followed by an accented one. 
 
 Verse, lyi'ic. Verse designed tobe sung; among 
 the ancients, verse sung to an accompaniment of 
 the lyre. 
 
 Verse service. A service in which verses are 
 introduced ; see Full Services. 
 
 Verse, spondaic. A verse formed of spondees, 
 that is, of feet consisting of two long syllables. 
 
 Vers^tta, It. (vSr-sa^-ta.) I A short, or little 
 
 Vers^tto. It. (v6r-«a(-tO.) ( verse, a strophe. 
 
 Versette, &«•. (.fSr-s«M8.) l Short pieces for 
 
 Versetten, ffec (fSr-s^Wn.) j the organ, in- 
 tended as preludes, interludes, or poetluaee. 
 
 Versetaen, Qer. (f Sr-seMsSn.) To transpose. 
 
 Versetziing, Oer. (fSr-s^J-tsoong.) Transposi- 
 tion. 
 
 VersetasniijKS-zeicheii, Ger. (fEr-sft-tsoongs 
 <s?-kh'n.) The marks of transposition, the sharp, 
 the flat, and the natural. 
 
 Versicle. A little verse. 
 
 Versikel, Ger. (fer-sM'l.) I . vprai<-lp 
 
 Versillo, Spa. (yii-sel-ya.) f overside. 
 
 V^rsi sciolti. It. (vdr-ai ehS-aZ-te.) The name 
 given by the Italians to their blank verse. The 
 recitative portionsof their operas are generally 
 written in versi sciUti. 
 
 Versmass, Ger. (fSre-miiss.) The measure of 
 the verse ; the metre. 
 
 V^rso, It. {var-sO.) Verse. 
 
 V^rso erdico, /* (uSf-sO a-/'a-S-kO.) Heroic 
 verse. 
 
 V6rso obligftto, It. (var-sO Bb-le-s'ii-tO.) A 
 style of improvisation in which a set rhyme and 
 theme are proscribed. 
 
 V6rso sci«5ito,/i. (vdr-eo ehS-Dl-ta.) Blank 
 verse. 
 
 Verspatnng, Ger. (tSr-spa-toong.) Retardation, 
 delay. 
 
 Verstimmt, Ger. (tSv-s/imt.) Out of tune. 
 
 Versus Fescennini. Nuptial songs, so called 
 because they were first used by the people of Fes- 
 cennia, a city of Etruria. 
 
 Vertatur, Zat. (v5r-<a-tar.) 
 
 Verte, Lat. (vSr-\&.) 
 
 Verte sabito, Lat. (vSr-i& sUb-l-ta.) Turn the 
 leaf quickly. 
 
 Vertical slnr. A perpendicular slur, or curved 
 Hue, denoting that the chord before which it 
 stands is to be jer- w,iii«n. h.jchi. 
 
 formed in Imitation 
 of ialfp muBie, Or in 
 arpeggio style, 
 
 Turn over. 
 
 VIEL 
 
 Vertiinen, Ger. (tSi-t6-nSn.) To cease sound- 
 ing, to die away. 
 
 Vcrwaiidt, Ger. (t&i-vandt.) Kelated, relative 
 keys, etc. 
 
 Verwechselim^, Ger. (f Sr-vSk h-e Sl-o o n g.) 
 Changing, mutation, as to key, tone, etc. 
 
 Verweilend, Oer. (f 8r-j;l-lSnd.) Delaying, re- 
 tarding the time. 
 
 Verwerftmg, Ger. {tSi-veif-oong.) Transposing. 
 
 Verziert, Ger. (_!Sr-tsirt.) Embellished, dec- 
 orated. 
 
 Verzierung, Ger. (fSr-ifsS-roong.) Embellish- 
 ment, ornament. 
 
 VerzHgei'ung, Ger. (f Sr-isd-ghS-roong.) Retard- 
 ation. 
 
 Vesperse, Zal. (vSs-pS-rB.) Vespers, or the eve- 
 ning service in the Roman Catholic church. 
 
 Vesper, Ger. (/?s-pSr.) I 
 
 V^spero, J<. (vds-pS-rO.) V Vespers. 
 
 V^spro, It. (!Jos-prO.) ) 
 
 Vespers. Name of the last evening-service in 
 theTJoman Catholic church, consisting chleny of 
 singing. 
 
 Vesper bell. The sounding of a bell about half 
 an hour after sunset in Roman Catholic countries, 
 calling to vespers. 
 
 Vesper hymn. A hymn sung in the evening- 
 service of the Roman Catholic church. 
 
 Vespertlni psalmi. It. pi. (vas-per-<l-nS psfil- 
 mS.) Evening psalms or hymns. 
 
 VezzosaniCnte, It. (vSt-tsO-za-mSre-tS.) Ten- 
 derly, softly, gracefully. 
 
 Vezzdso, It. (vat-teo-zO.) Graceful, sweet, tender. 
 
 Vibr^nte, It. (ve-Scan-tg ) Vibrating, a tremu- 
 lous, quivering touch, full resonance of tone, 
 
 Vibrd-te, It. fve-ftra-tS.) I A strong, vibrating, 
 
 Vibrdto, It. (ve-Jra-tO.) ( full quality of tone ; re- 
 sonant. 
 
 Vibration. The tremulous orundtilatory motion 
 of any sonorous bodj^ by which the sound Is pro- 
 duced, the sound being grave or acute as the vi- 
 brations are fewer or more numerous in a given 
 time. 
 
 Vibratfssimo,/^. (vS-bra-iJ«-s5-mO.) Extremely 
 vibrating and tremulous. 
 
 Vibrazidne, Z£. (vS-bra-teS-5-ng.) Vibration, 
 tremulousness. 
 
 VibrAto mdlto. It. (vg-Sra-tO maMO.) Extreme- 
 ly rapid. 
 
 Vic6nda, It. (v8-teftara-da.) Alternation, change. 
 
 Vlcend^vole, It. (vS-tshen-cJa-vO-lS.) ) 
 
 VicendeTolem^nte, It. (v S-t s h S n-d5-v0-15- y 
 man-iJe.) ) 
 
 Alternately, by turns. 
 
 Vide,ii'?-. (vgd.) I 
 
 Vldo,7i!. (D?-dO.) i 
 
 Videl, Ger. (/M-gl.) A fiddle. 
 
 Viel. An old name for instruments of the violin 
 species. 
 
 Vlel, Ger: (fel.) Much, a great deal; ndt vielem 
 Tone, with much tone. 
 
 VlellcJ"?-. (vsl.) The hurdy-gurdy. 
 
 Vlelleur, J"?-, (va-yflr.) Hnrdy-gnjay player. 
 
 Viel'js'timmig, cfer. (JlH-iilm-aii.) For manr 
 Yoieee. 
 
 See Vuide. 
 
PBONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAET. 
 
 211 
 
 S ale^ & add, & arm, S eve, 6 end, I tee, I ill, old, odd, 6 dove, oo moora, 11 lute, u 6«t, il ii'rencA sound. 
 
 VIEL 
 
 Tlel-stimmises tonstttck, G<er. (fdl slim- 
 ml-gliSs ton-stuk.) A piece for several voices, a 
 choral piece, a glee. 
 
 Viel-tOniSi tf^r. (/il to-nlg.) Hnltisonoas, many 
 Bonnding. 
 
 Tier, Gei: (Kr.) Four. 
 
 Vlergestpichene note, Ger. (.fiSr-glig-strl-kliSn- 
 6 nO-tS.) A demiBemiquaver. 
 
 Vier-fiicli, Ger. (f6r Kkh.) Pour-fold, of four 
 ranks of pipes, etc. 
 
 Vler-gesang, G«»'. (fir ghi-sang.) Song for 
 four voices. 
 
 Vler-hamUg, ff«r. (fir hdn-Alg.) For four 
 bands. 
 
 Vier-biindiges tonstttck, Ger. (fsr hdn-Al- 
 
 ^ghSs tOn-stilk.) A piece for four hands. 
 
 Tier-massig, Ger. (fir TTtos-slg.) Containing 
 four measures. 
 
 Tter-saitlg, Ger. (fer sMJe.) Four stringed. 
 
 Tier-saitlge leler, Ger. (rer «J-tl-ghS S-Sr.) A 
 four stringed lyre, a tetrachord. 
 
 Vier-splel, ff«r. (fSrspEl.) Quartet; for four 
 performers. 
 
 Tier-stimmig, Ger. (fir sfim-mlg.) Fonr 
 voiced, in four parts, for four voices or instru- 
 
 . ments. 
 
 'Vier-stimmiges tonstttck, Oer. (fir snm- 
 mi-gh8s ton-stilk.) A quartet. 
 
 VIep-stttck, ffer. (fEr stiili.) Quartet; for four 
 performers. 
 
 Vierte. (?«r. (/Sr-tS.) Fourth. 
 
 Tlertcl-note, Ger. (fir-Vl no-te.) Quarter-note; 
 a crotchet, the fourth part of a semibreve. 
 
 Vlcptel-ton, Ger. (fer-t'l ton.) A quarter-tone, 
 
 Tierundsecbzigstel, Ger. (fir-oouA-sikh-islg- 
 stSl.) Hemidemisemiquavers. 
 
 Vier-Tiertel-tact, Ger. (firfdr-VI tdkt.) Com- 
 mon time of four crotchets. 
 
 Vier-zweitel-tact, Oer. (fir tavl-V\ takt.) 
 Time of four minims. 
 
 Tierzehn, Ger. (fSr-tsSii.) Fourteen. 
 
 Tierzehnte, Ger. (fir-tsSn-t&.) Fourteenth. 
 
 Tiet&to, It. (vB-a-tartO.> Forbidden, prohibited : 
 a term applied to such intervals and modulations 
 as are not allowed by the lavfs of harmony. 
 
 Tif, Fr. (vet) Lively, brisk, quick, sprightly. 
 
 TigOTOSainente,/^. (vE-gO-rO-za-ma»i-t6.) Vig- 
 orously, vpith energy. 
 
 Vigordso, It. (ve-gO-ro-zO.) Vigorous, bold, en- 
 ergetic. 
 
 Vigil£Ia, Spa. (vg-goo-o-ia.) A species of Inte or 
 
 ^guitar. 
 
 Tihnela, /Spa. (ve-hoo-a-ia.) Guitar. 
 
 Tlhnelista, 8pa. (vB-hwa-i5«-ta.1 A guitar player. 
 
 ViUageols, .Fr. (va-la-zhwa.) EusHc; d, la vil- 
 lageotse, in a rustic style, 
 
 Tfllfincico, Sp. CvBl-yan-tt?-kO.) I A species of 
 
 . - , _, .. " • ■] ) ) pastoral poem 
 
 An old rustic 
 f Italian dance, 
 
 (vgl-yo»-thl-0 
 (vSl-l%nS_Ma.) I 
 
 TUl&ncio, Sp 
 
 or song. 
 
 'VUlaaeUa, It. , 
 
 Vlllanelle, Fr. (vg-ya-naZ.) 
 
 accompanied with singing. 
 TilUinieos. See Viimnclco. 
 Vill<!tt«,/«. (Me\-l3t-ti) An old name for secular 
 
 ■music in parts. . .^.,_, 
 
 VlnAte, /?. (v8-?is-t8.) Drinking songs. 
 Vlnettea. SeeVinSte. 
 
 VIOL 
 
 Viol. An old instrument somewhat resembling 
 the violin, of which it was the origin : it had six 
 strings, with frets, and was played with a bow. 
 
 Vidla, A tenor violin; an instrument similar in 
 tone and formation to the violin, but larger in size 
 and having a compass a fifth lower. 
 
 Tidia da br&ccio. It. (ve-o-ia da biat-tBhS-B.) 
 The viSla; thus named because it rested on the 
 arm. 
 
 Tldla d'amfire. It. (vE-o-la d'a-ma-rS.) I An in- 
 
 Viole d'amour, Fr. (ye-ol d'S-moo?'.) f s t r u - 
 ment a little larger than the viola, furnished with 
 frets, and a greater number of strings, some above 
 the finger-hoard and some below. The name ie 
 also given to an organ stop of similar quality to 
 the gamba, or salcwnal. 
 
 TllSIa pompdsa. It. (ve-o-la pom-joo-za.) An 
 enlarged viol or viola of the same compass as the 
 violoncello, but with the addition of a fifth string. 
 It is said to have been invented hy J. S. Bach. It 
 is no longer used. 
 
 Tiolars. Players on the viol,, about the tenth 
 and following centuries. Their ofUce was to ac- 
 company the Troubadours, or bards, when they 
 recited their poetry. 
 
 Viol da br&ccio. It. (v5-ol da brdt-tshe-O.) See 
 Vi6la da Brdccio. 
 
 Viol da gfimba. It. (vS-01 da gamA>&.) 1 Leg- 
 
 Viol dl gfimba,/^ (vS-Cl ds gam-Vi.) \viol;&n 
 instrument formerly much used in Germany, out 
 nearly obsolete. It was a little smaller than the 
 violincello, furnished with frets and five or six 
 strings and held between the legs in playing, 
 hence its name. 
 
 Viol, bass. The violoncello; a stringed inBtru- 
 ment in the form of a violin, but much larger, 
 having four strings, and is performed on with 
 a bow. 
 
 Viol, double-bass. The largest and deepest- 
 toned of stringed instruments. 
 
 Viole, Ger. (f f-«-lS.) I ^he vihla 
 
 Viole!jV. (vS-aZ.) [ -Tie Dioto. 
 
 Viole alt, Ger. (f I-S-IS alt.) The tenor violin. 
 
 Violentem^nte, It. (vg-0-lgn-tg-ma?i-tg.) Vio- 
 lently, with force. 
 
 Violento, It. (vS-0-ian-tO.) Violent, vehement, 
 boisterous. 
 
 Viol^nza, /i. (vS-O-^to-tsa.) Violence, force, ve- 
 hemence. 
 
 Violet. A species of viole d^amour, with only 
 six strings ; the name is also applied to a gamba 
 stop of four feet. 
 
 Violetta, It. (vB-O-lHtS,.) Small alto viol. 
 
 Violetta manna, It. (vg-O-W^ta ma^rS-na.) A 
 stringed instrument not now in use, supposed to 
 have been similar in shape and tone to the viole 
 (2'amOM?'/ the marine trumpet. 
 
 Viol, harpsichord. An instrument invented 
 in Paris in 1717, resembling a viol, placed upon a 
 table, and played with a wheel instead of a bow, 
 producing a sound resembling that of a viol. 
 
 Violicembalo. A pianoforte played with a bow, 
 invented in 1823. 
 
 Violin. A well known stringed Instrument hav- 
 ing four strings, and played with a bow. It is the 
 .most perfect mus,ical instrument known, of bril- 
 liant tone and .capable of ever>r variety, of ex- 
 
212 
 
 PRONOUNCING MtTSICAL DICTIONAKT. 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, e eve, S end, I ice, I ill, 6 old, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, tl ^u<«, Q iut, 1i French tound. 
 
 VIOL 
 
 preBsion. When, or hy what nation, this impor- 
 tant instrument was first Invented is not at pres- 
 ent known. 
 'Vloltnbosen, Ger. (fI-0-lIn-bO-g'n.) A violin how. 
 Violtne, Oer. (fi-O-lin-S.) The violin; also, an 
 organ stop of eight, four or two feet. 
 
 Violinete, Spa. (v5-0-lS-nS-t§.) A kit; pocket 
 violin. 
 
 Violrnier, Fr. (v5-0-II-nSr.) A violinist. 
 'Violinist. A peribi'mer on the violin. 
 
 Violinista, It. (vS-O-len-Se-ta.) I » vinliniat 
 
 Violinista, Spa. ^ve-0-lgn-5s-ta.) f ^ "o""'"- 
 
 Viollni imisoni. It, (vS-0-t?-nS oo-n8-s5-ng.) 
 The violins in unison. 
 
 Violin mute, folding. An article designed to 
 increase the softness and purity of the tone of a 
 violin. 
 
 Tiolfno, It. (vS-0-;?-nO.) The violin ; it attained 
 its present shape, with four strings, in the six- 
 teenth century. 
 
 VioLfno, alto, /<. (vS-0-Z5-nO aWO.) Counter 
 tenor viol, or small tenor viol, on which the alto 
 may be played. 
 
 Violin Oder «t, schlttssel, Ger. (f I-O-lIn S- 
 dSr G shliis-sn.) The treble or G clef. 
 
 Vionlino pf cciolq,/^. (vS-0-iS-nO ^Bi-tshe-O-lO.) ) 
 
 TioUno piccolo, It. (vS-O-ffi-nO pSA-kO-lO.) V 
 
 Violino poeh^tto. It. (vS-0-i8-nO pa-khat-to.) ) 
 A small violin. 
 
 Violino Tfrtnio,It. {yE-a-ll-nO pri-mo.) ) 
 
 VioUno princip&le. It. (vg-0-^S-nO prgn-tshg- J- 
 pa-l&.} ) 
 
 The first, or principal violin part; the leading 
 violin, or chef d'attaque. 
 
 Violin-principal. An eight or four feet organ 
 stop, with an agreeable and violin-liko tone. 
 
 Violin-saite, ffcr. (fi-O-ifa sJ-tS.) Violin string. 
 
 Violin-scIUttssel, Ger. (ti-O-lin sMUe-B't) I 
 
 Violin-zeichen, Ger. (ti-o-lin teJ-kh'n.) ( 
 The treble clef used for the violin. 
 
 Violln-steg, Ger. (ti-B-lin stSgh.) Violin bridge. 
 
 Violin- schole, Ger. (tl-O-lin s/soo-18.) School 
 for the violin. 
 
 Violin- spieler, Ger. (ti-O-lin spS-lgr.) A violin 
 player. 
 
 Violin-stimme, Ger. (fI-0-H» s<5m-mS.) Part 
 for the violin. / 
 
 Violin, tenor. A violin of low tone. 
 
 Violin- virtuosinn, (?«»•. (tl-O-l'in fir-too-o- 
 zinn.) A iirst class violinist; a virtuoso on the 
 violin. 
 
 Viol, leg. The viola di gamba; the bass viol. 
 
 Vlolon, Fr. (vi-0-lOnh.) The French name for 
 the violin. 
 
 Violon, Ger. (fi-O-lSn.) The double bass; see 
 also Violone. 
 
 Violoncell, Ger. (fi-O-ZSJi-tsSll.) 1 The large, 
 
 Violoncelle, -Fc (vi-o-lBnh-sSl.) Vor base vio- 
 
 Violonc^llo, It. (vS-O-lOn-tshal-lo.) ) 1 i n ; the 
 name is also applied to an organ stop of small 
 scale, and crisp tone. . 
 
 Violoncellist. A player on the violoncello. 
 
 Violoncellista,/^. (ve-o-10n-tBhei-2j«-ta.) A 
 
 . violoncellist. 
 
 Violoncello, double-toned. A violincello 
 ksvlne steel wires within it drawn to a iiigh de- 
 gree 01 tension. 
 
 VIVI 
 
 Violonchelo, Spa. (vS-o-lSn-£a-10.) Violoncello. 
 
 Violtfne, It. (vE-O-iS-nS.) I The name originally 
 
 Violdno, It. (vS-0-W-nO.) f given to the violoncel- 
 lo but afterward transferred to the double bass- 
 Its pitch is an octave below that of the violon- 
 cello and its true use is to sustain the harmony ; 
 the name is also applied to an open wood stop, 
 of much smaller scale than the diapason, on the 
 pedals of an organ. 
 
 Viols, chest of. An expression formerly ap- 
 plied to a set of viols, consisting of six, the par- 
 ticular use of which was to play fantasias in six 
 parts, generally two each of base, tenor and treble. 
 
 Virelay. A rustic song or ballad, in the four- 
 teenth century; nearly the same as the roundel, 
 but with this difference, the roundel begins and 
 ends with the same sentence, or strain, but the 
 virelay is under no such restriction. 
 
 Virginal. A small keyed instrument, much used 
 about the time of Queen Elizabeth, and placed 
 upon a table when played upon. It is supposed - 
 to have been the origin of the spinet as the latter 
 was of the harpsichord. 
 
 Virgnla, Lat. (vir-gtAS,.') The name of one of 
 the ten notes used in the middle iiges. 
 
 Virgnlum, Lat. (sSr-gfl-liim.) The term formerly 
 applied to that part of a note now called the tail 
 or stem. 
 
 Virtu, 7<. (vSr-too.) I Taste and 
 
 Virtuoslta, It. (vSr-too-a-zg-tS.) ) skill in per- 
 formance. 
 
 Virtuose, Ger. (f Ir-tQp-5-zS.) I A ekillful per- 
 
 Virtndso, It. (vBr-too-J-zO.) ) former upon some 
 instrument. 
 
 Virtuositat, Ger. (fIr-too-iJ-zi-tat.) Bemarkable 
 proficiency, fine execution ; applied both to sing- 
 ers and players. 
 
 Vista. It. (sSs-tii.) Sights a prima vista, at first 
 sight. 
 
 Vistam^nte,/*. (yBB-t&-man-iS.) ) Quickly, 
 
 Vitam^nte. /*. (yS-Wrmdn-tS.) (swiftly, brisk- 
 
 1 Quickly, swiftly; 
 ^mEnh.) f un peu plus vite, a 
 
 ly, immediately. 
 Vite, Fr. (vgt.) 
 Vitement, Fr. (vl 
 
 little more quickly. 
 Vitesse, Fr. (vB-t8as.) Swiftness, quickness. 
 Vitten, But. (fit-t'n.) To sing. 
 Viula. Name given, m the twelfth century, to the 
 
 viol. 
 Vivfice, It. (vg-«a-t8hS.) ) Lively, 
 
 Vivacem^nte, 72. (vg-vS-tshB-mare-tg.) (briskly, 
 
 quickly. 
 Vlvfice, ma non trdppo presto. It. (vS-vo- 
 
 tshg, ma nOn trdp-pO prds-to.) Lively, but not 
 
 too quick. 
 Vivac6tto, It. (vg-va-isAffi-tO.) A little lively, 
 . somewhat quick. 
 
 Vivac^zza, It. (yS-TiSi-tshat-Ba,.) ! Vivacity, live- 
 Vivacita,/<- (vg-va-tshS-ta.) jUnese. 
 Vlvacfseimo, /<. (vS-vSrtsliie-s6-mO.) Very 
 
 lively, extreme vivacity. 
 Vlvam€nte. It. (vg-va^jreaB-tS.) In a lively, brisk 
 
 manner. 
 Vive, Fr. (ygv.) Lively, brisk, quick, sprightly. 
 Viv^nte, It. fvS-»gn-tS.j Animated, lively. 
 Viv^zza, /«. (vg-!;S«-tBa.j Vivacity, livelineSB. 
 Vivido,/<. (*v6-dO.) livbly, brisk. 
 
PtlONOXTNCING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 213 
 
 S ale, & add, & arm, S em, 6 etid, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, i but, tt French sound. 
 
 VIVO 
 
 ViTO.Ji. (vi-yO.) Animated, lively, briBk. 
 
 Tivdla, It. (v S - « 5 - 1 a .) A viol, common in the 
 foarteenth century. 
 
 TocaL Belonging or relating to the human voice. 
 
 Vociile, It. (vO-fto-lS.) Vocal, belonging to the 
 voice. 
 
 Vocal^zKO, It. • (vO-kil-/a^-tsO.) A vocal exercise. 
 
 Vocalist. A singer. 
 
 Vooallty. Quality of being utterable by the voice. 
 
 Vocalization. Oommana of the voice, vocal ex- 
 ecution; also, vocal writing or composition. 
 
 Vocalize. To practice vocal exercises, using the 
 vowels and the letter A sounded in the Italian 
 manner, for the purpose of developing the voice 
 and of acquiring skill and flexibility. 
 
 Vocalizes. Solfeggios ; exercises for the voice. 
 
 Vocalizzare, It. ^o-kS-lgt-fsa-rg.) To vocalize ; 
 to sing exercises for the voice. 
 
 Vocalizzi, It. pi. (vO-ktt-iSi-tse.) Vocal exercises, 
 to be sung on the vowels. 
 
 Vocal apparatus. The various organs which 
 are employed in the formation and production of 
 vocal sounds. 
 
 Vocal music. Music composed for the voice. 
 
 Vocal score. An arrangement of all the sepa- 
 rate voice parts, placed in their proper order 
 under each other, and used by the conductor of 
 a vocal performance. 
 
 Vdce, It. (vO-tsh6.) The voice. 
 
 V<$ce <U camera. It. (vO-tshS dB io-mS-ra.) 
 Voice for the chamber; one suited for private, 
 rather than public, singing. 
 
 Vdce di gdla, 7^ (vo-tshe dS ffWa.) The throat 
 voice ; also, a gutteral voice. 
 
 Vdce di p^tto. It. ^vO-tshS dE pat-ta.) The chest 
 voice, the lowest register of the voice. 
 
 Vdce di t^sta. It. (vO-tshS dS tas-t&.) The head 
 voice, the falsStto or feigned voice; the upper reg- 
 ister of the voice. 
 
 V<5ce nubile, /«. (vO-tshS/o-be-16.) A doleful 
 voice. 
 
 Vdce srranlta. It. (vO-tshS grSrni-t&.) A firm, 
 massive voice, round and full. 
 
 Vdce tntonfita. It. (vO-tshS Sn-tO-«ffi-ta.) A 
 pure-toned voice. 
 
 Vdce m^zza. It. (vO-tshg mat-taS..) Half the 
 power of the voice; a moderate, subdued tone, 
 latlier soft than loud. 
 
 Vdce mnsicfile,/^ (vO-tshg moo-zS-io-18.) The 
 appellation by which the Italians formerly distin- 
 guished the tonic, or major key note; in solmiza- 
 tion called do. 
 
 Vdce pastdsa, It. (vO-tshS pas-M-zft.) A soft 
 flexible voice. 
 
 Vdce piacente. It. (vO-tshS pB-S.-ts7ian-Vi.) A 
 pleasing voice. . , 
 
 ViSce r£uca. It. (vO-tsh6 ra-oo-ka.) A hoarse, 
 rough voice. . , . 
 
 VocerelUna, It. (vO-tshS r5l-^^na.) A pretty 
 little voice. „ , .. , ™ 
 
 Vdce sdla. It. M-tshS s5-lft.) The voice alone. 
 -Vtfce spianfita,/*. (■»5-tsh5 spS-S-no-ta.) Drawn 
 o«<; an even, smooth, sustained voice.. 
 
 Vdce spiccfita,/*. («ff-tsh8 BpBk-*a-ta.) A clear, 
 distinct voice, well articulated. 
 
 Vdee um&na. It. (■sa-tehS oo-nwii-nft.) The hu- 
 man voice. - - — 
 
 VOIX 
 
 VociAccia, /*. (v0-t8h5-o<-tshs-ft.) A bad, disa- 
 
 Vjreeable voice. 
 ocina. It. (yO-ts/il-nS..) A little, thin voice. 
 
 Voclno, It. {vH-tshl-nB.) A pleasing little voice. 
 
 Vociolina, 7«. {vO-tshS-0-«-nft.) A small, thin 
 voice. 
 
 Vocidne, It. (yO-tshS-S-nfi.) A strong, loud voice. 
 
 Vogel-llSte, Cfer. (fo-g'l flO-tS.) BM-flute. 
 
 Vogel-pfeife, Oer. (Ja-g'l j)/5-f«.) Bird-call, 
 flageolet. 
 
 Vosel-sesang, Ger. (/o-g'l ghS^^angr.) Singing 
 0/ birds ; an accessory stop in some very old Ger- 
 man organs, producing a chirping effect, by some 
 little pipes standing in a vessel with water, 
 through which the wind passes to them. 
 
 Vdglia, It. {vBl-yB-S..) Desire, longing, ardor, 
 fervor. 
 
 Voice. The sound or sounds produced by the 
 vocal organs in singing; applied also to the 
 tuning, and qnality of tone, of organ pipes, the 
 voicino being a most important part of the or- 
 gan-builder's work. To voice, also means, writ- 
 ing the voice parts, regard being had to the na- 
 ture and capabilities of each kind of voice. 
 
 Voice, alto. The lowest female voice. 
 
 Voice, baritone. A male voice, intermediate 
 in respect to pitch, between the bass and tenor, 
 the compass usually extending ftom B flat to Q. ' 
 
 Voice, bass. The gravest or deepest of the male 
 voices. 
 
 Voice, chamber. A voice suited to the perform- 
 ance of parlor music. 
 
 Voice, chest. The register of the chest tones. 
 
 Voice, falsetto. Seaa voice ; feigned voice ," cer- 
 tain notes in a man's voice which are above its 
 natural compass, and which can only be produced 
 in an artificial, or feigned tone. 
 
 Voice, flrst. The soprano. 
 
 Voice, fourth. The bass. 
 
 Voice, guttural. A voice produced by a con- 
 tracted pharynx. 
 
 Voice, head. The highest register of the female 
 voice; the falsetto in male voices. 
 
 Voice, nasal. A voice unduly affected by the 
 nose. 
 
 Voice, pure. A voice proceeding freely, and not 
 affected by nasal, labial, guttural, or other tones. 
 
 Voices accessory. Accompanying voices. 
 
 Voice, second. The alto. 
 
 Voice, soprano. The highest female voice. 
 
 Voices, principal. The bass and soprano; the 
 highest and lowest. 
 
 Voice, tenor. The highest male voice. 
 
 Voice, third. The tenor voice. 
 
 Voice, treble. The soprano. 
 
 Voice parts. The vocal parts, chorus parts. 
 
 Voicing. The adjustment of the parts of an or^an 
 pipe for the purpose of giving it its proper pitch 
 and its peculiar character of sound. 
 
 Voix, Fr. (vwa.) The voice. 
 
 Voix aigre, Fr. (vwasSgr.) Harsh voice. 
 
 Voix argentine, Fr. (vwasar-zhanh-tSn.) A 
 clear-toned voice, a silvery voice. 
 
 Voix celestes, Fr. (vwa s 5-1 g s t.) Celestial 
 voices ; an organ stop of French invention, formed 
 of.two dul.clana8,.one of which has the pitch 
 slightly raised, which gives to the stop a, waving, 
 
214 
 
 PKONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTlONAHY. 
 
 a ale, S. add, a arm, S em, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, 11 toie, Q 6«<, (i French sound. 
 
 VIOX 
 
 undulating character; also, a soft stop"on the har- 
 monium. 
 Voix.de poitrine, Fr. (vwS aah pwa-trEnn.) 
 
 Chest voice, natural voice. 
 Voix de tete, Fr. (vwa dUh tat.) Head voice, 
 
 falsetto voice. 
 Voix ^clatante, Fr. (vwS'sS-kia-tanht.) Loud, 
 
 piercing voice. 
 Voix gfaplssante, Fr. (vwa glS^pS-sanht.) A 
 
 shrill voice. 
 Voix grele, Fi: (vwa gral.) A sharp, thin voice. 
 Voix hnmaiue, Fr. (vwa hii-manh.) See Vox 
 
 Humana. 
 Voix per<;ante, Fr. (vwa pSr-s a n h t.) Shrill 
 
 voice. 
 Voix peri^e, Fr. (vwa p8r-/a.) A pearlyvoice. 
 Voix roude, Fr. (vwa rOnhd.) A round, full 
 
 voice. 
 Voix trainante, Fr. (vwa trS-nanht.) A drawl- 
 ing voice. 
 Vol&nte, It. (vO-ian-tS.) Flying; a light and 
 
 rapid series of notes. 
 Volftta, It. (yO-ld-tsi.) A flight, run, rapid series 
 
 of notes, a roulade, or division. 
 Volftte. It. pi. (vO-/o-tS.) See Voldta. 
 Volatina. /*. (vO-la-<3-na.) A little flight, etc. : 
 
 see Voldia. 
 Volatine, It. pi. (vO-ia-iS-n8.) Short runs: see 
 
 Voldta. ^ 
 
 Voi^e, Fr. (y0-l3.) A rapid flight of notes. 
 Volks-sesans, Ger. (J'Olks sbH-sdng.) 
 Volks-Iied, Ger. (folks ISd.) 
 Volks-stiiclicheii, Ger. (JSlks sffiA-kh' 
 
 National song, popular air, tune, or ballad. 
 Voll, Oer. (toll.) Pull; mit vollem werke, with 
 
 the full organ. 
 Voile orgel, Ger. (JBl-K Sr-g'U Full organ. 
 Voile werfe, Ger. (fol-lS mrk?) See Voiles Werk. 
 Voller, Ger. (/o/-lSr.) Fuller, louder. 
 Voiles werk, Ger. (fBl-lie vark.) The full or- 
 
 V^an. 
 oU-gesang. Ger. (JSll sh&sdng^ Chorus. 
 
 Vollkommen, (?«''. (Jdlt-kdmrmSn.) Perfect, 
 complete. 
 
 Voll-stimmig, Ger. (JSll sftm-mig.) Full-toned, 
 full-voiced. 
 
 Voll-stimmigkeit, Ger. (Joll s^ta-mlg-klt.) 
 Fullness of tone. 
 
 VoU-tSnend, Ger. (JSlt io-nSnd.) Full sound- 
 ing, sonorous. 
 
 Vofl-tonige stimme, Ger. (Jdll to-ni-giiS stim- 
 mS.) Full-toned, sonorous voice. 
 
 Volenti, Fr. (vO-lOnh-ta.) Will, pleasure : d, vo- 
 lonte. at will. 
 
 V<Slta, It. (vdl-tA.) Time: also, an old, three- 
 timed air, peculir to an Italian dance of the same 
 name, and forming a kind of galliard. 
 
 V<ilta prima. It. (vol-ta pri-mS,.) First time. 
 
 Volt&re, It. hol-tdrTS.) To turn, to turn over. 
 
 Vtflta sectfnda. It. (vot-t& sa-fffn-da.) The sec- 
 ond time. 
 
 V<Slte, It. {vSl-ti.) I An obsolete dance in 3-4 
 
 Volte, Fr. (volt.) (time, resembling the gal- 
 Hard, and with a rising and leaping kind of mo- 
 tion. 
 
 Voltesgiiindo, It. (vOl-tgd-jS-irn-dO.) Crossing 
 the hands, on the pianoforte. 
 
 t'n.) i 
 
 VOXN 
 
 Voltcggifire, It. (vOl-tgd-jS-o-rS.) To cross tha 
 hands, m playing. 
 
 Vdlti, It. [m-te^ Turn over. 
 
 Vtilti, segue la secdnda pfirte. It. (vSl-t; 
 sa-guS la 86-kdn-iSi pdr-K.) Turn over, the second 
 part follows. 
 
 Vdlti sdbito. It. (vSl-tS 800-hS-tO.) Tarn ovef 
 quickly. 
 
 Volabilita, 7«. (yO-loo-bS-lS-tS.) I Volu- 
 
 Volubilmente, It. (vo-loo-bgl-man-tg.) f bility, 
 freedom of performance, fluency in delivery. 
 
 Volume. The quantity of fullness of the tone of 
 a voice or instrument. 
 
 Voluntary. An introductory performance upon 
 the organ, either extemporaneous, or otherwise; 
 also, a species of toccata, generally in two or 
 three movements, calculated to display the capa- 
 bilities of the instrument, and the skill of the 
 performer. 
 
 Volver a la misma cancion. Spa. (vOl-vSr 
 a la mU-m& kan-thS-Jin;.) To return to thp .old 
 tune. 
 
 Von, Ger. (fBn.) By, of, from, on. 
 
 Vorausnahme, Ger. (fo-rous-rea-mg.) Antici- 
 ation. 
 
 Vorbereitung, Ger. (/OT'-bS-rJ-toong.) Prep- 
 aration, of discords, etc. 
 
 Vorbereitungsunterricllt, Oer. (/3r-bB-rI- 
 t o o n g s-o n-t 8 r-r I k h t.) Preparatory le'sson ; 
 elementary instruction. 
 
 Vorgrelftiug, Ger. (for-</rt-foong.) I Anticipa- 
 
 Vorgriff, Ger. (tot-gt^) f tion. 
 
 Vornalt, Ger. (SOi-ndlt.) A suspension, or syn- 
 copation. 
 
 Vorher, Ger. (tOr-Jilr.) Before; tempo wie vor- 
 her, the time as before. 
 
 VOFSang, Ger. (tor-sang.) Leading off in the 
 song; act of beginning the tune.' 
 
 VorsSnger, (?«?■. (tOr-sang-Sr.) The leading 
 
 Va;inger in a choir; a precentor. 
 orschlag, Ger. (tor-shldg.) Appoggiat&ra, 
 beat. 
 
 Vorspiel, GSr. (for-spel.) Prelude, introductory 
 movement. 
 
 Vorspieler, Ger. (tOt-spS-lSi.) Leader Of the 
 band; the principal, primo performer upon any 
 orchestral instrument. 
 
 Vorsteller, Ger. (tOr-stel-lSrJ) Performer, player. 
 
 Vortrag, Ger. (lai-trd^.) Execution, mode of 
 executing a piece; delivery, elocution, diction; 
 the act of uttering or pronouncing. 
 
 Vorzeichunng, Ger. (tOT-tslkh-n o o n g.) The 
 signature ; also, a sketch, or outline of a compo- 
 sition. 
 
 Vox, Lat. (vBx.) Voice. 
 
 Vox acuta, Zat. (vBx S-Ja-ta.) A shrill or high 
 voice. In the ancient mnsicj the highest note in 
 the bisdiapason, or double octave. 
 
 Vox angelica, Lat. (v8r Sn-j^M-ka.) Angelic 
 voice; see Vox (Celestes. 
 
 Vox gravis, Lat. (v8x grd-vie.) A grave or low 
 voice. 
 
 Vox humana, Lat. (v 8 x h fl-m a-n S.) Human 
 voice ■; an organ reed stop of eight feet tone, in- 
 tended to imitate the human voice, which it some- 
 times does, though very imperfectly. 
 
 Vox nasalis, Lat. (vox niwa-lls.) A nasal voice. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DlCTIONAilY. 
 
 215 
 
 S ale, & add, a arm, e eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, U lute, & but, il French sound. 
 
 YOXR 
 
 Vox retnsa, Lat. (vBx rS-iS-sS.) An eight feet 
 
 organ stop. 
 Voz, Spa. (voth.) Voice, sound in general, vocal 
 
 music. 
 Vox argentada, 5i)a. (voth ar-jSn-to-dfi.) A 
 
 clear, sonorous voice. 
 Voz cascarrona. Spa. (vOth kis-kS-rO-nS.) A 
 
 harsh, unpleasant tone of voice. 
 
 WHOL 
 
 Voz de carretero, 5i)a. (vOth dS kSr-rS-^^rO.) 
 
 A harsh, loud, unpleasant voice. 
 Vozes, Spa. (vo-thgs.) Voices. 
 VnlAetFr. (vwSd.) Open/ the note la to be played 
 
 on the open string. 
 
 ■w. 
 
 VTatts. An old word, meaning hantbojs; also, 
 players on the hautboys ; see, also, Wayghtee. 
 
 Wald-nSte. eer. (vaidfl6-tS.) Forett-fivte, 
 shepherd's flute; an organ stop with a full and 
 powerful tone. 
 
 Wald-horn, ffer. (vSldhOrn.) Foreat-horn ; a.lso, 
 winding-horn. 
 
 Wals, JOut. (vils.) A waltz. 
 
 Walz, Oer. (vSlts.) I The name of a modern 
 
 Waltz, j d a n c e originally used in 
 
 Snabia. The measure of its music is triple, usu- 
 ally in 3-4 or 3-8 timefand performed moderately 
 slow, or, at the quickest in allegretto. 
 
 'Walzer, Ger. (?-a7-t86r.) Waltz, national German 
 
 ■Warble. To quaver the sound; to sing in a man- 
 ner imitating that of birds. 
 
 Wassail. An old term signifying a merry or con- 
 vivial song. 
 
 Wasserorgel, Oer. (vda-B&r-Sr-gl.) Hydranlie 
 organ. 
 
 Water music. A term applied by Handel to 
 certain airs composed by him and performed on 
 the water by the first band of wind instruments 
 instituted in England. 
 
 Water orsan. The hydraulicon. 
 
 Wavlns fine. When a waving line is placed 
 vertically before the chord the notes are played 
 successively, from the lowest ascending to the 
 highest, and retained doWn the full time of the 
 chord. 
 
 W^ayghtes. Persons who play hymn tunes, etc., 
 in the streets, during the night, about Christmas ; 
 see, also. Waits. 
 
 W^ay, lyra. One of the two modes ot notation 
 in the ancient Greek system. . 
 
 Weber chronometer. An instrument similar 
 to a metronome, but simpler in its construction, 
 invented by Weber. It consists of a piece of 
 twine, about five feet in length, on which are 
 fifty-five inch spaces, and a small weight at the 
 lower end, the degree of motion being deter- 
 mined by the length of string swinging with the 
 weight. Web. Chron. ^-38''^Rh., (39H Eng.) 
 
 Wechselchor, Oer. (vSkh-e'l-khSr.) Alternate 
 chorus or choir. 
 
 Wecbsel-eesang, Ger. (s^M-s'l ghi-ting.) 
 Alternative, or antiphonal, song. 
 
 Weobsel-noten, Ger.pl. Xi>l k A-s'l n a-t'n.) 
 Changing notes; passing notes, notes of irreg- 
 ular transition, appoggiaturas. 
 
 Wehmuth, Ger. (t'^muot.) Sadness. 
 
 Wehmiithlg, Ger. (vB-moo-tig.) Sad, sorrowful. 
 
 W^eiber-stimme. Oer. (ij-b6r-s<to-mS.) A fe- 
 male voice, a treble voice. 
 
 Weihnachtslied, Ger. (vln-Skhts-lSd.) Canti- 
 cle at Christmas ; Christmas hymn or carol. 
 
 Welch, Ger, (vikh.) Minor, in respect to keys 
 and mode. 
 
 Weise, Ger. (i;I-zB.) Melody, air, song. 
 
 Weisse-note, (?«•. («J-zS rea-te. ) White note; 
 minim. 
 
 W^elte harmonie, Ger. {vH-\J& hSr-mO-nS.) Dis- 
 persed, or open harmony. 
 
 Welsh harp. See Harp. 
 
 ■Welsh singing. A mode of singing in which 
 the harper plays the melody, and the singer chants 
 an accompanying part, chiefly on the dominant; 
 both contriving to finish together. 
 
 W^eltliche, Oer. (r«;WIkh-6.) Secular. 
 
 Weltliche Ueder, (?«r. (u ^ i « i k h-S i J-d 8 r.) 
 Secular songs. 
 
 Wenig, Oer. (»5-nIg.) Little ; «m venig stark, a 
 little strong, rather loud. 
 
 Werk, Oer. (vSrk.) Work, movement, action ; 
 see Hauptwerk, and Oberwerk. 
 
 Wesentlich, Ger. (na-sSnt-lIkh.) Essential. 
 
 Wesentliche septime, Oer. (v&-sSnt-Ilk-8 s£p- 
 K-mS.) Dominant seventh. 
 
 W^ettgesang, Ger. (vSt-g h 8-« a ft g.) A singing 
 match. 
 
 Whaightes. See Wayghtes. 
 
 ■Whiffle. Anciently, a fife or small flute.. 
 
 ■Whistle. A small, shrill wind instrument, in 
 tone resembling a fife, but blown at th e end 
 like an old English flute. f-.^-H 
 
 ■Whole note. A semibreve, | H 
 
 Whole rest. A pause equal in length 
 to a whole note. 
 
 Whole slitrt. A violin shift on the eighth line, 
 or A. See violin shift. 
 
216 
 
 PKOKOUNCINQ MUSICAL DICTIONAKT. 
 
 a ale, fi add, a arm, 5 eve, g end, I ice, 1 iK, oid, B odd, 6 dose, oo moon, 11 /w<e, fi 6u<, U J'rencA sound. 
 
 WHOL 
 
 ■W^hole tone. A tone ; a large second ; a whole 
 step. 
 
 ■Wieder-anfimgen, Oer. (vi-Aii an-fSn-g'n.) To 
 l)egin again, to recommence. 
 
 Wieder-holung, Ger. (sJ-flSr AWoong.) Re- 
 peating, repetition. 
 
 "Wieder-holungszeichen, Csr. (sS-dgr hs- 
 loongs-^«?-kh6n.) Signs of repetition. 
 
 Wieder-Manc, Ger. (t)2-d6r kldng.) ) Echo, re- 
 
 Wieder-schall, Oer. (t>?-dSr shdll.) ) sounding. 
 
 Wiad. To give a prolonged and varied sound, as, 
 to ivind a horn. 
 
 Wind chest. An air-tight hox under the sound- 
 of an organ, into which the wind passes from the 
 bellows, and from which it passes to the pipes. 
 
 "Wind conpler. A valve in the wind trunk of 
 an organ, to shut off, or on, the wind. 
 
 Wind instrnments. A general name for all 
 instruments the sounds of which are produced 
 by the breath or by the wind of bellows. 
 
 Wind-liarfe, &er. {vind hdr-l&.) .^olian harp. 
 
 Wind-lade, Oer. (vlnd Id-iS.) wind-chest in an 
 organ. 
 
 Wind-messcr, Ger. (vlnd m^s-sSr.) Anemom- 
 eter, wind-gauge. 
 
 Wind-stocK, Oer. (vlnd stok.) Cover of organ 
 pipes. 
 
 Wind tmnk. A large passage in an Organ 
 through which air Is conveyed from the bellows 
 to the wind-chest. 
 
 Windznne^e, Oer. (vind-<soo7i-ghg.) Tongue of 
 an organ pipe. 
 
 W^inselig, Oer. (s5«-sS-lig.) Plaintive. 
 
 W^lnselstinune, Oer. (,iA7i-B'l-Biim-mS.) A plain- 
 tive voice. 
 
 YONI 
 
 Wipbei, Oer. (vir-Vl.) Peg of a violin, viola, etc. ; 
 the stopper in an organ pipe. 
 
 Wlrbci einer geige, Oer. (vir-b'l J-ngr ghi- 
 ghS.) Peg or screw of a violin. 
 
 Wirbel-liasten, Oer. (vir-b'l Jas-t'n.) That 
 part of the neck of a violin, etc., which contains 
 tlie pegs. 
 
 Wipbel-stock, G'«?'. (vir-b'l s<5i.) A sound 
 board. 
 
 Wogend, Oer. (sS-ghSnd.) Waving. 
 
 Wonlklang, Ger. (jisii-laijg.) Agreeable sound, 
 harmony. 
 
 Wohlklingend, Oer. CvdlMing-Snd,) Harmo- 
 nious, sonorous. 
 
 Wolil-laut, Ger. (vOl lout.) Euphony, harmony. 
 
 Wohl-lauten, Ger. (vol lou-Vn.)- To sound 
 agreeably. 
 
 "Wolf. An old name applied to an impure fifth, 
 which occurs in pianofortes, or organs, tuned in 
 unequal temperament. , 
 
 Wortklang, Oer. (vort-kiang.) Accent; tone. 
 
 Wrest. An old name for a tuning key. 
 
 Wrest pins. Movable pins in a piano, about 
 which one end of the string is wound, and by 
 turning which the instrument is tuned. 
 
 Wrist-gnide. A part of the ohiroplast, invented 
 by Logier, to assist young pianoforte players In 
 keeping the wrist in proper position. 
 
 Wunderlich, Oer. («oo»-d'r-lIkh.) Odd, capri- 
 cious. 
 
 W^anderstlmme, Oer. (voon-d'r-««im-mB.) A 
 wonderful, extraordinary voice. 
 
 W^Urde, Oer. (vUr-iS.) Dignity. 
 
 WUrdie. Ger. {T/Ur-dlg.) Dignified. 
 
 W^ath, Ber. (voot.) l&dnesa, rage. 
 
 X. 
 
 Xabardillo, Spa. (ksS-bfir-dJtyO.) A company 
 of strolling players. 
 
 Xabega, 8pa. (ksa-fto-ga.J I A Moorish wind 
 
 Xabena^ Spa. (ksa-ba-hil.) j instrument. 
 
 !Xacara, Spa. (ksa-ka-ra.) A rustic tune for sing- 
 ing or dancing; a dance. 
 
 JLacavero, Spa. (ksa-ka-rfi-rO.) Tosingxacaras. 
 
 Xanorphica. A keyed violin. 
 
 Xanorphika, Ger. (ksan-Or-fS-ka.) A German 
 instmment having a violin bow and keys ; a keyed 
 violin. 
 
 Xenorphica. An instmment of the harpsichord 
 and pianoforte class. 
 
 Xylharmonieon, Or. (ksIlhSr-miSra-I-kBn.) The 
 wooden harmonica, invented in 1810 by Uthe, an 
 organ-builder at Sangerhausen. 
 
 Xylorgand, Fr. (ksi-lOr-ganh.) A species of 
 musical instrument. 
 
 Xylorganon, Ger. (ksMOr-gS-nOn.) An instru- 
 ment composed of dry staves of wood united 
 with straw and struck In the same manner as a 
 dulcimer. 
 
 ITabal. Beb. (yS-b&l.) The blast of a trumpet. 
 Ifambico, Spa. (jSm-6!-kO.) An iambic. 
 Yastlo, Or. (yds-H-O.) One of the ancient Greek 
 
 modes or tones. 
 
 Yo. The Indian flute. 
 
 T'onlco, Or. (y9-nl-k0.) The loiMc mod* of th« 
 Greeks. 
 
PRONOUNCING MUSICAL DICTIONAKT. 
 
 217 
 
 S ale, S add, fi arm, e eve, S end, I ice, I i2<, o2d, odd, S dow, oo moon, H 22tte, & ftut, Q French sound. 
 
 ZA 
 
 Za. A syllable formerly applied by the Prencli, in 
 their church mueic. to B flat, to distineuish it 
 from B natural, called Si. 
 
 Zamacuca. The national dance of the Chilians. 
 
 Zambacncca. A favorite dance of the Peru- 
 vians. 
 
 Zambapalo, iSpa. (thSm-hS-pfi-lO.) An ancient 
 dance. 
 
 Kanibomba, Spa. (thSn-bOm-bfi.) A kind of 
 rustic drum. 
 
 Zainbra, Spa. (th£m-bri.) A festival attended 
 with dancing and music. 
 
 Zampogino, It. (tsam-pO-jS-nO.) A small flag- 
 eolet or bagpipe. 
 
 Zampdsna, It. (tB&ra-pSn-yS,.) \ An ancient 
 
 Zampligna, It. (tsfim-paon-yS.) (pipe, or bag- 
 pipe, now nearly extinct, with a reedy tone, le- 
 sembling, but much inferior to the clarinet; see 
 Cornamusa, and Chalvmeau. 
 
 Zamposnare, It. (tsam-pOn-yo-rS.) To play on 
 the pipes. 
 
 Zampognatore./^. (tsam-pOn-ySria-rS.) A piper. 
 
 Zampognni^tta, It. (teilm-pOn-^^-tS.) I A small 
 
 Zampogiifno, /^ (tsitm-pOn-^e-nO.) | bagpipe. 
 
 Zainpona, Spa. (thiim-pS-na.) A rustic instru- 
 ment; a kind of bagpipe. 
 
 Xampoaear, Spa. (thSm po-n8-ar.) To play the 
 bagpipe. 
 
 XAUS^Dui. (ts^ng.) A song. 
 
 ZangI, Per. (tsSn-gl.) A little bell. 
 
 Zapate&do, Spa. (tha-pa-tS-o-dO.) A Spanish nar 
 tional dance in which a noise is made with the 
 shoe. 
 
 Zapatear, Spa. (tha-pa-t6-«?'.) To beat time 
 with the foot. 
 
 Zapfem-streicb, Ger. (teap-f'n sMkh.) The 
 tattoo. 
 
 Zarab&nda, 5p. {thar-ft-Som-dSJ See Sarabande. 
 
 Zarambeque, 5p. (thSr-am-ia-quS.) A kind of 
 merry tune and noisy dance. 
 
 Xavfse, Ger. (<»ar-gh6.) The tides of i violin, 
 guitar, etc. 
 
 Zart^ Ger. (tsart.) I Tenderly, softly, 
 
 ZartUch, Ger. (toSrMikh.) f delicately. 
 
 Zarte stimmen, Ger. pi. (tsar-tS s^nz-m'n.) 
 Delicate stops ; mit zarten. 
 
 Zapt-fl«te, Ger. (isart fio-ti.) Soft-flute; an 
 organ stop of the flute species, 
 
 Zarzu^la, Spa. (thar-thoo-a-ia.) A short drama, 
 with incidental music, something similar to the 
 
 Zanber-lied, Ger. (tsou-iSt IM.) A charming 
 
 soug. 
 XaaneiT-stiiame, Ger. {tsoV'iST stlm-mS.) A 
 
 charming voice. 
 Zehn, Ger. (tsan.) Ten. 
 Zehnte, Ger. ««an-tg.) Tenth. 
 Zeichen, alt. Ger. (l!*^khgn ait.) The C clef 
 
 on the third line. 
 Zeit-maas, Ger. (tsit mSss.) Time, measure. 
 Zel. A Moorish Instrument of music, similar to 
 
 the cymbals. 
 Xeit'S. (^X\\ zeal, "dor, energy 
 
 10.) 
 e,Jt 
 
 Xeloaamente, it. (tsa-lO-za-OTare-tS.) Zealonsly, 
 
 ardently. _ , . , . 
 
 Zelliso,/^. (.taSrlO-zO.) Zealooe, ardent, eameat. 
 
 ZU 
 
 Zens, Per. (tsgng.) The Persian cymbals. 
 
 Zerstrent, Ger. (tB&i-stroit.) Dispersed, scat- 
 tered, witli respect to the notes of arpeggios or 
 chords, the situation of the different parts of a 
 composition, etc. 
 
 Zeze. An African Instrument similar to a guitar. 
 
 Xiemlieb, Ger. (<ssm-llkh.) Tolerably, mod- 
 erately. 
 
 Ziemllch langsam, Ger. (tsim-Jikh Idng-B&m.) 
 Tolerably slow. 
 
 Zierliebes slngen, Ger. (^^r-likh-Ss sing-Sn.) 
 Modulation. 
 
 Zll. A Turkish musical instrument. 
 
 Zillo, /*. (fslt-lo.) Chirp, chirping. 
 
 Zinbel, Ger. (teSm-bgl.) Cymbal. 
 
 Zlncke, Ger. (teinkS.) See Zinke. 
 
 Zlataaia, It. (tsSn-fO-ng-a.) A symphony. 
 
 Zineana,/^ (tsSn-ga-na.) Ballad; Bohemian 
 song. 
 
 Zingar^sa, J<. (tsSn-ga-r^za.) In the style- of 
 gypsy maslc. 
 
 Zuigar^sca, /t. (tsen-gS-rds-ka.) A song or 
 dance in the style of the gypsies. 
 
 Zinsaro, It. (<s3»-ga-rO.) Gypsy, in the gypsy 
 style. 
 
 Zingen. Dm<. (tsln-g'n.) To sing; singing.. 
 
 Ztnk-blHser, Ger. (tsinic blSrZ&i.) Comet player. 
 
 Zlnhe, Ger. (teSnM.) I Small cornet, spe- 
 
 Zinken, Ger. pi. (i»l«-k'n.) f cies of horn or trum- 
 pet of very ancient date, now almost obsolete. It 
 was made either of wood, or the small branches 
 on the head of the deer. Also, the name of a 
 treble stop, in German organs, which is some- 
 times a reed, and at others a mixture stop. 
 
 Zinkenist, Ger. (te4n-k'n-5s<.) Cornet player. 
 
 Zinznlare, It. (tsSn-tsoo-2c^rS.) To make a suc- 
 cession of tremulous sounds, to twitter. 
 
 Ziraleet, Gr. (z8-ra-lst.) A species of chorus 
 sung by the women of Eastern countries upon 
 occasions of joy. 
 
 Zirlare, It. (tsSr-ia-r&.) To whistle like a thrush. 
 
 Xiach, Ger. (tsish.) A hiss. 
 
 ZiscUant, Ger. oslsh-lout.) A hissing sound. 
 
 Zither, Ger. (teM-er.) The guitar, or cithern. 
 
 Zithem. An instrument which may be called a 
 compound of the harp and guitar. The harmo- 
 nies of the first named instrument are produced 
 from it, and it possesses the sweetest notes per- 
 taining to both, but not great compass. 
 
 Zither-spieler, Ger. (tsU-Si spMSr.) ( Guitar 
 
 ZltheT-schlilger,^^?-. (tsit-fy «A;s-gSr.) f player. 
 
 Zittern de stlnune, Ger. (fsU-tSm de s tlm- 
 mg.) A trembling voice. 
 
 Zittfno, It. (ts5t-«-n0.) Silence. 
 
 JBSgemA, Ger. (teiS-ghSrnd.) A continual retard- 
 ing of the time. 
 
 X61ta, Itr (tsai-t&.) See Sol/a. 
 
 Zdlfa d£gU arm^nl, It. (tsBl-U dSl-yS &i-ma- 
 nS.) The church music used by the Armenians. 
 
 X6ppa,,It. '■ " ' 
 
 Ztfppe, " 
 
 Z4Sppp, 
 
 Xlie CULLICU lliUMlU 
 
 a. It. (tsBp-vS..) i 
 e, It. <t8Sp-p&.) > 
 o,It. (tsSp-pO.) ) 
 
 Lame, halting; see Syn- 
 copation. 
 
 Zomlg, Ger. (tear-nig.) Angry, wrathful. 
 
 "louma, Per. (taoor-na.) Ahar"* ' 
 
 Persians. 
 
 Zonrna,Per. "(taoor-na.) ATiautboyusadby the 
 Zn, Ger. (tsoo.) At, by, in, to, unto. 
 
218 
 
 PKONOUNOING MUSICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 a ale, & add, a arm, e eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 5 odd, G doj)«, oo moon, (I fa<«, ii 6m<, ti French eound, 
 
 ZUFA 
 
 Znf illUS, £"«»•. (t8oo/3MIg.) Accidental sharp, 
 
 flat, etc. 
 Xatolare, It. (tsoo-lo-td-tS.) To whistle, to hiss. 
 Zufoletto, It. (tBoo-to-lat-tO.) A little whistle or 
 
 ilageolet. 
 Znfitlo, It. (tsoo-fS-lO.) Flageolet, small flute, or 
 
 whistle. 
 Xittol6ae, It. (tBoo-fO-2d-n£.) A flute, large 
 
 whistle. 
 Zasr, Oer. (tsoog ) Draw-stop, or register, in an 
 
 organ. 
 Zttge, Oer. pi. (fau-ehS.) See Zug. 
 ZttgeglSclzchen, Ger. (,t8Urgh&-gldk-TsbSn.) The 
 
 passing bell; a knell. 
 Zilklang, (7er. (tsook-l£ng.) Unison, harmony, 
 
 concoi-d. 
 Xamhar, Spa. (thoom-&ar.) To resound; to emit 
 
 a continuous harsh sound; to hum. 
 Znm Klavier singen, Oer. (tsoom kl!l;/^r 
 
 sin g-& n.) To sing with pianoforte accompani- 
 ment. 
 Zuiumarah. An Egyptian musical instrument, 
 
 very harsh and discordant in its tone, formed of 
 
 reeds. 
 Zunehmend, Ger. (tsoo-no-mSnd.) Increasing. 
 Zunge, Oer. (teoon-ghS.) The tongue of a reed 
 
 pipe. 
 Zarna, Tur. (tsoor-nS.) A military instrument 
 
 used by the Turks. 
 Znrttck.-blasen, Ger. (tsoo-HiJc bla-zia.) To 
 
 blow a retreat. 
 Zarttck-haltang, Oer. (tBoo-ruk Aa2-toong.) 
 
 Retardation, keeping back. 
 ZarUck-tiiii.en, Oer. taoo-ruk to-nin.) I 
 
 Znrilck-treiben, Oer. (tsoo-rtZ* <rj-b'n.) j 
 
 To resound, to reverberate.' 
 Zusammen, Oer. (tsoo-sam-m'n.) Together. 
 Znsammen-blasen, Ger. (tsoo-za7»-m'n bla- 
 
 z'n.) To play together on wind instruments. 
 Zasa.ininen-gesetzt, Ger. (tsoo-2am-m'n ghS- 
 
 sHsL) Compound, condensed, compound time. 
 Ziisammen-klang, Oer. (tsoo-sam-m'n kldng.) 
 
 Harmony, consonance. 
 Znsammeii-laut, Oer. (t s o o-s a m-m'n lout.) 
 
 Harmony, consonance. 
 Zusammen-schlas, Oer. (tsoo-2am-m'n shlag.) 
 
 A broken or abrupt manner of striking a chord. 
 Kusammen-singen, Ger. . (tsog-sam-m'n sing- 
 
 6n.) To sing together. 
 Zosammen-stununtg, Ger. (tsoo-sam-m'n 
 
 sSm-mlg.) Harmonious, concordant. 
 Zasammen-stimmaiig, Oer. (tsoo-zam-m'n 
 
 s^m-moong.) Harmony, concord, consonance. 
 Zatranlicn, Oer. (tsoo-^TOw-lIkh.) Confidently. 
 ZuTersicht, Ger. {isoa-iiv-sikht.) Confidence. 
 Zwanzis^ Oer. (istjam-tslg.) Twenty. 
 Zwanzigste, Oer. (<«i;5>»-tslg8-t6,) Twentieth. 
 Zwel, Ger. (tsvl.) Two. 
 
 Zwei-fach, Ger. («s«^fakh.) I Two-fold, of 
 Znrei-fiUtig, Ger. (tsvI/Si-tlg.) ) t w o ranks, in 
 
 organ pipes; compound, speaking of intervals, 
 
 such as exceed the octave ; as, the 9th, 16th, etc. 
 Zw^el-gesanK, Ger. (teuJ ghS-samg.) For two 
 
 voices, a duet. 
 Zwei-gestrlchen, Ger. (ftvl, ghea-MA;A-Sn.) 
 
 ZYMB 
 
 With two strokes; applied to C on the third 
 space in the treble and the six notes above ; see 
 Twice Marked Octave. 
 
 Ziveig-lled, Ger. (tsvlg led.) A sequence of 
 two links or chords. 
 
 Zw^el-liSndlge UbmissstUcke, Ger. (tsiM- 
 han-dl-ghS UrhoongB-stuK-B.) Exercises for two 
 hands. 
 
 Zivei-klans, Ger. {tsiii kiang.) A chord of two 
 sounds. 
 
 Zwel-mal, Ger., (tsvl mfil.) Twice. 
 
 Zwei-manuale, Ger. pi. (tsi!% ma-noo-a-lS.) Two 
 manuals. 
 
 Zwei-sang, Ger. (tsvl sang.) I For two 
 
 Zwrei-stimmlg, Ger. {tsm siimrmlg.) ) v o 1 c es 
 or parts, a duet. 
 
 ZTvei-spiel, Ger. (tsvl spSl.) A duet. 
 
 Z\reite, Ger. (tsiH-iS.) Second. 
 
 Zweite-mal, Ger. (tsvi-tS mal.) Second time. 
 
 Zweites manual, Ger. (.tsiH-t&B mSriioo.al.) 
 The second manual. 
 
 Znrei-iind-dreississtel-note, Oer. (tsvl 
 oond rfrJ-sig-stSl n5-te.) A demisemiquaver. 
 
 Z\<^ei-and-drel8sig8telspaaBe, Oer. (tsvl 
 oond drl-Blgs-t&]B-pow-z^.) A demisemiquaver 
 rest. 
 
 jKn'el-'riertelsnote, Ger. (tsvl /Sr-teis-nJ-tg.) 
 A minim. 
 
 Zvrel-viertelspanse, Ger. (tayJ flr-tSla-pou- 
 z6.) A minim rest. 
 
 Zwei-viertel-takt, Ger. (tsvl flr-tSl tSkt.) 
 Time of two crotchets, 2-4. 
 
 Zwei-z-nreitel-takt, ff«c. (tsvl /si;J-t'l takt.) 
 Time of two minims, S-2. 
 
 Ztrerch-fljite. Oer. (t s v I r k 7i flS-tS.) Trans- 
 verse flute, the German flute. 
 
 Zi^rerch-pfelfe, Oer. (tsvirkh pfl-U.) Trans- 
 verse pipe, the fife. 
 
 Zwey, Ger. (tsvl.) See Zwei. 
 
 Zirey-fache intervallen, Oer. (tsvl /d^khS 
 In-t6r-/d7-rn.) Compound intervals. 
 
 Zw^ey-klang, ff«r. (tsvIkUing.) See Zwei- 
 klang. 
 
 Z wtschen-gesang, Oer. (tsvi-Bhin ghS-zdng.) 1 
 
 Zwischen-liandlnng, Ger. (tsvi-ebSn hand- }- 
 loong.) ( 
 
 An episode. 
 
 Znrlschen-hannonie, Oer. (tsvi-Bh)in har-mO- 
 nS.) Between harmony; the connecting harmony 
 in a fugue. 
 
 Z-tviscfien-rilnine, Ger. pi. (tstH-s^Sn roy-me.) 
 The spaces between the lines of the staff. 
 
 Zwlschen-satK, Ger. (tsiH-Bhin sStz.) Inter- 
 mezzo, parenthesis, episode. 
 
 Zv^sclien-splel, Oer. (fe«J-shEn spSl.) Inter- 
 lude played between the verses of a hymn. 
 
 Zivischen-stille, Ger. (tsvl-BhSn stil-lH.) A 
 pause. 
 
 ZYrlschen-stUnme, Ger. (tsta-eWn stim-mS.) 
 High tenor or alto. 
 
 Zwfschen-ton, Ger. (isiH-Bhin tSn.) Interme- 
 diate tone. 
 
 Z-wSIf, <fer. (tsv61f.) Twelve. 
 
 Zymbel, Ger. (tsim-Vl.) Cymbal. 
 
ADDITIONAL WOEDS. 
 
 a ate, & add, & arm, e eve, 6 end, I ice, I ill, old, 6 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, fi but, 11 French sound. 
 
 Abbandonarsi, It. (ab-bSn-dO-nfir-se.) To aban- 
 don oneeelt* to the influence of masic. 
 
 Abcidiren, ffer. (ftb-ei-dir-'n.) A series of exer- 
 cises in which the names of the notes are nsed 
 instead of words. 
 
 Abellare, It. (S-bSl-ia-rS.) To decorate, orna- 
 ment or embellish. 
 
 Abellimento, n. (S-b61-lS-mfln-tO.) A decora- 
 tion, ornament or embellishment. 
 
 Alteiiteiirlich, Ger. (a-bSu-toir-likh.) Strange 
 and uncouth. 
 
 .Ab'jeleiteter akkord, Ger. (5b-gh8-lI-tB-tgr 
 
 ii;;-krird } An inversion of a chord. 
 Vbschuitt, Ger. (ab-8hn!t.) Section. 
 
 Aoeentnare, /i. (St-tshSn-too-fi-rS.) To accent. 
 
 Artlon. The mechanism of an organ, pianoforte 
 or othL'r compound instruments. 
 
 Adasioslsslmo, It. (a-dS-jB-O-sZs-sS-mO.) Ex- 
 tremely slow. 
 
 Ad placitum, Zat. (Sd pia-si-tilm.) At pleas- 
 im^ ; a free part. 
 
 Ad viTendam, Zat. (Sd vl-»?»i-d6m.) Aspecies 
 of counterpoint which was written down, as op- 
 posed to that which was alia mente or improvised. 
 
 A.gfilU.6, Fr. (a-zh§-li-<a.) Lightness and free- 
 dom in playing or singing. 
 
 .%.s:ltazione, con, It. (a-jS-ta-tsS-O-nS kfin.) 
 W^lth agitation. 
 
 Air ana. licenza, con. It. (ai-koo-nE IS-tshSn- 
 l.'<i k8n.) With a little license; that is, the power 
 of altering the time at will. 
 
 Al riverso. It. (ai rB-B5r-sO.) I By contrary 
 
 Al rovescio, It. (ai rO-t)5-shE-o.) I motion, that 
 ' is, answering an ascending interval by one de- 
 scending a like distance. 
 
 Anibira, Afr. (am-b5-ra.) A kind of drum or 
 pulsatile instrument made of wood, used by the 
 negroes of Senegambia and Guinea. 
 
 Ambrosian hymn. The Te Deum, so-called be- 
 cause it was credited to Bishop Ambrose. 
 
 AmOr-scliall. A horn of peculiar construction, 
 Invented in the year 1760, by KOlbel, one of the 
 
 ■ musicians of the Emperor of Russia. 
 
 Anabathmi, Gr. (Sn-a-iaA-my The name 
 given to certain antiphons in the Gfreek church. 
 
 Anaploke, Gr. (^n-&-plS-Ts!i.) A combination of 
 notes ascending the scale. 
 
 BASS 
 
 Antlspastns. A foot consisting of two long be- 
 tween two short syllables.' 
 Antode, Gr. (&a-ti-dii.) liesponsive singing. 
 Aoidol, Gr. pi. Minstrels, bards. 
 Apolatlkion, Gr. (ap-0-ltl-tI-kI-On.) A hymn 
 
 sung at the close of vespersin certain seasons of 
 
 the Greek church. 
 Arched Tiall. An instrument somewhat like u 
 
 hurdy-gurdy, invented about A. D. 1664. 
 Artist. One capableof appreciating and interpet- 
 
 ing the refined and beautiful in art. 
 Asamentata, Lat. (a-sil-mgn-2(2-ta.) ) The songs 
 Assamenta, Lat. (Ss-sa-m^n-ta.) Sor hymns 
 Axamenta, Xa^ (ax-a-m^rt-ta.) jsung by 
 
 the Salii. 
 Ashantee tmmpet. An instrument formed of 
 
 the tusk of an elephant. 
 Ascanles, Gr. (Ss-Aom-ISs.) A player on the 
 
 ascaulos. 
 Ascaalos, Gr. (Ss-io«-15s.) A bagpipe. 
 A tempo primo, It. (8 tam-po prE-mO.) In the 
 
 time first given. 
 A tre stromente, It. (a tra strO-man-tg.) For 
 
 three instruments. 
 Anletrldes, Gr. (ou-W<-ri-dSs.) Female players 
 
 on the anlos or flute. 
 Ave regina, Lat. (o-v6 r6-j8-na.) Vesper hymn 
 
 to the Virgin, sung fl:om the Purification till 
 
 Easter. 
 
 Baar-pyp. The name of a stop in some of the 
 
 Dutch organs. 
 BackftiU. A turn in lute or harpsichord music. 
 Balafio. A musical instrument popular among 
 
 the negroes of Senegambia. 
 Balg, Ger. (baigO JBellows, wind-chest. 
 Balgentreter, Ger. (iai-g'n-trSt-Sr.) The bel- 
 
 lows-treader. In old organs the blower worked the 
 
 bellows by standing on them in turns. 
 Band, Ger. (band.) A part, a volume, anything 
 
 sewn together. 
 Basse de cremone, Fr. (bass diib krS-mOn.) 
 
 The bassoon. 
 Basse de hautboys, Fr. (bass dlih o-bwA.) 
 
 Como inglese. 
 
220 
 
 ADDITIOltAL WORDS. 
 
 a ale, & add, 3 arm, S eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, H lute, ti &«<, 11 French sound. 
 
 BASS 
 
 Basse d'harmonie,- .F'?'. (bSse d'ilr-ms-ne.) 
 
 The ophicleide. 
 Basse de viole, Fr. (bSes dQh ve-Ol.) The 
 
 violincello. 
 Basse de Tiolon, Fr. (bSss d&h vS-o-lOnh.) 
 
 Double-bags. 
 Basslaute, &er. (bilss-Iou-tS.) Bass late. 
 Bassnoinmer, Ger. (bSss-pOm-mgr.) A deep- 
 
 tonea instrument of the oboe family, precursor of 
 
 the bassoon. 
 Battuta, It. (bat-too-ta.) (1) In correct time. 
 
 (2) A bar. 
 Banernleyer, Ber. (bou-5rn-lI-Sr,) Hurdy- 
 gurdy. 
 Bauexiipfelfe, Oer. (bou-6rn-pf I-fC.) An organ 
 
 stop of 8 feet length, ot a small scale. 
 Bebisatlon. A series of syllables, viz. : la, be, 
 
 ce, de, mi, fe, gi, introduced by Daniel Hitsler, in 
 
 place of ut, re, mi, fa, sol, la, si, already in use. 
 Bell diapason. An organ pipe consisting of 
 
 open metal pipes with bell mouths. 
 
 Bee^^es. [ ^*^™ trumpets or bngles. 
 
 Brrceuse, Fr. (bSr-snss.) A cradle song. 
 
 Biiancojel. An Indian nute with seven holes, 
 played by a mouthpiece. 
 
 Biiia or Tina. An Indian guitar with a long 
 finger board and a guard attached to each end^ 
 Its scale consists ot a series of small intervals 
 lying between a note and its octave. In the bass 
 staff; 
 
 Binary form. The form of a movement which 
 is founded on two principal themes or subjects. 
 
 Bit. A small piece of tube used for supplement- 
 ing the crook of a trumpet, cornet-a-piston, etc., 
 so as to adapt the instrument to a slight difference 
 of pitch. 
 
 Bonibaulias, Gr. (b8m-60M-lI-5s.) A facetious 
 name for a bagpiper. 
 
 Boulon. A harp used by the negroes of Sene- 
 gambia and Guinea. 
 
 Bourdon, Fr. (boor-dOuh.) (1) A drone bass, a 
 burden such as that produced by the bagpipe or 
 hurdy-gurdy. (2) An organ stop, consisting of 
 stopped wooden pipes generally of 16 feet tone. 
 
 Brindisi, 7^ (brgn-dS-zS.) A melody so arranged 
 as to exhibit the change from the chest to the 
 head voice in rapid succession, something similar 
 to the Geim&n jodl, 
 
 c 
 
 C. A capital letter O signifies the note in the sec- 
 ond space of the bass staff. A small c signifles 
 the note on octave above this, middle C. 
 
 Calandrone, It. (ka-ian-dro-ng.") A small reed 
 instrument of the clarinet species, with two holes, 
 much used by the Italian- peasantry. 
 
 Cantici, It. (kan-tS-sS.) Another name for the 
 laudes spirituali. 
 
 Canto a cappella. It. (kan-to a kap-pal-ia.) 
 Sacred music. 
 
 Carnyx, Or. (iar-nlx.) An'ancient Greek trum- 
 pet of a shrill tone. 
 
 Cbens. The Chinese organ, consisting of a series 
 of tubes and free reeds. 
 
 ENTR 
 
 Cliinso, It. (ke-oo-zS.) Close, hidden, concealed. 
 Claque, Fr. (kiak.) A body of men hired to ap- 
 plaud in theatres and opera houses. 
 Comus, Or. (AS-mils.) A revel, carousal, merry 
 
 making with music and dancing. 
 Comus, Cfr. (kS-miB.) A mournful song sung in 
 
 alternate verses by an actor and chorus in the 
 
 Attic drama. 
 Contours, Fr. (k8nh-toor.) 1 m ,^^ 
 Conteurs, i?'?'. (kBnh-tllr.) j- troubadours. 
 Cordax, Lat. (kSr-ASiK.) A Greek dance of a 
 
 loose character in the ancient comedy. 
 Conronne, Fr. Qioo-rin/i.) The name for the 
 
 sign of a pause ■^. 
 Court capellmeister. Court musical director. 
 Covered string;s. Strings of silk, wire or gut 
 
 covered with a fine wire bjf means of a machine, 
 
 and used for pianofortes, violins, guitars, etc. 
 Cremona. A violin made in the town of Cremona. 
 
 A reed stop in the organ. 
 Crescendo-zug, Oer. {krg-shSn-dO-tsoog.) The 
 
 swell box in the organ. 
 Creticus, Lai. (krlt-l-kiiB.) A metrical foot, 
 
 consisting of one short syllablebetween two long. 
 Cymbalista. A cymbal player. 
 Czalian. A flute made of cane or bamboo. 
 Czlmken, Pol. (kim-k'n.) A dance similar to 
 
 the country dance. 
 
 D 
 
 D. The scale having two sharps in Its signature. 
 
 D. The name given to a string tuned to D, e. g., 
 the third string of the violin, the second of the 
 viola and violincello. 
 
 Dach, Ger. (dakh.) Soundiugboardof an instru- 
 ment. 
 
 Diaulion, Or. (dl-OM-lI-Bn.) An air played upon 
 the aulos or flute during an interval In the choral 
 song. 
 
 Dieeetto, It. (de-a-teMi-tO.) A composition for 
 ten instruments. 
 
 Diretta, alia, /^ (ds-rat-ta.) In direct motion. 
 
 Biscant-schlUssel, Ger. (dls-kSnt «cA/ms-s'1.) 
 The soprano clef. 
 
 Division viol. A violin with frets upon the fin- 
 ger-board. 
 
 DolzflSte, Ger. (dOlts-flG-tS.) The old German 
 flute. 
 
 Double bourdou. A organ stop of 32 feet tone. 
 
 Double-stopping. The stopping of two strings 
 simultaneously with the fingers, in violin playing. 
 
 Doxologia masna,fXa<. (d8x-0-2d-ji-a mdg-na..) 
 The version of the " Gloria in Excelsio " sung at 
 the celebration of the Holy Eucharist. The greater 
 doxology. 
 
 Drnckbale, Ger. (drook-baig.) A reservoir of 
 wind, as In an organ, etc. 
 
 Emmeleia, Gr. (gm-mg-^-a.) Consonance, con- 
 cord In musical sounds. (2) A tragic danco 
 accompanied by music. 
 
 Entrata, It. (ftu-trd-ii.) Entry, Introduction or 
 
 prelude. :.-,-._ _ 
 
ADDITIOITAL WOBBS. 
 
 221 
 
 B ale, i add, & arm, e eve, S <nd, I JM, I ill, o2(2, odd, 6 dove, oo moon, a lute, 1i iut, & French sound. 
 
 EPIT 
 
 Epitasis, G^. (ip-l-ti-BU.) The raising of tlie 
 voice from a low to a higher pitch. (2) The tight- 
 ening of the strings of an instrument. 
 
 Esptrando, It. (Ss-pI-ran-dO.) Dying away, 
 
 Bir^p-^ 
 
 ;oaffiUTS, Fr. (Srtoo-fwar.) Dampers. 
 P 
 
 Valse strtns- A badly woven string, which pro- 
 duces an uncertain and untrue tone. 
 
 Federclaifier, Oer. (fa-dfir-ltia-fl-gr.) Spinnet. 
 
 Feld, 6er. (fSld.) The distribution of pipes in 
 an organ. 
 
 Ferial. Non-festal. 
 
 Ferial nse. Music for nse on ordinary days. 
 
 Five-eight time. I Irregular movements 
 
 FlTe-anarter time, i which are rarely em- 
 ployed. 
 
 Fllns. A dance performed by Scottish Highland- 
 ers to a tune in common time. 
 
 Ftiitma,/^. (floo-tS-na.) A sweet-toned accordeon. 
 
 Flnte-llnuis. ^he inside metallic tube of the 
 first Joint of the flute, forming a slide into the 
 second Joint, by means of which the pitch of the 
 instrument is regulated. 
 
 Flilsel-horn, Oer. (fl^l-g'l.^ A bugle, a valve- 
 horn. 
 
 Fonmltnre, Fr. (foor-nl-Mr.) A mixture stop 
 in an organ. 
 
 Fmistlmmeii, Cfer. (fUl-stlm-m'n.) Additional 
 chorus parts. 
 
 G 
 
 Ciabel, Ger. (ffa-b'l.) A fork. 
 
 Cregensatz, Oer. (ghgg-6n-satz.) Counter-sub- 
 ject. 
 
 Ccelst, Ger. (ghlst.) Spirit, genius, soul. 
 
 Crlocondato, It. (JS-O-kSn-da-tO.) Happy, joyful. 
 
 Gloria Patn, Lat. (gld-A-S, pd-trL) Glory be 
 to the Father, etc. Sung at the conclusion of a 
 psalm. 
 
 Crosba. An Arabian flute. 
 
 H 
 
 Radan, Egypt. (hSrd'n.) The call to prayer sung 
 
 by the mneddins from the towers or minarets or 
 
 the mos(xnes. 
 HeJy de guise. A Country dance. 
 Hissing. A manner of showing dissatisfaction 
 
 at a public performance. 
 Hyporchema, Or. (hlp-Br-kS-mS.) A religious 
 
 hymn or dance connected with the] worship of 
 
 Apollo. 
 
 K 
 
 Khalil, ffeb. "the Hebrew flute. 
 Klangtinrbe, Ger. (klang-lSr-bS.) Quality of 
 
 sonnd, timbre. 
 Klanglelter, Ger. (kia.ng-U-tSr.) A scale. 
 Kroiimatlc* Instmmental. 
 
 Kacrtmoos, Lot. (lSk-rI-md-z&.) A part of tke 
 DiM Iras in the Bantam ssm. 
 
 OCAR 
 
 Ijancers. The name of one of the arrangements 
 of sets of country dances ; a military quaurille in 
 five movements or figures. 
 
 Ltantam. An instrument similar In form to the 
 hurdy-gurdy, and partaking of the character of the 
 accordion or harmonium. 
 
 Iianftanz, Ger. (louf-ttots.) A running dance. 
 
 fielclien-messe, Oer. {tWn mls-eS.) Bequi- 
 em mass. 
 
 Liu-ln, CM. (loo-loo.) The Chinese ofScial col- 
 lection of treatises on the art of music. 
 
 IJnres. Ancient Scandinavian trumpets. 
 
 Uadiine-head. An arrangement for the tight- 
 ening and keeping in tension the strings of the 
 double-bass, guitar, etc. 
 
 maggot. A name given to fancies, airs and pieces 
 of an impromptu character. 
 
 magrepha. An organ of the second century, 
 mentioned in the Talmud. 
 
 Malakat. Ashantee trumpet. 
 
 Kammets. Puppet shows. 
 
 Marionette, Fr. (ma-rS-O-ngt.) A puppet. 
 
 Mediation. Fart of a chant between the reciting 
 note and the next close. 
 
 MeisterAige.. Oer. (mIs-tSr-foo-gh6.) A fugue 
 without epUodes, one in which the subject or an- 
 swer is constantly heard. 
 
 Menaanelm, Beb. (mg-na-nlm.) See Sistrum. 
 
 Metzilloth, Heb. (m6t-zil-10th.) Smallcymbala 
 used by the Hebrews. 
 
 Mlscella. A mixture stop in an organ. 
 
 Missa de angelis, Lat. (mh-sS, dS Sn-^a-lls.) 
 A requiem for young children. 
 
 Mitos, ffr. (mS-tOs.) Athread, atermsometimes 
 used for the string of a lyre. 
 
 Mouthpiece. That part of a wind instrument 
 which IS put into the mouth of the performer. 
 
 N 
 
 Hfsenia, Lat. {«8-ni-a.) A funeral song of the 
 Romans. 
 
 Nagnar. An Indian drum vrith one head only. 
 
 Kaker. A drum. 
 
 DTanga. A negro harp. 
 
 STatural harmonics. The sounds given off by 
 any vibrating body over and above its original 
 sound. Overtones. 
 
 Nofer! }^° Egyptian guitar. 
 
 Ninna, It. ("S-naO l A cradle song. 
 
 STanna. It. (na-nk.) j ... 
 
 HTodus, iffii. (na-diis.) Literally a knot. A can- 
 on ; so-called because compositions of this class 
 were sometimes given as enigmas, the meaning 
 of which had to be unravelled. 
 
 Noursingh.' An Indian horn or trumpet. 
 
 o 
 
 Oaten-pipe. The simplest form of a reed pipe, 
 a straw vflth a strip cut to form the reed, being 
 closed at the end by the knot. 
 
 OnUg«, Fr. (iSb-lI-«A«.) See Obllg&to. 
 
 Otcaonne, /t. ' (Bk^tie-seh) A series otfevenniv- 
 
222 
 
 ABDITIONAL -WORDS.' 
 
 S ule, a add, & arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, a old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, fl lute, u but, 11 French sound. 
 
 OIOU 
 
 Bioal instruments, made of terra cotta pierced 
 with small holes, invented by a company of per- 
 formers calling themselves the Mountaineers of 
 the Apennines. 
 
 Otoueae. The vowels of "World without end, 
 amen," an imitation of Evovae, which see. 
 
 Oliphant. The name of an obsolete species of 
 horn, so-called because it was made of ivory. 
 
 Ombl. X harp used by negroes in Western Africa. 
 
 Omqnad. The name of the refrain of some old 
 Danish ballads, called the " KSmpe Viser." 
 
 Orchesis, Gr. (Br-M-sIs.) The art of rhythmical 
 dancing, as it existed in the Greek theatre. 
 
 Oton. An Indian wind Instrument producing 
 only a single sound. 
 
 P. An abbreviation of piano, 
 
 Pseon. A foot consisting of one long syllable and 
 three short 
 
 Palilia, Rustic dance at the festival of Pales. 
 
 Pastorlta. A shepherd's pipe. 
 
 Pedal coupler. A stop in an organ, by means 
 of which the pedal keys connect with the corres- 
 ponding manual keys. 
 
 Pedal nttsel, Ger. (pgd'l fla-g'l.) A pianoforte 
 to which a set of pedal keys Is attached. 
 
 Poosye. The nose-flute of the Hindoos. 
 
 Pralltriller, Ger. (prai-trel-lSr.) A transient 
 shake signified by **f . 
 
 Prefectus chorl. Director of the choir, pre- 
 centor. 
 
 Proasma. An introduction, or a short symphony. 
 
 Prosa, Lat. (pro-sa.) I A hymn sung after the 
 
 Prose, Fr. (prOz.) ) gradual and before the 
 gospel in the Boman church. 
 
 Q 
 
 (tnintaton, Ger; (quln-ta-t5n.) An organ stop 
 of closed metal pipes, so voiced that the twelfth 
 is heard with the ground tone. 
 
 R 
 
 JRackett. I An obsolete wind instrument of the 
 Banbett". ) double bassoon kind, having ventages 
 
 hut not keys. (2) An organ stop now obsolete. 
 Rant. An old dance ; a sort of country dance. 
 Kauscher. A passage of repeated notes. 
 
 Kebible. \ ^ °'"*" '^^^^'^ " three-stringed viol. 
 
 Ke diese, Fr. (ra dl-as.) The note D f . 
 
 Resin or rosin. A gum used to rub over the 
 hair of a bow, thereby making it rough and enab- 
 ling it to " grip " the string. 
 
 RlKK. A small tambourine of nuidem Egypt. 
 
 Rlnf. Abbreviation of Binforzando. 
 
 RoUe, Ger. (rOl-16.) A run, a group or series of 
 groups of short notes. 
 
 Rnana. A Hindoo ihstrumentof the violin class. 
 
 RaoUo, It. (roo-Ol-lO.) A roll, an Italian dance 
 or waltz. 
 
 Bsnmonr, Old Bng. A bard or minstrel. 
 
 8 
 SOnebo. A n^gro instrument of the guitar species. 
 
 TETR 
 
 Saroh. Indian instrument played with a bow. 
 Scenici, Lat. (sS-nl-sS.) Games; they were the 
 
 germ of the Roman play. 
 Sclinaltel, ffer. (schna-b'l.) Mouth-piece of the 
 clarinet, flflte 4 bfic, and other similar instru- 
 ments. 
 School. A method or system of teaching. 
 Schnlter^eige, Ger. (shool-tSr-ghl-ghS.) The 
 
 shoulder-liddle or common violin. 
 Schwelgezeiclien, Ger. (shvl-ghg-tsf-k'n.) A 
 
 rest. 
 Scorrevole, It. (skSr-rS-iu-lS.) Running, flow- 
 ing, gliding. 
 Serena, It. (sS-j-o-na.) An evening song; an 
 
 Abendlied. 
 SfiB. An abbreviation of sfortzato, sfortzahdo. 
 Shift. See violin shift. 
 Simicon, Gr. (sam-i-kOn.) A harp with thirty- 
 
 flve strings, sometimes used by the Greeks. 
 Sister, Ger. (sis-t8r.) An old German guitar. 
 Sistro, It. fsis-tro.) A triangle. 
 Slanclo, con. It. (slan-tshs-o kOn.) With eager- 
 ness, impetuosity. 
 Solennita, It. (sO-lBn-nS-ta.) Solemnity, pomp. 
 Soloist. One who sings or performs alone, with 
 
 or without the aid of accompaniment. 
 
 Sordun, It. (sBr-doon.) I (1) An old form of 
 
 Sordono, It. (sBr-dO-nO.) f wind instruments. (2) 
 
 A sort of mute for a trumpet. (3) An organ reed 
 
 stop of 16 feet pitch. 
 
 Sonbasse, Fr. (soo-bSss.) Sub-bass. A stop 
 
 in the organ of 32 feet pitch. 
 SouflUran, Per. (60of/»-ra.) General name 
 among the Persians and Arabs for wind instru- 
 ments without reeds. 
 Soum. A Burmese harp. 
 
 Spanisches-krenz, Ger. (spa-nI-sh6s-kroits.) 
 The Spanish cross, the sign of a double sharp, X. 
 Spielmanieren, Ger. (spel-ma^reS-r'n.) Orna- 
 ments, graces. 
 Streichinstrnment, Ger. (strlk-in-stroo-mSnt.) 
 A stringed instrument played by the stroke of a 
 bow. 
 String-sange. A small instrument for measur- 
 ing the thickness of strings for violins, guitars, etc. 
 SuhsemiAisa, Lat. (siib-sgm-I-f1i-za!) A demi- 
 
 semiquaver. 
 Snltana. A violin with strings in pairs, like the 
 
 cither or cittern. 
 Szopelka, Bnss. A kind of oboe made of elder 
 wood, and much used in Southern Russia. 
 
 T 
 
 Tahl el musahhir. A drum used by Egyptian 
 criers during the Ramadan or annual fast. 
 
 Table shamee. An Egyptian drum, suspend- 
 ed from the neck and beaten with two small sticks. 
 
 Takigoti. A species of dulcimer used among the 
 Japanese. 
 
 Techniq.ne, Fr. (tSk-n5*.)_ That which pertains 
 to the practical (or mechanical) part of an art or 
 accomplishment. 
 
 Ten. An abbreviation of tenuto. 
 
 Tertz-enitan%, Ger. (tgrts-gUt-Sr-rS.) A small 
 gfuitar tuned a third higher than the regular size. 
 
 T^traChoVdoli. An instrameiit similar in ap^ 
 
ADDITIONAL WORDS. 
 
 223 
 
 S ale, S add, & arm, 6 eve, S end, I ice, I ill, old, 8 odd, 6 dove, oo moon, O lute, tt 6m^, tl French sound. 
 
 THRU 
 
 pearance to a cottage pianoforte, but the tone is 
 obtained by means of a cylinder charged with 
 rosin, kept in motion by a pedal. 
 
 Thrum. To play without skill on an instrument. 
 
 Xon-eemiilde, Ger. (tSn-ghg-mSl-dS.) Tone- 
 picture. 
 
 Toomonrah. An Indian tambourine. 
 
 Toorooree. A trumpet used by the Brahmins in 
 their religious processions. 
 
 Tonmessmig, Ger. (tOn-mSs-soong.) Tone- 
 measuring, metre, rhythm. 
 
 Tripeltafet, Oer. (trip'1-takt.) Triple time. 
 
 Turr. A Burmese violin with three strings. 
 
 Tyro. A learner or beginner in music or another 
 science. 
 
 Tzetze. An Abyssinian instrument of the guitar 
 species. 
 
 ITntersetzeii, Ger. (oon-tSr-sSt-ts'n.) Passing 
 under, as in passing the thumb under the fingers 
 in playing scales upon the piano. 
 
 Urb-heen. The Chinese fiddle. 
 
 XTTOla. The soft palate ; or rather that portion 
 which Is pendant from the centre of it. 
 
 Vamp. To Improvise an accompaniment. 
 VarsoTiana. A dance in 34 time. 
 Tersnttgt, Ger. (fSr-gnflgt.) Pleasantly. 
 Verilay, Fr. (v5-rI-lS.) See Vaudeville. 
 Violin clef. The G clef placed upon the second 
 
 line of the staff. 
 Violin-shift. A change in the position of the 
 
 hand in violin playing, by which the first finger of 
 
 ZEVO 
 
 the player has temporarily to become the nut. 
 Shifts are complete changes of four tones or 
 steps ; thus, the first shift on the violin is when 
 the first finger is on A of the first string: the sec- 
 ond shift is when the first finger is on D above. 
 The intermediate points on which the first finger 
 can be placed, are caW&di posiiions ; thus, thejZrs^ 
 position (It is also called the half-shift) is when 
 the first finger is on F; the second position is 
 when the first finger makes O on the E string; the 
 third position is the same as the first shift, ' the 
 first finger making A on the E string; V^e fourth 
 position is when the first finger takes B., etc., etc. 
 
 Voicing. The regulation of the tone and power 
 of an organ pipe. 
 
 Vorgelger, Ger. (fOr-ghl-ghSr.) Leader, first 
 violm. 
 
 Vortanzer, Ger. (fOr-tan-tsSr.) Leader of a 
 dance. 
 
 V. S. Abbreviation for volti subito, and for vio- 
 lino secondo. 
 
 Vang kin. A Chinese Snstmment with strings 
 struck by two small hammers, like a dulcimer. 
 
 Zanze. A negro instrument consisting of a 
 wooden box, on which a number of strips of wood 
 or tongues of iron are fixed so as to vibrate by 
 pressing them down with the thumb or with a 
 stick. 
 
 Zelchen, Ger. (tsl-k'n.) A musical sign, note or 
 character. 
 
 ZifTern, Ger. (tsif-fgrn.) To cypher (as in an 
 organ). 
 
 Zw«If!achteltakt, Ger. (tsv6If-£kh-t'l-takt.) 
 Twelve-eight time.